PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital PDF

TRUST IN A TEAM THAT’S HERE
TO HELP YOU — ASK US!

• Design & Engineering Services
• Field Service & Support
• Commercial Aquaculture
• Aquaponics
• Equipment
Volume 39 © 2017 Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

SHOP ONLINE:
PentairAES.com
ORDERS AND ADVICE:

877 347 4788
DESIGN • SERVICE • EQUIPMENT
+1 407 886 3939
THIRTY-NINTH EDITION MASTER CATALOG

SAME DAY SHIPMENT ON MOST ORDERS ENTERED BY: 4PM EST MONDAY-FRIDAY
Phone lines are open 8AM-7PM EST Monday-Thursday • 8AM-5PM EST Friday
39
EDITION
th
Shop Online: PentairAES.com
Shop Online: • Orders
PentairAES.com and Advice:
• Orders 877.347.4788
and Advice: 877.347.4788
INTRODUCTION
Table of Contents/How to Order/Symbol Legend
EASY WAYS TO ORDER
1 Introduction/About Us Online Email Mail
8 Complete Systems PentairAES.com PAES.General@Pentair.com Pentair Aquatic

Enjoy the convenience of Eco-Systems, Inc.
online shopping on our 2395 Apopka Blvd.
14 Aquaponics secure website. Apopka, FL 32703
26 Aeration
Phone For International Orders
92 Filtration 407-886-3939 (Local) Call from 8:00 AM–7:00 PM Mail your order to the
Monday to Thursday, address above or:
877-347-4788 (Toll Free)
8:00 AM–5:00 PM Friday. Phone: +1-407-886-3939
132 Disinfection 407-886-4884 (Fax)
Fax: 407-886-4884
ENJOY FREE SHIPPING!

151 Pumps
179 Tanks Free shipping for orders over $50

on all ground shipments*.
193 Water Quality *See page 427 for more details and restrictions.
230 Controllers/Monitors FIND US ON

244 Heaters/Chillers SYMBOL LEGEND
DESIGNED HERE Designed Here

261 Conditioners/Additives/Treatments Our expertise backs these items, so you can
expect better performance and reliability than
from similar products.
281 Stock Control and Management
AES AES Number
AES will help you estimate aerator sizing
296 Hatchery Supplies (see Tech Talk 84 on page 57).
TECH FAV Tech Favorite

300 Lab Equipment These products are highly recommended by
our technicians.
322 Feeds/Feeders/Live Feed/Live Organisms NEW New

Indicates products that are new for the 39th Edition
348 Plumbing FW SW Fresh Water or Salt Water

Indicates products that are compatible with fresh water or
salt water.
378 Nets
KOI Koi
Indicates products that are ideal for Koi Keepers.
391 Field Supplies
AQUACULTURE DUTY Aquaculture Duty
Ultra reliable and tough enough to withstand
404 Predator Controls constant use.
Hazmat Air
407 Paint and Repair HAZMAT A
Hazardous Material: Air Fees Only.
Hazmat AG
410 Lighting and Electrical HAZMAT AG
Hazardous Material: Air and Ground Fees.
Chemical Waiver Form

413 Cleaning CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
Products with this symbol require a Chemical Waiver form
(Find at: PentairAES.com/chemical-waiver-form). These
products are not FDA approved and may not be used with fish
419 Reference
that could be used for human consumption.
421 Information Resources/Index/Disclaimer R Restricted

In certain states, herbicides and algaecides are restricted.
Products with this symbol cannot be sold into the states of
429 Terms and Conditions of Sale California, Connecticut, Iowa, Maine, Michigan, Nebraska, Montana,
New Hampshire, New York, Vermont or Washington.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

INTRODUCTION 1
To our valued customers: The entire team at Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems would As mentioned previously, our aim in 2016 was to improve our customers’
like to take the opportunity to say thank you for supporting us throughout 2016! It experience when interacting with Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems. With this in mind,
was a successful and progressive year with many new initiatives aimed at making we have added several new subject matter experts to our team. We have also
your customer experience more enjoyable. In particular, we made several key improved our commercial aquaculture system design capabilities, expanded our
improvements to our website, including enhanced search by part number and the service team and added over 100 new items to our already industry-leading
ability to view our complete product catalog online. We have also made many product offering. 2016 was also a big year for trade shows; we exhibited at over 50
operational changes to streamline operations in our manufacturing plants, which events. At future shows, we hope you’ll stop by our booth to visit our team of
results in higher-quality products delivered on-time to you, our important knowledgeable experts.
customers. This sentiment from last year’s letter is worthy of repeating, because it is still of
In last year’s edition of this letter, we mentioned the successful opening of our key importance to how we operate our business: Our work and dedication to the
PAES W.A.T.E.R. (World Aquaculture Technology Engineering & Research) Center aquaculture industry has helped to ensure a more stable, sustainable food source
in Apopka, FL. The center, which consists of 12,400 square feet of laboratories and for the growing global population. We have and will continue to develop innovative
fish culture systems, is used for demonstration, innovation and educational solutions to complex challenges that our customers are facing; enabling their
activities. Now that this flagship facility has been open a year, we are pleased to operations to increase yields and profits by improving efficiencies in key input
report that we’ve successfully conducted multiple workshops and innovation costs such as water, energy and labor.
sessions in the facility. Thanks to the world-class PAES W.A.T.E.R. facilities, our As always, we hope our customers will ‘Think Pentair First!’ Whether you need
workshop attendees were able to experience first-hand interactions with complete system design for a commercial aquaculture project or are just looking
aquaculture systems and equipment; they could feel what a real day is like in the for a replacement part, we urge you to think of us first. We will strive to keep you
life of an aquaculture professional. We hope you’ll join us for an upcoming as a valued customer and we do our absolute best to make this catalog as
workshop to learn more about aquaculture by working alongside out team of comprehensive as possible, delivering our wide-range of new products in specific
scientists, biologists and engineers. In 2016 we were also thrilled to have categories to create a more user-friendly resource.
completed a successful first fish harvest from the PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility. In
February, a team of eight Pentair employees worked carefully to ensure complete There is no doubt in our minds that the coming year will be an exceptional one for
success during the harvest. . In total, over 10,000 pounds of tilapia were growth in the aquaculture industry. With new projects around the globe,
transferred from PAES W.A.T.E.R.’s indoor Recirculating Aquaculture System technological advancements and a commitment from Pentair Aquatic Eco-
(RAS). The final (and perhaps most exciting) update about PAES W.A.T.E.R. is the Systems to carry out even more improvements this year – all with you, our valued
launch of an interactive tour on PAESWATER.com. This digital tour allows viewers customer, in mind. Thank you for your patronage and support, and we look forward
to walk through the facility, stop and learn about each piece of equipment and so to continuing to serve you in 2017 and beyond.
much more. There is also a live video stream where viewers can tune in to live
events that happen throughout the year. Allowing our customers the chance to see
the facility without actually being there in person is so rewarding and we hope you
all enjoy it! Sincerely,
The past year has also seen some exciting news from our Urban Organics Pentair
Group as well. In late 2015, we announced a new venture, the establishment and
operation of an 87,000-square-foot indoor aquaponics facility in the former
Schmidt’s brewery building in St. Paul; one of the largest commercial aquaponics
facilities in the world. Through diligent teamwork and collaboration with Pentair’s
team of experts involved in this project – from system design, to construction and Barney Leddy
execution of the meticulous plans, we’re happy to report that there are fish in the
Platform Leader - Environmental Systems
tanks, the growing racks are in place and planted and we are anxiously awaiting
the grand opening of Urban Organics West in the first part of 2017! Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

Local tech support, customer service, design and consulting with global reach.Pentair is a global company with a local presence. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.,
has served over 150 countries worldwide. This includes multi-language catalogs and international customer service representatives, which will bring you a
better customer experience.
Corporate offices in Cary, NC

Operations and sales office in Apopka, FL
Operations and sales office in Beverly, MA
Operations and sales office in Vancouver, Canada
Sales office in Nanaimo, Canada
Operations and sales office in Puerto Montt, Chile
Operations and sales office in Suzhou City, China
Operations and sales office in Kópavogur, Iceland
Sales office in Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Sales office in Melbourne, Australia
Sales office in U.P, India
Sales office in Herentals, Belgium
Sales office in Singapore
Sales office in Norway

2 WHAT’S
SECTIONNEW
Products / Products / Products
New for the 39th Edition

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is continuously adding new and
improved products to ensure our customers have all they need
in one convenient place. Look for the NEW! logo throughout the
catalog. Here is a sampling of some of those new products.
PUMPS FOR A VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS
VERUS™ MAX HIGH-EFFICIENCY P2-PLUS™ 2” SELF-PRIMING POLY TRANSFER PUMPS

AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS, 40-60 HP PAGE 166
PAGE 163
FLEXIBLE & ROBUST SEA PEN OXYGENATION SYSTEM
SEA PEN OXYGENATION

PAGE 91

WHAT’S
SECTION
NEW 3 08
A FULL COMPLEMENT OF STOCK CONTROL &

MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
VAKI™ BIOMASS™ DAILY VAKI Macro EXEL Counter

PAGE 282 PAGE 285
VAKI SMART FLOW VAKI FISH GRADER

PAGE 336 PAGE 258
UPDATES TO SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS & SMART UV STERILIZERS
SafeGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SMART UV® STERILIZERS ADVANCED PLC UV CONTROLLER

PAGE 134-140 PAGE 141-143 PAGE 139

PAES W.A.T.E.R.
PRESENTING RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE TO THE WORLD
We previously unveiled PAES W.A.T.E.R. (World Aquaculture
Technology, Engineering and Research) Center – a purpose-
built, climate-controlled facility for demonstration and
testing of Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems’ innovative design
methods, technologies, and equipment, as well as
standardized procedures for Recirculating Aquaculture
Systems (RAS) operation. Energy efficient products are
utilized throughout the facility wherever possible, including
LED lighting and pumps featuring variable frequency drives.
Individual laboratories in the facility are supplied with oxygen,
low pressure air, fresh water, salt water and domestic
chlorinated water.
The all-new PAESWATER.com was also unveiled since our
last update. PAESWATER.com is a fully-interactive website
designed to provide the user with an experience of the 12,400
square-foot facility as if they were there in person, including
an enhanced navigated path tour, featuring 39 “product
hotspots” has been made available to customers and viewers
around the world! Each hotspot focuses on a specific piece of
equipment integral to the functionality of the five separate
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) in the facility.
Viewers have the ability to learn more about each product,
view photo galleries, watch explanatory videos and contact
the PAES team of technicians if they need more information.
In the past year we also successfully completed our first fish
harvest at PAES W.A.T.E.R.! A team of Pentair employees
worked diligently to ensure complete success on this project.
In total, we harvested 10,564 lbs. of Tilapia!
This sort of activity is exactly what we want people to
experience on PAESWATER.com or in person at one of our
many training courses held throughout the year. Training and
education are important focal points for Pentair AES at PAES
W.A.T.E.R. In the past year we have held multiple workshops,
both English and Spanish-language, at the facility. It is perfect
for live demonstration of equipment and techniques, as well
as providing hands-on experience in RAS operations and
systems management in extended sessions.
For more information and to take the virtual tour, visit
PAESWATER.com. See page 446 for additional information
about live events you can stream on PAESWATER.com!
URBAN ORGANICS PENTAIR GROUP
FARMING REIMAGINED
The past year has been an exciting one as renovations and
construction continued at the next Urban Organics location
– the former Schmidt’s Brewery in St. Paul, MN. In case you
haven’t heard, Urban Organics, along with the support of
Pentair, is working to fix a broken food system one delicious
meal at a time. The concept is simple. Local equals fresh.
Fresh equals nutritious. Nutritious equals healthy, for
people and community. The process is equally simple. Urban
Organics farms with aquaponics, where fish and plants help
each other grow. They’re making it happen right now in Saint
Paul at the former Hamm’s Brewery. Their mission is simple,
and that is to inspire a better food system for the people, by
the people.
In September 2015, Urban Organics and Pentair, a global
company helping its customers produce more food, energy
and efficiencies from each drop of water, announced a
unique collaboration. Urban Organics Pentair Group, LLC
was established to accelerate the development of
commercial scale modern aquaponics. Their first venture
together, at the former Schmidt’s Brewery building in St.
Paul, MN, has been under construction throughout 2016.
The work may be arduous, but the 87,000 square foot indoor
aquaponics facility is no small feat, and will be well worth it.
When complete, this will be one of the largest commercial
aquaponics facilities in the world and will annually provide
275,000 lbs. of fresh fish and 400,000 lbs. of organically
grown produce.
The first harvest distributed in the St. Paul area, and a grand
opening is planned for spring of 2017.
For more information, visit UrbanOrganics.com.
Brought to life by
ASK US
Pentair is dedicated to excellence in all aspects of
our business. Whatever you need—equipment selection,
consultation, technical support, system design, redesign/
retrofitting services, maintenance or service contracts—you
can count on us. Pentair provides what’s needed to make
any system operate more efficiently and effectively to help
you extract profit from every facet of your operation. We see
the potential in the Commercial Aquaculture market;
we’ve made this our main focus and we strive to be the best
in the three key areas of supporting commercial facilities:
Design • Service • Equipment. Ready to get your aquaculture
project started? …ASK US!
COMMERCIAL
AQUACULTURE
With depleting food stocks unable to keep up with rising
demand, the commercial aquaculture industry is ready
to explode. The potential for commercial aquaculture is
enormous, but the industry is also highly complex. The need
for advanced equipment, high-level support and precise
engineering has never been greater, and the many economic
and ecological challenges of fish production must be solved.
Which is why we’re here. Our mission is to offer symbiotic
biological and engineering solutions to support any
aquaculture need. For you, this means everything from
designing a complete facility to engineering solutions for
existing production systems. Our commercial aquaculture
team can also help you with equipment upgrades,
troubleshooting and technical support. With Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems as your partner, the future has arrived.
DESIGN
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems has a team of experts proficient
in designing sustainable commercial-scale Recirculating
Aquaculture Systems (RAS), which offer economic and
production benefits including, biosecurity, scalable
operations, excellent water quality and containment-free
products. In addition, our Recirculating Aquaculture Systems
are also environmentally sustainable with a small water
requirement and space footprint. Our global reach ensures
that cleaner crops will remain at the forefront of aquatic
research technology for years to come. For design
consultation and services for your RAS project… ASK US!
SERVICE
At Pentair AES, our commitment to customer support does
not end at the time of the sale or after a project is completed.
We have a team of knowledgeable field technicians equipped
with the skills to service various types of aquaculture
systems. If you need assistance with an install, maintenance
or troubleshooting, we’re here to help. Pentair’s team boasts
a diverse background in aquaculture and biological and
technological engineering that is grounded in decades of
research and commercial industry application experience.
We are able to provide superior in-house expertise for
complete turn-key projects, simple equipment upgrades to
major integrated recirculating system design… ASK US!
EQUIPMENT
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. is the largest source of
aquatic products and systems worldwide. PAES offers
solutions and expertise to improve growing conditions in
any environment from recirculating aquaculture systems
to improving water conditions in pens. Pentair AES can help
you improve results in any part of the growing cycle. We
provide the best possible solutions for aquaculture facilities,
from hatcheries to grow-out and everything in between. And
with over 5,000 products in this catalog and more than 7,000
products on PentairAES.com, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
has the answers for your farm’s needs… ASK US!
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
PRODUCTS
9 Fish Farm
10 Holding System
11 Mini Fish Farm
12 Aquaponics System
13 Quarantine & Holding
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 9
Fish Farm, Automated
FISH FARM™, AUTOMATED

Float Valve Simple, reliable, low-maintenance
Mount on a
Post or Wall This Fish Farm™ can automatically remove fish
waste every few hours, day and night, maintaining
Bioreactor Option Post excellent water quality. You don’t have any fish
Not Included waste to handle or waste water to haul. In the basic
system (FF50MA) the filter is washed by opening a
valve for 20 seconds. The Pulse Auto Control Panel
(FF50ACP) can be added at any time to automate
filter cleaning and fish feeding and is recommended
for heavy fish and feed loading. The basic system
supports up to 50 lbs of fed fish; order the
Bioreactor (SL94 air pump included, add a SL56
if ordering as a retrofit) to support up to 125 lbs of
fish. The Precision AutoFeeder (FF50AF) coupled
with the Auto Control Panel make a complete,
self-sustaining life support system (five days at
heavy feeding). A single energy-efficient, ultra-
quiet air pump recirculates the water, delivers air
to the diffuser and cleans the filter.
The innovative Pulse BioClarifier gently settles out
fish waste, captures suspended particles and acts
as a biofilter. Select the automatic Pulse wash cycle
using two dials—one for time on, one for time off.
It’s simple! The 400-gallon tank self-cleans through
a center drain and is equipped with a float valve
that maintains tank water level. Request the UV
sterilizer (FF50AUV) to keep water and filter clear
of algae and to reduce fish pathogens.
The Fish Farm™ comes with a sturdy dome frame for
hanging the Precision AutoFeeder and for supporting
Window Included the net cover (included). Secure a tarp to the frame
to exclude light or airborne pollutants. All options
are easy to install as retrofits. Components
assemble in about 1 hour. Note: All plumbing will
be underground w/out stands.Operate several Fish
Air Pump Farm™ systems with one Pulse controller and large
air pump.
Filter Waste Flush Line Pulse BioClarifier
Manual Controls (Standard) FF50ACP Automation Option FF50AUV FF50AF
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
FF50MA BASIC SYSTEM W/MANUAL CONTROLS 290 $4,308.00
FF50ACP PULSE AUTO CONTROL PANEL 5 556.69
Our Auto Fish Farm has been a great learning experience. The Pentair AES technical reps have
been a readily available resource to help us with our Auto Fish Farm installation and operation.
FF50AB3 BIOREACTOR 75 1,301.00 The trout we are raising in our basement are healthy and amazingly fast growing. The Auto Fish
FF50AF PRECISION AUTOFEEDER 10 405.19 Farm is a balanced, easy-to-maintain system, and we are excited about adding another tank to
our existing system.
FF50AUV UV STERILIZER 15 397.89
Mike and Charlotte Henderson

10 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Fish Farm II / Holding System
FISH FARM™ II
The ultimate Fish Farm
Assembly of the system is easy. Most components come preassembled,
Our Fish Farm™ II is a perfect system for producing up to 300 pounds of requiring only a screwdriver and less than 4 hours of labor. Flexible pipe joins
fish at one time. Avoid the usual high costs and problems associated the tanks to the filter. This allows some options for tank position to fit a variety
with designing an untested system. It is perfectly suited for schools of layouts. Complete instructions and a setup/operation video are included.
and individuals who wish to “get their feet wet” prior to going into the fish Tanks are 70” D x 30” H. Weighs 620 lbs, ships via motor freight.
farming business.
All accessories packages are available for various species, climate conditions
The Fish Farm™ II features two 500-gallon polyethylene tanks with viewing and special applications. One-year warranty.
windows and support stands, a complete filtration unit using a double-drain
system to separate and remove solids and a moving bed bioreactor. An efficient MODEL EACH
compressor provides aeration and circulation. This eliminates electrical FF400 FISH FARM II $6,663.00
devices in the water for safety. With two tanks, it is possible to culture
two species or two sizes of fish at the same time. Isolation valves allow ALR15 REPLACEMENT DIFFUSERS 14.19
separation of one or both of the tanks from the filter for cleaning PF2 REPLACEMENT FILTER MEDIA 30.49
or treatment. Maintenance requires as few as 15 minutes a day and
40 gallons of makeup/exchange water. SL88 REPLACEMENT AIR PUMP 534.39
HOLDING SYSTEM, 1,500-GALLON

Produce up to 700 pounds of fish at one time
You don’t have to guess about equipment sizing or worry about losing fish a vibratory feeder (holds 1.75 liters of up to 6-mm food), digital timer, controller
with this system. We’ve designed and tested it to ensure that it is complete, and adapters. Set up to 24 feedings per 24 hours from 1–59 seconds each.
easy to maintain and flexible; just supply water and a place for drainage! Our We use top-quality, reliable components for each commercial system. You get
commercial system includes three 500-gal tanks, bead filter, biofilter, air and a Sweetwater® air pump (SL190), Bead Filter and Sweetwater Low-Space
water pumps, UV sterilizer, sump, plumbing, feeders and mesh tank covers. Bioreactor (handles 4–9 lbs feed/day). The bead filter has its own air pump for
This system is great for quarantine or for holding fish for retail. Each tank has backwashing. You can bypass the UV sterilizer (120 W, puts out 30,000 µWs/cm2)
valves for adjusting its water level to full, half-full or empty. For example, you for service. We recommend operating the supplied water pump at 30–45 gpm.
may want to lower a tank’s level to half-full when treating diseased fish with System is 115V/60 Hz or 230V/50 Hz (for export) and requires a minimum space
medicine, halving the volume of water so that you only need half the medicine of 25’ L x 8’ W x 5.3’ H. Call us to learn more about our commercial system or
as a full tank. Because the plumbing is already in place underneath the tanks, for a quote on a larger package.
you don’t need to build it into your flooring. MODEL EACH
Other features include a bottom center drain, baffle to help create a circular
water flow inside the tanks and mesh netting to cover each tank. Each tank has FHS 1500 GAL. HOLDING SYSTEM $14,408.00
Note: This system is built to order.
Biofilter (4–9 lbs of

Feed per Day)
Sweetwater®
Air Pump
Filter Return Line
Mechanical Filtration with

Backwash Assist Pump
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 11
The Mini Fish Farm
THE MINI FISH FARM™ DESIGNED HERE SHIP WT

MODEL (LBS) EACH
#1 in the classroom THE MINI FISH FARM
The Mini Fish Farm™ is a complete fish raising system. It includes a quiet,
oilless air pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier, a biological filter employing FF50-3 MINI FISH FARM (NO WINDOW) 230 $2,911.00
moving bed technology, a 5’4” Dia. x 35” H polyethylene tank that can be ordered FF50-3W1 MINI FISH FARM W/1’ X 2’ WINDOW 230 3,076.00
with or without a viewing window, an operational manual and a video that gives
step-by-step set-up instructions and maintenance procedures. The entire FF50-3W2 MINI FISH FARM W/2’ X 2’ WINDOW 230 3,127.00
system contains only 400 gallons of water, making heating, water changes and
overall size and weight minimal. All electrical components are UL-approved OPTIONAL AQUAPONICS KITS
and power consumption is a mere 60 watts. That’s under $4 per month!
FF50HT STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT 60 698.59
Maintenance takes less than ten minutes per day and only two 5-gallon pails of
water need to be emptied and replaced. The entire system fits in a 6’ x 8’ area CK50 FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT 30 190.39
and can fit through a 36” door. Extremely safe, there is no electricity in the
CK50R AQUAPONICS REFILL KIT 0.5 23.49
water, and the system is virtually leakproof. Ships Motor Freight. One-year
warranty.
REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS
OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT SL88 115V 60HZ LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMP 23.5 534.39
Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm™ to utilize fish effluent as FF50W-KIT 1’ X 2’ WINDOW KIT 2.5 114.49
fertilizer, all while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake. Eighteen
FW22-KIT 2’ X 2’ WINDOW KIT 2.5 156.49
lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated
water, providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of ALR15 6” MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER 1 14.19
gravel or perlite. This unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that
ZPF2 FILTER PAD (4½” X 18”) 0.35 8.49
produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day. It requires no additional power. Kit
includes black ABS tray with removable top for root inspection and harvesting
(measures 4’ long x 2’ wide x 6” deep), aluminum stand, 18 net pots (2”) with
growing cubes and all plumbing/fittings for hookup to the Mini Fish Farm™,
plus a comprehensive hydroponics manual. Ships Ground. The Aquaponics
Refill Kit (CK50R) includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT DESIGNED HERE

Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm™. It consists of a unique CK50
aquaponics tray that allows the growth of lettuce, herbs, flowers and other
crops in the same tank as the fish. This interaction between animals and plants
provides the opportunity to study and observe a more natural eco-system. The
tray is designed to float within the tank, covering one half of the water’s surface.
It is capable of growing up to 24” plants. Special screening protects plant roots
from foraging fish and the design provides proper tray height above the water.
Kit includes two heavy-duty ABS plastic trays, screening, twenty-four 2” net
pots, twenty-four 3¼” net pots, zip ties, twenty-four Rockwool cubes and
complete instructions. Ships Oversize. The Aquaponics Refill Kit (CK50R)
includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
REPLACEMENT TANK WINDOW KITS

The FF50W-KIT is 1’ x 2’ polycarbonate window kit with an actual viewing area Optional Floating Aquaponics Kit
of 9¾” x 21¾”, and the FW22-KIT is 2’ x 2’ with a viewing area of 21¾” x 21¾”.
Stand-Alone SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!

Aquaponics Kit
(Optional)
Mini Fish Farm with The Mini Fish Farm™

Optional Stand-Alone FF50-3W1
Aquaponics Kit

12 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Aquaponics System
AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800 DESIGNED HERE NEW!

The Pentair Aquaponics System 800 utilizes an integrated design to deliver a Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor
controlled and balanced growing environment for both fish and plants. This
system* features a mix of state-of-the-art equipment and a full complement of • Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning. Utilizes
Sweetwater® filtration and aeration equipment for an efficient, reliable and moving bed bioreactor technology to control ammonia and nitrite.
user-friendly package. Plant Trays
Two 400 gallon polyethylene tanks can support a maximum of 375 pounds of • Two 36-inch x 36-inch plant trays supported by a powdered coated stainless
fish biomass at one time in the system and provide nutrients to at least 60 steel stand
plants. This is a robust fish and plant production capacity within a small
footprint of 10’ x 17’. It is possible due to the use of a newly designed bead Aeration
filtration skid system and a Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor to maintain • Sweetwater Air Diffusers provides supplemental oxygen to the fish tanks,
optimal water quality. The bead filtration system features a pump, filter, UV grow trays and low-space bioreactor
sterilizer, valves and rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing. All specialty
components and equipment are included, except standard PVC pipe (available • Sweetwater Linear Diaphragm Pump powers the air diffusers and airlifts
from your local hardware store.) The filtration/pumping system ships Tanks
pre-plumbed on its own pallet. To finalize assembly, follow the detailed
• Circular tanks result in concentrated solids exiting through a center drain to
instruction manual to connect the filtration system to all other components
filtration
including tanks, using your locally-sourced PVC pipe.
• External standpipes set tank water level and eliminate unnecessary
With an expected feed conversion ratio of 1.5 and greater than 90% survival for
plumbing from remaining in fish tank
fish and plants the producer could achieve 750 pounds of fish production and
650 units of leafy greens annually. That equates to 1,000 fish fillets each year for
a small household! Visit PentairAES.com to check out the shopping list of items you should
consider to manage and operate the system.
Bead Filtration System
• Taurus™ 110 Energy Efficient Aquaculture-Duty Centrifugal Pump
• Sweetwater Bead Filter for removal of solids
• SMART UV® Sterilizer inactivates potentially-harmful micro-organisms such MODEL EACH
as bacteria and algae
440096 AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800 $ 13,900.00
• Rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing and true union Asahi valves
• Bypass lines to facilitate filter or lamp replacement

COMPLETE SYSTEMS 13
Quarantine and Holding Systems
QUARANTINE AND HOLDING SYSTEMS

New, thicker gel coat and stronger than ever
A complete tank and filter system that can be used for a multitude of applications.
Use it for holding sick fish, for retailing koi and goldfish in a pond shop,
etc.—the applications are endless. Each system includes an imported
fiberglass tank, a top-mounting filter with multiple filtration chambers and a
UL-listed submersible pump. The top filter chamber includes brushes and
filter pads for removing debris and two biological chambers filled with
ceramic biorings for high surface area. The chambers can also be filled with
carbon or other chemical media. Tanks are nestable and ship via motor
freight. Air pumps sold separately.
MODEL EACH 4+
HS81A HOLDING SYSTEM, 81 GAL $670.29 —
HS122A HOLDING SYSTEM, 122 GAL 807.69 —
PF2 REPLACEMENT PARTICULATE FILTER 30.49 27.44
AZ16027 REPLACEMENT BIO-FILTER, 24” 8.09 7.28
Crating charges not included in price.
HS81A
IN Overhead view of top filter chamber. OUT
B D C
Top View Side View
A B C D A B C D
HS81A 48” 30” 15” 21” HS235A 72” 36” 24” 33”
HS122A 60” 30” 18” 33” HS523A 96” 48” 30” 36”

AQUAPONICS
PRODUCTS
16 Aquaponics System
17 Mini Fish Farm
18 Tanks/Troughs
20 Media
22 Trays/Shade Cloth
23 Water Conditioners/Test Kit
24 Induction Grow Lights

15
AQUAPONICS TECHNOLOGY
& DESIGN WORKSHOPS
Topics that will be covered during these workshops:
UNIVERSITY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS FISH PRODUCTION HANDS-ON INSTRUCTION
AQUAPONIC SYSTEM AND UVI BASED • Stocking rates • PVC work
SYSTEM AT PENTAIR AES • Feeding, growth and survival • Pump setup and plumbing
• System design and management • Harvesting and processing • Plant grow tray construction
• Aeration • Water quality • Fish handling
• Plumbing • Brood stock management • Water quality testing
• Pump Selection • Breeding
• Components • Fry sex reversal
• Construction techniques MARKETING AND ECONOMICS
• Operation PLANT PRODUCTION
• Electric Cost • Seedling production
ENGINEERING AQUAPONICS SYSTEMS • Importance of pest identification

Check PentairAES.com/workshops
• Disease and insect control
• Engineering Aquaponics Systems
• Nutrient dynamics
for all workshop details including
• Blower selection and sizing
• Total Dynamic Head (TDH)
dates, times and locations!
• Pipe sizing and flow
For more information about educational

courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
please email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
Web: PentairAES.com/workshops
Email: PAES.General@Pentair.com
2395 Apopka Blvd., Apopka, FL 32703
16 AQUAPONICS
Aquaponics System
AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800 DESIGNED HERE NEW!

The Pentair Aquaponics System 800 utilizes an integrated design to deliver a Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor
controlled and balanced growing environment for both fish and plants. This
system* features a mix of state-of-the-art equipment and a full complement of • Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning. Utilizes
Sweetwater® filtration and aeration equipment for an efficient, reliable and moving bed bioreactor technology to control ammonia and nitrite.
user-friendly package. Plant Trays
Two 400 gallon polyethylene tanks can support a maximum of 375 pounds of • Two 36-inch x 36-inch plant trays supported by a powdered coated stainless
fish biomass at one time in the system and provide nutrients to at least 60 steel stand
plants. This is a robust fish and plant production capacity within a small
footprint of 10’ x 17’. It is possible due to the use of a newly designed bead Aeration
filtration skid system and a Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor to maintain • Sweetwater Air Diffusers provides supplemental oxygen to the fish tanks,
optimal water quality. The bead filtration system features a pump, filter, UV grow trays and low-space bioreactor
sterilizer, valves and rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing. All specialty
components and equipment are included, except standard PVC pipe (available • Sweetwater Linear Diaphragm Pump powers the air diffusers and airlifts
from your local hardware store.) The filtration/pumping system ships Tanks
pre-plumbed on its own pallet. To finalize assembly, follow the detailed
• Circular tanks result in concentrated solids exiting through a center drain to
instruction manual to connect the filtration system to all other components
filtration
including tanks, using your locally-sourced PVC pipe.
• External standpipes set tank water level and eliminate unnecessary
With an expected feed conversion ratio of 1.5 and greater than 90% survival for
plumbing from remaining in fish tank
fish and plants the producer could achieve 750 pounds of fish production and
650 units of leafy greens annually. That equates to 1,000 fish fillets each year for
a small household! Visit PentairAES.com to check out the shopping list of items you should
consider to manage and operate the system.
Bead Filtration System
• Taurus™ 110 Energy Efficient Aquaculture-Duty Centrifugal Pump
• Sweetwater Bead Filter for removal of solids
• SMART UV® Sterilizer inactivates potentially-harmful micro-organisms such MODEL EACH
as bacteria and algae
440096 AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800 $ 13,900.00
• Rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing and true union Asahi valves
• Bypass lines to facilitate filter or lamp replacement

AQUAPONICS 17
The Mini Fish Farm
THE MINI FISH FARM™ DESIGNED HERE
#1 in the classroom
The Mini Fish Farm™ is a complete fish raising system. It includes a quiet, SHIP WT
oilless air pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier, a biological filter employing MODEL (LBS) EACH
moving bed technology, a 5’4” Dia. x 35” H polyethylene tank that can be ordered The Mini Fish Farm
with or without a viewing window, an operational manual and a video that gives
step-by-step set-up instructions and maintenance procedures. The entire FF50-3 MINI FISH FARM (NO WINDOW) 230 $2,911.00
system contains only 400 gallons of water, making heating, water changes and FF50-3W1 MINI FISH FARM W/1’ X 2’ WINDOW 230 3,076.00
overall size and weight minimal. All electrical components are UL-approved
and power consumption is a mere 60 watts. That’s under $4 per month! FF50-3W2 MINI FISH FARM W/2’ X 2’ WINDOW 230 3,127.00
Maintenance takes less than ten minutes per day and only two 5-gallon pails of
water need to be emptied and replaced. The entire system fits in a 6’ x 8’ area Optional Aquaponics Kits
and can fit through a 36” door. Extremely safe, there is no electricity in the FF50HT STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT 60 698.59
water, and the system is virtually leakproof. Ships Motor Freight. One-year
warranty. CK50 FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT 30 190.39
CK50R AQUAPONICS REFILL KIT 0.5 23.49
OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT
Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm™ to utilize fish effluent as Replacement Components
fertilizer, all while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake. Eighteen SL88 115V 60HZ LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMP 23.5 534.39
lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated
water, providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of FF50W-KIT 1’ X 2’ WINDOW KIT 2.5 114.49
gravel or perlite. This unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that FW22-KIT 2’ X 2’ WINDOW KIT 2.5 156.49
produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day. It requires no additional power. Kit
includes black ABS tray with removable top for root inspection and harvesting ALR15 6” MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER 1 14.19
(measures 4’ long x 2’ wide x 6” deep), aluminum stand, 18 net pots (2”) with
ZPF2 FILTER PAD (4½” X 18”) 0.35 8.49
growing cubes and all plumbing/fittings for hookup to the Mini Fish Farm™,
plus a comprehensive hydroponics manual. Ships Ground. The Aquaponics
Refill Kit (CK50R) includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT DESIGNED HERE CK50

Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm™. It consists of a unique
aquaponics tray that allows the growth of lettuce, herbs, flowers and other
crops in the same tank as the fish. This interaction between animals and plants
provides the opportunity to study and observe a more natural eco-system. The
tray is designed to float within the tank, covering one half of the water’s surface.
It is capable of growing up to 24” plants. Special screening protects plant roots
from foraging fish and the design provides proper tray height above the water.
Kit includes two heavy-duty ABS plastic trays, screening, twenty-four 2” net
pots, twenty-four 3¼” net pots, zip ties, twenty-four Rockwool cubes and
complete instructions. Ships Oversize. The Aquaponics Refill Kit (CK50R)
includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
REPLACEMENT TANK WINDOW KITS Optional Floating Aquaponics Kit

The FF50W-KIT is 1’ x 2’ polycarbonate window kit with an actual viewing area
of 9¾” x 21¾”, and the FW22-KIT is 2’ x 2’ with a viewing area of 21¾” x 21¾”.
Stand-Alone SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!

Aquaponics Kit
(Optional)
Mini Fish Farm with The Mini Fish Farm™

Optional Stand-Alone FF50-3W1
Aquaponics Kit

18 AQUAPONICS
Polyethylene Tanks/Fiberglass Troughs
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
These polyethylene, marine blue, open top tanks are economical with long have superior mechanical properties, high stiffness, excellent low
life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light temperature impact strength, and outstanding environmental stress crack
weight allows for quick set-up and relocation. Edge lips provide wall resistance, they stand up well in tough environments. Model BP210 and
strength and minimize deformation. Most of these tanks are nestable, which models ending in -W2 have a 2'x2' polycarbonate viewing window installed (
reduces shipping costs. FDA compliant; safe and non-toxic to aquatic and actual viewing area is 21 3/4”x21 3/4").
animal life. All tanks have ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. Because they
55 TO 250 GALLON TANKS

CAPACITY INSIDE WALL SHIP WT TANK ONLY TANK WITH WINDOW
(GAL) SHAPE DIA. HEIGHT THICKNESS (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
55 ROUND 21” 38” 3/16” 17* TP55 $145.99 — —
90 ROUND 39” 20” 3/16” 23** TP90 229.99 — —
210 ROUND 48” 30” 3/16” 49** TP210 303.49 BP210 $565.99
250 ROUND 60” 22” 3/16” 68** TP250 418.99 — —
110 RECTANGULAR 55” X 31” X 18” 1/8” 44** TP110 261.49 — —
130 MORTAR BOX 72” X 36” X 12” 1/8” 39** TP130 271.99 — —
*Ships ground. **Ships motor freight.
TP110
TP130
TP55 TP90

These tanks have a flat depression molded into the side near the bottom for a bulkhead fitting. Ships motor freight.
CAPACITY INSIDE WALL SHIP WT TANK ONLY TANK WITH WINDOW
410 ROUND 60” 34” 3/16” 74 TP440A $523.99 TP440A-W2 $681.49
460 ROUND 70” 30” 3/16” 78 TP400F 555.49 TP400F-W2 712.99
650 ROUND 77” 34” 1/4” 105 TP655 660.49 TP655-W2 831.79
800 ROUND 88” 38” 1/4” 120 TP800 817.99 TP800-W2 975.49
830 ROUND 92” 30” 1/4” 134 TP830 849.49 TP830-W2 1,007.00
1000 ROUND 90” 44” 1/4” 148 TP1000 943.99 TP1000-W2 1,101.00 TP800
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, Crating charges not
included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H EACH 4+
FT120L2 120 96" X 24" X 12" $296.89 $267.20
FT180L2 180 96" X 36" X 12" 513.79 462.41
FT240L2 240 96" X 48" X 12" 694.59 625.13
FT320L2 320 96" X 48" X 16" 963.59 867.23

AQUAPONICS 19
Seeding and Planting
Seeding and Planting Systems

Seed Germination
Germinating seeds can be extremely easy or extremely difficult depending on the type of plant and method
used. There are several ways to do this and we will describe a few below:
1. Directly into starter cubes: This is where you use a starter cube (Hortifiber Rockwool®, coco fiber, composted
pine bark, etc.) with a small hole in the center to start your seeds. You simply wet the media, drop the seeds in
the hole (or widen it a bit with a pencil for larger seeds) and then place them in a tray (with or without a
humidity dome, depending on your local humidity). Make sure to read up on your starter media as some media
should presoak in a mildly acidic solution for better sprouting results. Some seeds will do better when placed
directly out in the sun; some will do better if left in the dark for a few days then moved into the sunlight; and
some will do better with a bottom heat pad placed under the tray of starter cubes. One thing to remember is
that you want to get them in the same intensity of light that you will be growing them to maturity in as soon as
possible. In lower light conditions, plants stretch looking for light and become thinner/weaker and more prone
to breaking. Then when you move them into more intense light, they have a tendency to get leaf burn and
growth slows as the plant adjusts to the stronger light. If you’re trying a new variety for the first time, plant a
few test cubes, put them in direct to partial sun for a few days and watch what happens. Most seeds will sprout
just fine this way as long as the temperatures are in the correct range for the plant species being grown (look
on the seed packet as most of the timeall of the zone/planting times are listed on the packaging), but if you
aren’t having any luck or you see them sprout and start to get a bit burned, try one of the other methods until
you see what works best for that particular seed. Just remember, the quicker you get the plant used to the
final light intensity, the quicker it will grow.
2. Paper towel/plastic wrap method: Another popular way of sprouting seeds is by dampening a paper towel
with water and placing it on a plate. You then place your seeds on the damp paper towel and cover the plate
with plastic wrap. Place this in a dark place such as a cabinet and check it daily while also lifting the plastic
wrap to exchange the air inside. As soon as you see the seed crack open, remove the seed from the plate
and place the seed cracked end down into the starter cube. It will then shoot the tap root down into the
starter cube and the seed will rise out of the cube and fall off of the sprout. This method works extremely
well for all types of larger seeds such as beans, peas, sunflowers, cucumbers, etc. Using smaller seeds is
not advisable, since it would be extremely difficult to pick them up and place them into starter cubes without
hurting the sprouts.
3. Cuttings: Some plants take an extremely long time to grow from seeds, but their cuttings will readily root when cared for properly, eliminating a lot of
valuable time spent by the grower. The procedure is fairly simple. First you want to make sure you sterilize your scissors, knife or whatever tool you
plan to use to take the cuttings and also make sure to wash your hands well (especially if you are a smoker). Once you have sterilized the cutting tool,
take your cuttings and remove all of the fruit from the plant (if there is any) along with the bottom 50% of the leaves/stems. Dip the cut end into either
a rooting hormone powder or gel, then place directly into a presoaked starter cube. Some plants such as tomatoes will start to root within a day or
two, while other plants such as rosemary may take as long as a month to show any signs of roots. You want to keep the cuttings in a humid environment
by using a humidity dome or plastic wrap, and you want to make sure to exchange the air inside several times a day. Some plants will look pretty bad
before looking better, but that is because you are stressing the plant and basically forcing it to either grow roots or die. You want the media moist, but
not wet or waterlogged. You can also mist the plants to let the leaves take up water. Riding that fine line of wet/dry media tells the harder-to-root
plants that they need to sprout roots. Once you have done it a few times you will be able to look at the plants and tell when they have started to root,
then take the dome off until the plants get strong enough to move them to your main system. Where to germinate: Seeds can either be germinated
directly in your system, on sprouting tables, in individual sprouting trays or by many other means. It really comes down to what works best for the
area you have, labor involved and finances available. ®
Hortifiber Rockwool is a registered trademark of Thermofiber, Inc.
TECH TALK 124
Compost Tea
Compost tea is exactly what it sounds like—a liquid extract prepared by steeping compost in water. growth of bacteria. Longer periods (36–48 hours) will favor the growth of protozoa and other microorganisms.
Sounds delicious, right? Don’t worry, it’s for your plants. Just spray it on and watch them grow healthier
and less susceptible to disease. Compost tea can be used on trees, shrubs, houseplants, vegetables, After aerating, pour the liquid through a strainer or cheesecloth to filter. Then dilute the concentrated
flowers and lawns. It can also help with seed germination and starting new plants. tea with clean water at a ratio of 1 to 10 before dispensing in sprayers or spray bottles. One gallon of
your diluted mixture will cover 800 ft 2 of planted area. For best results, apply the tea to plants and soil
Compost tea has been shown to be a source of beneficial microorganisms that protect plants and once every week. The whole plant and surrounding soil may be thoroughly wetted. Tea may be stored up
provide better nutrient availability to the plants while also improving soil condition. Several types of to two weeks in a closed container before applying
compost teas can be made, and they vary in the method of preparation and in the ways they are used. to plants.
Examples include anaerobic compost teas, aerobic compost tea, compost leachate, manure tea and
Bokashi tea, among others. To consistently make great compost tea, consider the following:
One of the most popular of the compost teas is aerobic compost tea (no, it has nothing to do with • A erate or chemically treat clean water to remove chlorine or chloramines from water prior to adding
jumping jacks). Aerobic compost tea is made by using an air pump or blower to supply your mixture with compost.
oxygen while brewing. The process enhances the production of beneficial bacteria, protozoa, fungi and • Keep the brewer between 70 and 75°F while brewing tea.
other microbes. You can even add food and/or other additives to further encourage the growth of
microorganisms in the tea. For example, add molasses for bacteria growth; kelp and humic acid for • The pH should be near neutral (6.5 to 7.5).
fungi; and peat moss and hay for protozoa. • Maintain the D.O. concentration around 6 ppm throughout the
Brewing aerobic compost tea is easy. Many commercial compost tea brewers are available, but if you brewing cycle.
take pride in your DIY ethic you can easily build your own brewer. All you need is a bucket, an air pump or Using these methods, you can routinely make tea with high numbers of beneficial bacteria, fungi,
blower, an air hose with check valve and a diffuser. Simply wrap the compost in cheesecloth or place it protozoa and nematodes, time after time. The result will ensure healthier plants and better growth.
in a mesh bag (avoid fine mesh—it may keep some beneficial fungi from the tea). Fill a bucket with
clean water and drop the bag in (one part compost to four parts water). Then throw in your choice of Sources of additional information on compost tea:
additives. Aerate the liquid for several hours.
The National Sustainable Agriculture Information Service (ATTRA)
While it brews, make sure you provide enough aeration to maintain dissolved oxygen (D.O.) content website: http://www.attra.org/attra-pub/compost-tea-notes.html
around 6 ppm. This will support the growth of aerobic microorganisms that enhance plant growth.
Aerate the extract between 12 and 48 hours, depending on the type of microbes that are desired. The Compost Tea Brewing Manual, 5th Ed., 2005. Dr. Elaine Ingham,
A period of around 12 hours will favor the growth of fungi, while a 24-hour period of aeration will favor the Soil Foodweb Inc., Corvallis, Oregon 97333.

20 AQUAPONICS
Media
COCOTEK®
This organic growing medium consists of three different types of compressed
coco coir. A high-quality, low-sodium, environmentally friendly alternative to
sphagnum peat moss. When hydrated with water, CocoTek rapidly expands,
saving time and effort. Use by itself or mix with expanded clay pellets, perlite
or topsoil.
MODEL EACH
CB310 COIR BALE, 5 KG $11.59
CocoTek® is a registered trademark of HGCI, Inc.
COCOGRO® COIR FIBER BRICK

This premium coir fiber has a low salt content and no chemical treatment. Its
doublesleeved 3/4” long fibers provide an optimal air to water ratio and reduced
dust, which means stronger root development. Cocogro® fiber is aged at least
18 months, so it has longer usability. And it has excellent drainage properties.
100% recyclable. Expands to approximately 1/3 cu. ft. of media.
MODEL EACH
COCOB COCOGRO COIR FIBER BRICK, 650G $4.39
Cocogro® is a registered trademark of American Agritech, LLC.
PERLITE
Coarse perlite (siliceous rock) is one of the best hydroponic media commonly
used. It has high water-holding capacity and fertilizer retention. It has neutral
pH, is sterile and weed-free. Ideal for tray systems, bag systems and deep
nutrient trough systems. Sold in four cubic foot bags.
MODEL EACH
PR40 PERLITE, 20 LBS $17.99
GOLD LABEL HYDROCORN®

This lightweight clay aggregate is an excellent growing medium for any
hydroponic system. Clay aggregates are heated at high temperatures, creating
an inner pore structure and ceramic shell that holds moisture for roots and
helps minimize the buildup of salts and nutrients. The aggregate wicks the
water/nutrient solution upward, pebble by pebble, releasing it to the plant roots
as needed. The uneven shape is an ideal surface for roots and beneficial
bacteria. Pebbles range from 8–16 mm.
Clay aggregate is chemically inert, odorless, will not degrade and has a neutral
pH of 7.0. It's easily washed, completely reusable and will last indefinitely.
Excellent in systems with potted plants and in ebb and flow system trays. It
readily accepts transplanted seedlings started in oasis cubes, Hortifiber
Rockwool® or other planting media.
MODEL EACH
CA4A HYDROCORN, 36-LITER BOX $40.39
Gold Label Hydrocorn® is a registered trademark of Jongkind B.V. Besloten Vennootschap

AQUAPONICS 21
Propagation Cubes/Net Pots
SMALL PROPAGATION CUBES

These Hortifiber Rockwool® small cubes are ideal for starting seedlings and
cuttings and fit nicely into 2" net pots, seedling trays or directly into a growing
media. Cubes have a small hole in the center for seed placement.
MODEL L W H CUBES/SLAB EACH

PC112 1½” 1½” 1½” 98 $12.59/SLAB
MEDIUM PROPAGATION CUBES

Start seeds and root cuttings right with OASIS® Horticubes®, 1” Medium
Thin Cut! Because cubes are pH neutral and extremely porous, they are
multi-purpose and work especially well in hydroponics systems. OASIS
Horticubes are designed to drain off excess water from the base of the
germinating seed or cutting while maintaining a proper air/water balance.
2 sheets at 276 cubes/sheet.
OHO300 1” 1” 1-1/2” 276 $25.19
Oasis® Horticubes® are registered trademarks of Smithers-Oasis Company.
PROPAGATION MINI BLOCKS

These Hortifiber Rockwool® small blocks are ideal for both seed and cutting
propagation. They are designed to be transplanted directly to other media and
not intended to be used with larger Rockwool blocks.

RMB1 1½” 1½” 1½” 15 $3.59/STRIP
PB4 PROPAGATION BLOCKS

Once seedlings have developed in the Hortifiber Rockwool® propagation cubes,
the entire cube can then be transferred to these propagation blocks.
Propagation blocks have a hole in the center that will accept the 11/2"
propagation cubes. Larger quantities and sizes available.
PB3 3” 3” 2½” 8 $6.39/STRIP
PB3
PB4 4” 4” 2½” 6 6.49/STRIP
NET POTS
These plastic net pots have slits in the sides and bottom to allow root development
and promote oxygen transfer. Ideal for ebb and flow systems and NFT systems,
pots can be used for starting seedlings and propagation. The 2” size is ideal for
use with Hortifiber Rockwool® and oasis cubes or Hydroton to start seedlings
which will then be transplanted to the growing system. Plants are left in the net
pot when transferred, which avoids transplant shock. Larger size net pots are
perfect for use with Hydroton media.
These pots are excellent for classroom science projects and experiments, as
the root system is visible when lifted out of the nutrient solution.
MODEL EACH
NP12NL 2” H X 2” DIA., 25/PK, NO LIP $3.19
BUCKET LID
Perfect for customized hydroponic systems, these sturdy Bucket Lids fit any
standard 5-gallon bucket.
MODEL EACH
BL306 6'' $3.69
BL306 BL310 10" 4.19

22 AQUAPONICS
SECTION
Products
Trays and/Shade
Products
Cloth/ Products
PROPAGATION TRAYS
Great, sturdy additions to any hydrogarden. Trays have raised interior channels
for superior drainage. The basin of the Eazy Drain Reservoir also features a
gradual slope and can be modified with bulkhead fittings for simple hose
connection and reservoir change-outs. Made of durable, UV-resistant plastic.
Ships motor freight.
MODEL L X W X D EACH
WPT200 PROPAGATION TRAY 22”X22”X7” $52.49
WPT210 PROPAGATION TRAY 44" X 24" X 7" 78.79
WPT250 PROPAGATION TRAY 96" X 48" X 7" 280.39 WPT220 WPT221
WPT221 PROPAGATION TRAY LID 36" X 36" X 7" 104.99
WPT231 PROPAGATION TRAY LID 48" X 48" X 7" 141.79
SPEEDLING TRANSPLANT TRAYS

Keep your plants' roots safe from damage, pests and diseases during
transplant. These polystyrene trays are reusable and drastically reduce
transplant shock. The angled sides of the cells encourage roots to grow
downward, rather than spiraling as they would in a square cell. This allows
plants to begin growing immediately after transplant. Plants and soil are
easily removed, completely intact.
Trays are 265/8" L x 135/8" W. Ship weight 1.5 lbs.
MODEL EACH
TR128A 128 CELLS @ 1.5 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP $10.49
TR200A 200 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 3" DEEP 13.29
TR242HC 242 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP 8.59
TR72A 72 CELLS @ 1.75 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP 13.59
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which will last over 15 years in the
tropical sun. This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae, prevent sun
damage to fish and reduce water temperature. It is also useful for predator
control, visibility screening and, of course, shading plants. Made of UV-resistant
plastic. Sold in 10' L increments or full 300' rolls only.
SHIP WT
MODEL SHADE LENGTH WIDTH (LBS) EACH
SC30 30% 10’ 12' 2.8 $37.79
SC30R 30% 300' 12' 83 755.99
SC50 50% 10’ 12' 2.8 44.09
SC50R 50% 300' 12' 83 995.39
SC70 70% 10’ 12' 4.6 56.69
30% SHADING 50% SHADING 70% SHADING
SC70R 70% 300' 12' 138 1,328.00
NETTING & SHADECLOTH POLYCLIPS

These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching predator netting and shade cloth
to support rope and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene, they can be
used over and over again. Simply snap over the edge of the material and
attach to 3/8” support wire. Recommended spacing is one polyclip per 2’
(depending on load).
MODEL EACH
PC1 EACH $0.65
PC125 25-PK 14.59

AQUAPONICS 23
Super Salt/PH Control/Test Kit
PROLINE® SUPER SALT CONCENTRATE MICROBE-LIFT® PH INCREASE AND PH DECREASE NEW!

Contains everything but the salt—save on shipping! Safely Raises/Lowers pH Levels
This synthetic salt mixture contains all the necessary elements and buffers pH Increase - Includes 2 pH increasers for gentle effectiveness and 3
(except sodium chloride) required to make up to 4,400 gallons of synthetic electrolytes to help maintain osmotic balance.
seawater. Each phosphate- and nitrate-free batch is individually tested to pH Decrease - Includes 2 pH decreasers for gentle effectiveness and 3
generate consistency and high quality. Because sodium chloride is a major electrolytes to help maintain osmotic balance. Contains phosphoric acid.
component of most synthetic sea salt mixtures, it is also responsible for a large
amount of the weight. This concentrated mixture contains everything but the • Formulated in deionized water
sodium chloride. • Contains a slime coat ingredient for skin protection and stress reduction in
ProLine Super Salt Concentrate is packaged in a semiliquid form and sold in pond fish
resealable buckets. One bucket mixes with 80 lbs of noniodized, high-purity • Contains a chelating agent to enhance water quality
sodium chloride to make 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of salt water. Pallet quantities • Not harmful to fish or plants
available.
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH 4+ MODEL EACH
239500 400 GALLON MIX 63 $79.29 $71.36 890024 MICROBE-LIFT PH INCREASE 1 QUART $13.99
890025 MICROBE-LIFT PH INCREASE 1 GAL 44.59
890026 MICROBE-LIFT PH DECREASE 1 QUART 13.99
890027 MICROBE-LIFT PH DECREASE 1 GAL 44.59
Microbe-Lift® is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
890024 890027
#10 WHITE CALCIUM CARBONATE DUST

Due to the nitrification process that occurs in the biofilter of a healthy aquaponics system, pH of the system
tends to steadily decrease over time as the nitrifying bacteria create acid. Regularly adding calcium carbonate
increases pH, and adds beneficial nutrients for plant uptake as well.
MODEL EACH
MD 50 LB BAG $52.49
AQUAPONICS TEST KIT FW SW HAZMAT A NEW!

Designed for small to midsize systems, this test kit TEST RANGE
has everything you will need to monitor water quality
for both the aquaculture and hydroponics segments AMMONIA 0.0-2.0 ppm
of your system. Kit includes labware, accessories
NITRITE 0.05-0.8 ppm
and reagents to repeat tests for each factor
approximately 50 times, a detailed instruction NITRATE 0.25-10.0 ppm
manual and quick reference card in a foam-lined
carrying case. Test chemistries and comparators PH 5.0-10.0
are compatible with fresh, brackish, or salt water
IRON, FERROUS & FERRIC 0.5-10.0 ppm
systems. Ship weight 9 lbs.
ALKALINITY 0-200 ppm
MODEL EACH
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0-10 ppm
LM3637 AQUAPONICS TEST KIT $298.99
LM3637RP REAGENT REFILL KIT 138.99

24 AQUAPONICS
Induction Grow Lights
INDUCTION GROW LIGHTS

Energy saving, full spectrum lighting ideal for aquaponics!
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems’ line of induction grow lights, an emerging
technology that is replacing metal halide and high pressure sodium lighting in
aquaponics. Induction lighting offers many benefits to crop production including
a broad spectrum, greater canopy penetration and lower operating temperatures.
• Consumes up to 70% less power than traditional HID lamps
• One lamp from vegetative thru flowering reduces plant stress
• PAR rated spectrums: 90% UV – 95% Carotenoid – 80% R/FR/IR
• 98% specular reflectance for greater canopy penetration
• Low operating temperatures reduce cooling costs
• Longer lamp life (100,000 hour rated)
GROW LIGHT
• 10 year lamp and driver warranty
40W PONTOON ACCESSORY

Designed to work as an enhancement accessory to the induction lamps’ broad
spectrum phosphor blend. They are a low wattage addition to our induction
lamps’ spectrums and should be considered when the gardener is seeking
optimized quality, yield and reduced time to harvest.
• Flowering enhancement accessory
• Comes fully assembled No Tools Required for Easy Installation
• 5 Year Warranty
40W PONTOON ACCESSORY
LIGHTING CONVERSION REFERENCE

PNR-100-PAR (100W) REPLACES 200W METAL HALIDE OR HP SODIUM LIGHTS
PNR-400-PAR (420W) REPLACES 1,000W METAL HALIDE OR 750W HP SODIUM LIGHTS
420W GROW LIGHT WITH PONTOON ACCESSORY
COVERAGE AREA DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS L W L W H (LBS) EACH
PNR-100-PAR 100W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 100 24” 24” 19” 141/2” 63/4” 8 $503.99
PNR-200-PAR 200W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 200 36” 36” 261/2” 141/2” 63/4” 11 640.49
PNR-400-PAR 420W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 420 48” 48” 41” 141/2” 63/4” 15 834.79
PNR-400-PON 40W PONTOON ACCESSORY 120-277 50/60 40 — — 40” 20” 51/2” 4 782.29
TECH TALK 130
Hydroponics vs Aquaponics
Hydroponics refers to using a nutrient solution to grow plants in a recirculating (closed) system. Open nutrient systems were used in the past but not much anymore. Two different ways hydroponic
systems work are:
• A ggregate, which uses a solid medium (sand, Hortifiber Rockwool®, gravel, perlite, vermiculite, peat moss, coconut husks, etc.) for support of plant roots.
• Liquid, which uses no supporting medium for plant roots.
Aquaponics refers to growing a fish (or any aquatic animal) and plant crop together in a recirculating system. So aquaponics is really the marriage of aquaculture and hydroponics, aggregate or liquid, in
a closed system.
Hydroponics and aquaponics offer these advantages over traditional farming: high productivity for the space used, conservative water usage, low environmental impact and the ability to grow plants out
of season. The primary disadvantage to both is the high startup cost involved.

AQUAPONICS 25
Common Aquatic Species
Common Aquatic Species Used in Aquaponics

Tilapia sp.
There is little documentation through research as to which aquatic species work best in aquaponic
systems. Tilapia have the most results as they are very hardy and adaptable to poor water quality,
temperature and poor handling by farmers. They also have a large market value and have developed a
niche as a good-tasting white fish. The most common tilapia used are Nile tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus), Mozambique tilapia (Oreochromis mossambicus), blue tilapia (Tilapia aureus) or some
crossbred variety of a wide number of tilapia species. They are ideal for our system here in Florida, as
we have a longer warm season here than many US states, and their ideal water temperature is in the
range of 75–90ºF. There are a number of hatcheries in our geographic area that can supply us with
fresh, affordable fingerlings. For colder temperatures, the blue tilapia has shown a wider tolerance
than the other species of tilapia and will continue feeding in the 60s. However, once the water
temperature starts to dip into the 50s and lower for a significant period of time, the fish will not survive
for very long. If you live in a cooler climate and do not have the capability to heat the water, then
perhaps tilapia is not the ideal species for you. Again, this will all go back to market demand and your
own cost analysis.
Koi
Koi are ornamental varieties of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) and have a large market in the
United States as a decorative water feature or small pond fish for many homes and businesses. They
are cultured in many states and can tolerate a wide range of temperatures and water quality
parameters similar to tilapia. However, their ranges are most ideal in between 60–75ºF. Similar to the
tilapia, once temperatures drop below their ideal range, they will stop feeding and can eventually die.
Below 50ºF, they will cease feeding and their immune system will begin to shut down, so they too can
suffer mortality after prolonged periods of time in those temperatures. Fortunately, in Florida we don’t
experience too many days with an average temperature below 50ºF.
Other Common Aquaponics Species

Ictalurus punctatus is North America’s most common catfish and is easily procured through the web of aquaculture hatchery suppliers in the country. It is
popular in aquaculture due to its rapid growth and wide temperature tolerance of 68–85ºF.
Hybrid-striped bass (Morone saxatilis and Morone chrysops cross) do well in a wide range of environmental conditions, including a temperature range of
40–90ºF, but grow best in between 75 and 80ºF.
Barramundi (Lates calcarifer) is already a fish of large commercial importance throughout the world, especially in the Indo-Pacific area. It has proven to be
useful in aquaculture and aquaponic systems since its temperature ranges are similar to that of tilapia.
Jade perch (Scortum barcoo) is being considered more and more for aquaponic systems due to its wide tolerance for temperature fluctuations, 50–95ºF. It is
originally found in Australia and, like tilapia, is omnivorous.
Crappie and other sunfishes exist in almost every single US state, making access easy to farmers. Their temperature ranges are ideally between 58–68ºF,
but they have been located in waters much cooler and warmer than that.
Malaysian prawn (Macrobrachium rosenbergii) is a freshwater shrimp native to the Indo-Pacific area and is a common aquaculture food species.
Temperature ranges for this shrimp are ideally between 68–80ºF. One thing to note is that shrimp don’t typically occupy the same space in the water column
that a school of fish will occupy. They are found on the riverbed in nature as detritivores, but in an aquaculture system, their surface area can be increased
with the addition of high surface area structures within the tanks or ponds.
NOTE:
It is important to understand that while these are the most commonly used aquatic species used in aquaponics, there is only limited documented information regarding their performance and production data. Should you choose to use a
species outside of this list, we recommend that you contact your local aquaculture extension agent or a hatchery/farm operator to discuss the feasibility. As with any other aspect of this operation, you need to determine your market and
what would work best for you. If your ambient temperature is within 68–78ºF on average throughout the growing season, perhaps you should stick with a species best suited to that temperature to minimize system shock and avoid
possible loss of crop. It is true that the warmer the temperature, the more the fish will eat and the more nutrients they will excrete. However, high temperatures can also inhibit the growth and nutrient uptake of the plants, so it is
important to try to find a happy medium for all of your water quality parameters.
TECH TALK 134
Pest Management
Vigilance is the key to successful pest management. Make sure to inspect plants and crops on a If a mild infestation has occurred and it is contained in one area, a solution of water and liquid
regular basis to ensure that an outbreak does not occur. You should look for holes, speckling, dishwashing soap can be used to dislodge insects from your plants. When a large infestation
browning and other damage from the bottom of the stem to the tip of the leaves and all sides of occurs, biological controls can be used to eliminate the pest population. This means that
any fruit. Inspections should be increased around high-threat areas such as doors, vents and beneficial insects (parasitic wasps, ladybugs, predator mites, etc.) are released into the
lights. Yellow sticky cards can also be hung throughout the greenhouse to help in identification of greenhouse to destroy the pests. Biological control requires a lot of time dedicated to monitoring
any insects. Records should be kept in order to keep track of past infestations as well as how and releasing predators, as well as knowledge of pest identification and biology. Environmental
successful prior treatments were. This will allow you to trend the occurrence of certain problems factors and any previous insecticide or pesticide use also need to be taken into account.
and can therefore predict future outbreaks.
If pesticides need to be used, make sure you are using the correct pesticide for the application
The easiest way to manage pests in your greenhouse is to keep them out. While double door systems, and following the labeled instructions. Spraying pesticides in the early evening is the best
screens around ventilation ducts and plastic sheeting to cover greenhouses help in keeping pests out, practice, since this method allows adequate time for the area to ventilate before people will be
they will not keep all insects at bay. Cleaning should be performed on each plot in between plantings. returning to the greenhouse.
Footbaths and hand sinks will also assist in deterring transfer of pests from one area to another.

26 SECTION
AERATION
PRODUCTS
27 Regenerative Blowers & Accessories
36 Air Pumps
40 Bait/Hauling
42 Paddle Wheel Aerators
43 Propeller Aerators
44 Airlift Pumps
46 Surface Aerators
48 Diffusers & Accessories
58 Venturi Injectors/Mixing Eductors
59 Gas Injection & Management
66 Flow Meters/Manifolds
67 Valves & Accessories
71 Lake & Pond Aeration
78 Air Compressors/Tubing/Accessories
83 De-Icing
85 Fountains
89 Sea Pen Aeration & Oxygenation

AERATION 27
Regenerative Blowers
SWEETWATER® HIGH EFFICIENCY REGENERATIVE BLOWERS

AQUACULTURE DUTY
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Series 2 Regenerative Blowers
operate at a higher efficiency than traditional regenerative blowers. The
cool-running outboard bearing design allows these units to achieve higher
differential pressures, provide more cfm per horsepower and extend service
life. The rugged die-cast aluminum build is lightweight, compact and extremely
quiet. Easy-to-install, close-coupled design means you can quickly add
them to your system. And their internal silencers, washable inlet filter and
outlet flex hose further simplify installation. Oilless and virtually
maintenance-free. CE compliant and UL recognized. TEFC motors operate at
both 50 and 60 Hz. SST45 and larger ship motor freight.
SST10
RATED HEIGHT OUTLET

CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER MAX WIRED FULL LOAD W/O HOSE SHIP WT
MODEL 20" 30" 40" 50" DUTY HP PHASE VOLTAGE FOR AMPS FILTERS WIDTH SIZE (LBS) EACH
SST10 16 9 --- --- 32” 0.3 1 115/230 115V 2.6 8.4” 7.8” 1” 13 $496.79
SST10-230 16 9 --- --- 32” 0.3 1 115/230 230V 1.3 8.4” 7.8” 1” 13 496.79
SST15 40 33 26 20 56” 0.6 1 115/230 115V 6.0 9.8” 9.6” 1.25” 22 560.19
SST15-230 40 33 26 20 56” 0.6 1 115/230 230V 3.0 9.8” 9.6” 1.25” 22 545.39
SST20 50 43 35 28 64” .67 3 230/460 — 2.6/1.5 9.8” 9.6” 1.25” 23 679.29
SST25 85 76 67 60 64" 1.3 3 230/460 — 4.0/2.3 11.9" 11.3" 1.5" 33 751.79
SST30 85 76 67 60 76” 1.75 1 115/230 --- 14.0 11.9” 11.3” 1.5” 35 735.19
SST30-230 85 76 67 60 76” 1.75 1 115/230 230V 7.0 11.9” 11.3” 1.5” 35 735.19
SST35 85 76 67 60 88” 2 3 230/460 --- 5.5/3.2 11.9” 11.3” 1.5” 35 784.09
SST40 132 122 112 105 72” 2.35 1 115/230 115V 24.0 13.3” 13.1” 2” 40 1,006.00
SST40-230 132 122 112 105 72” 2.35 1 115/230 230V 12.0 13.3” 13.1” 2” 40 1,006.00
SST45 132 122 112 105 84" 2.75 3 230/460 — 7.5/4.4 13.3" 13.1" 2" 46 1,016.00
SST50 200 190 180 170 76" 3.4 3 230/460 — 9.0/5.3 16.6" 15" 2" 64 1,489.00
SST55 200 190 180 170 92" 4.6 3 230/460 — 12.0/6.5 16.6" 15" 2" 75 1,590.00
SST60 200 190 180 170 124" 6.2 3 230/460 — 15.2/8.5 16.6" 15" 2" 93 1,648.00
SST65 260 245 230 215 112" 6.2 3 230/460 — 15.2/8.5 16.6" 15" 2" 95 1,929.00
SST70 340 327 312 300 112" 8.4 3 230/460 — 20.0/11.2 20.1" 17.6" 2.5" 143 2,787.00
SST75 340 327 312 300 161" 11.5 3 230/460 — 27.5/15.0 20.1" 17.6" 2.5" 150 2,821.00
SST80 450 430 410 395 104" 11.5 3 230/460 — 27.5/15.0 20.1" 17.6" 2.5" 160 3,484.00
180
SST10
160
TECH TALK 11 140

Pressure, Inches H20
SST60
Motor Too Hot? 120 SST70
SST65 SST80
“My motor is running too hot to touch. Is this a problem?” 100
SST45 SST55
The old “Too-Hot-To-Touch” test no longer applies due to the improved materials now used in
SST35
motor manufacturing. 80
SST20 SST40
The best way to determine if a motor is operating properly is to check the ampere (amp) draw. SST30 SST50
Each motor has a nameplate listing full-load amps (FLA). If the tested amp draw does not 60
SST25
SST1
exceed the nameplate rating, its internal or external cooling fan is working (if so equipped) and
5
the ambient air temperature around the motor is below 104°F (40°C), the motor is probably not 40
running hot, even though it is too hot to touch.
SST
20
0 1
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Volume (CFM)
28 AERATION
SECTION
Products / Products
Regenerative Blowers/ Products
SWEETWATER® REGENERATIVE BLOWERS AQUACULTURE DUTY

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Regenerative Blowers reach
higher pressures, operate in more corrosive environments and operate at
lower noise levels than industry standard commercial blowers. They are Automatic Thermal Overload Protection*
inexpensive to operate, the air they deliver is oil-free, and they are extremely Should a power brownout occur and trip
energy-efficient and quiet! the motor, the Sweetwater® blower will Air Filter
automatically restart after cooling Low-restriction inlet, washable
Blower (*except S631-B). filter that removes particulates
The blower has only one moving part: a dynamically balanced impeller that is to 50 microns included in price.
attached directly to the motor shaft. The rotating impeller doesn’t touch a thing,
so there’s no wear, no vibration, no seals and no lubrication. The aluminum
blower housing, impeller, and cover make major components inherently
corrosion resistant promoting extended product life. High altitude will affect
blower performance; deduct 4% of volume and pressure for every 1,000’ (300
m) above sea level. The 3,450-rpm motors used on these regenerative blowers
require about ten seconds to reach full speed. Use starting watts to size
generators and use full load amps to size breakers.
Motor
UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant, direct-drive, TEFC motors feature permanently
sealed ball bearings for increased protection against weather, dirt and
moisture, particularly in a humid aquaculture environment. These high-
efficiency type motors will run cool and handle a wide range of power variations
so often found in rural locations. Permanently sealed bearings incorporate
polyurea grease which extends bearing life and offers superior resistance to
washout, rust and corrosion. Thermal over load protection protects motor
windings from damage should the blower become stalled during operation.
Additionally, thermal over load protection switches automatically reset when
single-phase motor windings cool down to a safe level of operation. All models
will operate on both 50 and 60 cycle (Hz) power except models S631-B and
S651-B, which are 60 Hz only.
S41-A
Optional Inlet and Outlet Kits
Inlet filter kit features low- restriction, washable air filters, PVC elbow and pipe.
Outlet kit includes flexible hose simplifying installation, stainless steel clamps Antiseize Compound High-Efficiency Premium Motor Flexible outlet hose
and galvanized or PVC nipple. Kits sold separately. Sweetwater® is assembled with Runs cool, is completely enclosed and simplifies installation.
antiseize compound to ensure fan cooled for the utmost reliability in
Optional Power Cords easy disassembly when it humid environments. Universal 50/60 Hz,
115V and 230V, 8’ 14/3 gauge, 3-prong power cords sold separately (115V cord becomes necessary years down UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant.
installed on models S11-A, S21-A, S31-A and S41-A). the road.
Features
• Oil-less operation ensures discharge air remains free of contamination
OPTIONAL INLET AND OUTLET KITS SOLD SEPARATELY
• Very few moving parts and no wear parts minimize downtime and lessen
operating noise levels
• Mounts in any plane providing flexibility when mounting/integrating the
blower into a system
• Simple to maintain – wash the inlet air filters as needed and replace the
motor bearings after three years of continuous operation
S63-C
S51-AB S56-C
S11-A S21-A
S41-A

AERATION 29
Regenerative Blowers Specifications (at Sea Level, 68°F, 60 Hz)

(Inlet Kits, Outlet Kits, and Power Cords sold separately)
INCLUDES RATED RUNNING WATTS OUTLET
CFM FREE AIR @ I NCHES WATER MAX MAX 8’ POWER FULL LOAD STARTING INPUT @ HOSE SHIP WT
MODEL 20" 30" 40" 50" DUTY HP PHASE VOLTAGE HZ CORD AMPS WATTS INCHES WATER PIPE WIDTH (LBS) EACH
S11-A 13 3 --- --- 34” ⅛ 1 115 50/60 YES 2.0/115 900 198/20” 1” 19 $452.79
S11-B 13 3 --- --- 34” ⅛ 1 230 50/60 NO 1.2/230 900 198/20” 1” 19 429.69
S21-A 27 19 7 --- 43” ⅓ 1 115 50/60 YES 3.8/115 1,800 377/30” 1” 24 516.59
S21-B 27 19 7 --- 43” ⅓ 1 230 50/60 NO 1.9/230 1,800 377/30” 1” 24 493.49
S31-A 34 28 21 16 56” ½ 1 115 50/60 YES 5.6/115 2,000 471/30” 1½” 32 550.09
S31-B 34 28 21 16 56” ½ 1 230 50/60 NO 2.8/230 2,000 471/30” 1½” 32 526.99
S313-C 34 28 21 16 56” ½ 3 230/460 50/60 NO 2.0/230 4,000 410/30” 1½” 32 571.19
S41-A 70 65 53 36 58” 1 1 115 50/60 YES 9.8/115 4,000 971/40” 1½” 46 694.69
S41-B 70 65 53 36 58” 1 1 230 50/60 NO 4.9/230 4,000 971/40” 1½” 46 671.49
S43-C 70 65 53 36 58” 1 3 230/460 50/60 NO 3.2/230 5,000 860/40” 1½” 46 697.09
S45-AB 110 100 90 80 65” 1½ 1 115/230 50/60 NO 10.4/230 9,000 1,430/40” 2” 66 916.79
S453-C 110 100 90 80 65” 1½ 3 230/460 50/60 NO 3.8/230 12,000 1,500/40” 2” 48 938.29
S51-AB 135 120 110 100 65” 2½ 1 115/230 50/60 NO 11.9/230 14,000 1,760/40” 2” 81 1,006.00
S53-C 135 120 110 100 65” 2½ 3 230/460 50/60 NO 6.2/230 17,000 1,750/40” 2” 70 960.69
S61-AB 190 180 165 --- 45” 2½ 1 115/230 50/60 NO 11.8/230 14,000 2,600/40” 3” 97 1,409.00
S631-B* 190 180 165 160 75” 3½” 1 230 60 NO 19.0/230 21,000 3,400/60” 3” 122 1,434.00
S63-C 190 180 165 160 80” 3½” 3 230/460 50/60 NO 8.4/230 28,000 3,260/60” 3” 92 1,315.00
S651-B 190 180 165 160 100” 5 1 230 60 NO 22.3/230 29,000 3,710/80” 3” 135 1,474.00
S653-C 190 180 165 160 110” 5 3 230/460 50/60 NO 12.0/230 36,000 3,520/80” 3” 122 1,482.00
S56-C 120 120 118 117 280” 6 3 230/460 50/60 NO 18.2/230 38,000 4,000/150” 3” 225 2,905.00
S69-C 250 245 230 210 110” 5½ 3 230/460 50/60 NO 18.2/230 48,000 4,190/60” 3” 225 2,111.00
S73-C 390 375 350 330 125” 10 3 230/460 50/60 NO 25.0/230 75,000 7,640/80” 3” 318 2,499.00
* No thermal overload protection.
Note: All 1½HP models and smaller ship Ground. 2½HP models and larger ship via motor freight only.
Optional
Inlet & Outlet Kits INLET KITS OUTLET KITS
FOR USE WITH BLOWER MODELS MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
S11-A, S11-B, S21-A, S21-B S11-IN $71.79 S11-OUTLET $30.19
S31-A, S31-B, S313-C S31-IN 73.89 S31-OUTLET 33.09
S41-A, S41-B, S43-C S41-IN 73.09 S41-OUTLET 32.39
S45-A, S45-AB, S453-C, S51-AB, S53-C S51-IN 116.09 S51-OUTLET 40.09
S61-AB, S631-B, S63-C, S651-B, S653-C, S56-C S61-IN 106.99 S61-OUTLET 51.09
S69-C S61-IN 106.99 S69-OUTLET 76.99
S73-C S73-IN 196.89 S73-OUTLET 83.79
Optional 115V and 230V Power Cords

MODEL FOR USE WITH BLOWER MODELS EACH
P1158B 8’ 115V 14/3 GAUGE, 3-PRONG CORD S45-AB, S51-AB $16.99
P2308B 8’ 230V 14/3 GAUGE, 3-PRONG CORD S11-B, S21-B, S31-B, S41-B, S45-AB, S51-AB, S61-AB 23.19
27.43 110
24.93 100 250
22.44 90 3-Phase Equipment:
S7
3-
C
19.95 80 We highly recommend using protective devices with all

@
200
PRESSURE, INCHES H2O
60
3-phase equipment. Motor starters, phase monitors

HZ
17.45 70
S56-C
and phase protectors are not included in the sale and

S5
14.96 60 S7 150 should be sourced locally. Failure to install protective

MBARS
1-A
S41 3-
KPA
-A C @ devices will void most warranties. We also recommend

S6
B/S
12.46 50 /S 50
43
3-C
HZ
53-
that a certified electrician perform the installation.

S4
9.97 40 100
C
S6
-C
5-A
S6
Combination starters are not included with Sweetwater®

9
-C
1-
B/S
7.48 30
AB
blowers, but are strongly recommended. NEC and

453
S31
S21 1-A
4.98 20 50 local electrical codes prevail.

S1
-C
-A/S
-A
2.49 10
313-
C
VOLUME (CFM) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
m3/H 42.25 84.5 126.75 169 211.25 253.5 295.75 338 380.25 422.5 464.75 507 549.25 591.5
30 AERATION
Valves/Air Filters/Pressure Gauges
Air Filter
Air Filter
Pressure Relief
Valve Assembly
Bleed Valve
Assembly
Inlet Muffler
Assembly
Check Valve Assembly Inlet Muffler

(Plastic) Assembly Check Valve Assembly Bleed Valve
(Steel) Assembly
CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES AIR FILTERS

For Multiple Blower Assemblies If you’re not getting the air you need out of your blower, perhaps a dirty air filter
is keeping air from getting into the blower. Keep a spare on hand, change out as
Inlet check valves can be plastic, but outlet check valves are subject to high
needed, then wash and dry the dirty one when you have time. Both filters have
temperatures requiring steel.
23/8” I.D.
MODEL TYPE FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH MODEL SIZE FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH 4+
BCVA1 INLET (PLASTIC) S11, S21 $16.79 BF4 4” S11, S21 $19.19 $17.27
BCVA2 INLET (PLASTIC) S31 22.69 BF6 6” S31 AND LARGER 24.09 21.68
BCVA3 INLET (PLASTIC) S41 25.39 Note: 2 or more BF6 filters required for S45 and larger blowers.
BCVA4 INLET/OUTLET (STEEL) S5 SERIES 157.09
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLIES INLET MUFFLER ASSEMBLIES

Designed for low-pressure blowers, these valves will automatically protect For Blower Inlet
blowers from over-pressurization by discharging air to the outside. The valve
MODEL INLET/OUTLET (NPT) FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH
assembly is easy to install and calibrate. Pressure relief valves can be noisy
when dumping air, so add a muffler assembly if you plan to use it as a normally BM20 1” S11, S21 $28.09
open bleed valve. Both sides are FNTP. One-year warranty.
BM30 1 1/4” S31, S313 29.39
MODEL SIZE FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH BM40-2 1 1/2” S41, S43, S45, S453, S51,
S53, SD4, SD5 99.79
PRV20 2” S45, S453, S51, S553, SD5 $247.89
BM60-2 2” S61-AQ, S63, S631, S651, S56,
PRV30 3” S61, S63, S631, S651, S653, S56, S69, S73,
S69, SD6 112.89
S15, SD6, SD69 376.79
BM70-2 3” S15, S18P, S18S, S73 370.19
BLEED VALVE ASSEMBLIES PRESSURE GAUGES

Regenerative blowers are quieter, run cooler and use less power when excess Pressure gauges perfect for use in aquaculture
air is vented or “bled off.” Weighs 3 lbs. aeration. Recommended for all blowers.
MODEL FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH MODEL TYPE NPT EACH

BV1 S11, S21 WITH ALR15 SILENCER $28.49 BG60 0 - 60” H₂O ¼” $66.79
BV2 S31 WITH ALR15 SILENCER 43.19 BG100 0 - 100” H₂O ¼” 71.79
BV3 S41 WITH ALR15 SILENCER 44.69 BG15 0 - 15 PSI ¼” 17.19
BV4 S45 AND S51
63.59 VF2 0 - 35 PSI ¼” 13.09
BG60
BV5 S6 SERIES 91.99 BG61 0 - 60 PSI ¼” 12.89

AERATION 31
Regenerative Blowers/Heat Dissipating Pipe
WHITEWATER® ECONOMICAL
REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater
blowers are a very good value for aquariums, pet
stores, bait systems and seafood holding systems.
They are smaller, lighter and quieter than most
blowers and very energy-efficient. They feature a
"cupped" impeller for reduced noise. The specially
designed motor is low in power consumption and
excellent in performance. Blowers are 115V/60 Hz
and include a 6' power cord. One-year warranty.
Pricing includes filter, filter connections and a
flexible outlet.
All Whitewater® blowers include:
• Inlet air filter
• Filter connections
• Flexible outlet hose
WW80 • Power cord
WW10
CFM @ INCHES WATER AQUARIUM OUTLETS OUTLET HOSE SHIP WT

MODEL 10" 20" 30" 40" 50" @ 10" DEPTH MAX DUTY NOISE, DB RUNNING WATTS FOR PIPE SIZE (LBS) EACH
WW10 4 2 — — — 40 25" 48 170 3/4" 15 $238.59
WW18 8 3 — — — 60 28" 48 190 3/4" 16 264.99
WW29 15 8 2 — — 100 35" 52 260 3/4" 18 294.49
WW39 25 15 6 — — 300 40" 54 330 3/4" 19 296.49
WW60 33 21 13 3.5 — 460 43" 60 410 1" 21 334.79
WW80 55 43 31 20 6 860 56" 64 687 11/4" 23 384.39
BF4WW REPLACEMENT AIR FILTER FOR WHITEWATER BLOWERS 0.4 15.69
HEAT DISSIPATING PIPE

When air is compressed it gives off heat. This heat of Clamp Straight Pipe
compression, plus the heat from friction, can make a blower's Elbow
outlet air temperature high enough to fry an egg. When the inlet
air is 100°F and the blower pressure is just 55" H2O (2 psi),
the resulting 150°F discharge air can soften plastic PVC pipe.
This thin wall galvanized steel straight pipe can be used to cool
the compressed air before it reaches the plastic pipe. Rated to 4
psi (110"). Each clamp includes one gasket. Flex hoses are listed
by pipe size and include clamps. Seal connections with silicone
to prevent air leaks.
SHIP WT Flange w/Nipple Flex Hose

MODEL (LBS) EACH
DH8 STRAIGHT PIPE, 58"L x 8”DIA. 13 $87.09
DH45 ELBOW, 45° 3 134.59
DH90 ELBOW, 90° 6 249.69
DH19 CLAMP W/GASKET, 190°F 1 35.49
DH20 CLAMP W/GASKET, 1,100°F 1 54.59
PFG1 FLANGE WITH 1-1/2" NIPPLE 2 69.09
PFG2 FLANGE WITH 2" NIPPLE 3 81.29
PFG3 FLANGE WITH 3" NIPPLE 4 91.69
FH1 FLEX HOSE, 1-1/2" X 8" 1 12.19
FH2 FLEX HOSE, 2" X 8" 1 15.69
FH3 FLEX HOSE, 3" X 8" 1 29.69
FH4 FLEX HOSE, 4" X 12" 1 46.69

32 AERATION
HIGH-PRESSURE REGENERATIVE BLOWERS

The ideal replacement for rotary lobe blowers and dry rotary vane vacuum
pumps. While delivering comparable (or better) air pressure, these high-
pressure blowers do not require the maintenance typically associated with
traditional types of blowers and vacuum pumps.
The cool-running outboard bearing design allows these units to achieve higher
differential pressures and extend service life. The rugged die-cast aluminum
build is lightweight, compact and super quiet. Easy-to-install, close-coupled
design means you can quickly add them to your system. And their internal
silencers, washable inlet filter and outlet flex hose further simplify installation.
Virtually maintenance-free. Fin-cooled TEFC motors operate at 50 and 60 Hz.
Three-year warranty.
AHPB05
350
AHPB65 AHPB80 AHPB95
AHPB20
300
3-YEAR WARRANTY
AHPB25 AHPB90
250
Pressure, Inches H20
AHPB40/45 AHPB85
200 AHPB15
AHPB100
AHPB60
AHPB75
150
AH
PB
7
AH
0
AH
100
PB
AH
PB
30
PB
05
/35
5
/10
0/
55
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Volume (CFM)
RATED HEIGHT OUTLET

CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER* MAX FULL LOAD W/O HOSE SHIP WT
MODEL 54" 108" 162" 190" 212" 244" 271" 298"
325" DUTY HP PHASE VOLTAGE AMPS FILTERS WIDTH SIZE (LBS) EACH
AHPB05 23 12 — — — — — — — 128" 1.1 3 230/460 3.8/2.2 12.5" 11.6" 1.25" 35 $1,059.00
AHPB15 28 20 17 15 — — — — — 193" 1.25 3 230/460 4.0/2.3 12.8" 11.6" 1.25" 53 1,618.00
AHPB20 28 20 17 15 13 11 9 7 — 298" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 12.8" 11.6" 1.25" 62 1,703.00
AHPB25-230 28 20 17 15 13 11 — — — 265” 2.35 1 230 10.3 12.8” 11.6” 1.25” 66 1,853.00
AHPB30 32 20 — — — — — — — 145" 1.25 3 230/460 4.0/2.3 13.4" 12.3" 1.25" 37 1,932.00
AHPB35 32 20 — — — — — — — 157” 1.47 1 115/230 18.0/9.0 13.4” 12.3” 1.25” 40 1,450.00
AHPB40 37 30 25 21 20 — — — — 241" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 13.6" 12.3" 1.25" 66 2,011.00
AHPB50 41 30 — — — — — — — 149" 2 3 230/460 5.5/3.2 14.8" 13.6" 1.25" 51 1,681.00
AHPB60 52 42 35 — — — — — — 165" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 14.9" 13.6" 1.25" 73 2,192.00
AHPB65 52 42 35 32 30 28 25 23 20 341" 5.1 3 230/460 13.5/7.8 14.9" 13.6" 1.25" 86 2,362.00
AHPB70 63 48 30 — — — — — — 193" 3.4 3 230/460 9.0/5.3 15.6" 14.4" 1.25" 64 2,189.00
AHPB75 72 65 56 — — — — — — 181" 3.4 3 230/460 9.0/5.3 15.7" 14.4" 1.25" 88 2,480.00
AHPB80 72 65 56 52 49 46 42 38 35 325" 6.2 3 230/460 16.5/9.5 15.7" 14.4" 1.25" 112 2,795.00
AHPB85 90 72 55 46 40 — — — — 213" 5.1 3 230/460 13.5/7.8 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 77 2,471.00
AHPB90 110 90 80 76 72 68 — — — 260" 6.2 3 230/460 16.3/9.5 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 129 3,198.00
AHPB95 110 90 80 76 72 68 65 60 55 337" 8.8 3 230/460 22.5/12.6 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 143 3,652.00
AHPB100 195 170 150 142 — — — — — 201" 8.4 3 230/460 20.0/11.2 16.3" 25.1" 2" 154 3,743.00
*For complete CFM Air @ Inches Water specs see PentairAES.com.

AERATION 33
SWEETWATER® REMOTE-DRIVE REGENERATIVE BLOWERS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater remote-drive regenerative
blowers are as reliable as Sweetwater ® motor-mounted electric blowers, and
they offer the added benefits of variable performance and nonelectric drives.
They are designed to be bolted to a base and driven by belts.
The power source can be an electric motor, gasoline engine, diesel engine
or even hydro power. They are perfect for use in electrical emergencies or
anywhere electric power is not available. Remote-drive blowers allow the user
to vary performance by simply changing the engine speed or the pulley size.
Rotation is clockwise as you face the blower shaft. One-year warranty.
Sweetwater Blowers include:
• Inlet air filter
• Flexible outlet hose
• Double groove pulley (sheave)
SD4
SD6
180
SD5 SD69
15
15 HP
HP
160 160 160
5500
5500
4500
4500
140 140 5500
5500 140
SD4 10 HP
10 HP
4500
Pressure, Inches H2O
120 120 120 4500 120
4 HP
4 HP 99 HP

4500 HP
100 3
3 HP
HP 100 100 100 3500
3500
5
5 HP
4
4 HP
HP
HP 11
11 HP
HP
80 80 80 80
2 HP
2 HP 5500
5500
77 HP
HP
60 60 3
3 HP
HP 60 60
40 40 40 3450
3450 40 2850
2850 7 HP
7 HP
1
1 HP
HP 4500
4500 3500
3500 4 HP
4 HP
20 20 20 20
3450
3450
CFM 50 100 150 CFM 100 200 300 CFM 100 200 300 CFM 100 200 300
PULLEY NO. OF OUTLET HOSE SHIP WT

MODEL DIA.** FILTERS FOR PIPE SIZE (LBS) EACH
SD4 BELT-DRIVE BLOWER 2.4" 1 11/2" 30 $821.49
SD5 BELT-DRIVE BLOWER 3.0" 2 2" 40 1,159.00
SD6* BELT-DRIVE BLOWER 4.0" 3 3" 80 1,357.00
BF6 REPLACEMENT INLET AIR FILTER FOR SWEETWATER B-D BLOWERS 0.6 24.09
*Ships motor freight. **Pulley diameters are pitch diameters using "A" section belts. Shaft diameter is 7/8" (.875") on all models.
PRESSURE SWITCH
A simple and reliable method of starting backup equipment or tripping an
alarm. Airwater line hose barb is 1/8". Can be used for either normally open
or normally closed. Will carry up to 3 amps at 115V. Moistureproof. Preset to
switch on/off at 30" H2O, but is adjustable from 27" to 33" H2O.
MODEL LENGTH HEIGHT EACH

B601 2” 11/2” $ 44.49

34 AERATION
Tech Talks
TECH TALK 84 TECH TALK 35

AES Number
AES stands for aeration efficiency standard. AES Numbers ( AES ) indicate how many pounds of
fish an aeration device can support. They are a quick reference for sizing aeration systems. If your
How much oxygen will aeration devices deliver?
system parameters differ significantly from the AES Number standard conditions listed below or None at all if the oxygen level in your water is at saturation!
if you are designing an aeration system for a commercial facility, call our Customer Service at
407-886-3939 for assistance. Many commercially made aerators have been tested for their standard oxygen transfer rate,
but that much oxygen can almost never be expected. Because the rate of oxygen transfer is
Numbers may seem overly conservative because they are based on heavy oxygen demand concentration- and temperature-dependent, an aerator will only provide its measured (advertised
conditions. AES Numbers assume the following conditions: half-pound catfish or tilapia in tanks maximum) oxygen transfer rate when the oxygen level in the water is close to zero. Use this chart
(nonsoil bottoms) at 80°F (27°C) at sea level, stocking densities from .1 to .7 pounds of fish per to estimate the oxygen transfer an aerator will give when there is already oxygen in the water.
gallon of water (12 to 84 kg/m3), recirculating system with a .82 alpha factor, 5.2 mg/L (67 percent Example: if the water temperature is 68°F and the oxygen level is 5 mg/L, an aerator that is rated
of saturation) dissolved oxygen (D.O.) concentration, feeding rate at 3 percent of standing crop at 3 lbs of oxygen per hour will really only provide under 1.3 lbs per hour (3 lbs x 41% = 1.23 lbs).
weight per day, pelleted feed at 40 percent protein, continuous solids removal, under 3 ppt salinity
and a low algal population. If you stock at or below the rate indicated by the AES Number, your Actual Oxygen Transfer Rate As a Percentage of the Maximum Advertised Transfer Rate*
D.O. level will remain above 5.2 mg/L under these water quality conditions. D.O. LEVEL
IN WATER
We’ve chosen warm water for our AES Number standard conditions because the oxygen BEING AERATED 50°F (10°C) 59°F (15°C) 68°F (20°C) 77°F (25°C) 86°F (30°C)
consumption rate goes up with the water temperature. Keeping your fish weight below the AES
Number value will ensure a D.O. above 67 percent of saturation, which is generally considered 0 89% 90% 91% 92% 96%
adequate (while being very cost effective) for most species raised in recirculating systems. 1 82% 82% 82% 82% 82%
If 50 percent of saturation were acceptable, you could support about 50 percent more fish with
your aerator than the AES Number indicates. At 82 percent of saturation, you could support about 2 75% 73% 72% 72% 67%
50 percent less (see aeration Tech Talks for details). AES Numbers are not practical to use where 3 67% 64% 62% 58% 56%
heavy algal populations are present because algae oxygen consumption (plant respiration) at
night has not been taken into account. 4 58% 55% 51% 47% 44%
5 52% 46% 41% 35% 31%
Air and Oxygen Diffusers 6 41% 36% 30% 24% 17%
Submerged diffuser AES Numbers assume diffuser placement at a depth of 3’ and that air or 7 34% 27% 19% 10% 3%
oxygen flows to the diffuser at the average recommended rate. Oxygen transfer is proportional
to bubble size and contact time. Small bubbles have a greater air-to-water contact surface area 8 25% 17% 8% 2% 0
than the same volume of gas in fewer large bubbles. Although fine pore diffusers may produce 9 17% 8% 0 0 0
finer bubbles, they will require more pressure and they must be cleaned much more frequently.
10 9% 0 0 0 0
Regenerative blowers work best with medium pore diffusers. Medium-sized bubbles (1–3 mm
diameter) rise at about one foot per second in water, which means that a bubble released at a *These percentages are approximate for fresh water at sea level.
depth of 3’ will exchange gas with the water for 3 seconds. So, if you are operating your diffusers
at 1.5’ instead of 3’, divide the AES number by 2—your diffusion system can only support half as
many fish. If your diffusers are 4’ deep, you can support 33 percent more than the AES Number
shown. When using air with a diffuser that is rated for pure oxygen, divide the pure oxygen AES
Number by twelve.
TECH TALK 39
Pure Oxygen
Pure oxygen AES Numbers are rated at 100 percent saturation (7.9 mg/L D.O.) rather than 5.2 mg/L
(67 percent saturation). Oxygen purity near 100 percent, as you would get from a liquid or gas 208V vs 230V Motors
oxygen cylinder, is also assumed. For oxygen generators, multiply the AES Number by the oxygen
A motor that is rated for 230 or 240 volts is not compatible with 208V power. The motor will fail
content of your generator gas output. For example, if your oxygen generator delivers 90 percent
and will not be covered by warranty. When it fails depends on how well the motor was built,
pure oxygen, multiply the AES number by .90. If you are using pure oxygen with diffusers that are
how hard it is working and the actual voltage that is getting to the motor. If you only have 208V
rated for air, multiply the AES Number by twelve.
power and can’t find a motor that is rated for it, you can install a “buck-boost transformer” to
raise your voltage.
Splash Type Aerators
Most—but not all—AC motors are built to tolerate a 10% up or down voltage variation from
Surface aerator AES Numbers assume that the water is being circulated efficiently from the point what is shown on the motor nameplate. A motor labeled as 120V can operate reliably between
of aeration to where the fish are located and back to the aeration device; that is, the device is not 108 and 132V. The range for 208V motor is 187 to 229V. The range for 230V is 207 to 253V. After
re-aerating the same water. reading these ranges you might think, “A 230V motor can work at 208V.” That would be true if
your service always gave a minimum of 208V. But it will not because of “voltage variation.” For
instance, if your service is 208V, you will experience normal voltage variations as low as 187.
This is why some 230V motors operate on 208V service for a while, then, when other
equipment starts up, the voltage drops below 207 and the motor draws more amps, overheats
and fails.
Buck-boost transformers reduce (buck) or raise (boost) supply voltage to the required level.
A common application is boosting 208V to 230V.
If your motor is a long distance from your power meter you will also incur “line losses.” These
will show as lower voltage and higher amperage at the motor. To be sure your installation is
correct, always measure the volts and amps at the motor location, while it and everything else
on that line is operating. Both must be within the motor label’s specifications. See Tech Talks
5, 10, and 11 for more information.

AERATION 35
Tech Talks
TECH TALK 1 TECH TALK 3
Typical Daily Oxygen Curve for Outdoor Ponds Switch Location for Auto-On Backup Blower
Air Pipeline
Oxygen
Saturation
Check Valve Check Valve
Minimum Safe Air Connection

Level of Oxygen
Zero
Oxygen
8 10 12 2 4 6 8 10 12 2 4 6 8
AM PM PM AM AM "Normal On" Blower Standby Blower
More Aeration than Required—Wasting Energy (+)

Contacter (Relay)
Just Right Aeration Normally Closed Pressure (-)
No Aeration—Stress & Possible Fishkill at Times Switch (B601) From Power Supply
The two blowers on this system work off of different circuit breakers.
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture In the event that the "normal on" blower shuts down, the standby blower will start.
The First Limiting Factor of Water Quality For illustration only. Not to be used for wiring or plumbing.
Air breathing animals are used to air containing about 21 percent oxygen, whereas aquaculture
is conducted in water containing less than .0001 percent oxygen (10 mg/L). With so little Backup Blower Setup
oxygen available in the best of conditions, it is apparent that knowledge of dissolved oxygen
Anyone who has worked with fish for a while knows that if you don’t plan ahead, you won’t be in
(D.O.), oxygen measuring and aeration equipment is very important to the aquaculturist.
business for long. When it comes to life support, a backup blower could save your business.
If the oxygen level is too high, oxygen supersaturation can cause gas embolism, depress
The most crucial of life support requirements is maintaining an adequate oxygen level because
metabolism and inhibit respiratory enzymes, all of which can kill fish. If it is too low, the fish
it can be used up so quickly.
may not eat and may expend additional energy seeking oxygen. If lower yet, they can
experience severe stress and, of course, death. We always recommend having a second blower attached to the main air supply line, wired to
come on if the primary blower fails for any reason. Both blowers must have check valves on
The diurnal oxygen cycle in outdoor ponds is show below. The delicate balance of dissolved
them. A pressure switch is located between the primary blower and its check valve. When this
oxygen vs the rate of oxygen consumption can shift rapidly with changing algal, temperature
pressure switch senses a loss of air pressure, it closes, causing an electric relay to start the
and wind conditions. In outdoor ponds, lower D.O. levels will occur in the summer because the
backup blower (see diagram). The check valves keep air from being lost through the
rate of oxygen consumption increases as the temperature increases. Oxygen is THE MOST
nonrunning unit.
IMPORTANT thing to monitor. Monitoring and record-keeping will provide predictive knowledge.
Check valves must be able to tolerate high temperatures. Be sure the stand-by unit is on a
Measure oxygen after altering water flowrates, feed rates, etc., and when developing new
different electrical circuit breaker.
growing systems. No one can just look at the water and know the oxygen level. Oxygen can
only be measured with a test kit or, more conveniently, with an oxygen meter.
TECH TALK 82
Blowers, Air Pumps or Compressors

Blowers System Sizing
Blowers are designed to provide large volumes of air at low pressure (less than 4 psi). They are To size a system, first determine the pressure required. Enough pressure is needed to overcome
commonly used in conjunction with air diffusers and airlifts. This combination adds oxygen and the water pressure at the diffuser’s depth, the piping friction loss, and the diffuser’s resistance to
removes carbon dioxide with low power consumption. Typical applications include recirculating airflow.
fish tank and aquarium systems, bait fish and lobster holding facilities, and shallow pond
Example: For a water depth of 36”, a low restriction piping system of 4” of water and a
aeration. Regenerative blowers are preferred in the aquaculture industry because they are the
low-resistance air diffuser of 10” of water (just prior to cleaning), will require an air pressure of at
most reliable and economical in this pressure range.
least 50” of water (36” + 4” + 10”). This is equal to about 2 psi.
Compressors The next consideration is the volume of air needed to accomplish the job. If there is only one fish
Sweetwater® oil less rotary vane and piston compressors are used in applications where water room, one linear air pump compressor with an additional one for emergency back up may be
depths are greater, such as with lake aeration, algae culture and lobster pounds. These sufficient. In a larger facility, two or more primary blowers or compressors and one emergency
compressors allow airlines to be run thousands of feet when electricity is not near the water. A back up may be required. When using low-pressure air, it’s important that the air piping system
compressor as little as 3/4 hp can be used to aerate and de-stratify a 10-acre lake. Compressors and diffusers offer little resistance to air flow (request our bulletin “Air Distribution Systems for
used for aquaculture should always be “oil less.” Sweetwater® Blowers”).
Air Pumps Performance charts and tables are available for all of our blowers and compressors. Selecting the
Fractional horsepower Sweetwater® Linear Piston Air Pumps fill the gap between aquarium air right system for your application is accomplished simply by comparing your pressure and airflow
pumps and blowers. These units supply up to 5 cfm at depths to 8 feet. Air pumps provide long requirements with manufacturer’s performance charts.
service life, very quiet operation and very low energy use. They are a perfect fit for koi ponds, bait
shop tanks, classrooms, laboratories, etc. If you need help, call a Pentair AES technician at 407-886-3939.

36 AERATION
12V Pumps
12V AIR PUMPS

Each pump comes with 12” pigtails, 6” of 1/4” I.D.
outlet hose and a plastic manifold for aquarium
tubing. Manifold outlets are 3/16” designed without
an air inlet filter. Not recommended for saltwater
environment. Three-month warranty.
SHIP WT
MODEL WATTS (LBS) EACH
DC8 25 8 $106.69
DC15 80 9 134.79
Flowrate vs Pressure
8
6 DC
1
5
PSI
4
DC
DC8 DC15
8
0
CFM 1 2
12V DIAPHRAGM COMPRESSOR

Specially designed for aquaculture, providing
high volume at low pressure (10 psi max). Oilless
operation, ball bearing construction and low amp
draw with replaceable diaphragms and brushes
for extended life. Runs for over six hours on a
typical car battery. Comes with 9" pigtail wires,
two feet of 3/8" I.D. outlet hose and inlet filter. We
recommend additional housing for outdoor use.
Six-month warranty.
SHIP WT
MODEL L W H (LBS) EACH
DC20 11” 7” 7” 9 $367.89
DC20
Pressure vs Amps Flowrate vs Pressure

20 12
18 10
16 8
AMPS
DC2
PSI
12 6
0
8 DC20 4
4 2
0 0
PSI 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 CFM 1 2 3

AERATION 37
Air Pumps
WHITEWATER® SILENT AIR PUMPS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater air
pumps work well in deep applications. They are
virtually silent and feature a rugged, weatherproof,
aluminum housing. Pumps have a 3/8" outlet and a
4' power cord. 115V/60 Hz. Not UL-listed. Six-month
warranty.
5
V3
01
V201 4
V20
PSI
3 1
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS L W H (LBS) EACH 2
V201 115 60 15 9” 7¼” 7” 7 $73.79
1
V301 115 60 25 9⅝” 8” 8” 9 86.19
CFM .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8
OUTDOOR AIR PUMPS

These air pumps have aluminum covers and internal
noise-absorbers. Although the pump housings are
waterproof and designed for outdoor use, the pump
is not UL-listed. Pumps include 6' power cord, 3/8"
hose barb, flexible outlet adapter, and outlet adapter
to aquarium tubing (3/16"). Six-month warranty.
9720
5.8 SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS W/ADAPTER L W H (LBS) EACH
4.4 973
0 9720
115 60 25 6-OUTLET 7½” 6” 7” 10 $74.59
97
9730
115 60 50 10-OUTLET 9” 7” 8” 12 110.29
PSI
2.9
20
1.5 9720D REPL. DIAPHRAGMS FOR 9720 (SET OF 2) 1 8.59

9730D
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS FOR 9730 (SET OF 2) 1 11.49
CFM .3 .7 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.1 2.5 2.8
TECH TALK 64
Airflow/Volume Pressure
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison
For the safety of our aquaculture customers we only offer oilless type air pumps and compressors.
To select the one that is right for you first determine the volume of air you require in cubic feet per Linear 6.5 7.5
minute (cfm) and the pressure in pounds per square inch (psi) to get it there (Hint: It takes 1 psi to
push an air bubble 28” below the surface of the water). Diaphragm 1.5 50
These quick guides will help you decide what type of air pump for which to look. Consider the cost, Rotary Vane 50 15
physical size, noise level, etc., then pick the type most efficient for your situation.
Piston 9.5 50
cfm x 1.699 = m3h inches H2O x 2.49 = mbar
m3h x .588 = cfm mbar x .40 = "H2O Regenerative Blower to 650 5
inches H2O x .036 = psi psi x 27.68 = "H2O
inches H2O x .074 = 1" Hg inches Hg x 13.59 = "H2O
CFM 5 10 20 40 60 80 PSI 5 10 20 40 60 80
inches H2O x 1.868 = mmHg cfm x 28.32 = Lpm

38 SECTION
AERATION
Products
Linear Air /Pumps
Products / Products
SWEETWATER® LINEAR DIAPHRAGM A IR PUMPS

These Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater ® Linear II
Air Pumps are designed for maximum efficiency, permit
continuous operation, and are quiet. Applications include
school rooms, pet stores and laboratories. Heavy-duty
cast-aluminum housing, 6 ft. power cords. Models SL56A,
SL94A and SL190 include reset safety switches. UL listed and
CE approved.
SL190
Standard features include:
• Oilless compressors require no lubrication
• Operate at 40-104°F (4.4-40C)
• Low noise level
• Available in 60 and 50 HZ models
60-Hz performance at sea level is shown.

SL56A/SL94A
50-Hz performance is the same ±10%.
8
6 3-YEAR PUMP WARRANTY SL14/SL24

SL1
90
PSI
4 SL
94
A
SL2
SL
4
2
56
A
SL1
4
CFM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
LPM 28 57 85 113 141 170 198 226 255
MAX DEPTH OUTLET 60HZ* SOUND DIMENSIONS SHIP WT 115V 60HZ 230V 50HZ
(IN) WATTS (IN) CFM@1 PSI CFM@2 PSI (DB) (L x W x H) (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
AIR PUMPS FOR INDOOR USE

85 9 1/4 0.5 0.2 40 6” X 5” X 5” 7 SL14 $234.89 SL14H $234.89
120 15 1/4 0.85 0.56 40 6” X 5” X 5” 7 SL24 256.69 SL24H 256.69
AIR PUMPS FOR OUTDOOR USE

150 50 3/4 2 1.5 40 8” X 5” X 9” 15 SL56A $369.39 SL56A-H $376.19
180 90 3/4 3.7 3 50 8” X 5” X 9” 16 SL94A 458.99 SL94A-H 483.99
190 190 3/4 8.8 8.1 48 11” X 8.5” X 10” 30 SL190 1,047.00 SL190-H 1,041.00
*For 50 HZ performance, deduct 17% from CFM ratings.
REPAIR KITS REPLACEMENT AIR FILTERS

Includes diaphragms, heads and valves.

MODEL FOR AIR PUMP MODELS EACH MODEL FOR AIR PUMP MODELS EACH
SL1424RK SL14, SL24 $49.19 SL5694A SL14, SL24, SL56, SL94 $6.39
SL56RK SL56 87.09 SL56AA SL56A 6.09
SL56ARK SL56A 88.69 SL94AA SL94A 5.89
SL94RK SL94 91.29 SL170A SL170 14.49
SL94ARK SL94A 139.59 SL190A SL190 14.09
SL170RK SL170 174.09
SL190RK SL190 250.39
SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN HOW TO

REPLACE THE DIAPHRAGMS IN THESE PUMPS!

AERATION
SECTION 39
Products / Products
Linear /AirProducts
Pumps
WHITEWATER® LINEAR
DIAPHRAGM AIR PUMPS
Indoor rated
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater ® air
compressors are designed for indoor use only. FOR INDOOR USE ONLY
Outlet is 3/8" barb; 6' power cord. Diaphragms
typically last one year at the highest pressures,
longer at lower pressures. See replacement
diaphragms below. Six-month warranty.
LT19
LT24
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS
WATTS SHIP WT (SET OF 2) 6
MODEL VOLTS HZ @2PSI L W H (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
5
LT11 115 60 16 5½” 3½” 3¾” 4 $78.69 LT11D $6.19
4
LT15 115 60 34 7” 3¾” 4¾” 7 112.39 LT15D 7.49
PSI
3
LT19 115 60 51 10” 5¼” 6¾” 14 151.69 LT19D 8.09
LT2
2
LT24 115 60 60 10” 5¼” 7” 16 210.09 LT24D 8.69
4
LT1
LT1
9
1
LT26A 115 60 190 12” 6⅛” 7½” 18 248.29 LT26D 9.39
5
LT11
LT28A 115 60 200 13¼” 6¾” 8” 19 305.59 LT28D 9.89
CFM 1 2 3 4
LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMPS

SL44B These are true linear “piston” type pumps. Since
the only moving part— the piston—floats on a bed
of air, a exceptionally long ser vice life can be
expected (8 years of continuous life is not
SL88 uncommon). These pumps will provide
exceptionally quiet, energy efficient operation and
SL22 clean, oil-free air. An outdoor-rated housing, a
grounded power cord, 3/4” hose barb are all
standard. UL-approved for outdoor use. One-year
warranty.
• Extremely quiet
• Outdoor-rated housing
• No lubrication required
• Exceptionally long service life
60-Hz performance at sea level is shown. • Outstanding energy efficiency
50-Hz performance is the same ±10%. Note: To power any linear air pumps with inverters
(square wave), oversize the inverter at least 200%.
4
SL MAX DEPTH SHIP WT 115V 60 HZ 230V 50 HZ
8 (IN.) WATTS (L X W X H) (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
PSI
2
SL
SL
81 45 7” X 7” X 8” 9 SL22 $286.29 SL22H $286.29

22
44
B
100 80 11” X 8” X 8” 16 SL44B 380.99 SL44HB 380.99

CFM 1 2 3 4 5 6
100 118 15” X 8” X 9” 23.5 SL88 534.39 SL88H 522.89
LPM 28 57 85 113 141 170
REPAIR KITS
SHIP WT
MODEL FOR AIR PUMP MODELS (LBS) EACH
SL22RK SL22 AND SL22H 0.5 $50.39
SL44RK SL44B AND SL44HB 0.7 95.99
SL88RK SL88 AND SL88H 1.7 146.99
Q: Do I need an expensive air pump?

A: Maybe not. It all depends on your need for reliability. If an air pump failure will cause a significant disruption and/or jeopardize the health of your fish, you not only
need a reliable air pump (i.e., expensive) but also a redundant system and a backup. Every air pump will fail eventually and when it does you will want something in
place to automatically prevent catastrophe. It could be two air pumps installed on separate breakers so that when one failed the other would do the job.
An inexpensive air pump will do for low-value, low-risk and/or temporary applications of less than 9 months duration; for instance, summer aeration in
a koi pond where a water pump/splash is the primary aerator. They can also be used as economical backup air pumps.

40 AERATION
Small Tank/Hauling/Bait
SMALL TANK AERATION SYSTEM DESIGNED HERE

Offered in three different sizes; this complete system consists of nearly everything
needed to aerate three tanks (except ½” PVC pipe; which must be sourced
locally.) The system includes three air diffusers that go into the water; and air is
delivered to each diffuser via included flexible ¼” air supply lines. Each of the
¼” flexible air supply lines is connected to customer-provided ½” PVC pipe
which is installed overhead or along the tank wall. The PVC pipe connects to a
single, quiet Sweetwater® linear air pump which is included with the system.
Select from three sizes of complete, ready-to-install systems. Each system is
designed to aerate three tanks (or compartments) with one diffuser in each. If
divider screens are used, one diffuser per compartment is needed. Air flow to
each diffuser is controlled with included individual valves. These systems are CBS10
commonly utilized in bait shops, seafood markets and other holding systems
where a simple, quiet, reliable aeration system is desired. For bait shop applications, SHIP WT
a smaller diffuser is included with each system; this small remote diffuser can MODEL (LBS) EACH
be temporarily deployed to aerate a customer’s bait bucket while waiting.
CBS10 30-LB SYSTEM 16 $321.19
Examples:
CBS20 60-LB SYSTEM 23 436.19
CBS10 Supports up to 10 lbs of minnows per diffuser (3” long). Air pump is for
indoor use only. CBS3 90-LB SYSTEM 30 472.49
CBS20 Supports up to 20 lbs of minnows per diffuser (6” long).
CBS3 Supports up to 30 lbs of fish per diffuser (9” long).
VERTICAL PUMP AERATORS

The design uses a propeller inside the lift tube, increasing the pumping efficiency.
Low-restriction slots spray the lifted water, providing excellent aeration.
Models V1 and V1S are very popular for live fish transport. Power cords not
included. Models V1S and V2S use a stainless steel bearing, tube, propeller
and fasteners for salt water compatibility. One-year warranty.
PUMPING TUBE SHIP WT

MODEL RATE (GPM) VOLTS AMPS LENGTH (LBS) EACH
V1 AERATOR 75 12 10@12V 20" 17 $568.19
V1S AERATOR (SALTWATER) 75 12 10@12V 20" 17 644.09
V2S AERATOR (SALTWATER) 115 115/230 3.2@115V 20" 35 727.99
V1 V2S
BAIT BUCKET AERATOR

TECH TALK 85
This high-quality air pump is designed for 5-gallon buckets and insulated
chests. Output is .03 cfm at 12"—that's enough for 1/2 lb of minnows. Its low amp
Bait Counts Per Pound draw provides over 100 hours of operation on two alkaline D cell batteries (not
To estimate the carrying capacity of a bait aeration system, approximate the total included). This great little aerator comes with an air diffuser, 30" of tubing and a
weight of fish, based on length and body depth of species. The following numbers clip for attachment to a bucket. Six-month warranty.
are based on the average condition factor of the fish. The carrying capacity of AES
MODEL EACH
aerators is rated in pounds of fish.
DC5 $31.49
MINNOW SIZE QUANTITY
PER LAB
Small Fathead 1.5”–2.5” 25–30 Dozen
Large Fathead 2”–3” 12–15 Dozen
X-Large Fathead 2.5”–3.5” 9–12 Dozen
Small Shiner 1.5”–3” 25–30 Dozen
Large Shiner 2.5”–4” 9–15 Dozen
Rosy 1.5”–2.5” 25–30 Dozen
Large Rosy 2”–3.5” 10–15 Dozen

AERATION 41
Agitators/Aspirators
AGITATORS AND ASPIRATORS

We offer both the traditional agitators and the
bubble aspirator style. Each has a high-impact
nylon basket and continuous-duty motor.
A7 A5 This heavy-duty agitator draws is often used on
A5
hauling trucks by installing it in a 4" hole in the tank
top. A shaft spinner on the top shows the driver it's
working. The A5 is also available in the bubble
aspirating style (A6).
A7 This agitator is normally suspended above the
water by its hanging ring. It's a heavy-duty unit with
automatic thermal overload protection and an 8'
power cord. A9 uses the same motor but is the
aspirator style. One-year warranty.
OVERALL SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS AMPS HEIGHT LBS OF FISH (LBS) EACH
A5 AGITATOR 12V 5.0 9" 90 9 $261.59
A6 BUBBLE ASPIRATOR 12V 4.0 15" 50 6 295.39
A7 AGITATOR* 115V 1.5 161/4" 90 10 217.89
A9 BUBBLE ASPIRATOR 115V 1.5 143/4" 45 7 295.39
*Use of a GFCI is recommended with 115V models.
TECH TALK 8
Aspirators vs Agitators
Aspirators and agitators are the aeration devices most commonly used on hauling tanks when the stocking densities do not
require the use of pure oxygen. Agitators use a small motor (normally 12V) to spin a paddle that is in the water. The paddle
splashes the water, which adds oxygen and removes carbon dioxide. Aspirators also use a small motor, which spins a small venturi
device. Air is pulled down through the shaft and exits the venturi underwater, causing a draft of bubbles. Agitators are the best
choice for heavy stocking loads because they transfer more oxygen than aspirators. Aspirators are a good choice for smaller
stocking densities, and they are much quieter than agitators.
TECH TALK 50
Aeration Requirements
PPM DISSOLVED OXYGEN
Bait Tanks TO BE MAINTAINED TEST DEPTH TEST DEPTH
It is best to hold and transport bait at lower water temperatures, if possible, and at a minimum
of 6 ppm dissolved oxygen (D.O.) to minimize stress. The fish consume less oxygen when they 1 foot 4.1
6
are cold, and cold water holds more oxygen than warm water. Oxygen consumption rates of fish 2 feet 5.1
at 80ºF (27ºC) can be double those at 63ºF (17ºC). Twice the lbs of fish can be supported in 63ºF 1 foot 2.2
water than at 80ºF with the same aeration system. Note that aeration systems cannot bring D.O. 8
2 feet 3.1
concentrations above saturation (9.65 ppm at 63ºF). If the oxygen level were higher than
saturation, an aeration system would drive oxygen out of the water, bringing it down to the 1 foot
10 Not Possible
saturation point. 2 feet
How many lbs of fish will a bait aeration system support? 12
1 foot
Not Possible
The following chart is based on test results with minnows in 63ºF (17ºC) fresh water. Note that 2 feet
the tests were done at two depths—one foot and two feet—and that air induced at greater depths
will result in greater oxygen transfer. However, low-pressure compressors give less air deeper in Note: Reduce lbs of fish supported by 50% for a 18ºF (10ºC) increase in water temperature.
the water, resulting in less oxygen transfer. Air by itself (20.9% oxygen) cannot get the D.O. above
the saturation point.

42 AERATION
Paddle Wheel Aerators
PADDLE WHEEL AERATORS, FOR AQUACULTURE

& WASTE WATER FW SW
Excellent oxygen transfer and circulation.
These high-quality paddle wheels feature high-efficiency 60 Hz
motors and high-quality gear reducers to ensure a long service
life. The frame, drive shaft and hardware are 304 stainless
steel—all compatible with salt water. Power cable not included.
The Standard Aeration Efficiency (SAE) is approximately 4.1 on all
models (see Tech Talk 4). Paddle wheel aerators are an excellent 1HP MODEL
choice for medium and large ponds where movement of
oxygenated water away from the aerator is most important.
The entire unit, including gear reducer and motor, has a one-year
warranty (warranty requires the gear oil be changed after the first
3 months - use SAE 90 oil). Ships motor freight only.
Motor (H)
• High efficiency TEFC design 2HP MODEL
• Stainless steel fan cover and T-box
• Meets CE standards
Motor Cover 3HP MODEL
• Made of high density, water-proof polyethylene
• Impact and high wind resistant
Gear Reducer (C)
• High quality ALBC 3 wheel gear and S45C carbon steel
worm shaft
Frame, Drive Shaft & Hardware
• 304 Stainless steel to provide rust resistance and longer life
Paddle Wheels (G)
• Eight blade, fiber-reinforced nylon
Floats (A)
• One-piece, blow molded, leak proof polyethylene floats
• Strong but lightweight for easy handling
PADDLE WHEEL AERATORS

RUNNING SHIP WT
MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ* PHASE AMPS AES (LBS) EACH
PW11-AQ 1 115/230 60 1 11.05 1,450 400 $1,112.00
PW21 2 230 60 1 9.98 2,900 430 1,322.00
PW23 2 230/460 60 3 5.85/2.93 2,900 430 993.79
PW333 3 230/460 60 3 9.14/4.57 4,350 460 1,416.00
*50HZ models are available in quantity by special order.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
SHIP WT
MODEL FITS AERATOR MODELS SHOWN IN DIAGRAM AS (LBS) EACH
PW11M MOTOR, 1HP 1PH PW11-AQ H 56.0 $408.49
PW21M MOTOR, 2HP 1PH PW21 H 61.0 481.99
PW11G GEARBOX PW11-AQ,PW21,PW23 C 47.0 261.49
PW33G GEARBOX PW333 C 53.0 261.49
PW23-5 PILLOW BLOCK ALL MODELS E 1.0 15.69
PW23-3 MOTOR COVER ALL MODELS 13.0 26.19
PW11-5 PADDLE WHEEL ALL MODELS G 25.5 52.49
PW23-8 FLOAT ALL MODELS A 16.3 47.19

AERATION 43
Aerators
THE AIRE-O2® SERIES II AERATORS

FW SW
For aeration and circulation

The AIRE-O2® Series II Aquaculture Aerators are
lightweight, portable and can be adjusted from 25
to 45 degrees for optimal mixing, oxygen dispersion
and destratification. They are suitable for all
species and pond depths. It operates by creating a
partial vacuum under the water, drawing air
through the shaft and dispersing it into the water in
a horizontal direction. As the propeller rotates, it
All models are salt water compatible. induces a flow of atmospheric air through the air
intake ports on the shaft located above the water
surface. This air is then drawn through the shaft,
past the propeller, and exits in a high velocity
stream of fine bubbles (less than 2.2 mm in
diameter) as it is diffused into the water. This is
critical to both oxygen dispersion and oxygen
transfer. The smaller the bubble from an aerator,
the longer this bubble stays in the water. And the
longer the bubble can stay in the water, the greater
the opportunity this bubble has to become
dissolved oxygen.
The Unifloat design features a pontoon made of
molded polyethylene with a UV inhibitor. The shaft
housing is nonmetallic, noncorroding and flanged
for mounting to the aerator. It forms a guard around
the 316 stainless steel hollow shaft and supports a
Underwater view of the fine bubble oxygenation and mixing field replaceable, water-lubricated bearing
capabilities press-fitted into the housing’s lower end. The
propeller/diffuser can be replaced easily in the
field. The premium quality TEFC motor is designed
for tough environments and years of trouble-free
operation.
Aerators - 60HZ Ideal for saltwater shrimp, freshwater prawn,
SHIP WT tilapia, catfish, trout, salmon, lobster and eel. Each
MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE L W H (LBS) EACH aerator arrives fully assembled, ready for
5101379 2 220/380 60 3 63” 36” 13” 110 $1,248.00 attachment to the floatation assembly. Underwater
power cable and mooring cable not included. Ships
5101382 3 220/380 60 3 63” 36” 13” 110 1,280.00 motor freight. One-year warranty.
5101324 5 230/460 60 3 63” 36” 13” 160 3,012.00 • For fresh and saltwater applications
• Adjustable from 25° to 45° for optimal mixing,
Aerators - 50HZ oxygen dispersion and destratification
SHIP WT • Complete rapid pond destratification reduces
MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE L W H (LBS) EACH energy consumption
5101378 2 230/380 50 3 63” 36” 13” 110 $1,248.00 • Low maintenance - only one moving part
5101228 2 240/415 50 3 63” 36” 13” 110 1,248.00 • Water lubricated bearing – no risk of pond
contamination
5101381 3 220/380 50 3 63” 36” 13” 110 1,280.00
• Lightweight, portable, easy to install
NOTE: 60HZ and 50HZ aerators are for aquaculture use only-NOT intended for wastewater.
Optional Accessory
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
510904 PROPELLER PROTECTION GUARD 4 $99.79
AIRE-02® is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International LLC.
The Aire-O2 units supply dependable aeration to this intensive shrimp

pond in the Mexican desert.

44 AERATION
Airlift Pumps
AEROBOOST ™ CT AIRLIFT PUMP

Designed for culture tanks
AeroBoost Airlift Pumps provide a low-cost,
decentralized approach to water reuse for
aquaculture systems. AeroBoost uses air injection
to circulate and aerate the water, allowing for
increased fish production with less influent water.
Mounted directly inside the culture tank,
AeroBoost can be easily installed into existing
systems or integrated into new designs.
Benefits
• Reduces influent water use and effluent volumes
• Reduces energy use relative to traditional
water pumps
• Increases rearing capacity without increased
water use
• Increases dissolved O2 and reduces dissolved CO2
• Improves tank circulation and fish fitness
• Reduces labour required to clean tanks
• Increases production flexibility (unit may be
moved to highest density tank)
• Ideal for direct installation into new or existing Performance
circular tanks The AeroBoost CT effectively replaces influent water by aerating and mixing the water in a circular tank.
Its effectiveness increases the further the tank is operated from the saturation DO and DCO2 levels.
Features
• Fish friendly design; no moving parts, noise,
or vibration
• Mounts from tank wall without tank modification
• Internal components are easy to access and
clean
• Durable aluminum construction
• Screened intake and adjustable discharge vane
• Configurable to suit tank rotation direction
• May be operated from a centralized air supply
• Multiple units may be used in larger tanks to fit
production needs
• Manufactured in North America with
factory-direct service and support
Notes:
Description of operation 1. Performance data assumes design air flow: CT1-100 at 14scfm and CT2-100 operating at 28scfm, 0m elevation.
An airlift is a simple device which uses pressurized 2. Influent water DO and CO2 assumed to be at saturation with air (21% O2, 400 ppm CO2) for each temperature curve. Improved performance
air injected in a column of water to pump water. may be expected when influent DO is below saturation or influent CO2 is above saturation.
Air is injected with a diffuser below the water 3. Influent water temperature assumed to be equal to culture temperature.
surface. The bubbles generated reduce the density
of the water, causing the water to rise with the CT1-100 CT2-100
bubbles. Higher density water rushes in from PRODUCT INFORMATION SINGLE DIFFUSER AIRLIFT DOUBLE DIFFUSER AIRLIFT
underneath to fill the void, effectively pumping water
from high density to low density. While the primary INSTALLATION
purpose of an airlift is to generate flow, a
secondary benefit is that the water is aerated in the Mounting method Mounting bracket included; hangs from tank wall without tank modification
process, adding oxygen and driving off carbon Tank freeboard Adjustable in height for use in tanks with up to 24” freeboard
dioxide.
Tank flange width Suitable for tank flange widths of up to 8”
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
Weight 25 kg (55 lbs) 36 kg (80 lbs)
AeroBoost CT Airﬂow Requirements
60 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
50 Body and Mounting Bracket Aluminum (5052 and 6061)
Air Pressure (in H2O)
40 Internals PVC, polyurethane, and EPDM

30
20
AeroBoost CT1 PROCESS AIR SUPPLY
AeroBoost CT2
10 Air inlet 3/4” FNPT 11/4” FNPT
0 Air flow range 13.6–34.0 m3/hr (8–20 scfm) 27.2–68.0 m3/hr (16–40 scfm)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Airﬂow Rate (scfm)

AERATION 45
Airlift Pumps
AEROBOOST ™ RC AIRLIFT PUMPS

Designed for raceways
AeroBoost Airlift Pumps provide a low-cost,
decentralized approach to water reuse for
aquaculture systems. AeroBoost uses air injection
to circulate and aerate the water, allowing for
increased fish production with less Tinfluent water.
The AeroBoost RC is designed specifically for
raceway applications.
Benefits
• Reduces influent water use and effluent volumes
• Increases rearing capacity without increased
water use
• Increases dissolved O2 and reduces dissolved CO2
• Improves mixing for even water quality and better
fish distribution
• Makes raceways self-cleaning; reduces labour
• Reduces energy use relative to traditional
water pumps
• No reduction in raceway water level or
rearing volume
Performance • Ideal for direct installation into new or existing
The AeroBoost RC system effectively replaces influent water by aerating and mixing the water in a raceway tanks
raceway tank. The system improves mixing and increases flows rate in all installations. However, the gas
transfer effectiveness increases the further the tank is operated from the saturation DO and DCO2 levels.
Features
• Fish friendly design; no moving parts, noise,
or vibration
• Durable aluminum construction
• Both pump and baffle are easily removable to
minimize impact to fish handling
• Internal components are easy to access and clean
• Standard and custom baffle mounting available to
fit any raceway
• Adjustable spacing and baffle height to fit
application needs
• Uses centralized air supply for multiple raceways
• Manufactured in North America with
factory-direct service and support
Notes: Description of operation
1. P erformance data assumes design air flow: RC1-075 at 10.5scfm and RC1-100 at 14scfm, 0m elevation. An airlift is a simple device which uses pressurized
2. Influent water DO and DCO2 assumed to be at saturation with air (21% O2, 400 ppm CO2) for each temperature curve. Improved performance air injected in a column of water to pump water.
may be expected when influent DO is below saturation or influent DCO2 is above saturation. Air is injected with a diffuser below the water
3. Influent water temperature assumed to be equal to culture temperature. surface. The bubbles generated reduce the density
of the water, causing the water to rise with the
PRODUCT INFORMATION RC1-075 RC1-100 bubbles. Higher density water rushes in from
INSTALLATION underneath to fill the void, effectively pumping water
from high density to low density. While the primary
Baffle mounting method Clamped to top of raceway wall (standard); Custom designed mounting also available purpose of an airlift is to generate flow, a secondary
benefit is that the water is aerated in the process,
AeroBoost mounting method Mounted directly to baffle; independently removable adding oxygen and driving off carbon dioxide.
Raceway dimensions Baffle design is customizable for each installation When used in a raceway with a baffle, the airlift
accommodated pump provides improved flow dynamics,
dissolved gas levels, and solids removal.
Number/spacing of AeroBoost units Application dependant
Weight (airlift only, without baffle) 14.5 kg (32 lbs) Dry 18 kg (40 lbs) Dry
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Body and Mounting Bracket Aluminum (5052 and 6061)
Internals PVC, polyurethane, and EPDM
PROCESS AIR SUPPLY

Air inlet 3/4” FNPT 11/4” FNPT
Air flow range 10.2–27.0 m3/hr (6–15 scfm) 13.6–34.0 m3/hr (8–20 scfm)
46 AERATION
Surface Aerators
SURFACE AERATORS FW SW
Kasco® aerators are ideal for aquaculture and waste-water applications.
They are lightweight, easy to install, simple to operate and backed by a
two-year warranty, 3-year on 2HP and larger.
• High oxygen transfer at an • I deal for supplemental aeration
affordable price •S
alt water compatible and fitted
• Water circulation with little or no with a zinc anode
bottom turbulence •S
AE rating of 3.0 (see Tech Talk 4)
• Portable for fast response to •T
wo mooring ropes, 50' each, are
emergencies include
• Excellent shallow water operation
Call Pentair for help with sizing aeration devices.

Kasco® motors are specially designed, energy-efficient, permanent-split
capacitor type, continuous duty and single-phase with automatic reset, thermal
overload protection. They are fitted in an oil-filled, stainless steel housing with
a stainless steel prop guard. ETL-approved to UL and CSA standards.
Testing at Pentair Aquatic Dock Mount Kit (KD) Easy to install—just 4 bolts!
Eco-Systems' R&D facility
2-YEAR WARRANTY (3-YEAR ON 2 HP MODELS AND LARGER)
SHIP WT
MODEL AES RUNNING AMPS VOLTAGE (LBS) EACH
KA501-50 1/2 HP W/50' CORD 600 5 115 32+30* $747.89
KA501-100 1/2 HP W/100' CORD 600 5 115 38+30* 851.89
KA501-150 1/2 HP W/150' CORD 600 5 115 27+24+30* 1,180.00
KA501-200 1/2 HP W/200' CORD 600 5 115 27+30+30* 1,255.00
KA751-50 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 800 6.7 115 40+30* 818.09
KA751-100 3/4 HP W/100' CORD 800 6.7 115 45+30* 920.29
KA751-200 3/4 HP W/200' CORD 800 6.7 115 36+30+30* 1,330.00
KA752-50 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 800 3.3 230 40+30* 854.59
KA752-100 3/4 HP W/100' CORD 800 3.3 230 45+30* 923.39
KA752-150 3/4 HP W/150' CORD 800 3.3 230 36+30+30* 1,251.00
KA101-50 1 HP W/50' CORD 1,100 11.3 115 45+55* 1,179.00
KA101-100 1 HP W/100' CORD 1,100 11.3 115 38+17+55* 1,456.00
KA101-150 1 HP W/150' CORD 1,100 11.3 115 38+38+55* 1,873.00
KA102-50 1 HP W/50' CORD 1,100 5.7 230 45+55* 1,191.00
KA102-100 1 HP W/100' CORD 1,100 5.7 230 38+20+55* 1,256.00
KA202-50 2 HP W/50' CORD 2,100 9 230 56+55* 1,964.00
KA202-200 2 HP W/200' CORD 2,100 9 230 53+42+55* 2,476.00
KA303-50 3 HP W/50' CORD 3,200 10.7 230 76+60* 2,439.00
KD DOCK MOUNT KIT, (1" DIA. STEEL PIPE NOT INCLUDED) — — 22 229.99
KM501-50 MOTOR ONLY, 1/2 HP W/50' CORD 5 115 22 605.69
KM751-50 MOTOR ONLY, 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 6.7 115 33 667.79
KM752-50 MOTOR ONLY, 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 3.3 230 33 701.59
KM202-50 MOTOR ONLY, 2 HP W/50' CORD 10 230 46 1,396.00
KPROP12 REPL. PROP FOR 1/2 HP — — 1 28.49
KPROP34 REPL. PROP FOR 3/4 HP — — 1 28.99
KPROP2 REPL. PROP FOR 2 HP — — 1 126.49
*Aerators ship Ground in multiple boxes. Other cord lengths available. Kasco® is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
AES This is the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk Index for Tech Talk 84.

AERATION 47
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 62
Diffuser Comparison Chart

FISH
DIFFUSER SUPPORTED
GAS DEPTH BY SYSTEM
USED (FT WATER*) (LBS) DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
Algae Tank Circulation
Linear Compressor (SL44B), Pipe: 8 holes/LF Air 8 45 Flowrate: .015 cfm/hole
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7), Pipe: 8 holes/LF Air 8 299 Hole Size: 1/16”
1-hp Regenerative Blower (S41), Pipe: 8 holes/LF Air 3 560 Pressure Loss: <6”
Drilled PVC (DIY)
De-Icing
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/ WD50 diffuser) Air 10 962 Flowrate: .01–.1 cfm/ft
WD50
Hauling: Algae Tanks

1/4-hp Rocking Piston Compressor ( AQ101C) Air 10 225 Flowrate: .2–.6 cfm/ft
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7) Air 10 1,864 Pressure Loss: 20”
31/2-hp Regenerative Blower (S63) Air 3 8,736
Oxygen Generator (SOG84) O 2 , 90% 3 734
BWD10
Pure Gas (Oxygen), Hauling Tanks, Degassing Towers, Protein Skimmers

1/4-hp Rocking Piston Compressor ( AQ101C) Air 3 48 Flowrate: 1 cfm/ft
Oxygen Generator (SOG84) O 2 , 90% 3 615 Pressure Loss: 15”
AS230
Pure Gas (Oxygen), Hauling Tanks, Aquariums, Hatcheries, Back-Up Aeration

3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/fine-pore diffuser) Air 10 2,457 Flowrate: .01–.2 cfm/ft
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/fine-pore diffuser) O 2 , 90% 3 1,025 Pressure Loss: 30”
DT12R
Pure Gas (Oxygen, Carbon Dioxide), High-Density Hauling, Holding/Grow-Out Tanks, Emergency Aeration
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/1DMBDC100 diffusers) O 2 , 90% 3 3,624 Flowrate: .1 Lpm/sq.in.
Pressure Loss: 25 psi
Note: Values reflect efficient farming practices, but should be used for comparison rather than budgetary purposes.
1DMBDC600
*For depths greater than 4 feet there is a risk of gas bubble disease in intensive systems.

48 AERATION
Diffusers
SWEETWATER® AIR DIFFUSERS DESIGNED HERE

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater diffusers are the highest-quality
ceramic-type air diffusers on the market today. They're machined from a solid
block of glass-bonded silica. Because dust and dirt particles up to 30 microns
in size will pass right through these diffusers, there's no need for expensive air
filters. And with an air resistance of less than .25 psi, Sweetwater® glass-
bonded diffusers are compatible with economical low-pressure blowers.
They produce a uniform medium/fine bubble and are very resistant to clogging.
And when cleaning does become necessary because of a buildup of calcium
precipitate or bacteria, an acid bath restores them to like-new performance. AES This is the lbs of fish
Note that water pH in excess of 9.0 will shorten the diffuser life. Self-weighting supported. See Tech Talk
when used with typical tubing lengths. Index for Tech Talk 84.
Beware of imitations.
Sweetwater diffusers are the original 2,000°F glass-bonded silica diffusers
introduced by us in 1984. You may come across other diffusers that copy our
sizes, descriptions and even our photos, but it takes more than flattering
imitation to compete with the best.
SWEETWATER MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS

BODY 2,000°F GLASS-BONDED SILICA
MAXIMUM PORE SIZE 140 MICRONS (.0055 INCHES)
BUBBLE SIZE 1–3 MM (.04–.15 INCHES)
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION 50 MICRONS
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0 UNLIMITED
FLEXURAL STRENGTH 2,500 PSI
LENGTH* WIDTH SUGGESTED SHIP WT

MODEL IN CM IN CM CFM AES AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION (LBS) EACH
AS1 1.5 4 .50 1.3 .05 1.5 3/16" O.D. (4 MM), ABS .03 $2.39 $2.15/20+
AS2 1.5 4 .75 2 .10 3 3/16" O.D. (4 MM), ABS .06 2.69 2.42/20+
AS3 2.0 5 1.0 2.5 .20 5 3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE .10 3.69 3.32/20+
ALS3 2.0 5 1.0 2.5 .20 5 1/4" NPT, PE .10 4.49 4.04/20+
AS4 1.5 4 1.5 4 .25 7 3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE .21 4.19 3.77/20+
AS5S 3.0 8 1.0 2.5 .30 8 3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE .16 5.89 5.30/20+
AS5L 3.0 8 1.0 2.5 .30 8 1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE .16 5.89 5.30/20+
ALS5 3.0 8 1.0 2.5 .30 8 1/4" NPT, PE .16 5.89 5.30/20+
AS8S 3.0 8 1.5 4 .35 10 3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE .39 7.09 6.38/10+
AS8L 3.0 8 1.5 4 .35 10 1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE .39 7.49 6.74/10+
ALS8 3.0 8 1.5 4 .35 10 1/4" NPT, PE .39 7.89 7.10/10+
ALR8 3.0 8 1.5 4 .35 10 1/2" NPT, PE .39 8.39 7.55/10+
AS15S 6.0 15 1.5 4 .50 14 1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE .75 12.09 10.88/20+
AS15L 6.0 15 1.5 4 .50 14 3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE .75 12.09 10.88/20+
ALR15 6.0 15 1.5 4 .50 14 1/2" NPT, PE .75 14.19 12.77/10+
AS23S 9.0 23 1.5 4 .75 20 1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE 1.35 17.49 15.74/10+
AS23L 9.0 23 1.5 4 .75 20 3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE 1.35 21.39 19.25/10+
ALR23 9.0 23 1.5 4 .75 20 1/2" NPT, PE 1.35 20.19 18.17/10+
AS30S 12.0 30 1.5 4 1.00 27 1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE 1.50 23.39 21.05/10+
AS30L 12.0 30 1.5 4 1.00 27 3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE 1.50 23.39 21.05/10+
ALR30 12.0 30 1.5 4 1.00 27 1/2" NPT, PE 1.50 25.99 23.39/10+
ASW88S** 3.0 8 3.0 8 .70 19 1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE .70 28.39 25.55/10+
ASW88L** 3.0 8 3.0 8 .70 19 3/8" O.D. (6 MM), PE .70 23.79 21.41/10+
*Dimensions of length and width are ±1/8" (3 mm). **Fitting is in center of 3" x 3" dimension. The suggested cfm shown above is typical for aquaculture; higher cfm amounts will create larger bubbles.
PE is high-density linear polyethylene. ABS is green plastic.

AERATION 49
Diffusers/Diffuser Bumpers
SWEETWATER® GENERATION II DIFFUSERS DESIGNED HERE

Sweetwater® diffusers manufactured by Pentair AES quickly became and still remain
the standard of the aquaculture industry for diffused air aeration. The Generation II
series is the same glass-bonded diffuser that is so resistant to clogging. Generation II
AES This is the lbs of fish diffusers give the added flexibility of changing the air diffuser fittings in the field. All
diffusers have 1/8" FNPT threads that accept MNPT fittings, either straight or elbows.
supported. See Tech Talk
Use tubing with a smaller I.D. to act as a valve, restricting the volume of air delivered to
Index for Tech Talk 84.
the diffuser. Use a larger I.D. tubing in applications where the tubing is long and/or too
restrictive. To make the diffuser lie flat in deep water, use an elbow fitting and put a
weight on the tubing to counteract its buoyancy.
LENGTH WIDTH SUGGESTED

MODEL IN CM IN CM FNPT CFM AES EACH 20+
ASI-3 2 5 1 2.5 1/8” .2 5 $3.49 $3.14
ASI-5 3 7.6 1 2.5 1/8” .3 8 4.99 4.49
ASI-8 3 7.6 1.5 3.8 1/8” .35 10 6.79 6.11
ASI-15 6 15 1.5 3.8 1/8” .5 14 11.79 10.61
ASI-23 9 23 1.5 3.8 1/8” .75 20 16.49 14.84
ASI-30 12 30 1.5 3.8 1/8” 1.0 27 24.19 21.77
All above do not include air supply connections, which must be ordered separately.
DIFFUSER BUMPERS
Protect diffusers from abrasives or protect a tank from abrasive diffusers.
Use two bumpers for each diffuser. Made of Buna 70 for an easy stretch over
11/2" square diffusers. Sold in packs of 10.
MODEL EACH 5+
DB10 $5.19 $4.67
ALR8 with Bumpers
TECH TALK 53
Cleaning Diffusers
Sweetwater® air diffusers, made of glass-bonded silica, are virtually indestructible and will give many years of service.
The only maintenance normally required is periodic cleaning. The frequency of cleaning will be determined by the mineral and organic content of the water in which the air diffusers are used.
In clean, cold, soft water, cleaning may only be necessary every 2 or 3 years. In very hard water or water high in organics, it could be necessary as often as every 2 months.
1. Remove from service and blow out excess water. If fouled with barnacles or other gross foreign material, scrape or hose off.
2. If you have a 1/2” NPT white fitting on the end of your diffuser, immerse the diffuser portion, not the fitting, completely in undiluted muriatic acid for a sufficient time to dissolve the clogging
material. This may take from one minute to eight hours in the most extreme cases. Be very careful when using acid! Wear eye, face and hand protection and have clean water available for rinsing and
acid diluting in the case of an acid splash or spill.
3. After the clogging material has been dissolved, rinse thoroughly before reuse.
4. Discard the used acid after reducing its strength to a neutral pH by diluting with at least ten times as much water as acid. Add acid to water; never add water to acid.

50 AERATION
Diffusers
SWEETWATER® FINE-PORE DIFFUSERS

FOR OZONE AND PURE OXYGEN DESIGNED HERE
Sweetwater fine-pore diffusers are the same high quality as our regular
Sweetwater diffusers. The difference is in the smaller pore size, which produces
finer bubbles. Sweetwater fine-pore diffusers do require higher pressure (about
5" H2O more) and more frequent cleaning than our regular pore diffusers, so they
are not typically recommended for regular aeration. The bubble uniformity is
excellent.
The CP part numbers are fitted with CPVC for use with mild ozone
concentrations. The SS part numbers are fitted with stainless steel for 20
Inches Water
use with the strongest ozone and carry a 1-year warranty. (AS15
0)
S15L)
Pressure
Pore r Pore (A
10 Fine Regula
SWEETWATER FINE-PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
Typical Range
BODY 2,000˚ HEAT-BONDED SILICA
MAXIMUM PORE SIZE 80 MICRONS CFM .25 .50 .75 1.0
BUBBLE SIZE 0.5–2 MM
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION 25 MICRONS
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0 UNLIMITED
FLEXURAL STRENGTH 3,500 PSI
LENGTH WIDTH SUGGESTED AES AIR SUPPLY SHIP WT

MODEL IN CM IN CM CFM CONNECTION (LBS) EACH
AS10 1.5 4 .50 1.3 .05 15 3/16" O.D., ABS .03 $2.89 $2.60/20+
AS20-AQ 1.5 4 .75 2.0 .10 30 3/16" O.D., ABS .06 4.19 3.77/20+
AS3F 2 5 1 2.5 .20 60 3/16" O.D., PE .10 5.19 4.67/20+
AS40 1.5 4 1.5 4 .25 75 3/16" O.D., PE .21 7.69 6.92/20+
AS50 3 8 1 2.5 .30 90 1/4" O.D., PE .16 7.09 6.38/10+
AS80 3 8 1 4 .35 100 1/4" O.D., PE .39 9.99 8.99/10+
ALR80 3 8 1.5 4 .35 100 1/2" NPT, PE .39 10.99 9.89/10+
ALR80SS 3 8 1.5 4 .35 100 1/2" NPT, SS .39 33.39 30.05/10+
ALR80SS4 3 8 1.5 4 .35 100 1/4" NPT, SS .39 33.39 30.05/10+
AS150 6 15 1.5 4 .50 150 1/4" O.D., PE .75 14.99 13.49/10+
ALR150 6 15 1.5 4 .50 150 1/2" NPT, PE .75 16.69 15.02/10+
ALR150CP 6 15 1.5 4 .50 150 1/2" NPT, CPVC .78 21.29 19.16/10+
ALR150SS 6 15 1.5 4 .50 150 1/2" NPT, SS .875 49.99 44.99/10+
AS230 9 23 1.5 4 .75 220 1/4" O.D., PE 1.35 23.39 21.05/10+
ALR230 9 23 1.5 4 .75 220 1/2" NPT, PE 1.35 23.69 21.32/10+
ALR230CP 9 23 1.5 4 .75 220 1/2" NPT, CPVC 1.38 26.89 24.20/10+
ALR230SS 9 23 1.5 4 .75 220 1/2" NPT SS 1.48 58.39 52.55/10+
AS300 12 30 1.5 4 1.00 300 1/4" O.D., PE 1.50 25.99 23.39/10+
ALR300CP 12 30 1.5 4 1.00 300 1/2" NPT, CPVC 1.56 33.39 30.05/10+
ALR300SS 12 30 1.5 4 1.00 300 1/2" NPT, SS 1.68 62.49 56.24/10+
UNIVERSAL DIFFUSER MOUNT

The universal diffuser mount for disc diffusers is designed to accept a 3/4" MNPT
diffuser connection. Installation simply requires drilling a 11/4" diameter hole,
deburring the hole, installing the diffuser mount and screwing in the diffuser.
The universal diffuser mount may be used for mounting on the top or bottom of
the lateral but is not recommended for sidewall diffuser mounting.
• Provides 3/4” FNPT threaded connection
• Engineered for 2–8” metal or plastic, thick or thin wall pipe
MODEL EACH 10+
• Can be glued to PVC or ABS pipe
ED328 $ 4.89 $4.40
• Easy to install

AERATION 51
Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR™ MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN DIFFUSERS (MBD)

AQUACULTURE DUTY
1DMBDC100 The original, since 1988.

These aquaculture-duty diffusers are among the most efficient diffusers
1DMBDC300 available, allowing you to increase yield while controlling the cost of
expensive gases. Made from premium materials and subject to rigorous
testing, MBD diffusers provide the kind of performance and reliability our
1DMBDC600 reputation is built on.
Point Four diffusers use a specially developed, ultra fine pore ceramic plate
1DMBDC900 that produces a cloud of extremely fine bubbles of approximately 100–500
microns; far superior to airstones, porous hose or membrane type designs.
1DMBDC120 The flat plate design ensures uniform bubbles across the entire surface and
minimizes bubble coalescence to achieve an absorption rate in excess of
80%, depending on depth and flowrate. Bubbling Pressure is 25 to 35 psi.
(1.7 to 2.4 bar).
• Robust construction—ceramic plates set in a rigid aluminum base with
solidbrass connection fittings
• Easy to install and use—trouble-free operation
• Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract diffusers as your
needs change
SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!
REC. OPERATING MAX FLOW RATE

DIFFUSING AREA RANGE @ 50 PSI (3.5 BAR) GAS INLET SHIP WT
MODEL BASE L W (LPM/SCFH) LPM SCFH CONNECTION (LBS) EACH
1DMBDC100 ALUMINUM 14½” 1¾” UP TO 1.5/3.2 4.5 9.5 ¼” HOSE BARB 1.2 $71.99
1DMBDC300 ALUMINUM 15¼” 3¼” UP TO 3/6.5 9 19 ¼” FEMALE 2.8 156.49
1DMBDC600 ALUMINUM 27½” 3¼” UP TO 6/12.7 18 38 ¼” FEMALE 5.0 240.49
1DMBDC900 ALUMINUM 39¾” 3¼” UP TO 9/19.5 27 58 ¼” FEMALE 7.3 409.49
1DMBDC120 ALUMINUM 52” 3¼” UP TO 12/26 36 78 ¼” FEMALE 9.5 537.59
Suggested fitting configuration

MBD Diffuser 1/4” Oxy B Male Oxy Brass 1/4” Oxy Brass #170 Pinch 1/4” Green
Adaptor Nut Barb Clamp O2 Hose
MODEL MBD FITTINGS EACH

1FMOF005 ¼” OXY B MALE ADAPTER $1.39
1FMOF008 OXY BRASS NUT .70
1FMOF006 ¼” OXY BRASS BARB .70
1FMHC004 #170 PINCH CLAMP .50
1FMHC129 ¼” GREEN O2 HOSE 1.69

52 AERATION
Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR™ PLASTIC MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN

DIFFUSERS AQUACULTURE DUTY
Point Four Plastic Micro Bubble Diffusers (PMBD) are one of
the most efficient diffusers available, allowing you to increase
yield while controlling the cost of expensive gases. Made from
premium materials and subject to rigorous testing, PMBDs
provide the kind of performance and reliability our reputation
is built on.
Point Four diffusers use a specially developed, ultra fine pore
ceramic plate that produces a cloud of extremely fine bubbles
of approximately 100–500 microns; far superior to airstones,
porous hose or membrane type designs. The flat plate design
ensures uniform bubbles across the entire surface and
minimizes bubble coalescence to achieve an absorption rate
in excess of 80%, depending on depth and flowrate. Bubbling
pressure is 25 to 35 psi (1.7 to 2.4 bar).
• Robust construction—ceramic plates set in an injection
molded plastic base with solid brass connection fittings.
• Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract
diffusers as your needs change.
REC. OPERATING MAX FLOWRATE @

DIFFUSING AREA RANGE 50 PSI (3.5 BAR) GAS INLET SHIP WT
MODEL BASE L W (LPM/SCFH) LPM SCFH CONNECTION (LBS) EACH
1PMBD075 PLASTIC 8⅝” 2¾” UP TO 0.75/1.6 2.2 9.5 ¼” HOSE BARB 1.2 $53.99
TECH TALK 4
Choosing an Aerator
Efficiency Versus Type ... Select the right type of aerator for the application
An aerator’s standard aeration efficiency (SAE) is an important consideration when comparing one ater-moving aeration devices like the AIRE-02® Series II aerator and paddle wheel type
•W
aerator with another. aerators are excellent choices for medium and large ponds where movement of oxygenated
water away from the aerator is most important.
The SAE can be calculated by measuring the aerator’s oxygen transfer and the amount of energy
used per horsepower, per hour, under standard conditions. • If destratification alone will solve a bottom oxygen problem, only a few air diffusers may
be needed to accomplish this. For instance, a 10-acre lake, 15’ deep, may need only 3/4 hp.
An SAE of 2.1, for example, means that 2.1 lbs of oxygen per horsepower, per hour, are transferred
Only 1 cfm of air may be needed to aerate a 1/20-acre pool when raising tropical fish,
to the water under standard conditions. The higher the SAE, the higher the oxygen transfer, the
compared to 6 cfm per pool using airlifts.
higher the efficiency.
• A destratification system, such as our Great Lakes® aeration system, should not be used as an
However, SAE numbers are a fair comparison only when comparing aeration equipment of the
emergency aerator because it very quickly mixes the water. Its rate of oxygen transfer is
same exact type. You cannot use the SAE as your only tool in the selection of an aeration system.
excellent; however, it cannot raise the oxygen level of such a large volume quickly enough to
Before looking at the SAE numbers, choose the right type aerator or oxygenator for the job.
avoid a fishkill. It can actually aggravate the problem.
Here are some examples (analyze the differences):
• E ven noise is a consideration above and below the water surface. Pentair AES diffused air
• A surface aerator like the Kasco® 3/4 hp aerator (with an SAE rating of 2.9) may be a good choice systems are preferred over agitators in bait stores, improving conditions for both the fish and
where the volume of water is small and the stocking density is high, such as in a culture tank or the employees. As more of our research is conducted under water, we are increasingly aware of
small pond. It may be a poor choice, however, if cold water temperatures are required when air underwater noise produced by devices such as paddle wheels, agitators, airlifts and drilled pipe
temperatures are warm (summer trout culture), because both the motor and the airborne water spargers (our Sweetwater® air diffusers have a barely audible hiss). Some fish breeders have
droplets will add unwanted heat. reported that diffused air is the only aeration method they can use that will not disrupt breeding.
• A surface aerator would be a poor choice for a large or deep pond. Without moving water away The situations and considerations are virtually endless, so take some time to research the best
from the aerator, it will continue to pump the same water over and over again, adding no oxygen aeration method for your particular application. Through a phone call, you can discuss your
where it is needed. application with an aquaculture technician and get an expert opinion (877-347-4788).
• A surface aerator may be excellent in emergencies because it quickly raises the oxygen level in Standard aeration efficiency tests conducted at Auburn University showed that the Pentair
a small area. If trained, the fish will move to that location. Again, it will not be a good choice for AES Sweetwater® diffuser and 1-hp blower combination yielded a 2.71 SAE. Prior to rating our
full-time aeration because it will not disperse oxygen throughout the pond. diffusers, Auburn gave air diffusers in general an SAE rating of only 1.6. That 70% increase
• A diffused air system (with an SAE rating of 2.7) may be the best choice for multiple tanks and illustrates how much efficiency can change when the right combination is used.
ponds because the energy source (blower) can be centralized and just the right amount of Kasco® is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
energy (compressed air) can be easily directed where it is needed. What appears to be lower SAE AIRE-02® is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International, LLC.
efficiency (2.7) is more than offset by comparative application efficiency.

AERATION 53
Lockable Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR™ TRAC-LOCK MICRO BUBBLE

OXYGEN DIFFUSER AQUACULTURE DUTY
Point Four Trac-Lock Diffusers are an economical
alternative to the Point Four Micro Bubble Diffusers
(MDBs). Like the MDBs, they are good for use with
pure oxygen and/or carbon dioxide.
A Simple Design
The ceramic flat plate design ensures bubbles across
the entire surface. The slim design will not hinder
fish netting and will accommodate most fish
transportation systems. The "twist and lock" design
allows for easy diffusing area adjustment,
or for simple removal of sections for cleaning/
servicing. We recommend using a support when
locking three or more bases together.
High Absorption Efficiency
Depends on submerged depth, flowrate and
1DTLC010 dissolved oxygen concentration. Typically 40%
to 50% at 1 m depth; can be as high as 80% or
even 100% at depths of 6 m or more.
Features and Benefits
• Plastic frame will not rust or degrade over time.
• Easy to install and use—trouble-free operation.
• Efficient design minimizes rising air
1DTLC001 bubble coalescence.
DIFFUSING AREA MAX FLOW SHIP WT

MODEL BASE TYPE L W LPM CFH (LBS) EACH
1DTLC001 PLASTIC BASE 12¼” 21” 3 6.5 4.0 $103.99
1DTLC010 PLASTIC END SET --- --- --- --- 1.0 29.39
POINT FOUR™ WEDGE-LOCK ™ MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN

DIFFUSER AQUACULTURE DUTY
WEDGE-LOCK ™ is a modular system of diffusers and end sets that fit together to
form a bank of up to eight units. Oxygenation capacity can be increased (or
decreased) as your needs demand by simply changing the number of diffusers
used for greater flexibility and minimal downtime.
Designed for total ease of use, WEDGE-LOCK ™ modules "twist and lock" together
to form an airtight seal without the use of tools. Hose with push-in fittings
connects the diffuser banks to the gas supply, significantly reducing set-up time
and effort. The diffuser's streamlined wedge shape improves stability in tanks
with high water flow and offers less resistance in self-cleaning tank systems.
Single base (unassembled) diffusers measure 5.4" x 6.6" x 1.25".
Recommended flow 1.6 cfh (.75 Lpm), Recommended operating pressure is 1DWLC001
22–35 psi, maximum pressure is 50 psi*. Inlet is 1/4" barb fitting (only included
with end set). One-year warranty.
Features and Benefits 1DWLC010
• Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract diffusers to match
your changing needs.
• Simple "twist and lock" installation—diffuser modules and hose connect in
minutes without
the use of tools.
• Rugged thermoplastic build is corrosion-free and UV-resistant.
• Streamlined wedge shape improves stability in tanks with high water velocity.
*Above 50 psi (3.4 bars) the diffuser can break.
DIFFUSING AREA MAX FLOW SHIP WT

MODEL BASE TYPE L W LPM CFH (LBS) EACH
1DWLC001 PLASTIC BASE 4½” 4½” 1.6 3.4 2.0 $77.69
1DWLC010 PLASTIC END SET* — — — — 1.0 31.49
*Includes 1/4” barb fitting and one adapter.

54 AERATION
SECTION
Diffusers
CERAMIC AND ALUMINUM OXIDE AIR DIFFUSERS

Keep any system aerated with this line of air diffusers. These offer great
efficiency at an affordable price, and with our wide selection, you'll find the right
fit for any application. Bubble sizes from 3 mm down to 100 microns. One-year
limited warranty.
ALUMINUM Two different styles:
OXIDE
• Ceramic diffusers are ideal for pure gas applications (oxygen, carbon dioxide),
CONNECTOR
high-density hauling, holding/growout tanks and emergency aeration
BLOCK
• Aluminum diffusers are intended for general aeration: hatchery, growout,
bait, ponds, lakes, wastewater and low-density hauling
See PentairAES.com for complete specs!
MODEL EACH
DYCBB HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT $23.69
DYCD7SM ALUMINUM OXIDE, 6.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB 86.69
FOUR ALUMINUM DIFFUSERS & DYCD9SM ALUMINUM OXIDE, 8.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB 99.99
CONNECTOR BLOCK
DYCHP4 CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 4" X 2" 43.09
CERAMIC Can’t find what you’re looking for? See it all at PentairAES.com.
RUBBER AIR DIFFUSERS

Keep any system aerated with this line of air diffusers. These offer great
efficiency at an affordable price, and with our wide selection, you'll find the
right fit for any application. Bubble sizes from 3 mm down to 100 microns.
One-year limited warranty.
Two different styles: EPDM
MEMBRANE
• Rubber poly (EPDM) diffusers perform best in pure gas applications (oxygen),
hauling tanks, aquariums, hatcheries and backup aeration
• Rubber diffusers are best employed in wastewater treatment
MODEL EACH
DYCBB HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT $23.69
DYMD15 EPDM MEMBRANE, 15" X 1" 20.79
DYMD20 EPDM MEMBRANE, 20" X 1" 26.19
RUBBER POLY
DYMD20M EPDM MEMBRANE, 20" X 1" (X 4) 127.99
DYRD8 RUBBER POLY, 8" X 1.5" 13.79
DYRD20 RUBBER POLY, 20" X 1.5" 31.39 HDPE
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
TEE ELIMINATORS
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3" x 3/4" reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for much less. Just drill
a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in the connection. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. Works in all rigid pipe materials with pipe walls
between 1/8" and 1/4" thick.
FNPT MIN PIPE

MODEL SIZE DIAMETER HOLE SIZE EACH
FC32 1/2" 1" 1" $ 0.75
FC34 3/4" 11/4" 13/16" 0.90
FC32 FC36 FC36 1" 11/2" 17/16"–11/2" 1.09

AERATION 55
Diffusers
DIFFUSER HOSE DESIGNED HERE

Self-weighted Bio-Weave diffuser hose is for introducing air and oxygen into hauling tanks,
culture tanks, lakes or wherever long flexible diffusion is needed. It’s made of a strong, woven
polyester fiber material that will last for years. Operating range is .2–.6 cfm per foot. The
diffuser surface is a soft fiber that flexes easily. Because Bio-Weave is self-weighted,
placement and removal of these large diffusers is simple. These medium-bubble diffuser
hoses are made with 3/4” nylon garden hose fittings (a cap on the male end and either a ¼” or
⅜” male barb adapter on the female fitting). Bio-Weave has about a 20” H2O resistance to air
flow, so it is marginally compatible with regenerative blowers. One-year limited warranty.
SHIP WT WITH 1/4” BARB ADAPTOR WITH 3/8” BARB ADAPTOR*

LENGTH AES (LBS) MODEL EACH 6+ MODEL EACH 6+
1’ 15 0.8 BWD10 $38.89 $35.00 BWD10-38 $38.89 $35.00
2’ 29 1.9 BWD20 43.19 38.87 BWD20-38 43.19 38.87
BWD10
3’ 44 2.5 BWD30 59.79 53.81 BWD30-38 59.79 53.81
4’ 58 3.0 BWD40 74.29 66.86 BWD40-38 74.29 66.86
5’ 73 3.9 BWD50 90.89 81.80 BWD50-38 90.89 81.80
6’ 87 4.6 BWD60 103.89 93.50 BWD60-38 103.89 93.50
8’ 117 6.3 BWD80 128.49 115.64 — — —
10’ 146 8.0 BWD100 163.29 146.96 — — —
15’ 218 11.0 BWD150 231.49 208.34 — — —
* If a brass fitting is preferred, order BSS38, 3/8” brass barb adapter.
AIR DIFFUSERS, BULK QUANTITY

These inexpensive molded diffusers are sold in bulk quantity only, by the pack.
AA4
3/16" barb inlets. Made for hobbyists and aquarium use.
AA12
MODEL LENGTH CFM AES PACK QTY EACH PK
AA1 1" .05 1 120 $21.99
AA4 4" .2 3 24 15.79
AA6 6" .3 4 24 22.39 AA1
AA8
AA8 8" .4 6 24 27.59
AA12 12" .6 8 24 39.09 AA6
DIFFUSERS, CYLINDRICAL
These diffusers are made from fused alumina. They produce a bubble size of
1–2 mm and require a higher pressure than Sweetwater® medium-pore
diffusers. They have a molded square rubber support on each end that
supports and protects them from tank bottoms and protects the tank or liner
from the diffuser. They fit both 3/16" and 1/4" tubing and are 1.2" in diameter.
MODEL LENGTH CFM AES EACH 12+

AD32 3.2" .3 5.0 $4.69 $4.46
AD42 4.2" .4 6.5 8.99 8.54
AD52 5.2" .5 8.2 9.89 9.40
AD32 AD42 AD52

56 AERATION
Disc Diffusers/Tubing
COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS DISC DIFFUSER, 9"

Environmental Dynamics PermaCap 5 diffuser design offers greater unit Engineered for maximum performance.
capacity over small diameter diaphragm, coarse bubble diffusers. The body
FlexAir® disc diffuser bodies are made of high-strength polypropylene with
is ABS, and diffusers are available with both 3/4” and 3/8” MNPT connections.
3/4" MNPT connections. Each diffuser has a minimum of 6,600 engineered air
The EPDM membrane is mechanically locked in place to prevent blowout.
release orifices, which is up to 20% more than comparable models. The special
Airflow range is 0–20 cfm.
design of the EPDM membrane, with its engineered thickness taper, results in
• 5” diameter coarse bubble diffusers full utilization of the membrane surface, even at low airflow operations. This
• Upgrade for smaller diameter diffusers results in improved oxygen transfer efficiency, along with maximum operational
flexibility. The disc diffuser has an integral "triple" check valve to prevent fluid
• Designed to prevent blowout backflow. Normal airflow range is 0–5 cfm. Resistance is about 10" H2O when
• High-capacity airflow ranges to 20 cfm clean. FlexAir ® disc diffusers in stock have EPDM membranes installed and
weigh 2 lbs.
MODEL MNPT EACH 10+
ED325 3/4” $11.59 $10.43 MODEL EACH 10+
ED501 3/8” 11.59 10.43 ED327 $25.99 $23.39
ED325
EDI FLEXAIR® DIFFUSERS SNAP-CAP DIFFUSER, 3"

EDI FlexAir ® diffusers are durable. The special inlet is molded from This coarse bubble diffuser is very clog resistant. It uses a snap-on flexible
high-strength ABS and is permanently bonded to a PVC membrane support diaphragm with built-in check valve. Handles flowrates up to 10 cfm @ 12" H2O
tube to create an integral diffuser body. Manufactured utilizing the most loss. About 2" high x 35/32" diameter with a 3/8" MNPT and a 1/2" MNPT adapter
advanced technology, tests have shown that EDI membrane diffusers deliver included.
increases of 15 to 50% over competitive products. EPDM elastomer membrane
was specifically developed for municipal and industrial applications. For MODEL EACH
applications with high concentrations of oils and solvents, specially engineered
urethane membranes are available (please inquire). AD15 $ 21.19
• Airflow ranges from 0–40 cfm
• Largest capacity airflow with greatest membrane area for fewer
units required
• 3 /4” MNPT 304 SS thread connection
AIRFLOW SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH DIAMETER (CFM) (LBS) EACH
ED224 24” 2.44” 0–8 4 $43.49
ED226 26” 2.44” 0–8 5 42.29
ED220 20” 3.5” 0–20 6 45.59
ED230 30” 3.5” 0–30 7 57.99
ED240 40” 3.5” 0–40 8 65.99
ED224
FlexAir® is a registered trademark of Environmental Dynamics International, Inc.

AERATION
SECTION 57
Tubing
HIGH-EFFICIENCY ANTIMICROBIAL DIFFUSER TUBING HIGH-EFFICIENCY DIFFUSER TUBING

Great for reducing fouling – safe for fish Perfect for high-psi or oxygen uses
This low-pressure rubber/polyethylene diffuser hose is made for aquaculture. This low-pressure, high-efficiency rubber diffuser hose is made for aquaculture.
Step on it, and it springs right back. This tubing has a pressure resistance of Diffuser lengths of up to 20' per inlet are possible at low airflow rates. Tubing
only 12” of H2O at normal flowrates when new. Diffuser lengths of up to 20’ per has a good oxygen transfer rate (average 2.5% per foot of water depth) with a
inlet are possible at low airflow rates. Tubing has a good oxygen transfer rate head loss of only about 1 psi. This tubing is compatible with both regenerative
and is compatible with both regenerative blowers and linear air pumps. blowers and linear air pumps. The gas flowrate is an average of .1–.6 cfm/ft;
The gas flowrate is an average of .1–.5 cfm/ft; higher and lower flows are higher and lower flows are possible. Produces a strong volume of medium-size
possible. Tubing produces a strong volume of medium-size bubbles bubbles (approximately 3 mm). For connections, use barb fittings with clamps.
(approximately 3 mm). For connections, use 1/2” barb fittings with clamps. Hose ends may be heat-sealed or fitted with a plug and clamp. To counteract
Hose ends may be heat-sealed or fitted with a plug and clamp. To counteract buoyancy, hold-downs or weights are required. No warranty due to individual
buoyancy, hold-downs or weights are required. For best results, the tubing clogging and fouling possibilities.
should be oriented with the blue stripe on the bottom. No warranty due to
individual clogging and fouling possibilities. SOLD BY THE FOOT SOLD BY 50MM ROLL

I.D. O.D. MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
SOLD BY THE FOOT SOLD BY 200’ ROLL
I.D. O.D. MODEL EACH MODEL EACH 1/2” 1” DT12F $1.79 DT12R $265.69
1/2” 1” OD2F-A $2.59 OD2R-A $397.99 1/4” 1” DT14F 1.89 DT14R 278.99
OD2F-A
DT12R
WEIGHTED DIFFUSER TUBING

This 1/2" I.D. weighted diffuser tubing is useful in applications where long
lengths are required. Equal bubble distribution is possible with lengths as long
as 25' for WD50 and 200' for WD55. On the WD50, unique die cut slits—
located in sets of three every 11/2"—flex open with air pressure and close when
air is stopped. On the WD55 ice-melting diffuser tubing, single die cuts are
located every 24". The feeder tubing (WD0) has no slits. See Index for less
expensive, HeavySet feeder tubing.
WD55 WD50
This weighted tubing requires WD fittings. Full rolls are 250' long (60 meters).
This diffuser tubing is not compatible with most regenerative blowers as
2–5 psi is required. Also note that this coarse bubble diffuser tubing will
THE BEST FOR DE-ICING
only provide about 1/3 as much oxygen transfer per cfm of air when used for
aeration with diffusers.
WD FITTINGS
These black plastic fittings are required for the weighted diffuser tubing. The
PIOU couples 1/2” tubing. The PIOM is a 1/2” male adapter. The tee union (PIOT)
connects two lengths of tubing to a 1/2” MNPT male adapter. Tube insert
supports included.
PIOM PIOT
SHIP WT
MODEL AES I.D. O.D. CFM/FT (LBS) EACH
WD50 DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, 3 CUT 2 1/2" 5/8" .1 24/100' $ 4.49/FT
WD55 DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, DE-ICE .04 1/2" 5/8" .01 24/100' 4.19/FT
WD0 FEEDER TUBING, WEIGHTED — 1/2" 5/8" — 24/100' 3.59/FT
PIOU WD COUPLING — — — — — 4.19
PIOM WD MALE ADAPTER, 1/2" MNPT — — — — — 2.99
PIOT WD TEE UNION, 1/2" MNPT — — — — — 7.09

58 AERATION
Venturi Injectors/Mixing Eductors
MAZZEI® VENTURI INJECTORS

Widely used for the injection of air, oxygen, and ozone. Also compatible with
liquids. Tests have shown that when installed properly, injectors can transfer
ozone into water with efficiencies as high as 99%. These are constructed of
PVDF Kynar® and are ozone compatible. Mazzei® venturis have no moving
parts and provide trouble-free operation. All except V514 include a 1/4" barbed V1584
ozone-safe check valve. Maximum operating pressure at 100°F (38ºC) is 400 psi.
INLET/OUTLET FLOW THRU INJECTOR AIR SUCTION

MODEL MNPT @15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT @15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT EACH
V384 1/2" MNPT 1 GPM 1 CFH $70.39
V584 3/4" BARB 4 GPM 5 CFH 56.69 Flow
V978 1" MNPT 7 GPM 9 CFH 135.49
V1584 11/2" MNPT 31 GPM 72 CFH 185.89
Venturis offer an efficient and reliable way to inject
V514 2" MNPT 57 GPM 394 CFH 388.49
virtually any gas or liquid into water.
Mazzei® is a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp.
VENTURI, ECONOMY
Air In 4738 Our venturi fittings were engineered to entrain the greatest amount of air with
3/16" Male Barb the least resistance to water pressure. When pumping water, these may be used
to draw in liquids or gases, including low-strength ozone. 4738 and 4732 are
made of PVC with standard slip connections. Venturi 4734 is fiber-reinforced
plastic and has female slip ends.
MODEL EACH
4738: 3/4" in x 1" out
4738 VENTURI, PVC $9.49
4732: 11/2" in and out
4734
Both are female slip with 3/4" 4732 VENTURI, PVC 12.19
air inlet. 4734 VENTURI, PLASTIC 15.29
3/4" Male Slip Water & Air Out
8 8
Pump Pressure
TECH TALK 63
Required (psi)
6
H2O Flow (gpm)
6 4738 Venturi Tee Depth Limits

4 Venturis
4
2 A well-designed venturi working in shallow water to aspirate air may cause as little as 15%
2 additional head pressure and as little as 10% reduction in volume pumped. Therefore, a venturi
can be a very economical device to operate, especially when it completely eliminates another
piece of equipment, such as a chemical metering pump, an air pump or an ozone unit’s air
pump. They are particularly useful when injecting chemicals and gases that are aggressive in
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 nature and would require special materials for the pumping device.
Vacuum - Inches H2O* As a venturi draws air into a depth of about 2 feet, there will be increased water pressure
*This is the greatest depth at which the Venturi may be located. resistance and a reduction in volume pumped. When used with low-pressure pumps, the
The shallower the depth, the greater the air volume. increase in head causes such a large reduction in volume that the venturi application becomes
impractical. When sucking air the deeper the depth, the greater the pressure needed.
When installed properly, venturi injectors can transfer ozone into water with efficiencies as
high as 99%. Venturis have no moving parts and provide trouble-free operation.
MIXING EDUCTORS
It's easy to multiply the mixing force of pumped water. This nozzle requires as
little as 7.5 gpm to draw in five times more. Molded of glass-filled polypropylene
with smooth surfaces. Recommended flowrates shown are for between 10 and
50 psi.
MODEL MNPT OAL GPM EACH
ED2 3/8" 4.5" 7–17 $35.89
ED3
ED1 3/4" 4.5" 13–30 30.19
ED3 11/2" 10" 33–75 71.69 Two Gallons In
One Gallon
Pumped
Five Gallons Circulated

AERATION 59
Gas Injection System
POINT FOUR PRESSURIZED COLUMN (PPC)

High-performance gas injection system—flexible with low operating costs
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Point Four Pressurized Column has
applications in aquaculture, horticulture, wastewater and effluent treatment,
and mining. In a typical system, pressurized water is side-streamed to the
column, where it is supersaturated with dissolved gas and then re-integrated to
the mainstream.
The system can be controlled manually, semi-automatically, or automatically.
An automatic system consists of a level or oxygen controller, water flow meters,
pressure gauge, and control valves.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS

100% gas utilization
• No gas losses from the system. 100% of the oxygen is dissolved into the water
with no bubbles.
High absorption capacity
• Packs the most gas into a given volume of water; e.g., 200 mg/L of dissolved
oxygen at 60 psi and 15ºC. 9’ (2.8M)
Custom engineered system
• Each system is designed to meet your specific needs.
Low operating costs
• Only a small side-stream is required (typically 5% of the main flow) to achieve
desired D.O. levels. If the system has adequate line pressure, integrating the
column into the main flow requires no additional pumping.
Optional automatic control
• Simply enter the desired oxygen level into the controller.
Oxygen concentration, and column water level are continuously
monitored and controlled.
Flexibility
• The system is designed to accommodate varying water flows.
Retrofit
• The system is easily installed into any pre-existing facility with minimal
disruption or down time.

FULLY AUTOMATED 18” DIA. PPC SYSTEM W/PENTAIR SPARUS™ PUMP WITH CONTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY™
SYSTEM SPECS
COLUMN HEIGHT
109” (2.8 M)
COLUMN DIAMETER
6” TO 42” (0.15 TO 1.05 M)
MAXIMUM OUTLET OXYGEN CONCENTRATION
230 MG/L @ 60 PSI AND 10ºC
OPERATING PRESSURE
UP TO 45 PSI (3.0 BAR) WITH A PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR
AS THE GAS SOURCE.
UP TO 100 PSI (6.9 BAR) WITH LIQUID OR HIGH-PRESSURE
GAS AS THE SOURCE.
OPTIONAL CONTROL SYSTEM
PT4 MONITOR WITH FULLY AUTOMATED PID CONTROL OF OXYGEN
CONCENTRATION.
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEM (RAS) UTILIZING A 24” DIA. PT4 PPC SYSTEM.

60 AERATION
Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cones
OXYGEN/OZONE CONTACT CONES

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cones are designed to
optimize the saturation of gases in water, and gas transfer efficiencies of up to
100% are possible. Operation of the cone is simple: as water and gas (either
pure oxygen, ozone or other gas) enter from the top at a relatively high velocity,
the water shears and moves the bubbles downward. As the cone widens the
velocity is reduced. The undissolved bubbles keep returning to the top, so only
water without bubbles can exit the bottom. At higher pressures, the dissolved
oxygen concentration may be increased significantly above saturation.
Features:
• 100% Utilization of gas
• Designed for maximum utilization of gas transfer area
• Available in many sizes for various flow requirements
• Designed for containerized shipping anywhere in the world
OXYGEN CONES - 25 PSI OXYGEN CONES - 50 PSI

DIAMETER HEIGHT SHIP WEIGHT DIAMETER HEIGHT SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL (IN.) (IN.) (LBS) EACH MODEL (IN.) (IN.) (LBS) EACH
O2C-025-012 12 38.0 54 $1,194.00 O2C-050-012 12 38.0 63 $1,479.00
O2C-025-018 18 52.0 71 1,257.00 O2C-050-018 18 52.0 88 1,580.00
O2C-025-024 24 66.0 106 1,493.00 O2C-050-024 24 66.0 139 1,815.00
O2C-025-030 30 80.5 142 1,864.00 O2C-050-030 30 80.5 211 2,501.00
O2C-025-036 36 94.0 219 2,512.00 O2C-050-036 36 94.0 331 3,138.00
O2C-025-042 42 108.0 309 3,258.00 O2C-050-042 42 108.0 473 4,723.00
O2C-025-048 48 122.0 414 4,129.00 O2C-050-048 48 122.0 684 5,832.00
O2C-025-054 54 136.5 462 4,849.00 O2C-050-054 54 136.5 885 7,796.00
O2C-025-060 60 150.0 695 5,930.00 O2C-050-060 60 150.0 1,198 8,976.00
O2C-025-072 72 178.5 1,110 8,616.00 O2C-050-072 72 178.5 1,912 12,993.00
OZONE CONES - 25 PSI OZONE CONES - 50 PSI

O3C-025-012 12 38.0 54 $1,231.00 O3C-050-012 12 38.0 63 $1,518.00
O3C-025-018 18 52.0 71 1,305.00 O3C-050-018 18 52.0 88 1,643.00
O3C-025-024 24 66.0 106 1,591.00 O3C-050-024 24 66.0 139 1,916.00
O3C-025-030 30 80.5 142 1,989.00 O3C-050-030 30 80.5 211 2,649.00
O3C-025-036 36 94.0 219 2,661.00 O3C-050-036 36 94.0 331 3,457.00
O3C-025-042 42 108.0 309 3,431.00 O3C-050-042 42 108.0 473 4,587.00
O3C-025-048 48 122.0 414 4,377.00 O3C-050-048 48 122.0 684 6,130.00
O3C-025-054 54 136.5 462 5,136.00 O3C-050-054 54 136.5 885 8,007.00
O3C-025-060 60 150.0 695 6,292.00 O3C-050-060 60 150.0 1,198 9,435.00
O3C-025-072 72 178.5 1,110 9,138.00 O3C-050-072 72 178.5 1,912 13,677.00

AERATION 61
Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cones
25 psi Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones - Technical Data
O2C-025-012 /
O2C-025-018 /
O2C-025-024 /
O2C-025-030 /
O2C-025-036 /
O2C-025-042 /
O2C-025-048 /
O2C-025-054 /
O2C-025-060 /
O2C-025-072 /
O3C-025-012
O3C-025-018
O3C-025-024
O3C-025-030
O3C-025-036
O3C-025-042
O3C-025-048
O3C-025-054
O3C-025-060
O3C-025-072
Model Number
Diameter in D 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72
Overall Height in H 38.0 52.0 66.0 80.5 94.0 108.0 122.0 136.5 150.0 178.5
Inlet / Outlet Ø in LI/LO 1.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.0
Liquid Flow - Max gpm 46 103 186 289 412 565 742 933 1,157 1,664
lpm 176 390 702 1,095 1,561 2,140 2,809 3,533 4,380 6,297
Contact Cones include [1] ¾"x¼" 316SS bushings for pressurized O² / O³ inlet and [2] ¾"x½" 316SS bushings for optional Pressure Gauge and
Pressure Relief Valve.
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @ 10psi
5°C 0.28 0.62 1.12 1.75 2.49 3.41 4.48 5.63 6.98 10.04
10°C 0.25 0.55 0.99 1.54 2.20 3.01 3.96 4.97 6.17 8.87
15°C 0.22 0.49 0.88 1.38 1.96 2.69 3.53 4.44 5.50 7.91
20°C 0.20 0.44 0.79 1.24 1.77 2.42 3.18 4.00 4.95 7.12
25°C 0.18 0.40 0.72 1.12 1.60 2.20 2.88 3.63 4.49 6.46
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @ 25psi

5°C 0.60 1.34 2.42 3.77 5.37 7.36 9.66 12.15 15.06 21.66
10°C 0.53 1.19 2.14 3.33 4.75 6.52 8.55 10.75 13.33 19.17
15°C 0.48 1.06 1.91 2.98 4.25 5.83 7.65 9.62 11.93 17.16
20°C 0.43 0.96 1.73 2.70 3.84 5.27 6.92 8.70 10.78 15.50
25°C 0.39 0.88 1.58 2.46 3.50 4.80 6.31 7.93 9.83 14.14
CAUTION! MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE IS 25 PSI. All weights and loadings are estimated; actual may vary slightly. Absorption based upon 100%
min. concentration of Oxygen. Final total dissolved gas pressure (TDGP) values need to be considered for any aquaculture gas injection system.
50 psi Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones - Technical Data

O2C-050-012 /
O2C-050-018 /
O2C-050-024 /
O2C-050-030 /
O2C-050-036 /
O2C-050-042 /
O2C-050-048 /
O2C-050-054 /
O2C-050-060 /
O2C-050-072 /
O3C-050-012
O3C-050-018
O3C-050-024
O3C-050-030
O3C-050-036
O3C-050-042
O3C-050-048
O3C-050-054
O3C-050-060
O3C-050-072
Model Number
Diameter in D 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72
Overall Height in H 38.0 52.0 66.0 80.5 94.0 108.0 122.0 136.5 150.0 178.5
Inlet / Outlet Ø in LI/LO 1.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.0
Liquid Flow - Max gpm 46 103 186 289 412 565 742 933 1,157 1,664
lpm 176 390 702 1,095 1,561 2,140 2,809 3,533 4,380 6,297
Contact Cones include [1] ¾"x¼" 316SS bushings for pressurized O² / O³ inlet and [2] ¾"x½" 316SS bushings for optional Pressure Gauge and
Pressure Relief Valve.
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @35psi
5°C 0.82 1.82 3.28 5.11 7.29 9.99 13.12 16.49 20.45 29.40
10°C 0.73 1.61 2.90 4.53 6.45 8.85 11.62 14.61 18.11 26.04
15°C 0.65 1.44 2.60 4.05 5.78 7.93 10.40 13.08 16.22 23.32
20°C 0.59 1.31 2.35 3.67 5.23 7.17 9.41 11.83 14.67 21.09
25°C 0.54 1.19 2.15 3.35 4.77 6.54 8.59 10.80 13.39 19.25
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @50psi

5°C 1.14 2.54 4.58 7.13 10.17 13.94 18.30 23.01 28.53 41.02
10°C 1.01 2.25 4.05 6.32 9.01 12.35 16.21 20.39 25.28 36.35
15°C 0.91 2.02 3.63 5.66 8.07 11.07 14.53 18.27 22.65 32.56
20°C 0.82 1.83 3.29 5.12 7.30 10.02 13.15 16.53 20.50 29.47
25°C 0.75 1.67 3.00 4.68 6.67 9.15 12.01 15.10 18.73 26.93
CAUTION! MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE IS 50 PSI. All weights and loadings are estimated; actual may vary slightly. Absorption based upon 100%
min. concentration of Oxygen. Final total dissolved gas pressure (TDGP) values need to be considered for any aquaculture gas injection system.
Notes: Ozone Contact Cones require an ozone resistant liner. Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones are built for indoor use only. All valves, piping
and anchoring mechanisms are to be supported independently. Standard units are provided with non-rated Base Flange or (4) non-rated Hold
Down Brackets. Anchor requirements and design for wind and seismic loads are by others, including: Reinforced Flange thickness, Number of
and Type of Anchor points, and any additional hold down requirements.

62 AERATION
Oxygen Saturators
OXYGEN SATURATORS DESIGNED HERE

In 1989, we developed the 3-part oxygen saturator,
which performs like an oxygen cone, but with these
added benefits:
• Comes apart for cleaning.
• Has a smaller footprint.
• Top half bolts inside the bottom half for Ground OY75 OY35
shipment (small units).
Like the oxygen cones, our saturators feature 100 OY10 OY400 OY35P
percent oxygen absorbing capability. The water and
oxygen enter the top of the column, where agitation
and shear occurs. As the water and oxygen move
downward, their velocity is reduced by the increasing
diameters. This allows time and space for any oxygen
bubbles that have not dissolved to float. No bubbles
escape from the saturator. These saturators are
made of thick, high-density, black, linear
polyethylene with fusion-bonded flanges, except
OY35P, which is a low-priced PVC model that
features two clear sections so the bubbles can be
observed.
A valve (not included) is required on the outlet side
of all cones and saturators to control the pressure
within. When assembling the center flange, we
suggest using either a bead of silicone or a Neoprene
gasket. Center flange bolts and pressure gauge
(0–30 psi) are included. Inlet and outlet fittings and
flow meters not included. Overall height is to flange
face. Two-year guarantee. OY110 and smaller ship
Ground. Please contact a Pentair AES technician for
assistance with sizing and complete skid systems. OZONE COMPATIBLE
FLOW CENTER RECOMMENDED OVERALL INLET/ SHIP WT

MODEL RANGE (GPM)* FLANGE SIZE FLOW METER* HEIGHT OUTLET (LBS) EACH
OY10 8–12 21/2" MFR410 56" 1/2" MNPT 12 $882.19
OY18 15–25 3" MFR410 62" 3/4" MNPT 15 980.69
OY35 35–65 4" MFR410 86" 11/4" MNPT 35 1,049.00
OY35P 35–65 6" MFR410 88" 11/4" MNPT 55 880.99
OY75 65–90 6" MFR440 90" 11/2" MNPT 50 2,778.00
OY110 90–130 8" MFR440 90" 2" FLANGE 65 2,957.00
OY160 130–200 12" MFR4150 90" 3" FLANGE 80 3,738.00
OY250 220–300 12" MFR4150 90" 3" FLANGE 105 3,850.00
OY400 300–500 14" MFR4150** 90" 4" FLANGE 125 6,387.00
Note: To convert pounds of oxygen per hour to grams, multiply pounds x 454.
*See Index for flow meters, flanges and valves. **Two required.
RAS TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOP

Learn from our own industry experts Dr. Tom Losordo and Dennis DeLong.
• An introduction to recirculating systems
• Critical considerations before designing recirculating systems
• Component options for use in recirculating production systems
• Developing an appropriate design for your aquaculture application
• Management principles of recirculating aquaculture systems
PentairAES.com/workshops
AERATION 63
Oxygen Concentration Systems
PCI DEPLOYABLE OXYGEN CONCENTRATION SYSTEMS

PCI is a manufacturer of on-site oxygen generation systems using a proprietary
reversible blower Vacuum Swing Absorption (VSA) technology. The DOCS
(Deployable Oxygen Concentrator System) uses half the power of equivalent
Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) systems along with a significant reduction
in footprint. Superior turndown and load following characteristics further
enhance energy efficiencies not provided by PSAs.
• Uses an oilless blower.
DOCS 80-55 (Deployable • Lower operating pressure minimizes the potential for water condensation.
Oxygen Concentration System)
• Not as susceptible to humid environments.
is capable of producing 80 liters
per minute of 93% oxygen • Single-bed process eliminates all process valves and required manifolds.
at 10-100. • Low operating pressure minimizes sieve dusting because the pressure
swing is an order of magnitude lower.
• VSA adsorber vessel has a much longer service life than PSA vessels.
• Shows significantly less degradation of performance at high altitudes.
• Needs no feed air compressor (> 50% saving vs. conventional systems)
• Meets the USP 93% standard and can be as high as 95%.
• Turnkey integrated solution—no need to size and source air compressors,
dryer systems and product or feed buffer tanks.
DOCS 500-55 (Deployable Oxygen Concentration System) is capable

of producing 500 liters per minute of 93% oxygen at 10-100 psig
FLOW RATE FLOW RATE FLOW RATE OUTPUT AVERAGE OPERATING BASE BASE UNIT
MODEL PURITY (LPM) (SCFH) (M3/HR) PRESSURE (PSIG) POWER USE (KW) POWER DIMENSIONS WEIGHT (LBS)
DOCS 80-55 93% 80 170 4.8 10 TO 100 4.2 460V OR 380V 52”L X 42”W X 56”H 1,500
DOCS 200-55 93% 200 435 12 10 TO 100 9.5 460V OR 380V 74”L X 74”W X 72”H 3,050
DOCS 500-5 93% 500 1,060 30 5 TO 8 18 460V OR 380V 114”L X 72” W X 83”H 5,400
DOCS 500-55 93% 500 1,060 30 10 TO 100 21 460V OR 380V 114”L X 72” W X 83”H 5,700

64 AERATION
SECTION
ProductsGenerators
Oxygen / Products / Products
OXYGEN GENERATORS, PORTABLE

AIRSEP® Onyx PSA Oxygen Generators are specifically designed for
reliability, energy efficiency, and ease-of-use. There are thousands
currently in use throughout the world. The Onyx’s reliability, low noise level,
and ability to deliver up to 95.5% oxygen concentration make it a perfect fit
for many aquaculture applications such as fish farming, laboratory
experiments, aquaponics and hydroponics. Sound Level: 49db @ 1 meter
(open field conditions). 1 year parts and factory labor warranty.
NOTE: An unprotected or inadequately ventilated environment, or improper

control power may cause damage to the oxygen generator not covered under
warranty.
• Self-contained (internal air compressor)

• Transportable roller base design
• Easy to install and maintain
• Low operating cost
• High-impact polystyrene enclosure
• Advanced engineering
• Time-proven reliability
Onyx
PORTABLE MODELS
PRODUCT PRODUCT
FLOW PRESSURE PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL SERIES ENCLOSURE VOLTS HZ AMPS (LPM*/SCFH) (PSIG) CONCENTRATION W D H (LBS) EACH
AS016-1 ONYX ABS PLASTIC 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 16” 15” 29” 60 $1,416.00
AS016-2 ONYX ABS PLASTIC 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 16” 15” 29” 60 1,431.00
AS016-6 ONYX ABS PLASTIC 220 60 2.3 6/12 9 93% 16” 15” 29” 60 1,435.00
AS017-1 ONYX PLUS ABS PLASTIC 120 60 5.5 8/17 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 63 2,118.00
AS121-1 ONYX ULTRA ABS PLASTIC 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 66 2,223.00
AS121-2 ONYX ULTRA ABS PLASTIC 220 50 3.0 10/21 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 66 2,302.00
*LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21°C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70°F. Product Dew Point: -100°F (-73°C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 1⁄4”
FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements and remains between 40°F (4°C) and 112°F (44°C). All performance ratings
based on an ambient temperature up to 100°F (38°C), up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
AirSep® is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.
CONNECT WITH US
/PentairAES /PentairAES /AquaticEcoTV /PentairAES /aquatic-eco-systems-inc /PentairAES

AERATION 65
Oxygen Generators
OXYGEN GENERATORS, WALL OR TANK-MOUNTED

AIRSEP® Topaz PSA Oxygen Generators are specifically designed for reliability,
energy efficiency, and ease-of-use. There are thousands currently in use
throughout the world. The Topaz’s ability to deliver up to 95.5% oxygen
concentration make it a great fit for a wide range of commercial aquaculture
applications. Sound Level: 55db @ 1 meter (open field conditions). 1 year
parts and factory labor warranty.
NOTE: An unprotected or inadequately ventilated environment, or improper
control power may cause damage to the oxygen generator not covered under
warranty.
• Self-contained (internal air compressor)
• Heavy duty Aluminum or Stainless Steel enclosure
• Wall or tank-mount designs
• Ozone resistant/high temperature process tubing
Wall-Mounted • Quick release fittings for ease of maintenance
• Five models include oxygen concentration monitors
• Advanced engineering
Tank-Mounted
WALL-MOUNTED MODELS
PRODUCT PRODUCT
FLOW PRESSURE PRODUCT DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL SERIES ENCLOSURE VOLTS HZ AMPS (LPM**/SCFH) (PSIG) CONCENTRATION W D H (LBS) EACH
AS013-105 TOPAZ ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 61 $1,926.00
AS013-106 TOPAZ ALUMINUM 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 65 2,017.00
AS013-107 TOPAZ ALUMINUM 220 60 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 65 2,029.00
AS013-115 TOPAZ STAINLESS STEEL 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 81 2,190.00
AS013-120 TOPAZ STAINLESS STEEL 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 85 2,283.00
AS013-124 TOPAZ* ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 61 2,099.00
AS013-125 TOPAZ* ALUMINUM 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 65 2,125.00
AS018-101 TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 64 3,033.00
AS018-115 TOPAZ PLUS STAINLESS STEEL 220 60 2.5 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 88 3,509.00
AS018-111 TOPAZ PLUS* ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 64 3,270.00
AS123-7 TOPAZ ULTRA ALUMINUM 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 66 3,379.00
AS123-2 TOPAZ ULTRA ALUMINUM 220 50 3.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 70 3,479.00
AS123-9 TOPAZ ULTRA STAINLESS STEEL 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 86 3,737.00
AS123-3 TOPAZ ULTRA STAINLESS STEEL 220 50 3.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 90 3,837.00
AS123-8 TOPAZ ULTRA* ALUMINUM 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 66 3,641.00
AS123-10 TOPAZ ULTRA* STAINLESS STEEL 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 86 3,999.00
*Includes Oxygen Concentration Monitor
TANK-MOUNTED MODELS
AS116-1 DUAL TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 120 60 10.0 18/38 20 93% 40” 19” 47” 318 7,739.00
AS116-2 DUAL TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 220 50 5.0 18/38 20 93% 40” 19” 47” 318 7,878.00
**LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21°C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70°F. Product Dew Point: -100°F (-73°C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 1⁄4”
FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements and remains between 40°F (4°C) and 112°F (44°C). All performance ratings
based on an ambient temperature up to 100°F (38°C), up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
AirSep® is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.
66 AERATION
Flow Meters/Manifolds
AIR/OXYGEN FLOW METERS OXYGEN FLOW METERS

These acrylic, block style flow meters are clear These durable meters have a chrome-plated brass
and one piece, with built-in, brass, flow-regulating base, a precision flow-adjusting valve and a
valves suitable for air or oxygen. The scale reads Polycarbonate Resin high impact hood. The MFR615
in cubic feet per hour at standard pressure (sea is a favorite for hauling tanks equipped for pure
level) and temperature (68°F, 20°C). Connections oxygen. Connections are 1/8” NPT female pipe
are 1/8” FNPT. Includes 1/4” inlet/outlet barb thread on the side inlet and a 9/16” 18 male DISS
brass fittings. Calibrated at 0 psi. See Tech Talk bottom outlet. Meters include 1/4” barbed brass
13. One-year warranty. inlet and outlet adapter fittings. Calibrated at 50
MFR614
psi.
MFR5 MFR4200
FLOW RANGE SHIP WT FLOW RANGE SHIP WT
MODEL (CFH) LENGTH (LBS) EACH MODEL (LPM) LENGTH (LBS) EACH
MFR1 .1 - 1.0 4½” 0.5 $69.29 MFR613 .125 - 3.5 5½” 1 $69.49
MFR5 .5 - 5.0 4½” 0.5 69.29 MFR614 .25 - 8 5½” 1 69.49
MFR410 1 - 10 6½” 0.7 82.99 MFR615 .5 - 15 5½” 1 69.49
MFR440 4 - 40 6½” 0.7 82.99
MFR4150 15 - 150 6½” 0.7 82.99
MFR4200 20 - 200 6½” 0.7 82.99
OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLDS OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLD

These flow meter manifold assemblies are Aquaculture-duty flow meter manifold assembly
constructed from stainless steel and are easily for use with pure oxygen. Five (0-15 LPM), 3.5 Bar
mounted to hauling tanks or trucks and can be calibrated oxygen flowmeters with 1/4” brass
connected to form larger configurations. barb swivel nut outlets. Each flowmeter is
Manifolds are fully assembled, leak tested and connected to the manifold with an Oxy B fitting,
include inlet/outlet barb fittings. One-year allowing easy removal for maintenance. Main
warranty. inlet shut off valve with 3/8” brass barb swivel nut
inlet. 60 PSI manifold pressure gauge included.
FLOW RANGE SHIP WT Ideal for use with Point Four Micro Bubble
MODEL (LPM) (LBS) EACH Diffusers (see page 51). One-year warranty.
MFR228A 3-METER MANIFOLD .125 - 3.5 3.6 $477.79
FLOW RANGE SHIP WT
MFR228B 3-METER MANIFOLD .25 - 8.0 3.6 477.79 MODEL (LPM) (LBS) EACH
MFR228C 3-METER MANIFOLD .5 - 15 3.6 477.79 1FMM222 5-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 15 6 $462.89
OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLDS TECH TALK 13

These flow meter manifold assemblies are designed
for use with pure oxygen. The manifolds and Flow Meters
adjustable valves are chrome-plated. Manifolds
include 3/8” inlet/outlet barb fittings and pressure
Most flow meters, including all OXYGEN
REGULATOR
gauge. Not recommended for use with ultra-fine Pentair AES meters, are calibrated Adjustable or Preset
bubble diffusers. One-year warranty. with no back pressure on the outlet FLOW
METER
side (unless specified). Rarely, MANIFOLDS
MFM3 however, are flow meters used without
FLOW RANGE SHIP WT some back pressure. Because Pressure
Relief OXYGEN
MODEL (LPM) (LBS) EACH pressure compresses the gas being Valve SUPPLY
MFM2 2-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 6 2 $76.69 measured, the measured volume will
change depending on the pressure at
MFM3 3-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 6 3 114.49 which it is being used. At high Pressure
MFM4 4-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 6 4 145.99 pressure, the meter may read 5 cfh, Gauge
0-60 psig
but the flow may actually be 10 cfh.
To Tank 1
0-4 bar
MFM5 5-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 6 5 177.49 When used in vacuum applications,
To Tank 2
flow meters are off even further.

To Tank 3
Therefore, you should never expect the

meter to provide an accurate reading,
unless it has been calibrated for the
same gas at the pressure and back
Flow Meters pressure at which it is to be used. As
inaccurate as these meters may be,
We carry both the solid acrylic block style flow meters and the polycarbonate resin they are good tools for “relative” flow
thermoplastic round tube style. Both have a precision flow-adjusting valve with adjustments and for resetting the
positive shut-off and a 100-psi maximum rating (when used in high-pressure same flow used in the past.
systems, a pressure regulator is required).

AERATION 67
Oxygen Regulator/Accessories
OXYGEN REGULATOR OXYGEN HOSE OXYGEN ACCESSORIES

A single-stage, medium-duty regulator with 540 Single-braid construction for conveying low
CGA connections. One gauge measures tank pressure (to 200 psi) oxygen. Sold with or without MODEL EACH
pressure (up to 400 PSI) and the other gauge brass female oxygen threaded connections (flared OX5 “Y” W/O VALVES $37.59
measures the line pressure going out (up to100 is standard for oxygen connections).
PSI). Use where slight pressure changes won't OX6 “Y” WITH VALVES 61.29
affect the job. MODEL INSIDE DIA. L EACH OX7 COUPLER FXF 1.79
OX4 W/ BRASS CONNECTIONS 1/4” 10’ $22.69 OX8 1/4” BARB FXF 2.99
MODEL EACH
OX4F W/O BRASS CONNECTIONS 1/4” - 1.59/FT
OX3 $91.29
OX5 OX6
OX4
OX7 OX8
SAFETY CAP BRASS VALVE SCREW CLAMPS

Safety cap protects high-pressure oxygen cylinders For use with 5/32" I.D. tubing, 1/8" MNPT. Max 10 psi. These autoclavable screw clamps provide fine
even when in use. Rugged heavy-duty construction control that can replace stopcocks. Hinged sides
meets DOT, OSHA and MSHA requirements. MODEL EACH 50+ allow for installation without disconnecting the
Lockable design protects against theft (key lock tubing. Accepts air line up to 1/2" (13 mm) O.D.
VBR12 $2.99 $2.69
included). Cap fits US standard oxygen bottles.
MODEL EACH 5+
UL-listed. 4-lb ship weight.
SC212 $8.09 $7.60
MODEL EACH
OX10 $90.09
PLASTIC VALVE DRIP EMITTER OZONE-SAFE CHECK VALVES

An inexpensive valve that will not corrode. For use Can be used in almost any flow application. These clear, duckbill check valves work great for
with 3/16" I.D. tubing, 1/8" MNPT. Max 5 psi. They have an infinite adjustment up to 2 gph and preventing water from back siphoning into ozone
will screw into a 10-32 thread, 3/16" tubing or into generators. Cracking pressure is 21/2" H2O. Inlet/
MODEL EACH 10+ the open end of a riser tube. outlet accepts 1/8" and 3/16" I.D. tubing.
VPL12-B $1.09 $.98 MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH 25+
CKV55 3/16" TUBING $11.29
42115-AQ $1.69 $1.52
CKV60 1/4" TUBING 12.59
CKV60
OXYGEN MANIFOLDS
These manifolds can be used for hauling tanks, MODEL EACH 5+
bait stores, hatcheries, etc. Brass mount is
MFV3 3-VALVE MANIFOLD $34.69 $31.22
powder-coated to prevent rusting and has
smooth-turning knobs and 1/4" barbed MFV4 4-VALVE MANIFOLD 38.79 34.91
inlet/outlets. Knobs and barbs are plastic.
One-year warranty. MFV5 5-VALVE MANIFOLD 47.29 42.56
MFV3

68 AERATION
Valves/Accessories
MINIATURE STOPCOCKS HOSE VALVE TUBING VALVES, CLAMP TYPE

For low-pressure air and water. This all-plastic hose valve fits 1/2" and 3/4" I.D. tubing. Manufactured of tough plastic without sharp edges.
Handle turns easily. DC9 is an “on/off” valve only. The DC10 and DC11
MODEL FOR TUBING EACH 10+ have a 12-position ratchet control.
MODEL EACH
MSK558 5/16" $2.09 $1.88
MODEL EACH
70012 $7.09
MSK610 3/8" 2.19 1.97
DC9 UP TO 1/4” $0.25
MSK714 1/2" 2.59 2.33
DC10 1/8” TO 3/8” 0.95
MSK816 5/8" 2.59 2.33
DC11 UP TO 3/4” 2.79
MSK558 MSK610 MSK714 MSK816 DC9
VALVE MANIFOLDS, SMALL

These 1/2" PVC air manifolds are made with your choice of valves. The air supply
inlet is a 1/2" FNPT with 1/4" barb (62014) which fits 1/4" I.D. tubing. Type P is VMP4-B
made with plastic (VPL12-B), B with brass (VBR12), which fit 3/16" I.D. tubing.
Each manifold includes two 1/2" Clic fittings for mounting to a flat surface.
VALVE APPROX. OVERALL
MODEL # VALVES TYPE LENGTH (OAL) EACH
VMP4-B 4 VPL12-B* 11" $30.99
VMB4 4 VBR12** 11" 34.59 VMB4
VMP6-B 6 VPL12-B* 13" 31.99
VMB6 6 VBR12** 13" 37.29
VMP8-B 8 VPL12-B* 15" 60.19
VMB8 8 VBR12** 15" 67.09
*Plastic **Brass
VALVE MANIFOLDS, MEDIUM

Our valve manifolds will save you time and aggravation. They are made with
quarter-turn valves (BV25). The manifold ports are 1/2" FNPT and a 1/2" FNPT
plug is included. Each valve is 1/4" FNPT (see Index for tubing adapters).
Each valve will pass .5 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. They also make
MV4
excellent manifolds for air distribution. The 1/2" threaded plug may be removed
for another connection.
MODEL OAL EACH
MV2 2-VALVE 81/4" $25.99
MV3 3-VALVE 101/2" 30.19
MV4 4-VALVE 137/8" 37.49
137/8" MV5 5-VALVE 151/4" 47.59

MV6 6-VALVE 151/4" 54.99
VALVE MANIFOLDS, LARGE

These PVC globe valves are glued together as manifolds to save time. Each 167/8"
valve will pass 2 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. The valves have 1/2"
FNPT outlets. The manifold ports are 1/2" FNPT and a threaded plug is included
(see Index for tubing adapters).
MODEL OAL EACH
PV2 2-VALVE 71/2" $27.49
PV3 3-VALVE 101/2" 42.49
PV4 4-VALVE 135/8" 48.29 PV5
PV5 5-VALVE 167/8" 58.89
PV6 6-VALVE 20" 66.09

AERATION 69
Manifolds/Check Valves
ROUND MANIFOLDS
TECH TALK 2
We make these solid PVC manifolds
for use as top inlet air diffuser
Pipe Sizing manifolds, but you'll find many other
Incorrect pipe sizing all too often causes unsatisfactory performance. Friction is the culprit. As the applications for them. The side holes
have 1/8" diameter flow restrictors that
volume of air passing through the piping increases, the pressure required to deliver the air also
can be easily drilled as needed for
increases due to friction (think of it as wind resistance). Since most aquaculture type aeration higher flow applications. Weighs 1/2 lb.
systems utilize low-pressure blowers, it is critical that nonrestrictive piping be used.
Pressure loss in air systems can be measured in inches of water (“H2O). The resistance to air flow
caused by friction will decrease both the pressure to the air outlet (typically an air diffuser) and
the volume of air delivered. M6B
When designing the air system, it is important to add together all of the following: the maximum CENTER PORT SIDE HOLES NO. OF
MODEL NPT NPT SIDE HOLES EACH
water depth to which the air is driven, the resistance in the air piping system and the resistance
caused by the air diffuser. Our simplified chart can be used as a guide in determining the pressure M6B $51.69
3/4” 1/2” 6
loss caused by the piping. The blower pressure and air diffuser resistances are published in this M08 3/4” 1/2” 8 26.29
catalog. If you are confused, don’t worry. Call an AES technician at 407-886-3939 for help.
Example: 4 cfm need to be delivered a distance of 200 feet from a regenerative blower. The average
line pressure is 3 psi. There are no odd twists or elbows that need to be considered. The minimum
diameter of plastic pipe will be 3/4”, causing 7.4” H2O resistance or pressure loss. The smaller
1/2” pipe would cause 24.6” of loss, which would probably be unacceptable. A 1” pipe, costing little PLASTIC CHECK VALVES
more than the 3/4”, might be an even better choice if there is the possibility of using more air in
the future. For use in fresh water, salt water or air. Excellent
for foot valves on pumps. These plastic check
valves are offered without springs or with 1/2-lb
FRICTION LOSSES FOR AIR AS A FUNCTION OF FLOW AND PIPE SIZE stainless steel springs for more positive closure.
(LOSS EXPRESSED IN INCHES H2O PER 100’ OF PIPE)
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE WITHOUT SPRINGS WITH SPRINGS
NOMINAL DIAMETER (INCHES) FNPT MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
3/4” CV1 $10.59 CV185 $11.49
.25 .5 .75 1 1.25 1.5 2 3 4 6
1” CV2 10.89 CV285 11.49
ACTUAL INSIDE DIAMETER (INCHES)
11/4” CV3 16.09 CV385 16.99
.25 .62 .80 1.03 1.36 1.59 2.05 3.04 4.00 6.03
11/2” CV4 19.19 CV485 20.19
INSIDE DIAMETER (MM) CV1
2” CV5 23.49 CV585 22.29
6.3 15.8 20.4 26.1 34.5 40.4 52.0 77.3 101.5 153.2
.25 8.3
.50 25.0 .39
1.0 1.2
2.0 3.8
3.0 7.6 2.3
4.0 12.3 3.7 CHECK VALVES
5.0 19.0 5.0 1.7 Quick and positive action in any position.
Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to
10.0 17.0 5.3 1.5
Cubic Feet Per Minute
chemicals and temperatures up to 100ºC (212ºF).

15.0 32.0 11.0 3.0 1.4 Use for any pressure or vacuum system. 228225
will fit tubing 8–10 mm (1/4”–3/8” I.D.). Overall
20.0 19.0 5.0 2.2 length 21/2”. 228215 fits tubing 11–15 mm
(7/16”–5/8” I.D.). Overall length 23/4”.
30.0 39.0 10.0 4.7 1.4
MODEL EACH
50.0 25.0 12.0 3.6 .54
228225 FITS 8- TO 10-MM TUBING $4.09
75.0 25.0 7.5 1.1
228215 FITS 11- TO 15-MM TUBING 5.29
100.0 43.0 13.0 1.8 .5
125.0 19.0 2.7 .7
150.0 26.0 3.8 1.0
200.0 45.0 6.3 1.7 .25 228225
250.0 9.3 2.5 .35
Calculations based on average pressure of 3 psi, average air temperature of 90ºF and an air
kinematic viscosity of 1.7 x 10-4 ft 2/sec. Under this temperature and pressure, the scfm
(standard cubic feet per minute) volume is 13% greater than actual.

70 AERATION
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 101
Lake Destratification System Evaluation Measuring Performance

Over the years, we have seen a lot of lake aeration companies come and go. One thing they had in The performance of systems can be quantified, either by measuring the time required to destratify
common was that they all exaggerated their performance. It is no different today! We see others a large lake-like impoundment or by taking direct measurements of their flowrate. You can use
with superior claims who have not measured or don’t know how to measure their performance. It’s either a dye or a flow grid (along with a diver and underwater camera) for in-place measurements.
not easy, but the following is the background you will need to evaluate manufacturers’ claims. The goal is to identify and measure the uprising column of water’s minimum diameter and speed,
then estimate and subtract losses due to eddy currents (dye will provide a good visual).
Lakes have a very low BOD to volume ratio, as opposed to aquaculture or wastewater. This
difference makes the standard aeration techniques ineffective or impractical. Realizing this Unfortunately, you cannot use a draft tube measuring device (A), as the confining tube will
problem early on, we developed the air-driven, unconfined, destratification technique, which is increase the velocity and flowrate (“chimney effect”). It will also cause all of the tested devices
very efficient at moving bottom water to the surface. The goal of our technique is to move enough that have the same airflow rate to have the same water flowrate, making comparisons
water to keep the lake bottom above 5 mg/L dissolved oxygen, in keeping with the US Clean Water impossible. That would be like comparing the rise rate of free-floating helium balloons to that of
Act of 1972. a chimney full of helium balloons.
During our research and development, we naturally began with a draft tube because of its The method we used in our R&D, and the one that we feel is the most accurate, is the flow grid,
“chimney effect,” high efficiency and lack of a requirement for a sophisticated air diffuser (for an as illustrated by drawing B. It can be used for diffused air, propeller or venturi type destratification
explanation of how ducted airlifts work, see Tech Talk 68—Airlift Notes). The draft tubes worked devices. It will require a wire rack with 2” x 2” grid, with 12” long negatively buoyant ribbons attached
very well; however, we had to discontinue their use for most lake destratification jobs because of at each intersection and adjustable legs. It is important that this be done in a large lake-like
their high capital, installation and maintenance costs. Pentair AES then developed the synergistic impoundment with very clear water (much of our testing was done in clear ocean waters). The flow
airlifts as the best nonducted or unconfined airlifts. We estimate their efficiency at 90%. rack should be fixed at the minimum column diameter in the upwelling stream, measurements
recorded, then flows calculated by the diameter of the current and rise rate. Subtract losses from
eddy currents and express results in gallons per minute per kilowatt hour.
A B
If you are managing a municipal lake or

reservoir, or other important water body,
we recommend that you join the North
American Lake Management Society
(608-233-2836), www.nalms.org.
HOW AERATION WORKS

Without Aeration
Blue-green algae bloom shuts Floating scum of
out sunlight, excretes toxins. decaying algae.
Fish try to catch food Thin layer of water with
on its way to bottom. oxygen suitable for fish life.
Decaying septic sludge of decomposing Dead water. No living

fish, animals, plants, fertilizer, fish food. fish or animal life.
Dead algae, fish, insects and Toxic zone. Septic water. No oxygen. Loaded with
food to settle to bottom. toxic gases from decaying animal matter.
With Aeration
Artificial circulation removes toxic gases from bottom water.
Oxygen enables benthic
organisms and fish to
live on bottom. Fish feed on benthic
organisms; they are
healthier from natural
Benthic organisms feed on fish and foods, abundant oxygen,
water fowl droppings, dead leaves lack of toxins and of
and other plant and animal matter. disease organisms.

AERATION 71
Aeration Systems
GREAT LAKES® AERATION SYSTEMS DESIGNED HERE TECH FAV

8 Feet of Heat- Open Top Cabinet
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Great Lakes® Aeration Systems are complete Pressure Relief High-Flow, Noise- Sound-Reducing
Dissipating Hose Design Allows for Valve Included Reducing Air Filter Foam
and ready-to-go packages that include everything you need: efficient rocking Included Easy Maintenance
piston air compressor, synergistic diffuser manifolds, and easy-to-install
weighted or unweighted tubing. These systems are offered with or without a
heavy-duty aluminum cabinet. These cabinets are lockable, all-weather,
ventilated, sound-reducing, and are easily installed on a post, pier or
boathouse, or on the ground with an optional base (model DABASE). Systems
with weighted tubing do not require bricks or ties and install much easier and
faster than systems with unweighted tubing. To keep from bringing electricity
to the lake, the compressor can be located up to 1,000’ away with additional
P200S tubing. The entire system can be shipped Ground. One-year warranty.
Louvered Design Efficient, Reliable Rubber Shock

Hinged Cover for High-Flow, 105-cfm
Allows for Optimal Rocking Piston Mounts Reduce Easy Access Cooling Fan
Air Flow Compressor Vibration
DA1 Systems include ¼HP, 115V 60Hz compressor, one 4-diffuser manifold, DA2 Systems include ½HP, 115V 60Hz compressor, two 4-diffuser
choice of 100’ weighted or unweighted tubing, and offered with or without manifolds, choice of 200’ weighted or unweighted tubing, and offered with or
cabinet. For use in lakes ⅛ up to 1½ acres in size and from 3 – 20’ deep. without cabinet. For use in lakes ¼ up to 3 acres in size and from 3 – 20’ deep.
DA1C DA2C
up to 1/8 acre, 3–5' deep up to 1/4 acre, 3–5' deep

up to 1/4 acre, 5–9' deep up to 1/2 acre, 5–9' deep
up to 1/2 acre, 9–12' deep up to 1 acre, 9–12' deep
up to 1 acre, 12–15' deep up to 2 acres, 12–15' deep
up to 11/2 acres, 15–20' deep up to 3 acres, 15–20' deep
ONE UNWEIGHTED WEIGHTED TWO UNWEIGHTED WEIGHTED

4 DIFFUSER TUBING TUBING SHIP WT 4 DIFFUSER TUBING TUBING SHIP WT
MODEL MANIFOLD (1/2” x 100' ) (3/8” x 100') (LBS) EACH MODEL MANIFOLDS (1/2” x 200' ) (3/8” x 200') (LBS) EACH
DA1 Systems with Cabinet DA2 Systems with Cabinet

DA1C P P 57 $1,218.00 DA2C P P 80 $1,418.00
DA1CW P P 71 1,265.00 DA2CW P P 109 1,465.00

72 AERATION
Aeration Systems
GREAT LAKES® AERATION SYSTEMS DESIGNED HERE TECH FAV MODEL EACH
DA3 Systems include ½HP, 115 or 230V 50/60Hz compressor, one 6-diffuser REPLACEMENT PARTS
manifold, and offered with or without cabinet. Weighted 5/8” tubing, WD1R, WD2R-100 ⅜” x 100’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING $95.99 —
is sold separately and required for DA3C systems. For use in lakes ¾ up to
4 acres in size and from 5 – 20’ deep. P200S ½” x 100’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 39.69 $35.72/4+
DFAN COOLING FAN 43.59 —
AB300A AIR FILTER MUFFLER 25.79 —
AB300B AIR FILTER FOR AB300A 1.49 1.42/10+
DA3C ALR15MB 6” DIFFUSER 13.99 13.29/10+
ALR23MB 9” DIFFUSER 21.69 20.61/10+
CABKEY CABINET KEY (FITS ALL) 9.19 —
62071 ⅜” x ⅜” ADAPTER, BARB X BARB 0.55 —
101A ⅝” COUPLING FOR WD1 AND P200-AQ 0.95 —
ZB3858 ⅜” x ⅝” BRASS ADAPTER, BARB X BARB 4.29 —
AQK965A COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT 78.79 —
- DA1C SYSTEMS
AQK965 COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT 131.29 —
- DA2C & DA3C SYSTEMS
ACCESSORIES
WD2R ⅜” x 50’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 47.99 —
WD1R ⅝” x 50’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 78.99 —
DABASE GROUND MOUNT W/24” X 24” PAD 127.19 —
WD2R-100
up to 3/4 acre, 5–9' deep

up to 11/2 acres, 9–12' deep
up to 4 acres, 18–20' deep
ALR23MB
DFAN ALR15MB
ONE
6 DIFFUSER SHIP WT
Lockable lid shown
MODEL COMPRESSOR MANIFOLD (LBS) EACH on ground mount
(DABASE).
DA3 Systems with Cabinet
DA3C ½HP 115V P 67 $1,628.00
DA3C-2* ½HP 230V P 67 1,659.00
*Require additional lead time.
For easiest installation, remove the lid

from underlay and fill it with gravel
or other weighting material.

AERATION 73
Aeration Systems
GREAT LAKES® AERATION SYSTEMS DESIGNED HERE

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Great Lakes Aeration/destratification
®
system is guaranteed to be the lowest cost method of inducing circulation to

remove stratification, add oxygen and deliver the many benefits that result
from sufficient bottom oxygen. These systems feature Sweetwater ®
unconfined synergistic airlift (USA) diffusers that have proven their
effectiveness in over 500,000 acres of lakes worldwide. Install a Great Lakes®
system and be confident that you have the most efficient and effective system
available. We have more experience than anybody. For system sizing see the
Average Sizing Guides, then contact Pentair AES to double-check before
ordering. One-year warranty.
FOR SHALLOW LAKES:

Systems come factory wired for either 115V or 230V single-phase (add "-230"
after part number for 230V). Three-phase models, not wired, are also available.
Great Lakes® systems feature Sweetwater® oilless rotary vane compressors
that include a muffler, inlet check valve, control valves, 0–30 psi liquid-filled
4GL32 pressure gauge and pressure relief valve. Our shallow lake systems,
FOR SHALLOW LAKES which use the ALA4GLB diffuser manifold(s), are recommended when the
majority of the lake is 4–15 feet deep. Tubing is not included; we recommend
P200S polyethylene tubing on the land and WD1 weighted tubing underwater.
Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet
up to 1/2 acre, filter elements.
4–6' deep
up to 1
acre, 6–9' deep
up to 11/ p
2 acres, 9–12' dee
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
4GL32 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM
+ 2 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 127 $2,520.00
SL3MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1/4-HP SYSTEM 2 109.69
4GL53 4GL54
up to 3/4 acre, up to 1 acre,

4–6' deep 4–6' deep
up to 2
up to 11/
2 acres, 6–9' de
ep acres, 6–9' deep
up to 2 acres, 9–12' deep up to 3 a
cres, 9–12' deep
up to 3 acres, 12–15' deep up to 4 acres, 12–15' deep
SHIP WT SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH MODEL (LBS) EACH
4GL53 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM 4GL54 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM
+ 3 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 147 $2,614.00 + 4 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 150 $3,071.00
SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79 SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.

74 AERATION
Aeration Systems
4GL75 4GL96
FOR SHALLOW LAKES
up to 11/2 acres, up to 2 acres,

4–6' deep 4–6' deep
up to 31/ ep
up to 21/ ep 2 acres, 6–9' de
2 acres, 6–9' de up to 5 acres, 9–12' deep
SHIP WT SHIP WT
4GL75 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM 4GL96 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM
SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79 SL9MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM 2 259.39
TECH TALK 121
Diffuser Maintenance
Just as maintenance is important for your home and your car, your aeration system requires some blower over time. If this back pressure persists, it can dramatically increase wear and tear and,
upkeep. Your diffusers are constantly exposed to an organically rich environment and are going to in turn, shorten the life of the compressor.
have buildup or growth known as biofouling. Unfortunately, they can’t be expected to clean
Whether or not a diffuser is operating unobstructed is impossible to tell by simply looking at the
themselves. The good news: An annual inspection plan is all it takes for you to rest assured your
bubble plume. It may be apparent if the rising bubbles are noticeably larger, but this is not always
system is running optimally.
the case. There is only one way to be sure the diffusers are free of obstructions—remove them
Rubber diffuser membranes consist of many tiny holes that open as air passes through and close from the water and take a look. Whether you
when airflow ceases. This process prevents water from entering the unit. However, when use glass-bonded silica or rubber
compressed air is introduced into water, as in aeration, calcium carbonate (CaCO3) forms a hard membranes, it is imperative they are
crust on the diffuser surface. The calcium buildup on these small openings forces the rubber to checked at least once a year to determine if
stretch in order to continue to diffuse air, leading to an inability to go back to its original size for cleaning is necessary. If needed, undiluted
the rubber (called memory loss). This results in larger bubble size and a less efficient diffuser. muriatic acid can be used for both kinds of
diffusers. See Tech Talk 53 for more
Glass-bonded silica diffusers may become infused with bacteria, other organics and mineral
information. Rubber membrane diffusers need help too.
deposits such as calcium carbonate, causing unnecessary back pressure on the compressor or

AERATION 75
Aeration Systems
FOR DEEP LAKES

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems® compressors are factory wired for either 115V or
230V single-phase (add "-230" after part number for 230V). Three-phase
models, not wired, are also available. Deep lake systems use our ALA6GLB
diffuser manifold(s) intended for lakes deeper than 8'. The compressors can
be mounted in an optional vandalproof, lockable cabinet. The cabinet is made
of 1/8" thick galvanized steel and powder-coated avocado green to blend into the
landscape. Cabinets include built-in cooling fan(s), lock(s) and soundproofing
that keeps the noise level below 55 dB (normal conversation) at 10' and
virtually inaudible at 50'. Cabinets come mounted on a lightweight equipment
pad that is suitable for private installations. The cabinet can be bolted to a
concrete base (for public installations). Tubing sold separately due to the
variation in lake sizes.
Choose either a 100' (P200S) or 400' (P200-AQ) roll of unweighted tubing on
land. If used in the water, the unweighted tubing requires tie wraps (T120R)
and three-hole bricks (purchased locally) attached every 5–8' for weight.
Self-weighted tubing (WD1) takes much less time to install and eliminates the
bricks and tie wraps. Both types of tubing can be connected using couplings
(101A) and clamps (use SSA for P200-AQ tubing and SSB for WD1 tubing).
One coupling and two clamps per connection will be needed. Cabinets can be
located a long distance from the lake shore (call and ask us for guidance or
see the friction loss chart with HeavySet® tubing). See page 365 for tubing.
FOR DEEP LAKES
SL3 SL5
up to 1 acre, up to 4 acres,
8–10' deep 10–12' deep
up to up to 6 p
2 acres, 10–12' deep acres, 12–15' dee
up to 3 a up to 8 ac
cres, 12–15' deep res, 15–20' deep
SHIP WT SHIP WT
SL3 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ3) SL5 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ5)
+ DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 120 $2,152.00 + 2 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 140 $2,654.00
SL3MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1/4-HP SYSTEM 2 109.69 SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79

76 AERATION
Aeration Systems/Diffuser Comparison
FOR DEEP LAKES
SL7 SL9
up to 5 acres, up to 8 acres,
8–10' deep 8–10' deep
up to 7 up to
acres, 10–12' dee
p 10 acres, 10–12' deep
up to 9 ac
res, 12–15' deep up to 13
acres, 12–15' deep
SHIP WT SHIP WT
SL7 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ7) SL9 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ9)
SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79 SL9MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM 2 259.39
THIRD-PARTY COMPARISON OF LAKE DIFFUSERS 3,000

This experiment was performed in a 21’ Dia. x 30’ H tank. Diffusers were placed
in 7’ of water but raised 3.5’ off the bottom.
2,500
The results show that, when tested in the same environment, the Sweetwater®
Pumping Rate (GPM)
synergistic airlift diffuser manifold has a greater pumping rate as airflow

increases than that of the rubber membrane-based competition. After testing 2,000
was completed, the following conclusions were offered:
1. Pumping rates increase as airflow increases. 1,500
2. The 6” x 9” glass-bonded silica 6-diffuser manifold (ALA6GLB) configuration
produces the maximum pumping rate at flowrates over 2.2 cfm, while the 6-Diffuser
4-diffuser manifold (ALA4GLB) produces the maximum pumping rate at
1,000
4-Diffuser
flowrates below 2.2 cfm.
4-Disc
Synergistic lift occurs when individual air diffusers arranged in an array create 500
a bubble plume that renders the whole diffuser assembly greater than the sum 2-Disc
of its individual air diffusers. This phenomenon is depicted in the graph. At
flowrates up to 2.2 cfm, the 4-diffuser manifold is the most efficient method of 0
aeration; however, flowrates greater than 2.2 cfm indicate the 6-diffuser 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
manifold is most efficient. It is important to note these differences in efficiency Gas Flowrate (SCFM)
are a direct result of air diffuser size and proven arrangements.
Study by Gerald L. Shell @ GSEE, Inc.
“Evaluation of Fine Bubble Diffuser Pumping Rates”

AERATION 77
Pond/Solar
POND AERATION SYSTEMS KOI

Perfect for large koi ponds
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems® aeraton system
is the best way to aerate a pond! It is the most
economical, energy-efficient way to circulate,
destratify and aerate because so much water is
moved by so little energy. And there is no noise
or electricity in the water. You can read about the
method in Tech Talk 101.
These aeration systems use all-weather linear
compressors that deliver air via easy-to-install
self-weighted tubing to the diffuser assembly.
Systems are complete with the appropriate
couplings, valves (on larger system), self-weighted
tubing (dark blue for low visibility) and diffuser(s).
Just drop the tubing and diffuser in the water and
plug into a 115V power source.
The small system will provide oxygen for up to
100 lbs of fish (when diffuser is at a 48" water depth;
less fish weight at a shallower depth) and circulate KPA3-A
water in ponds of up to 8,000 gallons while using
only 50 watts! The compressors and air diffusers
have two-year warranties. See Index for poly tubing
(use part no. P200) in order to pipe air up to 1,000'
from the compressor in place of running electricity
to the pond.
MAX MAX
SYSTEM DIFFUSER POND DIFFUSER WEIGHTED
MODEL SIZE DEPTH WATTS SIZE ASSEMBLIES TUBING EACH
KPA3-A SMALL 8 FT 50 8,000 GAL 1 25' $360.49
KPA4 LARGE 10 FT 90 11,000 GAL 2 50' 606.89
SOLAR AERATION SYSTEMS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems solar-powered
aeration systems utilize the sun's energy to add
oxygen to your pond. It's an environmentally friendly
way to take care of your pond and save money on
electricity! The solar panels convert photons from
sunlight into usable energy, which is then stored
in a battery and used to power a highly efficient air
compressor. Systems can be retrofitted to power
LED pond or landscaping lights, small decorative
fountains and 12V water pumps. All systems include
photovoltaic solar panel(s); industrial battery(s)
enclosed in a weatherproof, ventilated steel
cabinet; linear air compressor; bottom-mounted
air diffuser assemblies; tubing; and stainless steel
clamps. SPAS includes 100' of 3/8" tubing; SPAM
and SPAL include 200' of 5/8".
MODEL PANELS BATTERIES KW EACH

SPAS SPAS 2 2 1 $4,727.00
SPAM 2 2 1 5,316.00
SPAL 4 4 2 8,684.00

78 AERATION
SECTION
Products / Products
Compressor Cabinets/Compressors
/ Products
COMPRESSOR CABINETS DESIGNED HERE

Soundproofing included with all cabinets
The most durable cabinets in the industry. These heavy steel cabinets are
almost 1/8" thick and virtually vandalproof. They're equipped with cooling fan(s),
soundproofing, electric receptacles, built-in locks and bottom outlet holes (air
compressors and valve outlets not included). The sound level is typically
below 55 dB at 10' and inaudible at 50'. Add "-230" for cabinets with 230V
receptacles. CABS2Q ships Ground, others ship by motor freight.
CABS2Q
Protects one compressor up to 1 hp with up to 6 diffusers. One cooling fan. 24"
x 15" x 16" H. Weighs 70 lbs.
CABL2
Protects two vane compressors up to 1 hp each. 8 diffuser outlets. Two
cooling fans. 24" x 24" x 18" H. Weighs 105 lbs. CABL2
CABXL CABXL
Protects up to four vane compressors up to 1 hp. 16 diffuser outlets. Three CABS2Q
cooling fans. 44" x 24" x 22" H. Weighs 245 lbs.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
CABS2Q 24" X 15" X 16" H CABINET 70 $781.59
CABL2 24" X 24" X 18" H CABINET 120 995.39
CABXL 44" X 24" X 22" H CABINET 205 2,257.00
FANS AND EQUIPMENT PADS

CF1 115V, REPLACEMENT FAN 6 $129.19
CF2 230V, REPLACEMENT FAN 6 140.59
PAD24 24" X 24" X 2" EQUIPMENT PAD 5 58.29
PAD36 24" X 36" X 2" EQUIPMENT PAD 8 74.59
PAD3648-3 36" X 48" X 3" EQUIPMENT PAD 10 169.09
CF1/CF2 CF3/CF4
Compare picture with your fan to ensure you order the correct style.
ROCKING PISTON AIR COMPRESSORS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater® continuous-duty, oil-free,
rocking piston air compressors are the perfect choice for aerating small ponds
or deep water applications. They come equipped with noise reducing intake air
filter, pressure relief valve, 6-foot power cord with a NEMA 5-15 plug (AQ202C
and AQ402C are equipped with a NEMA 6-15 plug) and thermal overload
protection. 20 psi max continuous duty, ¼” FNPT outlets. AQ201C has dual
outlets. One-year warranty on compressors.
Clean air filters quarterly and replace the piston cup seals and valves every two
years. Repair kits, models AQK965A and AQK965, include O-rings, piston cup
seals, leaf valves, retainer valve, cylinder and hardware. Optional outlet hose
assembly, model HA109, is 2 feet long with brass 5/8” barb (compatible with
1/2” nominal tubing); two are required for model AQ201C.
See pages 71-76 for complete pond aeration systems, and page 83 for de-icing
system.
AQ101C
VOLTAGE WIRED CFM@ FULL LOAD SHIP WT
MODEL HP 50/60 HZ FOR 20PSI AMPS (LBS) EACH
AQ101C ¼ 115/230 115V 60HZ 1.8 3.2 16 $429.49
AQ201C ½ 115/230 115V 60HZ 1.7 4.7 20 597.49
AQ401C ½ 115/230 115V 60HZ 3.7 6.2 20 618.49
AQ201C
AQ202C ½ 115/230 230V 50/60HZ 1.4 3.5 20 618.49
AQ402C ½ 115/230 230V 50/60HZ 3.2 2.6 20 618.49

REPAIR KITS & OPTIONAL OUTLET HOSE
AQ401C AQK965A
REPAIR KIT FOR AQ101C 78.79
AQK965 REPAIR KIT FOR AQ201C, AQ401C, AQ202C, AQ402C 131.29
HA109 O P TIONAL OUTLET HOSE ASSEMBLY 13.49

AERATION 79
Rotary Vane Compressors
ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS, 1/4-1 HP

Inlet Filter and Check The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater® motor-mounted, oilless vane
Customized End Plate compressors are compact, easy-to-service and excellent for moderate-
Valve Included
Heat Expansion pressure, continuous-duty applications. They more than double the air output
Bearings of reciprocating compressors with better longevity. Sacrificial oilless carbon
vanes automatically adjust as they wear to maintain efficiency.
Thermal overload protection, air filter, inlet check valve and 8' power cord are
included on single-phase units. Ten-psi models work to a water depth of 18 feet
and 15-psi models work to 27 feet, depending on tubing diameter and distance.
The only wearing parts are carbon vanes, which can be replaced in about 15
minutes using common tools. In continuous operation, vanes last 9–18 months,
depending on pressure.
All Sweetwater® compressors are performance tested before shipping and
covered by a one-year warranty (not including air filters, vanes, water or
lightning damage). Check valves are recommended where air tubing can fill with
water when the compressor is off.
Three-phase models ship with vanes removed. Three-phase compressors do
not have a power cord and must be wired by an electrician. Pentair AES highly
recommends using protective devices with all 3-phase equipment. Failure to
install protective devices will void most warranties.
AQ5-2
Rust-Resistant Bolts MADE FOR THE AQUATIC INDUSTRY
VOLTAGE WIRED CFM @ 5PSI CFM @ 10PSI RUNNING AMP @ 10 PSI, 115V SHIP WT REPL. VANE SET
MODEL HP 60HZ PHASE FOR MAX PSI 60 HZ/50HZ 60HZ/50HZ 60HZ 50HZ (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
SINGLE PHASE MODELS (Includes 8’ power cord)
AQ3-2* ¼ 115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0 5.0 4.4 34 $632.29 AQ3V $83.99
AQ3-2-230* ¼ 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0 2.5 2.2 34 632.29 AQ3V 83.99
AQ5-2* ¾ 115-230/208-240 1 115V 15 7.5/6.0 6.8/5.5 8.2 7.6 58 1,051.00 AQ5V 109.19
AQ5-2-230* ¾ 115-230/208-240 1 230V 15 7.5/6.0 6.8/5.5 4.1 3.8 58 1,051.00 AQ5V 109.19
AQ5 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 115V 15 7.2/6.2 6.8/5.7 10.2 9.6 53 900.39 AQ5V 109.19
AQ5-230 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 230V 15 7.2/6.2 6.8/5.7 5.1 4.8 53 900.39 AQ5V 109.19
AQ7 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 9.5/7.8 8.8/7.6 10.7 10.1 53 940.59 AQ5V 109.19
AQ7-230 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 9.5/7.8 8.8/7.6 5.35 5.05 53 940.59 AQ5V 109.19
AQ9 1 115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 11.2 10.6 62 1,047.00 AQ9V 230.99
AQ9-230 1 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 5.6 5.3 62 1,047.00 AQ9V 230.99
THREE PHASE MODELS (Does not include power cord)

AQ73 ¾ 208-440/208-440 3 ** 10 9.5/7.8 8.8/7.6 2.1 @ 230V 1.7 @ 230V 60 $965.99 AQ5V $109.19
AQ93 1 208-440/208-440 3 ** 10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 2.2 @ 230V 1.9 @ 230V 62 1,062.00 AQ9V 230.99
*High-efficiency, energy-saving models. **Must be wired by an electrician.
ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS, 2 HP

This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater® oilless vane compressor can
be powered by an electric motor (as shown) or by belts and pulleys. The vane
life is 9 to 18 months, depending on rpm and pressure. The shaft is 7/8" diameter,
41/2" H and rotates counter clockwise (facing shaft).
Operating range is 800–1,800 rpm. Motor horsepower depends on rpm and
pressure. All vane compressors are equipped with an inlet muffler and 3/4" NPT
ports. 1,725 rpm ODP motor, but others are available. Power cords are not
included. These vane compressors are guaranteed for one year (not including
vanes [AQ2V] or filters [AQ14]). Three-phase vane compressors ship with the
motor coupling removed. One-year warranty.
AQ20
VOLTAGE WIRED CFM @ 1725 RPM RUNNING AMPS SHIP WT REPL. VANE SET
MODEL HP 60HZ PHASE FOR MAX PSI 5 PSI 10 PSI @ 8 PSI (230V, 60HZ) (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
AQ33* 2 208/220/440 3 ** 15 19.5 17.9 5.5 50 + 40 $1,278.00 AQ2V $180.19
AQ20 COMPRESSOR HEAD ONLY 15 19.5 17.9 — 50 942.99 AQ2V 180.19
*Compressor with motor shipped in two boxes when shipping Ground. **Must be wired by an electrician.

80 AERATION
Rotary Vane
Valve Compressor
Compressor Accessories
Accessories
ROTARY VANE COMPRESSOR ACCESSORIES

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
AQ3V VANE SET FOR AQ3-2 1 $83.99
AQ5V VANE SET FOR AQ5, AQ7, AQ73 1 109.19
AQ9V VANE SET FOR AQ9 AND AQ93 1 230.99 AQ3V AQ14 AQ16
(Vane sets include gaskets.)
AQ11 END CAP, FELT HOLDER FOR ALL QUIET MODELS 1 7.59
AQ14 FILTER ELEMENT, 1/4–1 HP MODELS 1 13.49
AQ255 FLUSHING SOLVENT, 16-OZ AEROSOL HAZMAT A 1 32.59
AQ16 MUFFLER ASSEMBLY (FITS 1/4, 3/4 OR 1 HP) 2 81.69
AQ13 PRESSURE RELIEF, 3/4" NPT (1/4–2 HP) 1 62.99
AQ1301 PRESSURE RELIEF, 1" NPT (2–5 HP) 1 101.49 AQ13
AQ13OR REPLACEMENT O-RING FOR AQ13 2.09
ZBN54 BRASS MALE ADAPTER 1/2" NPT X 5/8" BARB 1 3.49
GAUGES
BG15 GAUGE, 0–15 PSI, 1/4" NPT 1 $17.19
LPG30 GAUGE, 0–30 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED 1 28.49
BG61 GAUGE, 0–60 PSI, 1/4" NPT 1 12.89
OUTLET VALVE ASSEMBLIES

AOV1 SINGLE OUTLET FOR 5/8” I.D. HOSE 2 $35.49
ZBN54 LPG30
AOV1PR* SINGLE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF 3 68.49
AOV2 TWO-VALVE OUTLET 3 80.19 AM5PR-G
AM2PR-G* TWO-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF 4 168.09
AM3PR-G* THREE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF 5 195.69
AM4PR-G* FOUR-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF 6 221.69
Great product! The Sweetwater Rotary Vane Compressor has been running 24/7, except for
AM5PR-G* FIVE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF 7 273.99 power outages, since 1995 with only one minor repair and regular maintenance. Most products
AM6PR-G* SIX-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF 8 281.09 do not last 20 years. Thank you for your assistance and reliable products!
*All include gauge.

Ramona Langston
Brass hose barb adapters are supplied on all outlet assemblies, together with galvanized steel fittings and October 2015
2’ of heat-resistant flexible hose, clamps and a hose barb fitting for 5/8” hose.
TECH TALK 6
Carbon Vane Replacement

Sweetwater® models AQ3-2, AQ5, AQ7, AQ73, AQ9 & AQ93 5. Remove vanes and clean both sides with fine emery cloth. Clean the end plate with fine
emery cloth.
DO NOT REMOVE THE ROTOR OR LOOSEN ANY OF THE ELECTRIC
MOTOR-THROUGH BOLTS. 6. Flush vanes, body, rotor and end plate with solvent (part no. AQ255), and remove all solvent
from each part.
We recommend carbon vane replacement at nine-month intervals to ensure trouble-free operation
of your compressor. The following tools are required: 3/8” or 7/16” socket/wrench, small hammer 7. Check the body, rotor and end plate for scoring. If each part is clean and shows no signs of
and antiseize compound. scoring, reinstall parts. If scoring is present, replace with new part(s) or contact Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems for service.
1. Remove the two end caps from the front of the muffler box (if applicable) and the five
muffler box bolts, being careful not to damage the gasket. If the gasket is torn, scrape it off 8. Insert new vanes.
with a sharp knife and replace. Reassemble by reversing the previous directions. We always recommend using an antiseize
2. Tap the box with a small hammer to loosen it. Do not pry with a screwdriver. lubricant on each bolt to ensure its easy removal for the next vane replacement. Bolts should be
reinstalled and tightened in a similar manner to replacing the lug nuts on a vehicle wheel. Start
3. Remove the six bolts holding the end plate to the body. Remove the end plate. Do not remove with one bolt and move to the right, skipping one and tightening the next.
the rotor or loosen any of the electric motor through bolts.
When reinstalling the muffler box (if applicable), be certain to install the center bolt first to
4. C heck that vanes are moving freely in and out of vane slots. Replace any vane if more ensure proper gasket alignment. Before replacing the muffler box, plug your compressor in for a
than 50% extends past the vane slot. Top clearance (between rotor and body) may be quick sound check of the valve rotation. If an unusual sound or stopping of the rotor takes place,
adjusted by loosening body bolts and lightly tapping on the compressor body while disconnect and recheck the vane replacement.
turning the rotor. About 0.004 inch—the thickness of a sheet of paper—works well.
If you have any problems, contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems at 877-347-4788 for assistance.

AERATION 81
Weighted Tubing
HEAVYSET WEIGHTED AIR TUBING DESIGNED HERE WD1R

Our HeavySet tubing remains on the bottom when filled with air. The dark blue color
makes it easy to hide. Installation is fast, clean and neat. For long distances and large
bodies of water use 3/4" or 1". Use 1/4" or 3/8" for smaller volumes of air, shorter distances
or where line loss is not important. Compatible with 1/2" "nominal" insert fittings and
"shoreside" tubing. Requires clamps (or solvent weld the couplings). Call for large
quantity discounts. Ships exposed.
SHIP WT
MODEL I.D. (LBS) EACH P200S
WD1 PER FOOT 5/8" 1 $1.69/FT —
WD1R 50' COIL 5/8" 27 78.99 —
WD1R-100 100' COIL 5/8" 54 158.09 142.28/4+
WD2 PER FOOT 3/8" 1 1.09/FT — 101A
WD2R 50' COIL 3/8" 10 47.99 —
WD2R-100 100' COIL 3/8" 20 95.99 —
WD3 PER FOOT 1/4" 1 0.80/FT —
WD3R 50' COIL 1/4" 6.5 39.49 35.54/4+
WD4 PER FOOT 3/4" 1 3.09/FT — SSB
WD4R 50' COIL 3/4" 39 125.59 113.03/4+
WD5 PER FOOT 1" 2 3.89/FT —
WD5R 50' COIL 1" 59 153.19 137.87/4+
101A COUPLING, 5/8" FOR WD1, P200-AQ 0.95 —
101B COUPLING, 3/4" FOR WD4 1.09 —
ZBBS3838 BRASS COUPLING, 3/8" FOR WD2 1.29 —
SSA 1/2" SS CLAMPS FOR WD2, P250-AQ 1.29 —
SSB 3/4" SS CLAMPS FOR WD1, P250-AQ 1.39 —
KT100
SSC 1" SS CLAMPS FOR WD4 1.49 —
SSE 11/2" SS CLAMPS FOR WD5 1.49 —
T120R TIE WRAPS, 50/PKG, 15" LONG 12.89 —
KT100 TUBING CUTTER 17.49 —
WD3 WD2 WD1 WD4 WD5 P200-AQ HEAVYSET 3/8” TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS
CFM DISTANCE INCHES H2O PSI
1 100' 18 .63
1.5 100' 35 1.26
2 100' 57 2.06
3 100' 115 4.15
1/4" Actual 5/8" I.D. 5/8" I.D. 4 100' 190 6.85

3/8" Actual 3/4" I.D. 1" I.D.
1/2" O.D. 5/8" O.D. 11/8" O.D. 17/16" O.D. 111/16" O.D. 1 oz/ft 5 100' 280 10.12
2 oz/ft 3 oz/ft 8 oz/ft 12 oz/ft 18 oz/ft Use SSA Clamps
Use SSA Clamps Use SSA Clamps Use SSB Clamps Use SSC Clamps Use SSE Clamps Use 101A Barb
Use 62069 Barb Use 62071 Barb Use 101A Barb Use 101B Barb Use 101C Barb
HEAVYSET 5/8” TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS
HEAVY-DUTY POLYETHYLENE TUBING CFM DISTANCE INCHES H2O PSI
This heavy-duty, high-density polyethylene tubing is kink-resistant and durable. Each coil of this unique
tubing has sealed ends and is factory pressurized at 10 psi. Contains 2% carbon black for UV protection. 2 100' 4 .29
Uses insert fittings with hose clamps. Note: Actual I.D. differs from nominal size. P300-AQ ships by motor
3 100' 8 .47
freight. 20-year warranty.
SHIPS NOMINAL ACTUAL COIL MAX PSI WEIGHT 4 100' 13 .63
MODEL GROUND I.D. I.D. WALL LENGTH @73.4°F PER 100’ EACH 4+ 5 100' 19 .70
P200S YES 5/8" .625" .060" 100’ 100 6 LBS $39.69 $35.72
6 100' 27 .96
P200-AQ YES 5/8" .625" .060" 400’ 100 6 LBS 138.69 124.82
8 100' 44 1.58
P250-AQ YES 3/4" .824" .060" 400’ 100 7 LBS 136.89 123.20
P300-AQ NO 1" 1.049" .070" 300’ 100 11 LBS 155.89 140.30

82 AERATION
Diffusers
GREAT LAKES® AERATION SYNERGISTIC AIRLIFT DIFFUSERS DESIGNED HERE

All are self-weighted and include a plastic underlay that prevents sediment erosion
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
ALP4 SMALL POND DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 1.2 CFM, 3/8" BARB 3 $60.59 —
ALR8MB 3" REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER 1 8.39 —
ALP4MU REPL. UNDERLAY 1 3.69 —
ALA4GLB 4-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 1.5–2.4 CFM, 5/8" BARB 12* 170.99 —
ALR15MB 6" REPL. DIFFUSER 1 13.99 13.29/10+
ALA6GLB 6-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 3–7 CFM, 5/8" BARB 16* 274.19 —
S1B REPL. UNDERLAY 3 27.49 —
S2 BASE FOR MANIFOLD UNDERLAY 6 56.19 —
ALA8GL 8-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 6–10 CFM, 5/8" BARB 16* 298.59 —
ALR23MB 9" REPL. DIFFUSER 2 21.69 20.61/10+
AD11GL DE-ICING DIFFUSER, 2 CFM, 5/8" BARB 9 167.29 —
CV1 CHECK VALVE, 3/4" FNPT 1 10.59 —
*Ships in 2 boxes.
Note: See the third party diffuser comparison study on page 76.
ALA4GLB ALA6GLB ALP4 AD11GL
DIFFUSER COMPARISON
DIFFUSER TYPE RECOMMENDED CFM INLET FITTING SHIP WT (LBS) REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER APPLICATION
ALP4 4 x 3" Medium-Pore 1.2 3/8" barb 3 ALR8M Koi Pond
ALA4GLB 4 x 6" Medium-Pore 1.5–2.4 5/8" barb 10 ALR15M Lakes <11' Deep
ALA6GLB 6 x 9" Medium-Pore 3.0–7.0 5/8" barb 13 ALR23M Lakes >11' Deep
ALA8GL 8 x 9" Medium-Pore 6.0–10.0 5/8" barb 16 ALR23M Very Large, Deep Lakes
AFM4GL 4 x 6" EPDM Membrane 1.5–2.4 5/8" barb 10 DYMD6 Organically Rich Water*
AFM6GL 6 x 10" EPDM Membrane 3.0–7.0 5/8" barb 13 DYMD10 Organically Rich Water*
AD11GL Rubber Membrane 2.0 5/8" barb 9 AD11 De-Icing
WBT2-105 Perforated Weighted Tubing 10’ Section .15-.6 5/8” barb 5 WBT2 De-Icing/Bubblewall
WBT2-205 Perforated Weighted Tubing 20’ Section 15-.6 5/8” barb 10 WBT2 De-Icing/Bubblewall
*EPDM rubber membrane diffusers are designed for lakes with high levels of organics and/or salinity as well as wastewater lagoons.
Use item number 62021 for 3/4” NPT x 3/8” barbed male adapter if using 3/8” I.D. tubing.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? See it all at PentairAES.com.

AERATION 83
De-Icing
GREAT LAKES® AERATION

DE-ICING SYSTEM DESIGNED HERE
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems aerator will do
a fine job keeping water open. The heart of the
aerator is the reliable Sweetwater® compressor,
which uses only 253 watts at 115V. The compressor
is mounted in a cabinet with an exhaust fan to
provide cool compressor operation. Air is
delivered from the shore-mounted compressor
to the air diffuser assembly. This is done via 100'
of HeavySet self-weighted tubing (included) to
ensure that the tubing and the diffuser assembly
stay securely on the bottom (HeavySet tubing
does not contain lead or other metals).
The special de-icing diffuser assembly (AD11GL) is
a 10" diameter flexible membrane that moves less
water than our standard diffuser and is ideal for
de-icing applications. The diffuser is mounted on
a weighted plastic support. To prevent any possible
bottom erosion and to give the assembly a stable DIFFUSER 100 FOOT WEIGHTED TUBING
platform, a 24" x 24" polyethylene underlay is ASSEMBLY
included. Weighs 78 lbs. One-year warranty on
all parts.
MODEL EACH Suitable for ponds from 1/4 to 5 acres. Call for placement suggestions.
LPAC3-2 $1,007.00
Note: If used for summer aeration/destratification, switch to our
standard diffuser assembly (not included).
FLOATING POND DE-ICER

Perfect for small fish ponds
This 1,250-watt floating heater is designed to prevent your pond surface from
freezing over during the winter months. The heater turns on/off automatically
during times of freezing temperatures (approximately 40°F water temperature),
and it can be safely positioned around plants or other objects in the pond.
115V/60 Hz, 10' power cord, UL-listed. Ship weight 4 lbs. Three-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
P418 $44.59
TECH TALK 56
De-Icing Lakes
Most of us are aware that aeration systems are primarily required in summer, when the oxygen consumption rate is highest and stratification is most severe. In
some lakes and ponds, winter fishkills are also quite common.
When ice covers a lake, oxygen transfer from the atmosphere is eliminated. If there is a significant accumulation of snow on top of the ice, the photosynthetic
oxygen production can also be virtually eliminated. If the ice and snow cover persists long enough and the oxygen consumption rate underneath the ice is great
enough, there will be a fishkill. Clean lakes—those with a low trophic state index—may not require winter aeration.
During the summer, thermal stratification occurs when warmer water floats above cooler, heavier water. Near freezing, the situation is reversed. As water
approaches the freezing point, it expands and floats on top of warmer water.
The oxygen consumption that takes place in a lake is the result of biological and chemical reactions. Since the rate of these reactions is related to temperature, the winter aeration system needs to be
only about 20% of the size of a summer aeration system.
If it is acceptable to have an open hole in the ice, the simplest way to prevent a winter fishkill is to keep a small area ice free, either by using air or an electric de-icer. The electric de-icer may work best
at the shoreline, perhaps mounted on a dock, while air-powered systems seem to be preferred where longer distances are involved.
When the air compressor is mounted on the shore, the air line is buried below the frost line into the lake and directed to the area that is to remain ice-free. Caution must be taken due to the hazards of
open water in the winter, where people or animals may be on the ice. Also, be careful not to open too large a hole in the ice, which can result in the loss of too much of the lake’s heat.
Experience is necessary when designing de-icing systems, so we recommend contacting the Pentair AES Lakes Department for assistance.

84 AERATION
De-Icing
DE-ICERS FW SW
Kasco® De-Icers are designed to be suspended from a dock or boat, or attached
to an optional horizontal float or universal dock mount (sold separately).
Mounted either vertically or horizontally, the de-icer circulates water to the
surface, causing turbulence that reduces or eliminates ice formation. The
motor assembly is sealed in an oil bath for long life and has ball bearings for
smooth operation. The guard and motor case are made of stainless steel. Each
unit includes a motor, propeller, two 20’ suspension ropes, guard assembly,
zinc anode and low-temperature-rated power cable. ETL-approved to UL
standards. Two-year warranty.
Thermostat Control is an economical way to control the operation of your
De-Icer. It uses air temperature only to turn it on when the temperature drops
below as set point that you decide. One C10 Control will control one 120V De-Icer.
Time & Temperature Control is designed for maximum energy conservation.
Controls how long the De-Icer will operate when temperatures demand. By
utilizing both time and temperature features, you can save power by only having
the De-Icer running while it is cold enough and in set time intervals. One C20
Control will control one 120V De-Icer.
De-Icer C20 timer.
Universal Dock Mount allows the de-icer to be mounted in a vertical position or
several other angles. The de-icer can be adjusted to a maximum depth of 10’
from the above water mounting brackets and can be moved 360°. Ideal for
marina applications, gas piers, wharfs, water towers, water storage areas, or
areas where rope suspension is not an option, such as pilings or where boat
traffic may interfere with the ropes.
Industrial Dock Mount has all the same operating features of the Universal
Dock Mount but is constructed of heavier, stronger components including
stainless steel. It also allows for the option of longer than a 10’ pipe for deeper
applications.
Dock mount kit (KD) With D100. Horizontal float (HF) with D100 Horizontal Float Kit produces an elongated pattern of agitated water. Well
suited for shallow water or where water/ice levels may fluctuate, like tidal
waters, or where elongated open water areas are desired such as around long
docks. The De-Icer unit is mounted horizontally to the surface of the water, just
below the flotation block. The De-Icer can be angled in several positions;
horizontal and above and below horizontal.
Horizontal float (HF) with D100.
DE-ICERS
VOLTS THRUST TYPICAL OPEN AREA* WITH 25’ CORD WITH 50’ CORD WITH 100’ CORD
HP 60HZ AMPS (LBS) (DIA. CIRCLE) MODEL SHIP WT EACH MODEL SHIP WT EACH MODEL SHIP WT EACH
1/2 120 5.0 26 UP TO 50’ D100 28 $598.99 D100-50 29 $628.99 D100-100 35 $758.99
3/4 120 6.7 34 UP TO 75’ D101 32 668.99 D101-50 34 698.99 D101-100 37 798.99
3/4 240 3.4 34 UP TO 75’ — — — D102-50 34 708.99 — — —
1 120 11.2 52 UP TO 90’ D103 35 758.99 D103-50 37 798.99 D103-100 40 1,029.00
1 240 5.7 52 UP TO 90’ — — — D104-50 37 798.99 — — —
* Small bodies of water, the Great Lakes, and extreme northern climates may see less open water areas.
ACCESSORIES
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
C10
THERMOSTAT CONTROLLER 2 $117.99
C20
TIME & TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER 3 194.99
KD UNIVERSAL DOCK MOUNT 11 229.99
KDI INDUSTRIAL DOCK MOUNT 15 343.99
HF HORIZONTAL FLOATATION KIT 19 238.49
REPLACEMENT PARTS
T10
30 A MP TWIST LOCK ELECTRIC PLUG 1 $36.99
RP50
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 1/2HP DE-ICERS 1 28.99
RP75
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 3/4HP DE-ICERS 1 28.99
RP100
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 1HP DE-ICERS 1 78.99
Kasco® is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
AERATION 85
Fountains
FLOATING FOUNTAINS FW SW
These Kasco® fountains are built for larger ponds and more decorative applications. Look under
the pictures to see what nozzles are included with different models (except Cypress, which is 3/4-hp
only). Each fountain includes float with screens, power control center with GFCI and 50' mooring
ropes. 2-year warranty for 3/4 hp models, 3-year warranty for 2 hp and up. ETL-approved to UL and
CSA standards.
MODEL HP VOLTAGE RUNNING AMPS CORD LENGTH* EACH

KFJ751-100 3/4 HP 115 6.5 100' $1,414.00
KFJ751-200 3/4 HP 115 6.5 200' 1,919.00
KFJ752-100 3/4 HP 230 2.9 100' 2,327.00
KFJ752-200 3/4 HP 230 2.9 200' 2,782.00
KF202-100 2 HP 230 10 100' 4,026.00
KF202-200 2 HP 230 10 200' 4,204.00
KF303-100 3 HP 230 13.4 100' 4,567.00
KF303-200 3 HP 230 13.4 200' 5,023.00
KF505-100 5 HP 230 20 100' 5,079.00
KF505-200 5 HP 230 20 200' 5,664.00
Redwood Sequoia
2 hp (22' H x 7' W) 3/4 hp (7' H x 4' W) *Other power cord lengths available; call for more information.
3 hp (24' H x 8' W) 5 hp (21' H x 10' W)
5 hp (26' H x 8' W)
Willow Juniper Birch Spruce Cypress Linden

3/4 hp (4.5' H x 15' W) 3/4 hp (3' H x 20' W) 2 hp (12' H x 11' W) 2 hp (19' H x 10' W) 3/4 hp (6' H x 16' W) 3/4 hp (6' H x 18' W)
2 hp (12.5' H x 28' W) 2 hp (8' H x 46' W) 3 hp (14.5' H x 10' W) 3 hp (21' H x 13' W) 2 hp (18' H x 30' W)
3 hp (13' H x 35' W) 3 hp (9' H x 48' W) 5 hp (14' H x 12' W) 5 hp (24' H x 15' W) 3 hp (19' H x 35' W)
5 hp (14' H x 36' W) 5 hp (10' H x 50' W) 5 hp (20' H x 35' W)
KASCO® XSTREAM FOUNTAIN

The Kasco® xStream™ Fountain, Model 2400SF, provides over 30 beautiful
and unique laminar displays, including a V-shape pattern, all with a single
nozzle! With a maximum height of 8.5’, this fountain is perfect for virtually
any small decorative pond. The innovative design allows for quick and easy
customization of the display simply by plugging holes in the nozzle with the
included plugs, allowing you to design your own display. The elegant
displays are beautiful day or night (LED lights are optional). ETL-listed to
UL and CSA safety standards. 2-year warranty.
• Includes multiple-pattern nozzle, dual debris screening, GFCI-protected
control box, 115V control with timer, photo eye for lights, and three 50’
braided nylon mooring ropes.
• Easy to install - electrician not required for installation if an existing 115V,
15-amp receptacle is available.
RUNNING CORD
MODEL HP VOLTAGE AMPS* LENGTH EACH
2400SF-100 ½ 115 6.6 - 7.3 100’ $1,394.00
LED3125-100 OPTIONAL 3-LIGHT LED KIT W/100’ CORD 692.99
* Depending on pattern
Kasco® and xStream™ are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Kasco Marine, Inc.
86 AERATION
Fountains
ECONOMICAL FLOATING FOUNTAINS

Floating fountains offering very good quality at a low price and delivering an effective mix of aeration
and display. These models have a V-shaped display. Include float with screening, power control
center with GFCI protection and two 50' mooring ropes. Contact us for other power cord lengths.
2-year warranty.
RUNNING CORD
MODEL HP VOLTAGE AMPS LENGTH* DISPLAY DIMENSIONS EACH
KFX501-50 1/2 HP 115 5.6 50' 5.5' H X 15' W $1,085.00
KFX501-100 1/2 HP 115 5.6 100' 5' H X 15' W 1,191.00
KFX751-50 3/4 HP 115 7.3 50' 6' H X 21' W 1,174.00
KFX751-100 3/4 HP 115 7.3 100' 6' H X 21' W 1,285.00
KFX752-50 3/4 HP 230 3.7 50' 6' H X 21' W 2,062.00
KFX752-100 3/4 HP 230 3.7 100' 6' H X 21' W 2,133.00
4400VX-100 1 HP 115 11.3 100' 8' H X 26' W 1,886.00
4400VXH-100 1 HP 230 5.7 100' 8' H X 26' W 2,451.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY
*Other cord lengths available.
(1/2-1 HP MODELS)
Kasco is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
®
SACRIFICIAL ANODE, ZINC

These zinc anodes are cheap insurance that will reduce or eliminate corrosion
of underwater equipment. Simply attach this 3/4-lb zinc anode to a submerged
metal part of the equipment and electrolysis will corrode the zinc first. Each
unit has two wires molded in to make attachment easy. Anodes should be
changed when they have reduced to 1/4 their original size. 1” x 5”. Useful in
both fresh and salt water and wet earth.
MODEL EACH
ZA34 $8.19
TECH TALK 36
Lake Aeration
It takes a lot more than bubbles to do it right...
It takes know-how and a properly-sized Great Lakes® aeration/destratification system.
Most lakes cover vast areas and contain millions of gallons of water with a biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) of 10 mg/l or less. So a few random air bubbles rising from the bottom just aren’t enough to
satisfy a lake’s need for oxygen. But, use that same small volume of air to induce a significant rising current, and you have an extremely efficient lake aerator!
Pentair AES synergistic airlift diffusers are designed to lift and circulate huge volumes of water, bringing life-giving oxygen from the surface to the bottom. These unique air diffusers were specifically
engineered to cause an upwelling current without turbulence or bottom erosion.
The 4-sq.ft. diffuser assembly creates a vertical current using the rising force of air, moving low oxygen water up from the bottom and eliminating stratification. Hundreds of man-hours have
gone into the development of this technique, including underwater dye-flow studies and destratification experiments.
The system is simple, safe and virtually maintenance free. It’s the most effective lake aerator made! As little as 3/4 horsepower can be used to properly aerate a eutrophic 10-acre lake!
Technically Speaking
• W hen oxygen levels are low, you can expect transfer performance of more than 10 lbs of dissolved oxygen per horsepower per hour! (Pumps, fountains and “air bubblers” are typically less than 2 lbs per
horsepower per hour.)
• Bubbles expand and spread out as they rise. The column of water entrained within the
bubbles from a synergistic diffuser rises at about a foot per second, moving 2,000 gpm from
the area above the diffuser (a drilled pipe diffuser with the same air volume would move only about 200 gpm).
• The surface boil—created by the kinetic energy of the rising water—rises approximately two inches above the surrounding water level. From there, the water rushes outward until its energy has dissipated,
sometimes traveling more than 100 feet, depending upon temperature, surface tension and wind.
• The lake surface tension is ruptured in the boil area. Supersaturated gases, including carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, escape from the bottom water, and oxygen is absorbed.
• There’s no danger to swimmers, boaters or aquatic life—even a marking buoy is unnecessary. And, like hundreds of others, you’ll enjoy watching the surface “spring” boils. There is no electricity in the
water.
• It’s best to install the system prior to stratification. If the volume of anaerobic bottom water is greater than 1/6 of the lake’s total volume, contact Pentair AES for start-up instructions.
• Every lake is different. A Pentair AES aeration specialist will be happy to assist with equipment selection and system design. We’ll need to know the lake’s shape, size, depths, history, bottom type, water
source, flow, etc. Call for a sizing form or you’ll find one online at PentairAES.com.

AERATION 87
Fountains
FLOATING FOUNTAINS
The Evolution series fountain is shipped fully assembled and includes a ½ HP,
120V single phase floating fountain with suction screen, motor cord, float,
controller, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional lighting,
Tornado spray pattern, 100’ mooring rope and two mooring stakes. Optional
stainless steel LED light sets are .01 amp and includes four cool white bulbs.
CSA-listed controller is housed in a weatherproof enclosure, 15 amp Class A
Human Rated GFCI, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional
lighting. 15-amp circuit breaker is required for proper fountain operation.
• Simple plug-in and go operation
Height: 6’
Width: 21’ • Low operating costs
Arum • One person installation
• Operates in 20” of water
• Aerates up to ½ acre ponds
• Stainless steel motor is maintenance free
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Height: 6’
Width: 16’
Cluster Arch
½ HP, 120V FOUNTAINS
MODEL EACH
EV650 FOUNTAIN W/50’ CORD $1,376.00
EV6100 FOUNTAIN W/100’ CORD 1,486.00
EV6175 FOUNTAIN W/175’ CORD 1,759.00
OPTIONAL SPRAY NOZZLES

EV6ARU ARUM SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
EV6CL A CLUSTER ARCH SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
Height: 7’ EV6FLE FLEUR DE LIS SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
Width: 18’
Fleur de Lis EV6SAR SPIDER & ARCH SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
EV6TIA TIARA SPRAY PATTERN 109.19
REPLACEMENT BULBS
EV6RED RED 31.49
EV6BLU BLUE 31.49
EV6GRE GREEN 31.49
EV6YEL YELLOW 31.49
Height: 5.5’
Width: 18’
Spider & Arch
I must tell you, I deal with a lot of suppliers of pond and koi equipment, and you are by far the
most prompt in shipping and customer service.
Height: 7’ Stephen Scott

Width: 15’ Hampstead, KY
Tiara

88 AERATION
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 122
Water Flow and Turnover Rates in Bubble Plume Aeration Systems

Bubble plumes, unconfined airlifts or non-ducted aeration systems have been studied for In unconfined bubble columns, air is forced through diffusers at the lake bottom. As the bubbles
many years in a variety of applications. These systems have been used for lake and reservoir rise to the water surface, water is entrained (carried with the bubbles) in a mixture of bubbles and
destratification, gas transfer and reaeration, bubble curtains for prevention of ice formation, water. This rising bubble plume carries deeper water that is colder and heavier than the water
containment of water quality contaminants (phytoplankton and suspended solids) and ocean above. The plume will rise until the negatively buoyant water is no longer entrained. At this level,
sequestration of carbon dioxide. water within the bubble plume is detrained (ejected) or peels off. The bubbles continue to rise and
entrain more water. The detrained water will sink to a level of neutral density and then spread out
Common to all of these applications is the difficulty in predicting water flowrates and lake or
horizontally away from the bubble plume.
pond turnover rates. This is because of the complex interaction of limnological and climatological
conditions. Weakly stratified conditions will affect water flow differently than strongly stratified In the case of a stratified lake, the buoyant plume will rise to different levels before water is
conditions. The temperature, solar radiation and wind speed also affect the water flow patterns in detrained and moves out horizontally. This will vary depending on the degree of stratification as
bubble plumes. shown in the figure.
The flowrate of unconfined systems can be quantified, either by measuring the time required to Because of these complications, it is difficult to describe water flowrates from bubble plumes
destratify a large lake-like impoundment or by taking direct measurements of their flowrate. without complex limnological and climatological input data. Several researchers have used
Researchers have shown that water flowrates in bubble plumes will vary depending on gas flowrate, sophisticated water quality models to describe bubble plume behavior in different applications.
lake stratification and weather conditions. There are several types of flow patterns generated, which
Some manufacturers have placed their diffusers in a draft tube to determine the water flowrate.
can be described as Types 1, 2 and 3. The figure below shows the three flow patterns.
However, using a confining tube will affect the velocity and flowrate (causing a “chimney effect”),
making the diffuser appear to perform better than it does. Others have completed flowrate testing
in tanks or containers where walls and boundaries affect the results. These methods of testing
are so unlike the actual conditions of unconfined bubble plumes that the results should not be
Subsurface
used to predict flowrates in an open water body and should not be used in making comparisons
Peel
between diffuser systems.
At present, there is no way to accurately compare different unconfined bubble systems because there
is no standardized method of testing to evaluate water flowrates. Turnover rates are especially
difficult to calculate and, until a standard measurement is established, should never be used as a
basis for system sizing. Without a standard method, there is no way of comparing water flow and
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
turnover rates for competing systems. What is clear is using confined flow or flow in a ducted system
is not an accurate method of describing flowrates in unconfined bubble plume systems.
TECH TALK 94
Lake Aeration Diffusers

The air diffusers used will determine the overall efficiency of a lake aeration/ destratification RM diffusers are not designed to lift water for destratification, so they are not recommended for
system. The two most common styles are the synergistic airlift assembly (developed by Pentair lake aeration. If used for lake aeration, many more of them must be used to achieve the same
AES) and the rubber membrane diffuser. Each was designed for different tasks. The synergistic result as a single synergistic airlift assembly.
airlift assembly (SAM) is made to lift a large volume of bottom water, thus removing stratification.
When the rubber membrane diffusers are used in salt water or waste water, they may operate for
The rubber membrane type (RM) was designed to aerate waste water.
as long as one year without excessive clogging. After that, remote cleaning can be accomplished
Destratification is the most economical form of lake aeration. This is only accomplished by by doubling or tripling the amount of air delivered to a diffuser. This will blow up the rubber, as in
moving large volumes of water. SAMs were developed through extensive underwater flow testing a balloon, dislodging the fouling matter. Wastewater treatment plants are designed for this, but
to lift the maximum amount of water from above the diffuser to the surface of the lake with a it may be impractical for lake applications where
minimum amount of air (8,000 gpm/hp). This technique requires a specific spacing of the there is only one compressor.
individual diffuser fingers to provide nonturbulent entrainment of the bottom water into the
Sometimes, RM diffusers will tear, greatly reducing
column of rising bubbles. For that reason, they must take on the odd shape of the ALA4GLB ,
their oxygen transfer ability. If detected, retrieve the
6GLB and 8GL diffuser manifolds. Each is optimized for a specific depth range.
diffuser and replace the rubber membrane.
The smaller ALA4GLB manifold is designed for shallow lakes from 4 to 8 feet in depth. These
The ceramic diffusers used on SAMs should be
shallow depths cause short circuiting of the lifted water back to the diffuser, which limits their
inspected every year. Clogging can be detected by
effectiveness. Therefore, more diffuser manifolds per surface acre of water are required than for
recording the air pressure when new, then annually
a deeper lake of the same size.
checking the pressure to see if it has increased.
The ALA6GLB diffuser manifolds are best used in water 8 to 40 feet deep. The deeper the water, Diffusers can be cleaned by pouring muriatic acid into
however, the greater volume of air that needs to be used by each diffuser. This is true for all the air lines and turning on the compressor. The original
diffusers. The ALA8GLB diffuser manifold is typically used in water deeper than 30 feet. pressure will be quickly restored and the small amount All diffusers need maintenance,
of acid will be diluted with no effect on the lake. even ones with rubber membranes.

AERATION 89
Sea Pen Systems
SEA PEN AERATION & OXYGENATION

Harmful algal blooms, low dissolved oxygen events and parasite infestations
can wreak havoc on net-pen operations. In fact, year after year, millions of
dollars are lost to these events. Working closely with industry leaders over
the last 3 years, Pentair has developed a pair of solutions that provide com-
mercial aquaculture farmers a way to mitigate the impact of these events
and the support to manage the ever changing conditions faced by sea pen
operations.
The primary goal of the Pentair SPA (Sea Pen Aeration) and SPO (Sea Pen
Oxygenation) system is to balance the flow of air or oxygen at each site
so that distribution is even throughout the sea pen. A unique pod-based
approach provides delivery systems that can be customized to the specific
requirements of each site. Each pod can be placed strategically through-
out the pen at specific depths to compensate for conditions. Once balance
has been achieved, site specific flow adjustments can be made. The even
distribution assists mitigation efforts through the promotion of increased
water movement and oxygen dissolution. The even flow distribution of air or
oxygen to each of these injection sites is accomplished using back pressure
compensated flowmeters.
The maintenance and control of oxygen saturation supports healthy fish
stocks and increase in yield potential. Manage dosing regiments by tracking
critical water quality parameters using the Point Four line of monitoring
and control equipment. That includes a cloud-based offering for remote
monitoring and data trend analysis.
A Sea Pen Aeration system in full operation at a salmon farm site.
Note: Four plumes of aeration inside each pen.
A balanced manifold with precise Platforms are lightweight for easy installation,
flow meters and individual valves positioning and maintenance.
allows for accurate, reliable adjust-
ments of each platform.
Typical Round Pen Aeration System Configuration

POINT FOUR
RIU3
POINT FOUR
LC3
DIFFUSER
PLATFORM
FLOW-METER
ASSEMBLIES

90 AERATION
Sea Pen Aeration System
SEA PEN AERATION SYSTEM (SPA) DESIGNED HERE

Sea Pen Aeration System Overview
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sea Pen Aeration System is a fully balanced
air flow system that evenly distributes compressed air across all net pens
at an aquaculture production site to promote greater water upwelling and
movement. This mitigates plankton blooms by moving low density algae/
plankton water from below to help dilute the algae/plankton density in the
water inhabited by the fish within the pens to a reduced level. There are
many different species of algae/plankton that pose different threat levels
to the well-being of the fish. As such, different air flows can be dialed into
the flowmeters to control the delivery of air within each pen’s diffuser
platforms. This air control allows the site operator to mitigate different
harmful plankton species, for each pen, based on the plankton’s unique
motility. Consult with a Pentair AES representative for site specific design
and performance.
Features & Benefits

• Mitigates mortalities caused by algae/plankton
• Dilutes the algae/plankton density to reduced levels in the water inhabited
by the fish
• Creates water movement and upwelling across the entire net pen site
• Customers have reported > 50% improvement in removal of harmful
plankton from the usage of the SPA units
• Unique pod-based aeration system simplifies installation, maintenance
and service compared to antiquated hose & grid based aeration systems.
• Platforms are constructed of corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel Aeration Platform
• Outfitted with either 9” or 12” rubber membrane disc diffusers
• Lightweight platforms are easy to install, position and maintenance
• Designed not snag or tear nets
• Flowmeter manifold design allows for air output to be dialed in for
maximum performance
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION, INFORMATION, AND PRICING.

MORE INFORMATION ALSO AVAILABLE AT PENTAIRAES.COM/SEA-PEN
TYPICAL SQUARE PEN SYSTEM
Flowmeter Manifold
Illustration shows twelve pens, with four diffusers per pen, and one manifold per pen.
(NOTE: Additional diffusers are deployed under walkways.)
AERATION PLATFORM FLOWMETERS

Material of Construction Powder Coated Steel Accuracy ±3% F.S.
Diameter 78” (2 m) Press 100 PSGI/6.9 Bar MAX
Diffuser Size 3x: 9” or 12” Rubber Membrane Disc Diffuser SCFM 3–12
Design Airflow—9” 0–10 scfm
Design Airflow—12” 0–18 scfm
Height (hanging) 48” (1.2 m)
Weight 41 lbs (18.6 kg)

AERATION 91
Sea Pen Oxygenation System
SEA PEN OXYGENATION SYSTEM (SPO) DESIGNED HERE
Sea Pen Oxygenation System Overview

The Pentair Sea Pen Oxygenation System is a flexible and robust dissolved
oxygen management platform. A unique pod-based approach allows the
flow of compressed oxygen to be controlled and balanced throughout each
sea pen site. Each pod can be strategically placed throughout the pen at
specific depths to compensate for conditions and optimize dissolution. The
system can accommodate any number of sea pens at any one site with no
limit on flowmeter panels or diffuser assemblies.
The main reason for the oxygenation system on a sea pen site is to increase
the dissolved oxygen (D.O.) content the fish will encounter. The side benefits
of increased D.O., are shortened harvesting cycles, improved feed
conversion rates, or continuous feeding during low D.O. events. The peace
of mind, knowing a remote sea pen site can deal with an emergency oxygen
situation, is also beneficial. Each platform will still receive the same flow of
oxygen, regardless of the movements of the other platforms.
Application Examples
• Parasite treatment
• Reduce harvesting cycles
• Continuous feeding during low D.O. events
• Oxygenation before havest/stimulate fish to feed (Improve feed conversion ratio)
Features & Benefits

• Micro-bubble oxygen clouds for efficiencies up to 80% oxygen dissolution
• Complete oxygen generator/manifold packages
Oxygenation Platform
• Lightweight galvanized frames are easily deployed and removed
• GenSet and oxygen generator monitoring system offers full oxygen control
via stationary probes
• Protrusion free design does not snag or tear nets
• Stand-alone flowmeter panels/manifolds, on-off capability without removal
from pens
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION, INFORMATION, AND PRICING.

MORE INFORMATION ALSO AVAILABLE AT PENTAIRAES.COM/SEA-PEN
TYPICAL SQUARE PEN SYSTEM
Flowmeter Manifold
Illustration shows twelve pens, with four diffusers per pen, one manifold per
pen and three oxygen supply module with six oxygen generators
OXYGEN PLATFORM
Material of Construction Galvanized Steel
Diameter 6.4 ft/1.95 m
Diffuser Size 74 ft/22.6 m of porous diffuser hose
Characteristics 74 lpm
Height (hanging) 5 ft/1.5 m
Weight 33 lbs/15 kg
Oxygenation Platform being deployed Flowmeter Manifold

92 SECTION
FILTRATION
PRODUCTS
93 Media
99 Screening
100 Filters Bags
102 Solids Removal Equipment
110 Bead Filters
112 Filtration Systems
113 Sand Filters
116 Chemical Media Filters
117 Cartridge Filters
118 Bag Filters
120 Reverse Osmosis Systems
122 Bioreactors
124 Gas Control & Treatment
131 Protein Skimmers

BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION 93
Media
SWEETWATER™ SWX BIO-MEDIA

Successful biofiltration using moving bed technology requires the use of the
right media. Pentair’s Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media is the ideal choice at a
great price. These biofilm carrier elements are made from 100% virgin
high-density polyethylene. With a surface area of 274 ft2/ft3 this proven
geometric design provides an abundant amount of surface area for bacteria
to colonize. Robust bacteria colonization is essential to the nitrification
process of converting ammonia to nitrite and ultimately nitrate. Pentair’s
Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media’s positively buoyant characteristic allows for
continuous movement in a bio-filtration tank with the use of an air pump or
blower. The constant circulating action exfoliates the older, less active
bacterial layer; which eliminates the need for backwashing and allows the
media to be self-cleaning.
MODEL SURFACE AREA DIAMETER LENGTH QUANTITY EACH

BF150A 274 FT²/FT³ 7/16” 9/32” ONE CUBIC FOOT $41.49
BF150B 274 FT²/FT³ 7/16” 9/32” ONE CUBIC METER 1,318.00
Close-up
TECH TALK 125
Biological Filtration Basics

Each of these forms of nitrogen—NH3, NO2 and NO3—is progressively less toxic to the animals.
Biological filtration is one of the most important aspects of filtration design for aquatic animal The final end product, NO3, is well tolerated by fish but, unless managed, will tend to build up.
welfare. There are actually 3 distinct processes that fall under the heading of biological This brings us to the last biological filtration process, denitrification, where bacteria remove
filtration: mineralization, nitrification and denitrification. Nitrification is typically the most nitrate from the system water.
commonly discussed and widely known facet of biological filtration and is undoubtedly the most
critical since it deals with the breakdown of strongly toxic animal wastes, but all aspects of While nitrate is not strongly toxic, animals don't live with elevated nitrate levels in nature, so
biological filtration are important and must be considered when designing a functional life keeping nitrate levels low is important in reproducing natural conditions for aquatic life.
support system for aquatic habitats. Historically this was done with periodic water changes in closed systems, but more recently this
practice has been frowned upon by local municipalities wanting to limit the discharge of excess
Mineralization is a fancy word for decomposition, where complex organic material is degraded by nitrogen into natural waterways and sanitary sewer systems.
bacteria into its simplest parts. In aquariums and aquaculture, this organic material is typically
derived from fecal material and uneaten food from the animals. Heterotrophic bacteria digest Instead of water changes, there are two primary methods for denitrification, the carbon fed
this material, preventing it from building up to unsafe levels in displays or farms. The end digester and the sulfur bed digester. Some strains of bacteria known as facultative anaerobes
products of mineralization are mostly inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus. Mineralization is not can use the oxygen in the nitrate (NO3) for energy, converting NO3 into atmospheric nitrogen (N2).
the only source of nitrogen in aquatic systems. The direct production of ammonia as a waste The carbon digesters require the addition of an organic carbon source to feed the bacteria,
product from fish (urine) also contributes to the nitrogen load in aquatic systems. Ammonia typically a short chain alcohol (methanol or ethanol) or a simple sugar. This method has the
nitrogen can be toxic to aquatic life (some species will die at levels as low as .5 mg/L). This is drawback of having to measure the addition of the carbon compound. Over- or under-dosing can
why nitrification is so critical. It's important to understand that it is the un-ionized form of upset the balance of the process or, worse yet, carry unreacted alcohol back to the tank. The
ammonia, NH3, that is so toxic. By dropping the pH of a tank, it's possible to convert toxic sulfur-based method relies on the activity of several bacteria strains that consume sulfur and
ammonia, NH3, to NH4+, ammonium, a much less toxic compound. This is easier to do in nitrate without adding other chemicals. Thiobacillis denitrificans and other similar bacteria can
freshwater systems with pH near or below neutral than it is in marine systems with pH in the 8 to use the oxygen in nitrate for energy. The trend in the industry is the sulfur bed digester because
8.2 range. It's important to realize that pH manipulations are just a "band aid" fix for ammonia of its simplicity.
management, and a well-designed biofilter is still essential.
The NO3 to N2 reaction (called "reduction") consumes alkalinity, so the sulfur is typically mixed
Several strains of bacteria can use the ammonia nitrogen for food. Nitrosomonas, Nitrosococcus with crushed oyster shell or aragonite (a source of carbonate for buffering) to keep the pH stable.
and Nitrobacter are the best-known organisms responsible for this process. Ammonia is the Monitoring D.O. is especially important since the environment inside the filter should be
most toxic end product of mineralization and fish metabolism. Nitrosomonas and Nitrosococcus oxygen-poor, but not oxygen-free. If too much oxygen is present, the bacteria will respire
convert the ammonia (NH3) to a less toxic compound, nitrite (NO2). While less toxic than the aerobically (with oxygen) and no nitrate reduction will occur, but if too little oxygen is present,
ammonia, nitrite can still be lethal to fish in very small amounts (in the 1–5 mg/L range). the filter can go anaerobic (without oxygen) and produce toxic hydrogen sulfide.
Finally, Nitrobacter converts the nitrite to nitrate, the least toxic form of nitrogen.

94 BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION 08
Media
BIO-BALLS
A compact polyethylene media. Round shape with positive buoyancy. These
balls, with their small void spaces, are popular for clean water applications like
tropical fish aquariums. Available as both floating and sinking models.
SURFACE AREA MIN ORDER SHIP WT FLOATING BIO-BALLS SINKING BIO-BALLS

SIZE (FT 2/FT 3) (FT 3) (LBS/FT 3) MODEL EACH/ FT 3 4+ MODEL EACH/FT 3 4+
1½” 98 1 12 CBB15-F $59.29 $53.36 CBB15-S $56.99 $51.29
1” 160 1 12 CBB1-F 64.99 55.24 CBB1-S 64.79 55.07
BIO BARRELS
A polypropylene media available in four sizes. Remember the importance of
void space with both heterotrophic fouling and degassing applications. Positive
in buoyancy.
SURFACE AREA SHIP WT MIN. ORDER EACH 4+

BF33A MODEL SIZE COLOR (FT 2/FT 3) (LBS/FT 3) (FT 3) (FT 3) (FT 3)
BF64A 1” NATURAL 64 6 1 $53.69 $48.32
BF64 1” NATURAL 64 6 20 46.19 —
BF44A 1½” NATURAL 44 5 1 41.49 37.34
BF44 1½” NATURAL 44 5 30 32.29 —
BF33A 2” NATURAL 33 4 1 30.99 27.89
BF64 BF33 2” NATURAL 33 4 40 23.09 —
BF26 3½” BLACK 26 4 50 17.49 —
BIO-FILL™ BIOFILTER MEDIA BAGS

A PVC ribbon with a high surface area, Bio-Fill is our lowest cost media. You will appreciate media bags after you have to clean or relocate your
It is negatively buoyant, very easy to clean and easily rinsed. biofilter! Just pour loose biofilter media into the bag and tie it off. When
it is time to clean, lift them all out at once. Both bags include a drawstring
at the top. Large bag measures 35” L x 23” W when flat. Small bag
measures 18” x 12”. Both are 1/4” mesh nylon.
SURFACE AREA SHIP WT MIN ORDER
MODEL (FT 2/FT 3) (LBS/FT 3) (FT 3) EACH/ FT 3 MODEL EACH 10+
BF250 250 4 1 (BAG) $51.49 $46.34/4+ BF165 1/4 FT 3
$4.29 $3.86
BF250B 250 35 12 (BOX) — $385.39 BF167 1 FT 3 11.59 10.43
Media not included
These items are sold in large quantities for commercial purposes; most ship motor freight. Note the minimum order quantities.

08 BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION
SECTION 95
Media
SINKING BEADS FLOATING BEADS

Use these sinking beads as a replacement for sand in sand filters, or use them Similar to the “Sinking Beads”, but they float! These elliptical, polyethylene
in a fluidized bed or as inert hydroponics media. Colors may vary, sold per cubic beads are about 3/16" in diameter, with a .92 density. Sold in 55-lb (1.65 cubic
foot. Weight is 52 lbs. Dimensions are typically 1/16" x 1/8" in an oval shape. When feet) packages. Not recommended for sand filters.
used in sand filters, backwash water flow should be reduced, as beads fluidize
easier than sand. Beads have a specific gravity of 1.7 (sand is 2.0 to 2.8).
MODEL EACH 4+ MODEL EACH 4+
AB145 $114.49 $103.04 AB1 $117.29 $117.29
MATALA FILTRATION MEDIA KOI

Made of flexible fiber compounds, this filtration media is used in many
applications in the aquaculture and koi pond markets. It is excellent for
removing solid wastes and, unlike other filter padding, totally resists
compression! The solid fibers are very resistant to sludge build-up and
clogging, making cleaning easy. It also features a lot of surface area,
so it is very good for biological filtration. Great for low-pressure, gravity-
FM97 (LOW DENSITY)
fed filters and skimmers, Matala is positively buoyant and may require
anchoring in submersed applications. Sold in 391/2” L x 24” W x 11/2” H
sheets only. Ships Oversize.
SURFACE AREA
MODEL (SQ.FT/CU.FT.) FIBER DIA. (MM) EACH 5+
FM97 BLACK 62 1.65 $32.59 $29.33
FM96 GREEN 96 .81 33.59 30.23 FM96 (MEDIUM DENSITY)
FM98 BLUE 124 .56 34.69 31.22

FM99 DARK GREY 170 .51 39.89 35.90
FM98 (HIGH DENSITY)
FM99 (SUPER HIGH DENSITY)

96 MECHANICAL FILTRATION
Filter Media
WASHABLE FILTER MATERIAL

Washable polyester for repeated use. Measured by
the yard (91.4 cm).
Enkamat® Poly (PF12/PF13)

• Polyethylene fibers can be used to construct DLS
media for biofiltration, for soil erosion control,
splash control, etc.
• PF12 has 0.025” diameter fibers bonded to a felt
underlay. PF13 has 0.030” diameter fibers and is
1” thick
• Not UV-resistant
Disposable Filter Media (PF8) Enkamat® Nylon (PF4/PF5) Carbon Filter Material (PF3)
• Fine polyester fiber material offers high quality • A matrix of semirigid nylon monofilaments fused • PF3 filter material features polyester fibers
at a low price at their intersections heavily coated with activated carbon
• It will sustain one or two cleanings before • The best reusable egg-laying material • Provides an ideal mechanical, chemical and
disposal • Useful for filter media support, biofiltration biological filtering media
• With no fire retardants or dyes, it is safe for fish material, soil erosion control, etc. • A fine pore material suitable for clear water
• PF4 has 0.020” dia. fibers, PF5 has 0.025” dia. applications.
fibers
LENGTH SHIP WT LENGTH SHIP WT

MODEL FILTER THICKNESS WIDTH (YDS) (LBS) EACH MODEL FILTER THICKNESS WIDTH (YDS) (LBS) EACH
PF11A FINE .30" 29" 2 4 $25.39 PF3 CARBON .40" 44" 2 4 $37.09
PF11C FINE .30" 29" 10 11 90.49 PF3C CARBON .40" 44" 8 10 127.99
PF11P FINE (30/BAG) .30 12" 6 4 28.09 PF4A ENKAMAT .25" 39" 2 4 33.19
PF11P2 FINE (30/BAG) .30 16" 6 5 48.09 PF4C ENKAMAT .25" 39" 8 6 112.99
PF11P3 FINE (30/BAG) .30 14" 8.5 6 48.09 PF5 ENKAMAT .50" 39" 2 4 36.89
PF11P4-A FINE (30/BAG) .30 16" 12 8 59.89 PF5C ENKAMAT .50" 39" 5 6 86.69
PF11P5 FINE (30/BAG) .30 12" 12 7 44.29 PF12A ENKAMAT .40" 39" 2 4* 27.69
PF17A MEDIUM 1" 28" 2 4 31.99 PF12C ENKAMAT .40" 39" 6 7 68.39
PF17C MEDIUM 1" 28" 4 5 51.49 *Ships Oversize at 30-lb rate
PF2A COARSE 1.25" 28" 2 4 34.29
Enkamat® is a registered trademark of Bonar, B.V. Corp.
PF2C COARSE 1.25" 28" 7 10 * 117.09

PF16 COARSE 2" 28" 2 4* 41.09
PF16C COARSE 2" 28" 4 7 75.59
PF8A FINE DSP 1" 36" 2 3 17.89
PF8C FINE DSP 1" 36" 10 11* 72.09

MECHANICAL FILTRATION 97
Filter Media
BLOCKSOM FILTER MATERIAL POND FILTER BRUSHES KOI

This high-quality 1" thick filter material is constructed of all natural coconut Used in the ornamental pond industry for particulate filtration, biofiltration
fibers and a latex binder on a polyester net backing. Durable and reusable, it and even as substrate for egg laying. The plastic bristles are attached to the
withstands frequent cleaning. Often used in garden pond filters. Sold in 24" stainless steel wire core, creating a 4” diameter brush with a 7/8” diameter
widths by the linear yard (2 lbs) or in full rolls of 12 yds (30 lbs). wire loop at one end for hanging.They last indefinitely and are the easiest to
use, most efficient and most cost-effective pond filter medium you can buy.
MODEL EACH If you are using them as a pre-filter to remove the bulk of the coarse waste,
SM1 24" X 36" $13.29 a system of single interlocked hanging brushes is best. If you want to trap
an even greater proportion of the waste, the brushes need to be either
SM1R 24" X 12-YD ROLL 119.29 vertically or horizontally double interlocked.
MODEL DIMENSIONS EACH 4+
AZ16026 4” ROUND X 18” L $7.49 $6.74
AZ16027 4” ROUND X 24” L 8.09 7.28
AZ16028 4” ROUND X 30” L 9.49 8.54
SPAWNTEX SPAWNING MAT KOI
Spawntex is the spawning mat material specifically asked for by breeders of

shiners, goldfish and similar shore-spawning fish.
• Constructed of all natural coconut fibers with a latex binder on a polyester
net backing
• 11/2" thickness ensures more strength for easy cleaning and exceptional durability.
• Pond installation is easy — cut the media to size, attach a wire mesh backing
and place in the pond or simply stake the mats along the pond bank
• Available by the linear yard or in full rolls* 11 yards long
SHIP WT
MODEL WIDTH LENGTH (LBS) EACH 2+
SM2 24” LINEAR YARD 3 $14.29 —
SM2R 24” 11 YARD ROLL 30 103.59 93.23
SM3 18” LINEAR YARD 3 11.49 —
SM3R 18” 11 YARD ROLL 30 81.39 73.25
*Rolls ship Oversize at 70-lb rate
BLUE BONDED FILTER PADS FILTER FOAM, RETICULATED

Precut for small trickle filters, plate filters or for use in canister filters. A great biofilter media!
Each pad measures 13" x 24" x 1" thick.
This 1" thick foam is true "fish grade," long-life, reticulated foam with a pore
size of 20 ppi (pores per inch). It contains no fire retardants or germicides (be
MODEL EACH 6+ careful with low-cost, air filter foam, as it can be toxic). Sold in 2' x 6' sheets
BBFP $4.99 $4.49 (rolled) only (equal to 1 cu.ft.). Weighs 5 lbs.
MODEL EACH 6+
PF7 $51.89 $46.70

Sponge/Sand Filter Media
SPONGE FILTER, EXTRA LARGE SPONGE FILTERS

This extra large sponge filter works as a HydroSponge filters are perfect for
biological filter and clarifies water through aquarium and small tank filtration. They are
solids capture. A nice filter for small ponds, capable of moving more water than other
water gardens and fish holding tanks. The sponge filters, are self-weighting and act as
reticulated sponge is easily cleaned or mechanical and biological filters. Simply
replaced without tools. The 20” tall PVC attach to aquarium air line tubing, supply .05
chimney is sealed at the bottom and can be cfm and filtering begins. For higher filtration
shortened if needed. Requires .25 cfm of air rates, a power head pump may be attached.
to operate and 1 lb of weight to submerge it Stacking doubles filtering capacity. Easy to
(pour a cup of sand or gravel down the clean. 1” diameter tube. Overall height may
chimney). Includes 20’ of 1/4” I.D. tubing and a be shortened by cutting tube.
Sweetwater ® AS3 air diffuser. HF5
APPROXIMATE SPONGE OVERALL

MODEL EACH 6+ TANK SIZE (GAL) DIAMETER HEIGHT EACH 6+
FP3 SPONGE FILTER 9” X 9” X 9” $55.29 — HF1 10 33/4" 9" $7.69 $6.92
FP3F REPL. SPONGE 46.19 41.57 HF3 80 41/2" 111/2" 10.69 9.62
HF5 125 53/4" 111/2" 11.39 10.25
HF1R SPONGE REFILL/HF1 33/4" 2.29 —
LIGHTWEIGHT SAND FILTER MEDIA MM1 MIXED MEDIA

Particulate removal down to the 20–40 micron range Our mixed media contains 4 sizes of media that will
greatly enhance a filter’s performance, reduce
Backflush channeling occurs when heavy sand media doesn't fluff up (bed
backflush frequency and prevent channeling. The
expansion) as it should because organics and bacteria make it stick
coarse top layer is carbonite with sizes between
together. Our lightweight media minimizes the problem because it expands
2.0 and 2.2 mm. This material can remove iron and
30–50% with only 8–10 gpm per square foot backflush (if the flowrate is in
manganese that adhere loosely to the angular
excess of 10 gpm per square foot of area, a restricting valve on the backflush
carbonite particles and backwashes easily. Ratios
drain may be needed to prevent the loss of media). Weighs only 25 lbs/ft3
of each media are based on years of use in other
(sand is about 100 lbs per cu.ft.) and comes in bags. The irregular shape of
industries. Our media is premixed in 1-ft3
the lightweight media provides more void space, resulting in less pressure
containers, which weigh approximately 80 lbs each.
loss. Made of anhydrous silicon dioxide and approved for potable water.
The specific gravity of mixed media is between 1.6
SHIP WT
and 4.2 (sand is 2 to 2.8), so the backwash
MODEL (LBS) EACH 4+
pressure or volume may have to be adjusted.
JF1 1 FT 3 25 $122.09 $109.88
MODEL EACH 4+
MM1 $70.59 $63.53
TECH TALK 136
Mixed Media Out Out

Waste Waste
Mixed media filtration greatly surpasses the performance of single media filters. The drawback to a In In
single media filter is that the first one inch of media is trapping most of the solids and the bottom
portion is just wasted space. A sand filter that uses a single size sand grain will have an average
size space between the grains that varies only slightly.
A mixed media filter uses different grain sizes to segregate solids throughout the bed. A large media is
used first to “pre-filter” large solids. Beneath that is a finer size and then a very fine media on the
bottom. Each media used is a different specific gravity, designed so that it will return to the ideal
stratified layer after backwash. During backwash the entire media bed is expanded, “fluidized” and
rinsed. Upon return to normal operation, the media that is the smallest and heaviest settles first to the
bottom. The largest is the lightest and settles on top.
Mixed Media Single Media

MECHANICAL FILTRATION
SECTION 9999
Products / ProductsScreening
/ Products
GRATING, 1/2" THICK

This food-grade polypropylene is molded to support filters, false tank bottoms
or media. It can be used as benchtops in greenhouses. It is very easy to clean
and disinfect. Each plate measures 36" L x 18" W x 1/2" H and is composed of
1" x 1" grid squares. Each piece weighs 2 lbs. Ships Oversize.
• Will hold 200 lbs if supported every 18”
18" • Durable, lightweight and very resistant to sagging
• Interlocking assembly is convenient for connecting grates together
36" • Grates are UV resistant
MODEL EACH
SPG1 $18.09
STAINLESS STEEL SCREENING

304 stainless steel screening can be used for the same applications as nylon
but offers better rigidity and durability. All stainless screening is
48" (121 cm) wide and sold in increments of 1 foot (30.4 cm). Each foot
increment equals 4 sq.ft. (.37 m2).
MODEL MICRON INCHES % OPEN AREA PER FOOT
MS105 105 .0041 37 $26.39
MS125 125 .0049 31 25.39
MS180 180 .008 32 18.99
MS250 250 .010 30 20.79
MS500 500 .020 37 20.79 MS105 MS500 MS1000
MS1000 1,000 .039 48 19.59
NYLON SCREENING
Nylon screening material is an excellent choice for many aquaculture and laboratory
uses, including filtration of unwanted organisms; brine shrimp culture; larval fish
and clam culture; pipe screens, filter bags and nets. Nylon is resistant to bacteria,
cleaners, acids and insects. This screening is 36" wide and is sold by the yard
length (1 yard = 36" = 91 cm). 1 linear yard = 9 ft2 = 1 yd2. Contains no UV inhibitors!
MODEL MESH (MICRON) OPENING % OPEN AREA PER YARD 10+

M46 41 .0016" 31 68.29 61.46
M200 M500 M55 55 .0022" 29 39.49 35.54
M64 64 .0025" 32 38.39 34.56
M75 75 .0029" 45 30.69 27.62
M105 105 .0041" 36 25.29 22.76
M125 125 .0049" 41 26.29 23.66
M150 150 .0059" 51 23.79 21.41
M200 200 .0079" 35 21.69 19.52
M250 250 .0098" 37 20.29 18.27
M1000 M5000 M300* 300 .0118" 46 21.89 19.70
M335 335 .0132" 46 18.29 16.46
M400 400 .0157" 47 19.49 17.54
M500 500 .0197" 49 19.39 17.45
M600 600 .0236" 51 38.69 34.82
M670 670 .0264" 53 29.09 26.18
M750 750 .0295" 54 20.19 18.17
M800 800 .0315" 55 23.79 21.41
M1000 1,000 .0394" 58 19.69 17.73
M2000 2,000 .0787" 53 38.69 34.82
M5000 5,000 .1969" 72 42.99 38.69
*Similar to the 52" x 52" twill Saran filter cloth used in fine mesh nets and inlet water filters.

Filter Bags
POLYESTER MESH BAGS FILTER BAGS WITH DRAWSTRING

• Pre-filters water Nylon monofilament bags with a drawstring top. If you are presently using
• Zooplankton collector adapterheads, these bags will also fit over them. Bags are 32" long with a 7"
diameter mouth.
• Ideal for collecting rotifers, Artemia, fish eggs and other small organisms
• Pump bags, to increase filter area
• Polyester mesh bags are available in 18" and 31" (46 and 79 cm) lengths
• Removable inlet screen filters
and a variety of mesh sizes
• Discharge strainers, to prevent fish or fish egg migration
• Can be used for filtering particulate matter from tank inlets and overflows
• Allows attachment directly to any open water line
• Equipped with a stainless steel ring 7" in diameter and a cotton handle
MODEL MICRON EACH 10+
MODEL MICRON LENGTH EACH 10+ BAG1 1 $64.69 $58.22
PMB1 75 18" $13.99 $11.89 BAG5 5 52.39 47.15
PMB1L 75 31" 21.19 18.01 BAG10 10 51.49 46.34
PMB2 100 18" 10.89 9.26 BAG20 20 23.09 20.78
PMB2L 100 31" 17.39 14.78 BAG40 40 21.99 19.79
PMB3 125 18" 10.89 9.26 BAG75 75 9.99 8.99
PMB3L 125 31" 16.99 14.44 BAG100 100 8.69 7.82
PMB4 150 18" 6.59 5.60 BAG200 200 9.19 8.27
PMB4L 150 31" 7.69 6.54 BAG300 300 8.89 8.00
PMB5 200 18" 6.59 5.60 BAG800 800 8.19 7.37 BAG800
PMB5L 200 31" 7.69 6.54
PMB6 250 18" 6.59 5.60
PMB6L 250 31" 7.69 6.54
FILTER BAGS
PMB7 300 18" 6.59 5.60
These polyester monofilament filter bags are excellent for retaining
PMB7L 300 31" 7.69 6.54 carbon, zeolite and other media. They are perfect for placing in sumps,
PMB8 400 16" 6.59 5.60 trickle filters, pond filters and many other uses. Bags feature drawstring
closing tops. Select 500- or 800-micron mesh size. Sold in packs of 10.
PMB8L 400 31" 7.69 6.54
PMB9 800 18" 6.59 5.60 MODEL MICRON DIMENSIONS EACH
PMB9L 800 31" 7.69 6.54 MB01A 500 3" X 4" $11.19
PMB10 1,500 18" 6.59 5.60 MB02 800 3" X 4" 11.19
PMB10L 1,500 31" 8.89 7.56 PMB1L MB1A 500 6" X 10" 19.69
MB2 800 6" X 10" 15.69
MB3A 500 8" X 12" 17.39
MESH FILTER BAGS MB4 800 8" X 12" 17.39
These inexpensive filters are just right for many MB5A 500 12" X 15" 22.29
do-it-yourself applications. Available in two styles, MB6 800 12" X 15" 22.29
all of the bags have plastic collars that allow them
to be easily held in a hole 33/4” in diameter. MB7A 500 12" X 18" 25.39
Standard bags are nylon material with inside MB8 800 12" X 18" 25.39
seams and are 81/4” long. Welded-seam bags are MB9A 500 16" X 24" 33.69
6” long; have smooth, nylon mesh, a solid plastic MB10-AQ 800 16" X 24" 33.69 MB1A
bottom and are ideal for holding media.
STANDARD BAGS
MODEL MICRON EACH
N2100A 100 $6.59
STANDARD
N2150A 150 6.69
N2200A 200 4.99
N2300A 300 4.59
N2600A 500 4.29
POLYWELD BAGS
MODEL MICRON EACH
N1025 25 12.79
N1055 55 10.89
N1100 100 10.49
N1200 200 8.89
WELDED-SEAM

Media/Filter Bags
FILTER BAGS WITH POLY RING MOUTH

Bag filters are very effective at removing organic particulate matter.
The MONOFILAMENT type is single-ply nylon resembling a piece of cloth or window screen. The FELT
TYPE is polypropylene, thick and fluffy, giving it three-dimensional filtering ability. Both are washable, but
the felt type should be washed gently.
FB10 All bags are 32" long with a 7" diameter mouth and polypropylene ring that fits the optional high-
performance acetal resin adapter (FBH) perfectly.
NYLON MONOFILAMENT BAGS, 32" x 7" FELT BAGS, POLYPROPYLENE, 32" x 7"
MODEL MICRON EACH 10+ MODEL MICRON EACH 10+
Direct overflow back to tank in FB1N 1 $64.39 $57.96 FB1 1 $7.79 $7.01
case bag filter becomes clogged. FB5N 5 52.39 47.15 FB5 5 6.19 5.57
FB10N 10 53.49 48.14 FB10 10 6.59 5.93
FB20N 20 20.69 18.62 FB25 25 6.19 5.57
Adjust length FB40N 40 19.49 17.54 FB50 50 6.19 5.57
Water to
of pipe as necessary FB75 75 9.99 8.99 FB100 100 6.39 5.75
Be Filtered
to have filter bag at
correct water level. FB100N 100 8.79 7.91
FB200 200 9.29 8.36
Male ADAPTOR
Adapter FB300 300 8.89 8.00 MODEL EACH 10+
FB800 800 8.19 7.37 FBH FILTER BAG ADAPTER 25.69 23.12
Part FBH
Filter Bag
Adapter
Water Level
Felt Filter
Bag
PROLINE® ACTIVATED CARBON CALCIUM REACTOR MEDIA

A superior, high-purity, bituminous coal-based activated carbon. Specially made for calcium reactors, ReBorn dissolves completely—it will not
Preferred by public aquariums, research centers and government break down and clog your system. Also a safe, natural way to stabilize pH and
fisheries. The small particle size (approximately 1/16” to 1/8”) provides a increase calcium in reef aquariums. Made of fossilized coral harvested from
large surface area for rapid uptake and reduces water travel distances to the Western Pacific Ocean, ReBorn replenishes calcium, carbonate alkalinity,
interior adsorption surfaces. Adsorbs full range of organic contaminants, strontium and trace elements.
pesticides, odors, colors, chlorine, dissolved organics, ozone and many
heavy metals. Carbon is dry-packed. MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
Can be retained using window screen size mesh. TLRB8 8.8 $32.89
Approximately .625 m2 of surface area per gram.
TLRB44 44 137.29
Bulk density is approximately 24 lbs/ft3.
MODEL EACH
AC412A 1.5-LB JAR $12.09
AC412 15-LB BUCKET 83.99
AC55 55-LB BAG 166.69
AC412A

102 MECHANICAL
SECTION FILTRATION
Products
Drum Filters
/ Products / Products
PR AQUA™ ROTOFILTER DRUM FILTER

Rotary microscreen drum filters are ideal for the removal of fine suspended
solids in recirculating systems where water reuse strategies are imperative—
aquaculture systems, zoos, aquariums, greenhouses, wastewater treatment
plants, and more. PR Aqua Rotofilters are trusted by facilities worldwide for
critical filtration needs. Constructed of the highest-quality materials and
engineered for the rigors of commercial aquaculture, PR Aqua Rotofilters
provide exceptional reliability and a long service life. Designed with the needs
of the commercial operator in mind, the filters are also inexpensive to operate.
Rotofilters are available in two configurations; fully-enclosed or frame-
mounted. With flow rate capacities from 50 to 7,000 gpm (11 to 1590 M3/HR)
and micron ratings from 11–80 (custom sizes available upon request) there is
sure to be a Rotofilter that meets the requirements of your application.
Benefits
• Removes excess feed, and other organic matter.
•C
ontinuous filtering, even during backwashing.
• Low head gravity fed operation
•V
ery low operating cost and minimal backwash water consumption.
•S
uperior screen design for long service life.
Features Description of Operation
• Fiberglass enclosure or stainless steel frame mount, stainless steel Untreated water is gravity fed or pumped into the drum, which has fine screens
internals, and high-quality industrial drive components. mounted to its periphery. Water flows through the screens while the solids
adhere to the screen surface. The filtered water passes over a level control weir
• Injection molded, one-piece screen eliminates the potential for screen and then out of the filter by the use of gravity. As particles attach to the screen
delamination and allows for plugging of small holes without downtime. surface, the water level inside the drum rises. The rising water activates the
• Inlet seal maintains a continuous positive seat against the rotating drum. automatic drum rotation and backwash system. A pressurized spray is used to
clean the solids from the screen into an inclined trough. The solids flow by
• A ppropriate for corrosive environments. Metals passivated for gravity from the filter for disposal or recovery. The cleaned screens are rotated
saltwater applications. into the water, lowering the water level. The backwash system shuts down
automatically to save power and water.
Filtered Water Passes

Through Screens into
Spray
Filter Housing
Water In
Injection Molded Screens Backwash Spray Nozzles

Filtered
Water Out
Biosolids
Out
Water In
FOR MORE INFORMATION INCLUDING PERFORMANCE CHARTS PLEASE VISIT PENTAIRAES.COM/PRAQUA

Filter sizing varies depending on the application. Please contact a PAES Representative for proper filter selection.
SECTION 103
Products / ProductsDrum
/ Products
Filters
FILTER DATA PLUMBING

FLOW RANGE 50 TO 7,000 US GPM INLET SIZE 4” TO 24”
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY VARIOUS OPTIONS AVAILABLE INLET TYPE SOC OR FLANGE (RFM)
OPEN DRUM OR FLANGE (RFF)
SCREEN SIZE (MICRON) 11, 21, 30, 37, 54, AND 80
OUTLET SIZE 4” TO 24”
NUMBER OF SCREEN PANELS 2 TO 50
OUTLET TYPE SOC OR FLANGE (RFM)
MINIMUM DRUM SUBMERGENCE 40% DISCHARGES DIRECTLY INTO SUMP OR LEVEL CONTROL BASIN (RFF)
ROTATION COUNTERCLOCKWISE OR CLOCKWISE (OPTION) SOLIDS OUTLET 4” SS PIPE
WEIGHT DRY/WET 190 TO 1,600/435 TO 12,200 LBS
BACKWASH SYSTEM
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
SUPPLY OPERATES AT 100 PSI—BOOSTER PUMP AVAILABLE
DRUM FRAME 304 OR 316 SS
DRUM SHAFT 316 SS CONTROL PANEL
FILTER ENCLOSURE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL FRAME ENCLOSURE NEMA 4X
SECTIONAL LID MARINE GRADE ALUMINUM OR FRP BACKWASH CONTROL MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL (BY TIMER AND LEVEL CONTROL
SCREEN PANELS INJECTION MOLDED POLYESTER FABRIC EMBEDDED IN SWITCH)
POLYPROPYLENE GRIDS DRY CONTACTS RUN, TROUBLE, AND HIGH LEVEL
DRUM SEAL SYNTHETIC ELASTOMER SEAL WEAR RING
RFM MODEL—STAINLESS STEEL DRUM FULLY-ENCLOSED RFF MODEL—FRAME CONFIGURATION MOUNTED ON A

IN A FIBERGLASS HOUSING STEEL FRAME , TYPICALLY INSTALLED IN A WET SUMP
Features Features
• Fiberglass enclosure, stainless steel internals, and high quality industrial • Frame mounted for flexible integration into a variety of sump arrangements.
drive components.
• Stainless steel construction and high quality industrial drive components.
• Built-in overflow and water level control weir for easy process integration.
• Injection molded, polypropylene screen panels eliminate
• Injection molded, polypropylene screen panels eliminate screen delamination.
screen delamination.
• Inlet seal maintains a continuous positive seat against the rotating drum.
• Inlet seal maintains a continuous positive seat against the rotating drum.
• Independent screen cells can be plugged with zero down-time.
• Independent screen cells can be plugged with zero down-time.
• Inlet and level control options available.
Motor Cover
Assembly
Removable Lid
Assembly Motor
Removable Lid
Assembly Spraybar Nozzles
Motor Cover (lid panel removed
Spraybar Nozzles
Assembly to show detail)
(lid panel removed
to show detail)
Motor
Drive Shaft
Drum Assembly
Spraybar (screens removed Spraybar
for clarity)
Outlet
Sludge Trough
Water Level
Control Weir
(optional)
Solids Outlet Sludge Trough
Inlet Drum Assembly
Inlet (optional flanged)
Solids Outlet
(optional flanged)
Filter Enclosure Filter Frame
RFM Model Rotofilter RFF Model Rotofilter

Waste Solids Removal System
ECO-TRAP WASTE SOLIDS REMOVAL SYSTEM

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems’ Eco-Trap is an exclusive
highly-optimized dual drain waste collection system that
allows for the effective and efficient removal of settleable
Center Drain Assembly Waste Collector Assembly
waste solids (uneaten feed and feces) in Recirculating
Aquaculture Systems (RAS). The Eco-Trap system’s center
main drain handles the primary water exchange for a RAS
tank; while a smaller integrated solids drain provides an Outlet
in-tank means for fast and efficient waste removal. Up to 50% Particle Trap Inlet
of the waste solids can be removed from the tank within Screen
minutes of their generation. The Eco-trap system makes RAS
tanks self-cleaning by pulling solids to the middle of the tank
where they are automatically removed.
Mounting
Particle Trap Bracket
Once collected, the Eco-Trap system moves these waste
Plate
materials through a side-stream solids drain to a polyethylene
waste collector that is mounted on the side of each tank. Solids Particle Trap Viewing
are collected and concentrated in a side-stream flow Base Window
consisting of approximately 5% of the total flow from the tank.
Easy observation of the waste collector by the farm operator Solids Drain
allows for reductions in feed waste to individual tanks, thus Main Drain
controlling one of the single largest economic inputs to RAS
aquaculture. From an investment point of view, using Eco-Trap
technology reduces the size and complexity of other associated
waste solids removal technologies such as drum-screen
filters and bead filters. Additionally, Eco-Trap technology can
reduce the size of the biofilter required to control ammonia
nitrogen in culture water. The Eco-Trap system contains no
moving parts and nothing to wear out; and it has been proven Particle Trap Insert
in many commercial RAS installations worldwide. Particle Trap Plate
Solids Draining Tank Floor
BENEFITS
• Provides a self-cleaning action by automatically removing
solids by pulling them to the middle of the tank
• Observation window in the waste collector makes it easy to Effluent Discharge Pipe
identify feed waste
Particle Trap Base
• Nothing to wear out as there are no moving parts
• Reduces the size and complexity of other associated waste Elbow
solids removal technologies
• Adaptors are available for applications that utilize metric plumbing
Center Drain Assembly: The Eco-Trap Center Drain Assembly is

constructed of grey PVC with main drain connections for
Sch.80 PVC pipe. The Eco-Trap 110 model has 4” NPT main
drain port and a 1.25” NPT solids collection port. The Eco-Trap
160 model has a 6” NPT main drain port and a 1.5” NPT solids
collection port. Each Eco-Trap Drain Assembly has an
integrated solids collection port which allows for side-stream
flow of collected solids. In a RAS system, the Eco-Trap Drain
Assembly is installed in the center of a circular tank floor.
Once installed, the vertical standpipe segment of the Drain
Assembly can be easily adjusted as needed to increase/
decrease the height of the gap between the base plate and the
upper plate. This simple adjustment allows the operator to
optimize the functionality of the Eco-Trap Drain Assembly to Cut-away view of the floor-mounted center drain assembly and the
create a cyclonic effect of water movement across the tank tank-mounted solids waste collector. (PVC pipe not included)
bottom. In a RAS tank that is equipped with an Eco-Trap, solids
fall to the bottom of the tank and are drawn into the drain MODEL EACH
assembly for immediate collection and deposition into the
tank-side Eco-Trap Waste Collector. CENTER DRAIN ASSEMBLIES (ONE REQUIRED PER CULTURE TANK)
Waste Collector Assembly: The Eco-Trap 110 and 160 Waste 930001 ECO-TRAP 110 - DRAIN ASSEMBLY, 4” MAIN DRAIN PORT. $586.99
Collectors are tank mounted and include a metal C-Channel 930002 ECO-TRAP 160 - DRAIN ASSEMBLY, 6” MAIN DRAIN PORT. 786.49
and I-Beam mounting bracket. In a RAS tank that is equipped
with an Eco-Trap system, the side-stream flow of collected
solids move from the Eco-Trap Drain Assembly and into the WASTE COLLECTOR ASSEMBLIES (ONE REQUIRED PER CULTURE TANK)
Waste Collector’s inlet port. The Waste Collector is 930073 ECO-TRAP 110 - WASTE COLLECTOR & MOUNTING BRACKET $438.99
constructed of strong polyethylene with clear impact-resistant
viewing window. 930074 ECO-TRAP 160 - WASTE COLLECTOR & MOUNTING BRACKET 481.99
Optional Metric Adaptors: Eco-Trap systems come with 4” or 6”
socket connections for Sch.80 PVC pipe, optional 110mm and METRIC ADAPTERS
160mm Schedule 80 PVC adapters are available for connecting 930007 ECO-TRAP 110 - SCHEDULE 80, 4” NPT TO 110MM. $72.49
the Drain Assembly in applications that utilize metric plumbing.
930008 ECO-TRAP 160 - SCHEDULE 80, 6” NPT TO 160MM 114.49

Parabolic Screen Filters
PARABOLIC SCREEN FILTERS FW KOI

These semi-self-cleaning filters are designed to remove solids from water with
only occasional cleaning attention. They use a wedge wire, 304 stainless steel
screen set in a parabolic shape to take advantage of the Coanda effect*. This
wedge wire shape encourages solids-free water to drop between the screens
and solids to be left on the surface. The solids are then pushed toward the
waste trough and washed into a waste tank automatically. This filter is ideally
suited for a gravity-flow system. It has a 200-micron, removable screen.
Rubber couplings with clamps are included. Not recommended for use with
salt water.
INLET/ WASTE
Inlet MODEL GPM DIMENSIONS OUTLET PORT EACH
2875 70 25" X 10" X 32" + FITTINGS 6” 4” $1,970.00
2873 150 25" X 20" X 32" + FITTINGS 6” 4” 2,338.00
Liquid
Waste
Stream
Outlet
2873 Liquids
Waste Port
Inside of 2873.
Liquids
Weir Cover
Deflector Solids
The parabolic shape promotes the

Coanda effect*, stripping liquid
from the bottom of the waste stream. Filtering out algae.
200-micron Screen
*Coanda effect: the tendency of a stream of fluid to follow a curved surface (if the angle is not too sharp)
Overflow rather than follow a straight line in the original direction of flow.
Inlet Protection
(Weir)
UV
Waste Skimmer
Stopper
Bottom
Drain
Water Level
Controller
Clean Sump Pump

Water Waste
Outlet
Operation: Slurry is gravity fed or pumped into headbox. It overflows weir,

starts downward on screen. Most free fluid is stripped from bottom of stream
Float (2873 only) on the 25° slope. More fluid is removed on the 35° slope, and solids roll
downward, stopping on the 45° slope. With free draining material, practically all
free fluid is removed in one pass. As the solids build up, water pushes them into
the waste channel.

Radial Flow Settler
RADIAL FLOW SETTLER 45

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Radial Flow Settler (RFS) is used to remove
particulates from effluent water. Effluent water enters the RFS Liquid Inlet, flows
upward through the adjustable Standpipe Assembly, and back down through the
Stilling Well. Solid particulates settle to the cone bottom for removal through a
Solids Outlet. The filtered water flows upwards over a V-Notch Weir into the
Launder, exiting though the Liquid Outlet.
Features
• Greatly reduces solids loading in a system
• Passive piece of equipment and requires no additional energy to operate
• Requires routine cleaning only - no additional maintenance or servicing required
DIAMETER HEIGHT SHIP WT

MODEL (IN.) (IN.) (LBS) EACH
RFS-045-012 12 36 124 $974.39
RFS-045-018 18 39 141 1,181.00
RFS-045
RFS-045-024 24 42 188 1,709.00
RFS-045-030 30 45 240 2,641.00
RFS-045-036 36 48 297 3,006.00
RFS-045-042 42 51 380 3,534.00
RFS-045-048 48 54 474 4,140.00
RFS-045-060 60 60 597 5,244.00
RFS-045-072 72 66 719 6,354.00
RFS-045-084 84 75 851 7,540.00
RFS-045-096 96 81 1004 9,486.00
RFS-045-108-5PNL 108 87 1009 14,273.00 RFS-045-PNL
RFS-045-144-6PNL 144 108 1165 19,114.00 (Space saving panel design)
Radial Flow Settler 45

Radial Flow Settler
RADIAL FLOW SETTLER 60

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Radial Flow Settler (RFS) is used to remove
particulates from effluent water. Effluent water enters the RFS Liquid Inlet, flows
upward through the adjustable Standpipe Assembly, and back down through the
Stilling Well. Solid particulates settle to the cone bottom for removal through a
Solids Outlet. The filtered water flows upwards over a V-Notch Weir into the Launder,
exiting though the Liquid Outlet.
Features:
• Greatly reduces solids loading in a system
• Passive piece of equipment and requires no additional energy to operate
• Requires routine cleaning only - no additional maintenance or servicing required
DIAMETER (Ø) HEIGHT (H) SHIP WT

MODEL (IN.) (IN) (LBS) PRICE
RFS-060-012 12 41 141 $1,329.00
RFS-060-018 18 46 197 1,560.00
RFS-060-024 24 51 272 2,052.00
RFS-060-030 30 55 343 2,394.00
RFS-060-036 36 59 441 2,735.00
RFS-060 RFS-060-042 42 64 630 3,081.00
RFS-060-048 48 68 751 3,628.00
RFS-060-060 60 77 910 5,052.00
RFS-060-072 72 85 1225 6,645.00
RFS-060-084 84 98 1489 8,447.00
RFS-060-096 96 107 1704 9,760.00
Radial Flow Settler 60

Separators/Skimmers/Pre-Filter
Lid WAVE VORTEX FILTERS KOI

Filters up to 150 gpm
Vortex swirl separators are popular solids filters for use with koi ponds and
fish tanks. They are very good at removing heavy particles and wastes. You can
gravity-flow water from a bottom drain or pump it to the vortex chamber.
These stand about 51/2 ft high with the 2-ft high base. 4”slip connections (except
WLT24 has 3”slip).
• Sturdy double-wall base support.
Tank • Three outlet ports allow body to be connected in any direction.
• Domed lid keeps it clean.
• Coned bottom allows complete drainage.
• Rubber connections eliminate the need to precisely align filter with pipes.
• Comes with lid, tank, stand, knife gate drain valve, rubber couplings and
bulkhead fitting.
Ship motor freight or ground (at 70-lb rate each) in two packages from factory.
Stand One-year warranty on body.
SUGGESTED FLOW RATE SHIP WT

MODEL INCLUDES (GPH) DIA. (LBS) EACH
WLT24 24” TANK, LID, STAND 2400 24” 143 $712.99
WLT24 WLF36 36” TANK, LID, STAND 6000 36” 163 1,364.00
WLF48F 48” TANK, LID, STAND 9000 48” 183 1,154.00
WLF36F 36” TANK & LID ONLY 6000 36” 128 943.99
SURFACE SKIMMERS KOI

Great for ornamental ponds
A simple method of removing leaves, scum and other surface debris while
reducing surface tension. Inlet weir always floats just below the surface,
so fluctuating water levels of up to 5” will not affect performance.
S750 skimmers are made from black or white ABS plastic. Internal catch
basket holds about two handfuls of leaves and lifts out easily for cleaning.
Skimmers work between 20 and 55 gpm. 11/2” female pipe thread in the
base (not included) allows for easy installation when building or retrofitting.
MODEL ABS PLASTIC DIA. HEIGHT EACH

S750B BLACK 8 1/2” 10” $72.19
S750W WHITE 8 1/2” 10” 72.19
S750RB REPLACEMENT BASKET 19.29
MULTICYCLONE PRE-FILTER
Revolutionary design greatly reduces filter backwashing and maintenance by capturing particles before
they reach the filter. Easily installed on any existing filtration system—ideal as a pre-filter to extend the life
of your existing filter.
The MultiCyclone works on the basis of centrifugal water filtration. There are no moving parts to wear out
and no filter media to clean. Reduces backwash frequency for sand filters and extends media life. Also
reduces maintenance and extends the life of the cartridge in cartridge filtration systems. Traps sediments
between 10 to 100 microns. UV-resistant and corrosionproof. 2" unions, 1" purge valve.
MIN FLOW MAX FLOW MAX PRESSURE SHIP WT

MODEL (GPM) (GPM) (PSI) (LBS) EACH
WC200370 13 132 58 25.5 $458.59
2-YEAR WARRANTY

Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter
FIXED BED UP-FLOW FILTER NEW!

Improve the Capture of Small Particulate Matter
Solids removal is one of the most important processes in a recirculating
aquaculture system. Sedimentation vessels are generally effective for
removing particulates larger than 80 microns, but finer solids can pass through
the unit and remain in the system deteriorating water quality. Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems’ fixed bed up-flow filter is specifically designed to remove fine
particulate matter remaining in the waste stream. These filters employ
Sweetwater ® SWX Bio-Media (included) for the filtration substrate in a
non-pressurized up-flow configuration. The media physically traps suspended
solids and is cleaned easily through a backwash process that introduces
heavy aeration to aggressively agitate trapped particulates. After the solids
have settled in the cone bottom, open the waste discharge valve and flush the
effluent out from the vessel. Filter bypass allows complete isolation of the
unit during the backwash operation.
Available in three sizes designed to handle a range of flow rates. Units were
designed as a secondary filtration component and should be placed
downstream from primary filter apparatuses. A great application for these
units would be in aquaponic systems.
• Sturdy double-wall base support.
• Domed lid keeps it clean.
• Coned bottom allows complete drainage.
• Comes with lid, tank, stand (except RJB-3), bypass valves,
Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media and plumbing to discharge effluent.
SUGGESTED MEDIA REQUIRED DIMENSIONS

MODEL FLOW (CUBIC FT) (W X H) EACH
RJB-1 5–10 GPM 5.5 54” X 57” $3,440.00
RJB-2 15–30 GPM 17.5 72” X 74” 4,775.00
RJB-3 35–60 GPM 35.3 92” X 94” 5,475.00
TECH TALK 95
Biofilter Sizing
Biofilters consist of surface-providing media for attachment of microorganisms that remove quality parameters. Mass balance analysis is essential for determining the biofilter load, if any,
wastes from the water. The media can be commercial products like Bio Barrels, Bio Balls, Bio for these “partial recirculating” and “flow-through” systems.
Strata, Bio-Fill™, Biofilm Carrier Elements and Siporax® among others. Sand, rock, shells and 2. Select the best kind of biofilter for the application. Many types of biofilters have been used in
other natural material can be used as biofilter media. The relative amount of usable surface area aquaculture, including rotating biological contactors (RBCs), trickling filters, submerged filters,
(square feet surface area/cubic foot of media) and their weight are important. fluidized beds, bead filters and low-space bioreactors (LSBs). One may be better than another
In aquaculture, biofilters are used to convert ammonia to nitrite, and ultimately nitrate, through an for a given application.
oxidation process called nitrification. The bacteria attach to the media surfaces where they use 3. C alibrate the biofilter standard nitrification rate to the field water quality conditions. These
ammonia and nitrite as energy sources and carbon dioxide as a carbon source. These bacteria are conditions include hydraulic loading rate, TAN concentration, oxygen availability and temperature.
aerobic, requiring oxygen for the conversion process. Poor solid waste pre-filtration will reduce biofilter performance and require a larger biofilter.
The biofilter sizing process can be roughly summarized as follows: 4. Calculate the biofilter size based on the biofilter surface area, projected field nitrification rate
1. Determine the maximum expected ammonia loading rate and the allowable total ammonia- and the maximum expected ammonia load.
nitrogen (TAN) concentration. Ammonia loading is a function of feed loading, protein content Biofilter surface area requirements can range from 3 to 30 square feet per lb of fish depending on
and digestion efficiency. The TAN limit is primarily a function of culture water pH and fish the biofilter type and the factors described above. For this reason, we recommend that the AES/B
tolerance for un-ionized ammonia (see Tech Talk 47). Numbers (lbs of fish supported, Tech Talk 106) as well as the feed and TAN limits listed in this
High water replacement rates dilute culture water ammonia while impacting pH and other water catalog be used for comparison purposes only and not for biofilter sizing.

Bead Filters
SWEETWATER BEAD FILTERS FW SW KOI DESIGNED HERE
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater® Bead Filters are specifically

engineered to deliver both mechanical and biological filtration in one highly
efficient package. Applications include koi ponds, public aquariums, zoos,
hatcheries, research facilities, aquaponics, quarantine and environmental
biological recovery systems. Robustly constructed heavy-duty fiberglass filter
vessels are rated at maximum 50 PSI and designed to hold up to 4500 ft² of
biological contact surface area in a small footprint.
Backwashes are accomplished with ease using a blower system. The blower
aggressively agitates the debris collected in the media bed and suspends it in
the water column to be backwashed. Water clarity monitoring during backwash
cycles and the return stream is convenient using built-in sight glasses.
If separate mechanical filtration is provided upstream, pond size and fish
capacity can as much as double when the bead filter is used for biological
filtration only. Pond volume and fish load capacity numbers are nominal and 930080
sizing requirements should be determined by daily feed rate.
Bead filters include filtration vessel mounted on a rigid plastic base, control
valve with 2” union connections and filter bead media. Available models include
a choice of 120V/60Hz blower or a 240V/50Hz blower. Ships Ground. One-year
warranty.
Design Features
• Innovative flow control protects against friction loss by eliminating
unnecessary flow restrictions inside the system allowing greater water flow
• Both an excellent mechanical and biological filter
• Clear sight glasses allow you to monitor filtered effluent and waste discharge
streams
• Bottom mounted sludge drain discharges heavy solids without media
interference
• Bypass function isolates beneficial bacteria and media without disturbing
normal water flow. Ideal for medicating the aquatic environment without
negatively impacting the beneficial bacteria.
• High-output blower fluidizes and pre-washes media prior to backwash,
reducing the amount of water needed to clean the system, which increases 930083
biological efficiency.
• Removable diffuser inlet makes for easy cleaning
MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED BEAD FISH

SYSTEM SIZE FLOW RATE MEDIA SUPPORTED INLET/ DIMENSIONS WITH 120V 60HZ BLOWER WITH 240V 50HZ BLOWER
GAL/LITERS (GPM) CAPACITY (LBS) OUTLET DIAMETER HEIGHT MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
4,000/15,142 40 - 60 1.65 FT³ 75 2”/ 11/2” 19” 38” 930080 $1,550.00 930146
NEW $1,550.00
8,000/30,283 60 - 90 3.30 FT³ 165 2” 24” 43” 930081 2,150.00 930147
NEW 2,150.00
12,000/45,425 90-110 4.95 FT³ 240 2” 30” 48” 930082 2,950.00 930148
NEW 2,950.00
24,000/90,850 100-125 9.90 FT³ 480 2” 36” 52” 930083 4,750.00 930149
NEW 4,750.00
Note: Model 930080 and 930146 will ship with 2” x 1½” reducer bushings as option for 1½” plumbing installation.
MODEL EACH
AB1 FILTER BEAD MEDIA - 1.65 FT³, 55 LBS. $117.29
930135 1HP, 120V 60HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930080 AND 930081 244.99
930142 NEW 1HP, 240V 50HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930146 AND 930147 244.99
930137 1.5HP, 120V 60HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930082 AND 930083 279.99
930143 NEW 1.5HP, 240V 50HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930148 AND 930149 279.99

Bead Filtration Systems
SWEETWATER BEAD FILTRATION SKID SYSTEMS FW SW KOI DESIGNED HERE

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater bead filtration systems are UV Sterilizers
self-contained units designed to provide both mechanical and biological
These systems inactivate potentially-harmful micro-organisms such as
filtration. These systems offer complete filtration, UV treatment and circulation
bacteria and algae through the use of ultra violet light. This important
for multi-tank culture systems, koi ponds and water gardens. Choose between
benefit is accomplished by using Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems SMART UV®
four different configurations with performance and specifications to suit the
sterilizers. Each unit features high-output (HO) T6-style lamps and is sized
needs of many aquatic applications. All systems include pump, filter, UV
to deliver a UV dose over 30,000 μW/cm2 at full system flow for optimal
sterilizer, bead filter, valves and rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing. They come
sterilization. Replacement lamps sold separately.
assembled, plumbed and pre-mounted on a plastic skid for drop and go
installations. Skid can be easily moved with a forklift or standard pallet jack. Plumbing
Systems ship via motor freight (crating charge not included when applicable),
FOB Orlando. One-year warranty. These systems are plumbed with rugged Schedule 80 PVC pipe.
All valves are true union Asahi ball or 3-way valves for easy service and
Applications: disassembly. All filters and UV sterilizers have bypass lines to facilitate
• Aquaculture systems • Koi ponds filter or lamp replacement.
• Multi-tank culture systems • Water gardens
CALL OUR TECH SUPPORT FOR SIZING ASSISTANCE.
Pumps
Each filtration system is equipped with a Sparus™ 160 or Taurus™ 110 Energy
Efficient Aquaculture-Duty Centrifugal Pump. These pumps are fresh and
saltwater compatible, offer extremely high water flow in a quiet, energy efficient
package. Suitable for single-phase or three-phase electrical supply and offered
with totally enclosed fan cooled motors in 50hz and 60hz electrical ratings,
making them suitable for installation nearly anywhere in the world. Upgraded
systems are equipped with the Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology™
that delivers a constant user-defined flow rate because the motor speed
self-adjusts to maintain the constant flow setting even as conditions change.
Note: Flow rate setting not to exceed system designed flow rate.
Filters
Sweetwater® Bead Filters have been specifically sized to match the
requirements of the system and the flow rate of the pump to deliver effective,
reliable filtration. The bead filter housing is constructed of extra thick 930087
polyethylene for strength and durability. The bead filter tanks feature a sight
glass to visually monitor the clarity of the return water as well as a clear pipe to
monitor waste discharge during the backwash cycle to make sure the bead
filter media is cleaning properly. Bead filter media is included, and replacement
media can be purchased separately. Offered in 50hz and 60hz electrical ratings.
FLOWRATE FILTER SIZE UV POND SIZE*
MODEL PUMP (GPM) (FT3) (WATTS) (GAL) LBS OF FISH* INLET OUTLET L W H** EACH
60 HZ MODELS
930084 TAURUS™ 60HZ 1PH 40 1.65 80 4000 75 2" 2" 48" 40" 48" $3,250.00
115/208-230V TEFC
930085 TAURUS™ 60HZ 1PH 60 3.3 120 8000 165 2" 2" 48" 40" 62" 4,450.00
115/208-230V TEFC
930086 SPARUS™ 60HZ 1PH 100 4.95 150 12000 250 2" 2" 48" 40" 76" 4,950.00
115/208-230V TEFC
930161 NEW SPARUS™ 60HZ 3PH 100 4.95 150 12000 250 2" 2" 48" 40" 76" 4,925.00
208-230/460V TEF5
930087 SPARUS™ W/CFT 1PH 100 4.95 150 12000 250 2" 2" 48" 40" 76" 5,150.00
230V 50/60HZ TEFC
50 HZ MODELS
930162 NEW SPARUS™ 50HZ 1PH 40 1.65 80 4000 75 2" 2" 48" 40" 48" $3,700.00
220-240V TEFC
930166 NEW SPARUS™ 50HZ 3PH 40 1.65 80 4000 75 2" 2" 48" 40" 48" 3,700.00
380-420V TEFC
930163 NEW SPARUS™ 50HZ 1PH 60 3.3 120 8000 165 2" 2" 48" 40" 62" 4,625.00
220-240V TEFC
930167 NEW SPARUS™ 50HZ 3PH 60 3.3 120 8000 165 2" 2" 48" 40" 62" 4,625.00
380-420V TEFC
930164 NEW SPARUS™ 50HZ 1PH 100 4.95 150 12000 250 2" 2" 48" 40" 76" 5,225.00
220-240V TEFC
930168 NEW SPARUS™ 50HZ 3PH 100 4.95 150 12000 250 2" 2" 48" 40" 76" 5,225.00
380-420V TEFC
930165 NEW SPARUS™ W/CFT 1PH 100 4.95 150 12000 250 2" 2" 48" 40" 76" 5,525.00
230V 50/60HZ TEFC
*Pond volume and fish load capacity numbers are nominal and sizing requirements should be determined by daily feed rate. ** Additional clearance is required for bulb removal.
Filtration Systems
COMMERCIAL FILTRATION SYSTEMS FW SW DESIGNED HERE

Bag, Cartridge, and Sand Filters
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Commercial Filtration Systems provide Commercial Filtration Systems are supplied with your choice of bag, cartridge
complete filtration and circulation for larger recirculating applications. These or sand filters. These filters have been specifically sized to match the
systems are available in a range of configurations with performance and requirements of the system and the flow rate of the pump. All systems include
specifications to suit the needs of many aquatic applications. All systems chemical filters which remove contaminants and impurities from the water
include pump, filter, UV sterilizer, chemical filter, valves and Schedule 80 PVC (media sold separately).
pipe. They come assembled, plumbed and pre-mounted on durable plastic
skids for drop and go installations. Skids can be easily moved with a forklift or Choose between three filter options:
standard pallet jack. Systems ship via motor freight, FOB Orlando. • Bag Filters—The polypropylene bag filter is designed to allow a high flow
rate through a single reusable in-line bag filter (filter bags from 1 to 800
Applications: microns are sold separately).
• Public aquariums • Multi-tank rack systems • Cartridge Filters—The cartridge filter housing is constructed of fiberglass-
• Retail holding systems • Seafood holding systems reinforced polypropylene for improved strength and chemical resistance;
pleated 20-micron cartridge included (replacement cartridges sold separately).
• Research systems • Residential systems
• Sand Filters—The sand filter housing is constructed of a one-piece, reinforced
• Aquaculture systems • Koi ponds
fiberglass shell for strength and durability (sand filter media sold separately).
Pumps UV Sterilizers
All systems are available with pumps that are suitable for single-phase or These systems feature Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems commercial-duty UV
three-phase electrical supply and offered in 50 hz or 60 hz electrical ratings, sterilizers that utilize ultraviolet light to effectively and efficiently inactivate
making them suitable for installation nearly anywhere in the world. Fresh and potentially-harmful micro-organisms such as bacteria and algae. These UV
saltwater compatible. units feature high-output (HO) T6-style lamps for a higher wattage in a shorter
Choose between two pump models: lamp. The UV dose is sized to be over 30,000 µW/cm2 at full system flow.
Replacement lamps sold separately.
• Sparus™ 160—These pumps offer extremely high water flow in a quiet,
energy efficient package. Plumbing
• Sparus with Constant Flow Technology™—Delivers a constant user- Systems are plumbed with Schedule 80 PVC pipe. All valves are true union
defined flow rate because the motor speed self-adjusts to maintain the Asahi ball or 3-way valves plumbed throughout the system for easy service
constant flow setting even as system conditions change. Note: Flow rate and disassembly. All filters and UV sterilizers have bypass lines to facilitate
setting not to exceed system designed flow rate. filter or lamp replacement.
930019 - 30 GPM Bag Filter System 930054 - 60 GPM Cartridge Filter System 930070 - 100 GPM Sand Filter System
SPARUS W/CFT SPARUS 60HZ 1PH SPARUS 60HZ 3PH SPARUS 50HZ 1PH SPARUS 50HZ 3PH
230V 50/60HZ 1PH TEFC 115/208-230V TEFC 208-230/460V TEFC 220-240V TEFC 380-420V TEFC
CSK FILTRATION SYSTEMS MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
30GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930019
$5,565.00 930020 $5,198.00 930021 $5,198.00 930022
$5,198.00 930023
$5,198.00
30GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER² 930024 5,565.00 930025 5,198.00 930026 5,198.00 930027 5,198.00 930028 5,198.00
30GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930029 5,565.00 930030 5,198.00 930031 5,198.00 930032 5,198.00 930033 5,198.00
45GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930034 5,849.00 930035 5,481.00 930036 5,481.00 930037 5,481.00 930038 5,481.00
45GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930044 5,849.00 930045 5,481.00 930046 5,481.00 930047 5,481.00 930048 5,481.00
60GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930049 6,216.00 930050 5,849.00 930051 5,849.00 930052 5,849.00 930053 5,849.00
60GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930059 6,216.00 930060 5,849.00 930061 5,849.00 930062 5,849.00 930063 5,849.00
100GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930064 6,657.00 930065* 6,290.00 930066 6,290.00 — — — —
100GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER² 930067 6,657.00 930068* 6,290.00 930069 6,290.00 — — — —
100GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930070 6,657.00 930071* 6,290.00 930072 6,290.00 — — — —
* 208-230V 60HZ 1PH TEFC. ¹ See page 100 for filter bags. ² See page 117 for replacement cartridges. ³ See page 98 for sand media.
Sand Filters
ARIAS™ 4000 SAND FILTERS

Thermoplastic sand filter with multiport valve
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Arias 4000 Top Mount Filters are the perfect
high performance sand filters. They're incredibly simple to operate and
maintain, and they're built with long-term reliability in mind. Plus, their highly
efficient design provides all the filtration your system requires, year after year.
Sand filters are one of the most popular and cheap ways to filter water,
and for good reason. They are simple, effective and require very little attention.
Water is routed through a sand-filled pressure vessel. In this method,
impurities are extracted from the water using sand to collect and attract
the debris as small as 20 to 40 microns. Over time, dirt accumulates in the
spaces between the sand particles causing the pressure in the vessel to
rise as water finds it harder to pass through. This signals you to "backwash"
the filter. Simply reverse the water flow and "knock out" the dirt.
The top-mount, 6-function 11⁄2" multiport valve of the Arias 4000 puts all
filter functions right at your fingertips—just rotate the handle to the desired
position and the Arias 4000 does the rest for sure and simple operation.
Features a pressure gauge and manual air relief for optimum filtration
efficiency. Its internal design ensures that water is exposed to maximum sand
surface area for superior filtration performance and efficient backwashing.
Features:
• One-piece thermoplastic tank for exceptional strength, corrosion resistance
and long life
• Combination water and sand drain makes servicing fast and easy
• Special internal design maintains sand bed level for consistent performance
and extended time between cleaning cycles
A4000-40-AQ
EFFECTIVE MAX ALL SAND

FILTRATION PRESSURE FLOWRATE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL AREA (FT 2) (PSI) (GPM) (LBS) A B C (LBS) EACH
A4000-35-AQ 1.4 30 35 100 37” 33.5” 16.5” 22 $239.49
A4000-40-AQ 1.8 35 40 150 46.25” 37.75” 19.5” 24 287.59
A4000-60-AQ 2.3 40 60 250 52.5” 43.75” 22.5” 28 325.09
A4000-70-AQ 3.15 50 70 300 57” 46.25” 24” 58 335.49
A4000-80-AQ* 3.5 50 75 350 65.75” 48.75” 26” 76 361.39
*With 2" valve.
TECH TALK 46
Iron Removal
If iron is in your water, you can either move to another location or spend some effort to remove it. To remove iron that precipitates readily, simply aerate or spray water into the air using the well
The presence of iron above .1 ppm is considered detrimental to most freshwater fish-keeping pump’s pressure. Hold the water in a settling basin, followed by a slow rate sand filter of about
(.5 is lethal). Iron-bearing water, when fresh out of the ground, is usually clear because iron is in two gallons per square foot per minute.
the soluble ferrous iron form. As soon as it reacts with a little oxygen (.14 ppm per part of iron),
For removing more difficult iron, the aerated water may be passed over coarse contact media
the iron is changed to the ferric state and turns brown or orange. Then, it either drops out
(lava, stones, coke, etc.) in a multilevel tray. The media soon becomes coated with iron hydroxide,
(precipitates) or remains suspended as a colloid.
which promotes catalytic precipitation of iron and manganese from the water.
There are three general classes of iron-bearing ground water:
All three classes of iron can be removed by the lime-softening process and/or the zeolite process,
• Those that precipitate immediately after aeration. sometimes called greensand.
• Those that do not precipitate (acid waters)
• Those that precipitate only part of the iron.

Sand Filters

Fiberglass tank with multiport valve, clamp style
These Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems sand filters have been a favorite of
aquaculturists for years—a testament to their performance, value and ease
of use. But not all sand filters are equal. Arias 6000 sand filters include
design features that give you consistent performance and quicker cleaning
cycles to keep pump operating costs low. Arias 6000 provide years of service
with only periodic backwashing to remove trapped debris from the sand.
A special diffuser creates a uniform sand bed that consistently traps more
dirt without impeding the water flow or letting it race through too fast—the
result is more effective filtration and longer times between backwashing.
The six-position valve has a manual air relief valve and a sight glass to make
inspection, routine maintenance and operation fast and easy. Model
A6000-40-AQ has 1 ½” NPT female threads on the valve itself w/ 1 ½” female
slip unions included. Model A6000-60-AQ has 2” slip connection unions ONLY
(no internal threads on this valve). Model A6000-100-AQ has 2” NPT female
threads on the valve itself (but the filter includes 3” NPT to female slip
unions). Pressure gauge also included.
Features
• The Arias 6000 tank is constructed in one piece from fiberglass reinforced
material to deliver unmatched strength and durability
• Special lateral design provides superior flow characteristics and long
filter cycles for economical operation
• Combination water and sand drain makes servicing fast and easy
• A6000-40-AQ, A6000-60-AQ and A6000-100-AQ are standard with
plastic clamp
A6000-60-AQ
EFFECTIVE MAX ALL SAND

FILTRATION PRESSURE FLOWRATE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL AREA (FT 2) (PSI) (GPM) (LBS) A B C (LBS) EACH
A6000-40-AQ 1.8 50 40 175 47” 37” 19.5” 30 $425.39
A6000-60-AQ 3.1 50 60 325 57” 42.5” 24.5” 38 447.09
A6000-100-AQ 4.9 50 100 600 65.5” 47.25” 30.5” 78 685.29
Note: Operating limits—maximum continual operating pressure of pressure of 50 psi. Maximum operating water temperature (internal filter) is 104º F (40º C).
TECH TALK 43
Sand Filter Media

There are numerous choices of media for sand filter vessels other than sand. One can use plastic regardless of solids loading and head loss that a fixed-media filter experiences.
beads, granular media of mixed sizes, or lightweight filter media for particulate and solid waste One must realize also that sand media filters and pressurized filters are not usually suitable for
removal. Activated carbon can be useful for the removal of dissolved organics, chlorine, and production aquaculture situations. While a sand filter is an excellent application of fine solids removal
antibiotics. Activated carbon should be replaced prior to it becoming saturated by adsorption of for pool filtration, this situation is with chlorinated water, eliminating the growth of bacterial biofilm
materials on its surfaces. Sand filter vessels can also be used with zeolite, an ion exchange mineral and biosolids. In a heavily-fed aquaculture production situation, however, where no chlorine can be
with the ability to adsorb ammonia ions from fresh water. Regardless of the media chosen for your used, a sand filter will quickly become overwhelmed with bacterial growth and fouling, requiring large
filtration solution, always backwash or rinse new material prior to operation to remove dust and fine volumes of water to frequently backwash. Replacement of large volumes of water can be problematic
particles that can irritate fish or cause cloudy water conditions. Bear in mind that, for specialized in maintaining proper system temperature, and in the addition of additives to maintain hardness,
filtration applications, Pentair offers a wide array of specialized filters that may be better options than salinity, and alkalinity. Alternative media filters may be suitable for situations in which lighter feed
sand filter vessels. rates will apply, such as laboratory, hatchery, and live holding system applications.
In addition to providing solids filtration, media within sand filter vessels can also provide biofiltration, In substituting media in traditional sand filter vessels, flow rates and backwash frequencies will not
with the surfaces of the media becoming colonized with nitrifying bacteria. This type of filter can be follow those established for traditional sand filters. Proper operation and flow rates may need to be
operated as a pressurized biofilter/solids filter, and works well in a flow scheme with a single pump adjusted for operational characteristics. Sizing of alternative media filters may best be approached by
cycling water from the culture tank, through the filter, and returning the flow to an elevation to provide assuming half the flow capacity of that of a traditional sand filter unit. Your Pentair Aquatic
degassing before returning to the culture tanks. The Sparus™ with Constant Flow Technology™ pump Eco-Systems solutions provider can assist with particular models and your operational requirements.
is ideal for pairing with a pressurized media filter, as it can deliver a constant flow rate to the filter

Sand Filters

Fiberglass sand filter w/o valves
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Arias 8000 sand filters feature a process
that creates a one-piece, reinforced fiberglass shell with a UV-resistant
surface finish. Compatible multi-port valve available separately, refer below to
part number SMV2. If you don’t purchase a valve, then you will need to
purchase a set of fittings listed below.10-year tank warranty, one-year
standard warranty. Ships via motor freight.
Filter, Valve,
and Fittings
Sold Separately
10 YEAR TANK
WARRANTY
SMV2 271092-AQ
EFFECTIVE MAX PEA GRAVEL SAND FILTER MEDIA
FILTRATION FLOW RATE PRESSURE REQUIRED REQUIRED ALL SAND DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL AREA (FT 2) (GPM)1 (PSI) (LBS) (LBS) REQUIRED (LBS) A B C D E (LBS) EACH
A8000-100-AQ 4.91 98 50 150 450 600 39.75” 30.5” 16.50” 43.75” 7.5” 70 $767.09
A8000-140-AQ 7.06 141 50 275 650 925 45.25” 36.5” 18.75” 49.25” 7.5” 82 1,118.00
Based on 20 gpm per ft 2.
1
OPTIONAL VALVE
SMV2 MULTIPORT VALVE, 2” FNPT ON THE VALVE ITSELF, SIDE MOUNTED 157.49
OPTIONAL FITTINGS FOR INSTALLATIONS WITHOUT A VALVE

271096-AQ 1½” & 2” SLIP ADAPTER KIT (PAIR) 32.89
271094-AQ 1½” THREADED ADAPTER KIT (PAIR) 32.59
271092-AQ 2” THREADED ADAPTER KIT (PAIR) 35.69
LIVE CHAT
Available for your convenience:
• General technical support & customer service
• Online discussion with technician
• Order questions & tracking
• Multilingual chat options available
• Billing & shipping questions

SECTION
ProductsFilters/Media
Carbon / Products /Filters
Products
COMMERCIAL CARBON FILTERS FW SW DESIGNED HERE

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater® Commercial Carbon Filters utilize
beds of pure activated carbon to remove contaminants and impurities from
water. These carbon filters are available in three tank sizes to allow for max
flow rates ranging from 30 GPM to 125 GPM. The carbon filter can be applied
to influent and effluent water treatment. Removal uses: chlorine, chloramine,
organics, low molecular, volatile organics. Size is determined by flow,
contaminant concentration, and time between carbon exchange. Gravel and
activated carbon filter media sold separately.Ships Ground. One-year warranty.
Design Features
• F iberglass-reinforced plastic filter tank created with an exclusive
manufacturing process that creates a seamless shell sealed with epoxy
resin which is light weight and ideal for corrosive environments
• Designed with freshwater and saltwater compatible components
• Powder coated 316 Stainless Steel frame provides plumbing support
• Plumbed with gray PVC Schedule 80 pipe for heavy duty applications
• 4” stainless steel panel mounted differential pressure gauge, 0-160 PSI, for
monitoring of inlet and outlet pressure
• Keystone Composeal Butterfly valves provide excellent corrosion resistance,
bubble tight shutoff and convenient, simple operation during backwash
• Activated carbon (part no. AC55) and gravel (part no. GRAVEL38)
sold separately

950002 - 70 GPM 950003 - 125 GPM
Carbon Filter Carbon Filter
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MEDIA

FLOW SYSTEM SIZE CAPACITY ACVTIVATED CARBON GRAVEL TANK SIZE OVERALL DIMENSIONS
MODEL (GPM) (GAL) (FT3/M3) INLET OUTLET (LBS. REQUIRED) (LBS. REQUIRED) DIA. HEIGHT L W H EACH
950001 30 119 7.0/0.2 2” 2” 196 365 24” 72” 42” 35” 97” $8,000.00
950002 70 264 17.6/0.5 2” 2” 440 819 36” 72” 56” 40” 99” 9,500.00
950003 125 463 31.8/0.9 3” 3” 783 1459 48” 72” 73” 51” 110” 11,750.00
FILTER HOUSING 20” CHEMICAL BASKET FILTERS

This 20” filter housing is NSF-listed and doubles the Large chemical media filters perfect for
flowrate of the 10” housings. Housing is rated at 25 psi use in small recirculating systems,
@ 125ºF, has EPDM and silicone O-rings with 3/4” FNPT seafood holding systems and zoological
inlet/outlet, polypropylene plastic, weighs 3 lbs. Fits exhibits. Use them with carbon, zeolite,
pleated, polypropylene filter cartridges listed and other biofilter media, etc. Glass-filled
standard 20” filters. thermoplastic units are compatible with
fresh and salt water. The shape of the tank
provides a high surface area and an ideal
flow pattern through the media.
Lock ring and 1 1/2” drain and washout
allow quick and convenient access to
basket to change media out, and 2”
plumbing provides maximum flow.
Includes air bleed and pressure gauge.
Bases of units are 11” in diameter; 16” long
from inlet to end of outlet.Capacities listed
below are based on dry weight using
ProLine® activated carbon.
MODEL GPM EACH
FH800 FILTER HOUSING, 20" BLUE — $46.59
CAPACITY
FH801 1 MICRON CARTRIDGE 3-5 27.49 MODEL VERT. CLEARANCE GPM (LBS) HEIGHT EACH
FH803 0.35 MICRON CARTRIDGE 2-4 27.59 FCB75H 39" 28 12 25.5" $397.99
FH805 5 MICRON CARTRIDGE 4-7 18.89 FCB100H 61" 38 17.5 33" 532.39
FH820 20 MICRON CARTRIDGE 5-10 18.89 FCB200H 76" 75 26 40.5" 660.49
FH850 50 MICRON CARTRIDGE 10-20 18.89 FCB50H 30" 19 8 18" 362.29

SECTION 117
117
Products / Products
Cartridge
/ Products
Filters
SEDNA™ 1000 CARTRIDGE FILTERS

Fiberglass-reinforced cartridge filter
Get top-end filter performance with low maintenance! The single-piece
base/tank is constructed of fiberglass-reinforced polypropylene for
improved strength and chemical resistance. The manual air relief valve
and continuous internal air relief work together to maintain optimum
filtration efficiency at all times. The unit's innovative clamp ring design
makes it easy to remove and rinse the cartridge, and the cartridge's surface
is designed to block and trap as many solids as possible. 11/2" drain and
washout allow quick and convenient maintenance, and 2" plumbing provides
maximum flow. One-year limited warranty.
20 Micron
S1000-100-AQ S1000-75-AQ S1000-50-AQ Replacement
Cartridge
EFFECTIVE FILTRATION FLOWRATE SHIP WEIGHT

MODEL AREA (FT2) (GPM) A. DIM. B. DIM. (LBS) EACH
S1000-50-AQ 50 19-50 18” 30” 15 $221.39
S1000-75-AQ 75 28-75 25.5” 39” 26 283.49
S1000-100-AQ 100 38-100 33” 61” 33 361.79
S1000-150-AQ 150 56-150 40.5” 76” 35 482.29
S1000-200-AQ 200 75-200 40.5” 76” 35 561.79
S1000-50C-AQ 20 MICRON REPL. CARTRIDGE FOR S1000-50-AQ 3 45.39
LIFEGARD CARTRIDGE FILTER ACCESSORIES

VF65
MODEL EACH
BG15 15-PSI GAUGE $17.19
VF2 35-PSI GAUGE 13.09
VF65 GAUGE ADAPTER & AIR BLEED 8.69
VF11R REPL. FILTER CARTRIDGE FOR VF11 9.89
VF11R VF2

Bag Filters/Filter Bags
XL234 BAG FILTER

The XL234 is a highly durable bag filter system.
The vessel, constructed of glass-filled
polypropylene with UV inhibitors, comes with a
100% polypropylene basket and Viton gasket. The
filter is rated up to 85 psi @ 110ºF and provides
flowrates up to 160 gpm. The filter bag allows for
extra dirt holding with its 5.3 ft2 surface that is 20%
larger than a standard size two-filter bag.
In addition to the durability and broad range
capability, the XL234 is simple to use. The twist-off
lid requires no tools and the EZ Loc ring on the
filter bag easily snaps into the sealing groove to
prevent bypass. The tripod filter legs are integrally MODEL EACH
molded to the filter body for ease of installation.
A sacrificial vent grommet on the filter will vent if FV234 FILTER VESSEL $1,910.00
the lid is not closed securely, providing extra safety
FV234B BASKET 222.79
in operation.
The filter is available with 2" NPT inlet/outlet F234G GASKET 35.39
connections in-line side in/side out. The filter bags FV24GK SAFETY GROMMET KIT 23.69
are available in a variety of microns and materials
including polypropylene felt, polypropylene
monofilament felt and polypropylene microfiber.
Ship weight 38 lbs. POLYPROPYLENE FELT FILTER BAGS
Features MODEL MICRON EACH
• Designed for simplicity, safety and service life XL1 1 $10.59
• 85 psi filter, 160 gpm flow rate XL3 3 10.59
• Twist-off cap and EZ Loc ring
XL5 5 8.79
• 2” NPT inlet/outlet
XL10 10 8.79
• 53 1/2”H x 17 1/2” D at widest point
XL25 25 11.19
• Variety of filter bags available
XL50 50 10.39
FV234
XL100 100 9.19
TECH TALK 65
Mechanical Filtration and Biofiltration
In the world of aquaculture, mechanical filtration and biofiltration are very distinct and Suspended solids can also be removed by mechanical means such as bag filters, drum filters
separate entities, and they must be treated as such. Filtration is the removal of solid waste, and vegetative filters.
whereas biofiltration is the biological process that converts toxic nitrogenous wastes to
Biofiltration is the aerobic (with oxygen) breakdown of dissolved nitrogenous fish waste. The
non-toxic nitrate.
process is accomplished by two or more strains of autotrophic bacteria. These bacteria are
Solid waste is typically categorized by its size and specific gravity. Settleable solids are those naturally occurring and will ultimately colonize the bio-media in the biofilter as well as the tank
solids which have a relatively high specific gravity compared to the water in which they exist. and pipe walls. The speed of this process is dependent on temperature, pH, salinity, surface
They will settle to the bottom. Suspended solids are those in a category that have a specific area, flow rate, etc.
gravity the same as, or slightly higher than, the water. They tend to stay in suspension and will
The autotrophic bacteria use oxygen in a two-step process to first convert the toxic ammonia
only “drop-out” over a long period of time. Dissolved solids are those which actually become a
(NH3 or NH4+) to nitrite (NO2-). Another strain of bacteria converts nitrite (NO2-) to nitrate
part of the water. The dissolved solids are eliminated by reverse osmosis, anion and cation
(NO3-). Nitrate is much less toxic and typically tolerated by most cultured species until it
resins, activated carbon, etc.
reaches very high levels. Controlling nitrate is accomplished by diluting with clean water or by
One method of removing solid waste from a round fish tank is to use a double drain. It using a denitrification chamber that converts nitrate into nitrogen gas (this is an anaerobic
will direct the settled solids to a separate area from the main flow. The settled solids can process that uses a group of heterotrophic bacteria). A third method to keep nitrate levels in
be directed into a small clarifier, much smaller than one sized to handle the entire flow check is the use of plants. You can have a green water system (using algae), a vegetative filter
of recirculating water. The other drain takes the suspended solids along with the or even use a hydroponic plant system to remove nitrate.
nitrogenous waste.
Regardless of which type of filtering equipment you decide to use, the one thing to keep in mind
Suspended solids can be removed by several methods. One is the bead filter, which incorporates is to stage the filtration. It is a common mistake to design a system that relies too heavily on a
the use of small polyethylene beads that have a positive electrostatic charge. These beads single filtering device to provide all of the filtering requirements of a recirculating system. By
have an affinity for the negatively charged suspended solids. As the particles pass these beads, staging filtration components, the system will perform at or near its peak.
they are “statically” drawn to them. When the beads are loaded with solids, it is time to
backwash them.

Bag Filters/Filter Bags
BAG FILTER TECH FAV

This polypropylene filter vessel is designed to allow high flowrates through a single reusable bag filter. It is
rated at 75 gpm for clean water (for particulate-laden water and/or to extend time between cleanings, we
recommend a design flowrate below 40 gpm). For higher flows, use two or more in parallel. To further
extend time between cleaning, place a larger micron filter before a smaller micron filter in series. The
vessel is made of UV-inhibited polypropylene with a threaded lid, O-ring and removable internal basket for
easy bag removal. This vessel has 2" FNPT inlet and outlet and 1/4" FNPT lid vent and weighs 10 lbs. 38” H
with legs x 11” D at the widest point. Optional pressure gauges for lid vent are below. Vessels include
housing, lid, retainer basket and 2 plastic leg/foot assemblies, easily cut to required height. Conical base
(36049) highly recommended. Maximum pressure is 100 psi @ 110°F. One-year warranty.
Bag Filters
Bag filters are 6" dia. x 20" length with 2 ft2 of surface area. They are fitted with a ring that seals directly
against the filter housing, eliminating any chance of bypass. Ten levels of filtration bags offered from 1 to
800 microns.
Differential pressure gauge
Designed exclusively to supplement pressure gauges used on our FV1 bag filter. It mounts on the mounting
pad's bag vessel located on the opposite side of the inlet port. The window turns red, indicating "time to
change." Requires a 3/16" drill to install portholes; use only screws provided. 2" long.
MODEL EACH
FV1 FILTER VESSEL $322.09 $289.89/6+
36049 OPTIONAL CONICAL BASE 116.49 —
BG15 GAUGE, 0–15 PSI, 1/4" NPT 17.19 —
LPG30 GAUGE, 0–30 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED 28.49 —
BG61 GAUGE, 0–60 PSI, 1/4" NPT 12.89 —
VF65 GAUGE ADAPTER & AIR BLEED 8.69 —
FV1 DPG20 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE, 15–20 PSI 27.59 —
REPLACEMENT PARTS
FV1S LID O-RING 8.59 7.73/6+
FVV1L THREADED LID 85.09 76.58/6+
36002 INTERNAL BASKET 91.19 82.07/6+
FV1F LEGS (2) 38.69 34.82/6+
VB1 BAG FILTER (FELT), 1Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
FV1 w/Optional Conical Base VB100 BAG FILTER (FELT), 100Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
(36049) and Pressure Gauge VB200 BAG FILTER (MESH), 200Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB300 BAG FILTER (MESH), 300Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
36002
Internal Basket
w/Bag Filter
VB800 DPG20 FV1S

Bag Filter Differential Lid O-Ring
Pressure Gauge

120 CHEMICAL FILTRATION
Reverse Osmosis Systems
REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEMS, 3-STAGE REVERSE OSMOSIS DI SYSTEMS, 5-STAGE

• High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter, • High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter, 2-micron carbon
2-micron carbon block pre-filter block for VOC reduction
• High-flow/high-rejection TFC membrane • High-flow/high-rejection TFC
providing excellent water purification membrane and two color-
• 160-psi pressure gauge and clear 10” filter changing deionization resins
cartridge housings allow full system for the highest water purity
monitoring • 160-psi pressure gauge and clear
• Quick disconnect fittings, filter wrench and 10” filter cartridge housings
hose bib attachment are included allow full system monitoring
• In-line TDS meter and shut-off valve optional • Quick disconnect fittings, filter
wrench and hose bib attachment
• Plus models with Chloramine Blaster filters are included
• Ship weight is 15 lbs • In-line TDS meter and shut-off
• Dolphin Series valve optional
• Plus models with Chloramine
AF3300 Blaster filters AFX51
• Ship weight is 27 lbs
• Mako Series
MAX MAX
FLOW (GPD) STD MODEL EACH PLUS MODEL EACH FLOW (GPD) STD MODEL EACH PLUS MODEL EACH
50 AFX350 $144.99 AFX350C $208.99 50 AFX51 $274.99 AFX51C $338.99
100 AF3100 158.99 AF3100C 228.99 100 AFX101 259.99 AFX101C 348.99
200 AF3200 217.99 AF3200C 277.99 200 AFX201 336.99 AFX201C 407.99
300 AF3300 286.99 AF3300C 346.99 300 AFX301 394.99 AFX301C 476.99
REVERSE OSMOSIS DI SYSTEMS, 4-STAGE REVERSE OSMOSIS DI SYSTEMS, 4-STAGE

• High-efficiency 1-micron sediment • High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter and Chloramine Blaster filters
pre-filter, 2-micron carbon block for • High-flow/high-rejection TFC membrane and color-changing deionization
VOC reduction resin for the highest water purity
• High-flow/high-rejection TFC • Microprocessor-controlled 1:1 waste-to-water ratio helps conserve water
membrane and color-indicating
• Booster pump increases pressure to maximize filter efficiency
deionization resin for lab grade water
• Cyclic membrane flush upon startup and shutdown prolongs DI life and
• 160-psi pressure gauge and clear 10”
prevents scaling
filter cartridge housings allow full
system monitoring • 160-psi pressure gauge
and clear 10” filter
• Quick disconnect fittings, filter wrench
cartridge housings allow
and hose bib attachment are included
full system monitoring
• In-line TDS meter and shut-off valve
• Quick disconnect
optional
fittings, filter wrench
• Plus models with Chloramine Blaster AFX50 and hose bib attachment
filters are included
• Ship weight is 18 lbs • In-line TDS meter and
• Barracuda Series high- and low-pressure
kill switches
• Ship weight is 35 lbs
AFXOCT50
• Octopus Series
MAX
FLOW (GPD) STD MODEL EACH PLUS MODEL EACH MODEL MAX FLOW (GPD) EACH
50 AFX50 $218.99 AFX50C $278.99 AFXOCT50 50 $458.99
100 AFX100 231.99 AFX100C 298.99 AFXOCT100 100 468.99
200 AFX200 283.99 AFX200C 348.99 AFXOCT150 150 478.99
300 AFX300 336.99 AFX300C 416.99 AFXOCT200 200 548.99
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis® is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
CHEMICAL FILTRATION 12108
Reverse Osmosis Accessories
REVERSE OSMOSIS ACCESSORIES

MODEL EACH
AFXWR FILTER WRENCH $3.19
AFXPG GAUGE & TEE, 1/8" MNPT, 160 PSI 18.99
AFXTDS TDS METER 44.99
AFXASO SHUT-OFF VALVE 54.49
AFXBLCART FILTER REFILL (+ MODELS) 18.49
AFX10C REPLACEMENT CANISTER 20.99
AFXASO AFXPG
AFXDI REPLACEMENT DEIONIZATION CARTRIDGE 21.09
AFXCF CARBON CARTRIDGE 7.99
REVERSE OSMOSIS BOOSTER PUMP KIT

Designed specifically for reverse osmosis systems, this in-line pump boosts incoming tap water
pressure that is too low for optimal R/O performance. The 24VDC pump adds about 50 psi to your line
pressure.
Kit includes up to 100 GPD booster pump, 110V transformer, high pressure switch, anti-vibe mounting
tab, and heavy-duty aluminum bracket. Quiet operation, weighs 6 lbs.
MAX FLOW
AFX10C AFXBLCART AFXDI AFXCF MODEL (GPD) EACH
BP8800 R/O BOOSTER PUMP KIT 200 $138.99
ZG439052 3/8” X 1/4” BUSHING 200 3.49
FILTERS, 10”
Our FXC filter housing tops are made of polypropylene with 3/4” FNPT ports and feature acrylonitrile,
shatter-resistant filter housings. FXB has a unique bypass valve built into its top, which allows the
cartridge to be changed without interrupting the flow. Both models are rated to 150 psi, accept all
standard 10” filter cartridges and weigh 5 lbs each.
The canister cartridge (FX6) is sold empty for filling with your own media (zeolite, resin or carbon, etc.)
and includes gaskets, pre-filter and post-filter.
BP8800
MODEL EACH 6+
FXC 10” FILTER HOUSING, 3/4” FNPT WITH ADAPTERS AND GASKETS $31.49 $28.34
FX6 CANISTER, EMPTY, 10” 9.79 8.81
FXB BYPASS FILTER HOUSING 47.59 42.83
POLYMICRO FILTERS, 10”

These cartridges are made through an exclusive process that thermally bonds 100% pure polypropylene
microfibers with lower density at the outside surface and progressivelyhigher density towards the
center. Made from FDA-compliant, NSF-certified materials, they are ideal as pre-filters. Fit standard
10” filter cartridges.
FXC FX6 FXB
MODEL MICRON EACH 4+ For R/O units & deionization canisters
PFCM 1 $3.79 $3.41 Wound Polypropylene
PFC5M 5 3.79 3.41 MODEL MICRON EACH 12+
PFC10M 10 3.79 3.41 FX1 1 $7.09 $6.38
PFC25M 25 3.79 3.41 FX5 5 7.09 6.38
PFC50M 50 3.79 3.41 FX10 10 7.09 6.38
AFX50M PFCM PFC75M 75 3.79 3.41 FX25 25 7.09 6.38

PFC100M 100 3.79 3.41 FX50 50 7.09 6.38
Replacement TFC® Membranes

MODEL GPD EACH
AFX50M 50 $45.89
AF100M 100 49.89
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis® is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
122 BIOLOGICAL
SECTION FILTRATION
Products / Products
Low-Space Bioreactor/ Products
SWEETWATER LOW-SPACE BIOREACTOR FILTER

®
KOI
Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning
This is a robust, nonpressurized biofilter that is much less sensitive to flow
rate variations and power interruptions than fluidized bed sand biofilters.
When operated in low-head recirculating systems, it can easily be sunk into
the floor to reduce the pump pressure. When installed this way, only a few
inches of head loss will occur across the LSB. Because air is used to circulate
the media, the LSB both adds oxygen and strips carbon dioxide! A hood can
be placed over the bioreactor to vent the CO2 outdoors. We have colored them
blue/green to prevent algae growth inside and provide the dark environment
preferred by the Nitrobacter bacteria.
Air diffuser depth can be adjusted for compatibility with your blower/
compressor. LSBs are complete with media. Compressed air connections
are 1/2” slip. Air pump not included. All you need are male-threaded pipe
connections. We can also custom build larger sizes. Ships motor freight.
• Up to 12 kg feed/m3 media (35.3 ft3)
• Non-pressurized, gravity drain
• Low head
• CO2 stripping
PACKS A HUGE AMOUNT OF USABLE SURFACE INTO A SMALL VOLUME.
MEDIA WITH NO FLOW MEDIA WITH WATER FLOW MEDIA IN BIOREACTOR BF150A
TANK VOL D X H MEDIA FLOWRATE REQ’D AIR IN/OUT FEED SHIP WT

MODEL (GAL) (INCHES) MAX. (FT3) (GPM) FLOW (CFM) (INCHES) AES/B* (LBS/DAY) (LBS) EACH
LSB2.5 35 18 X 33 2.5 3–9 1 1.25 119 1.5–3 40 $597.59
LSB3 40 18 X 36 3 3–10 1 1.25 142 2-4 55 669.39
LSB5 70 23 X 43 5 7–20 1.5 2 236 3–6 140 1,038.00
LSB7 94 21.5 X 62 7 10–30 2 3 339 4–9 170 1,280.00
LSB8 105 31 X 37 8 10–30 2 3 376 5–10 175 1,333.00
LSB12 170 31 X 57 12 17–50 3 3 576 7–15 280 1,802.00
LSB25 323 47 X 50 25 25–90 4.5 4 1173 15–30 380 2,966.00
LSB35-2 480 47 X 71 35 40–200 4.5 6 1730 20–45 535 4,602.00
BF150A BIO-MEDIA, 1 FT3 10 41.49
*AES/B Number is a conservative amount of fish (lbs) supported. See tech talk 106.
TECH TALK 112
Fluidized Sand Biofilters

The purpose of a biological filter is to convert ammonia to nitrate. Fish excrete ammonia in proportion to the amount of food they eat. In our catalog, you will see a "Feed per Day" rating based on a 40%
protein content, 10% moisture content feed, with typical digestibility. Fluidized bed biofilters using sand media are extremely compact and very inexpensive compared to other biofilters because the media
is sand. Water flows upward through the sand causing the sand grains to float or "fluidize." When the water flow is too low to fluidize the bed it is called a "collapsed bed." When the proper amount of
water is flowing, the sand expands upward, a condition referred to as an "expanded bed." If too much water is flowing, the bed will over expand and the smaller grains will be carried out of the biofilter in
the outflow water. There are three important aspects of fluidized sand biofilters. The first is the water inflow diffuser at the bottom. The diffuser creates a uniform, low-turbulence sand flow pattern.
Excessive turbulence can erode the biofilter vessel and scour nitrifying bacteria from the sand grains. The second aspect is water flow velocity. A narrow water flow range must be maintained to keep the
sand properly fluidized. Flow variations caused by pre-filters can result in collapsed or "blown-out" sand beds. The third aspect is refluidization. At start-up, a little extra pump pressure and an effective
water diffuser design are required for initial fluidization.

BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION
SECTION 123
Products / Products
Cyclonic /Bioreactor
Products
CYCLONIC BIOREACTOR
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Cyclonic BioReactor (CBR) is a Fluidized Sand
BioReactor (FSB) otherwise known as a Fluidized Sand Bio-Filter. The purpose
of the CBR is to provide a vehicle for the Nitrification of Ammonia by fluidizing
(or suspending in water) silica sand media. This is a two stage process where
the Nitrifying Bacteria form a biofilm on the surface of the silica sand media
that oxidizes Ammonia into Nitrite (Nitrosomonas) and Nitrite into Nitrate (Nitrobacter).
Features:
• Designed to maintain the highest level of system water quality with the lowest
operating and maintenance cost
• A small footprint, ideal for confined spaces
• Available in many sizes for various flow requirement
• Diameters up through 84” (2134 mm) designed for containerized shipping
anywhere in the world
• Multiple units can be connected in parallel for a larger flow rate
DIAMETER (Ø) HEIGHT (H) SHIP WEIGHT

(IN.) (IN.) (LBS) EACH*
CBR-012-084 12 84 165 $3,015.00
CBR-018-096 18 96 237 4,047.00
CBR-024-096 24 96 311 4,770.00
CBR-030-120 30 120 441 5,893.00
CBR-036-144 36 144 566 6,882.00
CBR-042-156 42 156 795 8,518.00
CBR-048-159 48 159 924 10,497.00
CBR-060-162 60 162 1311 14,968.00
CBR-072-168 72 168 1640 17,211.00
CBR-084-192 84 192 2320 21,640.00
CBR-096-234 96 234 2726 24,648.00
*Pricing is for standard models. Customization available.
CYCLONIC BIOREACTOR TECHNICAL DATA

MODEL NUMBER
CBR-024-096
CBR-096-234
CBR-012-084
CBR-018-096
CBR-036-144
CBR-048-159
CBR-030-120
CBR-060-162
CBR-084-192
CBR-042-156
CBR-072-168
Diameter Ø in 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84 96
mm 305 457 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,829 2,134 2,438
Overall Height in 84 96 96 120 144 156 159 162 168 192 234
mm 2,134 2,438 2,438 3,048 3,658 3,962 4,039 4,115 4,267 4,877 5,944
Tangential Inlet Ø in 1.5 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0
mm 38 51 76 76 102 102 102 152 152 152 203
Outlet Configuration Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Trough Trough Trough
Width in — — — — — — — — 36 36 42
Height in — — — — — — — — 12 12 12
Outlet Ø in 2 3 3 4 4 6 6 8 — — —
mm 51 76 76 102 102 152 152 203 — — —
HYDRAULIC PROPERTIES OF THE CBR WITH 0.19 MM SAND
Flow @ 10 gpm/sf gpm 7.9 17.7 31.4 49.1 70.7 96.2 125.7 196.3 282.7 384.8 502.7
l/min 29.7 66.9 118.9 185.8 267.6 364.2 475.7 743.3 1,070 1,457 1,903
Flow @ 15 gpm/sf gpm 11.8 26.5 47.1 73.6 106.0 144.3 188.5 294.5 424.1 577.3 754.0
l/min 44.6 100.3 178.4 278.7 401.4 546.3 713.5 1,115 1,605 2,185 2,854
MEDIA REQUIREMENTS
Sand Static Bed Height in 28 32 32 40 48 52 53 54 56 64 78
Volume ft3 1.8 4.7 8.3 16.2 28.1 41.3 55.0 87.3 130.1 202.3 322.6
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS*
Shipping lbs 165 237 311 441 566 795 924 1,311 1,640 2,320 2,726
Floor Load lbs/sf 754 782 754 912 1,070 1,155 1,166 1,181 1,215 1,384 1,670
*Shipping weights are based on 25psi design thickness. Weights will change at other design pressures.
124 DEGASSING
Gas Control Column
GAS CONTROL COLUMN

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Gas Control Column (GCC) is used to maintain
proper balance of dissolved gases in reuse process water. The GCT is
comprised of three sections: the CO² Stripper (CO2) and the Low Head
Oxygenator (LHO) and the LHO Sump (LHOS). Fan sold separately.
Features:
operating and maintenance costs
• Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
• Easy access for cleaning and maintenance
(Fan Sold Separately)
HEIGHT SHIP WT
MODEL GPM (IN.) (LBS) EACH
GCC-024-018 157 156 754 $7,405.00
GCC-030-024 245 159 888 8,448.00
GCC-036-030 353 162 1029 9,593.00
GCC-042-036 421 168 1179 10,809.00
GCC-048-042 628 192 1499 12,694.00
GCC-060-048 982 234 1891 15,404.00
GCC-072-054 1,414 234 2463 17,665.00
GCC-084-060 1,924 264 2914 21,270.00
CALL OUR TECH SUPPORT FOR SIZING ASSISTANCE
TECH TALK 34
Removing Carbon Dioxide

Did you know that for every 1 lb of oxygen consumed by fish they discharge 1.38 lbs of carbon dioxide? Carbon dioxide does cause problems in recirculating systems without aeration or degassing. This
can be the case, for example, where pure oxygen is used in place of aeration. Carbon dioxide must be removed, or it can build up to dangerous levels…dangerous to the fish and to humans if the fish are
raised in a closed building.
Here are some numbers to keep in mind. Oxygen is about 20.9% of the air and, because it is only slightly soluble in water, it becomes saturated at a level of about 9 ppm at 68°F (20°C). Carbon dioxide
is .033% of the air and is saturated in water at about .5 ppm (the ratio is higher because it is more soluble than oxygen). The comparative concentration of these two gases in blood is similar to that of
water. Therefore, a lot of carbon dioxide in the water means there will also be a lot of carbon dioxide in the blood of the fish. An excess of 5 ppm carbon dioxide in the water will affect the ability of the
fish to breathe.
If intensive aquaculture operations are being conducted outdoors, a splash aerator or aeration with air diffusers will drive the carbon dioxide into the air. If the operations are in a closed building, very
high levels of carbon dioxide can accumulate in the air (we’ve seen levels exceeding 4,000 ppm in the air in closed aquaculture facilities!). It then has to be removed from the building.
Air ventilators can also remove a lot of heat along with the carbon dioxide. We suggest that carbon dioxide be stripped with a degassing column that is ventilated to the outdoors. Outdoor air can be
drawn directly into the bottom of the degassing tower, forced up through the downflowing liquid, then directed back outdoors separate from the inlet. In cold weather, there will be a significant cooling
effect on the water because it is being degassed through cold, dry air. A simple air-to-air heat exchanger will help.

DEGASSING 125
Gas Control Column
GAS CONTROL COLUMN TECHNICAL DATA

MODEL NUMBER GCC-024-018 GCC-030-024 GCC-036-030 GCC-042-036 GCC-048-042 GCC-060-048 GCC-072-054 GCC-084-060
Design Flow Range gpm 126–157 196–245 283–353 385–481 503–628 785–982 1,131–1,414 1,539–1,924
lpm 476–595 743–929 1,070–1,338 1,457–1,821 1,903–2,378 2,973–3,716 4,281–5,351 5,827–7,283
GCC—CO2 STRIPPER CO2C-024-096 CO2C-030-096 CO2C-036-096 CO2C-042-096 CO2C-048-096 CO2C-060-096 CO2C-072-096 CO2C-084-096
Diameter CO2-Ø in 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84
mm 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,829 2,134
Height CO2-H in 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96
mm 2,438 2,438 2,438 2,438 2,438 2,438 2,438 2,438
HLR Range gpm/ft2 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50
gpm/m2 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037
Inlet Configuration Coupling Coupling Coupling Trough Trough Trough Trough Trough
Width in — — — 36 36 42 42 42
Height in — — — 12 12 12 12 12
Inlet Ø in 6 6 8 — — — — —
mm 152 152 203 — — — — —
Depth in 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Structured Media, Splash Plate, No Media mm 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 914
Required Air Flow SCFM 168–210 263–328 378–473 515–643 672–840 1,050–1,313 1,512–1,890 2,058–2,573
m3/min 5–6 7–9 11–13 14–18 19–24 29–37 42–53 58–72
Fan G:L 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1
Weights Shipping lbs 314 377 450 526 679 844 1,182 1,389
Operating lbs 372 490 620 776 1,011 1,386 1,984 2,500
GCC—LOW HEAD OXYGENATOR (LHO) LHOC-018-060 LHOC-024-060 LHOC-030-060 LHOC-036-060 LHOC-042-060 LHOC-048-060 LHOC-054-060 LHOC-060-060
Diameter CO2-Ø in 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60
mm 457 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,372 1,524
Height LHO-H in 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
mm 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524
HLR Range gpm/ft2 72–89 63–78 58–72 54–68 52–65 63–78 71–89 78–98
gpm/m2 2,897–3,622 2,546–3,183 2,347–2,933 2,218–2,773 2,129–2,661 2,546–3,183 2,897–3,622 3,194–3,993
Chambers qn 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
Height in 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
Submergence in 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
mm 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610
Inlet Gas Ports (316sst) qn 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ø 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2
Weights Shipping lbs 215 248 288 316 404 462 594 648
Operating lbs 183 221 258 296 384 445 580 640
GCT SUMP LHOS-024-060 LHOS-030-063 LHOS-036-066 LHOS-042-072 LHOS-048-096 LHOS-060-138 LHOS-072-138 LHOS-084-168
GCC Sump Diameter in 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84
mm 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,819 2,134
GCT Sump Height in 60 63 66 72 96 138 138 168
mm 1,524 1,600 1,676 1,829 2,438 3,505 3,505 4,267
Operating Liquid Level in 48 51 54 57 60 66 72 78
Outlet/Overflow Ø in 4 4 6 6 8 8 10 10
mm 102 102 152 152 203 203 254 254
Side Box Width in 16 16 18 18 24 24 30 30
Depth (dimension from tank wall) in 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18
Height in 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Cone Drain in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
mm 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
Weights Shipping lbs 225 263 321 376 486 685 817 1,037
Operating lbs 708 922 1,178 1,553 2,637 5,220 6,510 9,800
GCC ASSEMBLY
Overall Height OAH in 156 159 162 168 192 234 234 264
mm 3,962 4,039 4,115 4,267 4,877 5,944 5,944 6,706
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS
Empty lbs 634 768 909 1,059 1,379 1,771 2,343 2,794
Floor Load—Flooded lbs/sf 497.8 416.6 366.6 342.7 386.5 417.9 375.3 387.4

126 DEGASSING
Gas Control Tower
GAS CONTROL TOWER

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Gas Control Tower (GCT) is used to maintain
proper balance of dissolved gases in reuse process water. The GCT is
comprised of three sections: the CO² Stripper (CO2) and the Low Head
Oxygenator (LHO) and the LHO Sump (LHOS). Fan sold separately.
Features
operating and maintenance costs (Fan Sold Separately)
• Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
• Easy access for cleaning and maintenance
CALL OUR TECH SUPPORT FOR SIZING ASSISTANCE
HEIGHT SHIP WT
MODEL GPM (IN.) (LBS) EACH
GCT-024-018 200 159 827 $11,415.00
GCT-030-024 313 162 987 13,061.00
GCT-036-029 450 168 1131 14,707.00
GCT-042-033 613 192 1498 16,180.00
GCT-048-039 800 234 1865 19,523.00
GCT-060-048 1250 234 2304 24,813.00
GCT-072-054 1800 264 2916 31,197.00
GCT-084-060 2450 264 3335 35,523.00
BIO STRATA
Black PVC sheets glued in a block form 12” x 12” x 48” long (longer when
ordered in 96+ ft3 quantities). It is negatively buoyant and preferred where
loose media is not acceptable.
• Low cost
• Submerged or trickling applications
• Degassing applications
PVC SURFACE AREA SHIP WT MIN ORDER

MODEL THICKNESS (FT 2/FT 3) SIZE (LBS/FT 3) (FT 3) EACH/ FT 3
LS688A 8 MIL 68 4’ LENGTH 4 4 $24.99 $22.49/12+
LS110A 8 MIL 110 4’ LENGTH 5 4 50.19 45.17/12+
LS688 8 MIL 68 4’ SECTIONS ONLY 4 96 — 15.19/FT3 (96+)

DEGASSING 127
Gas Control Tower
GAS CONTROL TOWER TECHNICAL DATA

MODEL NUMBER GCT-024-018 GCT-030-024 GCT-036-029 GCT-042-033 GCT-048-039 GCT-060-048 GCT-072-054 GCT-084-060
Design Flow Range gpm 160–200 250–313 360–450 490–613 640–800 1,000–1,250 1,440–1,800 1,960–2,450
lpm 606–757 946–1,183 1,363–1,703 1,855–2,318 2,422–3,028 3,785–4,731 5,450–6,813 7,419–9,273
GCT—CO2 STRIPPER CO2T-024-072 CO2T-030-072 CO2T-036-072 CO2T-042-072 CO2T-048-072 CO2T-060-072 CO2T-072-072 CO2T-084-072
Width CO2-W in 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84
mm 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,829 2,134
Depth CO2-D in 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84
mm 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,829 2,134
Height CO2-H in 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
mm 1,829 1,829 1,829 1,829 1,829 1,829 1,829 1,829
HLR Range gpm/ft2 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50 40–50
gpm/m2 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037 1,630–2,037
Inlet Configuration Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Trough Trough Trough Trough
Width in — — 26 30 36 42 42 42
Height in — — 12 12 12 12 12 12
Inlet Ø in 6 8 — — — — — —
mm 152 203 — — — — — —
Depth in 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Structured Media, Splash Plate, No Media mm 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 914
Fan G:L 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1 10:1
Flooded lbs 543 749 949 1,385 1,711 2,445 3,404 4,412
GCT—LOW HEAD OXYGENATOR (LHO) LHOT-018-060 LHOT-024-060 LHOT-029-060 LHOT-033-060 LHOT-039-060 LHOT-048-060 LHOT-054-060 LHOT-060-060
Width LHO-W in 18 24 29 33 39 48 54 60
mm 457 610 737 838 991 1,219 1,372 1,524
Depth LHO-D in 18 24 29 33 39 48 54 60
mm 457 610 737 838 991 1,219 1,372 1,524
Height LHO-H in 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
mm 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524 1,524
HLR Range gpm/ft2 71–89 63–78 62–77 65–81 61–76 63–78 71–89 78–98
gpm/m2 2,897–3,622 2,546–3,183 2,511–3,139 2,640–3,300 2,469–3,086 2,546–3,183 2,897–3,622 3,194–3,993
Chambers qn 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
Height in 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
Submergence in 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
mm 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610
Inlet Gas Ports (316sst) qn 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ø 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 1/2
Weights Shipping lbs 231 277 328 362 428 552 661 742
Flooded lbs 331 487 642 784 1,027 1,480 1,845 2,212
GCT SUMP LHOS-030-063 LHOS-036-066 LHOS-042-072 LHOS-048-096 LHOS-060-138 LHOS-072-138 LHOS-084-168 LHOS-096-168
GCT Sump Diameter in 30 36 42 48 60 72 84 96
mm 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,829 2,134 2,438
GCT Sump Height in 63 66 72 96 138 138 168 168
mm 1,600 1,676 1,829 2,438 3,505 3,505 4,267 4,267
Operating Liquid Level in 51 54 57 60 66 72 78 84
Outlet/Overflow Ø in 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12
mm 102 152 152 203 203 254 254 305
Side Box Width in 16 18 18 24 24 30 30 36
Depth (dimension from tank wall) in 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20
Height in 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Cone Drain in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
mm 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
Flooded lbs 1,167 1,472 1,896 3,029 5,710 7,098 10,486 12,559
GCT ASSEMBLY
Overall Height OAH in 159 162 168 192 234 234 264 264
mm 4,039 4,115 4,267 4,877 5,944 5,944 6,706 6,706
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS
Shipping lbs 827 987 1,131 1,498 1,865 2,304 2,916 3,335
Floor Load—Flooded lbs/sf 416 383 362 414 430 390 409 382

128 SECTION
DEGASSING
Products
Gas Treatment
PR AQUA™ OXYTOWER™ GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM

The PR Aqua OxyTower Gas Treatment Systems for culture water deliver
maximum value, performance, and security to aquaculture operators.
One rugged, compact unit removes carbon dioxide and oxygenates water.
The cost-effective design can be used in partial reuse systems, in recirculating
aquaculture systems, or in flow-through systems.
Designed for optimal gas transfer performance, the OxyTower System delivers
energy efficiency through precise pump sizing and low head oxygenation.
Blowers are used to strip carbon dioxide. An optional alarm system is
easily integrated.
Water enters the vessel from the top orifice plate and cascades down through a
Carbon Dioxide Stripper. Blowers, sized specifically for desired flow rates and
carbon dioxide removal, force fresh air across water droplets. This process
drives off carbon dioxide and absorbs oxygen until the dissolved gases are close
to saturation. Treated water flows into a stilling chamber and is delivered to the
top of the LHO chamber where water is supersaturated with oxygen.
The OxyTower System, with integrated controls, can be installed into existing
facilities and requires:
• Simple plumbing and electrical connections on site
• A pump, header tank, oxygen flow meter, and oxygen source
Key Advantages
• Combines carbon dioxide removal and oxygenation into one space-saving,
energy-efficient unit
• Lowers energy costs by reducing pumping requirements
• Reuses 50 to 70% of water within a tank system
• Increases fish production without increasing water consumption
• Improves fish health by optimizing water quality
• Installs easily into raceways or tank culture systems
• Allows conversion of a flow-through system into a partial reuse system to
significantly reduce water usage
• Treats flows of 100 to 2,000 gpm—seven models available
• Provides durability—aluminum construction
• Offers improved security with built-in blower redundancy
• Integrates with optional components for complete reuse packages
VACUUM DEGASSERS
The PR Aqua Vacuum Degasser is an open bottom column designed to be
installed in a header tank containing water to a required depth. Water enters
the vessel through a sealed top and cascades down into the vessel. A vacuum
pump or blower creates lower pressure within the vessel thereby releasing
gases from the water into the atmosphere. Stripped water is discharged into a
header tank and is ready for further treatment if required.
Key Advantages
• Reduces TGP to below saturation
• Simplifies operation and maintenance
• Installs easily into a retrofit or into a new system
• Removes potentially harmful gases like hydrogen sulfide
• Offers rugged construction—stainless steel, aluminum, fiberglass or
concrete with metal fittings
• Allows for addition of oxygen
• Includes sight tube for easy measurement of vacuum level within vessel

DEGASSING 129
Gas Treatment
CARBON DIOXIDE STRIPPER

PR Aqua Carbon Dioxide Strippers are ideal for water reuse and
recirculating aquaculture systems. Pentair offers seven sizes for flow rates up
to 2,000 gpm. Excess carbon dioxide in culture water can be toxic to fish, and
removal of excess carbon dioxide is critical. The Carbon Dioxide Stripper
simultaneously removes carbon dioxide and aerates water.
Water enters the vessel from the top and cascades inside the column. A blower,
sized specifically for the desired flow and carbon dioxide removal, forces fresh
air across the water droplets. Carbon dioxide is driven off and oxygen is absorbed
until the dissolved gases are close to saturation. Treated water drops into the
header tank and is ready for distribution.
Key Advantages
• Uses forced air to strip elevated carbon dioxide from culture water
• Reduces total gas pressure (TGP) when necessary
• Can use excess elevation from biofilter, which reduces pumping requirements
• Includes built-in blower redundancy
LOW HEAD OXYGENATORS

The PR Aqua Low Head Oxygenator (LHO) System supersaturates water with
oxygen without using high pressure pumps or compressed oxygen typical of
other oxygenation equipment. Pentair customizes LHOs to meet desired
oxygenation results, footprint restrictions, and flow rate requirements.
Water with a low dissolved oxygen concentration is distributed across an orifice
plate at the top of the LHO. Water droplets fall evenly into chambers where
oxygen (and/or ozone) is injected at one side of the vessel and passes through
each chamber in series. Oxygen is driven into the water while nitrogen is forced
out. The oxygen depleted gas mixture escapes by bubbling out of the burp tube.
Key Advantages
• Minimizes overall water consumption
• Installs easily into raceways, header tanks, or centralized treatment modules
• Efficiently distributes oxygen by using internal baffle design
• Requires minimal maintenance
• Uses gravity fed supply water to allow for low head requirement—no high
pressure pumps
• Achieves up to 200% oxygen saturation with low pressure oxygen supply (less
than 5 psi when using an oxygen generator)
• Offers durability—aluminum or stainless steel construction
• Uses either bulk or generated oxygen and can be used to dissolve ozone
into water
• Allows for adjustment of burp tube depth to suit hydraulic loading rate

130 DEGASSING
Columns
DEGASSING COLUMNS
Nitrogen gas can kill fish at only 3% above saturation!
Degassing columns are used for removing nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide or other gases
from water. They also add oxygen to undersaturated water. In most areas, well water (ground water) is
low in oxygen and too high in nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide.
Each segment is made of heavy-duty, UV-resistant polyethylene for outdoor use. They are engineered
to produce the ideal flow pattern to prevent wall channelization while exchanging air at each segment.
Install just the number of segments to give the water quality needed. Each segment can receive as
much as 150 gpm with excellent aeration and gas stripping results.
Each segment (16” D x 18” H) has a molded bracket that fits onto an optional hanger. The 6’ H x 4” W
hanger is a fiberglass I-beam, predrilled for 4 segments (bolts included). Snap the segments onto the
hanger and either hang it from the ceiling, attach it to the tank wall, or to a post, so the water goes in
the top and exits directly into the tank. Each segment should be filled with 0.6 cubic feet of biomedia
(sold separately, see Index). We recommend BF44A.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH 6+
AB12 PACKED COLUMN SEGMENT 5 $61.09 $54.98
AB12A OPTIONAL HANGER 15 157.39 —
% Oxygen % Nitrogen
Inlet Water 57 110
Outlet Water After 1 Segment 76 106
Outlet Water After 2 Segments 84 104
% refers to % of saturation. Nitrogen varies with season, so we suggest designing for the worst case.
As low as 103% nitrogen can kill fish. AB12 results are from a formal study conducted by the Canadian
government.
SPRAY NOZZLES, HIGH FLOW

These high-flow, low-pressure nozzles distribute water uniformly and are
clog-resistant. They are used in cooling towers, trickle biofilters, spray
aeration and foam knockdown. CES15 models have 1-1/2” MNPT inlet, and
CES2 models have 2” MNPT inlet.
ORIFICE ROUND CONE PATTERN SQUARE CONE PATTERN
DIA. MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
¾ CES15A $6.59 CES2A $20.69
⅞ CES15B 6.59 CES2B 20.69
1 CES15C 6.59 CES2C 20.69
CES15 CES2 1⅛ CES15D 6.59 CES2D 20.69
1¼ CES15E 6.59 CES2E 20.69
1½ CES15F 6.59 CES2F 20.69
ORIFICE DIAMETER (IN.) 3/4 7/8 1 11/8 11/4 11/2

HEAD PRESSURE
1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6
(FT WATER)
CES15 (GPM) 7 17 10 25 13 33 17 42 22 52 — —
CES2 (GPM) 10 23 12 27 15 35 19 46 24 58 35 86

SPECIALTY FILTRATION 131
Protein Skimmers
EV SERIES PROTEIN SKIMMERS

The AquaC protein skimmers employ a “spray
injection system” that draws in much more air
than any other on the market. The more air, the
EV400 more work that gets done. This injection system
is coupled with a compact mixing box that has an
internal baffling system—increasing contact time
and removing more waste from the water. The
skimmers are designed to run in sumps without
being raised, and the output valve is at a height of
9” (EV120–EV180 models), which means that as
long as the sump level is 9” or lower it will
eliminate water level fluctuation effects on
skimming. EV240–EV2000 can sit in water as
deep as 10”. The “Twist-Lock” collection cup and
cap creates a secure, quick-release connection.
Skimmers are very quiet and include precision
airflow valves. All skimmers come with a JG Guest
fitting for ozone or to bleed off excess CO2 from a
calcium reactor. Units also have outlet gate valves.
Pump is not included.
EV180
EV240
EV120
OUTLET
HOSE GATE TANKS DIMENSIONS FLOW @ 2 PSI SHIP WT SKIMMER OPTIONAL PUMP
MODEL INLET VALVE SIZE (GAL) L X W X H (GPM) (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
EV120 3/4" 1” 40–150 8.5" X 5" X 18" 5 10 $340.19 MD5 $78.99
EV180 3/4" 1” 60–200 9" X 6" X 20" 7 11 392.69 MD7 94.99
EV240 3/4" 1 1/2” 80–350 11" X 7" X 26" 12 16 450.49 MD12 160.99
EV400 3/4" 1 1/2” 100–450 11" X 7" X 32" 16 18 523.99 PM26 359.79
EV1000 1" 1 1/2” 300–1,000 12" X 9" X 32" 24 28 733.99 PM27 396.09
EV2000 1" 1 1/2” 500–2,000 12" X 9" X 42" 34 32 883.29 PM28 487.49
TECH TALK 78
Protein Skimmer/Foam Fractionator

Ammonia, feces and carbon dioxide are not the only waste products in a recirculating fish system. There are also complex organic substances from decomposing feed, urea, fish slime and metabolic
by-products. Added to that are algae, phenols and saprophytic bacteria that irritate the fish's gills, affect growth rate and increase disease susceptibility. These dissolved and suspended materials
make up the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), color, odor, taste, turbidity, etc., that a foam fractionator can remove.
Foam fractionation (also referred to as protein skimming and protein fractionation) works best in salt water where foam production is easier, but it can be done and is becoming more popular in
freshwater systems (call for details).
The process uses air bubbles from a fine bubble diffuser or venturi to create the foam. The foam adsorbs and entraps the above pollutants, along with the surface active compounds that make foam
production possible, all of which are then expelled through a discharge tube or into a holding chamber.
The use of ozone can enhance this process. It will also aid in the control of bacteria, protozoa and viruses. In general, a protein skimmer should be sized to give a time of residence between thirty
seconds and two minutes in the contact chamber. Longer periods are needed to remove smaller particles.
In general, the higher the pH and salt level, the better they work. We offer no guarantee on these and they are not returnable because we have no control over your water's ability to produce foam. Learn
a lot more from the book Recirculating Aquaculture (WQB109).

DISINFECTION
PRODUCTS
134 UV Sterilizers
144 UVT Meter
145 Ozone System & Generators
149 Ozone Accessories
DISINFECTION
SECTION 133
Products / Products
UV/ Products
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 135
How does UV Sterilize the Organisms in my water? So, How Does a UV System Work?
When you hear “UV”, tanning on the beach may come to mind, but the UV light that water The lamps used for disinfection are very similar to the lamps used in the fluorescent fixtures in
treatment systems emit is not the same UV that turns your skin to that golden brown, or red! your home. The primary difference is that the lamps in your home convert ALL of the UV-C
Light is divided into wavelengths; for example red light and blue light are emitted at different generated by the lamp into visible light. The UV lamps in your water treatment system have no
wavelengths. Similarly there are 3 principal bands or wavelengths of UV that are of interest here. visible light converting phosphor (that white stuff on the inside of the fluorescent lamps), and
The three bands are called UV-A (long wavelength), UV-B, (mid wavelength) and UV-C (short special quartz envelopes that allow the UV-C to transmit outside of the bulb. The lamps in your
wavelength). Sunlight that reaches the surface of the earth is comprised primarily of UV-A and home use a special glass envelope that totally blocks UV at any wavelength be it UV-A, UV-B, or
has some UV-B. These wavelengths are what reach your skin when you go outside on a sunny day. UV-C.
UV-C is emitted by our sun, but is blocked by our atmosphere. UV-C is very natural! UV treatment systems are comprised of a highly efficient UV lamp that is situated within a high
UV-C is emitted at a wavelength range of 200nm (or nanometers) to 280nm. quality UV-C transmitting quartz sleeve, and in turn that lamp and sleeve are placed within a flow
chamber or vessel. The quartz sleeve is the boundary between the water and the lamp; we don’t
want our lamps to get wet!
Water flows through the chamber, and around the lamp/sleeve assembly. The UV-C generated by
the lamp emits through the water, hits the organisms we want sterilized, and does its job.
So, What Do We Need to Know to Ensure Successful Installation of a UV Treatment

System?
-Target organism – What dose do we need?
- Flow Rate – so we can get you the right dose at your flow rate
- UVT or Ultra Violet Water Transmission –What is that???
UVT or Ultra Violet Transmittance

Water as a fluid allows light to pass through it, we all know that. We also know that water
‘attenuates’ or absorbs light as you go deeper and deeper into it, i.e. a lake or an ocean. Many
Light emitted in the UV-C range is very effective at sterilizing very small organisms such as people that scuba dive know that water absorbs red light faster than blue light; when you dive
bacteria, fungi, algae, spores, viruses, etc. UV-B and UV-A do as well, just with much lower down the reds disappear or get absorbed before the blue light does. What this demonstrates is
effectiveness. The peak effective wavelength for micro-organism sterilization is right near the that water absorbs light at different rates, dependent on the wavelengths.
middle of the UV-C wavelength band and found at 262nm. Keep that number in mind! That is
where the biology and lamps meet; UV lamps primarily emit UV-C light at 254nm. This UVT is not a common term. In fact, many do not even know that this parameter is one of the most
wavelength, which happens to be very close to the peak effective sterilization wavelength of important aspects with regards to ensuring that a UV treatment system works well. UVT is the
262nm! amount of light, ONLY at 254nm (or the wavelength that the lamp emits), that can go through 1cm,
or about 2/5’s of an inch of water. For example, a UVT of say 90% means that 90% of the UV-C
It should be also noted that different organisms require different levels of exposure to UV-C in light will still be there, and not absorbed, after travelling through 1cm of water. The lower the
order to be sterilized; some organisms are tougher than others! This level of exposure is called UVT, the more the UV-C light is absorbed by the water, and generally that means that we have to
UV ‘dose’. In basic terms dose is the intensity of the emitted UV light multiplied by the exposure pick a system with more lamp power. Ineffective UV treatment can be attributed to improper
time. For example when using the same UV treatment system for an application, doubling the consideration of UVT when sizing a system.
flow rate through the reactor would halve the dose value. A doubled flow rate means that the
water was exposed to the light from the UV lamp for half the time it had been before. Now UV-C light gets absorbed very quickly by water, even in very pure water. Even our atmosphere
absorbs it. If you add things to the water, i.e. anything, the amount of UV-C that gets absorbed
goes even higher and effectively the UVT value drops. At microscopic levels minerals, chemicals,
Harmful Pathogens associated with Aquaculture tannins, biological debris, etc., can reduce the UVT value of your water. Some typical UVT values
are:
- Pools: 85% to 95% UVT
- Aquaculture: 70% to 98%
- Public aquariums & zoo displays: 70% to 98%.
As the water UVT drops, UV systems need more lamp power to reach the same
target dose!
Did you know that a system for 90% UVT water can sometimes require as much as 20% to 30%
more lamp power than that of a system for water with a 95% UVT, even though they have the same
flow rates and dose level requirements? UVT is very important! If you were to use 95% UVT as
your criteria when you purchased your system, and your water was actually 90% UVT, your system
would not treat your water appropriately; it would be undersized, and perhaps drastically
undersized! This is a reason many people have trouble getting UV to work for them. They don’t
take the actual UVT of their water into account. If you need assistance calculating your UVT
please do not hesitate to contact a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems representative today!

134 DISINFECTION
SECTION
SLP Series/ Products
Products UV Systems
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SLP SERIES

Commercial L-Vessel Polymer
SLP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature a robust Schedule-80 Modified PVC
plastic construction that is ideal for corrosive saltwater environments. SLP vessels are
NSF-50 Certified for operating pressures up to 100 PSI, outperforming comparable
polypropylene and HDPE models. The efficient operational design ensures proper
hydraulic mixing takes place inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity
distribution throughout the lamp field for reliable fluence (UV does) delivery. All at a
cost savings of up to 50% when compared to 316 stainless steel models. SLP Series
SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end glassware assembly that allows for easy
access to high-quality Amalgam UV lamps. The remote thermoplastic power supply
enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12 or NEMA 4X to protect from
water damage. A Basic Control package is standard, PLC packages are optional.
Available in sizes to treat up to 2,544 GPM/9,630 LPM.
System Features
• Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light.
• Basic Control Package included (optional PLC package shown). See pg. 139 for additional info.
• Control Package available with NEMA12 or NEMA4X enclosure.
• Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum
useful-lamp-life. CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
• Compact footprint: reduces required operating space.
• Schedule-80 Modified PVC*1 plastic construction is NSF-50 Certified for pressures higher
than comparable polypropylene and HDPE models.
• Single-End UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing.
• Watertight design protects all electrical hardware from water damage.
• Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure Amalgam UV lamps*2 offer 12,000 hours of
continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours).
• Saltwater compatible.
• Power Supply is 50/60 Hz capable.
• 20-foot lamp cables.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001
UV-C UV VESSEL POWER ENCLOSURE AMPS
LAMPS/ INPUT OUTPUT DIMENSIONS*3 DIMENSIONS INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX 30 MJ/CM2 *4 180 MJ/CM2 *4
MODEL WATTS WATTS WATTS (A X B X C) (H X W X D) PORTS (FLANGE) @ 120/230 VAC PSI/BAR GPM/LPM GPM/LPM
AVAILABLE IN 120 VAC OR 240 VAC

SLP4010604B11 1/130 130 40 56" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 2.1/1.0 100/6.8 66/249 11/42
SLP4020604B11 2/130 260 80 56" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 3.9/2.0 100/6.8 112/424 18/68
SLP4030604B11 3/130 390 120 56" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 5.8/289 100/6.8 161/609 27/102
SLP4030806B11 3/130 390 120 62" X 8" X 51" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 6" 5.8/289 100/6.8 228/863 38/144
SLP4040806B11 4/130 520 160 62" X 8" X 51" 20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4" 6" 7.5/3.7 100/6.8 296/1120 49/185
SLP4050806B11 5/130 650 200 62" X 8" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 9.4/4.7 100/6.8 346/1309 58/219
SLP4061008B11 6/130 780 240 64" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 11.2/5.6 100/6.8 480/1816 80/302
SLP4071008B11 7/130 910 280 64" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 100/6.8 564/2134 94/355
SLP4071208B11 7/130 910 280 69" X 12" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 75/5.1 648/2452 108/408
SLP4081208B11 8/130 1,040 320 69" X 12" X 51" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 15.0/7.5 75/5.1 763/2888 127/480
ONLY AVAILABLE IN 240 VAC
SLP6010604B21 1/320 320 98 85" X 6" X 76" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" 1.6 100/6.8 165/624 27/102
SLP6020604B21 2/320 640 196 85" X 6" X 76" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" 3 100/6.8 276/1044 46/174
SLP6030604B21 3/320 960 294 85" X 6" X 76" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" 4.5 100/6.8 392/1483 65/246
SLP6030806B21 3/320 960 294 86" X 8" X 76" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 4.5 100/6.8 587/2222 98/370
SLP6040806B21 4/320 1,280 392 86" X 8" X 76" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 6 100/6.8 744/2816 124/469
SLP6050806B21 5/320 1,600 490 86" X 8" X 76" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 7.5 100/6.8 848/3210 141/533
SLP6061008B21 6/320 1,920 588 88" X 10" X 76" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 9 100/6.8 1,198/4534 200/757
SLP6071008B21 7/320 2,240 686 88" X 10" X 76" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 11 100/6.8 1,405/5318 234/885
SLP6071208B21 7/320 2,240 686 90" X 12" X 76" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 11 75/5.1 1,611/6098 268/1014
SLP6081208B21 8/320 2,560 784 90" X 12" X 76" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 13 75/5.1 1,839/6961 306/1158
SLP6091412B21 9/320 2,880 882 92" X 14" X 76" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 12" 14 50/3.4 2,183/8263 364/1377
SLP6101614B21 10/320 3,200 980 94" X 16" X 76" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 14" 16 50/3.4 2,544/9630 424/1605
*1
Limited 3 Year Warranty
*2
90-day warranty on all lamps
*3
UV Vessel Dimensions: A = Length of UV Vessel, B = Diameter of UV Vessel, C = Clearance needed for Quartz Sleeve Removal.
*4
Calculated using UVT factors of 90% transmittance and UV lamps at the end of their useful lamp life.
Note: All models are weather-tight and 508A UL Listed.
DISINFECTION
SECTION 135
ProductsSLS Series UV/ Products
/ Products Systems
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SLS SERIES

Commercial L-Vessel Stainless Steel
SLS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide reliable protection against harmful
waterborne pathogens. The vessels feature an electropolish finish for improved
corrosion resistance ideal for freshwater applications. Each unit is equipped with
sensor ports for system monitoring. SLS UV systems provide the benefit of a
compact, space-saving design allowing for in-line horizontal or vertical mounting.
SLS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end glassware assembly that
allows for easy access to high-quality Almalgam UV lamps. The remote
thermoplastic power supply enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12
or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A Basic Control package is standard,
PLC packages are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 1,839 GPM/6,961 LPM.
System Features
• Basic Control Package included (optional PLC package shown). See pg. 139 for
additional info.
• Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast ensures optimal UV-C output and
maximum useful-lamp-life.
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING. • Compact footprint: reduces required operating space.
• 316L Stainless Steel vessel*1 with an electropolish finish for improved
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE corrosion resistance.
WITH SALT WATER APPLICATIONS • Perform internal inspections and cleanings conveniently with access from a
removable face-plate.
• Watertight design protects all electrical hardware fromwater damage.
• Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure Amalgam UV lamps*2 offer
12,000 hours of continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours).
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001


SLS4010604B11 1/130 130 40 56” X 6” X 47” 16” X 14” X 8.4” 4” 2.1/1.0 100/6.8 66/249 11/42
SLS4020604B11 2/130 260 80 56” X 6” X 47” 16” X 14” X 8.4” 4” 3.9/2.0 100/6.8 112/424 18/68
SLS4030604B11 3/130 390 120 56” X 6” X 47” 16” X 14” X 8.4” 4” 5.8/289 100/6.8 161/609 27/102
SLS4030806B11 3/130 390 120 62” X 8” X 51” 16” X 14” X 8.4” 6” 5.8/289 100/6.8 228/863 38/144
SLS4040806B11 4/130 520 160 62” X 8” X 51” 20.2” X 16.3” X 8.4” 6” 7.5/3.7 100/6.8 296/1120 49/185
SLS4050806B11 5/130 650 200 62” X 8” X 51” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 6” 9.4/4.7 100/6.8 346/1309 58/219
SLS4061008B11 6/130 780 240 64” X 10” X 51” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 8” 11.2/5.6 100/6.8 480/1816 80/302
SLS4071008B11 7/130 910 280 64” X 10” X 51” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 8” 13.3/6.5 100/6.8 564/2134 94/355
SLS4071208B11 7/130 910 280 69” X 12” X 51” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 8” 13.3/6.5 75/5.1 648/2452 108/408
SLS4081208B11 8/130 1,040 320 69” X 12” X 51” 30.5” X 24.1” X 12.6” 8” 15.0/7.5 75/5.1 763/2888 127/480
SLS6010604B21 1/320 320 98 85” X 6” X 76” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 4” 1.6 100/6.8 165/624 27/102
SLS6020604B21 2/320 640 196 85” X 6” X 76” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 4” 3 100/6.8 276/1044 46/174
SLS6030604B21 3/320 960 294 85” X 6” X 76” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 4” 4.5 100/6.8 392/1483 65/246
SLS6030806B21 3/320 960 294 86” X 8” X 76” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 6” 4.5 100/6.8 587/2222 98/370
SLS6040806B21 4/320 1,280 392 86” X 8” X 76” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 6” 6 100/6.8 744/2816 124/469
SLS6050806B21 5/320 1,600 490 86” X 8” X 76” 24.6” X 20.2” X 10.6” 6” 7.5 100/6.8 848/3210 141/533
SLS6061008B21 6/320 1,920 588 88” X 10” X 76” 30.5” X 24.1” X 12.6” 8” 9 100/6.8 1,198/4534 200/757
SLS6071008B21 7/320 2,240 686 88” X 10” X 76” 30.5” X 24.1” X 12.6” 8” 11 100/6.8 1,405/5318 2 34/885
SLS6071208B21 7/320 2,240 686 90” X 12” X 76” 30.5” X 24.1” X 12.6” 8” 11 75/5.1 1,611/6098 268/1014
SLS6081208B21 8/320 2,560 784 90” X 12” X 76” 30.5” X 24.1” X 12.6” 8” 13 75/5.1 1,839/6961 306/1158
*1
*2
*3
UV Vessel Dimensions: A = Length of UV Vessel, B = Diameter of UV Vessel, C = Clearance needed for Quartz Sleeve Removal.
*4

136 DISINFECTION
SECTION
SUP Series/ Products
Products UV Systems
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SUP SERIES

Commercial U-Shaped Polymer
SUP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature a compact “U” vessel port orientation for a reduced
footprint. The robust Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction is ideal for corrosive saltwater
environments. SUP vessels are tested for an operating pressures up to 50 PSI, outperforming
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models. The efficient operational design ensures proper
hydraulic mixing takes place inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity distribution
throughout the lamp field for reliable fluence (UV does) delivery. All at a cost savings of up to 50% when
compared to 316 stainless steel models. The remote thermoplastic power supply enclosures are
weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12 or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A Basic Control
package is standard, PLC packages are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 1,839 GPM/6,961 LPM.
System Features
useful-lamp-life.
• Schedule-80 Modified PVC*1 plastic construction is for pressures higher than comparable
polypropylene and HDPE models.
• Single-End UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing. CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001
LAMPS/ INPUT OUTPUT DIMENSIONS*3 DIMENSIONS INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX 30 mJ/cm2 *4 180 mJ/cm2 *4

SUP4010604B11 1/130 130 40 52" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 2.1/1.0 50/3.4 66/249 11/42
SUP4020604B11 2/130 260 80 52" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 3.9/2.0 50/3.4 112/424 18/68
SUP4030604B11 3/130 390 120 52" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 5.8/289 50/3.4 161/609 27/102
SUP4030806B11 3/130 390 120 54" X 8" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 6" 5.8/289 50/3.4 228/863 38/144
SUP4040806B11 4/130 520 160 54" X 8" X 47" 20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4" 6" 7.5/3.7 50/3.4 296/1120 49/185
SUP4050806B11 5/130 650 200 54" X 8" X 47" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 9.4/4.7 50/3.4 346/1309 58/219
SUP4061008B11 6/130 780 240 60" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 11.2/5.6 50/3.4 480/1816 80/302
SUP4071008B11 7/130 910 280 60" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 50/3.4 564/2134 94/355
SUP4071208B11 7/130 910 280 62" X 12" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 50/3.4 648/2452 108/408
SUP4081208B11 8/130 1,040 320 62" X 12" X 51" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 15.0/7.5 50/3.4 763/2888 127/480
SUP6010604B11 1/320 320 98 75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" — 50/3.4 165/624 27/102
SUP6020604B11 2/320 640 196 75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" — 50/3.4 276/1044 46/174
SUP6030604B11 3/320 960 294 75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" — 50/3.4 392/1483 65/246
SUP6030806B11 3/320 960 294 77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" — 50/3.4 587/2222 98/370
SUP6040806B11 4/320 1,280 392 77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" — 50/3.4 744/2816 124/469
SUP6050806B11 5/320 1,600 490 77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" — 50/3.4 848/3210 141/533
SUP6061008B11 6/320 1,920 588 79" X 10" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" — 50/3.4 1,198/4534 200/757
SUP6071008B11 7/320 2,240 686 79" X 10" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" — 50/3.4 1,405/5318 234/885
SUP6071208B11 7/320 2,240 686 81" X 12" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" — 50/3.4 1,611/6098 268/1014
SUP6081208B11 8/320 2,560 784 81" X 12" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" — 50/3.4 1,839/6961 306/1158
*1
*2
*3
UV Vessel Dimensions: A = Length of UV Vessel, B = Diameter of UV Vessel, C = Clearance needed for Quartz Sleeve Removal
*4
DISINFECTION
SECTION 137
ProductsSUS Series UV/ Products
/ Products Systems
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SUS SERIES

Commercial U-Shaped Stainless Steel
SUS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide reliable protection against harmful waterborne
pathogens. The vessels feature an electropolish finish for improved corrosion resistance ideal for
freshwater applications. Each unit is equipped with sensor ports for system monitoring. The "U"
style UV vessel allows for space-saving horizontal mounting. SUS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems
feature single-end glassware assembly that allows for easy access to high-quality Almalgam UV
lamps. The remote thermoplastic power supply enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA
12 or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A Basic Control package is standard, PLC packages
are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 1,839 GPM/6,961 LPM.
System Features
useful-lamp-life.
• 316L Stainless Steel vessel*1 with an electropolish finish for improved corrosion resistance.
• Perform internal inspections and cleanings conveniently with access from a removable face-plate.
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING. • Watertight design protects all electrical hardware from water damage.
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours).
WITH SALT WATER APPLICATIONS • Power Supply is 50/60 Hz capable.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001


SUS4010604B11 1/130 130 40 52" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 2.1/1.0 100/6.8 66/249 11/42
SUS4020604B11 2/130 260 80 52" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 3.9/2.0 100/6.8 112/424 18/68
SUS4030604B11 3/130 390 120 52" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 5.8/289 100/6.8 161/609 27/102
SUS4030806B11 3/130 390 120 54" X 8" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 6" 5.8/289 100/6.8 228/863 38/144
SUS4040806B11 4/130 520 160 54" X 8" X 47" 20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4" 6" 7.5/3.7 100/6.8 296/1120 49/185
SUS4050806B11 5/130 650 200 54" X 8" X 47" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 9.4/4.7 100/6.8 346/1309 58/219
SUS4061008B11 6/130 780 240 60" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 11.2/5.6 100/6.8 480/1816 80/302
SUS4071008B11 7/130 910 280 60" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 100/6.8 564/2134 94/355
SUS4071208B11 7/130 910 280 62" X 12" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 75/5.1 648/2452 108/408
SUS4081208B11 8/130 1,040 320 62" X 12" X 51" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 15.0/7.5 75/5.1 763/2888 127/480
SUS6010604B21 1/320 320 98 75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" 1.6 100/6.8 165/624 27/102
SUS6020604B21 2/320 640 196 75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" 3 100/6.8 276/1044 46/174
SUS6030604B21 3/320 960 294 75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 4" 4.5 100/6.8 392/1483 65/246
SUS6030806B21 3/320 960 294 77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 4.5 100/6.8 587/2222 98/370
SUS6040806B21 4/320 1,280 392 77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 6 100/6.8 744/2816 124/469
SUS6050806B21 5/320 1,600 490 77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 7.5 100/6.8 848/3210 141/533
SUS6061008B21 6/320 1,920 588 79" X 10" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 9 100/6.8 1,198/4534 200/757
SUS6071008B21 7/320 2,240 686 79" X 10" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 11 100/6.8 1,405/5318 234/885
SUS6071208B21 7/320 2,240 686 81" X 12" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 11 75/5.1 1,611/6098 268/1014
SUS6081208B21 8/320 2,560 784 81" X 12" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 13 75/5.1 1,839/6961 306/1158
*1
*2
*3
*4

138 DISINFECTION
SECTION
Products
SVP Series/ Products
UV Systems
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SVP SERIES

Commercial Vertical Polymer
When operating space is restricted, SVP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide the small footprint you
need. A robust Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction is ideal for corrosive saltwater
environments. SVP vessels are NSF-50 Certified for operating pressures up to 50 PSI, outperforming
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models. The efficient operational design ensures proper hydraulic
mixing takes place inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity distribution throughout the
lamp field for reliable fluence (UV does) delivery. All at a cost savings of up to 50% when compared to 316
stainless steel models. SVP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end glassware assembly that
allows for easy access to high-quality Amalgam UV lamps. The remote thermoplastic power supply
enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12 or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A
Basic Control package is standard, PLC packages are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 763
GPM/2,888 LPM.
System Features
useful-lamp-life.
• Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction*1 is NSF-50 Certified for pressures higher than
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models.
• 20-foot lamp cables. CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001
UV-C UV VESSEL POWER ENCLOSURE

LAMPS/ INPUT OUTPUT DIMENSIONS*3 DIMENSIONS INLET/OUTLET AMPS MAX LOAD MAX 30 MJ/CM2 *4 30 MJ/CM2 *4
SVP4010604B11 1/130 130 40 57" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 2.1/1.0 50/3.4 66/249 11/42
SVP4020604B11 2/130 260 80 57" X 6" X 45" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 3.9/2.0 50/3.4 112/424 18/68
SVP4030604B11 3/130 390 120 57" X 6" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 4" 5.8/2.9 50/3.4 161/609 27/102
SVP4030806B11 3/130 390 120 63" X 8" X 47" 16" X 14" X 8.4" 6" 5.8/2.9 50/3.4 228/863 38/144
SVP4040806B11 4/130 520 160 63" X 8" X 47" 20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4" 6" 7.5/3.7 50/3.4 296/1120 49/185
SVP4050806B11 5/130 650 200 63" X 8" X 47" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 6" 9.4/4.7 50/3.4 346/1309 58/219
SVP4061008B11 6/130 780 240 68" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 11.2/5.6 50/3.4 480/1816 80/302
SVP4071008B11 7/130 910 280 68" X 10" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 50/3.4 564/2134 94/355
SVP4071208B11 7/130 910 280 75" X 12" X 51" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6" 8" 13.3/6.5 50/3.4 648/2452 108/408
SVP4081208B11 8/130 1,040 320 75" X 12" X 51" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6" 8" 15.0/7.5 50/3.4 763/2888 127/480
*1
*2
*3
*4
Note: All models are weather-tight and 508A UL Listed

DISINFECTION 139
UV Controller Options
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS™ CONTROLLERS

Basic Enclosure is standard with all SafeGUARD UV Systems
The Basic Control Panel provides critical features without adding complexity,
allowing the user to view the main power, alarm and lamp status in addition to
the lamp hours of operation, as LED indication and digital hour meter. The
Basic Control Panel allows an external source to control the ON/OFF
operation and offers an alarm output along with LED alarm indication.
Features
• Main Power Indication
• Elapsed Run-Time Hour Meter
• UV Lamp Status Indicators
• Remote ON/OFF Operation
• Over-Temperature Shutdown
• Alarm Output and Status Indicator
Optional PLC or Advanced PLC upgrade available

The Improved PLC utilizes a touch screen interface with the latest in controls
technology and is offered in 2 versions Basic PLC and Advanced PLC, which
are listed in the matrix below. The UV Intensity Sensor is made of a rugged
stainless steel body and can be set up to auto-calibrate after initiate lamp
SafeGUARD UV Systems Controller shown burn in to allow for a more accurate measurement.
with Advanced PLC
BASIC PLC ADVANCED PLC

POWER INPUT 120/240 VAC (50/60Hz) 240 VAC (50/60HZ)
DISPLAY
Lamp Status ü ü
Lamp Hours ü ü
UV Intensity ü ü
UV Intensity Chart ü ü
Alarm Logging ü ü
Flow Rate — ü
Ballast Output — ü
INPUTS
Basic PLC
Max. Lamps 8 13
UV Intensity ü ü
Vessel Water Temperature ü ü
Safety Cap Input ü ü
Remote On/Off ü ü
Enclosure Temperature ü ü
Flow Sensor Input — ü
(PULSE)
OUTPUTS
Alarm Output Relay ü ü
(1 ALARM) (7 INDIVIDUAL ALARMS)
4-20 mA Output — ü
(UV INTENSITY)
Dimmable Ballasts — ü
Advanced PLC COMMUNICATION
Ethernet Port (Modbus) — ü
140 DISINFECTION
HOSS Series UV Systems
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS® HOSS SERIES

High-Output Stainless Steel
Quality craftsmanship meets superior design to deliver years of dependable
and trouble-free operation. HOSS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems combine the
latest, most efficient Low-Pressure (LP) UV lamp technology with robust
stainless steel UV vessel construction to create a versatile, high-quality UV
system suited for freshwater Aquaculture and light industrial applications.
HOSS UV Systems feature a thermoplastic NEMA 4x enclosure mounted to the
UV vessel brackets, allowing 4-way orientation for either horizontal or vertical
system mounting.
HOSS controls consist of analog re-settable hour meter, lamp-status LEDs, input
power LED, and an external on/off switch. Single-end UV-C lamps and quartz
sleeve access allows for quick-easy servicing. Cable hardware protects lamp
connections from water damage and is durable and inexpensive to replace if
required.
HOSS UV systems are compact aned designed to fit into tight spaces. All HOSS
UV vessels feature stainless steel threaded ports and flanges. Power Supply
Enclosures are UL 508a listed.
System Features
• Housing Material*1: Stainless Steel 316L with Electropolished Finish
• UV Lamp*2: Low-Pressure High-Output, T-6 style
• Control Enclosure: Type 12 or optional NEMA 4X
Monitoring System:
• Main Power Indicator Light
• Elapsed Run-Time Hour Meter
• UV Lamp Status Indicator
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SALT WATER APPLICATIONS
POWER
UV-C UV VESSEL ENCLOSURE AVAILABLE AMPS
LAMPS/ OUTPUT DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX 30 MJ/CM2 *3 180 MJ/CM2 *4 316L-EP
MODEL WATTS WATTS (H X D) (H X W X D) PORTS (FLANGE) @ 115/230 VAC PSI/BAR GPM/LPM GPM/LPM EACH
COM480HOSS 1/80 27 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 1.25/0.75 50/3.4 47/182 8/30 $4,311.00
COM4160HOSS 2/80 54 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 2.5/1.25 50/3.4 75/290 12/48 4,811.00
COM4240HOSS 3/80 81 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 3.5/1.75 50/3.4 112/434 18/72 3,524.00
COM4320HOSS 4/80 108 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 5.0/2.5 50/3.4 146/566 27/94 5,868.00
*1
*2
*3
Recommended dose for algae and bacteria.
*4
Typical maximum dose required in aquaculture applications.
Call to determine the dose required for your application
WARNING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems does not recommend using 316L stainless steel in corrosive
environments that include, but are not limited to, saltwater aquaculture (includes aquaria)
and other corrosive applications. 316L stainless steel is subject to pitting and crevice
corrosion in warm chloride (salts) environments, and to stress corrosion cracking with
water temperatures above 60°C, approximately.

DISINFECTION 141
High-Output UV Sterilizers
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT (HO) MULTI-LAMP UV STERILIZERS

®
Research facility staff and other aquatic husbandry personnel will find our
SMART UV HO Multi-Lamp UV Systems are easy to install, operate and
maintain. Single-end access allows for time saving serviceability of the lamp
and quartz sleeve. Highest-Quality UV lamps offer 12,000 hours of continuous
operation at or above the minimum required UV-C intensity levels required to
meet your dose target. One-year warranty on ballasts.
System Specifications:
• Housing Material*1: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
• Housing Size: Refer to Chart Below (UV Vessel Dimensions)
• UV Lamp(s)*2: Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
• Each lamp will require its own outlet
• 115V/60 Hz and 240V 50/60 Hz versions available
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001
AMPS UV VESSEL
LAMPS/ INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX DIMENSIONS 30 MJ/CM2 * 180 MJ/CM2 *
MODEL WATTS PORT(S) @ 120/240 VAC PSI/BAR (L X D) GPM/LPM GPM/LPM EACH
0250100 2/50 3” UNION 1.15/0.57 100/6.89 35” X 6” 43/162 7/26 $3,446.00
0250160 2/80 3” UNION 1.15/0.57 100/6.89 50” X 6” 81/306 14/52 3,608.00
0250240 2/120 3” UNION 2.0/1.0 100/6.89 62” X 6” 110/416 18/68 3,678.00
0250300 2/150 3” UNION 2.6/1.3 100/6.89 76” X 6” 174/658 29/109 4,077.00
*
Note: Models using 150 Watt Lamps can be ordered in 120 or 240 VAC 50/60 Hz.
®
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZERS
UV vessels are built of a UV-resistant, high density polymer with a removable
end cap to provide easy access. Internal viewing ports allow visual indication of
lamp status. Units have 2” slip unions and 6” diameter housings. 10’ cable to
ballast and 6’ cord to plug. 115V/60 Hz and 240V 50/60 Hz options available.
Models include an in-line, sealed watertight power supply for wet applications.
One-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps.
System Features
• Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light
• Housing Material: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
• Housing Pressure (Max.): 20 psi / 1.378 bar
• Housing Inlet/Outlet Port Size: 2” Union
• UV Lamp(s): Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001
AMPS UV VESSEL
LAMPS/ INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX DIMENSIONS 30 MJ/CM2 * 180 MJ/CM2 * WITHOUT WIPER WITH WIPER
WATTS PORT(S) @ 120/240 VAC PSI/BAR (L X D) GPM/LPM GPM/LPM MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/50 2” UNION 1.15/0.57 50/3.44 30” X 6” 25/94 4/15 E50S $724.99 E50S-W $968.59
1/80 2” UNION 1.15/0.57 50/3.44 45” X 6” 45/170 7/26 E80S 766.99 E80S-W 1,012.00
1/120 2” UNION 1.15/0.57 50/3.44 57” X 6” 64/242 10/38 E120S 823.99 E120S-W 1,085.00
1/150 2” UNION 1.85/0.85 50/3.44 71” X 6” 100/378 10/64 E150S 999.99 E150S-W 1,201.00
*

142 DISINFECTION
SMART UV Sterilizer
SMART UV® STERILIZERS

These high-quality ultraviolet sterilizers feature a watertight sealed design
and can be used safely both indoors and outdoors. The SMART UV reduces
microorganisms through ultraviolet light. The units have a 3” inside diameter
and 1 1/2” slip union. They are an excellent choice for everything from small
koi ponds to large recirculating systems. Units feature Low Pressure lamps
with a 12,000 hour effective life. These SMART UV units feature remote-style
ballasts with 16’ power cords. Units are 115V/60 Hz and 230v 50/60Hz is
optional.
One-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps.
Wipers are avaliable.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001
AMPS UV VESSEL
LAMPS/ INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX DIMENSIONS 30 MJ/CM2 * 180 MJ/CM2 * WITHOUT WIPER WITH WIPER
WATTS PORT(S) @ 120/240 VAC PSI/BAR (L X D) GPM/LPM GPM/LPM MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/18 1.5” UNION 0.34/0.17 50/3.44 23” X 4” 6/22 0.8/2.8 EU18-U $348.49 EU18P-W $425.59
1/25 1.5” UNION 0.40/0.20 50/3.44 29” X 4” 9.5/35 1.0/3.7 EU25-U 383.29 EU25P-W 461.99
1/40 1.5” UNION 0.44/0.22 50/3.44 44” X 4” 15.5/58 2.8/10 EU40 416.89 EU40P-W 483.09
1/65 1.5” UNION 0.46/0.23 50/3.44 71” X 4” 26/98 5.3/20 EU65P 535.49 EU65P-W 659.59
*
SIZED FOR YOUR APPLICATION Thanks for helping me with my UV light problem. My pond has never been so beautiful,
Did you know: and I have shared my news with friends and relatives. You have one grateful and very
The flow rate at which the water passes through a UV system, and the UV-C Intensity satisfied customer.
establishes the “UV Dose”. All waterborne microorganisms require their own specific UV
Dose for successful disinfection. For more information on the SMART UV Sterilizer and Vanna Wu
other UV-C water treatment products, please visit us online at PentairAES.com.
Lihue, HI
TECH TALK 5
“Why Watts”
You know how you can tell what people know by the questions they ask? Well, we know that most involve inductance magnetic devices such as motor windings, solenoids, transformers, lamp
people don’t know about watts. They ask, “How many amps does this motor use?” instead of, “How ballasts, etc., the formula for single-phase loads is volts x amps x power factor = watts.
many watts does this motor use?” Watts are what you pay for, not amps (amps are used to size
In many cases, especially with linear air compressors and mag drive pumps, the actual watts used
breakers, etc.).
are significantly less than what is calculated by multiplying volts x amps. The only way to
The direct current formula we all learned (volts x amps = watts) is correct for incandescent light determine the watt consumption of a motor is to test it using a wattmeter.
bulbs and electric heaters, but it is not correct for motors. When dealing with power loads that

DISINFECTION
SECTION 143
SMART UVProducts
Sterilizers/ Products
Replacement Parts
/ Products
UV Lamp 4-Pin connector (cable)
Lamp
Quartz Sleeve
Ballast
®
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS
QUARTZ BALLAST 4-PIN LAMP
WATTS LAMP EACH 4 + SLEEVE EACH SEAL KITS EACH (120-230V) EACH CONNECTOR EACH
50 FL-2538-IP
$69.99 $62.99 FL-QZ175-IP $39.99 20375-2 $28.59 20105-MV $132.29 709-1S $7.39
80 FL-2997-IP
79.99 71.99 FL-QZ176-IP 44.99 20375-2 28.59 20105-MV 132.29 709-1S 7.39
120 FL-2998-IP
89.99 80.99 FL-QZ165 59.99
20375-2 28.59 20105-MV 132.29 709-1S 7.39
150 FL-2999 99.99 89.99 FL-QZ167 49.99
20375-2 28.59 202150-1* 259.99
709-1S 7.39
*model is 120V
SMART UV STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

BALLAST 4-PIN LAMP
WATTS SEAL KITS EACH (120V) EACH CONNECTOR EACH
18, 25, 40, 65 20375 $28.39 20100 $100.79 709-1S $7.39
80, 130 20374-AQ 31.79 20100 x 2* 100.79 709-1S x 2* 7.39
QUARTZ
WATTS LAMP EACH 4 + SLEEVE EACH 4+
18 FL-2536-IP $57.99 $52.19 FL-QZ173-IP $29.99 $26.99
25 FL-2542-IP 61.99 55.80 FL-QZ175-IP 39.99 35.99
40 FL-1957-IP 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP 39.99 35.99
65 FL-2529 74.99 67.49 FL-QZ167 49.99 44.99
80 FL-1957-IP x 2* 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP x 2* 39.99 35.99
130 FL-2529 x 2* 74.99 67.49 FL-QZ167 x 2* 49.99 44.99
*Requires 2 EA
SMART UV LITE STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

BALLAST 4-PIN LAMP
WATTS SEAL KITS EACH (120V) EACH CONNECTOR EACH
18 20624-AQ $28.39 20100 $100.79 20078 $16.49
25 20624-AQ 28.39 20100 100.79 20078 16.49
40 20624-AQ 28.39 20100 100.79 709-1S 7.39
80 20625-AQ 28.39 20100 x 2* 100.79 709-1S x 2* 7.39
QUARTZ
WATTS LAMP EACH 4 + SLEEVE EACH 4+
18 FL-2536-IP $57.99 $52.19 FL-QZ173-IP $29.99 $26.99
25 FL-2542-IP 61.99 55.80 FL-QZ175-IP 39.99 35.99
40 FL-1957-IP 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP 39.99 35.99
80 FL-1957-IP x 2* 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP x 2* 39.99 35.99
*Requires 2 EA

144 SECTION
SPECIALTY FILTRATION
UVT Meter/ Products / Products
Products
UVT FIELD METER

With innovative Split-Sense technology
The RealTech UV254 P200 field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is
the world’s most advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter,
guaranteed. The portable Real UVT meter can quickly and accurately test
UV254 in the field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real Tech Inc.’s
patented Split-Sense technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1
minute warm-up time and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take
continuous readings before and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette
allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meter’s new calibration memory feature allows testing to be
performed without the need to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if the
meter has been powered off.
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM) in
water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of aromatic
organics or reactive NOM.
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects. For 2-YEAR WARRANTY
example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily form
disinfection by-products (DBPs).
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere, REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic test UV WAVELENGTH 253.7 nm
parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD.
SOURCE Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
System Features RANGE 5 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 – 1.3 Absorbance
• Memory calibration—no field zeroing needed ACCURACY 0.5% UV Transmittance
• Performs both UV Transmittance and UV Absorbance measurements
RESOLUTION 0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
• Portable and easy to use
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
• Battery powered option
• 1 minute warm-up time
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM Notication of a system failure
• Extreme accuracy DISPLAY 32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on
screen instructions and system messages
CALIBRATION MEMORY Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water
MODEL EACH required only periodically.
P200UV254 REAL TECH P200 UV254 METER $1,937.00 RESPONSE TIME Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,
1UVT060020 REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES 141.49 Computation ~ 2 seconds
1UVT045010 REPLACEMENT CUVETTE. QUARTZ, 10 MM 262.89 OPERATING TEMPERATURES 0 – 45 °C (32 – 133 °F)
CASE Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with
convenient carrying handle
SAMPLE CELL 10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
PATH LENGTH 1 cm
POWER SUPPLY • Wall Adapter – 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,
Car Adapter – 12 VDC
• Battery power pack option
DIMENSIONS 8.7” L x 7.5” W x 3.9” H (254 cu in)
WEIGHT 4 lbs
UV Light Transmittance
UV transmittance (UVT) is not turbidity! The water’s clarity is not an effective indicator, because both solid and dissolved material can absorb UV light. For
example: metals (iron) in water are not visible to the human eye but absorb UV light and have a negative impact on UVT.
UVT is the transmission of UV-C light (at 254 nm) through water. Regarding Aquaculture applications, flow-through fish-culture systems requiring influent
disinfection typically test at 90-95% UVT. In contrast, RAS recirculating aquaculture systems typically test lower at 70-85%T. Application conditions vary and,
therefore, must be evaluated individually.
UVT must be considered when sizing any UV system. Using a meter is the only method of determining an application’s true %T.

SECTION 145
DISINFECTION
Ozone System
INTERNATIONAL OZONE SYSTEM

System Features
• Wall mounted, single point electrical.
• 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1 phase, 20 amp service.
• Dimensions: 36” x 38”, 139 pounds.
• One year warranty on parts only.
SYSTEM INCLUDES:
OZ8 Ozone Generator
Variable output, 0-8 grams per hour of ozone. Manual output control with
reference meter. Air cooled.
12 SCFH Oxygen Concentrator

Up to 12 SCFH oxygen flow at 10 PSIG.
Backflow Prevention Device

Power to open, spring to close actuator with drain and manual outlet valve.
Interlocked to stop system if back flow event should occur.
Please allow 4–5 weeks lead time.
Inline Oxygen Monitor
Measures gas flow, gas pressure and oxygen concentration.Interlocked to stop
ozone production on alarm.
Ambient Ozone Monitor

0-2 parts per million, two alarm levels. Interlocked to stop ozone production on
high ambient ozone alarm.
ORP Monitor and Sensor with 3 Meter Cable

Integrated to stop ozone production on high ORP alarm.
10’ of 1⁄4” PTFE Tubing to Process

MODEL VOLTAGE PHASE AMPS EACH
IOSYS1 OZONE SKID SYSTEM 8G/HR 120V/60HZ 1PHS 20A $12,742.00
OWS-OM2 AMBIENT OZONE MONITOR 2 SENS0RS 2,970.00
W/POWER SUPPLY & HORN
TECH TALK 72
Ozone Sizing:
OWS10 Know Your
4.2 SCFH, Goal @ 5%
10G/HR $8,884.62
In sizing an8.5
OWS20
ozone system the most important design factor is getting the correct ozone Air diffusers and pressurized injectors are also sometimes used but have lower transfer
SCFH, 20 G/HR @ 5% 9,815.38
dose for your specific application. Ozone is used mainly to achieve two different goals: efficiencies. The real advantage in using a venturi from a safety standpoint is that with
OWS30
sterilization/oxidation
15 SCFH, 30 and G/HR
microflocculation.
@ 5% Maximizing
10,746.15mass transfer (getting the positive pressure ozone delivery systems (where the ozone is pumped into the system
ozone from the gas phase into the water) is of primary importance for both. The most under pressure) a leak in the delivery hoses or piping can let ozone leak into the
efficient method of dissolving ozone (or any gas) is achieved by using a venturi educator, environment. With a properly sized venturi, if a leak occurs under vacuum, surrounding
a device that passively pulls in ozone under a vacuum using the physical (motive) force of (ambient) air will be drawn into the delivery tubing, so there’s no chance of affecting
the water flowing in a pipe. The water enters the venturi where the velocity rapidly nearby people with ozone.
increases due to a cone-shaped restriction in the venturi throat. This increase in velocity
Ozone has long been known to be a very efficient oxidant. In typical aquarium/aquaculture
causes a low pressure area to form at the point of maximum restriction (see diagram
applications ozone can greatly reduce total organic carbon (TOC) levels by direct oxidation
below), generating suction that pulls the ozone into the water stream. The venturi then
of the organics or indirect oxidation by other powerful oxidants that naturally occurs when
rapidly expands in diameter, slowing the water down instantaneously, causing the water
ozone reacts with water (free radical oxidation). Applied ozone doses for oxidation and
and gas to crash into each other at very high velocity and driving the gas into solution.
disinfection are similar and fall within .1 to 1.0 mg/L. Another rule of thumb for ozone
The higher the pressure in the venturi and downstream piping, the more gas can be driven
sizing for oxidation is based on food loading. An ozone dose of 15–20 grams of ozone per
into solution.
kg of food fed is recommended by Doctors Timmons and Ebling for aquaculture systems.
The other use of ozone not nearly as well known in aquatic systems is as a
Water microflocculent. When dosed at rates roughly 1/10 of the oxidation dose (.01–.1 mg/L),
Flow ozone can act as a flocculent, causing very small particulates that normally pass through
mechanical filters to clump into larger particles that mechanical filters can capture. The
ozone does this by causing electrical charges on the surface of the particles so that they
become attracted to each other like microscopic magnets. This type of ozone dose is
typically used in foam fractionators (protein skimmers), so the flocculated particulates
Suction
are carried out of the system water in the foam column.

146 DISINFECTION
Ozone Generators
INTELLIZONE® SERIES GENESIS OZONE GENERATORS

Fully integrated wall mount ozone systems designed
for simple installation in small spaces
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Genesis Ozone Generators are fully integrated
wall mount ozone systems. They are designed for installation into new or
pre-existing aquatic operations without equipment modification. Systems
generate 2 to 45 grams of ozone per hour with on-board oxygen
concentrators, and all operate under vacuum for safety and include
integrated DEL Ozone Safety Management System. UL- and NSF-listed.

DISINFECTION 147
Ozone Generators
G SERIES OZONE GENERATORS

The reliable, versatile, and cost-effective Pacific Ozone™ G Series ozone
generators are designed to satisfy a wide range of applications. The ultra-
compact, fiberglass reinforced case is perfect for harsh and demanding
environments such as aquaculture and agriculture installations,
cooling tower and wastewater treatment skids, and other commercial
and industrial ozone applications.
The G Series incorporates Pacific Ozone’s exclusive Floating Plate
Technology™ – an air-cooled titanium and ceramic reactor cell with high
frequency, variable control power supply. This compact line of ozone
generators offers a broad range of ozone output performance from 12 to 60
grams per hour. The power consumption of the highly efficient G Series is
among the lowest in the industry. Yet, the high-concentration ozone output
and broad range of features of this series provides greater flexibility of use.
The G Series ozone generators can be controlled manually or remotely
using a 0-10VDC or 4-20mA signal.
Features
• Air-Cooled Ceramic and Titanium Reactor Cell
• Feed Gas Pressure Regulator
• Door Safety Switch
• Over-Temperature Protection
• Feed Gas Flow Switch
• Stainless Steel Ozone Fittings
Controls
• 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input
• Variable Output Control
• Power Feed Back Reference Meter
• Reactor Pressure Control
• Reactor Pressure Gauge
• Feed Gas Flow Control
• Remote On/Off Control
• LED Visual Ozone Indicator
CONTACT OUR TECH SUPPORT STAFF FOR

ASSISTANCE AND PRICING INFORMATION
MAX. OZONE MAX. REACTOR FEED GAS FEED GAS OZONE

HZ WATTS POWER PRODUCTION MAX. OZONE PRESSURE FLOW RANGE AIR COOLING INLET FITTING OUTLET DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS (1 PH) (15A) CORD LBS/DAY GRAMS/HR CONCENTRATION PSI BAR SCFH LPM SCFH LPM FNPT* FITTING* L W H (LBS) EACH
970004 115 60 230 US 0.6 12 5% 12 0.8 7-10 3.3-4.7 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 42 $3,542.00
970005 230 60 230 EURO 0.6 12 5% 12 0.8 7-10 3.3-4.7 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 42 3,542.00
970006 230 60 230 US 0.6 12 5% 12 0.8 7-10 3.3-4.7 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 42 3,542.00
970007 115 60 270 US 1.0 18 6% 12 0.8 7-10 3.3-4.7 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 42 4,317.00
970008 230 60 270 EURO 1.0 18 6% 12 0.8 7-10 3.3-4.7 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 42 4,317.00
970009 230 60 270 US 1.0 18 6% 12 0.8 7-10 3.3-4.7 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 42 4,317.00
970010 115 60 435 US 1.6 30 8% 12 0.8 7-20
3.3-9.4 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 44 6,500.00
970018 230 60 435 EURO 1.6 30 8% 12 0.8 7-20
3.3-9.4 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 44 6,500.00
970012 230 60 435 US 1.6 30 8% 12 0.8 7-20
3.3-9.4 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 44 6,500.00
970013 115 60 525 US 2.4 45 8% 12 0.8 7-30 3.3-14 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 51 7,947.00
970014 230 60 525 EURO 2.4 45 8% 12 0.8 7-30 3.3-14 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 51 7,947.00
970015 230 60 525 US 2.4 45 8% 12 0.8 7-30 3.3-14 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 51 7,947.00
970016 230 50/60 625 EURO 32.0 60 8% 12 0.8 7-40 3.3-19 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 54 9,065.00
970017 230 50/60 625 US 32.0 60 8% 12 0.8 7-40 3.3-19 240 6796 1/4" 1/4" 19" 17" 11" 54 9,065.00
*Compression fitting.
Pacific Ozone™ and Floating Plate Technlology™ are trademarks of Pacific Ozone Technology, Inc. Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
148 DISINFECTION 148
Ozone Generators
M SERIES OZONE GENERATOR SYSTEMS

The advanced chassis-based design of the M Series ozone generators is the
foundation for a potent ozone production system. It combines the power of
Pacific Ozone’s patented Floating Plate Technology™ ozone reactor cells with
PID control in a 19-inch rack-mountable chassis. Three of the fully redundant,
self-contained chassis’ are housed in a stainless steel enclosure. The populated
enclosure modules may be combined to form the most powerful air-cooled
ozone generators available. Standard configurations of the M Series can
produce from 7 pounds per day to more than 50 pounds per day ozone.
Modular redundancy is the key to the M Series’ revolutionary chassis-based
design, providing unsurpassed reliability. The M Series is engineered to meet
demanding ozone process requirements with 4-20mA or 0-10VDC proportional
ozone control interface. The standard PID controller is ready to receive feedback
signal from your process and provide precise control of the ozone system.
The PLUS options for M Series add one or two channels of dissolved ozone
detection for input to the standard PID controller.
Features
• A Redundant Modular Ozone Chassis Design
• Stainless Steel Floor-Mount Enclosure
• Air-Cooled Ceramic and Titanium Reactor Cell
• Over-Temperature & Over Voltage Protection
• Outlet Isolation Valve & Inlet Isolation Valve Package
970024 970026
• Feed Gas Flow Switch
• CSA/UL Available
Controls
• 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input
• Auto sequencing – SSR Control w/Gas prep and auto purge
• Variable Output Control
• Programmable PID Controller
• Reactor Pressure Control
• Reactor Pressure Gauge
• Feed Gas Flow Control
• Remote On/Off Control
START STOP RESET ALARM

PUSHBUTTON PUSHBUTTON PUSHBUTTON BUZZER
E-STOP
970028
CONTACT OUR TECH SUPPORT STAFF FOR

CELLS PRESSURE VALVE
CONTROL ASSISTANCE AND PRICING INFORMATION
PANEL
HAND - AUTO SWITCH
MAX. OZONE MAX. REACTOR FEED GAS COMPRESSED OZONE

HZ WATTS PRODUCTION MAX. OZONE PRESSURE FLOW RANGE AIR COOLING AIR INLET OUTLET DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS (1 PH) (40A) LBS/DAY GRAMS/HR CONCENTRATION PSI BAR SCFH LPM SCFH LPM FITTING (MNPT) FITTING* L W H (LBS) EACH
970024 230 50/60 1550 7.1 135 8% 12 0.8 10-90 4.7-42 720 20388 1/2” 1/2” 183/4” 231/4” 511/2” 340 $20,599.00
970025 230 50/60 1700 9.5 180 8% 12 0.8 20-120 9.4-57 720 20388 1/2” 1/2” 183/4” 231/4” 511/2” 345 22,642.00
970026 230 50/60 2900 14.3 270 8% 12 0.8 20-180 9.4-84 1440 40776 1/2” 1/2” 183/4” 451/2” 511/2” 630 32,057.00
970027 230 50/60 3200 19.0 360 8% 12 0.8 50-240 24-114 1440 40776 1/2” 1/2” 183/4” 451/2” 511/2” 640 35,273.00
970028 230 50/60 4400 21.4 405 8% 12 0.8 50-270 24-127 2160 61164 1/2” 1/2” 183/4” 673/4” 511/2” 925 41,549.00
970029 230 50/60 4850 28.6 540 8% 12 0.8 50-360 24-170 2160 61164 1/2” 1/2” 183/4” 673/4” 511/2” 935 47,252.00
*Compression fitting.
DISINFECTION 149
Ozone Generators/Ozone Tubing
OZONE GENERATORS
The DEL OZONE Next Generation Eclipse Ozone Systems are compact and
provide dependable, low- maintenance operation. Cabinets are made of
extruded aluminum with molded plastic end caps and are wall-mountable.
Electrodes are rated for 15,000 hours of operation at over 80% capacity. Power
supplies are rated to operate for the life of the generator under normal
conditions. Generators may be operated in a vacuum or with positive pressure.
When using O2 as feed gas, you can expect approximately twice the
concentration than with air as feed gas. Air compressor not included. All
models require .25 cfm feed gas (air or oxygen). 1/4” hose inlet and outlet. UL-
and cUL-listed. 115V/60 Hz. One-year warranty.
• Improved water quality and clarity
• Kills up to 99.99% of harmful microorganisms
• Minimized operating and maintenance cost
• No unpleasant chemical odors
• High ozone output, low energy cost
• No Air Dryer required
AVG O 3 CONC. O 3 OUTPUT AMPS DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

MODEL (PPM) (GRAMS/HR) @ 115V (W X H X D) (LBS) EACH
ECL10 450 .25 .06 7.8" X 8" X 2.5" 9 $408.49
ECL20 700 .5 .12 7.8" X 14" X 2.5" 9 628.99
ECL40 1,350 1 .24 7.8" X 24" X 2.5" 14 943.99
ECL10 ECL20 ECL40
90150E ACCESSORY PACKAGE W/O MAZZEI® INJECTOR 28.39
90210E ACCESSORY PACKAGE W/MAZZEI® INJECTOR 144.89
DEL Zone® and Eclipse™ are trademarks of Del Industries, Inc. Mazzei® is a registered trademark of
Mazzei® Injector Corp.
PTFE TUBING
Ozone resistance is the reason most people select PTFE tubing. It is a flexible
thermoplastic, highly resistant to oxidizing agents. A nearly complete resistance
to alcohols, acids, bases and chlorinated solvents makes it excellent for the
delivery of ozone. It remains flexible at extreme temperatures and is nontoxic.
We recommend using brass or stainless steel fittings with this tubing.
8069
INSIDE OUTSIDE SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER 50’ ROLL
DIA. DIA. MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH EACH
1/4" 5/16" 8069 $3.89 8069R 50' $144.09
1/2" 5/8" 8135 20.39 8135R 50' 854.59
OZONE TUBING
This ozone-resistant plastic tubing will not crack or harden and is much
more flexible than PVDF tubing and PTFE.
INSIDE OUTSIDE ROLL SOLD PER ROLL

MODEL DIA. DIA. LENGTH EACH
TN8 3/16" 3/8" 8' $16.99
TN25 3/16" 3/8" 25' 44.79
TN50 3/16" 3/8" 50' 71.19

150 DISINFECTION
SECTION
Venturi
ProductsInjectors/Desiccant/Check
/ Products / Products Valves
MAZZEI® VENTURI INJECTORS

Widely used for the injection of air, oxygen, and ozone. Also compatible with
liquids. Tests have shown that when installed properly, injectors can transfer
ozone into water with efficiencies as high as 99%. These are constructed of
PVDF Kynar® and are ozone compatible. Mazzei® venturis have no moving
parts and provide trouble-free operation. All except V514 include a 1/4" barbed V1584
ozone-safe check valve. Maximum operating pressure at 100°F (38ºC) is 400 psi.
INLET/OUTLET FLOW THRU INJECTOR AIR SUCTION

MODEL MNPT @15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT @15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT EACH
V384 1/2" MNPT 1 GPM 1 CFH $70.39
V584 3/4" BARB 4 GPM 5 CFH 56.69 Flow
V978 1" MNPT 7 GPM 9 CFH 135.49
V1584 11/2" MNPT 31 GPM 72 CFH 185.89
Venturis offer an efficient and reliable way to inject
V514 2" MNPT 57 GPM 394 CFH 388.49
virtually any gas or liquid into water.
Mazzei® is a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp. Kynar® is a registered trademark of Arkema,
Inc. Corporation.
OZONE-SAFE CHECK VALVES

These clear, duckbill check valves work great for preventing water from back
siphoning into ozone generators. Cracking pressure is 21/2” H2 O. Inlet/outlet
accepts 1/8” and 3/16” I.D. tubing.
MODEL EACH
CKV55 3/16" TUBING $11.29
CKV60 1/4" TUBING 12.59
DESICCANT
When stored, desiccant media should be placed in an airtight container. It
changes color from blue to pink when regeneration is due. To recharge, simply
place desiccant on a baking sheet and heat at 350ºF (176º C) for approximately
20 minutes. Replace after 25 rechargings.
MODEL LBS EACH

DR2 11/4 $15.69
DR3
DR3 51/2 52.49
Before After

SECTION 151
PUMPS
PRODUCTS
152 Sparus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology
156 Centrifugal Pumps
160 Verus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology
162 Centrifugal Pumps
166 Self-Priming Pumps
167 Vertical Multi-Stage Pumps
168 Submersible Pumps
171 Magnetic Drive Pumps
176 Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing Pumps
177 Flow Meters
178 Float Switches/Alarms

152 PUMPS
SECTION
Sparus™ Pump
Products / Products
with Constant
/ ProductsFlow Technology™
SPARUS™ PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY ™

• T he world’s first aquaculture duty pump to deliver a CONSTANT
user-defined flow rate
• Pump motor speed self-adjusts to maintain the constant flow rate setting,
even as system conditions change
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
• Digital communication port RS-485 allows monitoring/control by
PLC systems. Contact us for solutions utilizing a PLC. AND SERVICE AVAILABLE
Contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
2” NPT suction and discharge ports. for more details.
Clear lid for quick
inspection of basket.
Cam and Ramp locking ring
for easy servicibility.
NEMA IP55 rated enclosure for
robust service in wet locations.
On-board keypad for

simple programming of
desired flow rate.
Integrated wiring
compartment for easy access
and quick installation.
Oversized strainer basket

and volute.
Corrosion-proof pump body

for long service life.
Saltwater-rated 316 stainless

internal fasteners, and heavy-duty
mechanical seal.
3 hp totally enclosed fan cooled
motor, with permanent magnets.
Under typical operating conditions, Sparus Pump with Constant Flow The law of physics known as the Affinity Law states that there is a cubic
Technology offers the highest water flow rate of any high performance relationship between the speed of an electric motor and its power consumption.
pump—with the lowest electricity consumption. Thanks to its integrated By decreasing the speed of a motor by only 10%, you’ll reap up to 33% in
on-board variable frequency drive, this pump automatically calculates and electrical energy savings while still achieving the exact flow rate that your
self-adjusts to provide the exact operational speed needed to deliver the application requires. With conventional pumps, the motor is often operating
exact flow rate you establish. As system conditions change, it self-adjusts to at a speed that is needlessly high for the application. Users of conventional
achieve a constant user-specified flow rate. The result of this breakthrough single-speed pumps often find that their only option to decrease their flow
technology is that you achieve the absolute minimum energy usage required rate is to partially close a valve to “throttle” the flow rate. The Sparus Pump
to deliver any given flow rate! This high level of efficiency can save you with Constant Flow Technology takes that paradigm and turns it on its head!
thousands of dollars per year in pump operating costs. The intelligence built into this pump means that you establish the desired flow
No more closing valves to decrease flow rate or making manual adjustments. rate and leave the decision-making to the pump.
Simply select the flow rate you require and the Sparus Pump with Constant
Flow Technology delivers. As system conditions change, the flow rate remains
constant. Need a higher or lower flow rate? Simply adjust the desired flow rate
by using the simple keypad. No matter what flow rate you select, you’ll rest
assured that your desired flow rate remains constant.

153 SECTION SECTION
PUMPS 153
Products / Products / Products Sparus Pump with
™
Products
Constant
/ Products
Flow Technology
/ Products™

Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology(CFT) will always operate at
the slowest speed required to achieve the user-established flow rate; the savings
it provides is yours to keep! This pump delivers proven reliability thanks to its
saltwater-rated stainless steel internal fasteners and highly robust mechanical
seal. Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology is a self-priming pump, and
it’s also suitable for flooded-suction applications. UL778 listed. One-year
warranty. Not certified for use in swimming pool applications.
Pump Features:
• Fully-programmable for any flow rate from 20–140 gpm
• On-board keypad for simple programming of desired flow rate
• 3 hp rating. 230V, single-phase, 50hz/60hz
• Ultra efficient permanent magnet TEFC motor
• 2” internally threaded NPT inlet/outlet ports and anti-blocking strainer
basket ensure maximum flow and efficiency
• Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
• IP55-rated enclosure for wet locations and harsh conditions
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology in a five pump application at

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems’ PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility in Apopka, FL.
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology Performance Chart

m ft 50/60 Hz Performance
30 100
90
25 80
SPARUS WITH CFT COST SAVINGS CALCULATOR
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
3,45 The Sparus™ Pump with Constant Flow Technology™ Cost Calculator
70 0 RPM
20 Tool calculates the savings an operator will realize when switching
60
from a standard pump to the Sparus with Constant Flow Technology.
15 50 It’s simple and easy to use. Just enter in the operational, hydraulic,
40 and head loss characteristics of your system and the cost savings, per
10 30
day and per year, will be instantly calculated for you.
20
5
10
0 0
400 RPM Visit PentairAES.com/CFT-Calculator to determine your savings!
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 m3/h
CAPACITY
POWER(KW) FULL LOAD SERVICE SF IN/OUT SHIP WT

MODEL HP INPUT/OUTPUT VOLTS HZ PHASE MOTOR AMPS FACTOR HP PORTS L W H (LBS) EACH
348045-AQ 3 3.2/2.2 230 50/60 1 TEFC 16 1.32 3.95 2” 23.4” 11” 12.6” 45 LBS $1,190.00
Operates with identical performance on 50 Hz or 60 Hz input power.

154 PUMPS
SECTION
Productsw/CFT
Sparus / Products
& Point/ Products
Four PLC Integration

AND POINT FOUR™ PLC INTEGRATION OPTIONS
Maintaining the Ideal Water Level
A local establishment was experiencing an issue These overflow events caused damage to As part of the solution the Pentair Aquatic
with periodic overflowing of their aquarium. the facility and the equipment. The system Eco-Systems team strategically deployed a PLC
The issue was related to a lack of flow rate experienced ongoing problems and the costs system and two digital level sensors to allow the
control, and lack of balanced flow rates between associated with the repairs were starting to pump to maintain the water height within the
two pumps in the system. When the system mount-up. Additionally, the downtime associated tank to half-an-inch of a predefined target level.
malfunctioned, it was possible for the pump in with cleanup was frustrating and inconvenient for The new system automatically reports a signal
the filtration room to move more water than the the staff members. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems’ back to the PLC which adjusts the pump’s
pump on top of the aquarium; causing water aquatic life support team was approached to find flow rate to maintain the ideal water level;
overflow into the dining room with no warning. a solution to this urgent situation. eliminating the issue of potential overflows!
GUIDED WAVE RADAR

(LEVEL MEASURE)
PLC MC3-6066
DISPLAY 3.5” Color Touch
ANALOG INPUT
6
(Continuous read sensors) SPARUS PUMP
ANALOG OUTPUT WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
—
(VFD Pumps)
DIGITAL INPUT
6
(Buttons/Switches)
DIGITAL OUTPUT
6
(lights/valves)
LOCAL ALARM Aud. & Visual
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM* Minor & Critical
PHONE ALARM** 1
DISPLAY TANK REMOTE ACCESS* Available
WEB DASHBOARD* Available
*Internet access required. **AutoDialer required.
1 Flow Rate
If water level is low then increase
FLOW METER speed of Pump 1.
2 Guided Wave Radar SYSTEM SUMP
If water level is low then decrease SPARUS PUMP
speed of Pump 2. WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Each Sparus with CFT pump features a digital communication port that
allows for monitoring/control by programmable logic control (PLC) systems.
The integration of a Point Four programmable logic controller (PLC) and
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology delivers a state-of-the art
package capable of solving a variety of challenges facing aquatic facilities
around the world. Custom options and other integration possibilities
available, for more information please contact Pentair AES.

SECTION
PUMPS 155
CFT
Products
Calculator
/ Products
/ RAS /Workshop
Products
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS)

TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOPS
AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPONENT OPTIONS FOR USE IN THE MANAGEMENT OF RECIRCULATING
RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS RECIRCULATING PRODUCTION SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
• Defining recirculating systems • Solids removal
• Monitoring and control
• RAS compared to other production options • Nutrient removal
• Daily operations
• Reasons to use recirculating technology • Dissolved gas addition and removal
• Emergency systems and procedures
• Disease control
CRITICAL CONSIDERATIONS BEFORE DEVELOPING AN APPROPRIATE DESIGN
FOR YOUR AQUACULTURE APPLICATION • UV Light and Disinfection
DESIGNING RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
• Impact of feed on growth, metabolism and • Examples from around the USA and Europe
water quality
WASTE MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Biofilter Economics
• Waste Generation
• Critical water quality parameters • Considerations in RAS Design
• Waste Treatment Options
• Tank hydraulics
ANALYSIS AND MODELLING • Waste Disposal
• Solids waste generation
• Dissolved nutrient generation • Mass Balance Analysis and RAS
• Aeration and Oxygenation Technologies • Dynamic Modelling and RAS
For more information about educational courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,

SECTION
156 PUMPS
Centrifugal
TAURUS™ 110 ENERGY-EFFICIENT AQUACULTURE DUTY

50 & 60HZ CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FW SW
The Taurus 110 moves more water with more efficiency than other comparable
industry leading pumps for lower operating cost and super-quiet operation.
By performing with less effort, there is less wear and tear—and that means
longer life for a higher return on your pump investment. The Taurus 110 meets
60HZ all the criteria for a superior pump: energy efficient, quiet and easy to
maintain. Plus its rugged construction will stand up to the most demanding
installation and conditions. Taurus 110 is performance and pressure tested to
ensure exceptional operation and quality. Self-priming for a quick and easy
start-up. 11/2” x 11/2” NPT port size (11/2” NPT union set included). One-year
warranty. UL778 listed. Not certified for use on swimming pools.
50HZ Optional 3ft 115V, 20 amp power cord, model 79137800-AQ (not included), is
compatible with 115V Sparus and Taurus pumps. Power cord includes a NEMA
5-15 three-prong plug and a 1/2” NPT cord-grip-gland with strain relief. UL
listed. One-year warranty.
m ft
30 100
60 Hz Performance All Pump Models
90 • Aquaculture-duty, TEFC motor with corrosion-resistant aluminum
25 80
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
construction and anodized finish

70
20
60 • Minimal energy consumption
15 50 0.7 2.0
40
5 HP 0H
P
• Thermal protection built into single-phase motors
0.5 1
10 30 0H 1.0 .50 H • Upgraded mechanical seal for saltwater applications
P 0H P
20 P
5
10
• All wetted metal components are 316 stainless steel.
0 0 • See-through lid permits easy inspection of strainer basket
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 gpm
• Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel motor shaft and parts
0 5 10 15 20 25 m3/h
CAPACITY • Easy-access field wiring compartment for quick, easy installation servicing
m ft 50 Hz Performance 60HZ Models
70
20 65 Available for shipment from our North American distribution center.
18 60
• 1 Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
55
16
50
14 45 2.0 • IP55 rated, UL approved
12 40 1 0H
10 35 1.0 .50 HP P
30 0.75 0H 50HZ Models
8 25 HP P
6 20
4 15
Available for shipment from our North American or European distribution centers.
10
2 5 • 1 and 3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm • IP55 rated, CE approved
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h • Unions included for both 50mm connections
CAPACITY
DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
60 HZ MODELS HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE FL AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
TAET-2-AQ 1/2 115/208-230 60 1 10.5/5.8-5.4 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 38 $371.49
TAET-3-AQ 3/4 115/208-230 60 1 13.2/7.3-6.7 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 38 408.99
TAET-4-AQ 1 115/208-230 60 1 15.1/8.5-7.7 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 38 438.99
TAET-6-AQ 1 ½ 208-230 60 1 9.6-8.4 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 40 495.99
TAET-8-AQ 2 208-230 60 1 11.1-9.5 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 48 554.79
79137800-AQ OPTIONAL 3-FT, 115V, 20AMP POWER CORD FOR 115V TAURUS AND SPARUS PUMPS 14.59
DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
50 HZ MODELS HP/KW VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
P-TRS-051-AQ 0.50/0.37 230 50 1 3.3 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 30 $371.49
P-TRS-071-AQ 0.75/0.55 230 50 1 4.2 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 31 408.99
P-TRS-073-AQ 0.75/0.55 400 50 3 1.8 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 28 408.99
P-TRS-101-AQ 1.00/0.75 230 50 1 5.2 TEFC 23” 12” 11” 32 438.99
P-TRS-103E2-AQ 1.00/0.75 400 50 3 2.0 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 31 438.99
P-TRS-151-AQ 1.50/1.10 230 50 1 7.4 TEFC 23” 12” 11” 34 495.99
P-TRS-153E2-AQ 1.50/1.10 400 50 3 3.2 TEFC 22” 12” 11” 49 495.99
P-TRS-201-AQ 2.00/1.50 230 50 1 9.6 TEFC 22” 12” 11” 38 554.79
P-TRS-203E2-AQ 2.00/1.50 400 50 3 3.6 TEFC 22” 12” 11” 53 554.79
P-TRS-301-AQ 3.00/2.20 230 50 1 10.2 TEFC 23⅛” 12” 11” 51 674.99
P-TRS-303E2-AQ 3.00/2.20 400 50 3 4.3 TEFC 23⅛” 12” 11” 66 674.99

SECTION
PUMPS 157
Products / ProductsCentrifugal
/ Products
SPARUS™ 160 ENERGY-EFFICIENT AQUACULTURE DUTY

50 & 60HZ CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FW SW
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sparus™ 160 pumps offer extremely high water flow in a quiet, energy-
efficient package making them effective in a wide range of Aquaculture applications. Saltwater compatible,
corrosion-resistant plastic construction, 316SS stainless steel internal fasteners, oversized anti-blocking
strainer basket and volute, and 2-inch female NPT inlet/outlet ports. EPDM/316SS mechanical seal.
Compatible with a wide assortment of cleaning and filtration systems. Clear lid for easy inspection.
Self-priming, also suitable for flooded suction applications. One-year warranty. UL778 listed. Not certified
for use on swimming pools. Optional 3ft 115V, 20 amp power cord, model 79137800-AQ (not included), is
compatible with 115V Sparus and Taurus pumps. Power cord includes a NEMA 5-15 three-prong plug
and a 1/2” NPT cord-grip-gland with strain relief. UL listed. One-year warranty. 60HZ
All Pump Models:
• Single body design provides for quiet/durable operation
• High-temperature thermoplastic withstands harsh conditions
and prevents corrosion
• Saltwater compatible construction
• Thermal protection built into single-phase motors
• Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
• Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel motor shaft 50HZ
and internal fasteners
60HZ Models:
Available for shipment from our North
m ft 60 Hz Performance m ft 50 Hz Performance
American distribution center.
120 30 100
• 1-phase and 3-Phase models with TEFC 35
110 90
motors IP55 rated, UL approved. 30 100 25 80
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

90
50HZ Models: 25 80
0.75 3.00 20
70
70 HP HP 60 3.00
Available for shipment from our North 20 2.00 HP
American or European distribution centers
60 HP 15 50
2.00
15 50 0.50 1.5 40 0.75 HP
HP 1.0 0H HP
• 1-Phase and 3-Phase models with TEFC 40 0H P 10 30
0.50
1.0
0H 1.50
HP
Pentair motors. IP55 rated. CE approved 10 30 P HP P
20
• Unions included for both 50mm and 5 20 5
10 10
63mm connections 0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 gpm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 m3/h 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
60HZ MODELS HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE FL AMPS MOTOR L W H SHIP WT (LBS) EACH

SPET-2-AQ 1/2 115/208-230 60 1 10.5/5.8-5.4 TEFC 24 ½” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 41 $520.19
SPK-2-AQ 1/2 208-230/460 60 3 3.3-3.6/1.8 TEFC 24 ½” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 39 520.19
SPET-3-AQ 3/4 115/208-230 60 1 13.2/7.3-6.7 TEFC 24 ½” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 41 572.59
SPK-3-AQ 3/4 208-230/460 60 3 4.5-4.4/2.2 TEFC 24 ½” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 42 572.59
SPET-4-AQ 1 115/208-230 60 1 15.1/8.5-7.7 TEFC 24 ¾” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 46 614.59
SPK-4-AQ 1 208-230/460 60 3 4.9-4.5/2.3 TEFC 24 ¾” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 46 614.59
SPET-6-AQ 1 ½ 208-230 60 1 9.6-8.8 TEFC 21 ¾” 10 ⅞” 12 1/8” 48 694.39
SPK-6-AQ 1 ½ 208-230/460 60 3 6.4-6.3/3.2 TEFC 25 ¼” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 54 694.39
SPET-8-AQ 2 208-230 60 1 11.0-10.2 TEFC 22 1/8” 10 ⅞” 12 1/8” 52 776.69
SPK-8-AQ 2 208-230/460 60 3 7.8-6.8/3.4 TEFC 25 ¾” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 56 776.69
SPET-12-AQ 3 208-230 60 1 15.0-13.6 TEFC 22 ⅞” 10 ⅞” 12 1/8” 52 968.99
SPK-12-AQ 3 208-230/460 60 3 10-8.3/4.1 TEFC 25 ¾” 10 ⅞” 12 ¾” 58 968.99
79137800-AQ
O PTIONAL 3-FT POWER CORD FOR 115V SPARUS AND TAURUS PUMPS 1 14.59
50HZ MODELS HP/KW VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
P-SPR-071-AQ 0.75/0.55 230 50 1 4.2 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 32 572.59
P-SPR-073-AQ 0.75/0.55 400 50 3 1.8 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 28 572.59
P-SPR-101-AQ 1.00 /0.75 230 50 1 5.2 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 30 614.59
P-SPR-103E2-AQ 1.00 /0.75 400 50 3 2.0 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 32 614.59
P-SPR-151-AQ 1.50 /1.10 230 50 1 7.4 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 34 694.39
P-SPR-153E2-AQ 1.50 /1.10 400 50 3 3.2 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 49 694.39
P-SPR-201-AQ 2.00 /1.50 230 50 1 9.6 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 37 776.69
P-SPR-203E2-AQ 2.00 /1.50 400 50 3 3.6 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 53 776.69
P-SPR-301-AQ 3.00 /2.20 230 50 1 10.2 TEFC 23 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 51 968.99
P-SPR-303E2-AQ 3.00 /2.20 400 50 3 4.3 TEFC 23 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 67 968.99

158 PUMPS
SECTION
Centrifugal
H3-PLUS SERIES® & L3-PLUS SERIES® ENERGY EFFICIENT

LOW TO MEDIUM HEAD PUMPS FW SW
The new H3-PLUS SERIES and L3-PLUS SERIES were engineered using
best-in-class technology. A rugged plastic construction delivers durable
pumps at an affordable price. UL778 listed. Not certified for use in swimming
pool applications.
The L3-PLUS pump is a low-head/high-flow pump designed for Aquaculture
applications that call for large flow rates in low-head conditions. This pump
features a four-pole induction motor that rotates at 1725 rpm when connected
to 60hz input power. These pumps are perfectly suited for ponds, water H3-Plus 60Hz
features, fountains and aquaculture. One-year warranty.
The H3-PLUS pump is a medium-head/high-performance, aquaculture-duty
pump designed for maximum up-time and reliable performance. This pump
features an ultra-heavy-duty TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled) motor with an
all-aluminum construction and an anodized finish for maximum corrosion
resistance.
Features:
• Freshwater and Saltwater compatible, 316SS internal fasteners, EPDM/
Stainless mechanical seal
• Union connectors included for connecting directly to 2.5” or 3” plumbing. H3-Plus 50 Hz
• O-ring seals are made of oxidation-resistant, EPDM rubber for increased
durability and tighter seal
• Extra-large, robust basket with smooth surface for easy debris removal
• Easy-carry handle; easily removable, ergonomic lock ring; and see-through
lid for easy basket inspection
• H3 pumps have IP55-rated enclosures for wet locations and harsh conditions
L3-Plus
m ft H3-PLUS 60 Hz Performance m ft H3-PLUS 50 Hz Performance m ft L3-PLUS 60 Hz Performance

110 30 110 9 30
30 100 90 8
90 25 80 25
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
25 80 7
70 20
70 4 HP 6 20
20 60
60 3 HP 5
15 50 5H 15 50 15
L3-
2 3 P 40
4 160
-AQ
L3
40
L3 AQ
10 30 3 10
-10
HP
10 30
-12
HP
0-
2
0-A
20
5 20 5 5
Q
10 10 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 gpm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 gpm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 140 160 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 m3/h 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 m3/h 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY CAPACITY
H3-PLUS SERIES™ FULL LOAD SHIP WT

MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
H3-2HPE-AQ 2 208-230 60 1 11.1-9.5 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 56.5 $892.99
H3-2HP-AQ 2 208-230/460 60 3 7.5-7.2/3.6 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 56.5 892.99
H3-3HPE-AQ 3 208-230 60 1 14.6-12.7 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 61 989.99
H3-3HP-AQ 3 208-230/460 60 3 9.8-9.4/4.7 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 61 989.99
H3-5HPE-AQ 5 208-230 60 1 20.8-18.9 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 67 1,190.00
H3-5HP-AQ 5 208-230/460 60 3 13.9-13.1/6.6 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 67 1,190.00
P-H3-301 3 230V 50 1 12.8 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 50.6 989.99
P-H3-303E2 3 400V 50 3 4.2 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 57.2 989.99
P-H3-401 4 230V 50 1 17.0 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 74.8 1,190.00
P-H3-403E2 4 400V 50 3 5.6 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 74.8 1,190.00
L3-PLUS SERIES™
NOMINAL FLOW RATE FULL LOAD SHIP WT
MODEL (GPM) VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
L3-100-AQ 100 115/230 60 1 8.0/4.0 ODP 26¼" 11⅜" 14" 50.5 $860.99
L3-120-AQ 120 115/230 60 1 8.4/4.2 ODP 26¼" 11⅜" 14" 50.5 871.49
L3-160-AQ 160 115/230 60 1 9.6/4.8 ODP 26¼" 11⅜" 14" 50.5 881.99

159 SECTION SECTION
PUMPS 159
Products / Products / Products Products / ProductsCentrifugal
/ Products
VERUS™ 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS

FW SW
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Verus™ 850 pumps are for commercial aquaculture
and other heavy-duty water applications. Available in flows to 800 gpm, and from 3
to 15 hp. Verus™ 850 high-performance commercial pumps are designed for
maximum efficiency and quiet operation in every detail. They are noncorrosive,
all-plastic and designed exclusively for the commercial aquaculture industry.
Stainless steel internals. Saltwater-rated. Verus 850 impellers are manufactured
for true breakthrough performance, allowing for lower loads and longer motor
life. Strainer pot sold separately. UL and cUL approved. One-year warranty.
Features:
• Close-coupled for quiet, stable flow operation
• Lightweight for easy installation
• Cam and Ramp™ locking ring design with clear lid for added service convenience
• 6” suction and 4” discharge with strainer pot
• Closed impeller for long life and durability
• Available in single- and three-phase models
• Self-priming with use of strainer pot assembly, sold separately
• UL778 listing (for aquaculture). Not certified for use on swimming pools.
Optional Strainer Pot • TEFC motors are IP55 rated for wet locations and harsh conditions
FULL LOAD SHIP WT

MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR (LBS) EACH
m ft 1Ø - 60 Hz Performance
60 HZ MODELS 35 120
VRE-20-AQ 5 230 60 1 20.0 ODP 175 $3,413.00 30 100
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

25 80
VREKT-20-AQ 5 208-230/460 60 3 13.5-12.3/6.2 TEFC 102 3,176.00
20 7.5
10
VRE-30-AQ 7.5 230 60 1 30.4 ODP 202 3,413.00 60 HP
HP
15
5H
VREKT-30-AQ 7.5 208-230/460 60 3 20.4-18.2/9.1 TEFC 122 3,491.00 40
P
10
VRE-40-AQ 10 230 60 1 40.0 ODP 154 4,043.00 5 20
VREKT-40-AQ 10 208-230/460 60 3 27.0-26.2/13.1 TEFC 168 3,806.00 0 0

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 gpm
VREKT-60-AQ 15 208-230/460 60 3 40.0-38.0/18.8 TEFC 182 4,148.00 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 m3/h
CAPACITY
50 HZ MODELS*
VREK5-12-AQ 3 230/400 50 3 7.9/4.5 ODP 131 3,145.00
m ft 3Ø - 60 Hz Performance
VREK5-20-AQ 5 230/400 50 3 12.3/7.1 ODP 235 3,281.00
35 120
110
VREK5-30-AQ 7.5 230/400 50 3 18.1/10.4 ODP 174 3,491.00 30 100
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
90
VREK5-40-AQ 10 230/400 50 3 24.0/13.7 ODP 152 3,806.00 25 80
20 70 7.5 15
*2875 RPM 60 HP
HP
575V Models 15 50
10
40
HP
5H
10 30
P
VRECKT-20-AQ 5 575 60 3 6.1 TEFC 90 3,025.00 5 20

10
VRECKT-30-AQ 7.5 575 60 3 7.1 TEFC 125 3,325.00 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 gpm
VRECKT-40-AQ 10 575 60 3 12 TEFC 140 3,625.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 m3/h
VRECKT-60-AQ 15 575 60 3 17.9 TEFC 150 3,950.00 CAPACITY
1750 RPM MODELS

VREW-12-AQ 3 208-230 60 1 19.5-19.2 ODP 138 3,602.00 m ft 1,750 rpm - 60 Hz Performance
12 40
VREWK-12-AQ 3 208-230/460 60 3 8.4-7.8/3.9 ODP 180 3,413.00
10
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
VREW-20-AQ 5 208-230 60 1 23.0-20.1 ODP 175 4,179.00 30

8 5 HP
VREWK-20-AQ 5 208-230/460 60 3 13.8-13.0/6.5 ODP 145 3,701.00
6 20 3H
P
FLANGE KITS & OPTIONAL STRAINER POT 4
10
VR-STR-AQ OPTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY, 6” X 6” 33 750.79 2
357262-AQ 4” ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 70.59 0 0
357263-AQ 6” A NSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 116.29 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 gpm
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 m3/h
357212-AQ 6” A NSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 96.89 CAPACITY
USE ON VERUS PUMPS NOT EQUIPPED WITH STRAINER POT

160 PUMPS
SECTION
Verus™ Pump
Products / Products
with Constant
/ Products
Flow Technology™
VERUS™ 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY™

We know that Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) programming can be
challenging, time-consuming and error-prone... That’s why we’ve removed
the guesswork; enabling customers to easily upgrade to a proven solution for
off-the-shelf control using Constant Flow Technology. The Verus™ 850
Premium Efficiency Pump with Constant Flow Technology™ system is
available in a range of configurations to suit the needs of various applications.
Verus™ with Constant Flow Technology is offered as a plug-and-play kit
consisting of a robust, aquaculture-duty Verus pump; paired with a heavy-
duty outdoor-rated (IP55) variable frequency drive. The pump and drive are
delivered to you pre-programmed and ready-to-install with an included flow
meter for ease-of-installation and minimal setup time. Unlike conventional
pumps that require manual valve adjustments, the Verus™ with Constant
Flow Technology is an integrated system that self-adjusts to deliver the
user’s established flow rate, even as system conditions change. Optional
strainer pot and flanges sold separately.
System Includes: It’s easy to order:

• Verus 850 Premium Efficiency Pump 1. Choose the Horsepower (5, 7½, 10 or 15 HP)
• Saltwater rated, all-plastic construction 2. Select the Voltage (230V or 460V)
• 3 Phase TEFC motor 3. Select Outlet Pipe Diameter (4” or 6”)
• Closed-coupled for quiet, stable flow operation Once you choose the horsepower, voltage and outlet pipe diameter,
• Lightweight for easy installation Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems will load the proper software into the
variable frequency drive to meet your specific requirements. The
• 6” suction port and 4” discharge port Verus™ with Constant Flow Technology System will be shipped
• Outdoor-rated (IP55) pre-programmed variable frequency drive pre-programmed and ready-to-install!
• Industrial-grade flow meter
Pre-programmed Variable Flow meter

Frequency Drive installed into pipe
Flow meter wired

into drive
Discharge/Effluent
Pump wired into

drive
Suction/Influent
Verus Pump
Verus Pump with Constant Flow Technology.

(Flanges available as optional accessories. PVC pipe not included.)

SECTION
PUMPS 161
Verus Pump with
™
Products
Constant
/ Products
Flow Technology
/ Products™
VERUS™ 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY™

Performance Curves
A range of speeds are displayed below to demonstrate the potential capacity of the Verus with CFT due
to its ability to self adjust to a user-defined flow rate.
5HP Pump Performance 7.5HP Pump Performance

m ft 50/60 Hz Performance m ft 50/60 Hz Performance
90 90
25 80 25 80
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

3,6
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
70 70
20 3,6 20 00
60 00 60 RP
RP 15 50 M
15 50 M
40
40 10 30
10 30
20
20 5
5 10 1,000 RPM
10 1,000 RPM 0 0
0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 gpm
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 gpm
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 m3/h
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 m3/h CAPACITY
CAPACITY
10HP Pump Performance 15HP Pump Performance

m ft 50/60 Hz Performance m ft 50/60 Hz Performance
120 120
35 110 35 110
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
30 100
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
30 100
90 3,6 90 3,60
25 80 00 25 80 0R
RP PM
20
70 M 20
70
60 60
15 50 15 50
40 40
10 30 10 30
5 20 1,000 RPM 5 20 1,000 RPM
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 gpm 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 gpm
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 m /h
3 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
MODEL HP VOLTAGE PIPE DIA. EACH MODEL HP VOLTAGE PIPE DIA. EACH
VERUSCFT-230-5-4 5 230 4” $4,746.00 VERUSCFT-230-7.5-4 7½ 230 4” $5,166.00
VERUSCFT-230-5-6 5 230 6” 4,746.00 VERUSCFT-230-7.5-6 7½ 230 6” 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-230-10-4 10 230 4” 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-230-15-4 15 230 4” 6,006.00
MODEL OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES EACH

VR-STR-AQ OPTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY, 6” X 6” $750.79
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
357262-AQ 4” ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 70.59
AND SERVICE AVAILABLE
357263-AQ 6” ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 116.29 Contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
357212-AQ 6” ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 96.89 for more details.
USE ON VERUS PUMPS NOT EQUIPPED WITH STRAINER POT

162 PUMPS
SECTION
Products / Products
Centrifugal, 15-30HP/ Products
VERUS™ PLUS HIGH-EFFICIENCY AQUACULTURE DUTY 15-30HP PUMPS FW SW

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Verus™ Plus pumps offer breakthrough performance at an
unprecedented value. Providing exceptionally-high flow rates for a wide range of applications,
Verus™ Plus pumps operate quietly and efficiently, and they are lightweight for their size;
eliminating the need for unwieldy hoists and large installation crews. Sold without pre-filter
(strainer pot available separately as an accessory item). One-year warranty.
All Pump Models

• Aquaculture-duty TEFC motor, IP55 rated,Class F Insulation
• IE2 Motor Rating
• Robust injection-molded components made of glass
reinforced thermoplastic
• Salt/Seawater approved up to 40 ppt salt concentration
• All pumps are TUV and CE certified
• Suitable for use with Variable Frequency Drives
• 316SS Mechanical seals and 304SS hardware
• 8” ANSI flange suction and discharge ports
• Extremely quiet with very low vibration during operation
Pump with optional Strainer Pot
60HZ Models:
Pump without optional Strainer Pot
• Available for shipment from our North American distribution center
50HZ Models:
• Available for shipment from our European distribution center
80 80
70 70
25 25
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
60 60
20 50 20 50 30
30 HP
HP 25
15 40 20 15 40 HP
15 H HP 25 20
30 P HP 30 HP
10 10 15
20 20 H
P
5 5
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 gpm 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 gpm
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 m3/h 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY

MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE FULL LOAD AMPS* MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
60HZ Models
VERPL6-60-AQ 15 230/460 60 3 38.8/19.4 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 452 $4,663.00
VERPL6-80-AQ 20 230/460 60 3 51.4/25.7 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 478 5,257.00
VERPL6-100-AQ 25 230/460 60 3 54.4/27.2 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 539 5,678.00
VERPL6-120-AQ 30 230/460 60 3 65.8/32.9 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 557 6,344.00
*This value may vary slightly depending upon motor manufacturer and motor design type.
50 HZ Models
VERPL5-60-AQ 15 380/660 50 3 22.5/13.0 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 452 4,133.00
VERPL5-80-AQ 20 380/660 50 3 29.8/17.2 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 478 4,665.00
VERPL5-100-AQ 25 380/660 50 3 36.5/21.0 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 539 5,046.00
VERPL5-120-AQ 30 380/660 50 3 44.5/25.7 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 557 5,647.00
Flange Kit & Optional Strainer Pot

VERPL-STR-AQ O PTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY 66 1,490.00
350808 8” ANSI FLANGE ASSEMBLY KIT 179.99

PUMPS 163
Centrifugal, 40-60HP
VERUS™ MAX HIGH-EFFICIENCY

AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS, 40-60 HP NEW!
The newest line of Verus pumps is the biggest one yet! Available with flow
rates up to 2,000 gpm, Verus Max pumps are designed for large commercial
applications where flow rate and turnover demands are high. Pumps in the
same class are often times over-engineered resulting in unnecessary costs
being passed onto the customer. Utilizing a practical and robust design approach,
Verus Max pumps offer exceptional value without compromising on quality or
performance. Thanks to its relatively light weight for its size, installation and
Optional Strainer Pot maintenance of Verus Max is simple compared to metallic pumps with similar
capacities. Designed for the most challenging of aquatic system environments,
Verus Max pumps are constructed using rugged and reliable components
which include an IE2-rated TEFC motor, stainless steel hardware and glass
reinforced thermoplastic housing. Please allow up to twelve weeks for delivery.
One-year warranty.
Features
• Aquaculture-duty TEFC motors, with IP55 rating
• Class F Motor Insulation, IE2 rated
• Suitable for use with Variable Frequency Drives
• 316SS internal hardware, saltwater-rated
• Heat-resistant mechanical seal with 316SS construction
• Robust injection-molded components made of glass reinforced thermoplastic
• ANSI 8” suction and discharge ports
• Optional strainer pot and flange kits available
• Available in three-phase ratings. All models are CE and TUV approved
Verus Max without optional Strainer Pot 6’ (183 cm) person used for size reference • Salt/Seawater approved up to 40ppm salt concentration
m ft m ft
60 Hz Performance 50 Hz Performance
110 110
30 100 30 100
90 50 H 90
P
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
25 60 25
80 HP 80
40 H 50 H 60
20 70 P 20 70 P HP
20 60 20 60 40 H
P
50 50
15 40 15 40
10 30 10 30
20 20
5 5
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 gpm 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 gpm
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m3/h 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
SHIP WT
L* W H (W/O STRAINER)
MODEL HP VOLTAGE PHASE FULL LOAD AMPS* (IN/MM) (IN/MM) (IN/MM) (LBS/KG) EACH
60 HZ MODELS
VERMX6-160-AQ 40 230/460 3 94/47 58/1474 31/788 38/960 690/313 $8,434.00
VERMX6-200-AQ 50 230/460 3 124/62 59/1504 31/788 38/960 860/390 9,102.00
VERMX6-240-AQ 60 230/460 3 142.2/71.1 59/1504 31/788 38/960 904/410 9,820.00
50 HZ MODELS
VERMX5-160-AQ 40 400/690 3 55.7 58/1474 31/788 38/960 690/313 6,791.00
VERMX5-200-AQ 50 400/690 3 69 59/1504 31/788 38/960 860/390 7,338.00
VERMX5-240-AQ 60 400/690 3 83.3 59/1504 31/788 38/960 904/410 7,928.00
FLANGE KIT & OPTIONAL STRAINER POT

VERPL-STR-AQ OPTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY 66/30 1,490.00
350808 8” ANSI FLANGE ASSEMBLY KIT — 179.99
*This value may vary slightly depending upon motor manufacturer and motor design type.

164 PUMPS
SECTION
Products / Products
Centrifugal Pumps / Products
SWEETWATER® HIGH-EFFICIENCY PUMPS FW SW KOI TECH FAV

Low head, very quiet
• High-efficiency
• Stainless steel motor shafts
• Salt water compatible shaft sleeve and seal
• 1,725-rpm, thermally protected ODP motors
• Glass-filled polypropylene pump bodies
• 8’ power cords and 11/2” FNPT inlet/outlet (SHE1.7 and SHE2.4)
• SHE2.9 and SHE4.4 have a 2” in/out with slip unions
• SHE2.4–4.4 also available in 230V/50 Hz (add “-230”)
SHE1.7
SHIP WT SHE4.4
MODEL WATTS @ 10’ HEAD AMPS @ 115V (LBS) EACH
SHE1.7 170 1.5 24 $614.29 2-YEAR WARRANTY
SHE2.4 220 1.9 28 640.49
m ft 60 Hz Performance
SHE2.9 290 2.9 31 677.29 25
7
SHE4.4 450 4.0 35 787.49
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

6 20
5 SHE4
15 .4
Compare our SHE2.9 to a typical hardware store water pump when run continuously. 4 S
HE
3 10
SH
SH
BRAND GPM @ 10’ HEAD WATTS COST PER YEAR @10¢/KWH
1.7
E2
E2
2 .9
.4
SHE2.9 70 290 $254 5
1
TYPICAL PUMP 70 900 788
0 0
Our pump saved over $500/year. Which one is the bargain? 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h
CAPACITY
TECH TALK 75
Our pump cost about $100 more but saved over $500/year. Which one is the
Water Pump Efficiency and Redundancy
bargain? will save electricity, as they can be individually turned on or off as needed (installing a check valve on
We know what you’re thinking ... here they go again, talking about efficiency. Yes, and we’ll keep doing each pump will prevent water from flowing back when that pump is not in use). Also, multiple pumps
it. The problem is that, in the US, electricity is so cheap, we all but ignore it. Then, when we get the may be preferred, as then only a portion of the total water flow would be lost when one pump fails. The
power bill, we complain about how high it is! cost of having a small pump on hand for backup is much less than a large one. For a “ready-to-go”
backup, extra pumps could be plumbed into the main line (put the pumps on separate circuit breakers)
Sound familiar? so that the reserve pump is ready when needed. Alternate the use of the pumps to keep them exercised.
Here is a note on energy efficiency from our 1981 Aeration Handbook and Catalog: “... one kilowatt-hour Simplify the backup and spare parts inventory at your facility by using multiples of the same pump
is equivalent to about two days of hard work by one man.” A man’s labor for 5¢ per day–that’s cheap! instead of several single-purpose pumps. Similar multiple redundancy can be used with air blowers,
As efficiency relates to aquaculture, pumping and aeration are the two biggest consumers of electricity. heaters, chillers, filters, etc.
After feed costs and labor, electricity is probably the next highest overhead expense. Be careful when In
selecting a pump. Do not compare them by horsepower alone. Often, a cheap pump has an undersized
motor that must work very hard to do the job. This may be an appropriate pump selection for temporary
or noncritical applications, but not where the lives of your animals are concerned. Often, pool type
pumps, when used for low-pressure aquaculture applications; keep the motor in a continuous overload Two smaller pumps can be Shut-off valve
condition. utilized in place of one large
Operating an undersized motor in the duty range of its service factor is acceptable from the pump pump.
Check valves shown on
manufacturer’s point of view, but not a fish farmer’s point of view. It lowers the pump’s cost (which
inlet but may be located
looks good when you are comparing pumps), but increases energy consumption and operating
on outlet.
temperature. Higher operating temperature shortens motor life.
We’ve painstakingly selected and tested all of our pumps for power consumption. We’ve illustrated
ratings, specifications and power consumption clearly. We use the term “aquaculture duty,” to indicate
long-term reliability and efficiency in humid, industrial applications.
With proper valve
Multiple water pumps provide redundancy. Vs and union locations,
Bigger may not be better when it comes to pumping water. For example, to pump 300 gallons per minute one pump can be replaced
(gpm) to a height of 20’, you could use one large 300-gpm pump, two 150-gpm pumps, three 100-gpm with little
pumps, four 75-gpm pumps, five 60-gpm pumps, etc. To determine which is best for your application, or no interuption to
consider the following options. the system.
Large pumps may only be available with 3-phase motors. If 3-phase power is not available, an
expensive, power-robbing phase converter must be used, or multiple single-phase pumps. Even if one
large pump can be used, another one must be available as a backup, if the pumping need is critical.
Consider multiple pumps. If one pump moves 100 gpm, two of the same pumps together will move 200 Single Large Pump Two Smaller Pumps
gpm, three will move 300 gpm, and so on. If less than 300 gpm is ever needed, multiple smaller pumps Utilizing two smaller pumps provides redundancy and allows continuous operation should one pump fail.

SECTION
PUMPS 165
Centrifugal Pumps
SWEETWATER® CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FW SW

Medium and high head
These high-performance pumps are molded out of glass-filled PPO resin.
They are fitted with a seal that prevents water from contacting any metal parts,
making the pumps salt water compatible.
All pumps come with stainless steel hardware, 8’ power cord (PS2SS through
PS4SS models only). Inlet/outlet connections are 11/2” FNPT on all pumps.
3,450 rpm, TEFC Baldor ® motors are slightly oversized for the pumps,
resulting in a cool-running, long-lasting, reliable pump.
FULL LOAD SHIP WT

MODEL HP VOLTS PHASE AMPS (LBS) EACH
PS2SS 1/2 115/208-230 1 7.4 - 4.1-3.7 30 $704.49
PS2SS
PS3SS 3/4 115/230 1 10.8 / 5.4 35 755.19
PS4SS 1 115/230 1 12.0 / 6.0 36 824.69
PS5SS 11/2 115/230 1 16.6 / 8.3 47 864.99
PS53SS 11/2 230/460 3 3.8 / 1.9 41 812.49
m ft 60 Hz Performance PS6SS 2 115/230 1 23.0 / 11.5 63 953.69
30 100
90 PS63SS 2 230/460 3 5.4/2.7 45 868.79
25 80
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
PS73SS 3 208-230/460 3 8.1-7.6 / 3.8 49 944.99

70
20 3.00 1000.0414 REPLACEMENT SHAFT SEAL 1 64.99
60 2.00 HP
15 50 1.5 HP
1.0 0H
40 0 P
10 30
HP
0.7
0.5
20
5H
5
0H
10
P
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m3/h
CAPACITY
PUMP TRAPS
Here is a pump trap (also known as priming pot) at a very reasonable price.
Ideal for garden ponds, recirculating systems, and many other applications.
All-plastic trap has a 11/2” FNPT inlet, 11/2” MNPT outlet and weighs 2 lbs.
Measures 11” H x 7” D x 71/2” L. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
340088-AQ PUMP TRAP ASSEMBLY $68.99
355667-AQ REPL. BASKET 18.99
354531-AQ REPL. COVER 15.99
354533-AQ REPL. O-RING 8.99
U178-920P-AQ REPL. DRAIN PLUG ASSEMBLY 8.99
340088-AQ
TECH TALK 110
Inlet Strainers
Pump inlets can become quickly clogged by just a few leaves, a plastic bag, a small amount of debris or even a dead fish. Inlet strainers are devices that keep debris out of a pump that might otherwise
damage or clog it. They generally are not designed to be water filters (requiring frequent cleaning), but rather pump protectors. A pump's performance is greatly diminished when its inlet is restricted. To
avoid flow reduction or stoppage, you will need an inlet strainer with a large enough surface area to not impede water flow, even when partially clogged. Another reason you need a large surface area strainer is
to reduce the water velocity at the strainer inlets, so that debris, small fish and animals do not become stuck. To prevent this blockage, we recommend that the strainer screen surface area be a
minimum of one square foot for every ten gallons per minute pumped.
The strainer opening should be small enough to keep out anything that will clog the pump, the pump's strainer and the orifices of any valves, etc., after the pump. Your water filtering device, such as
sand filters, bead filters, cartridge filters, etc., should be located just after the pump. Stringy materials can be a problem because they can go through small strainer openings and wrap themselves on
the pump's impeller. To prevent this, use a very large surface area with a strainer inlet that creates a tortuous path. Spun polypropylene, open cell foam and even multiple wraps of window screen over a
strainer can be used for this purpose.
A check valve (also known as a foot valve) can be attached to the inlet strainer in applications where the pump will lose its prime when shut off. The check valve's orientation is important for rapid and
positive closure.

166 PUMPS
SECTION
Self-Priming
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS FW SW
These Berkeley BPD Series Pumps feature lightweight, corrosion-resistant
construction in a self-priming design. Constructed of fiberglass reinforced
thermoplastic body with reinforced ribs, 300 stainless steel motor shaft,
engineered polymer impeller, polypropylene diffuser, and 2” suction. Applications
include drawing fresh or salt water from tanks, wells, lakes, and off of docks. One
year warranty.
Features
• 25’ max suction lift
• Fiberglass-reinforced thermoplastic provides total corrosion resistance and
m ft 60 Hz Performance high resistance to sandy water
160
45
140
• Composite impeller precision molded for perfect balance, performance and efficiency
40
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
35 120
• Normal wear parts are easily accessible for service or replacement without
30 100 disturbing piping or mounting
25 80 • Dustproof cover protects electrical components from dust and insects
20 2.5
1.5 2.0 H HP • Heavy-duty motors with stainless steel shafts designed for continuous operation
60
15 1.
40 HP P
10 • Lightweight design makes these pumps more portable than conventional cast
0H
P
20
5
iron pumps
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm • Simple, easy-to-change voltage settings
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h
CAPACITY
FULL LOAD INLET OUTLET MAX FLOW L W H SHIP WT
MODEL HP VOLTAGE* HZ AMPS (FNPT) (FNPT) GPM (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (LBS) EACH
BPDH10-AQ 1 115/230 60 14.8/7.4 2“ 1 1/2” 50 18 5/8 10 ½ 11 13/16 29 $397.99
BPDH15-AQ 1 1/2 115/230 60 19.9/9.95 2” 1 1/2” 65 19 3/4 10 ½ 11 13/16 36 418.99
BPDH20-AQ 2 115/230 60 24/12 2” 2” 70 21 10 ½ 12 3/8 42 544.99
BPDH25-AQ 2 1/2 115/230 60 24/12 2” 2” 80 21 10 ½ 12 3/8 43 607.99
*All motors shipped at 230V setting.
P2-PLUS SERIES™ 2” SELF-PRIMING POLY TRANSFER PUMPS NEW!

Versatile Pumps Ideal for Saltwater Applications
The polypropylene pump body makes this product line ideal for saltwater
applications or when transferring a variety of other fluids. Tank filling,
chemical transfer and other stationary liquid transfer applications are
just a few of its many uses.
Features & Benefits
•P
olypropylene housing and TEFC motor are suitable for harsh environments
• E asily handles high-capacity liquid transfer jobs with flow rates up to
188 gpm/712 lpm
•S
elf-priming capabilities with maximum suction lift up to 25 feet/7.6 meters 40
140 30 100
• N ylon impellers constructed for improved strength can handle solid 35 120 25 80
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
particles in suspension up to 3/8” diameter 30 100

20
25 80 60
7.5
• E PDM mechanical seal and inlet valve for longevity and reliability in 20
60
7.5
HP
15 HP
5.0 40 5.0
most applications 15
40 HP 10 HP
10
• Available with either 5 hp or 7.5 hp 50/60 hz TEFC Baldor electric motor
20
5
5 20
• Three phase 230/460 volt motors in both 5 hp & 7.5 hp 0 0 0 0
• Single phase 230 volt motor available in 5 hp 0

0
20
5
40
10
60
15
80
20
100
25
120
30
140 160
35
180
40
200 gpm
45 m3/h
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
15
80
20
100
25
120
30
140 160
35
180 gpm
40 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
MAX FLOW RATE MAX PRESSURE SHIP WEIGHT MOUNTING

MODEL HP PHASE GPM/LPM PSI/BAR PORTS LBS/KG BOLTS VOLTAGE AMPS EACH
60 HZ MODELS*
340904 5 1 150/568 47/3.2 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 110/50 5/16” OR M8 230 19.4 $2,390.00
340905 5 3 150/568 47/3.2 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 90/41 5/16” OR M8 230/460 12/6 2,079.00
340906 7.5 3 188/712 54/3.7 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 90/41 5/16” OR M8 230/460 17.4/8.7 2,377.00
50 HZ MODELS*
340904 5 1 120/454 32/2.2 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 110/50 5/16” OR M8 220 14 2,390.00
340905 5 3 120/454 32/2.2 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 90/41 5/16” OR M8 190/380 11.4/5.7 2,079.00
340906 7.5 3 160/606 37/2.6 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 90/41 5/16” OR M8 190/380 14.4/7.2 2,377.00
*Pump is suitable for 50Hz and 60 Hz input power. Note alternate performance curves.
SECTION SECTION
PUMPS 167
Products / Products / Products Products /Vertical
ProductsMulti-Stage
/ Products
BERKELEY® BVM SERIES VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS

Pumps water and non-corrosive liquids
in the most demanding operating environments
Ideal for applications where pressure needs boosting and available space is an
issue. Standing tall in demanding high-pressure and high-temperature
applications, Berkeley vertical multistage pumps deliver outstanding reliability
and performance. BVM’s stainless steel construction with a heavy-duty cast
iron base and motor bracket are designed for pumping water and noncorrosive
liquids in the most demanding operating environments. One-year warranty
from date of original installation or two years from date of manufacture,
whichever comes first.
BVM (Cast Iron)
Capacity - Liters Per Minute

5 40 80 115 150 190 230 300 375 755
1000
400
900
800
300 700 BVM (Stainless Steel)
600
Head Feet
PSI
500
200 Flow
400 Models Series HP Range GPM
BVM2 BVM4 BVM8 BVM16 BVM32
300 BVM/BVMI 2 1/2 –5 1–20
100 BVM/BVMI 4 1/2 –7.5 3–40
200 BVM/BVMI 8 3/4–15 5–65
BVM/BVMI 16 5–25 8–105
100
BVM 32 3–40 15–210
0 0
BVM—Cast Iron
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 230
BVMI—304 Stainless Steel
Capacity - Gallons Per Minute

168 PUMPS
Submersible Pumps
SUBMERSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL PUMP FW TECH FAV

This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Submersible Pump, ¾ HP stainless steel
pump is designed for draining and utility applications, with the capability to
pump water down to 1-3⁄8” in depth. The pump features improved flow rates, a
superior stainless steel casing, suction strainer, impeller and shaft for greater
corrosion resistance and longer service life. Debris and stones up to 3⁄4” are
able to pass through the pump. The pump features a 1-1⁄4” discharge port for
faster draining. Two discharge port adaptors are included.
Equipped with an automatic reset thermal protector to help prevent premature
failure caused by overheating. If the internal motor temperature rises to unsafe
levels, the switch will protect the motor by causing it to stop. When the motor
has sufficiently cooled, the switch will reset automatically and restart the
motor, allowing you to resume pumping.
The external float switch allows for optional automatic operation of the pump. It
is easily installed by plugging directly into an outlet and connecting the pump
cord to the opposite end of the switch. The pump is then automatically activated
when the surrounding water raises the float switch to a 45° angle from the
handle. Once the water level and float switch return to its original position, the
pump is automatically turned off. CSA certified. One-year warranty.
• 115V, 60 Hz, single phase, permanent split capacitor motor
• Automatic thermal overload protection
• Clog-resistant cast stainless steel impeller
• Accommodates water temperatures ranging from 32°F to 130°F
• Equipped with 15-foot, 18/3 grounding-type power cord
• Convenient top-mounted handle
• Rubber feet to eliminate scratching
• Includes adaptors; 11/4” Female NPT Elbow, 11/4” Male NPT to 11/2” Female
NPT
PUMP PERFORMANCE
LIQUID
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE PUMPS
Float switch and two discharge port adaptors included MODEL CIRCUIT REQ. RANGE DOWN TO
PCD-1000-AQ 15 AMPS 32/130° F, 0/54° C 1 3⁄8” (3.5 CM)
SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE! PUMP PERFORMANCE TDH/GPM SHUT OFF HEAD
TDH 5’ 10’ 15’ 20’ 26.2’
GPM 45.5 34.0 21.5 12.0 N/A
FULL LOAD SWITCH SETTING SHIP WT

MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS RPM ON OFF (LBS) EACH
PCD-1000-AQ 3/4 115 60 1 6.4 3450 12” 6” 19 $346.49
SUBMERSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL PUMP FW TECH FAV

The Tsurumi Pump® can’t be beat for low-head, high-flow, continuous duty
applications. The exterior housing is stainless steel, the top and inside portions m ft 60 Hz Performance
are cast iron. They have double mechanical seals with silicon carbide faces and 14
4
high-temperature C3 bearings rated for 60,000 hours. To make installation and 12
removal easier, use our Quick Disconnect Fittings (see Index) to connect the
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
outlet piping. All pumps will handle 5/16” solids. PAB4 comes with a 16’ power 3 10
cord, PAB5-4 and PAB6 do not come with power cords. Two-year warranty. 8
2 2.0
6 HP
1.0
VOLTS SHIP WT
0.5
HP
MODEL HP PH 60HZ AMPS OUTLET DIA. X HT. (LBS) EACH 4

HP
1
PAB4 1/2 1 115 7.9 4” MPT 10” X 19” 40 $1010.00 2
0 0
PAB5-4 1 3 208/230/460 5.7 4” MPT 10” X 19” 68 1,238.00
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 gpm
PAB6 2 3 208/230/460 10.7 6” FPT 11” X 23” 97 2,053.00 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 m3/h
PAB4
CAPACITY
®
Tsurumi Pump is a registered trademark of Tsurumi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
2-YEAR WARRANTY 200 GPM WITH ONLY 7.9 AMPS!

SECTION
PUMPS 169
Submersible/Filter Bags
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP FW
Medium head
The Tsurumi Pump® top discharge pump is built for long life, high performance,
and maximum motor cooling efficiency for continuous duty operation. Motors
have thermal overload protection. 1HP model has cast iron impeller. Pumps
down to 3½”. Double mechanical seal w/silicon faces. Multidirectional
discharge connector allows easy switching from vertical to horizontal discharge.
2” MPT outlets and 32’ power cord (50’ on 1HP model).
m ft
PLB2400 18 60
60 Hz Performance
• Special urethane rubber impeller 16

50
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
14
• Aluminum motor frame
12 40
1.00
• Synthetic rubber casing 10 HP
30
• Suction cover and wear ring 8 0.67
HP
6 20
PLB2750 4
10
2
• Galvanized steel housing
0 0
• Cast iron impeller 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 m3/h
CAPACITY
SHIP WT
PLB2400 PLB2750
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS DIA. H (LBS) EACH
2-YEAR WARRANTY
PLB2400 2/3 115 60 1 6.1 7⅜” 11¼” 28 $366.49
PLB2750 1 115/230 60 1 9.6 7⅜” 13-7/16” 35 544.99
TITANIUM PUMP FOR SALT WATER FW SW KOI

The Tsurumi Pump® Titanium Pump is designed specifically for continuous
m ft duty in salt water. These high-quality pumps are designed for long service life.
60 Hz Performance
18 60 All parts in contact with water are either titanium or FRP resin, including the
16 motor shaft and the screws! Both models have built-in thermal protectors. 2”
50
FPT outlets, 32’ power cords and 1” strainer inlets. Note: Like most
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
14
12 40 submersible pumps, these should have their motors underwater (for cooling)
1.0 when in continuous duty applications.
10
30 HP
0.5
8 HP SHIP WT
6 20
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS* DIA. H (LBS) EACH
4
10
2 4TM 1/2 115 60 1 5.8 9⅝” 14¼” 18 $1,083.00
0 0
8TMT 1 230 60 3 3.1 9⅝” 14¼” 20 1,154.00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m /h3
CAPACITY 2-YEAR WARRANTY
PUMP FILTER BAGS

Place your submersible pump, its power cord and outlet hose right in the bag, tie
the top closed and you have a large surface area, long-life inlet strainer. Select a
bag larger in diameter than your pump, with a mesh opening smaller than the
pump’s inlet strainer but not so fine that the bag requires frequent cleaning.
The lightweight bags are ideal for pumps up to 15 gpm, fitting pumps up to 10”
in diameter. Medium weight bag fits pumps up to 7” in diameter. The
heavyweight bags handle up to 12” in diameter and for flows to 60 gpm.
FLAT DIMENSIONS
MODEL MESH W X L COLOR EACH
PFB101 LIGHTWEIGHT 1/32” 15” X 24” GREEN $24.89
PFB102 LIGHTWEIGHT 1/8” 15” X 24” BLUE 24.89
PB1A MEDIUM 1/16” 12” X 22” BLACK 24.89
PB2A HEAV YWEIGHT 3/16” 20” X 39” BLACK 24.89
PB38 HEAV YWEIGHT 3/8” 17” X 39” BLACK 24.89 PFB101 PFB102 PB1A

170 SECTION
PUMPS
Submersible
SUBMERSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL PUMPS FW KOI KOI

ShinMaywa Norus submersible pumps are highly efficient, reliable, and designed
® ®
for continuous duty operation. Unique 304 stainless steel and poly amide fiber
reinforced resin housing provides superior corrosion resistance. Stainless steel
shaft. Cast aluminum bearing housing provides superior heat dissipation and
structural integrity. Dual mechanical shaft seals protect motor from water entry.
Thermal overload protection prevents motor from overheating due to locked rotor or
under voltage. 2” FNPT discharge outlet. 32’ PVC power cord (20’ on 1/5HP model).
ETL Listed.
• Class E insulated motor for long life and low operating cost
• Anti-vibration bearing technology
2-YEAR WARRANTY
• Handles solids up to 1¼”
• Vortex impeller design to handle fibrous and stringy materials –means less cleaning NORUS414
• Lightweight design for easy installation m ft 60 Hz Performance
6 20
Note: Pumps need to be submerged at all times.
5
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

15
SHIP WT 4
1.0
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT DIA. H (LBS) EACH
HP
0.5
3 10
0.3
NORUS328 1/5 115 60 1 3.0 328 19’ 8.1” 15.5” 16 $366.49
HP
HP
2
0.2
NORUS414 1/3 115 60 1 4.4 414 27’ 9.45” 15.5” 20 481.99 5
HP
1
NORUS567 1/2 115 60 1 5.5 567 37’ 9.45” 15.5 24 586.99
0 0
NORUS1088 1 115 60 1 10.0 1088 48’ 9.45” 15.5” 25 712.99 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 m3/h
ShinMaywa® and Norus® are registered trademarks of ShinMaywa Industries, Ltd.
CAPACITY
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW
9 30 These Leader Ecovort submersible pumps are safe, reliable and of
8 high-quality construction. They can handle dirty water and solids up to 1”
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
7 in diameter. Manufactured with non-corrosive and rust-proof materials.

6 20
0.5 No screws to corrode or vibrate loose. Environmentally safe and oil-free.
5 HP
4
Built in thermal overload protection and stainless steel shaft. Perfect
3 10 cooling allowing running of pump even if partially submerged. Elbow with
0.3
2 HP O-ring can be hand tightened and provides superior sealing. 1¼” threaded
1 outlet, includes barb. 16’ power cord. One-year warranty.
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 gpm SHIP WT
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 m3/h MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT DIA. H (LBS) EACH
CAPACITY
SP510 SP510 1/3 115 60 1 3.0 330 15’ 51/2” 12” 8 $229.99
SP520 1/2 115 60 1 5.6 650 28’ 51/2” 12” 11 282.49
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP FW KOI SUBMERSIBLE PUMP FW

Pondmaster® Proline® Hy-Drive pump uses the best of mag drive and direct The Ebara Optima Pro-Drainer pump has a 304 stainless steel case and
drive technology to efficiently supply up to 80GPM/4800GPH. Whisper-quiet an automatic float switch, thermal overload protection with automatic
continuous duty operation. Inline and submersible operation. Ideal for large reset and an oil lubricated double mechanical shaft seal. Perfect for
ponds, waterfalls, skimmers and multi-tank aquariums. Oilless design ensures pumping slurry or semi-dirty water. For continuous-duty applications.
your fish are safe. Includes extra-large inlet screen and 1½” hose barb Temperature rating to 122F/50C; 140F/60C intermittent duty. 1¼” FNPT
adapters. 1½” FNPT inlet and 1½” MNPT outlet. 20’ power cord. outlet and a ⅜” diameter strainer. 20’ power cord. One-year warranty.
DIMENSIONS SHIP WT SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT L W H (LBS) EACH MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS* DIA. H (LBS) EACH
PM48 115 60 1 2.0 250 18.5’ 7” 7” 15” 15 $293.99 PU7 1/3 115 60 1 4 6⅜” 13” 11 $337.19
*at 5 ft
6 20
5
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
15
4 0.5
HP
3 10
2
5
1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 m3/h
CAPACITY 3-YEAR WARRANTY
Pondmaster® and ProLine® are registered trademarks of Eugene G. Danner Manufacturing, Inc.
PUMPS 171
Magnetic Drive
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS FW SW

These Danner Supreme® magnetic drive, low-head, epoxy-sealed pumps are
robust, low maintenance and energy-efficient. Only one moving part. No oiling
necessary. They are great for water return from a wet/dry sump or for
powering a protein skimmer. All models include reusable foam pre-filter
except models MD24 and MD242 have rigid plastic pre-filter. 115V/60 Hz.
UL-listed.
• For fresh or salt water applications
• Positions for vertical or horizontal discharge
• Use in-line (above water) or submerged
• Easy-to-clean prefilter
MD2 - MD7 MD9-MD18 MD24
3-YEAR WARRANTY ON PUMP BODY & COVER
5-YEAR WARRANTY ON IMPELLER
6 20
18
5 16
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

14
4
FOAM PRE-FILTER RIGID PRE-FILTER IMD6 VOL2 12 MD
3 10 12
M
8 MD
D9
2 6 24
MD
MD
18
3
4
MD
MD
1
7
5
MD
2
0 0 2
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 gpm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 m3/h
CAPACITY
FLOW RATE FPT INLET/ SHIP WT WITH 10’ CORD WITH 18’ CORD
PUMP MODEL GPM/GPH AMPS WATTS MPT OUTLET SHUTOFF L W H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 4.2/250 0.3 24 1/2” 7’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 4 MD2 $62.99 MD22 $72.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 5.8/350 0.6 35 1/2” 10.5’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 5 MD3 73.99 MD32 83.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 8.3/500 0.8 45 1/2” 10.5’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 6 MD5 78.99 MD52 88.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 11.7/700 1.3 60 1/2” 11.65’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 6.5 MD7 94.99 MD72 104.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 15.8/950 1.33 93 3/4” 12.85’ 5.5” 3.4” 5” 7 MD9 120.99 MD92 130.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 20/1200 1.5 110 3/4” 13.5’ 6.4” 4.5” 4.6” 9 MD12 160.99 MD122 170.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 30/1800 1.5 145 3/4” 16.85’ 6.4” 4.5” 4.6” 11 MD18 193.99 MD182 203.99
PUMP WITH RIGID PRE-FILTER 40/2400 3.0 265 1” 18’ 7.5” 4” 6” 11 MD24 225.99 MD242 235.99
REPLACEMENT PARTS REPLACEMENT PARTS

MODEL REPLACEMENT IMPELLERS EACH MODEL REPLACEMENT PRE-FILTERS EACH
IMD2 FOR MD2,MD22 $12.19 FRP2 FOAM - FOR MD2-MD7, MD22-MD72 $7.39
IMD3 FOR MD3,MD32,MD5,MD52 14.39 FRP12 FOAM - FOR MD9-MD18, MD92-MD182 11.79
IMD4 FOR MD7,MD72 14.39 MD24PF RIGID PLASTIC - FOR MD24, MD242 9.69
12746 FOR MD9,MD92 22.79 REPLACEMENT PARTS
IMD5 FOR MD12,MD122 (2001 AND OLDER) 22.29 MODEL REPLACEMENT VOLUTES EACH
IMD6 FOR MD18,MD182 (2001 AND OLDER) 34.89 VOL2 FOR MD2,MD22,MD3,MD32 $5.99
12780 FOR MD24,MD242 48.59 VOL3 FOR MD5,MD52,MD7,MD72 5.99
IMD5B FOR MD12,MD122 (AFTER 2001) 22.29 VOL4 FOR MD9,MD92,MD12,MD122,MD18,MD182 7.59
IMD6B FOR MD18,MD182 (AFTER 2001) 40.19 VOL5 FOR MD24,MD242 8.99
Supreme is a registered trademark of Eugene G. Danner Manufacturing, Inc.
®

172 PUMPS
Magnetic Drive
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS, 12 & 24VDC FW SW

SHURFLO® submersible pumps are smart, reliable and efficient; suitable for many
applications. Built for the harsh marine environment to withstand the toughest
conditions. Permanent magnet, continuous duty motors with 3’ tinned wire leads for
SHURFLO®
below waterline installations. (6’ Leads on 1500 & 2000 GPH models) SHURFLO pumps
control and manage water intake by transferring and removing excess water. Note: Do
not run pump dry. Do not pump oil, diesel fuel, gasoline or other flammable liquids with
these pumps. One-year warranty.
• Anti-Airlock
• Tough Nylon Housing and impeller
• Water Cooled Motors – Extended Life
• Quick-disconnect base plate for easy installation
• CE Listed and Ignition Protection 8846 380-1000 GPH 1500 & 2000 GPH
Optional automatic caged float switch for remote or direct mounting. Constructed of ABS
plastic housing with 3’ tinned wire leads, contains no mercury and is ignition protected.
12A maximum at 12V, 6A maximum at 24V. Turns on pump when water is 1¾”, turns off at
¾”. Operating temperature from 33°F to 180°F. 5.1” x 4” x 2.8”. One-year warranty.
RULE® Model R14, 12VDC submersible pump is quiet, energy-efficient and maintenance-
free. 29” wire leads. CE Certified. One-year warranty.
Applications include tank dewatering, hauling truck use, boat bilge pumping, pit/
basement dewatering, livewell recirculating, emergency pumping.
3700 GPH Optional Float Switch
MAX FLOW RATE FLOW RATE PORT SIZE SHIP WT for SHURFLO pumps
MODEL VOLTS AMPS GPM/GPH M3/HR OUTLET H DIA. (LBS) EACH m ft 60 Hz Performance
340032-AQ 12VDC 1.70 6.3/380 1.44 ¾” 4¼” 3¾” 1.00 $19.89 35
10
340033-AQ 12VDC 3.20 11.7/700 2.65 ¾” 4¼” 3¾” 1.00 28.29 30
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

8
340034-AQ 12VDC 3.20 16.7/1000 3.79 1⅛” 4¼” 3¾” 1.00 36.69 25
340035-AQ 12VDC 8.00 25.0/1500 5.68 1⅛” 7¼” 6” 5.30 74.49 6 20

15 34003
5-AQ
340036-AQ 12VDC 10.00 33.3/2000 7.57 1⅛” 7¼” 6” 5.30 104.99 4 R14
340037-A 340
10 Q 036
R14 12VDC 15.5 61.7/3700 14.01 1½” 7¼” 4⅞” 7.00 166.99 340 34
3400 033- 0034
340 -AQ
2 - 039
5 -AQ
340037-AQ 24VDC 4.00 25.0/1500 5.68 1⅛” 7¼” 6” 5.30 83.99
AQ
32
AQ
-AQ
0 0
340039-AQ 24VDC 5.00 33.3/2000 7.57 1⅛” 7¼” 6” 5.30 114.49 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 gpm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 m3/h
FLOAT SWITCH AND PLASTIC HOSES CAPACITY
340040-AQ OPTIONAL AUTO FLOAT SWITCH FOR SHURFLO 12 & 24VDC PUMPS 0.60 33.59
R81 PLASTIC HOSE, ¾” I.D. — 1.69/FT
R80 PLASTIC HOSE, 1⅛” I.D. — 1.89/FT
R88 PLASTIC HOSE, 1½” I.D. — 3.39/FT
9300 SERIES SUBMERSIBLE PUMP, 24VDC

m ft 60 Hz Perf. The SHURFLO ® 9300 submersible pump is the solution to your remote
75 250 water pumping needs. This pump is rugged, durable and built to last. It
delivers a steady 1.0 GPM (60 GPH) at 100 PSI at its maximum depth of 230
feet. Its unique water-tight cable connector stops water wicking and
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
60 200
prevents potential condensation problems. Great for livestock watering,
45 150 irrigation, pond aeration, remote homes and cabins. ½” hose barb
340
discharge port. One-year warranty.

041
30 100
- AQ
Note: Do not use this SHURFLO pump for petrol gasoline, petroleum products,
solvents, thinners or any other flammable liquid with a flash point below 82 C (180 F).
15 50
Not for use where flammable vapors are present.
0 0 • Fits wells 4” in diameter and larger
0 80 100 120 gpm • Corrosion-proof housing with stainless-steel fasteners
0.00 0.30 0.38 0.45 m3/h
• Runs dry without damage
CAPACITY
• 50 mesh stainless steel inlet screen
• Quick disconnect for easy installation and service
MAX FLOW RATE PORT SIZE MAX VERTICAL SHIP WT

MODEL VOLTS AMPS GPM/GPH OUTLET LIFT H DIA. (LBS) EACH
340041-AQ 24VDC 4.60 1.9/111 ½” 230’ 12” 3¾” 7.5 $681.49

SECTION
PUMPS 173
Products / ProductsPowerheads
/ Products
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW SW SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW SW
3 pumps in one: powerhead, circulation pump, utility pump These powerful submersible water pumps feature an alumina ceramic shaft, 4
suction cup mounting feet, 3/4” outlet and venturi assemblies for aeration are
These Maxi-Jet Pro water pumps are useful in hatching tanks, aquariums,
included. 3/16” x 16”L venture inlet tubing. 6’ 2-prong power cord. Six-month
trickle and undergravel filters, etc. This powerful, submersible, sealed pump
warranty.
functions as a powerhead, propeller pump or a utility pump to suit your
aquarium needs. Included components allow quick and easy conversion from FLOWRATE MAX SHIP WT
impeller to propeller-driven use. The sealed pumps can be used either MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH
submerged or external (with flooded suction cup mounting). Suitable for salt HX2500 115 60 22 4 54” 1.5 $20.99
and freshwater systems.
HX4500 115 60 70 10 96” 2.0 33.59
FLOWRATE MAX SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH
PU151 115 60 5 1.8 29” 1.7 $16.79
PU161 115 60 8 2.7 53” 1.7 22.89
PU171 115 60 9 3.8 46” 1.9 23.09
PU181 115 60 20 4.9 69” 2.0 25.19
HX2500 HX4500
PU181
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW SW

These magnetic drive pumps can be used submersed or in-line by removing These mini water pumps are excellent for tabletop fountains, aquariums or
the integrated pre-filter with sponge (flooded suction only). They include other applications that require a compact pump. Completely submersible.
bottom-mounting brackets, barbed fittings and suction cups. CE/LVD- Features 1/4” outlets and 3’ power cord. UL-listed. Six-month warranty.
approved. 6’ power cord. Six-month warranty.
FLOWRATE MAX SHIP WT FLOWRATE MAX SHIP WT

MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH
WP22 115/230 50/60 20 4.4 6’ 2.0 $25.19 SP800 115 60 5 1.2 18” 0.7 $9.39
WP33 115/230 50/60 35 10.6 7.8’ 3.0 48.29 SP985 115 60 9 2.4 36” 0.9 10.49
WP4 115 60 90 21.2 14.8’ 5.0 69.29
WP5 115 60 130 27.2 12.5’ 5.0 116.59
WP22 WP4 SP985

174 PUMPS
Magnetic Drive
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS FW SW TECH FAV
High quality at a low price!

These magnetic drive pumps will run much quieter and cooler than most
magnetic drive pumps. Feature seal-free bearings (no seals to leak!),
stainless steel hardware, a ceramic shaft and polypropylene body. The
open-mouth impeller design allows for higher flowrates than similar pumps.
A longer magnet and higher bearing surface provide less heat transfer and
greater torque for less slippage. Each pump has a TEFC motor and a 10’
power cord.
• Fresh and salt water compatible
• 115V/60 Hz
W70HD • Not UL-listed, CE-approved
2-YEAR WARRANTY
35
10 IN/OUT WATTS @ SHIP WT
30 MODEL MNPT 115V/60 HZ (LBS) EACH
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
8 W20HD 3/4" 45 6 $149.69

25
W40H W10
6 20 D 0HD W30HD 3/4" 90 7 185.69
W7
WD5 0HD W30HDX 1" 90 7 193.79
15 5HD
4
W40HD 3/4" 120 8 220.49
10 W40H
W2 DX
2 0HD W3 W40HDX 1" 130 8 228.59
5 0H W3 0 H
D DX W55HD 1" 180 16 301.69
0 0
W70HD 1" 290 21 329.59
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 gpm
W100HD 1" 390 23 377.19
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 m3/h
CAPACITY
NEWS & OFFERS

• Receive exclusive promotions and online shopping incentives
• Learn about the industry with company articles
• Find out about our workshops and educational courses
• Be the first to know of new product announcements
• Discover the benefits of being a Pentair customer & more
To recieve our e-mails please visit:
PentairAES.com/signup

PUMPS 175
Magnetic Drive
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS FW SW
Low-medium head
Iwaki® magnetic drive pumps are an excellent choice for aquaculture applications,
aquariums and industrial process applications, as they are very efficient,
extremely quiet and transfer minimal motor heat to the water. TENV or TEFC
motors with built-in thermal protectors. Liquid ends are polypropylene. 115V/60
Hz with 6’ power cord (3’ cord on models PM26, PM27, PM28). For models PM27
PM21, PM23, and PM25 discharge port is 15 degrees offset from vertical.
One-year warranty.
PM28
• Outlets are adjustable directionally
• Motors are UL approved
INLET/OUTLET DIMENSIONS SHIP WT 12 40
MODEL AMPS MNPT L W H (LBS) EACH 36
PM20 .45 3/4” 13” 6½” 6½” 7.2 $182.49 10 32
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD

PM21 .45 1" 13” 6½” 6½” 7.2 183.09 28
8
24 PM24
PM22 1.0 3/4” 13¾” 6½” 6½” 9.3 198.39 PM
6 20 PM 28
PM23 1.0 1" 13¾” 6½” 6½” 9.3 211.69 26
16 PM
PM24 1.9 3/4” 13½” 6½” 6½” 10 231.99 4 12 27
PM PM2
PM25 1.9 1" 13½” 6½” 6½” 10 274.79 8 22 3 PM2
2 5
4 PM2
PM
PM26 1.6 1" 13” 9¾” 8½” 14 359.79 1
20
0 0
PM27 3.0 1" 12½” 9¾” 8½” 15.7 396.09 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 gpm
PM28 3.4 1" 13” 6¼” 7” 21 487.49 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m3/h
Note: Do not exceed maximum head, as nonwarranty pump failure can occur. CAPACITY
Iwaki® is a registered trademark of Iwaki Co., Ltd., or one of its global affiliates.
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS FW SW NEW!

Low-medium head
Models PM40–PM43 represent the latest in state-of-the-art design for plastic
magnetic drive pumps. These pumps are an excellent choice for various
aquaculture and aquarium applications. They are very efficient, extremely quiet and
PM40 transfer minimal motor heat to the water. This line of pumps has been engineered
to withstand the most severe operating conditions. Pump-ends are manufactured
with corrosion resistant, glass-filled thermoplastics (polypropylene). These
products carry our full one-year warranty.
• Engineered to meet the most severe operating conditions

• Split Volute Pump Casing design to improve overall efficiency
• Patented self-radiating structure
PM42 • Feature standard NEMA frame motors for easy install
• NPT Threaded Male Ports: 1” (25.4 mm) & 11/2” (38.1 mm)
• Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC) motors
m ft • 60 Hz
60 Hz Performance
24 80 INLET/OUTLET DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
PM4
21 70 1 MODEL AMPS MNPT L W H (LBS) EACH
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
18 60 PM40 7.6 1” 18.7 6.3 9.8 42 779.99

15 50 PM PM41 7.6 1” 18.7 6.3 9.8 48 1,138.00
40
12 40 PM PM42 10.2 1 ½” 18.7 5.5 8.6 39 726.99
43 PM43 13.2 1 ½” 19.3 6.3 9.8 48 1,068.00
9 30
6 20 PM4
2
3 10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h
CAPACITY
176 SECTION
PUMPS
Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
Use these fixed-speed, general purpose pumps for dispensing nutrients,
chemicals and liquid feeds. Features: self-priming to 29 feet, act as check
valves when off, fluid touches only the tube and easy servicing. Controlled
by an on/off switch. If required, they can run with a repeat cycle timer for
variable flowrates. Pumps come with four sizes of plastic tubing that can
also be used to vary the flowrate. For intermittent use only. 115V/60Hz.
One-year limited warranty.
SHIP WT
907-058 MODEL VOLTS HZ AMPS RPM (LBS) EACH
907-014 115 60 .37 14 4 $187.39
Note: Not for continuous duty.
907-036 115 60 .90 36 4 187.39
907-058 115 60 1.2 58 4 194.29
FLOWRATE (ML/MIN) @ TUBING ID (INCH [MM]) 907-172 115 60 1.2 172 5 228.19
.062 (1.6) .125 (3.2) 187 (4.9) .250 (6.3) 907-282 115 60 3.3/2.2 282 6 287.69
907-014 3 12 28 48
907-036 8 30 72 126
907-058 12 49 116 208
907-172 36 144 344 602
907-282 60 237 564 987
DIAPHRAGM-METERING PUMPS
These diaphragm pumps offer excellent metering capabilities and chemical
resistance at affordable prices. They are extremely quiet and ideal for dosing
systems with buffer solutions, chemical additives, fertilizers, etc. Self priming,
they include 4’ of suction tubing with strainer, 8’ of 3/8” I.D. discharge hose,
check valve assembly and complete instructions. The wetted end (those parts
that contact the solution being pumped) is constructed of SAN, PVC, PTFE
and polyethylene. Pumps are single output variable control. Includes a 5’
power cord.
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS* HZ* MAX PSI GPD (LBS) EACH
MP103 115 60 100 3 7 $ 362.29 MP115
MP107 115 60 100 7 7 362.29
MP115 115 60 100 15 7 362.29
MP130 115 60 100 30 7 414.79
*230/50 Hz available for export by special order.
DOSING PUMP W/PH CONTROLLER

This unique dosing pump has an integrated pH controller. It features ±.01 pH
resolution and an internal alarm that is activated whenever the pH value varies
Range by more than 2 pH units from the set point. Proportional dosing slows the
0 to 14 pH pump when the measured pH level approaches the set value, ensuring precise
dosage. PVDF, fluoroelastomer rubber and PTFE materials are used for all
Resolution parts that come into contact with liquid. Maximum flowrate is .04 gpm @ 58
.01 pH psi (50 gpd). Pump is 115V, 50/60Hz and includes power cord, discharge and
suction lines, valves and instructions. Weighs 11 lbs. Connects to any BNC pH
Dosage electrode (sold separately). One-year warranty.
Proportional
Acid or Base SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ (LBS) EACH
DS21 DS21 115 50/60 11 $834.79

DS21-220 230 50/60 11 944.99
2910B/5 SUBMERSIBLE PH ELECTRODE 0.4 125.99

PUMPS 177
Flow Meters
FLOW METER, PADDLE WHEEL

Designed for use in industrial fields, including irrigation, aquaculture,
aquariums, paper mills and swimming pools. They are universally accepted
as a means of measuring water flow electronically. Wide range in flow rates,
negligible head-loss and good accuracy at a reasonable price, make these
meters popular. Easy removal for cleaning and repair permit the meters to be
mounted in lines with moderate particulate levels. Meters can be mounted
outdoors when shielded from direct sunlight. Isolated monitoring locations
are also viable. The flow rate, a resettable and a non-resettable totalizer are Meter mounted on
simultaneously displayed. Embossed buttons on the face. Programming ET13 Schedule 80 pipe
consists of selecting the pipe size and schedule from a list; measures in
gallons, GPM, liters, cubic ft. MODEL PVC PIPE SIZE SCHEDULE FLOW RATE (GPM) EACH
Sizes and Flow rates ET12 1/2” 80 1/2-15 $367.49
Meters mount on vertical or horizontal pipes that meet the flow rate guidelines ET13 3/4" 80 2-30 367.49
below. Pipes must be full of water with 10 times the pipe ID upstream of the ET14 1" 80 5-50 367.49
meter and 5 timesthe ID on the outlet side.
ET15 11/2" 40 10-120 367.49
ET16 2" 40 15-200 367.49
SPECIFICATIONS ET17 3" 40 40-400 367.49
Maximum percent solids: 1% of fluid scale
ET18 4" 40 70-700 367.49
Linearity: ±1.5% full scale
Repeatability: ±1.0% full scale PT-I-40-2.0 2" 40 10-200 351.79
Operating Ambiant Temperature: 0-130° F PT-I-40-3.0 3" 40 40-400 351.79
Battery Life: greater than 5 years PT-I-40-4.0 4" 40 70-700 351.79
Max Water Pressure: 150 PSI PT-I-40-6.0 6" 40 120-1700 351.79
PT-I-40-8.0 8" 40 250-3200 351.79
Note: ET models are pre-installed on 13” long PVC pipe. PT models install on existing pipe.
FLOW METERS
These clamp-on flow meters are simple to install. Just drill an 11/16” hole in
Flow Meter a horizontal section of pipe and clamp it on with the two stainless steel
Mounting clamps provided. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Maximum temperature
Instructions 120ºF. Maximum pressure 120 psi. Dual scale, gpm & Lpm. Replacement
float fits all.
Mount vertically on
horizontal pipe that’s PVC FLOWRATE
WM10 MODEL PIPE SIZE (GPM/LPM) EACH
at least 10 times the
pipe inside diameter WM10 1" 5–35/20–130 $68.29
Provided Mounting
from nearest fitting WM1 11/2" 20–80/80–300 68.29
Hardware
or restriction on the WM2 2" 30–140/120–550 68.29
inlet side and 5 times WM3 21/2" 40–200/160–750 68.29
the diameter on the WM4 3" 80–350/300–1,300 68.29
outlet side. WM5 4" 150–600/600–2,200 68.29
812365
R EPLACEMENT FLOAT 6.29
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE

178 PUMPS
Float Switches / Alarms
FLOAT SWITCHES
No electrician needed! Drip Loop
Use these mercury float switches to automatically operate pumps or alarms.
They have 10’ SJOW-A Class underwater-rated cable with a piggyback plug Power cord
so devices can be conveniently plugged into it at the power receptacle (all tethering clamp
float switch installations should be GFCI-protected and installed on thermally Wall Outlet not included.
protected equipment only). Pump Up (U)=when pump switch falls, pump turns
on. Pump Down (D)=when pump switch lifts, pump turns on. UL-listed and
CSA-certified. Ship weight 2 lbs. One-year warranty. Not for use in Pumping
potable water. Range
Tether
MAX MAX POWER MIN/MAX Length
MODEL VOLTS RUNNING AMPS STARTING AMPS CORD TETHER LENGTH EACH
Float
PL1U 115 13 40 16 GAUGE 6"–17" $64.69 Switch
PL1D 115 13 40 16 GAUGE 6"–17" 64.69 Pump PL1U
PL2U 115 15 55 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 112.29
PL2D 115 15 55 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 112.29
PL3U 230 15 35 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 114.79
PL3D 230 15 35 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 114.79
HIGH- AND LOW-WATER ALARMS

Mercury-free
These alarms operate with a mechanical float switch and 15’ cable. The indoor
Tank Alert is housed in a NEMA 1 metal enclosure and features a red warning
light, horn with silence switch and test button. The indoor/outdoor Tank Alert
is the same as the indoor model but housed in a Type 3R watertight,
thermoplastic enclosure. Alarms sound when water level rises. All are 115V
with 6’ power cords. UL- and CSA-approved.
WL273 MODEL EACH

WL252 INDOOR HIGH-WATER ALARM $127.19
3-YEAR WARRANTY WL252L INDOOR LOW-WATER ALARM 127.19
WL273 INDOOR/OUTDOOR HIGH-WATER ALARM 185.99
WL273L INDOOR/OUTDOOR LOW-WATER ALARM 204.79
FLOW SWITCHES WATER LEVEL SWITCHES

An excellent value on UL-recognized flow sensing switches that can turn These float switches convert from normally open (N.O.) to normally closed
on or off a heater, chiller, alarm, pump, etc., up to 2 hp (@ 230V). The ST9 is (N.C.) circuitry by simply inverting the stem. Polypropylene construction.
factory adjusted to close the circuit at 14 gpm and open it at 6 gpm, but is Each with 16” wires. Great pump switches when used with relays. One-year
also field adjustable over a wider range. At 40 gpm, it causes only 6” of warranty.
H2 O pressure loss. A “flapper” (piston in ST12) moves with water flow,
actuating a magnetic switch on the outside of the pipe. Water cannot OVERALL MOUNTING
reach the electrical section! Operates by sensing water flow only MODEL WATTS LENGTH DIA. MPT EACH
(unaffected by pressure). Plumbing is PVC slip sockets. ST11 and ST12
have a selectable N.O./N.C. setting. Rated to 50 psi, 125VAC to 25 A (1-hp ST3M MINI SWITCH 30 2 1/4” 1” 1/8” $20.79
motor) or 250VAC to 25 A (2-hp motor). Switch is single pole, single throw ST3 LARGE SWITCH 60 3 3/8” 1.5” 1/4” 65.79
(one wire in, one wire out) with 1/2” FNPT conduit connections on both
sides. One plastic plug (shown in black) is included. Switches measure 6”
x 6”. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
ST9 11/2” $77.29
ST12 1” 100.39 ST3
ST11 2” 108.19

SECTION 179
TANKS
PRODUCTS
180 Culture Tanks
182 Steel/Custom/Liners
184 Cone Bottom/Insulated
185 Polyethylene Tanks
186 Fiberglass Tanks
188 Rectangular/Bowls/Covers
189 Hauling Tanks
190 Storage Tanks
191 Sealed/Sump
192 Translucent Tanks

180 TANKS
Culture Tanks
CULTURE TANK SYSTEMS LOWER EXPENSES

For over 25 years, PR Aqua has pioneered innovative solutions for aquaculture • Reduce labor requirements: PR Aqua’s self-cleaning tank design effectively
production. We offer expertise in aquaculture engineering and manufacturing. removes both feed and waste. You’ll eliminate tedious vacuuming and brushing.
From conservation hatcheries to commercial operations, PR Aqua works • Decrease water consumption: Aquaculture facilities with water shortages or
with you to develop an integrated life support system tailored to your species poor source water quality find that tanks can reduce water usage by 50
and goals. percent or more.
Integrated tank systems improve fish health and reduce costs. Existing • Condense facility footprint: Circular tanks allow you to raise more fish in less
flow-through systems can gradually convert to partial reuse by adding tanks. water than traditional raceway systems.
And partial reuse and recirculating systems can improve production by using
tanks engineered by people who understand fish.
IMPROVE FISH HEALTH

• Maintain uniform water quality: Circular tanks achieve proper water circulation,
which prevents lowoxygen regions from developing. Higher oxygen levels can
be maintained, which improves fish health, growth rates, and feed conversion
ratios. Unlike raceways, high fish densities can be safely maintained.
• Raise fit fish: Circular tanks provide a range of rotational velocities across the
radius of the tank. With a variety of swim speeds, hatchery fish have better
stamina and survivability. In addition, proper tank hydraulics evenly distribute
feed and fish.
• Minimize pathogens: Unlike concrete, PR Aqua’s proprietary fiber-reinforced
plastic (FRP) laminate does not harbor pathogens. The smooth, fish-friendly
surface eliminates fin and scale damage, which can increase susceptibility to
infection. Additionally, morts and solids move quickly to the drains, which
helps maintain optimal water quality.

TANKS 181
Culture Tanks
CULTURE TANK SYSTEMS

CULTURE TANKS
PR Aqua’s fiberglass tanks come in sizes ranging from small research tanks to
48-foot diameter culture tanks. These tanks can be used in a variety of
aquaculture settings. PR Aqua’s FRP laminate provides years of worry-free
use. Tank features include:
• UV-resistant gel coat availabe in standard and customer colors
• Fish-friendly joints and surfaces
• Above- and below-grade installation options
• Ability to modify tanks into header tanks, reservoirs, or fish transport tanks
• Easy, on-site installation with no secondary fiberglass work required
Ten-foot diameter tanks at the William Jack Hernandez Sport Fish Hatchery, Anchorage, AK.
COMBI TANKS
A PR Aqua Combi Tank is a complete “hatchery system” for starting salmonoid
development. The Combi Tank is designed for hatching eggs, first feeding fry,
and rearing larger fry. You can grow up to 25,000 fry in 3.8 liters (1 gallon)
before moving to larger rearing tanks. The tanks hydrodynamics simplify
cleaning procedures.
Photo lid covered tanks protect fish from predators and allow photo period manipulation.
TANK SYSTEM COMPONENTS

All PR Aqua tanks can be configured to meet your needs. For a complete,
operable system, PR Aqua provides the following options: side drains, spray
bars, screens, stand pipes, bottom drains, stands and skirts, and predator/
shade covers. Please contact us for details and for assistance in configuring
your tank system.
Thirty-foot diameter tank system with radial flow settler that removes large solids.

182
182 SECTION
TANKS
Products / Products
Galvanized Steel/Tank
/ Products
Liners/Custom
GALVANIZED STEEL TANKS CAPACITY SHIP WT

If you want reasonably priced tanks that may or may not be relocated later, our (GAL) DIAMETER HEIGHT GAUGE (LBS) EACH
galvanized steel tanks are right for you. Round steel tanks are unsurpassed for TS1520H 4,860 15' 46" 20 310 $995.39
strength. You can carry the sections through a pedestrian doorway, bolt several
tanks together in one day with only two people and take them down just as TS1817H 6,990 18' 46" 17 508 1,517.00
quickly. Use liners where portability is important. Bolts included. TS2117H 9,530 21' 46" 17 610 1,768.00
A sloping concrete bottom can be poured, complete with drain and heating
coils. Its high strength allows many possibilities, including very large yet TS3015H 19,450 30' 46" 15 1,085 3,165.00
economical tanks (sizes available up to 105'). Deep tanks (to 14') can be built by Note: Allow at least a two-week lead time and additional time for shipping. Call for shipping charges.
bolting panels two or more high (please request engineering assistance). Tanks
may be partially buried to conserve heat and make fish observation easier.
Many trout farmers use these tanks without liners or interior paint when their
pH is near neutral. Our epoxy products or PVC liners are recommended for DECIMAL TO GAUGE CHART
use wherever the galvanized surface is undesirable (galvanized steel has been
.036 inch = 20 gauge
used to water livestock and hold potable water for years; however, at high and
low pH, zinc may be given off into the water and could pose a problem in some .053 inch = 17 gauge
situations). NEVER USE COPPER SULFATE IN UNPROTECTED GALVANIZED .058 inch = 16 gauge
TANKS. Prices include nuts, bolts and lap joint caulking and are
FOB manufacturer.
CUSTOM FIBERGLASS TANKS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is pleased to offer custom fiberglass products. Whether it is a small intricate
aquarium, a transport tank or a 200,000-gallon exhibit pool, we can turn your aquatic dreams into reality.
Aquariums and tanks can be custom built to form fit available space or create eye-catching designs
that will enhance any exhibit.
These custom-made products are backed by 20 years experience in custom fiberglass molding and are
built to last. All products are made from high-quality materials.
• Premium resins and glass fiber produce high-strength, durable laminates.
• All built-in fittings are made with female fiberglass couplers to ensure a better bond than PVC couplers.
• PVC foam core construction adds rigidity to larger tanks.
• Urethane foam, with twice the R-value of polystyrene foam, can be used when temperature control
is a factor.
• Viewing windows of tempered, laminated glass or acrylic are available.
Two-year warranty on materials and workmanship. Ships motor freight, ALLOW 6 WEEKS BUILD TIME.
Call for a quotation on large quantities. Crating charges not included in prices. FOB Orlando.
Other custom devices can also be fitted to make the tank work for your application. Tanks can be foam
covered for insulated applications, tank covers with solid tops or screen tops can also be fitted.
Larger tanks, such as 20’, 30’ and 40’ round or oval tanks are also available.
TANK LINERS
With just a little care to prevent punctures, these tank liners can be used for
many years. Vinyl is a good liner material and is typically used in tank
applications because it can be custom-fitted to round tanks. These heavy-duty
liners are 30-mil thick. Repair kit includes 4 oz. can of vinyl cement and a 12”
square piece of black or blue liner.
SHIP WT BLACK LINERS BLUE LINERS

DIAMETER HEIGHT (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
7' 6' 38 LZ76B $307.29 LZ76 $307.29
9' 6' 51 LZ96B 444.29 LZ96 444.29
12' 6' 74 LZ126B 642.89 LZ126 642.89
15' 6' 100 LZ156B 869.39 LZ156 869.39
18' 6' 130 LZ186B 1,126.00 LZ186
1,126.00
21' 6' 162 LZ216B 1,414.00 LZ216
1,347.00
30' 6' 314 LZ306B 2,078.00 LZ306 2,078.00
Tank Liner Repair Kits*

LRK REPAIR KIT FOR BLACK TANK LINERS 21.89 Black Tank Liner
LRK-BE
REPAIR KIT FOR BLUE TANK LINERS 21.89
*Ships Hazmat.
TANKS 183
Liners/Patching Tape
POND LINER, EPDM

This Firestone fish-safe liner has become the gold standard for pond keepers
and commercial water features, and with good reason. It's puncture-resistant
and very resistant to sunlight and UV. It stretches around rocks and small
irregularities and is much easier to work with than the more rigid liners.
Ships motor freight from factory. Our black, 45-mil thick, rubber-like liner with
excellent weatherability has unsurpassed puncture and abrasion resistance.
APPROX WT
MODEL SIZE (LBS) EACH
SZ22 20' X 30' 180 $560.19
SZ23 25' X 30' 225 665.19
SZ24 30' X 30' 270 833.19 20-YEAR WARRANTY
SZ31 8' X 10' 25 86.79
SZ32 10' X 15' 45 150.49
SZ33 10' X 20' 60 195.99
SZ34 15' X 20' 120 286.99
SZ35 20' X 25' 150 468.99
LINEAR POLYETHYLENE LINERS FOR LARGE PONDS

These heavy-duty pond liners offer superior strength as well as puncture and
tear resistance at an excellent price. They are resistant to most chemicals, salt
and acids. The material will remain flexible at -70°F. Available in width
increments of 10 feet and any length up to 50,000 square feet as one piece.
Panels are accordion-folded every 4 to 5 feet and tightly rolled on a heavy core
for ease of handling and installation. Sold by the square foot (2,500 ft2
minimum). Allow 20 days for production. Ships from factory.
SHIP WT
PER 1,000 FT 2 MAXIMUM
MODEL (LBS) PANEL SIZE
PE20 20 MIL 100 50,000
PE30 30 MIL 150 33,000
LINER SEAMING AND PATCHING TAPE

The double-sided adhesive seaming tape is made of extruded black
rubber and designed to join pieces of EPDM liner together to form a
watertight seal. The single-sided patching tape works great for patching
holes and covering seams. For EPDM liners only.
MODEL TYPE LENGTH WIDTH EACH

ST3F DOUBLE-SIDED 1 FT 3” $1.69/FT
PT6R
ST3R DOUBLE-SIDED 100 FT ROLL 3” 132.69/ROLL
PT6F SINGLE-SIDED 1 FT 6” 3.89/FT
ST3R
PT6R SINGLE-SIDED 100 FT ROLL 6” 373.89/ROLL
LINER SEAMING AND PATCHING TAPE

Use it to patch liners or join pieces for complex shapes. For use on polyethylene
tarps only. Cure for 24 hours.
MODEL TYPE LENGTH WIDTH EACH

920005 SINGLE-SIDED 100 FT ROLL 4” $66.69/ROLL

184
184 TANKS
SECTION
Products
Cone Bottom/Insulated
SEMI-SQUARE TANKS WITH CONE BOTTOM

If space is a consideration for tank layout, these semi-square, rounded-corner, polyethylene tanks will provide
a greater volume of water than round tanks, while still providing very good self-cleaning capability. They are
sloped for complete tank drainage. Standard color is marine blue, with black and gray available on special
order. The stands are made of heavy gauge steel and are sprayed with a baked-on powder coat
white paint for a durable, long-lasting finish. TP50 ships Ground; others ship motor freight.
Tank & Stand sold

separately
CAPACITY NOMINAL WALL DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

MODEL (GAL) (LITERS) THICKNESS A B C D (LBS) EACH
TP50
50 189 3/16” - 1/4” 26” 22” 22” 4” 25 $154.39
TP180
180 681 3/16” - 1/4” 42” 38” 26.5” 4.5” 53 339.19
TP450
450 1,703 3/16” - 1/4” 62” 58” 37” 9” 103 768.59
TP50S STAND FOR TP50 256.19
TP180S STAND FOR TP180 312.89
Above dimensions are approximate. TP450S STAND FOR TP450 448.39
ROUND TANKS WITH CONE BOTTOM

These marine blue polyethylene tanks are economical and provide long life expectancy. The smooth
surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light weight allows for quick setup and relocation. All tanks have
ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. FDA-approved. A 20° degree sloping cone-bottom forces high solids
to be removed through the 14” diameter center drain area (drain hole not cut out). This allows for the tanks
to be self-cleaning for months at a time. The stands are made of heavy gauge steel and are sprayed with a
baked-on powder coat white paint for a durable long-lasting finish. There is 12” of clearance below the
bottom of the cone when placed on its stand. One-year warranty. Ships by motor freight from factory.
CAPACITY NOMINAL DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

MODEL (GAL) (LITERS) WALL THICKNESS A B (LBS) EACH
TCB250 250 946 ¼" 60" 28" 75 $308.69
Tank & Stand sold separately
TCB450 450 1,703 ¼" 75" 26" 100 586.99
TP650
650 2,461 ¼" 85" 30" 110 616.39
TP950
950 3,596 ¼" 96" 36" 130 1,017.00
TCB1500 1,500 5,678 ¼" 102" 60" 200 1,234.00
TCB250SS STAND FOR TCB250 553.39
TCB450S STAND FOR TCB450 1,364.00
TP650S STAND FOR TP650 1,395.00
TP950S STAND FOR TP950 1,574.00
TCB1500S STAND FOR TCB1500 1,605.00
INSULATED TANKS
Insulated tanks are built from ABS plastic sheets with 2" thick insulated walls and bottoms. Ideally suited
for research, seafood holding, bait tanks, touch tanks and display tanks. Double-pane acrylic windows
(optional) will not "sweat" with cold water. The tanks listed below are only a fraction of the 100+
configurations available. Special sizes (up to 96" x 48" x 36"), colors, tanks with dividers, bulkhead fittings,
etc., are available on a custom order basis. Tanks listed below are priced in white or black (specify when
ordering). "W" models come with one dual-pane window. Allow 4–6 weeks for production. Tanks ship via
motor freight, FOB factory.
CAPACITY OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS TANK ONLY TANK WITH WINDOW

(GAL/LITERS) (L X W X H) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
17/66 24" X 24" X 12" TT100 $318.99 TT100W $398.99
61/231 36" X 24" X 24" TT101 728.99 TT101W 948.99
84/317 48" X 24" X 24" TT102 918.99 TT102W 1,209.00
Dual-pane acrylic windows 130/490 48" X 24" X 36" TT103 1,349.00 TT103W 1,969.00
134/508 48" X 48" X 18" TT104 1,149.00 TT104W 1,379.00
130/490 72" X 24" X 24" TT105 1,349.00 TT105W 1,388.00

TANKS 185
Polyethylene Tanks/Diffuser Manifold
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
These polyethylene, marine blue, open top tanks are economical with long life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light
weight allows for quick set-up and relocation. Edge lips provide wall strength and minimize deformation. Most of these tanks are nestable, which reduces
shipping costs. FDA compliant; safe and non-toxic to aquatic and animal life. All tanks have ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. Because they have superior
mechanical properties, high stiffness, excellent low temperature impact strength, and outstanding environmental stress crack resistance, they stand up
well in tough environments. Model BP210 and models ending in -W2 have a 2'x2' polycarbonate viewing window installed ( actual viewing area is 213/4"x213/4").

C APACITY INSIDE WALL SHIP WT TANK ONLY TANK WITH WINDOW
55 ROUND 21" 38" 3/16" 17* TP55 $145.99 — —
90 ROUND 39" 20" 3/16" 23** TP90 229.99 —
210 ROUND 48" 30" 3/16" 49** TP210 303.49 BP210 $565.99
250 ROUND 60" 22" 3/16" 68** TP250 418.99 — —
110 RECTANGULAR 55" X 31" X 18" 1/8" 44** TP110 261.49 — —
130 MORTAR BOX 72" X 36" X 12" 1/8" 39** TP130 271.99 — —
*Ships ground. **Ships motor freight.
TP110
TP130
TP55 TP90

These tanks have a flat depression molded into the side near the bottom for a bulkhead fitting. Ships motor freight.
C APACITY INSIDE WALL SHIP WT TANK ONLY TANK WITH WINDOW
410 ROUND 60" 34" 3/16" 74 TP440A $523.99 TP440A-W2 $681.49
460 ROUND 70" 30" 3/16" 78 TP400F 555.49 TP400F-W2 712.99
650 ROUND 77" 34" 1/4" 105 TP655 660.49 TP655-W2 831.79
800 ROUND 88" 38" 1/4" 120 TP800 817.99 TP800-W2 975.49
830 ROUND 92" 30" 1/4" 134 TP830 849.49 TP830-W2 1,007.00
1000 ROUND 90" 44" 1/4" 148 TP1000 943.99 TP1000-W2 1,101.00 TP800
DIFFUSER MANIFOLD FOR ROUND TANKS

Putting air diffusers in a round tank upsets the rotating, self-cleaning effect that makes round tanks with
center drains so desirable. Here's a solution! This six-diffuser manifold with deflector has been designed
to induce circular flow in a round tank while adding oxygen and assisting the self-cleaning effect. It requires
4.5 cfm at 1.2 psi (34" H2 O min) and will supply approximately .12 lbs/O2 /hour. It will connect directly to 1"
PVC pipe and can be suspended over the side of tank to a depth of approximately 24" (standard length).
The manifold is supplied with a ball valve for air control, a union for complete removal and six
ALR23M diffusers.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS)
AES EACH
TM6 80 17 $398.99
AES : the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk index for Tech Talk 84.

186 TANKS
Fiberglass
FIBERGLASS TANKS
These tanks are used all over Southeast Asia in hatcheries and farms raising
tilapia, shrimp, tropical fish, etc. Rigid, thin-wall fiberglass is gel-coated and
easy to clean. The blue color does show scratches, but we guarantee that
they will hold water. They are nestable for economical shipping. Turn these
tanks into an instant system by adding a filtration module. The top-mounting
filter has multiple chambers and a lid and can turn the tank into a quarantine
system, holding system or even a small growout system. Tanks ship motor
freight. Crating charges not included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY INSIDE*
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H EACH
FT391 39 36" X 24" X 12" $138.29
FT811 81 48" X 30" X 15" 352.09
FT1221 122 60" X 30" X 18" 452.39
FT2351 270 72" X 36" X 24" 805.19
FT5231 523 96" X 48" X 30" 1,721.00
FFB122 FILTER BOX FOR FT811 & FT1221 33.5" X 7" X 10" 91.89
FFB235 FILTER BOX FOR FT2351 39" X 7" X 10" 113.29
FFB523 FILTER BOX FOR FT5231 53" X 10.5" X 16" 238.39
*For outside dimensions, add 6” each to L and W (add 3” for filter boxes).
FT811
These tanks are excellent for use in hatcheries for

holding live rock, marine invertebrates, etc.
FFB122 Filter Box
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, Crating charges not
included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H EACH 4+
FT120L2 120 96" X 24" X 12" $296.89 $267.20
FT180L2 180 96" X 36" X 12" 513.79 462.41
FT240L2 240 96" X 48" X 12" 694.59 625.13
FT320L2 320 96" X 48" X 16" 963.59 867.23

TANKS 187
Fiberglass
FIBERGLASS LARVAL TANKS

These rugged, circular fiberglass tanks are ideal for Artemia/rotifer culture, hatcheries and
small holding system larval growout. Made of reinforced fiberglass with a smooth,
gel-coated interior. Flat bottom with vertical sides and a center drain port. PVC
couplers are molded into the base of the tank to allow varying tank heights. Tank legs
over 20" are not recommended. Tanks ship motor freight, FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL (LITERS) A B C D E EACH
FRP60 60 17" 14" 22" 2" 1" $314.99
FRP163 163 26" 24" 213/4" 2" 1" 496.39
FRP300 300 341/4" 31" 215/8" 3" 11/2" 613.99
FRP500 500 421/2" 38" 215/8" 3" 11/2" 761.69
FRP1000 1,000 55" 511/8" 291/2" 4" 11/2" 1,317.00
FIBERGLASS TANKS WITH WINDOW

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
INSIDE*
L X W X H
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
These models are gelcoated and have thick
sidewalls! Raise tilapia, shrimp, tropical fish, etc. FT128W2 150 48" X 30" X 24" 102 $474.29
Rigid, 5-mm fiberglass is easy to clean. The blue FT160W2 180 60" X 30" X 24" 132 617.39
color does show scratches, but the tanks are
sturdy and nestable for economical shipping. Add FT235W2 270 72" X 36" X 24" 165 886.59
a filtration module to instantly turn the tank into a FT336W2 405 72" X 36" X 36" 195 1,173.00
quarantine, holding or growout system. Tanks ship
motor freight. Crating charges not included in FT523W2 600 96" X 48" X 30" 395 1,797.00
prices. FOB Orlando. FT632W2
FT632W2 720 96" X 48" X 36" 493 2,210.00
*For outside dimensions, add 6” each to L and W.
FIBERGLASS TANK WITH WINDOW

Includes 1/2" thick tempered glass viewing window,
blue gel coat interior and white exterior.
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) L W H (LBS) EACH
S390-AQ-2 90 36” 24” 24” 78 $858.39
WATCH OUR CHANNEL

• Pentair Product Showcases • Industry Spotlights
• Customer Testimonials • Instructional Videos
• Event Highlights • Company Overview
Subscribe for Our Latest Videos:

YouTube.com/AquaticEcoTV

188 TANKS
Polyethylene Tanks/Tank Covers
KOI SHOW BOWLS KOI

These economical, polyethylene koi bowls come in two styles: light-
duty (191/2 gallons) for the koi hobbyist, and heavy-duty (23 gallons) for the
commercial farmer. The royal blue color is excellent for showing koi
colors. Ship Oversize.
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) DIAMETER X HEIGHT (LBS) EACH
KB4 19.5 21" X 11" 4 $44.09
KB9 23 27" X 12" 9 73.79
RECTANGULAR TANKS
These rectangular polyethylene tanks are great for a variety of applications,
including sumps, filter boxes, bait tanks and holding tanks. Larger tanks will
bow slightly when full of water. All have UV inhibitors for outdoor use. These
heavy-duty tanks are nestable. RT37-B and RT16-B and smaller ship Ground,
RT58-B and larger ship motor freight.
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H* (LBS) EACH
RT16-B 16 12" X 18" X 18" 8 $85.59
RT37-B 37 12" X 24" X 30" 15 133.09
RT58-B 58 15" X 30" X 30" 20 155.09
RT74-B
RT74-B 74 20" X 24" X 36" 26 187.49
RT89-B 89 24" X 24" X 36" 33 216.19
RT150-B 150 30" X 36" X 32" 44 338.39
RT180-B 180 33" X 49" X 24" 52 432.99 RT150-B
*Dimensions do not include top wide lip.
MESH NETTING TANK COVERS

Keep fish in and birds out!
Made of black polyester, 1/4" mesh netting, these covers are great for preventing
fish from jumping out of tanks. They feature a drawstring and locking device to
hold covers firmly.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
TC14 FITS 3'–4' ROUND TANK 3 $36.99
TC16 FITS 5'–6' ROUND TANK 3 59.19
TC14 TC13 FITS 3' X 4' RECTANGULAR TANK 3 32.09

TANKS 189
Insulated / Hauling
HAULING TANK, ECONOMICAL

Aeration for up to 2.5 pounds of fish is provided by an included 12V agitator.
Holds 10 gallons when full. Can be shipped Ground. One-year warranty on
agitator only.
APPROXIMATE
CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) (L X W X H) (LBS) EACH
HT6 10 25" X 16" X 16" 10 $214.29
INSULATED TANKS
These heavy-duty, insulated containers feature 2" thick polyurethane foam
insulation. Use them for hauling fish, shipping seafood or as a holding tank. The
containers are stackable up to three high when full of water and have an adjustable
"Y" clip tie-down system that secures the lid (included). Smooth interior is
seamless, easy-to-clean, molded polyethylene with a 2" threaded drain plug.
USDA/FDA-approved. Ship from factory, freight collect only.
CAPACITY OVERALL DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

MODEL (GAL) (L X W X H) (LBS) EACH
B2300 172 48" X 40" X 30" 138 $995.49
B1545 219 48" X 43" X 38" 190 989.29
B1545
ON-BOARD HANDLING BOX

7 legs for forklift/pallet jack use
Designed with its three-section lid and optional gate dividers, allows you to
conveniently sort and grade shellfish. It can hold eight 70-liter tote trays
(TB3015 —not included), and the spill-resistant lid also doubles as a work
shelf when closed. Three holes allow water to circulate and its durable,
seamless construction ensures hygienic handling of seafood products. The
sloped base facilitates cleaning and the molded-in handles aid maneuverability.
Ships from factory.
D337L CAPACITY OUTSIDE INSIDE SHIP WT

MODEL (GAL) (L X W X H) (L X W X H) (LBS) EACH
D337L 264 73" X 41" X 34" 68" X 37" X 26" 141 $2,082.00
AQUAPONICS & DESIGN WORKSHOP

Learn from industry experts
• Pentair’s Aquaponic System
• Fish & Plant Production
• Marketing & Economics
• Classroom & Hands-on Sessions
• Facility Tours

190 TANKS
SECTION
Storage
STORAGE TANKS
These vertical, bulk storage tanks are ideal for mixing and storing make-up water, chemicals to be added,
liquid waste, etc. Made of polyethylene, they offer excellent chemical resistance and can be used inside or
outdoors. All tanks have a screw-on, sealed lid (manway). Tanks up to 850 gallons have a top-mounted
manway; 1,200-gallon tanks and larger have a side-mounted manway for easy access. Tanks ship via
motor freight only. Note: Lead time applies.
HEIGHT DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

MODEL GALLONS DIAMETER A B MANWAY (LBS) EACH
900065 65 23" 39" 43" 8” 30 $181.39
A B
900100 100 31" 32" 37" 8” 36 271.29
900165 165 31" 52" 57" 8” 52 341.99
900200 200 47" 26" 31" 16" 47 446.29
900350 325 47" 43" 50" 16" 77 638.09
900500 500 47" 78" 85" 16" 102 660.39
900850 850 56" 74" 82" 16” 152 1,042.00
901200 1,200 76" 54" 66" 16” 218 1,085.00
901600 1,550 76" 73" 85" 16” 254 1,483.00
901750 1,700 76" 81" 93" 16” 292 1,764.00
902200 2,150 76" 102" 114" 16” 372 2,048.00
GRADUATED TANKS
Graduated containers are especially useful when mixing products.
Semitranslucent, natural polyethylene allows the liquid level to be seen
from outside the tanks (the resin used for these tanks meets FDA
standards). They handle temperatures up to 140°F. The 25 and 45-gallon
tanks are lightweight and nestable for tank storage and shipping. The
55-gallon tank comes with a 3/4" spigot valve already fitted and is not
nestable. All tanks may be shipped Ground at dimensional rate. Covers are
sold separately.
WALL TANKS COVERS

GALLONS DIAMETER HEIGHT THICKNESS MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
25 18” 28” 5/32” T25 $124.29 T25L $37.79
45 22” 32” 5/32” T45 145.99 T45L 61.59
T25 T45 T55 55 21” 36” 5/32” T55 198.29 T55L 52.69
VISIT OUR BLOG

• Resource center to learn about aquaculture
• Hub for industry news and press releases
• Customer spotlight features
• Technical talks & expert insight
• Pentair promotions
• New product announcements
PentairAES.com/learn-about-aquaculture

SECTION
TANKS 191
191
Products / Products
Sealed/Sump
/ Products
RECTANGULAR SEALED TANKS AND PRECUT SUMP TANKS

Made of molded polyethylene, these tanks have not been cut open or drilled and
are completely sealed. This allows for customization with the use of a drill,
router or jigsaw. Make sumps, storage tanks, hauling tanks, filters, etc. The
precut sump tanks feature precut open tops with a center brace for support (in
larger tanks only). Note: Lead time applies.
STANDARD SEALED TANK PRECUT SUMP TANK
STANDARD SEALED TANKS PRECUT SUMP TANKS

WALL DIMENSIONS SHIP WT SHIP WT
GALLONS THICKNESS L W H MODEL (LBS) EACH MODEL (LBS) EACH
20 3/16” 24" 16" 12" 102020 14 $125.59 S102020 14 $157.19
20 3/16” 16" 18" 16" 207020 13 125.59 S207020 12 157.19
28 3/16” 21" 18" 18" 103028 18 146.99 S103028 15 174.79
30 3/16” 30" 12" 20" 103030 20 160.19 S103030 17 192.29
30 3/16” 42" 10" 16" 207030 23 160.19 S207030 20 192.29
40 3/16” 27" 17" 20" 208040 22 222.69 S208040 19 262.69
45 3/16” 44" 16" 16" 207045 29 240.49 S207045 25 313.89
55 3/16” 32" 20" 20" 207055 29 327.09 S207055 25 351.89
55 3/16” 42" 15" 20" 209055 30 327.09 S209055 26 351.89
86* 3/16” 31" 24" 28" 300086 40 378.29 S300086 35 418.79
90* 3/16” 55" 18" 22" 207095 45 402.69 S207095 41 436.29
110* 3/16” 89" 14" 21" 103110 59 509.79 S103110 55 549.99
150* 3/16” 65" 29" 20" 103150 63 564.69 S103150 55 614.69
200* 3/16” 85" 20" 28" 103200 90 789.49 S103200 80 854.89
*Ship via motor freight, smaller sizes can ship Oversize.
Note: Wall thickness and dimensions are approximate.
LIVE CHAT

192 TANKS
Translucent
TANKS, TRANSLUCENT
Ideal for raising brine shrimp, microalgae, phytoplankton, rotifers and more. Their semiclear, .04" polymer
fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmission. Lightweight, corrosion proof tanks are also used for
trickle filters and stripping towers. The conical bottom tanks are fitted with a 2" FNPT bottom hole and can
be supported by bricks around the edge. All tanks are handmade; therefore, measurements are approximate
and may vary. Ship from factory and have additional crating charges—lead time applies.
VOLUME DIAMETER SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL/LITER) STYLE (APPROX.) HEIGHT (LBS) EACH
T4 23/87 FLAT BOTTOM 12" 4' 25 $141.79
T11 44/166 FLAT BOTTOM 18” 4’ 25 184.79
T185 66/250 FLAT BOTTOM 18" 5' 15 202.69
T1810 132/500 FLAT BOTTOM 18" 10' 19 267.79
T58 725/2,744 FLAT BOTTOM 58" 5' 52 743.39
T8 25/95 CONICAL BOTTOM 12" 41/2' 25 303.49
Flat Bottom Conical Bottom TC185 47/178 CONICAL BOTTOM 18" 5' 18 393.79
T9 23/87 BIOFILTER TANK 12" 4' 25 338.09
T4C — CAP 12" — 1 23.09
Biofilter Tank
T18C — CAP 18" — 2 29.39
T58C — CAP 58" — 6 335.99
CONICAL BOTTOM TANKS, FREE-STANDING

Their semiclear, .04" polymer fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmission—making them perfect
for algal culture. An integrated, skirted stand supports the tank and requires no assembly. Conical base
slopes from 45° to 30° at bottom. An access port is cut out for the 2" NPT elbow located at the bottom of
the tank. Reinforced bottom and top edges prevent cracking and breakage. All tanks ship completely
assembled and include 2" NPT bottom fittings. Ship motor freight directly from the manufacturer.
VOLUME SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) DIAMETER HEIGHT (LBS) EACH
CBT25 25 12" 63" 37 $393.79
CBT68 68 18" 80" 78 472.49
CBT129 129 24" 83" 83 787.49

WATER QUALITY
PRODUCTS
194 Dissolved Oxygen Meters
201 ORP Meters
202 Total Dissolved Gas Pressure Meters
204 pH Meters
206 Conductivity Meters
208 Salinity Meters
210 Multiparameter Meters
218 Photometers
219 Colorimeter
220 UVT Meter
221 Turbidity Meter
222 Calibration Solutions
224 Test Kits/Test Strips

194 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Dissolved
Products / Oxygen
ProductsMeter
/ Products
YSI® PRO20 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

Designed specifically for aquaculture, the YSI Pro20 dissolved oxygen meter is a
rugged, user-friendly instrument for dissolved oxygen measurement. IP-67
waterproof and rubber over molded case, and 1-meter drop tests ensure the
instrument remains in your hands to provide years of sampling even in the
harshest field conditions. Choose a D.O. sensor that best meets your needs.
Fast response times with the Polarographic or Galvanic dissolved oxygen
sensors allow you to complete your sampling routine quickly. The long life of
the Polarographic sensor saves time and money and reduces your overall cost.
The Galvanic sensor enables you to start sampling immediately without a
warm-up period. Meters measure 3.25” x 8.5” x 2.25” and weigh 1 lb. Use 2 C
batteries (included). Three-year warranty on meters, two years on cables and
one year on probes. Internal barometer for highest accuracy
• Large, easy-to-read, backlit display and keypad
Y60020 • Fast cal routine allows easy calibrations with the press of a button
• Stores 50 data sets
• Rugged, weighted probe assembly
• View display with polarized sunglasses on and all lighting conditions
Meter, probe and cable • Fastest response in 8 seconds with standard membrane
sold separately, or order
a kit that includes all this • Multiple languages include English, Spanish, French and German
plus a carrying case. • Rubber over mold case for durability
• Automatic barometric pressure and temperature compensation
• User replaceable sensors and cables
• Direct replacement for YSI Model 85
3-YEAR METER MODEL EACH

WARRANTY KITS
Y603170 METER, GALVANIC D.O. PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE $1,095.00
Y603171 METER, POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE 1,095.00
SYSTEM SPECS (METER, PROBE & CABLE)
METER ONLY
DISSOLVED OXYGEN (% SATURATION) DISSOLVED OXYGEN (MG/L)
Y60020 PRO20 D.O. METER $559.99
Range: 0–500% air saturation Range: 0–50 mg/L.
Accuracy: ±2% of the reading Accuracy: ±2% of the reading PROBES
or ±2% air saturation or ± 0.2 mg/L
Y6202 GALVANIC D.O. $179.99
Resolution: 1% or 1% air saturation Resolution: 0.01 or 0.1 mg/L
Y6203 POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. 179.99
TEMPERATURE BAROMETER
Range: -5–55º C Range: 400 to 999.9 mmHg. CABLES (INCLUDES TEMP SENSOR & WEIGHTED REMOVAL BOARD)
(D.O. compensation range -5–45º C) Accuracy: ±5 mmHg Y624C 4 METER $264.99
Accuracy: ± 0.3º C (within ±5° C of calibration temp)
Resolution: 0.1° C. Resolution: 0.1 mmHg Y6210C 10 METER 314.99
Y6220C 20 METER 374.99
Y6230C 30 METER 474.99
YSI Instrument Repair
®
REPLACEMENT MEMBRANE KITS
Whether it is a yearly checkup or the complete replacement of a circuit
board, you can count on us to provide accurate, economical and timely
Y5908 D.O. CAP KIT W/KCL (FOR POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. PROBES ONLY) $59.99
service. This applies to all YSI® meters that we carry, whether or not they Y5913 D.O. CAP KIT W/NACL (FOR GALVANIC D.O. PROBES ONLY) 59.99
were purchased from us.
We honor all factory warranties, we stock a full inventory of replacement
parts and our labor rates are significantly lower than the amount charged
by most other YSI® repair facilities. Galvanic vs Polarographic Sensors
To obtain an estimate or to send a meter for repair, call us at 877-347-4788 Galvanic sensors do not require a warm-up period. They are ready for immediate
for a Return Authorization Number (RA#). This number will allow us to use after being powered on.
identify your package and follow your instructions. You’ll also need to fill out Polarographic sensors require warm up time before use. The shelf life for
and send in our Return Form and Cleaning Certificate. Polarographic sensors is theoretically longer than Galvanic sensors.
Low Labor Rates
Our electronics technicians are the best and our turnaround time is
fast (1–2 weeks). If you wish to expedite turnaround, we can do that for
a small fee. There is no charge for warranty repairs.
Nonwarranty repair estimates typically require between 60 and 120
minutes before a repair cost quotation can be made. Therefore, we will
have to charge for nonwarranty repair quotes, one-hour minimum.
changes without notice.
YSI® is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 195
195
Products / Products
Dissolved / Products
Oxygen Meter
YSI® PROODO® OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The YSI ProODO® is rugged, easy to use handheld optical dissolved oxygen
meter designed for sampling applications. With many benefits over traditional
D.O. technologies, the ODO (Optical Dissolved Oxygen) luminescent sensor
has no flow dependence, making it the perfect choice for applications where
stirring is difficult or undesirable. This also reduces the possibility of operator
error, ensuring high quality data. Unit is resistant to probe fouling and
interferences from hydrogen sulfide and other gases. The smart digital ODO
probe stores calibration data so probes can be interchanged between
instruments without recalibration. Stores 5,000 data sets, and USB
connection allows interaction with Data Manager software (included).
Supports English, Spanish, German, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese and
French. IP67-rated case. Military spec connectors and field tested cables, 100
folders and site lists for logging data with user defined fields, and a graphic
display with detailed Help visible with polarized sunglasses. Salinity input
rate 0–70 ppt. Runs on two C batteries. 8.5" L x 3.25" W x 2.25" H, weighs 1 lb.
Three-year warranty on instrument, two years on cable and probe.
MODEL EACH
KIT
Y603192 METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE $1,475.00
METER ONLY Meter, probe & cable sold

Y6262 PROODO METER $724.99 separately, or order a kit
Y6262 that includes all this plus
CABLES WITH PROBE a carrying case.
Y62504 4 METER CABLE WITH ODO PROBE $674.99
Y625010 10 METER CABLE WITH ODO PROBE 749.99
Y625020 20 METER CABLE WITH ODO PROBE 809.99
REPLACEMENT PART 3-YEAR METER WARRANTY

Y6263 REPLACEMENT SENSING ELEMENT $99.99
ACCESSORIES
Y603069 BELT CLIP $29.39
Y603075 SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE 124.99
Y603074 HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE 284.99
YSI® and ProODO® are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc

196 WATER QUALITY
Dissolved Oxygen Meters
ECOSENSE® DO200A DISSOLVED OXYGEN

METER
The EcoSense D0200A is an economical version
of the quality and results expected from YSI®.
The rugged housing is IP67 splash resistant, and the large
LCD simultaneously displays ppm or percent saturation and
temperature (ºC only). Easy-to-replace, screw-on cap
membranes have a fast response time and are low-stirring
dependent. Nine-volt battery life is typically 500 hours;
indicator warns when battery level is low. Detachable probe
and cable assembly sold separately below. One-year Cable & Probe
warranty on meter, six-month warranty on probe. Sold Separately
MODEL EACH
YDO200A DO METER ONLY $289.99
Y2004
YDO200A-4 DO METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE & CASE 629.99 SYSTEM SPECS
Y2004 4-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY 309.99
RANGES O2 0–20 mg/L
Y20010 10-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY 329.99 Sat. 0–200%
YDO200A Temp. -6–46° C
Y5908 REPL. MEMBRANES W/KCL, POLAROGRAPHIC 59.99
Y200-BOD BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND PROBE 684.99 RESOLUTION O2 0.01 mg/L
Sat. 0.10%
Temp. 0.1° C
ACCURACY O2 ± 0.2%
Sat. ±2%
Temp. ± 0.3° C
ECOSENSE® ODO200 OPTICAL DO & TEMPERATURE METER

The EcoSense ODO200 handheld dissolved oxygen meter uses optical
technology and provides the most accurate data in the most affordable
format. Features an easy-to-use interface, one-hand operation, IP67
waterproof case, and low cost of ownership over the life of the product.
The ODO200 simultaneously measures dissolved oxygen % and mg/L and
(optical) temperature. One-year warranty on meter, cables and sensor cap.
Cable & Probe • Automatic temperature compensation
Sold Separately • Manual input for salinity and pressure compensation
• Low battery indicator with 100 hour battery life
• Auto shutoff function after 30 minutes of inactivity
• 50 data set reviewable memory
Y606329 Optical benefits include
• No stirring requirement
• No warm-up time
• No electrolyte solutions
• No electrode maintenance
• No membranes
• No interferences from gases such as hydrogen sulfide
SYSTEM SPECS
MODEL EACH
RANGES O2 0–20 mg/L
Y606329 OPTICAL DO/TEMP METER ONLY $329.99
Sat. 0–200%
Temp. 0-50° C Y606327 1-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY 589.99
RESOLUTION O2 0.01 mg/L Y606328 4-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY 599.99
Sat. 0.10% Y606304 10-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY 674.99
Temp. 0.1° C
Y606326 SENSOR CAP KIT 119.99
ACCURACY O2 ± 1.5%
Y606330 HARD PLASTIC CARRYING CASE WITH FOAM INSERT 39.99
Sat. ±1.5%
Temp. ± 0.3° C YSI® and EcoSense® are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc

WATER QUALITY 197
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 26
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METERS AND PROBES
D.O. RANGE RESOLUTION BACKLIT CONNECTORIZED WARRANTY OXYGEN
MODEL MANUFACTURER PARAMETERS (PPM OR MG/L) ACCURACY (PPM OR MG/L) WATERPROOF DISPLAY CABLE/PROBE METER/PROBE MEMORY/RS232 PROBE TYPE
DO62 American D.O. Only 0–20.0 ±0.2 ppm 0.1 No No Yes 2-yr/2-yr No Polarographic
Marine
YDO200A YSI* D.O., Temp 0–20.0 ±0.2% 0.1 No No Yes 1-yr/6-mo No Polarographic
Y55D YSI* D.O., Temp 0–20.0 ±0.25 .01 No Yes Yes 2-yr/1-yr No Polarographic
Y52 YSI* D.O., Temp 0–19.99 ±0.02 .01 No No Yes 2-yr/6-mo Yes Polarographic
Y58 YSI* D.O., Temp 0–19.99 ±0.03 .01 No No Yes 2-yr/6-mo No Polarographic
Y550A YSI* D.O., Temp 0–50.00 ±0.03 .01 Yes Yes No 3-yr/6-mo No Polarographic
Y60020 YSI* D.O., Temp, 0–50.00 ±2.0% .01 or 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/2-yr No Polaro./Galv.
mmH
850048 Sper D.O., Temp 0–19.99 ±1.5 .01 No Yes Yes 5-yr/6-mo Yes Polarographic
1OXHM053 OxyGuard D.O., Temp, 0-60.0 ±1.0% 0.1 Yes Yes No 1 yr Yes, data log Galvanic
% Sat 3,000 sets
Y605120 YSI D.O., Temp, PH, 0 TO 50 ±2.0% 0.01 OR 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/1-yr 50 data sets Polaro./Galv.
ORP (REDOX)
Y606329 EcoSense Optical D.O., 0 to 20 ±1.5% 0.01 Yes Yes Yes 1-yr 50 data set Optical
Temp.
Y6262 YSI* Optical D.O., 0 TO 50 ± 1.0% 0.01 OR 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/2-yr 5000 data sets Optical
Temp.
Y6052030 YSI* D.O., Temp, 0 to 50 ±2.0% 0.01 or 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/1-yr 50 data sets Polaro./Galv.
Cond
*Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., is an authorized YSI Instruments Repair Center. Temp=Temperature. Sal=Salinity. ORP=Oxidation/Reduction Potential
NEWS & OFFERS


198 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products / Oxygen
Dissolved ProductsMeter
/ Products
OXYGUARD® HANDY POLARIS 1 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Handy Polaris is a portable D.O. meter that also measures %
saturation, mg/L (ppm), temperature and has salinity compensation.
Measurements are compensated for temperature and barometric pressure.
The probe is galvanic type and fully field-serviceable. Has a large display with
backlight and offers automatic calibration and a choice of language and units
of measurement. Each unit is supplied with a detachable clip for easy attachment
to a belt or clipboard. Battery life allows up to 1,400 hours of use from a
single 9V battery.
• Automatic calibration with stability check.
• Compensates for changes in atmospheric pressure.
• Automatic shutdown for power saving.
MODEL EACH
1OXHM053 HANDY POLARIS W/3-M (10') CABLE $859.99
1OXHM058 HANDY POLARIS W/8-M (25') CABLE 901.99
1OXHA013 HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS 17.19
1OXPA014 STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L 23.89
1OXPA015 STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 250 ML 10.79
1OXHA010 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL 15.69
1OXHA007 PROBE PROTECTION CAP 31.69
1OXHA006 HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE 66.19
Oxyguard® is a registered trademark of Thermal Gas Systems, Inc.
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETERS ppm (mg/L), % saturation, SALINITY COMPENSATION 0–59 ppt salinity (manually set).
temperature (ºC or ºF), salinity
compensation.
DISPLAY Large, easy to read graphical LCD ACCURACY, D.O. Depends on calibration accuracy.
display. Variable backlight. Typically better than +/- 1% of measured
value +/- 1 digit within the standard
measuring range.
PROBE TYPE Galvanic cell, self-polarizing, self- ACCURACY, TEMPERATURE +/- 0.2ºC
temperature compensating.
CABLE LENGTH Standard 3 m. REPEATABILITY Typically better than +/- 0.5% of
measured range.
OPERATING CONDITIONS Probe: -5 to +45ºC, Meter: -20 to SELF-CHECK OF Probe function, meter function, cable,
+60ºC battery.
ENCAPSULATION (METER) Short-term immersion proof to max. STANDARD ACCESSORIES Membrane cap, membranes, electrolyte,
5-m depth. cathode cleaning pad, storage pouch.
MEASURING RANGE 0–60.0 ppm (mg/L) and 0–600%
saturation. Automatically
compensated for temperature and
barometric pressure. Manual salinity
compensation. Temperature: -5 to
+45ºC.
COMMITMENT TO CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

Our customers are our first priority.
We will provide extraordinary service to satisfy the needs of our customers.
We will deliver our products and services on time and error free, conforming to the requirements
of our customers.
We strive to do it right the first time and eliminate any problem that prevents us from achieving
complete customer satisfaction.
We thank you for your patronage.

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 199
Products
Dissolved
/ Products
Oxygen
/ Products
Meter
OXYGUARD® HANDY POLARIS 2 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Handy Polaris 2 is a portable dissolved oxygen (D.O.) meter
that combines the features of the original Polaris with the convenience of
data logging and data transfer capability. It measures % saturation, mg/L (ppm)
and temperature and has salinity compensation. Measurements are compensated
for temperature and barometric pressure. The galvanic probe is fully field-
serviceable. Powered by a 9V battery. The Polaris 2 has a larger display with
backlight and offers automatic calibration, and a choice of language and units
of measurement. Includes a detachable clip for easy attachment to a belt
or clipboard.
MODEL EACH
1OXHM073 HANDY POLARIS 2 W/3-M (10') CABLE $1,026.00
1OXHM075 HANDY POLARIS 2 W/8-M (25') CABLE 1,086.00
1OXHM074 USB LINK W/SOFTWARE (ONLY 1 REQUIRED FOR MULTIPLE UNITS) 266.69
1OXHA013 HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS 17.19
1OXPA014 STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L 23.89
1OXHA010 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL 15.69
1OXHA007 PROBE PROTECTION CAP 31.69
1OXHA006 HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE 66.19
TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES
METER • Data logging and data transfer capability—over 3,000 PROBE • Galvanic type.
sets of complete info (mg/L, % sat, temp, events, etc.). • Self-polarizing.
Polaris 2 only. • No warm-up time.
• Automatic calibration with stability check. • Fully temperature compensated.
• Automatic self-check of instrument. • Remarkably short response time.
• Automatic check of cable and probe. • Stores dry.
• Compensates for changes in atmospheric pressure. • E xcellent long-term stability.
• User-selectable language and main display parameter. • Tough membrane.
• “On-screen” instructions. • No need for regular service or renovation.
• 1,400 hours use from one 9V alkaline battery. • Probe renovation easy and fast when needed.
• Illuminated display with variable intensity.
• Automatic shutdown for power saving.
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE

200 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Dissolved
Products / Oxygen
ProductsMeters
/ Products
PINPOINT® DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

Featuring a high-performance oxygen probe, this
oxygen meter is a very good value. Temperature-
compensated from 0–50°C (32–122ºF) with an
accuracy of ± .2 ppm. Measures 0–20 ppm or
percent saturation. Each meter comes with a
replaceable probe on a 5' cable (the 12' extension DO62P
cable cannot be submerged). Uses one 9V battery
(included). Meter measures only 3" x 5". Meter,
probe and cable are not waterproof nor water-
resistant. The high performance DO62P probe is
compatible with the old DO6 meters. Two-year
warranty on the meter and probe (does not cover
mishandling or water damage to meter).
MODEL EACH
DO62 OXYGEN METER $271.99 DO62
DO62P REPLACEMENT PROBE 150.79 DO6A DO62M

DO62M MEMBRANE KIT* 26.19
DO6A 12' EXTENSION CABLE 31.49
2-YEAR METER WARRANTY
PA12 OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER 12.79
*Electrolyte solution included.
Pinpoint® is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER KIT

The Sper Scientific DO Meter Kit measures
dissolved oxygen to determine water quality in
environmental testing, labs, industrial and
municipal waste water, aquariums and fish
hatcheries. Automatic temperature compensation
as well as manual compensation for salinity and
5-YEAR METER WARRANTY altitude (all factors directly affecting DO readings).
Simultaneously displays dissolved oxygen (in % or
mg/L) and temperature readings (in °C or °F).
Review 99 data points readings directly on the large
backlit LCD. Features simple one-button
calibration to air. The electrolyte level is visible
through the transparent galvanic probe with built-in
temperature sensor. DO probe heads include built
in membranes and screw on and off for easy
replacement. Also functions as a pH and
conductivity meter when used with the optional
probes. Comes in a hard carrying case complete
with pB (lead) free Galvanic DO probe with 9’ cable,
two spare probe heads with membranes installed,
electrolyte and four AAA batteries. Kit dimensions
850048
are 14¼" × 8¾" × 2¾" and weighs 14 ounces.
Five-year warranty on meter, one year on probe.
SYSTEM SPECS
MODEL EACH
UNIT OF MEASURE RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY
850048 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER KIT* $396.69
850048DO REPLACEMENT DISSOLVED OXYGEN PROBE** 114.49
DO 0~199.9% 0.1 ±3% fs ±1 d
850048CS OPTIONAL CONDUCTIVITY/SALINITY PROBE** 87.19 (0~30 mg/L)
850048PH OPTIONAL PH PROBE ** 87.19 PH 0.01 ±0.1
2~12
*Model 850048 replaces model 850041. (WITH OPTINAL PROBE)
**Not compatible with the old D.O. Meter Kit, model 850041. CONDUCTIVITY 0~199.9 0.1 uS/cm
(WITH OPTIONAL PROBE) 0~199.9 uS/cm 1 uS/cm ±1% fs ±1 d
0~19.99 0.01 mS/cm
0~ 69.99 mS/cm 0.1 mS/cm
SALINITY 0~10 ppt 0.01 ppt ±1% fs ±1 d
0~42 ppt (sea water) 0.1 ppt
TEMPERATURE ºF 23~176° F 0.1° F ±1° F
TEMPERATURE ºC 0~60° C 0.1° C ±0.5° C

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 201
Products / ProductsORP
/ Products
Meters
ECOSENSE® ORP15A ORP/TEMPERATURE PEN

The ECOSENSE® ORP15A takes absolute and relative ORP readings from -1,100
to +1,100 mV with this affordable instrument. Calibrate to an ORP standard! Use
the Zobell ORP calibration solution (sold separately) to recalibrate at any time.
It has replaceable electrodes, automatic temperature compensation and auto
shut-off. Use the 50-set memory (absolute/relative mV, temperature and a date
and time stamp) and “hold” feature that locks readings on-screen. Easy-to-
understand menus and IP67 housing. Measures -10ºC to 100ºC (14 to 212ºF).
YORP15 Uses GAP-76 batteries (included). >200 hour battery life with low battery
indicator. Pen is not waterproof nor water-resistant. One-year instrument
warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Weighs 0.25 lb.
MODEL EACH
YORP15 ORP/TEMP PEN $166.99
Y3628 ZOBELL ORP TEST SOLUTION 32.99
Y605123 ORP REPLACEMENT ELECTRODE KIT 74.99
7021 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 240MV 28.39
7022 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 470MV 26.29
PINPOINT® ORP METER FW SW

This little meter offers ORP data at a very affordable price. Detachable probe
with 10' cable uses BNC connector and is accurate to ±1 mV. Epoxy-covered
electrode with a platinum band and silver/silver chloride (Ag/AgCl) tip. For
calibration, it has an easy-to-use offset screw. Liquid crystal display. Powered
by single 9V battery (included). Can be used in both fresh and salt water.
Measures 2" x 5.5". Six-month warranty. Probe included. Calibration solutions
sold separately. Meter is not waterproof nor water-resistant.
MODEL EACH
ORP3 ORP/REDOX METER $141.79
ORP3R ORP REPLACEMENT PROBE 78.79
ORP3CS CALIBRATION FLUID, 350 ML 4.19 ORP3
EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
® ®
TECH TALK 67
Water Pollution mainly bacteria, in the oxidation of organic materials. The standard test is for 5 days at 20°C, and
the value it yields is referred to as the 5 day biochemical oxygen demand, commonly shown as BOD5
Any physical, biological or chemical change in water quality that adversely affects living organisms (see Index for BOD meters). Another measurement is chemical oxygen demand (COD), which is the
or makes water unsuitable for desired uses can be considered pollution. measurement of the organic materials in terms of the oxygen required to chemically oxidize them.
Common Impurities in Water It is measured by boiling and refluxing the sample with a strong oxidizing agent (potassium
dichromate), then determining the amount of agent used.
Dissolved: Cations, anions, organic compounds such as vegetative dyes and pesticides and gases
such as hydrogen sulfide and chlorine. Typical Treatment Processes for Organic Compounds
Suspended: Silt, clay, feces, organic and inorganic colloids and living organisms such as bacteria, Anaerobic Digestion
viruses, protozoa and algae. Biological oxidation of degradable organics by microbes under conditions where there is no
Floating: Oils and grease, feces and debris. molecular oxygen. These are mainly used for swine, poultry and beef industries.
Water Quality Characteristics Digestion is done by anaerobic bacteria, organic-acid forming and methane-producing heterotrophs.
Physical: Total suspended and dissolved solids, turbidity, color, odors and temperature. Advantages: Low operational costs, no need for aeration and self-sufficiency if managed properly.
Chemical: pH, alkalinity, hardness, conductivity, dissolved gases, etc. Disadvantages: Odors, sludge must be removed periodically, land space needed (long treatment
time), and NIMBY (not in my back yard).
Biological: Algae and microbes (bacteria, protozoa, fungi, etc.).
Aerobic Digestion
Water Quality Indicator
Biological oxidation of organics under conditions where there is molecular oxygen. Digestion is done
The amount of oxygen dissolved (D.O.) in water is a good indicator of water quality commonly used by aerobic and facultative bacteria.
in aquaculture. Water with a D.O. of 8 ppm will support game fish and other desirable forms of life.
Water with less than 2 ppm oxygen will support only certain fish, worms, bacteria, fungi and other Advantages: Less odor, reduction in pollution characteristics of the effluent and low treatment time.
decomposers. Certain organic materials increase oxygen consumption by decomposers. This is Disadvantages: Higher operational cost (equipment maintenance, electrical cost).
measured by the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD). This is the amount of oxygen used by microbes,

202 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
Total Dissolved
/ Products
Gas Pressure
/ Products(TGP) Meter
TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS PRESSURE (TGP) METER

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Point Four Tracker provides measurements
for TGP (mmHg or % saturation), ∆P, barometric pressure (mmHg) and
temperature (ºC).
Increasing water temperatures, injection of air in water, algal blooms or
pressurized pumping can result in gas supersaturation. This may lead to
bubble trauma or sub-lethal toxicological problems for aquatic species.
The TGP probe provides a rapid and accurate measurement of total dissolved
gas pressure.
The Tracker has simple calibration procedures and easy to understand menus.
The handheld meter features a tough membrane keypad and graphical display
with a user-selectable backlight. The Tracker has two pressure sensors, one
measures total dissolved gas pressure (TGP), and one measures barometric
pressure (BP). Also has datalogging capabilities. The batteries are
rechargeable and an AC adapter is included with each unit.
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETER RANGE RANGE RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Barometric Pressure (BP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Temperature 0.0–40.0ºC 0.1ºC
DERIVED: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–200% 1%
∆P (TGP-BP) -1,550–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg 1SSM100
MODEL EACH
1SSM100 PT4 TRACKER HANDHELD METER $714.99 Meter & Probe
1SSP0031 TGP/TEMPERATURE SMART PROBE, 5-M CABLE 739.99 Sold Separately
1SSP060 LUMI4 TGP OPTICAL O2/TEMP PROBE, 5-M CABLE 3,410.00

1SSA025 REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE FOR 1SSP0031 186.99
1SSP070 LUMI4 REPL. D.O. PROBE CAP 347.99
1SSP080 LUMI4 REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE 207.99
1SSA015 PT4 TRACKER EXTEND. DEPLOYMENT PACKAGE
(CASE, BATTERIES, CHARGER) 779.99
9EPTPS003 GEL CELL BATTERY, 6V, 12AH 42.99
9EMSC033 NIMH RECHARGEABLE BATTERY PACK, 4 X AA 34.99
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
1SSA005 CHARGER CABLE W/AC ADAPTER 93.99
1SSA006 CHARGER CABLE W/CAR ADAPTER 93.99 for more details.
1SSA007 DATA TRANSFER CABLE W/USB ADAPTER,
BULGIN CONNECTOR 89.99
TECH TALK 9
Supersaturation
The measurement of total dissolved gas pressure (TGP) can be required in aquaculture. When
the total pressure of all gases in the water exceeds the ambient atmospheric pressure at the
water’s surface, supersaturation exists. The effect of excessive supersaturation on fish has
been well documented and has caused massive fishkills. TGP as low as 103% can be lethal!
Supersaturation can be caused by numerous man-made and natural sources:
• Dam spillways can allow a high volume discharge to plunge air deep into the receiving water.
• Water pump inlets can suck air, putting that air under high pressure in the piping (this is all
too common, even in aquariums).
• Naturally high levels of nitrogen can be found in well water.
• Algae blooms can cause supersaturated levels of oxygen.
• Temperature changes, which affect the saturation level. Simply heating the water can cause
lethal supersaturation.
1SSP060 - Lumi4 Probe: Optical DO/Temp & TGP

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 203
TGP and CO
Products / Products Meters
/ Products
2
TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS PRESSURE (TGP) TRANSMITTER

The Pentair Point Four Systems TGP Transmitter is a stand-alone probe for the
measurement of total dissolved gas pressure. It provides measurement
for TGP (mmHg or % saturation), ∆P (TGP-BP), barometric pressure (BP)
(mmHg) and temperature (ºC).
Two analog outputs are available from each TGP probe. They are available in
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or 0-5VDC and can be configured to any of the five
available measurement parameters. Measurements are also available via
RS-485 and can be viewed on a PC with the optional software package.
TGP probes are not loop-powered and can accept a 9-33VDC power supply.
115VAC to 12VDC power supply is optional.
MODEL EACH
1SSM002
1SSM002 TGP TRANSMITTER $960.79
1SSA025 REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE 186.99
1SSA029 PC SOFTWARE AND CABLE 78.79
1PTPS011 115VAC TO 12VDC POWER SUPPLY 48.49
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETER RANGE RANGE RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Barometric Pressure (BP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Temperature 0.0–40.0ºC 0.1ºC
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
DERIVED: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–200% 1%
∆P (TGP-BP) -1,550–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
for more details.
OXYGUARD® PORTABLE CO2 METER

The OxyGuard portable CO2 meter is a reliable and easy-to-use instrument
that measures dissolved carbon dioxide in water. The meter consists of
a probe and a battery-powered transmitter. The meter displays CO2
concentration and an analog signal as output. The transmitter has an on/off
switch, "slope" and "zero" adjustments. Battery charger (230V), calibration
accessories and 3-m cable are included. A version with built-in data logger
is available.
Measures the CO2 gas pressure directly and is not affected by carbonates or
other dissolved substances. It is therefore possible to achieve simple,
continuous direct measurements of carbon dioxide in water that affects fish.
Methods such as test kits, laboratory analysis and the detection of pH
changes are subject to disturbance from the dissolved substances found in
aquaculture water. The OxyGuard CO2 measures only the CO2 that affects the fish,
which is the free dissolved CO2 gas. It is reliable and accurate. Calibration
accessories pack includes beaker with stirrer and magnet; 75 g of pH
conditioner with dosing spoon; 100 mL of calibration solution with dosing
syringe; and adjustment screwdriver.
MODEL EACH
1OXYCO485 OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE $2,722.00
1OXYCO495 OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE W/DATA LOGGER,
230VAC CHARGER 3,455.00
Cable & Probe 1OXYCO477 PH CONDITIONER, 75 G 22.19
Sold Separately
1OXYCO478 CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 100 ML 62.99
1OXYCO476 CALIBRATION BEAKER W/STIRRER 425.29
1OXYCO480 CALIBRATION ACCESSORIES PACK 385.39
1OXYCO496 OXYGUARD DISSOLVED CO2 PROBE 817.99

204 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
pH Meters/ Products / Products
PINPOINT® PH METER FW SW
The Pinpoint PH370 meter is a great little pH meter at a very affordable price.
®
The detachable probe with its 10' cable uses a BNC connector. It has built-in
slope and calibration adjustments but is not temperature compensated (if you
take measurements anywhere near room temperature, the temperature error
will be negligible). Two-point calibration.
The digital display is easy to read, even in full sun. Two-year warranty on the
2-YEAR meter only. Measures 5.5" L x 3" W, weighs just 0.3 lb.
METER WARRANTY • Includes pH probe, 10’ cable, calibration solutions #7 & #10, and 9V battery
• Not waterproof nor water-resistant
MODEL EACH
PH370 PH METER $103.99
PH370 PH370R PH REPLACEMENT PROBE 48.89
ECOSENSE® PH100A PH/TEMP METER FW SW

The EcoSense pH100A measures pH and temperature (ORP requires separate
probe) quickly and accurately. The electrode offset recognition function
displays electrode efficiency and indicates when it is time to replace the pH
electrode. Features include internal buffer recognition, auto/manual
temperature compensation and a large LCD display that simultaneously
displays pH or mV and temperature (ºC only). Electrodes with 3' (1 m) cables
are available in pH or combination pH/mV. Two-point pH calibration. Cables are
waterproof over their whole length. 9V batteries included. Measures 7" x 3".
Order meter and probe separately. One-year warranty on meter, six months on Y1000A
probes. Calibration solutions sold separately.
Cable & Probe
MODEL EACH Sold Separately
Y1000A PH100A METER ONLY $264.99
Y1001 PH/TEMP PROBE W/3' CABLE 98.99
Y1004 PH/TEMP PROBE W/12' CABLE 146.99
Y1101 PH ELECTRODE W/3' CABLE 59.99
Y1201 TEMP PROBE W/3' CABLE 54.99
Y1251 ORP ELECTRODE W/3' CABLE 94.99
Y1111 PIERCING PROBE DOUBLE JUNCTION 146.99 SYSTEM SPECS
Y1122 FLAT GLASS PROBE DOUBLE JUNCTION 146.99 PH Range: -2–16
Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc. YSI
® ® Resolution: 0.01
and EcoSense® are registered trademarks of YSI, INc. Accuracy: ± 0.1%
ORP Range: -1,999–1,999 mV
Resolution: 1 mV
Accuracy: ± 0.1%
TEMPERATURE Range: -10–120°C
Resolution: 0.1°C
Accuracy: ± 0.3°C

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 205
Products / Products /pHProducts
Meters
PH/TEMP TESTERS FW SW
These floating testers have a large LCD, push-button calibration with buffer
recognition (can be calibrated to 3 points), auto shut-off after 8.5 minutes,
automatic temperature compensation and a user-replaceable double-junction
sensor. These testers will float if dropped in water. The pHTestr® meter 10
reads -1.0 to 15.0, the pHTestr® 20 and 30 read -1.00 to 15.00 and the pHTestr®
30 has simultaneous temperature display in ºC or ºF. All have self-diagnostic
messages such as battery power indicator and a hold function to freeze values
for future use. Measures 1.5" W x 6.5" long, weighs 0.3 lb. One-year instrument WD-35634-30
warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL EACH
WD-35634-10 PHTESTR 10 $100.79
WD-35634-20 PHTESTR 20 110.29
WD-35634-30 PHTESTR 30 121.79
35624-38 REPL. PH SENSOR 80.99
TRB REPL. BATTERIES (6-PK) 20.69
pHTestr® is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instruments Co.
ECOSENSE® PH10A PH/TEMP PEN FW SW

The EcoSense pH10A pH/Temperature pen features one-hand operation,
50-set memory and low cost. Measures 0 to 14 with an accuracy
of ± 0.02. The pen has IP67 waterproof grey housing; ATC; auto-buffer
recognition with 1-, 2- or 3-point calibration; and a replaceable electrode. Real
time clock provides data date and time stamp. "Hold" feature locks reading on
display, which has on-screen instructions. Has a belt clip and lanyard on the
back and floats if dropped in water. Measures 2" W x 7.5" L, weighs 0.3 lb.
YPH10A One-year instrument warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Calibration
solutions sold separately.
MODEL EACH
YPH10A PH10A PEN $115.99
606110 REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10A PEN (GREY) 52.99
605113 REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10 PEN(BLUE) 52.99
605118 LR44 REPL. BATTERIES (4) 4.99
Y580 CARRYING CASE 28.99
TECH TALK 30
pH Probe Care & Storage

Proper handling and storage of pH electrodes will not only help to prolong the electrode’s life, but • N ever store electrodes in water; doing so will cause a sluggish response.
also will ensure fast, accurate readings. General guidelines include:
• A lways keep the tip of the pH electrode moist. Electrode storage solution is a solution of 4M
• E lectrodes should be rinsed between samples with deionized or distilled water. KCl. If unavailable, a pH 4 buffer solution will also work temporarily.
• N ever wipe an electrode dry as this can cause erroneous readings due to static charges. • In general, pH buffers only have a two-year shelf life unopened. Once opened, the shelf life
drops to 2–3 months. However, open pH 10 calibration solution only has a 30-day shelf life.

206 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products / Products
Conductivity Meters / Products
ECOSENSE® EC300A CONDUCTIVITY/SALINITY/TDS/TEMP METER

The EcoSense EC300A offers convenient conductivity, specific conductance,
salinity, total dissolved solids and temperature for true field applications. Meter
has IP67 waterproof rating and automatic temperature compensation. Automatic
shutoff after 30 minutes of inactivity helps preserve 9V battery life, which can last
up to 500 hours. 50 data-set memory.
MODEL EACH
KITS
YEC300A-1 METER, PROBE, 1M CABLE, CARRYING CASE $564.99
YEC300A-4 METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRYING CASE 584.99
YEC300A-10 METER, PROBE, 10M CABLE, CARRYING CASE 599.99
METER ONLY
YEC300A EC300A METER $299.99
CABLES WITH PROBE

Y606044 1 METER CABLE WITH PROBE $249.99
Y605395 4 METER CABLE WITH PROBE 264.99
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
YEC300A-4
Y3168-E 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99

Y3169-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) 20.99
ACCESSORIES
Y606043 HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE $39.99 SYSTEM SPECS
EcoSense® is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY 0 to 499.9 µS/cm 0.1 µS/cm ± (1% of reading + 2 µS/cm)
0 to 4999 µS/cm 1 µS/cm ± (1% of reading + 5 µS/cm)
0 to 49.99 mS/cm 0.01 mS/cm ± (1% of reading + 0.05 mS/cm)
0 to 200.0 mS/cm 0.1 mS/cm ± (2.5% of reading + 0.5 mS/cm)
SALINITY 0.0 to 70.0 ppt, calculated ±0.2% FS 0.1 ppt
TEMPERATURE -10 to +90°C (14 to 194°F) 0.1°C ±0.2°C or ±0.4%, whichever
is greater
TDS TDS in g/L calculated;
enter constant values from
0.30 to 1.00, default value 0.65
PINPOINT® CONDUCTIVITY METER

If you need to measure freshwater conductivity in µS, this economical,
two-range meter is an excellent choice. This scale is typically used for
fresh water and low concentrations of salt. The LED reads in two ranges
at the flip of a switch. Measures from 0–2,000 µS or 0–20,000 µS. Accurate
to ±4% of reading. 5.5" L x 3" W, weighs only 0.4 lb.
• Includes 3’ cable and 9v battery

• Not waterproof nor water-resistant
• Calibration solution sold separately
MODEL EACH
CM6 CM6 CONDUCTIVITY METER $131.29
2-YEAR WARRANTY Pinpoint® is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American
Marine, Inc.

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 207
Products / Conductivity
Products / Products
Meters
ECOSENSE® EC30A CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/TEMP PEN

The EcoSense® EC30A pen-style instrument provides an ultimate feature set over similar competitive
models. Features an easy-to-use interface, simple one-hand operation and low cost of ownership
over the life of the product. The easy, user-replaceable electrode ensures the instrument is always
ready for use. Meter has IP67 waterproof rating and automatic temperature compensation. 50
data-set memory and 200-hour battery life.
Measures conductivity, TDS and temperature with the following features:
• 1- or 2-point calibration
• Clear, easy-to-read display with on-screen instructions
• Selectable units of measure for conductivity, TDS and temp
• Selectable or auto-ranging for conductivity or TDS
MODEL EACH
YEC30A COND/TDS/TEMP PEN $146.99
Y3167-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM (FRESH WATER) 19.99
Y3168-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM (SALT WATER) 20.99
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY 0 μS to 19.90 mS, 0 to 1990 μS/cm ±1% FS
with manual or 5 μS/cm
auto ranging 2.00 to 19.90 mS/cm
0.05 mS/cm
TEMPERATURE 0 to 99.5°C 0.5 °C (1 °F) ±0.5°C (1°F)
(32.0 to 212 °F)
EXSTIK® II PH/CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY PEN

The Extech® EXSTIK® II waterproof meter has a rugged combination, flat-surface pH electrode
(with auto-ranging), high-accuracy conductivity cell. RENEW feature alerts users when the
electrode needs replacing. Adjustable conductivity to TDS ratio from .4 to 1.0 and .5 fixed
salinity ratio. Meter also has ATC, auto shut-off and low battery indication. The internal memory
stores up to 25 labeled readings for recall. Measures 1.5" W x 7" L. Due to its salinity range,
this meter is not compatible with salt water. One-year warranty on meter, six months on sensor.
MODEL EACH
EC500 EXSTIK II® WATERPROOF METER $167.99 EC500
EC505 SPARE ELECTRODE 68.19
EX006 WEIGHTED BASE W/5 SOLUTION CUPS 16.79
CA895 SMALL VINYL CARRYING CASE 12.89
ExStik® is a registered trademark of Extech Instruments Corp.

SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY 0–199.9 µS/cm .1 µS/cm ±2% FS
200–1,999 µS/cm
2–19.99 mS/cm
TDS/SALINITY 0–99.9 ppm (mg/L) .1 ppm (mg/L) ±2% FS
100–999 ppm (mg/L) “The ExStik II DO and Conductivity meters work perfectly for collecting data quickly and
1–9.99 ppt (g/L) accurately in the field, and save a tremendous amount of space aboard the small boat. They
worked so well we bought a second set!”
PH 0 to 14.00 .01 ± .01
G. Jones
Lake Operations Manager

208 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Salinity
ProductsRefractometers
VITAL SINE® SALINITY

REFRACTOMETER TECH FAV
The VITAL SINE salinity refractometer features a
magnified scale for better visual accuracy. Other
Rubber Hood. features include solid aluminum construction, a
Houses the focusable lens and rubber-gripped body and temperature
prevents light from entering compensation between 10 and 30°C (50–86°F). To
calibrate, simply loosen the handset screw, place a
through the eyepiece during use.
few drops of salt-free water on the prism, turn the
calibration ring until the shadowline is at zero and
Daylight Plate. Rubber Grip. secure the set screw—that's it! It reads specific
Exceptionally durable with a gravity (1.000 to 1.070) and salinity in parts per
double-hinge design allowing thousand (0–100 in 1 ppt divisions). Refractometer
even thick samples to be includes a black vinyl zip case, transfer pipette and
easily measured. cleaning cloth. Measures 11/2" D x 7" L (4 x 18 cm),
weighs 0.6 lb (285 g). One-year warranty.
• Largest and sharpest scale display available.
• Calibration ring for simplified calibration.
MODEL EACH
Calibration Ring. SR6 SALINITY REFRACTOMETER $142.29
For rapid calibrations.
Do not dip a refractometer in water, as this will
void the warranty.
Antiroll Stand. Scale view. Use a dropper and place a few drops on the prism.
Protects against rolling off The refractometer will provide many years of service
a table. if used this way.
Dry after use otherwise will cause damage to the device.
SALINITY REFRACTOMETER
Here's an economical, automatic temperature-
compensated salinity refractometer, featuring an
automatic temperature correction from 50–86ºF
(10–30ºC) and a dual scale reading 0–100 ppt and
1.000–1.070 specific gravity. Each refractometer
is tested to ensure an accurate instrument.
Six-month warranty. Weighs 0.6 lb.
MODEL EACH
SR5-AQ SALINITY REFRACTOMETER $47.19
Dry after use otherwise will

cause damage to the device.
Scale view.

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 209
Products / Products
Salinity
/ Products
Meters
POCKET SALINITY TESTER KOI SPECIFICATIONS

Great for measuring salt levels in koi ponds Range (Salinity) 0 to 10 ppt
This low-range tester is specifically designed for Resolution (Temperature) 0.1
measuring those difficult low-salt concentrations
in koi ponds. IP67 waterproof. Easy calibration Resolution (Conductivity) 0.1 ppt, 0.01%
trimmer is isolated inside the battery Resolution (Salinity) 0.1 ppt, 0.01%
compartment to prevent accidental tampering.
Long-life sensor element is not replaceable. Accuracy (Temperature) ±0.5° C
Includes protective case. 61/4" L x 15/8" W x 11/8" D,
weighs 0.4 lb. Six-month warranty. Calibration Accuracy (Salinity) ±1.0% full-scale
solutions sold separately. Temperature compensation Automatic
MODEL EACH Display LCD
SWT2-2 ECOTESTR SALT TESTER $72.49 Calibration 1 point
Waterproof Yes
Power Four 1.5 V batteries (included)
Battery life > 200 hours
CE Compliance Yes
SALINITY METER FW SW
This Pinpoint salinity meter measures conductivity, giving a digital readout
®
in mS (millisiemens). The table included will give the corresponding reading

in both specific gravity and salinity to 62 ppt. This meter is temperature
compensated for accuracy of ±4%. Uses one 9V battery (included). Weighs
only 0.6 lb and measures 5.5" L x 3" W.
• Includes probe, 3’ cable, calibrating solution and 9V battery

• Not waterproof, nor water-resistant
MODEL EACH
SM6 SALINITY METER $141.79
Pinpoint® is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TECH TALK 28
Measuring Salinity
When culturing saltwater organisms, less than a 10 percent variation in salinity (± 5% or ± 2 ppt) biggest drawbacks. Calibration using certified seawater is best; however, fresh water is a
is often required. The measuring methods cover a wide range of cost, convenience and accuracy. reasonable alternative for general aquaculture uses.
Basically, salinity is the sum of all dissolved ions in the water (not just sodium and chloride),
Electrical conductivity is another method of determining salinity. Conductivity measurements are
expressed as parts per thousand (grams per kilogram).
best at 25°C and any difference from this requires compensation. If there is a question about
One measurement method is to titrate chlorinity (chloride) and calculate the salinity based on the temperature compensation, simply take a reading, change the temperature of the water by 5 or 10
assumption that the composition is the same as seawater. Usually titrations are based on degrees and measure again. It should give the same salinity. Some units give readings in
volumes, which can introduce a 2.5 percent error if not done correctly. It is much more time millisiemens (mS) and require a salinity conversion table. Others read directly in salinity (called a
consuming than other methods and used as a means of checking other techniques. salinity meter). Regular calibration with a standard solution is recommended.
Density is the basis of the hydrometer measuring method. Salinity can then be determined from The information in this Tech Talk was provided by Thomas Frakes, Technical Consultant, Aquarium
tables based on density (specific gravity) and temperature. Systems, Inc.
Refractometers are also density-based. They provide fast, accurate (± 1 ppt) salinity
measurements. Generally, temperature-compensated models are suggested. Cost and care are the

210 WATER QUALITY
Conductivity/TDS/Salinity/Temp Meter
YSI® PRO30 CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY/TEMP METER

The YSI Pro30 is ideal in any field application for the measurement of
conductivity, salinity, TDS (total dissolved solids), and temperature. The Pro30
features user-replaceable cables in lengths up to 30-meters, 50 data set
memory, and a simple calibration routine. True field performance is verified
with the IP-67 waterproof and impact resistant case - drop tested at 1-meter.
Additionally, the YSI super- stable 4-electrode conductivity cell is so reliable it
is built directly into the cable.
• 3-year meter, 2-year cable and sensor warranty
• User-replaceable cables. Conductivity sensor built into cable. Choose among
1-, 4-, 10-, 20-, or 30-meter cables
• Fast cal routine allows easy calibrations with the press of a button.
Remembers the previous calibration values and simply walks you through
the routine
• Stores 50 data sets; no need to write down data
• Graphic, backlit display and glow in the dark keypad
• Tough. IP-67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery
cover. Rubber over molded case provides extra durability
• Rugged, military spec connectors. Bayonet style with keyed
quarter-turn lock
• Super-stable, weighted 4-electrode conductivity sensor is built in for true Cable & Probe
field performance and designed for rugged conditions. Easily cleaned with
Sold Separately
a conductivity cleaning brush
• The YSI Pro30 is a great replacement for the YSI 30
MODEL EACH
Y60530 PRO30 METER ONLY $569.99
Y60530-4 PRO30 4M CABLE WITH PROBE 329.99
Y3167-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) 19.99
Y3168-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACHISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
PRO30 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

CONDUCTIVITY ±0.5% OF READING OR 1.0 uS/cm, WHICHEVER GREATER
SIZE 8.3 cm WIDTH X 21.6 cm LENGTH X 5.7 cm DEPTH (3.25 IN. X 8.5 IN. X 2.25 IN.)
WEIGHT WITH BATTERIES 475 GRAMS (1.05 LBS.)
POWER 2 ALKALINE C-CELLS PROVIDING 400 HOURS OF BATTERY LIFE; LOW BATTERY INDICATOR ON PRO30
CABLES 1- 4- 10- 20- AND 30-m LENGTHS (3.28, 13.1, 32.8, 65.6 FT.)
WARRANTY 3-YEAR INSTRUMENT; 2-YEAR CABLE AND SENSOR
TDS CONSTANT RANGE ADJUSTABLE; 0.3-1.0
CONDUCTIVITY REFERENCE TEMP ADJUSTABLE; RANGE 15°C TO 25°C
SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE TEMP COMP ADJUSTABLE; 0 TO 4%
DATA MEMORY 50 DATA SETS
LANGUAGES ENGLISH, SPANISH, GERMAN, FRENCH
CERTIFICATIONS ROHS, CE, WEEE, IP-67, 1-METER DROP TEST

211 SECTION WATER SECTION
QUALITY 211
Products / Products / Products pH/ORP/DO/Temperature
Meter
YSI® PRO1020 PH/ORP/DO/TEMPERATURE METER

Rugged and reliable, the YSI® Pro1020 provides everything you need in a
handheld instrument for the measurement of either pH or ORP, along with
temperature and dissolved oxygen. The internal barometer, Quick Cal feature,
and simple interface make getting accurate data extremely simple.
• IP67 waterproof rating
• 3-year instrument warranty; 2-year cable
• Quick Cal allows calibrations within minutes
• 50 data-set memory ensures data integrity
• Graphic, backlit display and glow-in-the-dark keypad
• Languages - English, Spanish, French, Portuguese
• Choose either Galvanic or Polarographic DO probes
• Quickest response times, PE cap membranes
• Auto-buffer recognition
• YSI PRO1020 replaced YSI 85
MODEL EACH
METER
Y605120 PRO1020 METER ONLY $749.99
PROBES
Y6202 GALVANIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) $179.99
Meter, Cable & Y6203 POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) 179.99
Probe Sold Y6101 PH ISE 174.99
Separately
Y6102 ORP ISE 204.99
Y6103 PH/ORP COMBO ISE (NOT FOR USE ON DUAL ISE CABLES) 294.99
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS CABLES

CAL4 PH 4.01 $13.99 Y605120-4 4 METER CABLE KIT $579.99
CAL7 PH 7.00 13.99 Y605120-10 10 METER CABLE KIT 629.99
CAL10 PH 10.00 13.99 Y605120-20 20 METER CABLE KIT 719.99
Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) 19.99 Y605120-30 30 METER CABLE KIT 854.99
Y3168-E 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99 MEMBRANE CAPS
Y3169-E 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99 Y5908 POLAROGRAPHIC $59.99
Y3628 ZOBELL ORP TEST 32.99 Y5913 GALVANIC 59.99
PRO1020 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

TEMPERATURE RANGE -5 TO 55°C (0 TO 45°C FOR DO COMPENSATION RANGE FOR MG/L )
RESOLUTION 0.1°C
ACCURACY 0.2°C
PH RANGE 0 TO 14 PH UNITS
RESOLUTION 0.01
ACCURACY ±0.2
ORP RANGE -1500 TO 1500 MV
RESOLUTION 1 MV
ACCURACY ±20 MV
DISSOLVED OXYGEN RANGE 0 TO 500% AIR SATURATION
(% SATURATION) RESOLUTION 0.1% OR 1% AIR SATURATION (USER SELECTABLE)
ACCURACY 0 TO 200% AIR SATURATION, ±2% OF THE READING OR ±2% AIR SATURATION,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER; 200 TO 500% AIR SATURATION, ±6% OF THE READING
DISSOLVED OXYGEN RANGE 0 TO 50 MG/L
(MG/L) RESOLUTION RESOLUTION 0.01 OR 0.1 MG/L (USER SELECTABLE)
ACCURACY 0 TO 20 MG/L, ±2% OF THE READING OR ±0.2 MG/L, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; 20 TO
50 MG/L, ±6% OF THE READING
BAROMETER RANGE 500 TO 800 MMHG (MMHG, INHG, MBARS, PSI, KPA)
RESOLUTION 0.1 MMHG
ACCURACY ±5 MM HG WITHIN ±15°C OF CALIBRATION TEMPERATURE
212 WATER QUALITY
DO/Cond/Salinity/TDS/Temp Meter
YSI® PRO2030 DISSOLVED OXYGEN/CONDUCTIVITY/

SALINITY/TDS/TEMP METER
The YSI Pro2030 provides everything you need in a handheld dissolved oxygen
instrument with conductivity. Automatically compensates D.O. readings for
changes in salinity. User-replaceable D.O. sensors and cables, 50 data set
memory and simple D.O. calibration make the Pro2030 user-friendly. Rugged
design and 1-meter drop tests ensure the instrument remains in your hands
to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. Fast
response times allow you to complete your sampling routine quickly, saving
time and money. Your perfect handheld for brackish water and/or applications
with varying salinity. Instrument has three-year warranty; two years for
cable.
• Choose either polarographic or galvanic D.O./Conductivity sensor built into cable
• Easy calibration within seconds with the press of a button. Automatic
internal barometric pressure compensation
• IP67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery cover.
Rubber case provides extra durability. Military spec connectors
Y6052030
• Quick response times; 95% D.O. response time in approximately
8 seconds with standard membrane
• Graphic, back-lit display & glow in the dark keypad
• Languages-English, Spanish, French & Portuguese
• Automatic salinity compensation for dissolved oxygen
MODEL EACH
METER
Y6052030 PRO2030 METER $754.99 Meter, Cable
& Probe
CABLES Sold Separately
Y6234C 4M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE $619.99
Y62310C 10M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE 679.99
PROBES
Y6202 GALVANIC D.O. $179.99
Y6203 POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. 179.99
SYSTEM SPECS (INSTRUMENT, PROBE & CABLE)

D.O. (%) Sensor Type: Polarographic or Galvanic D.O. (MG/L) Sensor Type: Polarographic or Galvanic CONDUCTIVITY Sensor Type: Four-electrode cell
Range: 0 to 500% air saturation Range: 0 to 50 mg/L (MS, US) Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm (auto range)
Accuracy: 0 to 200% air saturation, Accuracy: 0 to 20 mg/L, ± 2% of the Accuracy: 1- or 4-m cable, ±1.0% of the reading
± 2% of the reading or ±2% air reading or ±0.2 mg/L, whichever is greater; or 1.0 uS/cm, whichever is greater 10- 20- or 30-m
saturation, whichever is greater; 20 to 50 mg/L, ± 6% of the reading cable, ±2.0% of the reading or 1.0 uS/cm,
200 to 500% air saturation, Resolution: 0.01 or 0.1 mg/L whichever is greater
± 6% of the reading (user selectable) Resolution: 0.0001 to 0.1 mS/cm (range dependent)
Resolution: 0.1% or 1% air saturation
(user selectable)
SALINITY (PPT, Sensor Type: Calculated TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS Sensor Type: Calculated TEMPERATURE Range: -5 to 55°C (0 to 45°C; DO compensation
PSU) Range: 0 to 70 ppt (TDS) (MG/L, G/L) Range: 0 to 100 g/L TDS constant range range for mg/L)
Accuracy: ±1% of the reading 0.30 to 1.00 (0.65 default) Accuracy: ±0.2°C
or 0.1 ppt, whichever is greater Accuracy: Dependent on temp and Resolution: 0.1°C
Resolution: 0.01 ppt conductivity; calculated from
those parameters
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 g/L
BAROMETER Range: 500 to 800 mmHg
Accuracy: ±5 mm Hg within
± 15°C temperature range
from calibration point
Resolution: 0.1 mmHg
YSI® is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.

WATER QUALITY 213
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 47
Water Quality Guide Percentage of Un-Ionized Ammonia at Different pH Values and Temperature
These are healthy, growing tolerances, not limits for fatalities. Use this chart for guidelines only. PH 16ºC/61ºF 20ºC/68ºF 24ºC/75ºF 28ºC/82ºF 32ºC/90ºF
Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending on a variety of factors. Some species are also sensitive
7.0 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%
to nitrite above 40 ppm. Fish will excrete about 14 grams of ammonia for each pound of food eaten
(@ 35% protein). Test kits read total ammonia; this guide gives un-ionized ammonia levels, which is 7.4 1% 1% 1% 2% 2%
the toxic form. See chart for conversion. 7.8 2% 2% 3% 4% 6%
8.2 5% 6% 8% 10% 13%
8.6 11% 14% 17% 22% 28%
9.0 23% 28% 34% 41% 49%
Equation: ppm un-ionized ammonia = ppm total ammonia (measured) x un-ionized ammonia (from
above). These figures are percentages, so move the decimal point two spaces to the left.
UN-IONIZED
D.O. PH ALKALINITY CO2 AMMONIA NITRITE HARDNESS CHLORIDE SALINITY
TEMP MG/L UNITS MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L PPT
Trout 45–68°F/7–20°C 5–12 5.5–8 50–250 0–20 0–0.02 0–0.2 50–350 0–1,500 0–3
Hybrid Striped Bass 70–85°F/21–29°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–25 0–0.03 0–0.8 50–350 0–1,500 0–3
Tilapia 75–90°F/24–32°C 3–10 6–8 50–250 0–30 0–0.04 0–0.8 50–350 0–5,000 0–15
Goldfish/Koi 65–75°F/18–24°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–25 0–0.08 0–0.6 50–350 0–2,000 0–4
Shrimp (Freshwater) 68–80°F/20–27°C 4–10 6.5–9 60–100 0–20 0–0.05 0–0.9 60–250 0–1,500 0–3
Shrimp (Saltwater) 60–75°F/16–24°C 4–10 6–8.5 50–250 0–15 0–0.01 0–0.1 50–350 13,000–18,000 2–35
Minnows Shiners 60–75°F/16–24°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–25 0–0.03 0–0.6 50–350 0–2,500 0–5
Tropical Fish (Freshwater) 72–84°F/22–29°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–20 0–0.03 0–0.9 50–350 0–2,500 0–5
Marine Reef Water Quality Guide Freshwater Plant Water Quality Guide
Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing
tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors. tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors.
Temperature: 72–78°F Nitrate: <1.0 ppm Temperature: 74–79°F Iron: 0 to 1.0 mg/L
Redox: 350–400mV Phosphate: <0.1 ppm pH: 6.8 Phosphate: 0 to 5.0 mg/L
Salinity: 22–35 ppt Strontium: 8–10 pp Dissolved Oxygen: 5–7 ppm Trace Elements: 0 to .5 mg/L
pH: 8.2 Alkalinity: 125–160 mg/L** Nitrate: <40 mg/L Carbonate Hardness (KH): 3.5 to 5.0 dKH
Redox Calcium: 350*–500 ppm Iodine*: 0.06 ppm Carbon Dioxide:
Dissolved Oxygen: 5–7 ppm Silicate*: <2.0 ppm
Boron*: 4.5–4.8 ppm Ammonia: 0 ppm
If dKH level is: Then CO2 level should be:
Recommended light levels: 4–6 watts/gallon in a 1:1 ratio of actinic blue to daylight. 5º 10–15 mg/L
*Level found in natural seawater. **Calcium carbonate (CaCO3). 10º 15–30 mg/L
15º 30–40 mg/L

214 WATER QUALITY
Multiparameter
YSI® PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER

Measure up to 11 different parameters with one meter and only a simple cable
change! Meter has a backlit display and keypad, graphic display with detailed
messages and instructions plus a gauge that continuously shows the battery
level. The rubber over-molded case has an IP67 waterproof rating and is
drop rated to 1 meter. Instrument can log data (5,000 data-set memory with
site identity and GLP event logging) and download it to a PC. Data Manager
desktop software, a communication dock and USB cable are included.
Meter measures 3.3" x 8.5" x 2.3", weighs 1 lb. Uses 2 C batteries (included).
Three year warranty on meters, two years on cables and one year on probes
(six-month warranty on ammonium, chloride and nitrate ISEs).
• Measure combinations of D.O., temperature, pH, conductivity, salinity, TDS,
ORP, ammonium, nitrate, chloride and barometric pressure
• Automatic temperature, salinity and barometric pressure compensation
PRO PLUS KITS

Choose the kit that best meets your needs. Kits include Pro Plus instrument, 4
meter cable, choice of pH or pH/ORP probe, and carrying case.
QUATRO CABLE KIT

The Quatro cable holds four user-replaceable Professional Series sensors
for temperature/conductivity, D.O. and your choice of any two ISEs (pH, ORP,
ammonium, nitrate, or chloride). Ammonia (NH3) can be measured if
ammonium (NH4) and pH sensor is installed. Kit does not include D.O. and ISE
probes.
Meter, Cable
and Probe
Sold Separately
Y60500
PRO PLUS KITS PROBES (Continued)

MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
Y603190 METER, 4M CABLE, Ph PROBE & CARRYING CASE $3,060.00 Y6104 AMMONIUM ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY) $359.99
Y603223 METER, 4M CABLE, PH/ORP PROBE & CARRYING CASE 3,260.00 Y6105 CHLORIDE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY) 359.99
PRO PLUS METER ONLY Y6106 NITRATE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY) 359.99
MODEL EACH
SOLUTIONS
Y60500 PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER $1,220.00 MODEL EACH
CABLES CAL4 PH 4.01 $13.99

MODEL EACH CAL7 PH 7.00 13.99
Y614C 4 METER FOR ISE/TEMP $259.99 CAL10 PH 10.00 13.99
Y624C 4 METER FOR DO/TEMP 264.99 Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) 19.99
Y634C 4 METER FOR COND/TEMP 329.99 Y3168-E 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y6114C 4 METER FOR ISE/ISE/TEMP 579.99 Y3169-E 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
Y6124C 4 METER FOR ISE/DO/TEMP 579.99 Y3628 ZOBELL ORP TEST 32.99
Y6134C 4 METER FOR ISE/COND/TEMP 479.99 Y3841 AMMONIUM STANDARD 1MG/L (500ML) 81.99
Y6234C 4 METER FOR DO/COND/TEMP 619.99 Y3842 AMMONIUM STANDARD 10MG/L (500ML) 81.99
Y57904 QUATRO CABLE KIT 1,325.00 Y3843 AMMONIUM STANDARD 100MG/L (500ML) 81.99
PROBES Y3885 NITRATE STANDARD 1MG/L (500ML) 81.99
MODEL EACH Y3886 NITRATE STANDARD 10MG/L (500ML) 81.99
Y6202 GALVANIC DO (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) $179.99 Y3887 NITRATE STANDARD 100MG/L (500ML) 81.99
Y6203 POLAROGRAPHIC DO (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) 179.99
CARRYING CASE
Y6101 PH ISE 174.99 MODEL EACH
Y6102 ORP ISE 204.99 Y603075 SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE $124.99
Y6103 PH/ORP COMBO ISE (NOT FOR USE ON DUAL ISE CABLES) 294.99

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 215
Products / Products
Multiparameter
/ Products
YSI® PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Stable User defined auto-stable function holds stable readings on display when criteria is met
Barometer Built-in barometer Buffer Recognition Auto buffer recognition for US and NIST buffers
Certifications RoHS, CE, WEEE, C-Tick, VCCI, FCC, IP-67, 1-meter drop test, Assembled in USA
Connectivity USB 2.0; ProComm II communications saddle and USB cable included; user-upgradeable software via USB
and website
Connector MS (military spec) waterproof with bayonet lock
Data Management Data Manager desktop software included; 100 user-defined folders and site names
Data Memory 5,000 data sets (data, date, time, user-defined info); 100 GLP files
Dimensions 8.3 cm width x 21.6 cm length x 5.6 cm depth (3.25 in x 8.5 in x 2.21 in)
Display Graphic display with detailed Help; backlit display AND keypad
DO Membrane Response Times 1.25 mil PE = 8 seconds and 6 in/sec flow
(T95; 100%-0) and Flow 2.0 mil PE = 17 seconds and 3 in/sec flow
Dependence 1 mil Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) = 18 seconds and 12 in/sec flow
DO Sensors Polarographic or galvanic field sensors; self-stirring polarographic BOD sensor for the lab
Field Cables Standard lengths of 1, 4, 10, 20, or 30 meters - up to 100 meters on DO only cables;
all 4-meter and longer cables include a cable management kit
Flow Cell Single, dual and multiparameter Quatro cable all flow cell compatible
GLP Compliance Yes; detailed GLP information is stored and is available to view, download or print
Lab Cables BOD sensor includes 2-meter cable; 1 or 4 meters on lab pH, ORP and pH/ORP cables
Languages English, Spanish, German, French, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Japanese, Chinese
(Simplified & Traditional)
Logging Modes Single or Continuous
Operating Temperature -10 to 60 °C
Power 2 alkaline C-cells provide 80 continuous hours at ambient temperature without backlight;
ProComm II saddle provides USB power or optional wall power, cigarette lighter, and
universal cell phone charger options
Storage Temperature -20 to 70 °C
User ID Optional user ID for data security
Warranty 3-year instrument; 2-year field cables
Waterproof IP-67 (even with the battery cover off); floats
Weight with Batteries 475 grams (1.05 lbs)

DISSOLVED OXYGEN Range: 0–500% air saturation DISSOLVED OXYGEN (MG/L) Range: 0–50 mg/L TEMPERATURE Range: -5–100ºC (D.O. compensation range -5–45ºC)
(% SATURATION) Accuracy: ±2% of the reading or ±2% Accuracy: ±2% of the reading or ± 0.2 mg/L Accuracy: ± 0.2ºC (-5–70ºC), ± 0.3ºC (70 to 100ºC)
air saturation Resolution: 0.1 or 0.01 mg/L Resolution: 0.1°C
Resolution: 1% or 0.1% air saturation
CONDUCTIVITY Range: 0–200 mS/cm SALINITY Range: 0–70 ppt PH Range: 0–14 units
Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading or ± 0.001 Accuracy: ±1% of reading or ± 0.1 ppt Accuracy: ± 0.2 units
mS/cm (4-meter cable); ±1% of reading Resolution: 0.01 ppt Resolution: 0.01 units
or ± 0.001 mS/cm (20-meter cable)
Resolution: 0.001–0.1 mS/cm
(Range-dependent)
ISE Range: -1,999–1,999 mV TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS Total Dissolved Solids BAROMETER Range: 375–825 mmHg
Accuracy: ±20 mV Calculated from conductivity (variable Accuracy: ±3 mmHg (within ±15°C of calibration temp)
Resolution: 0.1 mV constant, default .65) Resolution: 0.1 mmHg
Range: 0–100 g/L Units: mmHg, inHg, kPa
Resolution: 4 digits
AMMONIUM Range: 0 to 200 mg/L-N, 0 to 30°C NITRATE Range: 0 to 200 mg/L-N, 0 to 30°C CHLORIDE Range: 0 to 1000 mg/L,0 to 40 °C
(ammonia with pH Accuracy: ±10% of reading or 2 mg/L-N, Accuracy: ±10% of reading or 2 mg/L-N, Accuracy: ±15% of reading or 5 mg/L,
sensor) whichever is greater whichever is greater whichever is greater
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L Resolution: 0.01 mg/L Resolution: 0.01 mg/L

216 WATER QUALITY
Multiparameter
YSI® ProDSS MULTIPARAMETER FIELD SAMPLING INSTRUMENT

The ProDSS Portable Digital Sampling System is designed for use in demanding field applications
such as surface water, groundwater, and aquaculture. The rugged and reliable ProDSS allows for
measurement of up to 17 parameters. The ProDSS features user-replaceable digital smart
sensors that are automatically recognized by the instrument when connected. A backlit color
display, large memory, convenient calibration procedures, rechargeable battery, and powerful PC
data management program (KorDSS) make the ProDSS user friendly. The optional GPS function,
wide range of sensors, and varying cable lengths allow for complete customization of the ProDSS.
Mil-spec (military spec) connectors and a waterproof (IP-67), rubber over-molded case ensures
durability to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. 3-year meter
warranty; 2 year cable warranty (sensor warranties vary).
Instrument
Includes a rechargeable lithium-ion battery (pre-installed), hand strap, USB cable for charging the
ProDSS battery and for connection to a PC, AC charger, cable for connection to a USB memory
stick, ProDSS quick start guide, USB software memory stick and digital manual.
Cables
Cables do not include an integrated temperature sensor. All cables include 4 universal sensor
ports and a maintenance kit (3 port plugs, tube of Krytox® lubricant, brush for conductivity probe,
syringe for depth sensor, and sensor installation/removal tool). A 1 lb. weight is included with all
cables 10 meters and longer while 10, 20, and 30 meter cables include a cable management kit.
Probes
A conductivity/temperature probe must be installed in a ProDSS cable for accurate Meter, Cable &
measurement of all parameters. All probes, including conductivity/temperature, must be Probe Sold
ordered separately. Separately
Features:
• Measures pH, ORP, dissolved oxygen (optical-based sensor), conductivity, turbidity,
temperature, depth and more. 3 YEAR METER WARRANTY
• Digital smart sensors are automatically recognized by the instrument and store calibration data
• User-replaceable cables and sensors
• KorDSS desktop software (included) and USB on-the-go connector assist with data
management
• Rechargeable lithium-ion battery
• Color display and backlit keypad; menu-driven operation
• Long-life lithium-ion battery; ensures reliability and minimizes waste
• Optional GPS, used with KorDSS for Geolocation and visualization of data
• Optional depth sensor and up to 100-m cable lengths – great for profiling applications
• Large memory (>100,000 data sets) with extensive site list capabilities
• Multiple languages: English, Spanish, Portuguese, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Norwegian, and Chinese
• Military spec connectors, waterproof IP67 rating and rubber over-molded case
Meter only Cables with Probe (Continued)

Y626870-1 PRODSS METER WITHOUT GPS $1,600.00 Y626910-4 4M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR $2,520.00
Y626870-2 PRODSS METER WITH GPS 2,100.00 Y626910-10 10M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR 2,570.00
Y626911-20 20M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR 2,680.00
Cables with Probe
Y626909-1 1M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR $1,720.00
Y626909-4 4M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 1,770.00
Y626909-70 70M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 2,430.00 Probes
Y626909-80 80M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 2,530.00 Y626900 OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN (ODO) $999.99
Y626909-90 90M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 2,630.00 Y626901 TURBIDITY 1,100.00
Y626909-100 100M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 2,730.00 Y626902 CONDUCTIVITY AND TEMPERATURE 699.99
Y626910-1 1M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR 2,470.00 Y626903 PH WITH MODULE 449.99

WATER QUALITY 217
Multiparameter
Probes (Continued) Solutions (Continued)

Y626904 PH/ORP WITH MODULE 574.99 CAL 4 PH 4.01 13.99
Y626905 NITRATE WITH MODULE 574.99 CAL 7 PH 7.00 13.99
Y626906 AMMONIUM WITH MODULE 574.99 CAL 10 PH 10.00 13.99
Y626907 CHLORIDE WITH MODULE 574.99
Accessories
Replacement Modules Y603075 SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE, LARGE $124.99
Y626963 PH $169.99 Y626945 HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE, SMALL (1 & 4M) 269.99
Y626964 PH/ORP 249.99 Y626946 HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE, LARGE 349.99
Y626965 NITRATE 269.99 Y603070 SHOULDER STRAP 33.59
Y626966 AMMONIUM 269.99 Y603069 BELT CLIP 29.39
Y626967 CHLORIDE 269.99 Y626943 EXTERNAL RECHARGE. LI-ION BATTERY PACK, SMALL 49.99
Y626944 EXTERNAL RECHARGE. LI-ION BATTERY PACK, LARGE 79.99
Solutions
Y626942 USB CAR CHARGER, 12VDC 19.99
Y3167-E 1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
Y599080 FLOW CELL 279.99
Y3168-E 10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y603056 FLOW CELL MOUNTING SPIKE 29.99
Y3169-E 50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
Y626918 WEIGHT, 1 LB 74.99
Y3628 ZOBELL ORP TEST 32.99
Y605978 WEIGHT, 4.9 OZ. 33.79
TEMPERATURE Range: -5 to 70 °C (temperature compensation range for DO mg/L pH Range: 0 to 14 pH units ORP Range: -1999 to 1999 mV
measurement: -5 to 50 °C ) Accuracy: ±0.2 pH units Accuracy: ±20 mV
Accuracy: ±0.2 °C Resolution: 0.01 pH units Resolution: 0.1 mV
Resolution: 0.1 °C or 0.1 °F (user selectable) Units: pH, pH mV Units: mV
Units: °C, °F, K
DISSOLVED OXYGEN Range: 0 to 500%, 0 to 50 mg/L BAROMETER Range: 375 to 825 mmHg CONDUCTIVITY** Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm
Accuracy: 0 to 200%: ±1% of reading or 1% saturation, whichever is greater Accuracy: ±1.5 mmHg from 0 to 50 °C Accuracy: 0 - 100 mS/cm:
200 to 500%: ±8% of reading | 0 to 20 mg/L: ±0.1 mg/L or 1% of reading, Resolution: 0.1 mmHg ±0.5% of reading or .001 mS/
whichever is greater | 20 to 50 mg/L: ±8% of reading cm, whichever is greater | 100 -
Units: mmHg, inHg, mbar, psi, kPa,
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L and 0.1%, or 0.1 mg/L and 1% (user selectable) 200 mS/cm: ±1.0% of reading
atm
Units: % saturation, % saturation local, mg/L, ppm Resolution: 0.001, 0.01 or 0.1 μS/
cm (range dependent)
Units: μS/cm, mS/cm
SPECIFIC Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm SALINITY* Range: 0 to 70 ppt TOTAL Range: 0 to 100 g/L
CONDUCTANCE* Accuracy: 0 - 100 mS/cm: ±0.5% of reading or .001 mS/cm, whichever is Accuracy: ±1.0% of reading or ±0.1 DISSOLVED Accuracy: Calculated from
greater | 100 - 200 mS/cm: ±1.0% of reading. User selectable reference ppt, whichever is greater SOLIDS* specific conductance and a
temperature (15 to 25 °C; default 25 °C) and compensation coefficient (0 to Resolution: 0.01 ppt user-selectable TDS multiplier
4%/°C; default 1.91%) (0.30 to 1.00; default 0.65)
Units: ppt or PSU
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 mS/cm Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 g/L
Units: μS/cm or mS/cm Units: mg/L, g/L, kg/L
SEAWATER DENSITY* Range: 0.0 to 50.0 sigma, sigma T TURBIDITY Range: 0 to 4000 FNU TOTAL Range: 0 to 30000 mg/L
Accuracy: — Accuracy: 0 to 999 FNU: 0.3 FNU or SUSPENDED Accuracy: User correlated from
±2% of reading, whichever is greater SOLIDS* turbidity field measurements
Resolution: 0.1 sigma or sigma T
1000 to 4000 FNU: ±5% of reading and labTSS measurements from
Units: Sigma, Sigma T
Resolution: 0.1 FNU grab samples
Units: FNU, NTU Resolution: 0.01, 0.1 mg/L
Units: mg/L
AMMONIUM***/**** Range: 0 to 200 mg/L NH4-N CHLORIDE*** Range: 0 to 18000 mg/L Cl NITRATE*** Range: 0 to 200 mg/L NO3-N
Accuracy: ±10% of reading or 2 mg/L, whichever is greater Accuracy: ±15% of reading or 5 mg/L, Accuracy: ±10% of reading or 2
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L whichever is greater mg/L, whichever is greater
Units: NH4-N mg/L, NH4-N mV Resolution: 0.01 mg/L Resolution: 0.01 mg/L
Units: Cl mg/L, Cl mV Units: NO3-N mg/L, NO3-N mV
SEAWATER DENSITY* Range: 0 to 328 feet (0 to 100 m)
Accuracy: ±0.013 ft (±0.004 m) for 1, 4, and 10 m cables
±0.13 ft (±0.04 m) for cables 20 m and longer
Resolution: 0.001 m or 0.01 ft
Units: m, ft
*DERIVED/CALCULATED PARAMETER **RESISTIVITY CAN BE CALCULATED WITH THE CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR ***ISES FOR FRESHWATER ONLY; 20 METER MAXIMUM DEPTH
****AMMONIA CAN BE CALCULATED AND REPORTED FROM AMMONIUM, TEMPERATURE, SALINITY, AND PH.
218 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Photometer
YSI® PHOTOMETERS FW SW
YSI® photometers are sophisticated water quality analysis systems that measure a variety of parameters
and provide simple on-screen instructions. Results are available within seconds. IP67-rated waterproof
systems use easy-to-use reagent tablets for testing instead of liquids or powder packets. Reagent
tablets have an indefinite shelf life when stored in their foil pouches.
5.8" L x 10.8" W x 3" H, ship weight 7 lbs.
The Y9300 photometer includes carrying case, light cap, 8 test tubes, dilution tube, 10 crush rods,
cleaning brush and instruction manual. Also has backlit graphic display, self-adjusting sample tube
holder and on-screen instructions in multiple languages.
The Y9500 includes all the above plus a waterproof USB connection, internal memory that holds up to
500 sample sets and a number of user-selectable options such as test units, sample number and dilution
factors.
MODEL EACH
Y9300 YSI PHOTOMETER $1,070.00
Y9500 PHOTOMETER W/USB CONNECTION 1,380.00 Y9500

YSI® PHOTOMETER REAGENTS
RANGE STARTER KITS REPLACEMENT REAGENTS
TEST KITS MG/L MODEL # TESTS EACH MODEL # TESTS EACH
ALKALINITY-M (ALKAPHOT M) 0-500 YPM250 50 $34.99 YAP250 250 $86.99
ALKALINITY-P (ALKAPHOT P) 0-500 YPM251 50 35.99 YAP251 250 86.99
YPM188 50
ALKALINITY-TOTAL 0-500 36.99 YAP188 250 78.99
ALUMINUM 0-0.5 YPM166* 50 38.99 YAP166* 250 102.99
AMMONIA 0-1.0 YPM152 50 51.99 YAP152 250 86.99
BROMINE 0-10.0 YPM060 50 33.99 YAP060 250 30.49
CALCIUM HARDNESS 0-500 YPM252* 50 36.99 YAP252* 250 89.99
CHLORIDE (CHLORIDOL) 0-50 YPM268 50 45.99 YAP268 250 109.99
CHLORINE HR 0-250 YPM162* 50 34.99 YAP162* 250 109.99
CHLORINE DPD 1 (FREE) 0-5.0 YPM011 50 11.99 YAP011 250 33.99
CHLORINE DPD 2 (MONO & DICHL.)** 0-5.0 YPM021 50 14.99 YAP021 250 37.99
CHLORINE DPD 1&3 (FREE, COMBINED & TOTAL) 0.5.0 YPM031 50 24.99 YAP031 250 55.99
CHROMIUM VI (HEXAVALENT) 0-1.0 YPM281 50 56.99 YAP281 250 140.99
COPPER (COPPERCOL) (FREE, COMBINED & TOTAL) 0-5.0 YPM186 50 59.99 YAP186 250 155.99
CYANURIC ACID 0-200 YPM087 50 28.99 YAP087 250 64.99
FLUORIDE 0-1.5 YPM179 50 48.99 YAP179 200 112.99
HARDNESS (HARDICOL) 0-500 YPM254 50 42.99 YAP254 250 102.99
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE LR 0-2.0 YPM104 50 24.49 YAP104 250 53.99
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE HR 0-100 YPM105 50 31.99 YAP105 250 97.99
IRON LR 0-1.0 YPM155 50 28.49 YAP155 250 119.99
IRON HR 0-10 YPM156* 50 28.49 YAP156* 250 56.99
MAGNESIUM (MAGNECOL) 0-100 YPM193* 50 42.99 YAP193* 250 76.99
MANGANESE 0-0.03 YPM173 50 43.99 YAP173 250 102.99
MOLYBDATE HR 0-100 YPM175 50 42.99 YAP175 250 109.99
NITRATE 0-20 YPM163 50 58.99 YAP163 200 151.99
NITRITE (N) 0-0.5 YPM109 50 24.49 YAP109 250 60.99
NITRITE (NANO₂) 0-1,500 YPM260 50 40.99 YAP260 250 91.99
ORGANOPHOSPHONATE (OP) 0-20 YPM262 50 92.99 YAP262 250 220.99
OZONE 0-2.0 YPM056 50 58.99 YAP056 250 51.99
PH (PHENOL RED) 6.8-8.4 YPM130 50 17.99 YAP130 250 31.99
PHOSPHATE LR 0-4.0 YPM177 50 31.99 YAP177 200 106.99
PHOSPHATE HR 0-100 YPM114 50 43.99 YAP114 250 96.99
POTASSIUM 0-12 YPM189 50 43.99 YAP189 250 96.99
SILICA 0-4.0 YPM181 50 54.99 YAP181 200 128.99
SULFATE 0-200 YPM154 50 21.49 YAP154 250 43.99
SULFITE 0-500 YPM266 50 38.99 YAP266 250 88.99
ZINC 0-4.0 YPM148* 50 55.99 YAP148* 250 147.99
*Not recommended for saltwater testing. **Requires YPM031 YSI® is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.

WATER QUALITY 219
Colorimeter
SMART3 COLORIMETER FW SW
Ideal for water analysis in the field or in the lab. Easy to use software allows
the analyst to choose a test factor from over 80 preprogrammed calibrations
for LaMotte reagent systems. The reacted sample is always scanned at the
optimum wavelength which is automatically selected from the multiple LED
optical system and the test result is presented on the large, backlit display.
The test result is displayed directly in units of concentration, as well as
Absorbance and %T, in one of seven languages. The analyst also has the
option of entering up to 25 additional calibrations for analysis with custom
SYSTEM SPECS
reagent systems. Test factors can be arranged in any of three sequences that
RANGE 0–125% T can be modified at any time to meet changing testing needs. The data logger
LM1910 holds up to 500 time and date stamped data points. A USB connection allows
RESOLUTION 1% FS an interface of the colorimeter with a computer for real-time data acquisition
ACCURACY 2% FS 2-YEAR WARRANTY and data transfer. 7.5” L x 3.5” W x 2.5” H. Visit PentairAES.com for more Reagents.
Features
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH • Large graphical liquid crystal • IP67 Waterproof
display • Data logger for 500 data points
LM1910 SMART3 COLORIMETER 2 $998.99
• Simple, menu-driven operation • 25 User tests
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS • Over 80 pre-programmed tests
LM1910CD SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD 68.99 • Lithium ion rechargeable battery
or computer/wall adapter
0290-6 TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6) 27.89

SMART3 REAGENT SYSTEMS
Reagents are designed to avoid test interferences, making results fast and dependable. Shipping weight is 1 lb for each reagent.
RANGE*
MODEL TEST FACTOR TEST METHOD (# OF REAGENTS) (PPM) # OF TESTS EACH
LM3659SC AMMONIA NITROGEN (FRESH WATER) SALICYLATE (3) 0.05 - 1.00 25 $50.59
AMMONIA NITROGEN (SALT WATER) 0.10 - 1.00
LM3642SC AMMONIA NITROGEN HR NESSLERIZATION (2) 0.05 - 4.00 100 43.29
LM3643SC BROMINE LR DPD TABLETS (2) 0.10-9.00 100 57.79
CHLORINE (FREE & TOTAL) DPD TABLETS (3) 0.03-4.00
IODINE DPD TABLETS (2) 0.20-14.00
LM3644SC CHLORINE DIOXIDE DPD TABLET/GLYCINE (2) 0.06-8.00 100 36.09
LM3640SC COPPER BCA - LR BICINCHONINIC ACID (1) 0.04 - 3.50 50 28.89
LM3646SC COPPER DDC DIETHYLDITHIOCARBAMATE (1) 0.10 - 6.00 100 17.89
LM3660SC CYANIDE PYRIDINE-BARBITURIC ACID (5) 0.03 - 0.35 50 104.09
LM3688SC DISSOLVED OXYGEN (DO) WINKLER COLORIMETRIC (3) 0.60-11.00 200 42.39
LM3647SC FLUORIDE SPADNS (2) 0.10-2.00 50 51.39
LM3662SC HYDROGEN PEROXIDE LR DPD (2) 0.02-1.50 100 42.99
LM3648SC IRON BIPYRIDYL (2) 0.10-6.00 50 42.29
LM3668SC IRON - PHENANTHROLINE 1,10 PHENANTHROLINE (2) 0.10-5.00 50 47.09
LM3658SC MANGANESE LR PAN (3) 0.01-0.70 50 63.49
LM369901SC MOLYBDENUM HR THIOGLYCOLATE (3) 0.60-50.00 50 60.09
LM3649SC NITRATE NITROGEN LR CADMIUM REDUCTION (2) 0.10-3.00 20 47.29
LM3650SC NITRITE NITROGEN LR DIAZOTIZATION (2) 0.02-0.80 20 47.29
LM3700SC pH CPR CHLOROPHENOL RED (1) pH 5.00-6.80 100 53.29
pH PR PHENOL RED (1) pH 6.60-8.40
pH TB THYMOL BLUE (1) pH 8.00-9.50
LM3653SC PHOSPHATE LR ASCORBIC ACID REDUCTION (2) 0.05-3.00 50 39.99
LM3655SC PHOSPHATE HR VANADOMOLYBDOPHOSPHORIC ACID (1) 0.50-70.00 50 22.99
LM3639SC POTASSIUM TETRAPHENYLBORON (2) 0.80-10.00 100 61.99
LM3664SC SILICA LR HETEROPOLY BLUE (4) 0.05-4.00 100 58.69
LM3687SC SILICA HR SILICOMOLYBDATE (3) 1.00-75.00 50 44.09
LM3665SC SULFATE HR BARIUM CHLORIDE (1) 3.00-100.00 100 30.89
LM3654SC SULFIDE LR METHYLENE BLUE (3) 0.06-1.50 50 69.29
LM3666SC TANNIN TUNGSTO-MOLYBDOPHOSPHORIC ACID (2) 0.10-10.00 50 54.69
LM3667SC ZINC LR ZINCON (6) 0.05-3.00 50 117.09
*Range may be extended by dilution in most cases.

220 WATER QUALITY
UVT Meter
UVT FIELD METER

With innovative Split-Sense technology
Key Features
• UV 254nm wavelength
• Memory calibration—no field zeroing needed
• Performs both UVT and UVA measurements
• Portable and easy to use
• Battery powered option
• 1 minute warm-up time
• Extreme accuracy
• 2-year warranty
The Real UVT field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is the world’s
most advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter, guaranteed.
The portable Real UVT meter can quickly and accurately test UV254 in the
field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real Tech Inc.’s Split-Sense
technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1 minute warm-up time
and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take
continuous readings before and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette
allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meter’s new calibration memory feature allows testing to be
performed without the need to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if
the meter has been powered off.
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM)
in water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of
aromatic organics or reactive NOM. 2-YEAR WARRANTY
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects.
For example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily
form disinfection by-products (DBPs).
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere, REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
UV WAVELENGTH 253.7 nm
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic
test parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD. SOURCE Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
Beneficial Applications Include RANGE 5 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 – 1.3 Absorbance

• Coagulation optimization • Filter performance ACCURACY 0.5% UV Transmittance
• DBP formation potential • UV disinfection RESOLUTION 0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
• Effluent monitoring • Plant security/safety
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
• Process control
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM Notification of a system failure
Calibration Memory DISPLAY 32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on
Split-Sense technology provides the unique advantage to remember the meters screen instructions and system messages
calibration, so calibrating or zeroing the meter before each use is not required.
This elimates the need for carrying pure 100% DI water in the eld, furthering CALIBRATION MEMORY Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water
the meters ease of use. required only periodically.
RESPONSE TIME Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,
Fast Warm-Up Time Computation ~ 2 seconds
The Real UVT’s exclusive Split-Sense technology allows for a fast warm-up
time of only 1 minute.
OPERATING TEMPERATURES 0 – 45 °C (32 – 113 °F)
CASE Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with
Accuracy & Repeatability convenient carrying handle
Although the Real UVT meter has been designed to cope with the harsh SAMPLE CELL 10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
conditions encountered in the field, its extreme accuracy and repeatability
make it a valuable addition to any water analysis laboratory. PATH LENGTH 1 cm
POWER SUPPLY • Wall Adapter – 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,
MODEL EACH Car Adapter – 12 VDC
P200UV254 REAL TECH P200 UV254 METER $1,937.00 • Battery power pack option
1UVT060020 REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES 141.49 DIMENSIONS 8.7” L x 7.5” W x 3.9” H (254 cu in)
1UVT045010 REPLACEMENT CUVETTE. QUARTZ, 10 MM 262.89 WEIGHT 4 lbs

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 221
Products / Products
Turbidity
/ Products
Meters
2020WE/WI PORTABLE TURBIDITY METERS

Industry-leading precision, sensitivity, and dependability in one of the most
innovative handheld meters available on the market — NOW WATERPROOF!
The multi-detector optical configuration assures long term stability and
minimizes stray light and color interferences. All readings are determined
by the process of signal averaging over a 5-second period. This minimizes
fluctuations in readings attributed to large particles and results in rapid,
highly repeatable measurements. Ideally suited for both low-level drinking
water applications, as well as monitoring high turbidity in the field.
Kits are supplied with 0, 1, and 10 NTU standards, sample bottle, six sample
tubes, USB cable, wall adapter and waterproof case.
• Seven user selected languages – English, Spanish, French, Japanese,
Chinese, Italian, and Portuguese
• Advanced calibration algorithms
• Easy menu driven operation and large LCD display
• 500 point data log; stored results can be viewed directly on instrument
or downloaded to a computer via USB cable and SmartLink 3 software
(available separately)
• Waterproof to IP67
• Lithium rechargeable batteries
LM1970 SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
LM1970 2020WE KIT (MEETS EPA 180.1) 6 $978.99
LM1970-ISO 2020WI KIT (MEETS ISO 7027) 6 978.99
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS
LM1910CD SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD 68.99
0290-6 TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6) 27.89
0290-6
TURBIDITY SPECIFICATIONS METER FEATURES

Unit of Measure 2020we NTU, AU, ASBC, EBC Signal Averaging Disabled, 2, 5, 10
Units of Measure 2020wi FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC Power USB computer cable, wall adapter or Lithium ion rechargeable
battery, 3.7V, 2.5” x .75”, 1.7 oz
Range* 0-4000 NTU/FNU, 0-10,500 ASBC, 0-150 EBC
AC Power Optional
Resolution* 0.01 NTU/FNU 0.00-10.99 0.1 NTU/FNU 11.0-109.9 1
NTU/FNU 110-4000 Data Logging 500 points
Accuracy* From 0-2.5 NTU the accuracy is ±0.05 NTU Auto Shut-Off Disabled, 5, 10, 30 seconds
From 2.5-100 NTU the accuracy is ±2%
Above 100 NTU the accuracy is ±3% Optional Software SmartLink 3
Detection Limit 0.05 NTU/FNU Languages English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Italian, Portuguese,Chinese
Range Selection Automatic Response Time <2 Seconds
Reproducibility* .02 NTU/FNU or 1% Size 7.5 x 3.5 x 2.5 inches; 19.05 x 8.84 x 6.35 cm
Light Source Tungsten (EPA), complies with EPA 180.1, Rev. 2.0 (1993) Weight 13 ounces
and Standard Methods 2130 B-2001; 860nm LED (ISO), Display 6-line LCD with backlit display; 160 x 100 backlit LCD; 20 x 6
complies with ISO 7027 line graphics
*over 600 NTU/FNU units expressed as AU/FAU

SECTIONQUALITY
222 WATER 222
Products / Products
Calibration Solutions/ Products
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
The easiest way to calibrate a pen or meter in the field
Milwaukee standard calibration solutions are available in 230-mL
bottles and 20-mL sachets.
Traditional buffer solutions are packed in 230-mL leak-proof bottles
and are recommended for lab application.
Sachets are sealed against light and air and are ideal for on-the-spot
calibration. Simply open, insert the tester or electrode into the sachet
and calibrate. Sachets are sold in boxes of 25 pieces.
pH
MODEL EACH
MW4 PH 4.01 25 X 20 ML SACHETS $25.79
MW7 PH 7.01 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
MW10 PH 10.01 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
MW5 (10) PH 7.01, (5) PH 4.01, 10.01 AND H2O 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
Conductivity
MA9061 1.413 ΜS/CM EC SOL . 230 ML BOTTLE 9.19
D.O.
MA9070 ZERO O2 SOL. 230 ML BOTTLE $15.79
MA9071 O2 ELECTROLYTE SOL. 230 ML BOTTLE 24.19
Care and Storage

MA9015 PH/ORP STORAGE SOL. 230 ML BOTTLE $9.19
MW0 DEIONIZED WATER 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
CONNECT WITH US

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 223
Products /Calibration
Products / Solutions
Products
PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
500-mL bottles
MODEL EACH
CAL4 PH 4.01 $13.99
CAL7 PH 7.00 13.99
CAL10 PH 10.00 13.99
CAL4 CAL7 CAL10
ELECTRODE CARE ACCESSORIES

Electrode cleaning solution will safely clean pH/
ORP electrodes. Use pH storage solution with the
electrode saver bottle. Fill saver bottle with storage
solution. Accepts probes up to 12 mm in diameter
and protects the electrode. Use rinse solution
between each reading for greater accuracy.
MODEL EACH
CS PH/ORP CLEANING SOLUTION, 1 PINT $12.99
SS PH/ORP STORAGE SOLUTION, 1 PINT 17.29
SBT SAVER BOTTLE 6.49
VSDI RINSE SOLUTION, 1 QUART 17.29 CS
CONDUCTIVITY CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

NIST-traceable conductivity solutions to calibrate both field instruments
and lab instruments and cells together for maximum accuracy. 1 pint bottles.
MODEL EACH
Y3167-E 1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
Y3168-E 10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E 50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99

224 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
Test Kits / Products / Products
TEST RANGE FRESHWATER FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT

FW TECH FAV HAZMAT AG
AMMONIA NITROGEN 0.05-2.0 ppm
Here are the most common water quality
NITRITE 0.05–0.8 mg/L parameters tested by freshwater fish farmers—
PH 0–200 mg/L in one rugged carrying case. The kit features
deluxe octa-slide comparators by LaMotte®.
ALKALINITY 0 to 240 ppm An armored thermometer (-5 to 45°C) is included.
Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill kit weighs 0.5 lb.
CARBON DIOXIDE 0–50 mg/L
MODEL EACH
CHLORIDE 0–200 mg/L
LMAQ2 FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT $239.99
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0–10 mg/L
LMAQ2RP REAGENT REFILL KIT 146.29
HARDNESS 0–200 mg/L
TEMPERATURE -5–45°C
LMAQ2
SALTWATER FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT TEST RANGE

SW HAZMAT A
AMMONIA NITROGEN 0.05-2.0 ppm
This kit measures eight different parameters.
Salinity can read to 40 ppt by diluting half the NITRITE NITROGEN 0.25–10 ppm
sample and doubling the final readings. Includes PH 5.0–10.0
armored thermometer. Kit and reagent refill
contains enough reagents for 50 tests each. NITRATE NITROGEN 0.05–10 ppm
Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill 1 lb.
ALKALINITY 0–200 ppm
MODEL EACH
CARBON DIOXIDE 0–50 ppm
LMAQ4 SALTWATER TEST KIT $298.99
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0–10 ppm
LMAQ4RP REAGENT REFILL 158.69
SALINITY 0–20 ppt
LMAQ4
REAGENT REFILLS
For LMAQ2, LMAQ3 and LMAQ4.
LM1R ALKALINITY $18.39 LM6R HARDNESS 25.89
LM2R AMMONIA FOR LMAQ2 & LMAQ3 HAZMAT A 31.69 LM7R NITRITE 38.89
LM3304RP AMMONIA FOR LMAQ4 HAZMAT A 34.99 LM3353RP PH 6.69
LM3R CARBON DIOXIDE 15.79 LM9R SALINITY HAZMAT A 38.99
LM4R CHLORIDE HAZMAT A 32.59 LM10R NITRATE 44.09
LM5R DISSOLVED OXYGEN 45.19
AQUAPONICS TEST KIT NEW!

Designed for small to midsize systems, this test kit TEST RANGE
has everything you will need to monitor water quality
for both the aquaculture and hydroponics segments AMMONIA 0.0-2.0 ppm
of your system. Kit includes labware, accessories
NITRITE 0.05-0.8 ppm
and reagents to repeat tests for each factor
approximately 50 times, a detailed instruction NITRATE 0.25-10.0 ppm
manual and quick reference card in a foam-lined
carrying case. Test chemistries and comparators PH 5.0-10.0
are compatible with fresh, brackish, or salt water
IRON, FERROUS & FERRIC 0.5-10.0 ppm
systems. Ship weight 9 lbs.
ALKALINITY 0-200 ppm
MODEL EACH
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0-10 ppm
LM3637 AQUAPONICS TEST KIT $298.99
LM3637RP REAGENT REFILL KIT 138.99
LaMotte® is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products Co.

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 225
Test Kits
HACH AQUACULTURE TEST KIT FF1A TEST RANGE

FW HAZMAT A
ALKALINITY 6.4–136 mg/L
This popular freshwater aquaculture test kit
includes all the necessary apparatuses and AMMONIA* 0–3 mg/L
reagents for 100 tests each of nine critical CARBON DIOXIDE 5–100 mg/L
parameters. The kit uses the drop- count method
for titration tests and Hach® color comparators CHLORIDE 5–400 ppt
for colorimetric tests. Colorimetric tests provide
results directly in mg/L and drop-count tests DISSOLVED OXYGEN* 0.2–20 mg/L
require, at most, a simple multiplication or division HARDNESS 17–510 mg/L
step to determine concentration. Ship weight 10 lbs.
NITRITE 0–0.5 mg/L
MODEL EACH
PH 4–10
FF1A AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $341.29
TEMPERATURE -30–120°F
Hach® and Be Right ™ are trademarks and/or registered
trademarks of Hach Co.
TEST RANGE HACH AQUACULTURE TEST KIT FF2A

FW HAZMAT A
ACIDITY 100–4,000 mg/L
Similar to the FF1A, the FF2A has an additional
ALKALINITY 100–4,000 mg/L test kit to measure for acidity. Designed for
AMMONIA* 0–3 mg/L freshwater applications only, the kit uses
convenient, concentrated titrant solutions in
CARBON DIOXIDE 10–100 mg/L disposable cartridges and has an easy-to-read
digital titrator that guarantees repeatability from
CHLORIDE 10–160 mg/L test to test. Ship weight 12 lbs.
DISSOLVED OXYGEN* 0–10 mg/L MODEL EACH
HARDNESS 100–4,000 mg/L FF2A AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $617.49
PH 4–10
HACH SALTWATER TEST KIT FF3A SW TEST RANGE

HAZMAT A
ACIDITY 100–4,000 mg/L
Hach® model FF3A test kit is designed specifically
for saltwater applications. The kit uses a digital ALKALINITY 100–4,000 mg/L
titrator and includes detailed instructions. AMMONIA* 0–3 mg/L
Enough reagents and apparatuses for 100 tests
each. Ship weight 10 lbs. CARBON DIOXIDE 10–100 mg/L
MODEL EACH CHLORIDE 2–100 mg/L
FF3A SALTWATER TEST KIT $658.79 DISSOLVED OXYGEN* 0–10 mg/L
HARDNESS 100–4,000 mg/L
PH 4–10

226 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products / Products
Aquaculture Laboratories
/ Products
AQUACULTURE ANALYSIS LABORATORY HAZMAT A

Highly recommended for the serious field professional, this kit includes most
things a fish farmer needs to monitor water quality. The portable lab analyzes
the 8 critical factors most commonly required by a fish farmer: dissolved
oxygen, pH, temperature, salinity, nitrite, ammonia, hardness and alkalinity.
Excellent for both fresh and saltwater analyses. Designed with field analysis
as a priority, the outfit is packaged in a durable, waterproof Pelican™ case
that is foam-lined and holds the components in place. See part numbers for
individual reagents.
MODEL EACH
AAL1* $1,583.00
*Not for shipment into Canada.
Pelican™ is a trademark of Pelican Products, Inc.
TEST RANGE
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0 to 20 mg/L; 0 to 200% Sat
TEMPERATURE 0 to 230°F, -18 to 110°C
PH 0 to 14.00
ALKALINITY 0 to 240 ppm
Each kit includes: HARDNESS 0 to 425 ppm
• YSI 550A D.O. meter (Y550A12) • Hach alkalinity test strips (H27448)
AMMONIA 1 to 8 mg/L
• Salinity refractometer (SR5-AQ) • Hach hardness test strips (H27452)
• Pocket dial thermometer (TH4) • LaMotte nitrite test kit (LM3352) NITRITE 0.1 to 0.8 mg/L
• LaMotte ammonia test kit (LM4795) • pH/Temp Tester (WD-35634-20)
CEL COMPLETE AQUACULTURE LABORATORY FW SW HAZMAT A

This kit provides instruments and chemicals for 15 tests critical to effective
aquatic livestock management whether used in your mobile lab or at the field
site. Premeasured reagents are impervious to environmental contamination,
apparatus and labware. Instruments have battery power option so tests can
be run immediately without concern for sample preservation and handling.
With this kit, there is no waiting for hours or days for a lab result. Kit includes
DR 900 Colorimeter, HQd pH meter and probe, Digital Titrator, TDS Pocket
Tester, reagent sets, apparatus, illustrated instrument manual and procedure
manual CD in a sturdy field case. Ship weight 10 lbs.
MODEL EACH
H251233 AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $2,986.00
2691700 REAGENT REFILL KIT 1,304.00
TEST RANGE TECH TALK 132

ACIDITY 10 - 160 mg/L
100 - 4,000 mg/L Ammonia Testing
ALKALINITY 10 - 4,000 mg/L Ammonia is the primary waste byproduct of protein consumption, and is excreted across fish gills as a gas. It may exist in two forms: un-ionized
AMMONIA 0 - 0.50 mg/L
(NH3) and ionized (NH4+). Ionized ammonia is relatively harmless, but gill burn may occur when un-ionized ammonia is present in the water. The
amount of un-ionized ammonia relies heavily on pH and temperature. Un-ionized ammonia can be removed via a water change, detoxified with the use
CARBON DIOXIDE 10 - 1,000 mg/L of a water conditioner and/or consumed by an established biological filter. Since un-ionized ammonia is toxic to fish, ammonia detection is an
important of successful aquaculture. Three types of test are can be used in aquaculture to detect ammonia: Nessler-based, salicylate and
CHLORIDE 10 - 10,000 mg/L hydrophobic membranes.
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0 - 15.0 mg/L Nessler-based test kits test total ammonia only. They are best used when no other substances are added to the water. Water conditioners, amines
HARDNESS 10 - 4,000 mg/L and various types of medications can interfere with Nessler-based test readings, resulting in falsely high ammonia readings.
IRON 0 - 3.00 mg/L Salicylate-based test kits test for total ammonia. This is the most commonly used ammonia test in aquaculture, and will provide results in the
presence of water conditioners and various medications.
NITRATE 0 - 30.0 mg/L
Hydrophobic membrane testing uses a chemically treated membrane to detect various gases. The membrane can be treated with reagents specific to
NITRITE 0 - 0.350 mg/L un-ionized ammonia. Hydrophobic membranes can detect free ammonia even in the presence of water conditioners, amines and salts because free
ammonia exists as a gas. This is not the most commonly used test, but it is very efficient in free ammonia detection.
PHOSPHORUS 0 - 2.50 mg/L
The test kit instructions should indicate which testing method the kit purchased is using to detect ammonia levels. More and more aquarists choose
TEMPERATURE 0 to 80 ° C salicylate-based ammonia test kits due to accessibility, reliability and the ability to dose water conditioners without interference..

WATER SECTION
QUALITY 227
Products / Products Test
/ Products
Strips
TEST STRIPS
Individual pads on a polystyrene strip. These are
packaged in the pop top vial which is molded with a
desiccant liner for protection from moisture. The
vial has a molded desiccant liner that protects the
strips from moisture intrusion and eliminates loose
desiccant bags.
LM2999LR LM3002 LM3031 LM3000LR LM2951HR
MODEL TEST FACTOR RANGE (PPM) STRIPS/VIAL EACH

LM2999LR CHLORINE DIOXIDE 0-10 (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10) 50 $9.99
LM3002 CHLORINE DIOXIDE 0-500 ( 0, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500) 50 9.99
LM2963LR-G CHLORINE, TOTAL, LOW RANGE 0-10 (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 3, 10) 25 5.89
LM4250BJ CHLORINE, TOTAL 10-200 (10, 50, 100, 200) 200 5.99
LM3031 CHLORINE, FREE, HIGH RANGE 0-800 (0, 50, 100, 250, 500, 800) 50 17.09
LM2984LR HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 0-50 (0, 1, 3, 10, 30, 50) 25 9.99
LM2948BJ IODINE 12-100 (12, 25, 50, 100) 200 5.99
LM3000LR PERACETIC ACID, LOW RANGE 0-50 (0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50) 50 9.39
LM3021LR NEW PHOSPHATE, LOW RANGE 0-2.5 (0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5) 25 19.29
LM2934 QAC DUAL RANGE LOW: 0, 10, 20, 40, 80
HIGH: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800 50 7.59
LM2951 QAC 50-400 (50, 100, 200, 400) 100 5.79
LM2951HR QAC, HIGH RANGE 200-1500 (200, 400, 600, 1,000, 1,500) 50 7.59
TEST STRIPS FW SW TEST STRIPS FW SW

These small test strips provide a rapid means of Each vial of test strips features a leakproof,
checking water quality. Simply dip a strip into the hinged, pop-top lid and a wrap-around desiccant
sample, wait for color to develop and compare color liner to protect strips from moisture intrusion.
on the reagent pad to the color chart on the bottle. The multi-strips have 5 different tests (alkalinity,
pH, nitrite, nitrate and hardness) on one strip.
Test strips are both fresh and salt water compatible.
H27448 R442
RANGE
MODEL TEST FACTOR RANGE (PPM) STRIPS/VIAL EACH MODEL TEST FACTOR (PPM) STRIPS/VIAL EACH
H27448 ALKALINITY 0–240 50 $12.09 R443 AMMONIA 0–6 25 $14.09
H27553 AMMONIA 0–6 25 24.09 R442 MULTI-STRIP 25 13.49
H27450 FREE AND TOTAL CHLORINE* 0–10 50 22.49
H27451 COPPER 0–3 25 24.59
H27452 TOTAL HARDNESS* 0–425 50 12.79
H27453 TOTAL DISSOLVED IRON 0–5 25 24.59
H27454 NITRATE/NITRITE 0–50 / 0–3 25 20.79
H27456 PH* 4–9 50 12.69
H27571 PHOSPHATE* 0–50 50 23.29
*Can be used with salt water.

228 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
Test Kits / Products / Products
LAMOTTE® TEST KITS

LaMotte® brand water test kits have been in use for over 50 years. They are
accurate, inexpensive and suitable for both fresh and saltwater testing (except
when noted). Each kit (and replacement reagent) contains enough reagent to
run between 50 and 200 tests, depending upon the amount of reagent used to
reach the end point. All single kits are approximately 2 lbs.
ALKALINITY KIT pH KIT (See Pg. 229)
ALKALINITY CARBON DIOXIDE

Alkalinity refers to the quantity and type of compounds present in the water Carbon dioxide (CO2) is present in water as a dissolved gas, like oxygen.
that shift the pH above 7.0. Water with high alkalinity tends to be more strongly High CO2 can stress and even kill fish. It also forms carbonic acid,
buffered. Buffering will reduce the tendency of the pH to shift. Add sodium which lowers the pH. Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 50 ppm.
bicarbonate to increase alkalinity (buffering capacity) and calcium chloride
for hardness. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0 to 200 ppm. TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT
LM7297 $39.39 LM7297RP $13.39
LM4491 $35.59 LM4491RP $15.99
CHLORIDE
AMMONIA-NITROGEN Chloride is one of the major anions found in water. When using salt, be careful
where discharge occurs. Salt water is about 16,000 ppm chloride; it takes only
To know how toxic ammonia is to your fish, you must know the ammonia level,
about 500 ppm chloride to kill some plants, shrubs and trees. For freshwater
the pH level and the temperature. A total ammonia level of 10 ppm may not be
use only. Takes two minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.
harmful to trout at a pH of 6.0, but it would be deadly if the pH were 7.0. The test
kits measure total ammonia. Total ammonia consists of both nontoxic NH4+
(ionized) and toxic NH3 (un-ionized) forms. The proportion of one to the other is
variable. The toxic form increases in proportion as the pH and/or temperature
increases. Ammonia builds up in the water primarily by the metabolism of LM4503 FW HAZMAT A $46.29 LM4503RP HAZMAT A $28.49
protein (nitrogen). About 10% of the protein fed to fish will show up as ammonia
in the water. Testing takes 5 minutes. LM4795 range: 1 to 8 ppm. LM3351-01
range: 0.2 to 3 ppm. Note: Water containing Ammo Lock® and other ammonia- CHLORINE
removing chemicals should be tested using an ammonia kit (LM3304) that uses Chlorine and chloramines (chlorine/ammonia complex) are toxic to fish,
the salicylate method (0 to 2.0 ppm). and the presence of one or the other can be expected in your municipal water
supply. For aquaculture applications, chlorine should be removed chemically,
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT by aeration or by aging. Chloramines must be removed chemically. For testing
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH fresh water only. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 3.0 ppm.
LM3351-01* HAZMAT A $73.79 LM3351-01RP* HAZMAT A $25.69 TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT
LM3304 HAZMAT A 78.99 LM3304RP HAZMAT A 34.99 MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
LM4795* HAZMAT A 72.69 LM4795RP* HAZMAT A 23.59 LM3308 FW $66.59 LM3308RP $20.29
*Not for shipment into Canada.
CALCIUM HARDNESS COPPER
Because calcium and magnesium are both major components of the total Copper as copper sulfate is often used in fish culture as an algaecide, but it can
hardness of water, measuring hardness by itself may not reveal enough. be lethal to fish at low levels, especially with low pH and alkalinity levels. It can
Recirculating aquaculture systems need calcium levels greater than 50 ppm be very toxic to juvenile clams and other invertebrates, particularly saltwater
to maintain a fully functional biofilter. Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 200 ppm. species. Testing takes one minute. Range: 0.05 to 0.5 ppm.
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT

MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
LM3609 $46.79 LM3609RP $19.99 LM6616 $89.99 LM6616RP $6.59

229 SECTION WATER SECTION
QUALITY 229
Products / Products / Products Products / Products / Products
Test Kits
NITRATE, LOW LEVEL KIT PHOSPHATE KIT
DISSOLVED OXYGEN NITRITE

This kit provides an inexpensive alternative to a dissolved oxygen meter. This is an intermediate compound formed in the oxidation (nitrification)
Testing takes 5 minutes. 0 to 10 ppm. process of ammonia becoming nitrate. Nitrite can become toxic in recirculating
systems. Nitrites interfere with the ability of the fish's blood to take up oxygen
(levels as low as 0.2 ppm can cause "Brown Blood" problems with catfish).
Testing takes 5 minutes. Range: 0.05 to 0.8 ppm.
LM5860 $51.99 LM5860RP $31.59
HARDNESS
LM3352 $83.09 LM3352RP $25.89
The total hardness of water generally represents the total concentration of
dissolved calcium and magnesium ions. Although closely related to alkalinity
and the buffering capacity of water, high alkalinity may not always indicate PH
high hardness. Hard waters (above 150 ppm) are generally more productive This is a measure of hydrogen ion concentration, or more simply, whether the
for fish than soft waters. The typical range for aquaculture is 50 to 200 ppm. solution is acidic or basic. Units 0 to 6.9 are referred to as acid or acidic.
Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 200 ppm. Units of 7.1 to 14 are considered basic and pH 7.0 is neutral. Takes 2 minutes.
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT Range: 5.0 to 10.0; LM2159-01 range: 7.7 to 8.4 (Cresol Red).
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT
LM4482 $44.59 LM4482RP $18.69 MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
LM3353 FW $48.89 LM3353RP $6.69
IRON
LM2159-01 SW 63.49 LM2159-01RP 14.79
Well water often contains high concentrations of ferrous iron (iron in solution).
Concentrations as low as 0.2 ppm can be harmful to certain species of fish.
To remove iron, aerate the water and then settle or filter out the resulting
orange iron oxide particles. Testing takes two minutes. Range: 0.05 to 1 ppm. PHOSPHATE
Phosphates enter water supplies from wastewater treatment, sewage,
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT soil runoff, fish foods, etc. Although necessary for biological processes,
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH too much phosphate may cause excessive growth of algae and plants.
LM7787 $98.29 LM7787RP $19.99 Testing takes 5 minutes. For fresh and salt water. Range: 0 to 2.0 ppm.
NITRATE, LOW LEVEL MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
This is the final nitrogen product formed by bacterial oxidation of ammonia.
LM3121-02 $88.99 LM3121-02RP $23.99
Although it is not usually considered a threat to freshwater fish, it is a plant
nutrient and can harm marine invertebrates. Testing takes 12 minutes.
Range: 0.25 to 10 ppm. SALINITY TITRATION
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT For measuring both low and high salinity levels in ponds, recirculating systems,
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH brackish waters, etc. Testing takes 5 minutes. 0 to 20 ppt (parts per thousand)
in 0.4 increments.
LM3319 HAZMAT A $74.59 LM3319RP HAZMAT A $30.29
LM3354 56.49 LM3354RP 20.59
LM7459 $62.29 LM7459RP $37.69
SULFIDE
For measuring hydrogen sulfide (toxic to fish), the most common form of
sulfide. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 20 ppm.
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.
® LM3322 $58.49 LM3322RP $23.59

230 SECTION
CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
PRODUCTS
232 Point Four RIU3
234 Point Four PLCs
235 Point Four LC3
236 Point Four Cloud Monitoring Platform
238 Point Four Transport System
239 Oxyguard Systems
242 pH / ORP Controllers
243 Alarms

PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS
POINT FOUR™ MONITORS & CONTROLLERS
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is committed to innovation, technology and design solutions
for every aspect of aquatic systems, from commercial aquaculture to large-scale aquariums
to lake and pond management. To maintain and ensure the balance of these complex
environments, Pentair’s range of Point Four™ monitoring and controlling equipment gives you
the peace of mind to know your investment is in good hands. From energy-efficient drum
filter control to remote monitoring of recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS),
Point Four monitors and controllers have you covered.
Whether you’re in need of design services for monitoring and controlling a new operation,
or compatible technology and support for an existing site, we will provide the expertise and
equipment to address your specific needs.
With a world-class team of designers, engineers, biologists and technicians backed by the
global resources of Pentair, we’re here to ensure your success.
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS
POINT FOUR™ RIU3 REMOTE POINT FOUR™ CONTROLLERS AND POINT FOUR™ LC3 CENTRAL POINT FOUR™ CLOUD MONITORING
WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER MONITORS CAPABILITIES MONITOR/CONTROLLER PLATFORM
Page 232-233 Page 234 Page 235 Page 236-237
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS

POINT FOUR™ TS LIVE FISH POINT FOUR™ TRACKER PORTABLE POINT FOUR™ TGP TRANSMITTER
TRANSPORT SYSTEM TGP METER Page 203
Page 238 Page 202

232 CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
Point Four RIU3
POINT FOUR™ RIU3 REMOTE WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER

The Point Four RIU3 (Remote Interface Unit) offers a host of features suited to The RIU3 will accept multiple input types (4-20mA/ 0 -5 V/ Modbus RS485)
our customers’ detailed requirements for continuous monitoring & control of and contains 2 SPDT 4amp relays which can be setup for up to six control
water parameters.The RIU3 functions as either a stand-alone field mounted blocks. Control blocks are configured directly via the keypad, or through a PC
transmitter/controller, or can be daisy chained t o create a multi-linked using a computer connection cable; allowing users to setup local control and
network connection, supporting up to 40 units. configure alarm conditions
An unlimited amount of multi-linked network con nections can be made A key feature of the RIU3 is tank side probe calibration, which is easily
allowing for a scalable system from small hatchery operations to large RAS performed using the weatherproof 4 button keypad. Probe calibration can
systems. Users can collect, manipulate and control all of their data via the now be done by just one operator, allowing the user to service the probe and
Point Four RIU3 Controller, Point Four LC3 To uch Controller or with a adjust values all at the same probe location.
computer using Point Four Sync HMI Software (windows based).
Single Controller
Multi-Link
REAL VNC
REMOTE ACCESS REMOTE VIEW CLOUD
(VIRTUAL NETWORK COMPUTING) Relay #1
DEVICES CONNECTIVITY
Control
System Alarm Light
Relay #2
Control
Flowmeter Manifold
POINT FOUR LC3
Probe
POINT FOUR POINT FOUR POINT FOUR

RIU3 RIU3 RIU3
Power
PC
Data Link
SENSE
CONTROL
ALARM

CONTROLLERS/MONITORS 233
Point Four RIU3
SYSTEM SPECS
POWER 12-24VDC, 120mA SENSOR POWER Onboard isolated 24VDC loop power supply DISPLAY 8x2 Character, Large Font, LCD Backlit
(optional)
INPUT 2 Sensor Input (user selectable): OUTPUT ALARM Two SPDT 4 Amp relay-user configurable, CONTROL Two relay outputs with selectable control band,
1 Probe input (optically isolated) LCD/LED Alarm Indicator OUTPUT ON/OFF function
(4-20mA /0 -5V/ Modbus RS485) & Modbus RTU RS485 communication port,
1 Aux input (optically isolated ) for Temp or Bp Network addressable 1-99.
ENVIRONMENTAL NEMA 4X/IP65, Sealed Cable Glands TEMPERATURE -5 °C to +60 °C, - Operation RELATIVE 5% to 85% RH at up to +40 °C - Operation
-10 °C to +60 °C, - Storage HUMIDITY 5% to 40% RH above +40 °C up to +60 °C - Storage
ALTITUDE Up to 3,000 m ( 10,000 ft ) - DIMENSIONS 125mm x 145mm x 75mm WEIGHT 457 grams [1 lb]
Operation/Storage [ 4.9” x 5.7” x 3” ]
ACCESSORIES Wall Mount Bracket/Weather Shield EXPANSION PORT Onboard Data Logging Capability
VARIOUS SENSOR INPUT TYPES:
Oxygen, Temperature, Bp, pH/ORP, Salinity, TGP, Optical DO

Stand Alone RIU3 Units (RIU3/Probe/Power Supply) 2 RELAY OUTPUTS:
MODEL EACH
1SSS6011 RIU3 WT DO/TEMP 7M PWR AD. $1,172.00 Alerting Alarm Conditions via Light, Siren or SMS and Dosing
Oxygen or Controlling Blowers
1SSS6011B RIU3 WT DO/TEMP 15M PWR AD. 1,265.00
1SSS6011C RIU3 WT DO/TEMP 25M PWR AD. 1,316.00
1SSS6012 RIU3 WT DO PROBE %SAT 3M PWR AD. 1,205.00
1SSS6013 RIU3 WT DO PROBE MG/L 3M PWR AD. 1,208.00
1SSS6014 RIU3 WT RDO OPTICAL DO 10M PWR AD. 3,140.00
1SSS6016 RIU3 WT TGP PROBE 5M PWR AD. 1,210.00
1SSS6017 RIU3 WT ORP PROBE 6M PWR AD. 1,312.00
1SSS6018 RIU3 WT PH 800 PROBE 20FT PWR AD. 1,199.00
1SSS6019 RIU3 W/SALINITY MEASURE-SIGNET COND 10 CELL TEMP 2,552.00
RIU3 + DO/Temp Probe(s) on PVC Panel wt or wo Solenoid Valve(s) and Flow Meter(s)
MODEL EACH
1SSS6020 RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 15LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC $1,579.00
1SSS6021 RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 3.5LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC 2,333.00
1SSS6022 RIU3 W/DO/T 15M CABLE, 15LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC 2,063.00
1SSS6031 1 RIU3 WT DO/T 7M PVC PLATE 1,254.00
RIU3 + DO/Temp Probe(s) in Enclosure wt or wo Solenoid Valve(s) and Flow Meter(s)

MODEL EACH
1SSS6040 RIU3 WT DO/T 7M ENCLOSURE $1,471.00
1SSS6050 RIU3 DO/T 7M ENCL 15LPM FM 24VDC SV 1,837.00
1SSS6054 2 RIU3 DO/T 7M ENCL 15LPM FM 24VDC SV 3,464.00
1SSA028 PC DATA CABLE AND SOFTWARE 78.79
CALL FOR ADDITIONAL
CONFIGURATION OPTIONS

SECTION
Products
Point Four/ PLCs
Products / Products
CUSTOMIZED CONTROLLERS FROM A RANGE OF CAPABILITIES

PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS There are several customizable systems and a wide-array of sensors that we
have applied to project installs in the past; including temperature, oxygen,
No two aquatic applications are the same; and over the years, we’ve found
and carbon dioxide sensors, as well as safety sensors to prevent floods or
that every real-world application has a unique set of needs. That’s why
leaks. We can offer controllers for Commercial Aquaculture production that
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems offers a variety of controller solutions that
have the capability to manage pH dosing; altering the pH levels in the water
deliver a wide-range of capabilities for monitoring and control of your
automatically. Aquariums and zoos can use a customized Pentair Aquatic
specific system needs. Our custom-configured controller systems provide
Eco-Systems controller equipped with wind speed sensors. During periods
unparalleled visibility of your aquatic facilities’ unique parameters;
of high wind, the controller can engage a variable frequency drive to attenuate
along with the ability to monitor and control a nearly limitless number
the pump’s flow rate to prevent unwanted waterfall or fountain overspray.
of system attributes and features.
Our systems can also employ water level sensors to avoid spillover events in
sensitive laboratory environments. We’ve even customized systems to allow
CONTROLLERS THAT MEET YOUR NEEDS users to control pump flow rate and oxygen dosing levels during periods of
fish feeding to help prevent uneaten feed from being drawn into the filters;
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems employs a full-time team of pioneering
preventing costly waste and reducing unwanted filter fouling.
engineers in our New Product Development (NPD) department. In order
to meet our customer’s needs, our New Product Development team works
through a detailed process which takes into account the needs of the Additionally, our controllers offer many ways to access system data, even if
end-user; determining how those needs can be met by a custom-configured you are not physically on site or in the lab. Remote text message capabilities
controller solution. can be set to provide reports or updates about the system to ensure things are
running smoothly. While travelling, use your smartphone, laptop or tablet to
display real-time system values, providing system data anytime from anywhere.
HOW THE PROCESS WORKS In summary, if you can dream it; we can build it.
The process starts with our highly-trained sales representatives, who work
directly with customers to determine what’s needed for a particular POST-INSTALL SUPPORT
application. Do you need to measure dissolved oxygen in the water, and control
supplemental oxygen dosing if the level drops below a user-defined threshold? Once installed, our NPD team has the ability to do “live tweaks” to your system
No problem… Do you want to have a touch screen that shows the flow rate, water remotely and can adjust controls or sensors from an App located on a cellular
temperature and salinity for each tank in your system? We can do that! What device. Our global field service team can also provide in-person support for
about sending you a text message or email if an alarm triggers a water leak ongoing system maintenance and upgrades… In short, we understand the
when you’re not on site? No problem… commitment required to provide top-notch service and support, and we are
here when you need us.
WHAT CAN WE DO FOR YOU?

CREATING SUCCESS…TOGETHER
To put it simply; our highly-skilled team can combine sensors, relays,
programmable logic controllers, touch screens, wireless systems and Prepared to work with you to create monitoring and control systems that solve
computers to provide a comprehensive overview of any number of system challenges and create opportunities. Contact us today to determine how our
parameter that you desire; along with the ability to manipulate and change specialized capabilities in the area of monitoring and control can meet the
those parameters in real time. The possibilities are limitless, and the process unique needs of your facility.
starts as we work with you to determine which specific attributes of your
system need to be monitored/controlled in order to allow the facility to
operate in a stable, reliable manner.
TAILOR MADE SYSTEMS

As we work to understand the unique needs of your system and your specific
operational goals, we’ll define the monitoring and control parameters by
establishing a documented ‘Theory of Operation.’ This is a detailed set of
specifications and operational information that is defined by us and approved
by you. Once approved, the Theory of Operation is relayed to our Engineering
dept. For most solutions, we apply a layer of unique configuration and
customization to one of our existing field-proven controller platforms (ex. Point
Four™ C1210). Once we’ve outlined all the hardware and software, we’ll prepare
a detailed cost quote which is presented to you for approval. Upon approval,
our team gets to work assembling, programming and testing your tailor
made controller. All monitoring and control equipment produced in the Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems production facility is backed by UL508A certification for
the design and manufacturing of industrial control panels.
POINT FOUR C-SERIES
C150 C351 C570 C1210

SECTION 235
Products / Products
Point/ Products
Four LC3
POINT FOUR™ LC3 WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER

The Point Four LC3 has been fully redesigned with connectivity in mind,
allowing users full access to their system, from anywhere at any time - even
on the go!
We have expanded the capabilities of the LC3 with 2 screen size options 7”
and 10”. The LC3 10” allows users to create a system supporting up to 48
RIU3 inputs and allows more configuration options for direct digital and
analog input and output. Displaying, notifying and reacting to sensor data is
what the LC3 does best. Whether it’s triggering a low level water sensor
alarm for an individual pen, cycling oxygen diffusers or sending an email/
text message system alert warning to your smart phone; the Point Four LC3
is designed to keep your operations running smoothly & efficiently.
Users can collect, manipulate, or control their data locally via the LC3’s
clear and intuitive touch screen monitor or connect remotely using a smart
device or PC to access the built-in web-server.
Features
• Remote access compatible with a wide range of devices [Android™ platform,
iOS™ mobile digital device, OS X®, Linux and Windows® Operating Systems]
• Built-in web server allows control system access thru the internet via web
7” SCREEN 10” SCREEN browsers
• Automated data logging for all connected Point Four RIU3 controllers,
REAL VNC control devices, and sensors
REMOTE ACCESS REMOTE VIEW CLOUD • Communication options via Web Server
DEVICES (VIRTUAL NETWORK COMPUTING) CONNECTIVITY
• Auto dialer output
• Digital alarm output
• Send email and email to SMS functions (Short Message Service)
• FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
POINT FOUR LC3 • Remote System Access via VNC (Virtual Network Computing)
• Comprehensive Customer Support—Take advantage of our considerable
engineering expertise and thorough after-sales support. Remote support
allows troubleshooting and updates via the internet.
POINT FOUR POINT FOUR POINT FOUR SYSTEM SPECS

RIU3 RIU3 RIU3
VOLTAGE 110–230VAC or 24VDC
DISPLAY 7” (16:9) Touch Screen, LED Backlit / 800x480 (WVGA)
10” (4:3) Touch Screen, LED Backlit/800x600 (SVGA)
MAX RIU3 INPUTS 7” Model – 24 RIU3 Units
SENSE 10” Model – 48 RIU3 Units
CONTROL
ALARM DIGITAL OUTPUTS 2 (dedicated for Alarm Light + AutoDialer)
OPERATION TEMP -5ºC to 60ºC (32ºF to 140ºF)
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION INFORMATION AND PRICING
ENCLOSURE RATING NEMA 4x/IP66
TYPICAL UNIT DIMENSIONS 16” x 14” x 8.35”
Web Dashboard
Remote System Control

236 SECTION
Products
Point Four/ Cloud
Products
Monitoring
/ Products
Platform
POINT FOUR™ CLOUD MONITORING PLATFORM

Point Four is the secure, reliable and easy to use internet-based data Helps optimize operations by analyzing the data being monitored providing
monitoring cloud service. Provides a suite of features to compliment on site trend analysis and pattern recognition to support system optimization and
Point Four monitoring equipment. preventative maintenance strategies.
Whether you’re a site manager overseeing a single hatchery or a production Collaboration is possible with multiple users from various sites able to access
manager responsible for multiple operations you are covered. the same information. With real-time communications and instant updates
Access details of your operation in a reliable and data secure platform that built into the core, has everything you’ve always wanted and more.
provides a customizable interface suited to your reporting needs. The lightning fast interface has been designed to work across all smart phones
and computing devices with no software to install and page reloads.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• View multiple connected devices
from various locations (worldwide)
•W
orks on all smart phones and
computing devices with no software
to install and page reloads
•R
eceive system notifications & alerts
via Email/Text message
•C
ustomizable dashboards for viewing
and reporting data
Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4
Point Four Web Interface

SECTION 23708
Point Four
Products
Cloud/ Monitoring
Products / Products
Platform
KEY FEATURES
Map View
• Google Maps overview with location icons provide a system

status glance of site activity
• Site location markers change color to quickly indicate
system status
• V iew all site locations, share and collaborate with
multiple users
Dashboard
• Easily create custom dashboards with tables, charts,

live images, dials or graphs for specific parameters
• Include additional data sources to such as local weather, tide or
current for additional reporting
• Built in analytics provides trend analysis, pattern recognition,
and system optimization strategies + preventative maintenance
Security, Alarms And Analytics
• Secure data storage with the highest level of data security

• S et Alarm levels and receive Email/Text Notifications to
monitor values that are important to you
8
• User profiles & sharing permissions provide various system
control options

Point Four TS
POINT FOUR™ TS WATER MONITOR/

CONTROLLER TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Controlling and Monitoring Specifically Designed
Touch Screen Point Four Multi RIU Oxygen Control for Transportation
The Point Four TS (Transport System) utilizes
the Point Four MultiRIU, which has been
specifically designed for transportation. The
MultiRIU provides an input connection for 5 DO/
Temp probes to monitor oxygen and temperature
during live fish transport and an output for 5
Relays to actuate a solenoid value/flowmeter
assembly to automatically dose oxygen, based on
specific values set by the end user.
System parameters and settings are transmitted

wirelessly to a portable and weatherproof
Panasonic Tough Pad (IP65 Rated).
Complete functionality of the MultiRIU is quickly

and easily accessed via the TS System touch
screen, view data in the cab of the truck while
transporting, or walk around the vehicle with the
tablet to view and perform system inspections.
Large Easy To Read Touch Screen Display

Values are displayed in large bold type on a color
Typical Point Four TS Transport System configuration
touch screen that can be manipulated wearing
gloves or even in the rain! Users can choose
to view all parameters at once or alternatively
Trend Graphing System Features touch the corresponding screen to view single
parameter details.
Trend graphing per unit of measure.
Alarm and Control Set Points
The user can set optional alarm and control set
One touch system probe calibration. points (e.g. to add oxygen) for each channel/tank.
The control system interface is color coded to
Customizable display labels and color coding. indicate each channel’s alarm and control status.
An audible alarm can also be activated based on
certain conditions.
On the fly alarm control—system alarm light.
Data Logging
On-the-fly setpoint control—oxygen dosing levels. Users can data log system sensor values,
Vehicle Mounting Kit view real time trend graphs and export logged
data as a CSV/Excel format for additional
Data logging and printing. reporting. The logging rate is user selectable and
can be changed “on the fly” based on transport
conditions (e.g. every 3 seconds or every hour).
An optional printer is available to print logged
The TS system can easily be scaled to IN-HOUSE REPAIR values on demand.
include up to 4 MultiRIU units, to provide AND SERVICE AVAILABLE
monitoring and control up to 20 tanks CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
(20 probe inputs/20 relays outputs). Contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems INFORMATION AND PRICING
for more details.

Measuring, Monitoring and Control System
OXYGUARD COMMANDER AQUACULTURE

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Commander system provides fish farmers with MASTER BOX
state-of-the-art solutions to maximize security and
efficiency. The modular design allows you to start
with what you need and add components later,
ensuring that you extend the system’s life and
take advantage of new technology. With extensive
data logging functions that enable the fish to be
monitored from egg to table, Commander is a
complete measurement, monitoring and control
system that will meet the demands of your farm
for many years to come.
The Commander can control any water quality
parameter that can be measured and controlled,
including the ever-important dissolved oxygen.
Precise oxygen control means better feed
utilization and, in most cases, less oxygen
consumption. Not only can you eliminate spillage,
but you can also use the extensive data logging
functions to enable you to fine-tune your operation.
This will result in optimal feed use and—most
importantly—healthier fish.
The Commander’s oxygen probe has a nearly
unbreakable membrane, fast response time and
an exceptionally long life. It measures D.O. in
mg/L, % saturation and temperature, and is not
cross-sensitive to carbon dioxide. It has barometric
pressure compensation and automatic calibration.
Commander’s advanced controller functions,
including PID regulation, provide an unprecedented
precision of stability for important water A NEW CONCEPT FOR MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL
quality parameters. • Unsurpassed overview and security.
• Easy to optimize operation–both of daily production and strategic operation.
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING. • Add measurement and control anywhere, any time just plug a new unit into the data link.
• Access the system from anywhere.
If you’re in the field just connect a PC to the data link -
If you’re in the office just use the nearest PC - If you‘re farther
away use the internet.
• Only a single data cable for all signals right up to the point of measurement.
• Radio link for even more freedom and flexibility and it can run on
solar cells.
• Range of units for easy system construction just add a unit for more measurement and control.
• Easy integration with other systems link measurement and control with other functions - feeding
- illumination etc.
FIELD BUS
MASTER BOX
SWITCH
IP

Measuring, Monitoring and Control System
OXYGUARD® PACIFIC
The OxyGuard Pacific is a measuring, monitoring
and control system designed for use in fish farms.
It is both multichannel and multiparameter, and
forms a modular small-size complete system.
A member of the Commander series of equipment,
it can be used as a stand-alone system or as part of
a larger Commander system. An important feature
of Pacific is its extensive connection capabilities.
It has P-NET data bus for connection to other
Commander components, IP connection for LAN
or Internet, Profibus for use with other field bus
systems and two USB ports that can be used for a
number of purposes. It also has an SD card socket
for data interchange. An additional feature is the
option that enables Pacific to connect to an
OxyGuard wireless probe system, where the
various probes and other measuring, monitoring
and control devices interconnect using wireless
signals. Pacific brings the complete functionality
of Commander to small systems and to
installations where few measurements and
points of control are situated at large distances
from each other.

CABLES AND PROBES SOLD SEPARATELY
OxyGuard®is a registered trademark of Thermal Gas Systems, Inc.
OXYGUARD PROBE SPECS

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE Galvanic oxygen partial pressure cell, WEIGHT Probe alone 0.2 kg. Probe with 7m ACCURACY Depends on calibration and conditions.
self-polarizing, self temperature cable 0.5 kg. Typical better than +/-1% of value.
compensating.
TEMPERATURE Precision NTC CONNECTIONS 4 lead cable, standard cable length OUTPUT STABILITY In air at constant temperature stable to
= 7 m. within +/- 1% over 1 year.
DIMENSIONS Diameter = 58 mm, length = 59 mm. MEASUREMENT RANGE 0 to 20 mg/l (ppm)/ 0 to 200 % sat, ACCURACY, TEMPERATURE +/- 0.3°C.
higher on request. Temp. from 5°C.
OPERATING CONDITIONS 0 to 40°C, pressure to 2 bar. Higher on STORAGE TEMPERATURE -5 to +60°C.
request.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC MAIN UNIT SPECS

CONSTRUCTION ABS enclosure with touch-screen display OPERATING CONDITIONS -10 to +50°C. Max. 90% humidity MAIN UNIT OUTPUTS 4 on/off signals, 6 relays with potential
and alarm buzzer. noncondensing. Enclosure IP65. free changeover (SPDT) contacts.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT b x h x d: 295 x 280 x 150 mm, 1.2 kg. STORAGE CONDITIONS -10 to +60°. Max. 90% humidity DISPLAY 7” touch screen.
noncondensing.
SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION 15 to 33VDC. MAIN UNIT INPUTS Max 20 probes, 4 wired probes, others
wireless. 4 on/off signals.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC INPUT UNIT AND OUTPUT UNIT SPECS

CONSTRUCTION ABS enclosure. SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION 15 to 33VDC. VERSIONS Input unit for 8 probes, output unit with
8 relays, other as required.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT b x h: 295 x 280 mm. OPERATING CONDITIONS -10 to +50°C. Max. 90% humidity non-
condensing. Enclosure IP65.

Oxygen Meter
OXYGUARD® ATLANTIC OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Atlantic is an accurate, reliable and Anti-fouling cap the excess oxygen away. On the other hand, if D.O.
easy to use oxygen meter with features ideal for use levels are under 100%, then aeration is sensible.
The OxyGuard anti-fouling cap reduces membrane
in aquaculture and other facilities with individual, Atlantic can control both propellers and aerators.
fouling significantly. Membrane fouling changes
large ponds. It measures both dissolved oxygen and For example by aerating to high D.O. levels when
the sensitivity of the probe, and can otherwise be a
temperature and has 4 relay outputs. The dissolved the water is cool and the D.O. less than 100% sat,
problem in warm salt or brackish water.
oxygen measurement is compensated for then maintaining circulation when the water warms
atmospheric pressure, which permits accurate Probe cleaner control and the oxygen level is pushed over 100%.
control of aerators. The user can link set points
to parameters as desired. Set points can then be The OxyGuard probe cleaner uses compressed air,
linked to output relays. It is also possible to link and has proved very effective. You can use a timer
and relay in Atlantic to control the compressed air, CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
set points together. This permits, for example,
an aerator to be started both from a D.O. set point and a second timer to “freeze” the output
and a temperature set point. while cleaning.
mg/L (ppm), % saturation and °C Automatic calibration

Atlantic has a barometric pressure sensor, Calibration with Atlantic is easy. Just wipe the
and the probe incorporates a temperature sensor. membrane, place the probe in the air and start
This gives you correct values of dissolved oxygen the process.
in both mg/L and % saturation. Aerator control saves energy
Safety first You can save energy by letting Atlantic control
Atlantic has 4 relay outputs and 8 set points. There your aerators automatically. They will then only
will always be at least one relay output that can be run when more oxygen is needed. If you also use
used to give alarm if the oxygen level goes too low aerators for temperature control you can logically
or the temperature too high. And since Atlantic link a temperature setpoint and a D.O. setpoint so
measures both parameters and has logical linking that the aerator will run if the D.O. is too low or if
you only need to use one relay. the temperature is too high.
Timer functions Link aeration and circulation

Atlantic has 8 timers that can be used for a number If surface D.O. levels are very high—above 100%
of purposes. For example, alarm can be delayed sat—then it makes sense to start circulation
so that only a sustained fault results in alarm propellers to send some of this oxygen-rich water
being given. to lower levels. Starting aerators would only blow
OXYGUARD PROBE SPECS

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE Oxygen: Galvanic oxygen partial WEIGHT Probe alone 0.2 kg. ACCURACY Depends on calibration and conditions.
pressure cell, self-polarizing, Probe with 7m cable 0.5 kg. Typical better than +/-1% of value.
self-temperature compensating.
TEMPERATURE Precision NTC CONNECTIONS Cable, 4 lead, OUTPUT STABILITY In air at constant temperature stable
standard cable length = 7 m. to within +/-1% over 1 year.
DIMENSIONS Diameter = 58 mm, length = 59 mm. MEASUREMENT RANGE 0 to 20 mg/L (ppm)/0 to 200% sat, ACCURACY, TEMPERATURE +/- 0.3°C.
higher on request. Temp. from -5°C.
OPERATING CONDITIONS 0 to 40°C, pressure to 2 bar. STORAGE TEMPERATURE -5 to +60°C.
Higher on request.
ATLANTIC TRANSMITTER SPECS

CONSTRUCTION ABS enclosure with display, indicators, STORAGE CONDITIONS -10 to +60°. Max. 90% humidity ANALOGUE OUTPUT 4-20 mA. Max. load 820 ohm (total).
pushbuttons and alarm buzzer. non-condensing. User selectable range & parameter. Fully
galvanically isolated from all inputs.
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT 213 x 185 x 95 mm, 1.2 kg. MEASUREMENT INPUTS From probe: mV oxygen signal, DISPLAY Graphical LCD with backlight. Max 4
resistance temperature signal. figures, 2 decimals, 13 mm height.
Scaleable ranges.
SUPPLY & CONSUMPTION 230VAC, 115VAC +/-10% or 9 to 36VDC. LOGICAL FUNCTIONS Direct, inverted, multiply. With “and” ALARMS 8, variable hysteresis about set point.
10 W. Specify when ordering. and “not and” linking. Selectable parameter, values & linking.
OPERATING CONDITIONS -10 to +50°C. Max. 90% humidity COMPENSATION INPUT 4-20 mA. Scaleable. Max voltage PARAMETERS mg/L (ppm); % sat; % vol; mbar O2,
non-condensing. Enclosure IP65. drop 5V at 20 mA. temperature. Can be scaled and linked.
RELAY OUTPUTS: 4, with potential free changeover CONVERSION ACCURACY To display and analogue TIMERS 8, from 1 second to 999999 seconds
(SPDT) contacts. Selectable mode (direct output < +/- 0.1%. (11 days). Selectable period, duty cycle
or inverted), and linking to parameter or Non-linearity and repeatability and offset. Can activate or be activated
logical argument. typically < +/- 0.1% of actual value. by alarm. Can freeze the output.
Max load 200VA or 1A AC, recommended Can activate relays. Can be reset
max 24 VAC (abs. max 250 VAC). from front panel.
2A at 24 VDC.

pH/ORP Controllers
PH/CO2 CONTROLLER
Automate CO2 dosing to ensure your plants get
the right amount for respiration. Just plug a 115V
solenoid valve (not included) into the socket
supplied for dosing and your CO2 supply to the
solenoid. The included pH electrode measures
0 to 14 pH (± .2 pH accuracy) and has manual
2-point calibration. Controller has a set point
range of 5.5 to 9.5 pH and a visual LED alarm that
activates when the reading goes above the set
point. Uses a 115V/60 Hz to 12VDC adapter
(included) and measures 31/4" x 51/2" x 11/2".
Two-year warranty on the base unit, six months
on the probe. Ship weight is 2 lbs.
MODEL EACH
MC122 PH/CO2 SMART CONTROLLER $138.39
MC122 SM911 REPL. PH PROBE 44.09
CAL7 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 7.0 13.99
CAL4 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 4.01 13.99
2-YEAR WARRANTY CAL10 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 10.0 13.99
ORP CONTROLLER
Plug an ozone generator into this Smart
controller’s power socket, and it will dose until
it determines that the ORP set point is reached.
Simply dial the set point from 0 to 600 mV. The
controller will automatically switch on again if the
ORP value falls above or below (user selected) the
set point, and a visual LED alarm will activate while
the reading is low. Controller can measure ±1,000
mV (±5 mV accuracy). ORP electrode and 115V/60
Hz to 12VDC adapter are included. Two-year
warranty on the base unit, six months on the probe.
Ship weight is 3 lbs.
MODEL EACH
MC510 ORP CONTROLLER $155.89
MC510
SM921 REPL. ORP PROBE 47.29
7021 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 240 MV 28.39
7022 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 470 MV 26.29 2-YEAR WARRANTY

Alarms
AUTO DIALER ALARM SYSTEMS

Sensaphone® alarms pay for themselves by preventing disasters and reducing
man-hours. Built-in microphone monitors sound—call at any time and listen in
from a remote location. Units call you when there is a problem and speak in
plain English. Use your regular phone line (separate line not needed). They
recognize and bypass all answering machines and continue dialing until they
contact a person. Auto shut-down after the 16th attempt (four phone numbers,
four dial attempts on rotation—up to 255 attempts). A200 can contact up to
eight people. One-year warranty.
Important Features
• Continues dialing numbers in sequence for 16–255 attempts
• Most sensors can be mounted up to 150 feet away with 18–22 gauge wire
• Can dial out to beepers and pagers
• Backup battery condition monitor
A2
• Built-in clock
• Programmable security code access
• Variable AC power failure alarm
• Compatible with cellular telephones (for dialing out) equipped with an RJ11
telephone jack
AUTO DIALER ALARM ACCESSORIES

Mount these sensors up to 150 feet away from the auto dialer!
A2B Water Detection Sensor: Set on the floor to alert if flooding occurs. Small
sensors on bottom of unit will send a signal if water is detected.
A2C Magnetic Reed Switch: Install on doors, windows, etc. Will cause dial-out A2C A2B
when contacts are opened.
AT5 Remote Temperature Probe: Measures water or air temperature up to 50'
from unit. Triggers a dial-out when temperature passes high and low
set limits. 50' of PTFE-jacketed cable included. Weighs 0.02 lb.
A3 Remote Temperature Sensor: Monitors room temperature. Simply attach to
a wall and run wire (not included) to a terminal. Triggers dial-out if temperature
passes high or low set limits. Can also be used under water if wire connections
are thoroughly sealed. Can be used with up to 150' of cable. Weighs 0.2 lb.
A2S Smoke Detector: 115VAC photoelectric smoke alarm (85 dB) with two sets A3B
of alarm contacts. 5" diameter, 2.5" H. Weighs 0.5 lb.
A3B Passive Infrared Motion Detector: Can detect movement within a facility to
determine unauthorized entry. Weighs 0.4 lb.
AT5
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
A2 MAX OF 4 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING 3 $497.69
A200 MAX OF 8 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING 5 748.69
ALL COMPONENTS SOLD SEPARATELY
A2B* WATER DETECTION SENSOR 118.09
A2C* MAGNETIC REED SWITCH 14.69
AT5 REMOTE TEMPERATURE PROBE 81.89
A3* REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR 31.49
A2S SMOKE DETECTOR 81.89
A3B* PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR 112.19
A3C* HUMIDISTAT 43.09
*Wires or cables not included. Use 18–22 gauge wire.
Sensaphone® is a registered trademark of Phonetics, Inc.

244 SECTION 244
HEATERS/CHILLERS
PRODUCTS
245 Immersion Heaters
247 Temperature Controls & Protectors
248 Submersible Heaters/Controllers
249 In-Line Heaters
251 Heat Pumps
252 Heat Exchanger
253 Heat/Cool Pumps
255 Air-Cooled Water Chillers
256 In-Line Chillers
257 Air Cooled Coil Water Chillers
258 Air Cooled & Aquarium Chillers
259 Water Cooled Chillers
260 Chiller Barrel Packages

HEATERS 245
PTC Immersion Heaters
PTC (POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT) IMMERSION HEATERS

SmartOne® Electric Immersion Heaters utilize Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) semiconductors as the heating element. They
are “self-limiting” - the maximum temperature is internally limited regardless of the operating conditions thereby providing built-in
safety. As the PTC elements heat up, their resistance to electrical current increases. In the aquaculture industry, a common threat to
heater life is buildup in waters with dense solids resulting in overheat conditions. Since these conditions will not cause the SmartOne®
to overheat, it will last significantly longer than a traditional heater (periodic cleaning is still recommended). The maximum output
temperature is below the ignition point of most plastic tanks so overheat damage is prevented if the element is operated in air or
becomes covered with buildup.
The EASYPLUG™ PTC heaters offer simple, easy plug-in installation; simply mount the heater, plug it into the control, and plug the
control into a wall receptacle. Stainless steel models for fresh water, titanium models for salt water. Controls sold separately.
One-year warranty.
SMARTONE® EASYPLUG™ PTC HEATERS

SmartOne® EasyPlug™ METAL OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)
SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 7” 11” 7 S1H10 $237.29 S1H10T $285.59
1000 230 1 7” 11” 7 S1H11 237.29 S1H11T 285.59
1700 115 1 12” 17” 10 S1H17 292.99 S1H17T 349.69 LENGTH
1700 230 1 12” 17” 10 S1H18 292.99 S1H18T 349.69 HOT
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified. ZONE
SmartOne® EasyPlug™ AXIAL FLEXIBLE CORD METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)
HORIZONTAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
1000 115 1 6” 14” 6 S1A10 $408.49 S1A10T $505.09 HORIZONTAL LENGTH
1000 230 1 6” 14” 6 S1A11 388.99 S1A11T 505.09
1700 115 1 10” 18” 8 S1A17 460.99 S1A17T 564.89
1700 230 1 10” 18” 8 S1A18 460.99 S1A18T 537.99
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SmartOne® EasyPlug™ 90° FLEXIBLE CORD METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)
HORIZONTAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
1000 115 1 6” 12” 7 S1L10 $509.29 S1L10T $565.99
1000 230 1 6” 12” 7 S1L11 484.99 S1L11T 565.99
1700 115 1 14” 16” 10 S1L17 568.99 S1L17T 655.19
1700 230 1 14” 16” 10 S1L18 568.99 S1L18T 623.99
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified. HORIZONTAL LENGTH
EasyPlug™
DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS*
MODEL VOLTS PHASE MAX AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
DRAE15-1 115 1 15 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) 3 $236.29
DRAE15-2 230 1 8 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) 3 323.39
DRAE8L REPLACEMENT SENSOR 66.19
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor and 5½’ flexible power cord with plug. For indoor use only. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SMARTONE® PTC HEATERS

SmartOne® S1 SERIES, METAL OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS* (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
3000 230 1 18” 23” 11 S1H30 $368.99 S1H30T $446.29
4000 230 1 24” 29” 13 S1H40 467.29 S1H40T 570.19 LENGTH
5000 230 1 30” 35” 15 S1H50 556.49 S1H50T 677.29 HOT
ZONE
*Includes 3’ of wire and conduit. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SmartOne® S1L SERIES, METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH LENGTH LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
3000 230 1 18” 23” 11 S1L30 $503.99 S1L30T $660.49
4000 230 1 24” 29” 13 S1L40 606.89 S1L40T 740.29
5000 230 1 30” 35” 15 S1L50 691.99 S1L50T 858.89
*Includes 3’ of wire and conduit. cULus Listed and CE Certified. HORIZONTAL LENGTH
SmartOne® and EasyPlug™ are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Tom Richards, Inc. DBA Process Technology.
246 HEATERS
Resistance Immersion Heaters
RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS

The EASYPLUG™ Resistance Immersion heaters offer simple, easy plug-in installation for aquaculture applications. To install, simply
mount the heater, plug it into the control, and plug the control into a wall receptacle. Heaters come standard with the Protector 1
over-temperature control system which utilizes a heat sensitive thermal protector to detect overheat conditions. The thermal protector,
placed inside a thermowell and positioned in contact with the heater sheath, will stop power to the heater in the event of low liquid level.
Heaters and controls are UL-listed and CE-certified, and work with both 50/60Hz.
The Heavy-Duty Resistance Immersion heaters can handle almost any immersion water heater need and are perfect for automatic “set
it and leave it” applications. Choose type 316 stainless steel for freshwater applications and titanium for salt water. Titanium offers the
utmost in salt water corrosion resistance. The bottom heaters locate the hot zone along the bottom of your tank. The over the side
heaters are easily positioned on the side of the tank. Never allow the water level to drop below the hot zone dimension shown, as heater
failure and/or fire could occur (also, keep the hot zone clean of scale buildup).
Protector 1 is available on all models. Controls sold separately. One-year warranty.
EASYPLUG™ RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS

EasyPlug™ OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
MAX SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH AMPS HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 7” 11” 6 ESA10 $187.99 ETA10 $242.59 LENGTH
1000 230 1 4.2 7” 11” 6 ESA11 187.99 ETA11 242.59 HOT
1800 230 1 7.5 12” 17” 9 ESA19 209.99 ETA19 282.49 ZONE
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug and heater mounting clip. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
EasyPlug™ BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

MAX HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH AMPS LENGTH LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 11” 24” 8 ELSA10 $342.29 ELTA10 $471.49 VERTICAL
LENGTH
1000 230 1 4.2 11” 24” 8 ELSA11 342.29 ELTA11 471.49
1800 230 1 7.5 16” 24” 11 ELSA19 364.39 ELTA19 500.89
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
HEAVY-DUTY RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS
SINGLE TUBE OVER THE SIDE HEATERS* - SA & TA SERIES (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
MAX SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH AMPS HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 7” 11” 5 H10-AQ $151.19 H10T $205.79
1000 230 1 4.2 7” 11” 5 H11 151.19 H11T 205.79
1800 115 1 15.0 12” 17” 8 H18** 173.29 H18T** 245.69
1800 230 1 7.5 12” 17” 8 H19 173.29 H19T 245.69
2500 230 1 10.4 17” 23” 10 H25 191.09 H25T 292.99
LENGTH
3500 230 1 14.6 23” 29” 13 H35** 205.79 H35T** 340.19 HOT
5000 230 1 20.9 32” 39” 16 H50** 281.39 H50T** 438.89 ZONE
6000 230 1 25.0 40” 47” 19 H60** 301.39 H60T** 468.29
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord. ** 3’ of wire and conduit provided. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SINGLE TUBE BOTTOM HEATERS* - LSA & LTA SERIES (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
MAX HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH AMPS LENGTH LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 11” 24” 7 LH10-AQ $305.59 LH10T $434.69
1000 230 1 4.2 11” 24” 7 LH11 305.59 LH11T 434.69
1800 115 1 15.0 16” 24” 10 LH18** 327.59 LH18T** 464.09
1800 230 1 7.5 16” 24” 10 LH19 327.59 LH19T 464.09
VERTICAL
2500 230 1 10.4 21” 24” 12 LH25 339.19 LH25T 482.99
LENGTH
3500 230 1 14.6 27” 24” 15 LH35** 354.89 LH35T** 529.19
5000 230 1 20.9 36” 48” 18 LH50** 405.29 LH50T** 677.29
6000 230 1 25.0 44” 48” 21 LH60** 426.29 LH60T** 705.59
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord. ** 3’ of wire and conduit provided. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
HORIZONTAL LENGTH

HEATERS 247
Temperature Controls/Thermal Protectors
DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

The Digital Temperature Controls and Combination Controls provide an LCD temperature display that indicates both the set and actual
temperatures of the water, providing an extremely reliable and accurate temperature control for aquaculture heating systems. They
can be set to display °F or °C. All controls are manufactured with UL-listed components.
The Digital Combination Control consists of gasketed plastic enclosure, thermostat, contactor and replaceable Protector 1 thermal
protection. Models NA30DXA and NA50DXA include upgradeable Protector 2 resettable thermal protection.
Temperature Controller
NA15D NA30DX NA50DX

EasyPlug™
LCD DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS* H10
MAX D W H SHIP WT. X
H10T
MODEL VOLTS PHASE AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE ACCURACY (IN) (IN) (IN) (LBS) EACH
H11
DRAE15-1 115 1 15 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 2.5 2.6 7.5 3 $236.29 X X
H11T
DRAE15-2 230 1 8 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 2.5 2.6 7.5 3 323.39 H18
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor and 5½’ flexible power cord with plug. For indoor use only. cULus Listed and CE Certified. X
H18T
H19
X X
ECONOMICAL
LCD DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS* H19T
MAX D W H SHIP WT. H25
X X
MODEL VOLTS PHASE AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE ACCURACY (IN) (IN) (IN) (LBS) EACH H25T
NA15D 115 1 15 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 2.5 2.6 7.5 3 $157.49 H35
X X
NA8D 230 1 8 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 2.5 2.6 7.5 3 157.49 H35T
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor. For indoor use only. cULus Listed. H50
X X
H50T
H60
LCD DIGITAL COMBINATION CONTROLS W/PROTECTOR 1 THERMAL PROTECTION*
H60T
X X
Heaters
MAX D W H SHIP WT. LH10
MODEL VOLTS PHASE AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE ACCURACY (IN) (IN) (IN) (LBS) EACH X
LH10T
NA30D 115 1 30 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 15 $549.19 LH11
NA30DX 230 1 OR 3 30 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 15 614.29 X X
LH11T
NA50DX 230 1 OR 3 50 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 16 645.79 LH18
X
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor. For indoor use only. cULus Listed. LH18T
LH19
X X
LH19T
LCD DIGITAL COMBINATION CONTROLS W/PROTECTOR 2 THERMAL PROTECTION*
LH25
X X
MAX D W H SHIP WT. LH25T
MODEL VOLTS PHASE AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE ACCURACY (IN) (IN) (IN) (LBS) EACH LH35
X X
NA30DXA 230 1 OR 3 30 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 15 $706.69 LH35T
NA50DXA 230 1 OR 3 50 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 16 738.19 LH50
X X
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor. For indoor use only. cULus Listed. LH50T
LH60
MODEL EACH X X
LH60T
DRAE8L REPLACEMENT SENSOR FOR ALL THERMOSTATS AND COMBINATION CONTROLS $66.19
REPLACEMENT HEATER THERMAL PROTECTORS

Protector 1 is standard on all heaters, including EasyPlug™. It consists of a temperature sensitive protector installed in the heater
which will shut down electricity (usually from low water level) to the heater element. Once activated, the protector must be replaced to
restore power to the heater, so keep a spare one on hand.
Protector 2 is an upgraded safety option that includes an audible alarm and manual reset button. During periods of high heater
temperature or low water levels, an alarm will sound and electricity to the heater will be disconnected. The manual reset button will
deactivate the alarm and reconnect electricity to the heater. Repeated alarm conditions may eventually cause the protector to fail,
which will disconnect power. Restoring power will require a replacement protector. Both the control and heater need to be ordered with
Protector 2. PROTECTOR 1
MODEL EACH
PROTECTOR 1 REPLACEMENT
PTP1-A REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS $43.09
PLI REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR BOTTOM HEATERS 53.59
PROTECTOR 2 (OPTIONAL UPGRADE)

PTP2 RESETTABLE ELEMENT FOR OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS $43.09
PLII RESETTABLE ELEMENT FOR BOTTOM HEATERS 53.59 PROTECTOR 2

248 HEATERS
Submersible Heaters/Controllers
SUBMERSIBLE HEATERS FW SW TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS

These Hydor® Theo heaters are the safest Aqua Logic® digital temperature controllers can be used in a variety of
submersible heaters we could find in the market applications where a device needs to be turned on/off based on temperature
today. They are completely submersible, UL-approved, rise or fall. A three-button touch keypad selects °F or °C, set point temperature,
salt water compatible and shatterproof. Instead of differential and operating mode (heating or cooling). NEMA 4X, rated for
the typical metal element in a breakable glass tube, outdoor use.
these heaters utilize a polymer sheet that uniformly Temperature range for the controller is from -30 to 220°F (-22 to 105°C).
heats a shatterproof glass tube. The differential adjustment range is 1 to 30°F. Power cord lengths are 40” (1 m)
The temperature is controlled and maintained each. The temperature sensor probe is encased in titanium and has an 8’ cable.
by a highly precise micro-switch controller,
adjustable from 70 to 89ºF. Heaters are 115V/ Single stage controllers operate one device, either a chiller (1/2 hp and smaller)
60 Hz with a 6’ cord. One-year warranty. or a heater (1,000 watts or smaller). Dual stage controllers can be connected to
both a chiller (1/2 hp and smaller) and heater (500 watts and smaller).
Dual stage controllers will only allow one device to be “on” at a time.
Example: stage 1 heating set point at 74°F with 1°F differential will have
T11102 the heater come on when the temperature drops to below 73°F, then turn
off at 74°F. One-year warranty.
MODEL WATTS LENGTH EACH 4+

T11702 25 8.9" $20.19 $19.18 Sensor
T11102 50 7" 21.49 20.42
T11202 100 8.9" 22.89 21.75
T11602 150 12" 25.79 24.50 EC230R
T11302 200 12" 26.79 25.45 TC11
T11402 300 15.5" 30.19 28.68

T11502 400 15.5" 32.09 30.49
Hydor® is a registered trademark of Hydor S.R.L. LLC.
VOLTS/ SHIP WT
MODEL AMP (LBS) EACH
Heating Tip TC11 CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE 115/10 2 $128.99

Use several small heaters in place of one large (expensive) heater. Plug them into TC12 CONTROLLER, DUAL STAGE 115/8 3 198.99
two different circuits, in case one becomes overloaded. Always use GFCIs when
EC115R CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE 115/20 4 208.99
electricity is used in or near water.
EC230R CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE 230/15 4 208.99
TC11S REPL. SENSOR (FITS ALL) — 1 68.99
Aqua Logic® is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.


HEATERS 249
In-line Heaters
IN-LINE HEATERS
The Aqua Logic® in-line heaters are easy to install and available in both
stainless steel and titanium. Stainless steel models are excellent for a variety
of applications such as koi ponds and freshwater recirculating systems.
Titanium models are ideal for saltwater systems and hydroponic systems that
have nutrients in the water that would cause failure in stainless steel heaters.
Designed for indoor use or outdoors (if protected from the sun and direct
weather), these robust, durable heaters pack a lot of kilowatts into a very
compact package. CE approved.
•E
asy to set digital temperature controller °F or °C
•S
afety high limit switch to prevent overheating with manual reset
•R
eversible flow switch allowing water input from either direction
(1.5–4 kW models)
•F
loor or wall mount
316 Stainless Steel Models

SHIP WT
1.5–4kW models MODEL KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS L W H (LBS) EACH
SSIL1 1.5 115 1 13 23” 6” 8.5” 12 $649.99
SSIL2 2 115 1 17.4 23” 6” 8.5” 12 649.99
SSIL3 2 220 1 9 23” 6” 8.5” 12 649.99
Pure Titanium Models

SHIP WT
MODEL KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS L W H (LBS) EACH
TIL1 1.5 115 1 13 23” 6” 8.5” 12 $774.99
TIL2 2 115 1 17.4 23” 6” 8.5” 12 774.99
TIL3 2 220 1 9 23” 6” 8.5” 12 774.99
TIL4 3 220 1 13.6 23” 6” 8.5” 12 874.99
TIL5 4 220 1 18 23” 6” 8.5” 12 929.99
TILO6 6 220 1 28 23.5”
8”
8.75” 13 1,360.00
TILO7 6 220 3 16 23.5” 8.75” 14 1,740.00
8”
6–18kW models
TILO8 8 220 1 37 23.5” 8.75” 13 1,395.00
8”
TILO9 8 220 3 21 23.5” 8.75” 14 1,775.00
8”
TILO12 12 220 1 55 23.5” 8” 8.75” 13 1,580.00
TILO13 12 220 3 32 23.5” 8” 8.75” 13 2,000.00
TILO15 15 220 3 40 23.5” 8” 8.75” 13 2,035.00
TILO18 18 220 3 48 23.5” 8” 8.75” 13 2,070.00
Note: All three phase models use a delta configuration. Larger models available.
TECH TALK 55
How to Extend Heater Service Life

Heaters are, of course, hot! The very high heat on the skin of the heater causes dissolved minerals water. Place heater back into service. If an acid solution is not handy, use a steel wire brush to
like calcium to precipitate out of solution. The precipitant attaches itself to those hot spots, brush off the deposits. Be sure to clean the area where the small diameter tube rests behind the
insulating the heater casing from the cooling water. Heat that can’t get out builds up inside and, heater tube, as this area is especially vulnerable to deposit buildups. Care should be taken not to
if it gets hot enough, heater failure will occur. Always make sure the heater has a rapid flow of scratch, gouge or wear away the metal surface of the heater when using the brushing technique.
water over its hot zone. Never let the water get too low or let a crust build up on the casing
(this will void your warranty). In line heaters:
Heater life can be greatly extended by removing insulating deposits as soon as possible. In hard When installing an in line heater it is recommended that you plumb it so to have a bypass loop to isolate
water, inspect heaters for deposits once weekly initially and then as experience dictates. it making it easy to remove periodically for inspection without shutting down your system. Disconnect
It doesn’t take very much to cause a serious problem. power to the heater, let it cool, and disconnect from system at the unions. Mix a diluted bath of nitric
acid (rust remover), citric acid or other lime and scale deposit remover in a 5 gallon bucket. Be sure to
Direct immersion heaters: wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working with acid. Via a small submersible water pump in
the bucket circulate the solution thru the heater chamber for 10 - 15 minutes. Move pump to a bucket
To clean the heater, unplug the power and allow heater element to cool. Remove heater from the
of clean water and circulate thru the heater to rinse. Disconnect heater from pump and do a visual
water and treat with a diluted bath of nitric acid (rust remover), citric acid or other lime and scale
inspection by shining a flash light down both ends of the heater chamber. If it appears that calcium
deposit remover. Be sure to wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working with acid.
deposits are on the coils, repeat above process. If the buildup on the heater coils is organic, such as
The heater should only require this bath for several minutes. When the scale deposits begin
slime, use the same process above but with a dilute bleach solution (1 part bleach, 3 parts water).
breaking up or dissolving, remove the heater from the acid and wipe down with a cloth. Rinse with

250 HEATERS
In-Line Heaters
TYTAN ELECTRIC IN-LINE WATER HEATERS

Features and Benefits:
• Improved Process Results: Heated DI water improves cleaning effectiveness and reduces
rinse time in most processes.
• Cost Saving Design: >99% element efficiency contributes to low cost of ownership (COO)
and excellent return on investment (ROI).
• Outstanding Cleanliness: 100% titanium heating elements provide very clean performance
for precision cleaning applications.
• Reliable, Rugged Construction: Simple, heavy walled element construction for trouble
free operation and long life. Baffled element chambers enhance heat transfer efficiency.
• Outstanding Temperature Responsiveness and Stability: Excellent temperature accuracy
over a wide flow range can substantially improve process consistency.
• Fast/Easy Maintenance: Long-life element for minimal process down time. Designed for
easy service.
• Rapid Installation: Minimal facility requirements. Heater is factory tuned to your
specifications. Only power and plumbing connections required.
• Compact Configuration: Space saving design minimizes footprint requirements.
Wall mounted up to 72,000W. Floor mounted from 96,000W through 144,000W.
• Minimum Flow Rate is 1 gpm
SPECIFICATIONS Wall mounted
TEMPERATURE CONTROL PID MICROPROCESSOR BASED DIGITAL THERMOSTAT

TEMPERATURE ACCURACY + / - 1° F, DEPENDING ON OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRESSURE RATING 100 PSIG (OPERATING)
EFFICIENCY > 99%
WETTED SURFACES ALL TITANIUM STANDARD
STANDARD SAFETY • GROUNDED CONSTRUCTION • EMO EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON • FLUID
FEATURES: OVERTEMPERATURE DETECTION (J TYPE THERMOCOUPLE) • ELEMENT
OVERTEMPERATURE DETECTION (BI-METALLIC SNAP SWITCHES) • CONTROL FUSING
(PRIMARY AND SECONDARY) • FM APPROVED OVERTEMPERATURE LIMIT CONTROLLER
• GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (GFP)
HOUSING NEMA 1 RATED, POWDER COATED METAL ENCLOSURE
STANDARD CERTIFICATIONS cUL
Wall Mounted Models

IN/OUT SHIP WT 316 STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PHASE TEMP LIMIT (MNPT) W D H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
12,000 240 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 300 TY0122403S $10,229.00 TY0122403 $10,271.00
12,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 300 TY0124803S 10,229.00 TY0124803 10,271.00
18,000 240 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 300 TY0182403S 10,624.00 TY0182403 10,651.00
18,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 300 TY0184803S 10,624.00 TY0184803 10,651.00
24,000 240 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 300 TY0242403S 10,939.00 TY0242403 10,950.00
24,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 300 TY0244803S 10,939.00 TY0244803 10,950.00
36,000 240 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 338 TY0362403S 13,119.00 TY0362403 13,556.00
36,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 338 TY0364803S 11,044.00 TY0364803 11,579.00
48,000 240 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 338 TY0482403S 15,860.00 TY0482403 16,164.00
48,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 28.5” 13.5” 36.0” 338 TY0484803S 11,370.00 TY0484803 11,888.00
72,000 240 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 37.5” 13.5” 36.0” 350 TY0722403S 24,149.00 TY0722403 24,590.00
72,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 1” 37.5” 13.5” 36.0” 350 TY0724803S 19,095.00 TY0724803 14,776.00
Floor Mounted Models

96,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 2” 28.0” 17.0” 66.9” 570 TY0964803S 23,173.00 TY0964803 24,188.00
120,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 2” 28.0” 17.0” 66.9” 580 TY1204803S 24,158.00 TY1204803 25,657.00
144,000 480 3 194° F (90° C) 2” 28.0” 17.0” 66.9” 590 TY1444803S 28,507.00 TY1444803 30,330.00

HEATERS 251
Heat Pumps
AIR COOLED HEAT PUMPS FW SW

Aqua Logic® Delta Star® Air Cooled Heat Pumps automatically handle both
heating and cooling duties in fresh and saltwater applications. Titanium heat
Air Flow
exchangers mean you get the best in corrosion resistance. A properly sized
DSHP-4 and installed heat pump will provide stable, controlled water temperature.
Heat pumps include a dual stage digital temperature controller in a NEMA
4X-rated waterproof enclosure and will maintain water temperatures from
40–85ºF (5–29ºC). Controller will keep the temperature within 1° of the set
point in °F or °C. Heat pumps should be mounted indoors where air
temperatures stay above 55° F. One-year warranty.
Note: When in heating mode, place the unit in a drip pan that has a drain
H
connection as condensation can form a water puddle around the unit.
•H
eat or Chill with one unit
•F
resh or Saltwater use
•C
ompact Design
•Q
uiet Operation
W
L •D
ual Stage Digital Controller
•O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)
NOMINAL IN/OUT FLOW (GPM) AIR OUTLET SHIP WT

MODEL HP BTUH KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS (FPT) MIN-MAX (CFM) L W H (LBS.) EACH
DSHP-4 1/3 4,000 1.1 115 — 7.2 3/4" 10–20 260 221/2" 141/4" 14" 90 $1,829.00
DSHP-5 1/2 6,000 1.75 115 — 9.5 11/2" 12–25 350 24" 151/2" 16" 135 2,329.00
DSHP-6 1/2 6,000 1.75 230 1 4.8 11/2" 12–25 350 24" 151/2" 16" 135 2,329.00
DSHP-7 3/4 9,000 2.7 115 — 13 11/2" 15–30 590 24" 21" 15" 170 2,549.00
DSHP-8 3/4 9,000 2.7 230 1 7 11/2" 15–30 590 24" 21" 15" 170 2,549.00
DSHP-9 1 12,000 3.4 230 1 7.2 11/2" 20–35 610 27" 24" 15" 180 3,039.00
DSHP-10 11/2 21,000 6.1 230 1 10.5 11/2" 25–40 772 31" 26" 19" 225 4,729.00
Do not operate in heat mode below 55°F air temperature.

Delta Star® is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
TECH TALK 74
Heater Sizing Quick Heater Sizing Guide for Non-Flow-Through Calculation

If you are bringing water into your facility that must be heated, you can use an electric heater for It's difficult to simplify something that is complicated, but use this quick reference chart to
all or just a portion of your heating. For instance, you may use solar, waste heat or room heaters estimate the size of an electric heater.
first and use thermostatically controlled electric heaters as the final temperature control. A tank with 1,000 gallons is in a room that will stay around 60°F, and you want the water
To determine the approximate size heater to order, choose ONE of the three categories … then temperature to be 87°F. If 4 W per gallon are needed for every 9°F, then:
follow the calculation. DT = 27°, 27 ÷ 9 = 3, 3 x 4 W = 12 W per gallon, 12 W x 1,000 gallons = 12,000 W.
1. Recirculating
Assumes one large, uninsulated, uncovered fish tank plus one peripheral (such as a sand filter)
In a nonflowing system, heat is only lost to the surrounding air. The temperature difference and a pump with no extreme water/air interface (such as splash aerator or degassing tower).
between the ambient air and the water is the biggest factor. Also, the open area of the tank, the Minimize heater size and power use by insulating and covering.
amount of agitation and the heat loss through the tank walls should be considered. All external
pipes, filters, pumps, etc. will further cool the water. Follow the chart to keep the water at desired temperature, but if a few degrees of temperature
loss is tolerable during brief periods of cold weather, use that temperature on the chart.
For every 9°F (5°C) difference, there should be 4 W of heat per gallon (3.8 liters) of water.
Elevated, uninsulated tanks with a large amount of surface agitation, could require as much as For more accurate sizing, contact our technical department at 877-347-4788.
12 W per gallon per 9°F. For small glass aquariums use 8 W per gallon per 9°F. Tank Size Temperature Difference (°F)
2. Temperature Raising Only (gallons) 9° 13.5° 18° 22.5° 27°
Watts
Cool water is used to fill tanks, and the water needs to be warmed before the fish are added.
Time and ambient temperature will be considerations. For every 1,000 gallons (3,800 liters), 1,200 250 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000
W (1.2 kW) are needed to raise the temperature 10°F (6°C) in 24 hours (this assumes ambient 400 1,600 2,400 3,200 4,000 4,800
temp is the same as the water).
3. Flow-Through Heating 550 2,200 3,300 4,400 5,500 6,600
A flow-through system has cool water entering and warmed water leaving (this is very wasteful 700 2,800 4,200 5,600 7,000 8,400
and expensive without heat exchangers). Determine the maximum gallons per minute that you 850 3,400 5,100 6,800 8.500 10,200
expect and the greatest temperature difference.
1,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000
1,000 W (1 kW) will raise the temperature of 6 gallons of water (23 liters) 1°F (.55°C) per minute.
Example: 6 gpm with a 10°F difference = 10 kW. Round up when in between wattages.

252 HEATERS
Heat Exchanger
WATER TO WATER HEAT EXCHANGER PACKAGES

Aqua Logic® complete, water-to-water heat exchanger packages are engineered
for hot and cold water loop systems. The compact design and quiet operation
make these systems perfect for indoor applications. Each package includes
titanium heat exchanger, Schedule 40 PVC plastic shell (CPVC shell is available
for an additional cost when the hot water supply is greater than 120°F),
304 stainless steel frame and hardware, digital temperature controller,
water solenoid valve, flow meter, in-line strainer and customized plumbing.
This system only requires an 115V power source and a hot or cold water supply.
Prices are FOB CA. One-year limited warranty.
• Fresh or saltwater Use
• Titanium Tube in a PVC Shell
• Preassembled and Ready for Easy Installation
Note: These heat exchangers directly absorb or reject heat from the tank
system water into another water source (hot or cold). BTU capacities in the
chart are based on the specific water temperature and flow rates shown. If any
of these parameters change, the BTU removal capacity will change, and the
heat exchanger may not meet your systems requirements. Contact us so we
can assist you in the proper sizing of the equipment for your specific application.
1.1 - 3.5KW models 7 - 17.5KW models 26.3 - 70.2KW models
NOMINAL PROCESS WATER PROCESS WATER FLOW COLD/HOT WATER COLD/HOT WATER FLOW SHIP WT.
MODEL BTUH* KW IN/OUT (GPM) IN/OUT (GPM)* L W H (LBS) EACH
HX-3W 3000 0.9 3/4” FPT 15 1/2” FPT 0.6 / .3 21” 61/4” 19” 30 $748.99
HX-4W 4000 1.1 3/4” FPT 20 1/2” FPT 0.8 / .4 23” 61/4” 19” 30 768.99
HX-6W 6000 1.7 11/2” FPT 25 1/2” FPT 1.2 / .6 241/2” 63/4” 19” 35 898.99
HX-9W 9000 2.6 11/2” FPT 30 1/2” FPT 1.8 / .9 31” 63/4” 19” 35 968.99
HX-12W 12000 3.5 11/2” FPT 35 1/2” FPT 2.4 / 1.2 341/2” 63/4” 19” 40 1,149.00
HX-24W 24000 7 2” SLIP 40 1/2” FPT 5 / 2.5 34” 14” 23” 138 2,149.00
HX-36W 36000 10.5 2” SLIP 40 3/4” FPT 7 / 3.5 41” 14” 23” 154 2,749.00
HX-48W 48000 14 2” SLIP 60 3/4” FPT 10 / 5 49” 14” 23” 160 2,919.00
HX-60W 60000 17.5 2” SLIP 60 3/4” FPT 12 / 6 561/2” 14” 23” 207 3,239.00
HX-90W 90000 26.3 3” SLIP 90 3/4” FPT 18 / 9 131/2” 25” 43” 215 6,179.00
HX-120W 120000 35.1 3” SLIP 120 1” FPT 24 / 12 131/2” 25” 53” 225 7,449.00
HX-180W 180000 52.7 3” SLIP 145 11/2” FPT 36 / 18 131/2” 25” 72” 232 9,519.00
HX-240W 240000 70.2 3” SLIP 180 11/2” FPT 48 / 24 131/2” 25” 82” 250 12,239.00
*Flow rate (gpm) and (BTU) rating is based on 40˚f ewt @ 10˚f ∆ t (cold) or 180˚f ewt @20 ˚f ∆ t (hot) water supply.

HEATERS 253
Heat/Cool Pumps
XLHP® HIGH PERFORMANCE HEAT/COOL PUMPS

With today’s record energy costs, there’s never been a better time to invest
in a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems XLHP® High Performance Heat/Cool pump.
Compared to gas, oil or electric heaters, XLHP® High Performance Heat/Cool
Pumps use just a fraction of the energy to generate the same amount of heat.
In fact, just 20¢ worth of electricity produces $1.00 worth of heat generated by
other methods.
More standard features than any other in its class
• Both models are capable of heating and/or cooling the water. Full heat/cool
functionality.
• Provides an AutoSet Temperature Control feature as standard. It monitors
water temperature and turns the pump on and off as needed, overriding the
time clock to maintain desired temperature for convenient, hands-free control.
• Features the legendary Emerson® Copeland Scroll® Compressor that’s more
efficient, durable, reliable and quieter than any piston-driven compressor.
• EPA-recognized, environmentally safe, non-ozone depleting
R-410A refrigerant.
• 100% titanium heat exchanger assures corrosion-free performance for
extra long life and value.
• LCD control board displays an intuitive, menu-driven readout with easy
to follow, full word messages—no codes to memorize.
• Self-diagnostic software continuously monitors system for peak performance.
• Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) controls refrigerant flow for optimum
efficiency and BTU output over a wider operating temperature range.
• Automatic defrost feature senses refrigerant temperature and helps prevent
COMPARING THE COST TO HEAT YOUR BODY OF WATER OR AQUACULTURE SYSTEM the XLHP® Heat Pump from freezing, allowing the unit to operate effectively
at even lower temperatures than many competing products.
HEATER/FUEL TYPE COST BTU/$1.00
ELECTRIC $.1065/KWH 32,000 • ETL listing is your assurance of safer, dependable operation.
LP GAS $1.87/GAL 40,100 • BTU and efficiency independently certified by the Air Conditioning, Heating,
OIL $2.22/GAL 47,200 and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI). The AHRI Certified mark is applied only
to HVACR equipment and components that have been independently tested
NATURAL GAS $1.218/THERM 67,300
to certify that manufacturers’ performance claims are accurate.
XLHP HEAT PUMP $.1065/KWH 185,600
• Maximum working water pressure is 50PSI.
COLD AIR OUT • Port Size: 2”, unions included with model 460900-AQ
Fan
38.7" 30.7"
(983 mm) (780 mm)
45.5"
(1156 mm)
Water Inlet
(Cold)
11.25"
(286 mm)
9.25"
(235 mm)
WARM AIR IN 4.5" 32.0"

Water Outlet (114 mm) (813 mm)
(Warm) Evaporator Coil 34.0"
(864 mm)
Typical Heating Cycle Heat Pump Dimensions
BREAKER
RATING BTU/H CAPACITY COP** RATING FLOW (GPM) SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTAGE HZ PHASE (AMPS) HEATING COOLING HEATING COOLING MIN MAX (LBS) EACH
460900-AQ 230* 60 1 50 127,000
72,000 5.4 4.1 30
120*** 278 $4,925.00
460901-AQ 230* 60 1 50 140,000 80,000 5.7 4.1 30 120*** 320 5,240.00
* 230V +/- 10%. Heat pumps can run from 207-253V. **Coefficient of Performance.
***If system flow rate exceeds 120 GPM, a bypass valve is required.
254 HEATERS
Heat/Cool Pumps
HEAT/COOL PUMPS FW SW
Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps by Aqua Logic® are designed for a wide range
of applications such as a public aquarium, aquaculture facility, government
or university research institution or hydroponics operation. All units are
suitable for outdoor installation (but should be protected from direct weather).
Heat pumps up to 5hp have a special ”Spine Fin” condenser coil which has
proven to have superior heat transfer performance and capacity over traditional
radially finned heat exchangers. This style condenser also has a much greater
resistance to corrosion in harsh environments such as moist salty air or
chemically tainted rainwater.
In the cooling mode, the heat pump works as a chiller, cooling water to the
temperature you select. In the heating mode, the heat pump works with the
liquid refrigerant (Freon) flow in reverse. Freon absorbs heat from the air as it
moves thru the condenser. As it heats, the Freon becomes a gas, which is then
compressed by the compressor. The heat carried by the Freon is then released
into the titanium heat exchanger and transferred into the circulated water.
These models feature titanium helix coils and powder-coated shrouds. 2” PVC
slip, in and out fittings on 2–10 hp; 3” PVC slip on larger units. 230V models
listed; 460V also available. Dual stage digital temperature controller is enclosed
in a NEMA4X enclosure with easy 3 push button programming and will maintain
water temperatures in the range from 40°-85°F (4 to 29°C); you must specify 11/2–5 HP Models
desired temperature operating range when ordering. Units will lose heating 71/2 & 10 HP Models
efficiently when air temperature is under 40°F (4°C). Note min/max flow
requirements (water pump not included). The controller can display in either
°F or °C and will maintain the water within 1 degree of the set point.
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Allow a 4-week build time. Ship from
factory via motor freight. One-year limited warranty.
• Heat or Chill with one unit
• Titanium Heat Exchanger
• Fresh or Saltwater use
• Dual Stage Temperature Controller
15 & 20 HP Models
NOMINAL AMPS FLOW (GPM) AIR OUTLET SHIP WT

MODEL HP BTUH** KW VOLTS* PHASE RLA / LRA MIN-MAX (CFM)*** L W H (LBS) EACH
HP1 11/2 18,000 5.2 208-230 1 5.9 / 38.6 20 -40 1,550 38 26 62 406 $5,399.00
HP2 2 24,000 7 208-230 1 8.7 / 57.8 20 -40 1,550 38 26 62 389 5,869.00
HP3 3 36,000 10.5 208-230 1 17.6 / 79 20 -40 4,385 48 35 62 500 7,269.00
HP33 3 36,000 10.5 208-230 3 7.8 / 75 20 -40 4,385 48 35 62 495 7,269.00
HP4 4 48,000 14 208-230 1 18.6 / 93.4 30-60 2,500 48 35 71 518 8,249.00
HP43 4 48,000 14 208-230 3 11.7 / 100.1 30-60 2,500 50 35 71 515 8,249.00
HP5 5 60,000 17.5 208-230 1 25 / 148 30-60 3,700 50 35 71 553 9,439.00
HP53 5 60,000 17.5 208-230 3 17.3 / 123 30-60 3,700 58 35 71 538 9,439.00
HP7.5 71/2 90,000 26.3 208-230 3 29 / 164 60-120 6,530 50 43 68 667 13,459.00
HP7 10 120,000 35 208-230 3 36 / 225 60-120 9,800 61 48 74 850 15,629.00
HP15 15 175,000 52.7 208-230 3 60 / 164 120-180 9,750 112 54 75 1578 29,059.00
HP20 20 240,000 74.3 208-230 3 83 / 267 120-180 9,750 112 54 89 1657 35,999.00
*460V options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.

CHILLERS 255
Air-Cooled Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED WATER CHILLERS FW SW

Aqua Logic® Multi Temp Air-Cooled Water Chillers are used in aquaculture,
public aquariums, live seafood holding and hydroponics systems. These large
chillers have an insulated heat exchanger with titanium helix coils and
commercial duty condensing units mounted on a stainless steel frame with bolt
down leg tabs. Suitable for outdoor installations, but should be protected from
direct weather. Digital temperature controller is in a splash-proof NEMA box
with easy push-button programming. Controller displays in either ºF or ºC.
Chillers operate between 40–80ºF (4.5–27ºC). Chillers 2–10 HP have a 2”
slip inlet/outlet (15 HP and larger models have 3” inlet/outlet) and installed
water flow switch to shut them down should flow to the heat exchanger stop.
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Ship motor freight from factory;
allow a 4-week build time. Split models available (add “-SPLIT” to part
number). One-year limited warranty.
• Fresh or Saltwater Use
• Insulated, Titanium Heat Exchanger
• Digital Temperature Controller
• Automatic Temperature Ranging
2–5 HP Models 71/2 & 10 HP Models
• Water Flow Safety Switch
NOMINAL AMPS FLOW GPM AIR OUTLET SHIP WT

MODEL HP* BTUH** KW VOLTS PHASE RLA/LRA MIN-MAX (CFM)*** L W H (LBS) EACH
MT-1 2 24,000 7 208 - 230 1 9 / 58 20-40 1,550 44 33 62 370 $5,309.00
MT-3 3 36,000 10.5 208 - 230 1 14 / 72 20-40 2,175 44 33 66 396 6,319.00
MT-4 3 36,000 10.5 208 - 230 3 12 / 77 20-40 2,175 44 33 66 386 6,319.00
MT-5 4 48,000 14 208 - 230 1 21 / 109 30-60 2,500 51 38 62 474 7,479.00
MT-6 4 48,000 14 208 - 230 3 15 / 91 30-60 2,500 51 38 62 474 7,479.00
MT-7 5 60,000 17.5 208 - 230 1 27 / 158 30-60 3,700 56 38 70 520 8,389.00
MT-8 5 60,000 17.5 208 - 230 3 19 / 137 30-60 3,700 56 38 70 528 8,389.00
MT-9 7.5 90,000 26 208 - 230 3 28 / 164 60-120 6,530 48 42 68 670 12,099.00
MT-10 10 120,000 35 208 - 230 3 35 / 225 60-120 9,800 58 46 68 815 14,049.00
MT-15 15 180,000 52.7 208 - 230 3 55 / 164 120-180 9,750 112 56 75 1,559 25,369.00
MT-20 20 254,000 74.3 208 - 230 3 83 / 267 120-180 9,750 112 56 89 1,714 31,419.00
*Larger sizes and 460 voltage options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.
TECH TALK 123
Heating Garden Ponds It may be more cost-effective to transfer fish to indoor tanks with recirculating filter systems for the
Koi, goldfish, catfish, minnows, bluegills and many other fish are capable of living in ice-covered ponds winter. This also allows for winter pond draining and maintenance.
in their natural conditions. But when you put a lot of fish in a small pond, a fishkill will result if the ice
The heat loss in BTU/hr per square foot of pond surface is approximately 15 times the temperature
cover persists too long. To prevent a fishkill, all you need to do is keep a very small percentage of the
difference between the desired water temperature and the coldest average air temperature. Example: If
surface ice-free for gas transfer. Use one or more small heaters with thermostats built for the purpose.
you wanted to maintain water temperature at 65°F, and you knew that the air temperature was going to
Water temperatures below 65°F (18°C) can stress fish, reducing their resistance to disease. Rapid and drop to 35°F (24-hour average), you would have a 30° temperature difference x the surface area (which,
extreme fluctuations can also cause disease. If your fish are extremely important to you, and you want to in this case, we will say is 100 sq.ft. x 15) = 45,000 BTU/hr. If you insulate 80%, your heat loss will be
keep the temperature above 65°F, you will need to both insulate and heat your pond in most locations in less 80%.
the US. Unless you don’t mind spending a king’s ransom for heating, you will need to insulate and turn off
What are the heating equipment options? Immersion heaters that are outdoor-rated or submersible may
all fountains, waterfalls and other water-chilling devices.
be used, as well as the electric flow-through type. Gas heaters of the type used on hot tubs and
Insulation can take the form of floating Styrofoam sheets, swimming pool cover, greenhouse structure, swimming pools typically are more cost-effective for the large heating loads. Beware of copper or cuper
plastic sheeting, etc. Keep in mind that when water evaporates it has a significant cooling effect. This nickel piping, which makes them incompatible with most fish cultures. They can be used, however, with
effect can account for as much as 80% of the total heat loss from open ponds. Be prepared to open the stainless steel or titanium heat exchangers. The water should be filtered prior to entering the heater to
insulation on warm days; otherwise, excessive heating of the water can take place, shocking the fish. avoid biofouling.

256 CHILLERS
In-Line Chillers
IN-LINE AIR-COOLED WATER CHILLERS FW SW

Aqua Logic Delta Star in-line, air cooled, water chillers are built with helical
® ®
titanium evaporator coils for maximum cooling efficiency. Titanium is safe for
all aquatic animals in fresh or salt water systems. The low profile design allows
for easy placement in tight places and the quiet, internal, spring-mounted
hermetic motor/compressor provides years of reliable service.
All chillers come standard with a black ABS cover and digital electronic
controller mounted on a 4’ cable, remote from the chiller unit. It displays the
current temperature, set point temperature, and has a 1° differential, in either
Fahrenheit or Celsius. A direct immersion titanium sensor probe with a 6’
cable is included with the controller. Delta Star ® chillers are intended for use
indoors or, if located outdoors, they must be installed in an enclosure protected
from the direct weather in ambient air temperatures between 55°–90°F.
If exposed to air temperatures outside of this range then optional ambient air
control packages must be factory installed during the manufacturing of the
AE4 chiller. All chillers require unrestricted air flow thru the condenser and thus
must be located in a well-ventilated area. Maximum water pressure for all
chillers is 20 psi. Units listed are compatible with 60 Hz current only. AE3 thru
AE7 are charged with 134A CFC refrigerant, and AE8 is charged with R-417
refrigerant. Allow 2 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA.
Standard Models
For applications where the temperature to be maintained
is in the range of 65°–80°F (18°–27°C) such as reef tanks and warm water
fish exhibits.
Option A Models
Cool water units designed for a temperature range of 50°–65°F (10°–18°C) for
bait fish and temperate fish species.
Option B Models
AE5 w/o Cover For those applications where the unit will need to maintain
a very cold temperature in the range of 40°–80°F (4.5°–27°C) such as
lobster tanks, cold water fish exhibits or research applications.
Important Temperature Range Information
Water chillers are built for different water temperatures in order to work
efficiently and to provide the
full rated BTU output.Please specify operating temperature at time of order.
Options available - bare sensors on controller, dry probe wells for inline
sensors, outdoor enclosures, low ambient air controls, high ambient air
controls, water flow switches and split systems with indoor heat exchanger and
outdoor condensing unit, contact us for more information.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
60 HZ NOMINAL AIR OUTPUT FLOW (GPM) SHIP WT STANDARD MODELS OPTION A MODELS OPTION B MODELS
HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS (CFM) MIN-MAX L W H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/4 115 3,000 5.4 240 8-15 183/4” 12” 11” 53 AE3 $918.99 AE3A $1,079.00 AE3B $1,219.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 260 10-20 221/2” 13” 11” 62 AE4 978.99 AE4A 1,149.00 AE4B 1,279.00
1/2 115 6,000 9.5 350 12-25 233/4” 151/4” 13” 110 AE5 1,489.00 AE5A 1,689.00 AE5B 1,819.00
1/2 230 6,000 4.8 350 12-25 233/4” 151/4” 13” 112 AE52 1,489.00 AE52A 1,689.00 AE52B 1,819.00
3/4 115 9,000 13 590 15-30 24” 201/4” 151/4” 145 — — — — AE6B 2,169.00
3/4 230 9,000 7 590 15-30 24” 201/4” 151/4” 145 — — — — AE62B 2,169.00
1 230 12,000 7.2 610 20-35 253/4” 233/4” 151/4” 150 — — — — AE7B 2,529.00
11/2 230 21,000 10.5 772 25-40 261/4” 26” 171/2” 190 — — — — AE8B 3,869.00
Delta Star® is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.

CHILLERS 257
Air-Cooled Coil Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED COIL WATER CHILLERS FW SW

Aqua Logic® Cyclone® Coil Water Chillers are perfect for hydroponics,
fisheries research, education systems, living exhibits, animal hydrotherapy, lobster
and seafood holding tanks, emergencies, and use in high organics. Place this
chiller near the tank, drop the titanium coil in the water and turn it on. Water
circulation past the coil is required. Titanium is the only heat exchanger material
proven to be 100% fish and coral safe in saltwater systems. If there is no
circulation, place an air diffuser under or attach to the coil. The high efficiency of
this chiller is due to its unique helical coil design. ½ HP units come with 6’ flexible
stainless steel lines. Units under ½ HP have 5’ flexible lines feeding the 2-1/2”
diameter chilling coil. All chillers come with a black ABS plastic cover and a
remote digital electronic controller which displays temperature, set point in
either ºF (±1º) or ºC, mounted in a NEMA enclosure. All chillers will be factory
set to operate most efficiently at your specified cooling temperature. You must
specify at time of order. All units have been pretested and have 60-Hz motors with
4’ power cords. 1/4 & 1/3-hp chillers ship Ground. Larger sizes ship motor freight. All
prices FOB CA. Most units ship in 48 hours. Use the chart in Tech Talk 59 to
determine the horsepower required for your application. Two-year warranty.
•N
o Plumbing Required, Drop titanium coil directly into tank or sump
•F
resh or Saltwater Use AE3D
•C
ompact Design and Quiet Operation
•R
emote Electronic Temperature Controller
•O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Standard Models
Operate within a temperature range of 65–80ºF (18–27ºC) for applications such as
reef tanks and warm water fish exhibits.
Option A Models
Operate within a temperature range of 50–65ºF (10–18ºC) for bait fish and
temperate fish exhibits.
60 HZ NOMINAL AIR OUTPUT WATER FLOW IN/OUT SHIP WT STANDARD MODELS OPTION A MODELS
HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS WATTS (CFM) RATE (GPM) L W H FIPT (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/4 115 3,000 5.4 621 240 8–15 14” 12” 11” 3/4” 53 AE3D $998.99 AE3DA $1,259.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 828 260 10–20 181/2” 13” 11” 3/4” 62 AE4D 1,059.00 AE4DA 1,329.00
1/2 115 6,000 9.5 1092 350 12–25 181/2” 151/2” 13” 11/2” 110 AE5D 1,609.00 AE5DA 1,919.00
1/2 230 6,000 4.8 1104 350 12–25 181/2” 151/2” 13” 11/2” 112 AE5D2 1,609.00 AE5D2A 1,919.00
COOLWORKS ICE PROBE® COOLING ELEMENT

The Coolworks Ice Probe uses advanced thermoelectric technology to
directly convert electricity into cooling power. Its unique design is based
upon Peltier’s principle, making the Ice Probe a highly efficient miniature
heat pump! The durable aluminum probe is coated with an FDA-approved
epoxy, making these units ideal small coolers for miniature aquariums,
bait tanks, bioassay research, hydroponics and even potable water systems.
The units are capable of cooling 10 gallons of water 20°F below ambient
temperature in an insulated tank (just a few degrees in a noninsulated
tank with heavy lighting). Probes can be mounted through the side of
a tank, using the molded bulkhead kit included (11/4” hole required) or can
be immersed (probe end only). Temperature controller is not included;
we recommend TC11. Weighing only 2 lbs, each Ice Probe includes a
separate 12VDC power supply and draws only 50 watts. Ship weight 5 lbs.
One-year warranty.
• Efficient—directly converts electricity into cooling
• Reliable—fan is only moving part
• Easy to install—one hole, one nut
• Safe—low-voltage operation
• Environmentally friendly—no chemicals or gases
• Can use temperature controller
MODEL EACH
AE9 $140.69
Ice Probe® is a registered trademark of Ulf Moren. Cyclone® registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
258 CHILLERS
Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED TRIMLINE WATER CHILLERS FW SW

These Aqua Logic® TRIMLINE air cooled, titanium water chillers have the same
reliable design and features as the Aqua Logic Delta Star ® and Cyclone®
Chillers but in a more compact package. Titanium is the only heat exchanger
material proven to be 100% fish and coral safe in saltwater systems.
These sleek chillers have a brushed stainless steel enclosure and ABS panel
inserts. They use the helical coil heat exchanger design and include a digital
temperature controller mounted with a 4’ cable, remote from the chiller unit.
They display temperature, set point, minimum and maximum in °F or °C. A
titanium sensor probe with a 6’ cable is included with the controller. Models have
5’ flexible line connecting to a 2-1/2” diameter chilling coil. Ozone Friendly
Refrigerant (134A). Two-year warranty.
• Fresh or Saltwater Use
• Compact Design & Quiet Operation
• For Indoor Use Only
• Remote Electronic Temperature Controller
Standard Models
FLOW-THROUGH STYLE DROP-IN COIL STYLE For applications where the temperature to be maintained is in the range of
65–80ºF (18–27ºC) such as reef tanks and warm water fish exhibits.
2-YEAR WARRANTY Option A Models

Cool water units designed for a temperature range of 50–65ºF (10–18ºC) for bait
fish and temperate fish exhibits.
60 HZ NOMINAL FLOW (GPM) IN/OUT SHIP WT STANDARD MODELS OPTION A MODELS

HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS MIN-MAX L W H FIPT (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
Delta Star Trimline Flow-Through Models
1/4 115 3,000 5.4 8-15 17” 9” 201/2” 3/4” 55 TLD3 $1,049.00 TLD3A $1,199.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 10-20 19” 9” 21-1/2” 3/4” 60 TLD4 1,129.00 TLD4A 1,289.00
Cyclone Trimline Drop-In-Coil Models

1/4 115 3,000 5.4 8–15 12” 9” 20-1/2” — 55 TLC3 $1,129.00 TLC3A $1,399.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 10–20 15-1/2” 9” 21” — 60 TLC4 1,179.00 TLC4A 1,449.00
AQUARIUM CHILLERS
Easy to install high-performance units with titanium exchanger
Get stable, consistent temperatures from these Teco SEACHILL® Tank
aquarium chillers. These chillers are easy to install—barbed in-line
connections are included, and no hard plumbing is required.
Units have a modern look with sturdy construction and a small footprint.
Small and mid-rage units have features that facilitate their placement in tight
spaces, cabinets and stands. The digital thermostat with LED display will
maintain desired set temperatures within 1°F. Unique to the SCTK150 is a
condenser system that also functions as the unit’s chassis—providing an
SCTK150 SCTK500/SCTK1000/SCTK2000 SCTK3000/SCTK6000 incredible amount of ventilation.
On top of the SCTK500, SCTK1000, and SCTK2000 units is a rotatable exhaust
conveyor to direct ventilation in any direction. A front-side filter affixes
2-YEAR WARRANTY magnetically for effortless maintenance. A built-in heater helps ensure
(1/8–1/3 HP MODELS) temperatures stay optimal in most use conditions. 2-year warranty on
SCTR-FLOW SCTR-UV 1/8–1/3 HP models, and 1-year warranty on 1/2 and 1 HP models.
BUILT-IN FLOW RATE CAPACITY SHIP WT

MODEL HP VOLTS HZ HEATER WATTS (GPM) (GAL) L W H (LBS) EACH
SCTK150 1/8 115 60 — 150 2.5-4.5 UP TO 60 14.2” 8.5” 12.4” 32 $565.99
SCTK500 1/6 115 60 √ 225 3-13 UP TO 120 12.2” 12.2” 16.4” 45 838.99
SCTK1000 1/4 115 60 √ 315 3-13 90-200 12.2” 12.2” 18 50 943.99
SCTK2000 1/3 115 60 √ 440 3-13 130-150 12.2” 12.2” 19.7” 55 1,049.00
SCTK3000 1/2 115 60 — 750 4.5-13.5 UP TO 750 23.6” 15.2” 25.6” 85 1,889.00
SCTK6000 1 115 60 — 900 4.5-13.5 UP TO 1,300 23.6” 15.2” 25.6” 90 2,414.00
SCTR-FLOW FLOW INDICATOR 1 9.49
SCTR-HEAT HEATER KIT FOR MODELS SCTK3000 AND SCTK6000 1 88.99
SCTR-UV UV KIT FOR MODELS SCTK3000 AND SCTK6000 2 157.49
SCTR-UVB UV REPLACEMENT BULB 1 64.79
Delta Star ®, Cyclone® and Aqua Logic® are registered trademarks of Aqua Logic, Inc. Teco® and SeaChill® are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Teco Srl.

SECTION 259
CHILLERS
Products / Products
Water Cooled / Products
Water Chillers
WATER COOLED WATER CHILLERS FW SW

These Aqua Logic® Delta Star® inline water cooled water chillers have become
very popular in the aquaculture and aquarium industries. These models
feature water-cooled condensing units, making them ideal for installations
with an existing freshwater supply. They use water to cool the condenser
instead of air provided by a fan. Sources of cooling water could include a
facility’s chilled water loop, municipal water, cooling tower and well or spring
water. The chillers’ low heat emission and compact size make them perfect for
placement in tight spaces with minimal ventilation. Units include ABS cover,
temperature controller and a helix titanium coil. Chillers operate within
40–80ºF (4.5–27ºC). Allow 4 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA, motor
7WC w/ Cover 7WC w/o Cover
freight. One-year warranty.
•F
resh or Saltwater Use
• In-Line Tube In Shell Titanium Heat Exchanger
•W
ater Cooled Condenser
•C
ompact Design & Quiet Operation
•R
emote Electronic Temperature Controller
•O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (R134A) and model 10WC (R417A)
•L
arger Sizes Available
5hp water chiller installation.
60 HZ NOMINAL FLOW (GPM) *CONDENSER WATER WATER IN/OUT SHIP WT

MODEL HP VOLTS BTUH KW AMPS MIN-MAX USE (GPM) FPT L W H (LBS) EACH
3WC 1/4 115 3,000 0.9 5.4 8-15 0.3 3/4” 19” 133/4” 11” 65 $1,599.00
4WC 1/3 115 4,000 1.1 7.2 10-20 0.5 3/4” 221/2” 131/2” 11” 69 1,849.00
5WC 1/2 115 6,000 1.75 9.5 12-25 0.7 11/2” 24” 151/2” 13” 119 2,399.00
6WC 1/2 230 6,000 1.75 4.8 12-25 0.7 11/2” 24” 151/2” 13” 119 2,399.00
7WC 3/4 115 9,000 2.7 13 15-30 1.0 11/2” 25” 21” 15” 150 2,499.00
8WC 3/4 230 9,000 2.7 7 15-30 1.0 11/2” 25” 21” 15” 150 2,499.00
9WC 1 230 12,000 3.4 7.2 20-35 1.5 11/2” 27” 24” 15” 160 2,859.00
10WC 11/2 230 21,000 6.1 10.5 25-40 2.0 11/2” 31” 26” 19” 250 4,119.00
*Condenser water use based on 55-60˚F water temperature entering the unit. Water flows though unit only when the unit is running.
TECH TALK 59
Chiller Installation and Sizing Tips Pentair AES Chiller Sizing Chart (in Gallons of Water Cooled) for Uninsulated Tanks
ECHILL3
1. Insulate water lines to and from chillers. Temperature Difference From Ambient (Fº)
2. Insulate as much of the water tank as possible. Hp 10 20 30 40
3. Keep the chiller well ventilated. The higher the temperature around the chiller, the longer it 1/6 90 45 30 23
has to work. 1/5 144 72 50 40
1/4 260 130 90 70
4. Submersible water pumps add heat to the water. If a submersible pump must be used, choose
the next size larger chiller. 1/3 360 181 130 100
1/2 550 280 200 154
5. Water must be run through the chiller at all times while unit is on.
3/4 826 420 300 231
6. For tanks smaller than 3,000 gallons, allow 24 hours for initial chilling. 1 1,321 672 500 370
For tanks larger than 3,000 gallons, allow 48 hours or more. 11/2 2,115 1,075 800 555
7. Reduce biofouling by filtering water prior to chiller. Check the filter often. If it clogs and 2 2,640 1,320 850 670
reduces water flow below the minimum required, freeze damage can occur. 3 3,960 1,980 1,275 1,005
8. Consult the Pentair AES technical department for flow-through and other applications. 4 5,280 2,640 1,700 1,340
9. A mbient air temperature for sizing should be measured directly above the tank to be chilled. 5 6,600 3,300 2,125 1,675
8 10,560 5,280 3,400 2,680
10. A n oversized chiller will not cost more to operate, as it only turns on when needed and runs
for a shorter time. 10 13,200 6,600 4,250 3,350
Splash aerators, degassing devices, etc., can add a great deal of heat not considered in the above chart. For insulated tanks (at least 2” on all sides), decreased heat loss will require less hp.

260 CHILLERS
SECTION
Chiller
ProductsBarrel Packages
CHILLER BARREL PACKAGES

Aqua Logic® DX (Direct Expansion) Heat Exchanger Packages are complete
refrigerant-to-water systems that are safe for both fresh and salt water
systems. The heat exchanger can be connected to a central refrigerant loop
or to a dedicated remote condensing unit. These packages are ideal for
overseas installations where the condensing unit can be purchased and
serviced locally saving significant freight and importation costs. Nominal BTU
capacity is based on using R-134A refrigerant (for models HX-3DX thru
HX-12DX) or R-410A refrigerant (for models HX-24DX and larger). If another
type of refrigerant will be used, please consult us before ordering. Ship via
motor freight. FOB CA. One-year limited warranty.
•P
reassembled and ready to install
•C
ompact design
•T
itanium tube and Schedule 40 PVC shell evaporator
•3
04 stainless steel mounting stand and hardware
•D
igital temperature controller, TXV, flow switch, moisture indicator
•2
4 volt power supply required
Condensing units are also available for each DX Heat Exchanger Package,
please refer to the Aqua Logic® Multi-Temp® Air Cooled Water Chillers or
Aqua Logic® Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps and request a “Split” option.
NOTE: Standard DX heat exchangers are manufactured for connection
to cooling-only condensing units and WILL NOT work with a heat pump
condensing unit. If being used with a heat pump condensing unit,
add “-HP” to part number (call for pricing).
7.5 - 20HP models
1/3 - 1HP models 2 - 5HP models
NOMINAL FLOW (GPM) REFRIGERANT PROCESS WATER SHIP WT

MODEL HP BTUH* KW MIN/MAX IN/OUT FIPT IN/OUT L W H (LBS) EACH
HX-3DX 1/4 3,000 0.8 8 / 15 1 @ 3/8” / 3/8” 3/4” FIPT 23” 7” 18” 25 $1,054.00
HX-4DX 1/3 4,000 1.2 10 / 20 1 @ 3/8” / 3/8” 3/4” FIPT 25” 7” 18” 28 1,076.00
HX-6DX 1/2 6,000 1.8 12 / 25 1 @ 3/8” / 1/2” 11/2” FIPT 26” 7” 18” 30 1,098.00
HX-9DX 3/4 9,500 2.6 20 / 35 1 @ 3/8” / 1/2” 11/2” FIPT 32” 7” 18” 35 1,276.00
HX-12DX 1 12,000 3.5 25 / 40 1 @ 3/8” / 5/8” 11/2” FIPT 35” 7” 18” 38 1,465.00
HX-24DX 2 24,000 7.0 20 / 40 1 @ 3/8” / 5/8” 2” SLIP 29” 14” 26” 129 2,877.00
HX-36DX 3 36,000 10.5 20 / 40 1 @ 3/8” / 5/8” 2” SLIP 36” 14” 26” 148 3,196.00
HX-48DX 4 48,000 14.0 30 / 60 1 @ 3/8” / 11/8” 2” SLIP 45” 14” 26” 174 3,380.00
HX-60DX 5 60,000 17.5 30 / 60 1 @ 3/8” / 11/8” 2” SLIP 52” 14” 26” 194 3,699.00
HX-90DX 7.5 90,000 28.0 100 / 180 1 @ 5/8” / 13/8” 3” SLIP 20” 25” 52” 216 6,873.00
HX-120DX 10 120,000 35.0 100 / 180 1 @ 5/8” / 13/8” 3” SLIP 20” 25” 62” 253 8,275.00
HX-180DX 15 175,000 51.2 100 / 180 1 @ 5/8” / 15/8” 3” SLIP 20” 25” 80” 302 10,579.00
HX-240DX 20 223,000 65.3 100 / 180 2 @ 1/2” / 13/8” 3” SLIP 20” 25” 92” 337 13,599.00
*For models HX-3DX thru HX-12DX, nominal BTUH is based on 134A refrigerant. For models HX-24DX and larger, nominal BTUH is based on R410A refrigerant.

SECTION 261
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/
TREATMENTS
PRODUCTS
262 Algaecides/Herbicides
265 Clarifier/Phosphate Remover
266 Colorants/Dyes
267 Clarifiers
268 Barley Straw/Bacteria
272 Salts/Substrates
274 Chlorine & Ammonia Neutralizers
275 Ammonia Removers/Carbon
276 Misc. Water Conditioners
277 Fish Hauling
278 Anesthetics/Disinfectants
279 Parasite Control

262 CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION
Algaecides/Herbicide/Flocculant
SECLEAR ALGAECIDE
AND WATER QUALITY ENHANCER®
SeClear is the first aquatic algaecide and water quality enhancer in one
designed to replace routine algaecide treatments. SeClear provides effective
control of a broad-range of algae species while reducing in-water phosphorus
levels with each application.
The result is longer lasting control, improved water quality and aesthetics
with reduced maintenance through time. The mode of action for SeClear is
uptake through the algal cells where the copper ion inhibits photosynthesis
providing a fast-acting result.
MODEL EACH
SEC1 1 GALLON $34.39
CAPTAIN® LIQUID COPPER ALGAECIDE

Captain is a chelated copper product that is effective on both filamentous and
planktonic algae in a wide range of fresh water applications. Algae control
occurs in 3 to 7 days following a Captain application and there are no
restrictions on treated water, even immediately after use for swimming,
fishing, watering livestock, irrigating turf or ornamental plants.
The mode of action for Captain is uptake through the algal cells where the
copper ion inhibits photosynthesis providing a fast-acting result. Algae is an
aquatic plant that can grow anywhere moisture, light and nutrients combine
to support growth. You certainly can't control how wet your pond is; and
there's not much you can do about how much sunlight hits the water. You can,
however, avoid fertilizing near the pond or anywhere rainwater runoff may
enter the water.
MODEL EACH
CPT1 1 GALLON $38.09
MICROBE-LIFT® FLOCCULANT PLUS

Water Clarifier
A proprietary formulation (polymeric blend) used to coagulate suspended solids
in the pond water. After use, particles in the water settle to the bottom of the
pond and/or filter out through the filter system.
• Clears cloudy water
• Safe for aquatic life and plants
• Attracts suspended particles
• Improves filtration
MODEL EACH
770007 1 GALLON $39.99
NUFARM® DIQUAT HERBICIDE HAZMAT AG R

37% diquat formula, fast-acting and water-soluble. EPA-registered. Diquat
SPC 2L herbicide is used to control aquatic weeds in public waters such as
ponds, lakes, reservoirs, marshes, bayous, drainage ditches, canals, streams,
rivers, and other slow moving or quiescent bodies of water. Optimum control of
submersed weeds is obtained by applying Diquat SPC 2L herbicide when the
weeds are actively growing (photosynthesizing), typically when water
temperatures are about 50°F or more. With Diquat SPC 2L herbicide, there are
no concerns about groundwater, toxicity to fish, other organisms or wildlife.
MODEL EACH
RW1 1 GALLON $104.99
SeClear Algaecide and Water Quality Enhancer® and Captain® are registered trademarks of SePRO Corp. Nufarm® is a
registered trademark of Nufarm Australia Limited. Microbe-Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.

263 SECTION CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION 263
Products / Products / Products ProductsAlgaecides/Herbicides
CUTRINE-PLUS® ALGAECIDE AND HERBICIDE HAZMAT A R

Cutrine Plus Liquid with copper ethanolamine complexes is a rapid acting, hard
water stable, contact algaecide. Cutrine Plus in this liquid formulation is Ideal
for control of surface algae in lakes, ponds, fish hatcheries, irrigation canals,
and drainage ditches. Do not use with salmon or cyprinids. Average application
rate is one gallon per acre-foot. Ship weight per gallon is 11 lbs.
*For best results, use with a surfactant such as Cide-Kick® II.
MODEL EACH 4+
AQA9-C 1 GALLON $42.19 $40.08
GREENCLEAN® PRO GRANULAR ALGAECIDE HAZMAT AG R

This non-copper-based algaecide eliminates algae on contact. Designed for
lakes, ponds and unpainted surfaces. Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate
destroys algal cell membranes and chlorophyll within 60 sec. Biodegrades
completely and adds 13% bioavailable oxygen to the water. For spot treatments
apply at a rate of 20–50 lbs/acre-foot; for algae blooms apply at a rate of 9–30
lbs/acre-foot; for filamentous algae blooms treat at a rate of 50–90 lbs/
acre-foot. Safe for use with koi and trout. EPA-approved.
MODEL EACH
GC51-C 50 LBS $135.49
GREENCLEAN® ALGAECIDE
GreenClean works on contact to control algae in water gardens, ornamental
ponds, fountains and other water features. Does not harm aquatic life,
and its formula releases oxygen into the water as it biodegrades. GreenClean
also eliminates algae on a wide variety of surfaces. 2 lbs treat a 1,000-gal pond
for an entire season. EPA-approved.
MODEL EACH
GC81-C 8 LBS $47.19
CUTRINE-PLUS® GRANULAR ALGAECIDE R

R
Great for spot-treating
In certain states, herbicides Cutrine-Plus Granular Algaecide controls bottom-growing algae. Clean, dry,
and algaecides are granular algaecide sinks rapidly and works evenly over the affected area.
restricted. Products with Easily spread from the bag (wear gloves) or with a crank-type rotary spreader.
this symbol cannot be sold EPA-approved for use in lakes and potable water reservoirs, farm fish ponds
into the states of California, and fish hatcheries. For spot treatment, apply at the rate of 1 lb per 720 ft2
Connecticut, Iowa, Maine, (1 kg per 147 m2). 30-lb bag.
Michigan, Nebraska, MODEL EACH
Montana, New Hampshire, AQA3 30 LBS $97.29
New York, Vermont or
Washington. Do not use copper-based products in waters with koi, carp, goldfish or trout.
Cutrine-Plus® is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc. GreenClean® is a registered trademark of Biosafe Systems, LLC. Cide-Kick® is a registered trademark of Brewer International.

SECTION
Herbicides/Surfactant
WEEDTRINE®-D HERBICIDE HAZMAT A R AQUATHOL® K HERBICIDE (LIQUID OR GRANULAR) R HAZMAT AG

This is a form of diquat (8.5%), an aquatic herbicide that is not absorbed by fish. Elective contact control for submerged aquatic weeds, including Najas species,
Controls bladderwort, cattail, coontail, duckweed, elodea, naiad, pennywort, coontail, milfoil and most pond weed species. Carries no turf irrigation
pithophora, pond weeds, salvinia, spirogyra, water hyacinth, water lettuce and restrictions. Granular formulation recommended for spot treating small
water milfoil. weed patches and deep growing plants. Liquid formula supplies most active
Also recommended for top-kill of shoreline emergent weeds and as a grass ingredients per dollar.
and broadleaf weed killer in noncrop areas. Absorption and herbicidal action Apply 1 gallon per acre-foot (1 liter/326 m3) for control
are usually quite rapid, with visible effects in a few days. of most plant species. As always, read and comply
Ideally suited for use in small bodies of water. Apply with product labels. AQT25 ships motor freight only.
only to water where there is no overflow. Do not use • For best results, use with a surfactant such as
treated water for animal consumption, spraying, Cide-Kick™ II.
irrigation or domestic purposes for 14 days after
treatment. For marginal weed problems, apply at
the rate of 2 oz/gal of water. Check local laws prior
to ordering, as use of this product may not be legal
in your area. D.O.T. rating is hazardous when
shipped by air. Weighs 8 lbs. MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
• For best results, use with a surfactant such as AQT25 2.5 GALLONS 25 $257.99
Cide-Kick II.
MODEL EACH
WTD1 1 GALLON $74.99
SONAR® HERBICIDE R SHORE-KLEAR® HERBICIDE R

Can control weeds up to one full year A systemic postemergence herbicide used in
controlling undesirable vegetation growing in and
Sonar controls target weeds in almost any body of
adjacent to aquatic sites. Apply 3 oz of Shore-Klear
water. It usually takes 30 to 90 days for Sonar to work.
per 1 gal of water (24 mL per liter) for control of
Susceptible plants absorb Sonar through their leaves,
most postemergent weeds.Can not be sold into
shoots and from roots. Within a short period (seven to
Canada.
ten days) injury symptoms begin to appear.
Susceptible weeds will start to show chlorosis, a • For best results, use with Cide-Kick II Surfactant.
deficiency of green pigment. Sonar’s selectivity lets
desirable aquatic plants become reestablished. Won’t MODEL EACH
restrict swimming, fishing or drinking, even RD25 2.5 GALLONS $94.49
immediately after application! Rates depend on target
species and habitat conditions. As always, follow label
rates and restrictions.
MICROBE-LIFT® ALGAECIDE FOR PONDS
Stops algae growth
SN1 1 PINT 1 $486.89
MICROBE-LIFT® Algaway 5.4 Algaecide
controls string algae. It stops algae growth in
ponds and can be applied to areas that contain
fish and plants. Not safe for use with snails,
shrimp and other crustaceans or mollusks.
• No more green water
CIDE-KICK® II SURFACTANT • Will not harm fish or live ornamental plants
Makes your spray application more effective.A • EPA-approved
nonionic additive mixed with herbicides to break
down the waxy coating on the leaf surface,
effectively penetrating the cell wall of the plant. Use
1 ounce of Cide-Kick™ II per 1 gallon of spray MODEL EACH
solution (8 mL/L). 770008 MICROBE-LIFT ALGAWAY 5.4 16 OZ $10.99
MODEL EACH 770009 MICROBE-LIFT ALGAWAY 5.4 32 OZ 16.99
WTD2 1 QUART $20.69 770010 MICROBE-LIFT ALGAWAY 5.4 1 GAL 57.99
770011 MICROBE-LIFT ALGAWAY 5.4 2.5 GAL 99.99
Aquathol® is a registered trademark of United Phosphorus, Inc. Shore-Klear®, Weedtrine® are registered trademarks of Arch Chemicals, Inc. Sonar® is a registered trademark of SePro, Inc.
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION 265
Products
Clarifier/Phosphate
Remover
SEAKLEAR® AQUARIA WATER TREATMENT

Natural Clarifier clears up cloudy water by causing particulates to clump together and be easily caught on
mechanical filters. It also removes excess oils to prevent scum at the water line. Biodegradable and usable
with all sanitizers, it is safe for plants, animals, fish and the environment. 55-gal drum also available; call
for price.
Phosphate Remover eliminates phosphates by binding them in an insoluble
form so they are no longer available for algae growth. Removes algae-causing orthophosphates and keeps
salt generators working properly. Nontoxic—100% safe for plants, animals, fish and the environment. 3,000
ppb. Note: Will cloud water when applied. 55-gal drum also available; call for price.
MODEL EACH
CLARIFIER
SK0104 1 QT $17.09 SK0104 SK0404
SK0101 1 GAL 50.29
SK0102 5 GAL 225.79
PHOSPHATE REMOVER
SK0404 1 QT HAZMAT A 52.29
SK0405 1 GAL HAZMAT A 178.49
SK0401 5 GAL HAZMAT AG 787.49
SeaKlear is a registered trademark of NC Brands L.P. Limited
®
Partnership.
HERBICIDE GUIDE
HERBICIDE HERBICIDE
Weedtrine® D
Weedtrine® D
Shore-Klear
Shore-Klear
Aquathol®
Aquathol®
Sonar
Sonar
AQUATIC PLANT AQUATIC PLANT

G G F Alligator Weed Alternanthera philoxeroides E E Duckweed Lemna minor
G G American Lotus Nelumbo lutea G E Giant Duckweed Spirodela polyrhiza
E F Bulrush Scirpus spp. G G Mosquito Fern Azolla caroliniana
FLOATING PLANTS
E G G Cattail Typha spp. G F E Salvinia Salvinia rotundifolia
G Common Reed Phragmites australis G G Slender Duckweed Wolffiella floridana
G Cutgrass Leersia hexandra F G E Waterhyacinth Eichhornia crassipes
E G Fragrant Waterlily Nymphaea odorata G G E Waterlettuce Pistia stratiotes
E G Giant Cutgrass Zizaniopsis miliacea F G Watermeal Wolffia columbiana
G Giant Foxtail Setaria magna G G Bladderworts Ultricularia spp.
E F F Maidencare Panicum hematomon G E E Coontail Ceratophylium demersum
EMERSED PLANTS
E G Paragrass Panicum purpurascens G G Egeria Egeria densa

F G Pickerelweeds Pontederia spp. G E Elodea Elodea canadensis
G Sawgrass Cladium jamaicense G E E Eurasian Watermilfoil Myriophyllum spicatum
F F G F Smartweeds Polygonum spp. G G Fanwort Cabomba caroliniana
SUBMERSED PLANTS
F G Southern Watergrass Hydrochloa caroliniensis F E Horned Pondweed Zannichellia palustris

E G Spatterdock Nuphar luteum G E G Hydrilla Hydrilla verticillata
E G Torpedograss Panicum repens G E E Naiads Najas spp.
G F Water Paspalum Paspalum fluitans F F E Parrotfeather Myriophyllum aquaticum
F E Water Pennywort Hydrocotyle umbellata G E G Pondweeds Potamogeton spp.
F F F Water Primrose Ludwigia uruguayensis E Water buttercup Ranunculus aquatilis
G G G F Watershield Brasenia schreberi F G Widgeongrass Ruppia maritima
G F Waterwillow Justicia americana F Wildcelery Vallisneria americana
F = Fair; G = Good; E = Excellent NOTE: This is a guide only; read and follow manufacturer's labels.
Colorants/Dyes
CONCENTRATED WATER COLORANTS

Super-concentrated water colorant that’s as friendly to animals and fish as it is
to the eye. Requires only one-fourth as much compared to other dyes. Helps
prevent the growth of vegetation. Store in cool dry location. Wear rubber gloves
when applying to protect hands from staining. Case contains 12 quarts.
Blue Vail™ turns water to a sparkling sapphire blue; ideal for ponds, lakes,
fountains, and lagoons.
Blue/Black Vail™ is the most natural looking dye possible as it mimics the
hues and tones of a natural lake. Filters sunlight more than standard blue dyes.
OWD5
Not recommended for fountains.
Black Vail™ turns water a mirror black, simulating clear dark bottomed lakes;
ideal for controlled waterways like private ponds and lakes. Provides the
darkest shading possible. Not recommended for fountains.
OWD7
•N
on-toxic and safe for fish, humans, plants and birds
•C
ontains no herbicides or algaecides
•1
quart treats 1,000,000 gallons of water for up to 4 months
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH CASE (12 QTS)

OWD5 BLUE VAIL 1 QUART 3 $35.69 $32.12 OWD8
OWD7 BLUE/BLACK 1 QUART 3 37.79 34.01
OWD8 BLACK VAIL 1 QUART 3 37.79 34.01
WEED CONTROL WATER COLORANT R

Aquashade® is a water dye that filters sunlight to reduce the growth of aquatic
weeds and algae. It is also useful for coloring water an attractive blue to
enhance its aesthetic quality. Apply to controlled waterways such as
ornamental and golf course ponds, lakes, fountains and fish farms. Use in
conjunction with herbicides or algaecides for control of surface algae mats or
shallow-water plants. Not for use in drinking water; no restrictions for animal/
livestock drinking, irrigation, swimming or fish consumption when used at label
rates. Results appear immediately and last up to four months in nonflowing
waters. Wear rubber gloves and protective eye wear for cleanliness and safety.
Case contains 4 gallons.
• EPA-registered for aquatic plant growth control
• Easy to apply
• 1 gallon treats 1,000,000 gallons of water
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH 4+

OWD2 1 GALLON 11 $56.69 $51.02
Aquashade® is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc.
CRYSTAL BLUE® WATER COLORANT

Crystal Blue® is a water colorant that produces a more vibrant blue color than
some other dyes. The typical application rate is one gallon per 1,000,000 gallons
of pond water (equals one acre, 3' deep or approximately one acre, 4' deep with
sloping sides). Four gallons per case.
MODEL EACH 4+
CB64 1 GALLON $35.09 $31.58
Crystal Blue® is a registered trademark of Bluewater Chemgroup, Inc.

SECTION 267
Products / Products / Clarifiers
Products
PHOSCLEAR® WATER TREATMENT

Phosclear® (buffered aluminum sulfate) is a convenient phosphorus removal
and water clarification solution for murky waters. Use in lakes, ponds and
reservoirs. Simply broadcast the granules evenly across the surface of the
water. Typical application rate is 80 lbs per acre-foot (25 ppm). A buffering agent
prevents pH drops. Note: pH should be between 5.5 and 8.0, alkalinity between
50 and 200 ppm and salinity below 3 ppt. Large quantities ship from factory.
MODEL EACH
PC40-AQ 40-LB PAIL $94.09
MICROBE LIFT® 4X & IND

MICROBE LIFT® is composed of several strains of bacteria that begin
immediately to attack the materials in the water or soil that cause pollution
and unpleasant odors. It is a nontoxic, biodegradable, nonpathogenic,
USDA-authorized product that is extremely effective in the treatment and
clean up of environmental waste. MICROBE LIFT® complies with even the
strictest of environmental regulations.
MICROBE LIFT® 4X is specially formulated for use in septic tanks. Use will
enhance the breakdown of organic wastes and sludge and reduce hydrogen
sulfide and odor problems.
MICROBE LIFT® IND is specially formulated for industrial and municipal
wastewater systems. The highly concentrated formula can solve the most
difficult waste management problems when used in a controlled maintenance
program. It significantly reduces odors, improves BOD and COD removal
efficiency, degrades hydrocarbons and volatile organic carbons and
accelerates plant startups and recovery from upsets or shock loads.
It has a high ability to improve organic removal efficiency and stimulate
nitrification/denitrification.

ML3-AQ MICROBE LIFT 4X 1 QUART 3 $14.69 ML5-AQ
ML5-AQ MICROBE LIFT IND 1 GALLON 11 43.79
MICROBE LIFT® PL
For over 20 years, MICROBE LIFT PL has been unique in the marketplace.
It is specifically formulated for fish ponds, decorative ponds and lagoons.
It is a mixture of beneficial bacteria, including nitrifiers and photosynthetic
bacteria,that reduces ammonia levels, eliminates noxious odors and reduces
the buildup of wastes. MICROBE LIFT PL is completely safe and will help to
maintain a balanced pond environment. For 501- to 1,000-gal ponds, use
12 oz for first application, 4 oz/week for 4 weeks and 4 oz after that for monthly
maintenance. For 1,001- to 5,000-gal ponds, use 16 oz for first application,
6 oz/week for 4 weeks and 6 oz after that for monthly maintenance.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
ML7 1 GALLON 11 66.19
Phosclear® is a registered trademark of M2 Polymer Technologies, Inc. Microbe Lift® is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
SECTION
Products
Barley Straw
/ Products
Pellets/Ammonia
/ Products Control
MICROBE-LIFT® BARLEY STRAW PELLETS KOI

MICROBE-LIFT Barley Straw Pellets + works in much the same way as barley
straw...only faster! Whereas barley straw works by releasing certain natural
chemicals as it biodegrades, so do the pellets, only the breakdown compounds
are released faster: dispersing equally throughout the water; reacting
photochemically with sunlight; and activating humic acids to produce hydrogen
peroxide-an oxidizing agent that also helps to keep the water clear-naturally and
at a low level of release. The humic acid will also chelate metals such as copper
or arsenic. Treats 1,000 gallons for 14 months or 2,500 gallons for 6 months.
Each bag includes a graduated measuring cup.
• Matures pond water chemistry
• Disperses quickly by simple broadcast of pellets into the pond or packing in a
MODEL EACH porous fabric sock and suspending in pond or available chamber in skimmer
or filter
BSP10 10.5 LBS $31.99
• Buffers pH
• Releases decomposition by-products immediately
• Works year round
• Provides a slow steady release of beneficial ingredients through
natural activity
NITRAFIX
Nitrafix is a natural biological product focused on keeping nitrogen, often a limiting factor in pond systems,
low. Nitrafix is a consortium of autotrophic and heterotrophic organisms and denitrifying organisms that
lowers all types of nitrogen thereby removing ammonia and leaving aquatic life unharmed. Applications
include migratory waterfowl ponds, koi ponds and koi farming, shrimp farming, retention and decorative
ponds, and golf courses. Do not use as an adjuvant with algaecides and herbicides.
Temperature of water 55 -70°F (12.8-21.1°C):
Initial Dose: 4 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Maintenance Dose: 1 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Temperature of water 70°F (21.1°C) and up:
Initial Dose: 1 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Maintenance Dose: ½ gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
MODEL EACH
770002 1 GALLON $51.49

• Facility Tours

SECTION 269
Bacteria
PONDZILLA BLACK
PondZilla Black is an all-natural biochemical catalyst that enhances the breakdown of proteins and
complex carbohydrates found in aquatic plants. PondZilla Black releases specific biostimulants that allow
the naturally-occurring bacteria and fungi to take over degradation of the dead flora and fixation of
available nutrients. This product is designed specifically to complement algaecide treatments for aquatic
plants and filamentous green algae like Pithophora. Although these products do not kill aquatic plants or
algae, the molecular make up of PondZilla Black will boost algaecides so they can penetrate the resting
structures while it enables naturally-occurring bacteria to degrade dead organic matter. This treatment is
followed up with a dose of MD Pellets to digest what is left. Applications include ponds, lakes, canals,
retention and koi ponds, hatcheries, raceways, and golf course ponds.
PondZilla Black works over a wide pH range, but for best results use citric acid or a low-pH surfactant to
adjust tank mix to a pH of 4 to 6:
Monster Dose: 15 gallons per acre
Regular Dose: 3 gallons per acre initially and 1-3 gallons per month thereafter
Pollen Dose: 2 gallons per acre sprayed on the surface
Leaf Degradation: 1-3 gallons per acre per month followed by 10 lbs of MD Pellets
MODEL EACH
770004 1 GALLON $105.09
MD PELLETS
MD Pellets are slow-release pellets that sink into and degrade muck that builds up in the bottom of fish
ponds. This product is a nice alternative to physical cleaning of the ponds. They contain safe and beneficial
bacteria, which will not harm aquatic species, fish, waterfowl, or people. This product will also reduce
sulfide and mercaptan odors found in muck. Applications include lakes, decorative ponds, retention ponds,
shorelines, aquaculture, and golf courses.
MD Pellets work best when water temperature is 60° F (17°C) to 130°F (54°C). The warmer it is the faster
they reproduce and digest sludge:
Traditional Dose: Feed 10 lb to 25 lb per surface-acre once per month depending on depth of muck or
extent of surface debris.
Super Dose: For ponds or lakes where they would like to degrade up to 1 foot per month. Feed 50 lb per
acre once per month.
MODEL EACH
770005 30 LBS. $303.49
VITASTIM FISHERY BLEND

VitaStim Fishery Blend is a high-performance probiotic with a beneficial bacterial blend that lowers
ammonia, nitrites and nitrates, and degrades fecal matter on the bottom of ponds. The combination of
probiotics plus the select bacteria keeps the environment healthy and reduces the stress on fish. In
aquaculture environments with high fish density, VitaStim Fishery Blend will also work to stabilize healthy
bacterial populations. This blend also works well in saline environments.
VitaStim Fishery Blend works in a wide range of temperatures from 41° on up and while these organisms
appreciate aeration, it is not required:
Dosage at 72°F (22°C) and up: 1 lb per surface acre to start followed by ½ lb bi-weekly.
Dosage below 72°F (22°C): 2 lb per surface acre to start followed by ½ lb bi-weekly.
MODEL EACH
770006 30 LBS. $399.99
WATER COLUMN CLARIFIER

Water Column Clarifier is a high-performance liquid bacterial blend that fixates nitrogen and phosphorus
to clarify water. This product contains a synchronistic blend of 12 different bacteria with a higher growth
rate than any dry blend. Because these bacteria fit together so well, they confuse the quorum sensing that
limits bacteria growth and are able to coat the entire water body. This makes Water Column Clarifier an
especially good treatment for planktonic algae when combined with a low dose chelated copper algaecide.
Applications include decorative ponds, large ponds and lakes.
Works best when temperature of water is 60°F (15.6°C) or higher:
Initial Dose: 20 oz per acre foot once per month
Maintenance Dose: Repeat initial dose monthly
MODEL EACH
770003 1 GALLON $72.49

SECTION
Bacteria
PROLINE® AQUACULTURE BACTERIA CONCENTRATE TECH FAV

FW SW
ProLine Bacteria Concentrate is a high concentration of live bacteria
specifically formulated for ammonia emergencies. Live bacteria begin
ammonia removal immediately, possibly saving an entire system from disaster.
One gallon of freshwater concentrate can treat up to 4,800 gallons (use
freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt or lower). One gallon of saltwater concentrate
can treat up to 2,400 gallons. The concentrate must be refrigerated at all times
and has a shelf life of 3 months. All concentrate ships Next Day Air, orders
placed by early AM will either ship that day or next day. Weighs 11 lbs.
MODEL EACH
239310 FRESHWATER, GALLON $336.59
239300 SALTWATER, GALLON 336.59 239310
PROLINE BIOFILTER START-UP KITS FW SW

Accelerate biofilter start-up by weeks using the ProLine Biofilter Start-Up
Kit. Each kit comes complete with ProLine Aqua Coat water conditioner,
ProLine ammonium chloride, ProLine nitrifying bacteria, nutrients and trace
elements required for optimizing the seeding of biological filters. Components
of the kit may also be used for reseeding biofilters in cases of shock load or
system upsets.
Biofilter start-up is initiated by adding the components of the kit to an offline
biofilter. Instructions for use are included with each kit. Two separate kits are
available, freshwater and saltwater. Use with any biofilter with up to 50 cubic
feet of media. Additional kits may be added for larger biofilters. All kits must
ship by Next Day Air (shipping cost not included in price). Orders placed by early
AM will either ship that day or next day. The concentrate must be refrigerated
at all times and has a shelf life of 3 months.
MODEL EACH
239001 FRESHWATER KIT $129.99
239001
239002 SALTWATER KIT 129.99
*Shipping cost not included in price.
PROLINE AMMONIUM CHLORIDE

Great source of ammonia to initiate the growth of nitrifying bacteria. Should
not be used when fish or other culture animals are present in the water.
Maintain 1 mg/L while seeding bacteria until nitrates appear. Do not exceed
4 mg/L and do not add fish until ammonia level is at zero. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL EACH 4+
239100 500 GRAMS $14.09 $12.68
PROLINE BACTERIA FW SW
ProLine Nitrifying Bacteria can be used to rapidly seed biological filters
and correct ammonia and nitrite imbalances. Treatment rates are 4 ounces
per 10 gallons for freshwater systems (use freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt
or lower) and 8 ounces per 10 gallons for saltwater systems. For garden pond
applications (fewer than 1,000 gallons), add four ounces per 20 gallons of water.
For lightly loaded ponds or lakes, add two gallons per surface acre of water.
For older or heavily loaded lakes, call a Pentair AES technician.
239210 FRESHWATER 16 OZ 1 $10.79
239211 FRESHWATER 1 GALLON 8 46.89
239201 SALTWATER 1 GALLON 8 45.09
239211
Should not be shipped Ground if chance of freezing exists.

SECTION 271
Bacteria
PROLINE FRESHWATER "BACTERIA IN A BAG" FW

ProLine "Bacteria in a Bag" is a good product for elimination of pond sludge
and odors. Natural bacteria and enzymes biodegrade bottom sludge in ponds.
Simply calculate water volume and dispense at the rate of one 1-oz bag per
600 gallons of water or one 8-oz bag per 4,800 gallons in ornamental ponds,
biofilters or raceways.
When treating large ponds/lakes, dose 1 lb per acre-foot of water every two
weeks while temperatures are above 50°F; double dose on the first application
of the season.
MODEL EACH
239400 SIX 1-OZ BAGS $15.19
239410 ONE 8-OZ BAG 10.99
239425 ONE 25-LB BAG 368.99
239410
PROLINE SALTWATER "BACTERIA IN A BAG" SW

"Bacteria in a Bag" Saltwater Formula is the perfect choice for water quality
improvement, sludge elimination and odor removal in high-salinity
applications (>18 ppt). Like the original ProLine "Bacteria in a Bag," this
formulation is a one-step maintenance program for aquaculturists working in
high-salinity environments.
Simply calculate water volume and dispense at the rate of one 1-oz bag per 400
gallons or one 8-oz bag per 4,800 gallons in all home and public aquariums.
MODEL EACH
239805 SIX 1-OZ BAGS $16.49
239810 ONE 8-OZ BAG 12.59
239810
TECH TALK 25
Bacteria Notes
DO THEY MOVE AROUND?
WHAT IS THEIR SIZE? Some bacteria form floc, the slippery material one feels on a tank wall. Although many involved in
There are thousands of strains and two major groups. Heterotrophs use organic carbon (as we do). water purification may get trapped in the floc they typically flow through the system. The bacteria
They are elongated, often rod-shaped bacteria, typically .2 µ (microns) wide and 4-6 µ long. on a biofilter are immobile, and water movement is essential to insure that food is brought into
Autotrophs use inorganic carbon (carbonate or carbon dioxide) as plants do. They are cocci-shaped contact with them.
(round to oval) bacteria, typically .2–.4 µ in diameter.
WHERE DO THEY COME FROM?
WHAT DO THEY DO? Bacteria can live in most places, but all strains are not everywhere all the time. Water purification
Like all other living things, they have a biological directive to eat and reproduce. They must cannot be optimized if all the required strains are not present. Bioaugmentation with Proline liquid
compete with each other and with predators. Each strain does only one job, so it takes a and bacteria in a bag encourages the presence of the balanced team. If a proper environment
coordinated team of strains to purify water, for example. exists, they will multiply.
WHAT DO THEY EAT? HOW ARE THEY ELIMINATED?
An individual strain may digest a specific type of fat, certain proteins, carbohydrates, cellulose or Freezing can kill over 99 percent of some strains, such as Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter.
hydrocarbons. Together the right team can eat sludge, animal wastes, etc. Spore-forming bacteria are less affected, at least the spores survive. UV light, disinfectants,
HOW FAST DO THEY GROW? heat, acids, bacteriacides and oxidizers (ozone, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide and potassium
A population of heterotrophic bacteria can double every 20 minutes. Nitrobacter can double every permanganate) will also kill them.
8 hours. This rapid reproduction (with mutations) quickly evolves new strains. WHAT IS THE RELATION BETWEEN LIGHT AND BACTERIA?
WHERE CAN YOU BUY THEM? Light is not only unnecessary for the growth of beneficial bacteria that improve water quality, but
From Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Proline liquid and bacteria in a bag. also will inhibit the growth of nutrifiers, particularly Nitrobacter. Biological filters should be kept
in the dark. Ultraviolet light is used to kill bacteria. The toxicity of the uv light is a function of the
wavelength, intensity and exposure duration. .
Assistance on this Tech Talk was provided by IET, Inc.

SECTION
Products / ProductsCoral
Salt/Sand/Crushed / Products
PROLINE SUPER SALT CONCENTRATE

Contains everything but the salt—save on shipping
This synthetic salt mixture contains all the necessary elements and buffers
Applications (except sodium chloride) required to make synthetic seawater. Each phosphate-
• Public aquariums and nitrate-free batch is individually tested to generate consistency and high
quality. Because sodium chloride is a major component of most synthetic sea
• Saltwater fish holding salt mixtures, it is also responsible for a large amount of the weight. This
systems concentrated mixture contains everything but the sodium chloride, which you
• Aquarium stores can add locally to save money on freight charges.
• Recirculating systems ProLine Super Salt Concentrate is packaged in a semiliquid form and sold in
• Seafood holding systems resealable buckets. One bucket mixes with 80 lbs of noniodized, high-purity
sodium chloride to make 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of salt water.
• Research labs
239500 400 GALLONS 63 $79.29 $71.36
MICROBE-LIFT® POND SALT CRYSTALS

Microbe-Lift® Pond Salt Crystals added to your pond water can be effective
in helping to maintain a healthy fish environment and, in proper dosages,
has proven to be helpful in reducing the threat of parasitic infestations in the
pond. It will temporarily block the toxic effects of nitrite, and by initiating the
production of a thicker slime coat on the fish’s body surface, helps to
promote a stronger immune system and reduce stress.
• Contains no additives
• Nitrate and phosphate free
MODEL EACH
770012 POND SALT CRYSTALS 9 LBS $14.89
ARAGAMAX
Sugar-sized sand
Grain size is .2–1.2 mm diameter. Also known as "oolitic sand," this product is
ideal for shallow beds, allowing denitrification in as little as a 1" depth of water.
The fine grain size can pass easily through the gills of gobies and other
sand-sifting organisms. The smooth round grains are gentle to soft-bellied
sharks and rays. White in color and metal-free. No ash or silica.
MODEL EACH 4+
SS30 30 LBS $23.89 $21.50
FLORIDA CRUSHED CORAL

This crushed coral with aragonite provides up to 25 times the buffering
power of other crushed corals, dolomite and oyster shell. Eliminate chronic
pH problems and provide maximum surface area for bacteria. Allows an
increase in bio load by up to 50%, and it never needs replacement.
MODEL EACH
CC5 40 LBS $28.09

SECTION 273
Salts
INSTANT OCEAN SEA SALT

Instant Ocean® has been the preferred salt mix
of public aquariums and home aquarists for many
years. It is scientifically blended to contain every
minor and major trace element required to make
artificial seawater. Phosphate- and nitrate-free,
it dissolves quickly without insoluble residue.
Each package will make a 32-ppt salt solution
at listed volume. Contains no chlorine remover.
Pallet quantities available.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
IS50 50-GALLON MIXTURE (BAG) 15 $18.99
IS160 160-GALLON MIXTURE (BUCKET) 48 47.99
IS160 IS50
IO200 200-GALLON MIXTURE (BOX) 60 47.99
CRYSTAL SEA® MARINEMIX SALTS

This product is a perfect mixture of essential compounds and trace
elements to make seawater (contains no anticaking agents). Use it with
confidence when setting up any saltwater ecosystem. Crystal Sea is
preferred by many public aquariums, universities, biological research facilities
and professionals.
CM2B
CM2B is a 150-gallon mixture specifically formulated for bioassay research.
Does not contain de-chlorinator.
Quality Assured
Crystal Sea® Marinemix is manufactured under the most stringent quality
control guidelines using a superior computer control blending system.
This ensures exact mixing of anhydrous ingredients throughout each batch.
•N
o ammonia, nitrate, phosphate, silicate or EDTA added.
•A
ttains a proper pH of 8.3 upon hydration.
•C
ontains chlorine remover.
CM2-AQ MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
CM2-AQ 150-GALLON MIXTURE 44 $41.59
CM2B 150-GALLON BIOASSAY MIXTURE 44 46.19
INSTANT OCEAN REEF CRYSTALS® REEF SALT

Developed for reef aquariums, Reef Crystals® is Making Salt Water?
an enriched blend of sea salt that contains extra levels of Start by mixing at these levels,
calcium, vitamins and selected trace elements that are
then aerate for over an hour
commonly depleted in living reef aquariums. It has superior
before measuring salinity, pH, etc.
dissolvability and is compatible with all marine aquariums.
A special additive helps to detoxify excess heavy metals, such Add more salt if needed.
as copper, that are often found at elevated levels in domestic 41/2 cups per 10 gallons
water supplies. Every batch is carefully analyzed to guarantee 1 kg per 10 gallons
composition, consistency and uniformity. Contains no chlorine
remover. Biodegradable box includes four bags, each for 36 oz per 10 gallons
a 50-gal mixture. 21/4 lbs per 10 gallons
SHIP WT 10 gallons = 37.5 liters
MODEL (LBS) EACH All salts are available in pallet
RC200 200-GALLON MIXTURE 56 $60.09 quantities. Call for quotation.
Instant Ocean® and Reef Crystals® are registered trademarks of United Pet Group, Inc., Crystal Sea® is a registered trademark of Marine Enterprises International.
SECTION
Productsand
Chlorine / Products
Ammonia/ Products
Neutralizers
KORDON® NOVAQUA® PLUS WATER CONDITIONER PROLINE AQUA-COAT FW SW

FW SW Safe to use with fish in the water. This super-concentrated formula removes
Improve your fish’s health, reduce nitrite toxicity, detoxify heavy metals and chlorine and chloramines while also detoxifying heavy metals commonly found
buffer tap water with NovAqua® Plus’s enhanced formula. This conditioner in tap and well water. It greatly accelerates the attachment of nitrifying bacteria
neutralizes chlorine (up to 3.75 ppm) and breaks the bond between chlorine to biomedia, maximizing cycling speed. Natural ingredients help damaged
and ammonia in chloramines (use AmQuel® Plus water conditioner to scales and fins on fish (don’t use with food fish). It even adds a protective slime
remove leftover toxic ammonia). coat to the fish’s body, preventing future damage and reducing the risk of
external parasites. Will not alter pH and contains no phosphates or
Ingredients include organic herbs and vitamins, electrolytes and formaldehydes. Dosage: 2 ounces treat 240 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
polymer colloids that combine to boost immune systems, reduce stress
and build up stronger slime coatings on fish. Also removes iodine and International customers: check with your customs agent to determine whether this
promotes biofiltration. product can be shipped to your country.
NovAqua Plus contains stabilizers for long-term storage MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
and is compatible with other water conditioners. One 16-oz
bottle treats 960 gallons; 1-gal container treats 7,680 239601 1 GALLON 11 41.99
gallons. Not FDA-approved.
239602 5 GALLONS 50 114.49
Why NovAqua® Plus?
• Polymer colloids for fish protection.
• Increased ability to remove chlorine.
•E
lectrolytes for stress reduction.
•R
emover of heavy metals, including increased ability to
remove toxic zinc, iron, aluminum, copper, etc.
•H
erbal ingredients for immune health aids and viral and
protozoan infection inhibition.
•V
itamin ingredients for health aids.
MODEL EACH NA16P

239602
NA16P 16 OZ $9.29
NA64P 1 GAL 48.79
NA5P 5 GAL 166.99
Kordon , NovAqua and AmQuel are registered trademarks of Kordon, LLC.

® ® ®
PRIME FW SW DECHLORINATOR, SODIUM THIOSULFATE FW SW

A complete water conditioner that removes chlorine Sodium thiosulfate is the main compound in most chlorine neutralizers. Any
and chloramines.It detoxifies ammonia and nitrite and time municipal water must be used for aquaculture, use sodium thiosulfate for
enhances nitrate removal. Provides essential ions and instant neutralization of chlorine (do not add directly to water containing fish).
stimulates natural slime coat on fish. Prime does not Dosage rates vary with the pH of the water, but rates between 1.6 to 2.6 parts
cause a pH drop or overactivate skimmers. 500 sodium thiosulfate per one part chlorine should be adequate (excess levels of
mL-bottle treats over 5,000 gallons (19,000 liters). Not sodium thiosulfate up to 100 ppm will not harm fish).
FDA-approved.
MODEL EACH
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH ST1A 4-LB JAR $18.79
SC433 500 ML 2 $10.99 ST1 50-LB BUCKET 93.49
SC438 2 LITERS 6 44.09
SC439 4 LITERS 11 73.29 SC438
ULTIMATE® WATER CONDITIONER FW SW

This convenient, fully functional water conditioner instantly removes
chlorine, chloramines and ammonia from fresh or salt water. It also
detoxifies copper and heavy metals, boosts alkalinity and adds essential
electrolytes needed for proper fish growth. It is excellent for conditioning
new water in ponds. Can also be used in shipping bags during transport.
When testing for ammonia, a salicylate test kit must be used. One gallon
treats approximately 7,680 gallons.
ST1A ST1

UT32 32 OZ 3 $14.69
UT1 1 GALLON 11 47.29
UT5 5 GALLONS 50 138.29
Ultimate® is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
UT1
SECTION 275
Products / Products
Ammonia / Products
Removers/Carbon
PROLINE DRY AMMONIA REMOVER FW SW AMQUEL® PLUS WATER CONDITIONER FW SW

Formulated in a highly concentrated powder, ProLine’s complete dry ammonia Considered to be one of the most effective dechlorinators on the market,
remover is ideal for large volume applications. It works in the same way AmQuel Plus instantly removes all forms of ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, chlorine
as AmQuel® Plus water conditioner. One level tablespoon treats 473 liters (125 and chloramine from both fresh and salt water. The active ingredient in AmQuel
gallons), 32 grams will treat 1,000 liters (264 gallons), 1 kg will treat 31,250 Plus reacts with nitrogen compounds like ammonia and nitrite to form a
liters (8,250 gallons). nontoxic, stable substance that does not interfere with beneficial bacteria and
can be oxidized by nitrifying bacteria in the biofilter. AmQuel Plus uses no
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH sodium thiosulfate, contains no formaldehyde and is nontoxic to all fish and
APP1 2.2 $19.99 invertebrates (not FDA-approved for use with food fish). Water treated with
AmQuel Plus cannot be accurately tested using Nessler’s-type ammonia tests
APP5 11 95.29 or Winkler-type D.O. kits. The amounts of toxic components removed by
AmQuel Plus vary depending on water conditions. Recommended dosage is 1
APP25 55 393.79 teaspoon (5 mL) for each 10 gallons. This dose will remove chlorine, 1.2 ppm of
ammonia, 2 ppm of nitrite, 13 ppm of nitrate. A 16-oz. bottle treats 960 gallons.
AM16P AMQUEL PLUS, 16 OZ 1 $8.79
AM64P AMQUEL PLUS, GALLON 11 45.49
AM75P AMQUEL PLUS, 5 GALLONS 50 187.79
AMD2P DRY AMQUEL PLUS, 11 LBS 11 169.29
APP1
APP5 AMD3P DRY AMQUEL PLUS, 55 LBS 55 506.09
PROLINE ZEOLITE AMMONIA REMOVER FW

Fresh water only
Clinoptilolite filter media, otherwise known as zeolite,
is an effective means of removing ammonia. It also
provides a large surface area for nitrifying bacteriain
recirculating systems. ProLine high- performance AM16P AM64P AMD2P
zeolite may be regenerated several times by
overnight immersion in a salt solution and/or oven
drying (not effective in salt water). CLORAM-X® WATER CONDITIONER FW SW
MODEL EACH Safe for use on food fish and shellfish

ZAR10 10-LB BUCKET $22.29 This highly concentrated powder completely neutralizes ammonia, chlorine and
chloramines from fresh and salt water. It is nontoxic to fish and invertebrates.
ZAR5 50-LB BAG 44.09 Dosage rate: 1 oz ClorAm-X® per 235 gallons of water removes 1 mg/L of total
ammonia. A 5-lb box treats 18,749 gallons. Note: Water treated with ClorAm-X®
ZAR10 cannot be accurately tested using Nessler’s-type ammonia tests or Winkler-
type D.O. kits.
CAX5 5 $51.99
PROLINE ACTIVATED CARBON FW SW CAX10 10 85.99
A superior, high-purity, bituminous coal-based CAX25 55 464.09
activated carbon. Preferred by public aquariums,
research centers and government fisheries. The ClorAm-X® is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
small particle size (approximately 1/16” to 1/8”)
provides a large surface area for rapid uptake and
reduces water travel distances to interior
adsorption surfaces. Adsorbs full range of organic
contaminants, pesticides, odors, colors, chlorine,
dissolved organics, ozone and many heavy metals.
Carbon is dry-packed.
Can be retained using window screen size mesh. CAX5 CAX10
Approximately .625 m2 of surface area per gram.
Bulk density is approximately 24 lbs/ft3.
REEF CARBON FW SW
MODEL EACH
This high-grade carbon contains no phosphates and is
AC412A 1.5 LB JAR $12.09 AC412A excellent for removing dissolved organics, organic
chemicals and heavy metals. Highly recommended for
AC412 15 LB BUCKET 83.99 saltwater reef systems. Use 1/4 lb per 100 gallons.
AC55 55 LB BAG 166.69
MODEL EACH
KC6 15 LBS $85.29
KC55 44 LBS 195.29
KC6

SECTION
Carbon/Calcium/Sodium Bicarbonate/Other
PROLINE CALCIUM CHLORIDE PROLINE SODIUM BICARBONATE

Technical-grade calcium chloride can be used to Raise alkalinity and pH (when conditions are right)
raise the calcium hardness in recirculating systems. of fish-raising water. FCC food-grade complying with
Depending upon the water’s buffering capacity, it National Science Foundation Standard 60. Powdered
may raise or lower the pH. Normal calcium hardness to dissolve quickly and completely. To increase total
levels should be maintained between 100–250 alkalinity 10 ppm in 1,000 gallons of water requires
mg/L, depending on the species. Fast-dissolving 0.15 lb. Note: Increases H2 O temperature slightly when
pellets. Note: Increases H2 O temperature slightly mixed in high concentrations.
when mixed in high concentrations. MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH SC12A 4-LB JAR $16.99
CC1AB 3.5-LB JAR $12.89 SC12 40-LB BUCKET 71.09
CCB1 35-LB BUCKET 52.09 SC12A
CC1AB
CHEMI-PURE® FILTERING GRANULES FW SW PURIGEN® SYNTHETIC FILTRATION FW SW

A high-grade blend of activated carbon and ion exchange This is a premium, synthetic absorbent that is
resins prepackaged in a convenient, nylon filter bag. It is unlike any other filtration product. It is not a
an excellent chemical adsorption media and ion mixture of ion exchangers or absorbents, but a
generator that will keep pH at a stable level, helping fish unique macro-porous synthetic polymer that
resist osmotic shock. Replace every six months. One removes soluble and insoluble impurities and
10-oz bag is ideal for tanks up to 50 gallons. exceeds all others by over 500%. Purigen removes
proteins, ammonia, nitrates and a broad spectrum
MODEL EACH of organics, yet its impact on trace elements is
16705 10 OZ $8.19 minimal. It progressively darkens as it exhausts
and is renewed by treating with household bleach.
Chemi-Pure is a registered trademark of Aquatic Futures, LLC.
® 100 mL purifies up to 100 gallons (400 L) of water
for up to 6 months. Use with a fine mesh bag
(included with P165).

PHOSPHATE SPONGE FW SW
P165 100 ML 1 $7.79 P186
Removes phosphates quickly from water
P186 250 ML 1 12.99
This ceramic media can be used in marine and
freshwater systems, including koi ponds and P187 1 LITER 3 45.09
recirculating aquaculture systems. One quart
(650 g) of media will reduce 1 ppm phosphates or Purigen is a registered trademark of Seachem Laboratories, Inc.
®
silicates to less than .5 ppm in 120 gallons of water.

Media particle size is 2–5 mm and can be retained
using an 800-micron or smaller mesh bag.
MODEL EACH
KPS8 5 LBS (2,500 GAL) $125.79
WATCH OUR CHANNEL



CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS 277
Fish Hauling
BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS FISHAUL-C FW CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required

TRANQUILTM FW KOI CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
Reduces stress and mortality caused by fish hauling and holding. Also reduces Reduce injury and loss during shipping and handling of baitfish. Ship more
the accumulation of ammonia, nitrate and prevents foam buildup caused by baitfish per volume of water. Tranquil Fish Calmer slows fish metabolism, so
hauling tank crowding. Safe for use on all freshwater fish, it has a low less oxygen is required. Great for bait holding tanks, hauling truck tanks and
regulatory status and is safe for use on food fish. Ideal for shipping bags. Six drops of Tranquil treat one gallon of water. Baitfish recover
fish transport, bait tanks, minnow farms and fishing/bass immediately upon removing them from Tranquil-treated water.
tournaments. This concentrated, salt-free formula will
save you in shipping costs. Simply mix 2.5 kg container MODEL GALLONS TREATED EACH
with 50 lbs of noniodized salt (purchased locally) to treat SL141 700 8 OZ $23.79
2,230 gallons (8,441 liters). Not a dechlorinator.
SL142 11,200 1 GALLON 275.09
MODEL EACH 6+
HL1A $27.09 $25.74
BAIT HOLDING FORMULAS FW CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required

ALL products below are for use with nonfood fish only. Our Chemical Waiver
Form is required to purchase these products.
BETTER-BAIT Minnow Holding Formula was developed for use on soft-scaled
baitfish such as fathead and Missouri minnows. Its dark blue granular
formulation readily dissolves and is ideal for bait holding tanks, raceways, SL141 SL142
hauling tanks, live wells and minnow buckets. The formula provides instant
removal of chlorine, adds electrolytes, removes heavy metals and pesticides
and stimulates the minnows’ natural slime coat. One tablespoon treats 50
gallons. Turns water blue.
FINER-SHINER Shiner Holding Formula is designed for use with wild shiners,
hatchery shiners and hard-scaled baitfish. It is heavily formulated with
VIDALIFE WATER CONDITIONER
potassium, which hardens fish scales and makes sure bait lasts longer during Vidalife is a specially formulated water conditioner
captivity. It also removes tapwater chlorine, removes harmful metals and for use in fish hatcheries, broodstock facilities,
pesticides and stimulates a natural slime coat. Finer-Shiner is commonly used transport tanks, and on handling equipment and
in bait tanks, hauling tanks, holding vats, live baitwells and minnow buckets. handling surfaces. When applied as directed,
One tablespoon treats 50 gallons. Turns water a clear, green color. Vidalife will help protect fish from abrasions by
preserving the fish’s natural mucous layer and can
SHRIMP-KEEPER Saltwater Bait Holding Formula will help keep saltwater bait be used whenever fish are handled or moved.
alive, including shrimp, ghost shrimp, croakers, mullet, piggy perch and
menhaden. The formula totally conditions salt water. It removes ammonia and MODEL EACH
surface foam, stimulates natural slime coat and reduces water surface tension
VLC1 1 GALLON $36.79
so that more oxygen can enter the water. One tablespoon treats 25 gallons of
salt water.
GALLONS SHIP WT
MODEL EACH
TREATED (LBS)
SL103 BETTER-BAIT 2,400 3 $26.89
SL104 BETTER-BAIT 9,600 12 85.99
CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
SL203 FINER-SHINER 2,400 3 33.09 This symbol designates those products that require a completed Chemical Waiver
SL204 FINER-SHINER 8,000 12 98.69 Form before purchase (Visit PentairAES.com). Pentair AES will only sell medications
to those customers who certify that they will control the usage of these products.
SL313 SHRIMP-KEEPER 1,200 3 51.99 Medications are for use with ornamental fish only and are not for use with
SL314 SHRIMP-KEEPER 4,800 12 154.09 food fish or for human consumption.
NEVER RELEASE BAITFISH INTO THE WILD!
Note:
Use of any conditioners, additives, treatments or medications is "at your own risk."
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems highly recommends the following:
•F
ish should ALWAYS be properly examined and diagnosed for disease by
a licensed veterinarian or fish lab.
•A
LWAYS double-check your chemical calculations and dosage rates.
SL103 SL203 SL313 •O
NLY dose at rates prescribed by a licensed veterinarian or the manufacturer.
•N
EVER mix chemicals or medications with other chemicals.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. is not liable for any damages or consequential
damages resulting from any chemical or medication treatments.

Anesthetics/Disinfectants
TRICAINE-S TOPICAL ANESTHETICS FW SW KOI AQUATIC DISINFECTANT FW SW TECH FAV

This is an FDA-approved, ANADA #200-226, This is a highly effective disinfectant specifically formulated for use
high-grade brand of MS-222 (tricaine in aquaculture facilities. Generally used for cleaning equipment and
methanesulfonate), which is an anesthetic/ instruments, but may also be used in footbaths. Ideal for controlling
tranquilizer of fish and other cold-blooded a wide variety of viral, bacterial and fungal pathogens.
aquatic organisms. When used properly, it
Mix at a rate of 1.3 ounces per gallon of water. One gallon of solution treats
induces a temporary state of immobilization
135 sq.ft.; 10-lb container makes 123 gallons of solution. Solution remains
that is rapidly reversed when the animal is
stable for seven days. EPA-registered (registration pending in California).
placed back in clean water. It is commonly
used when handling fish during manual MODEL EACH
spawning (stripping), tagging, measuring,
weighing and surgical operations. It is a VKS10 10-LB CONTAINER $98.59
great sedative for transporting, sorting and
grading fish.
MODEL EACH TRS2 TRS5 TRS1

Tricaine-S is a USFDA registered drug of
TRS4 5G $20.99 Western Chemical Inc. a subsidary of
Aquatic Life Sciences, Inc.
TRS5 10 G 31.49
TRS1 100 G 125.89
TRS2 1 KG 681.49
OVADINE IODINE FW SW KOI MICROBE-LIFT® SABBACTISUN

This product is a buffered, FDA-registered fish All Natural Herbal Water Conditioner for Bacterial Diseases
egg disinfectant that works well when applied MICROBE-LIFT®/SABBACTISUN™ is a unique, natural remedy, proven
to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective effective against bacterial dropsy, fungus, fin/tail rot, bulging eyes, raised
against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and scales and ulcers in fish. It works by expelling external pathogens from the host
bacteria. Sodium thiosulfate (ST1/ST1A) can be fish and stimulating its immune system response. Unlike many chemical and
used to neutralize iodine disinfectants. antibiotic treatments available, it can also speed up damaged tissue
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH regeneration. It is made from plant and herbal
extracts and is environmentally friendly. This product
ID10 1 GALLON 11 $40.99
is harmless to all nitrifying bacteria and aquatic
Ovadine® is a registered trademark of Western Chemical, Inc. plants. It has a shelf life of 2 years provided it is kept
at room temperature and stored in its original bottle.
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE Do not allow to freeze.. May not be used with fish
intended for human consumption. For quarantine
FW SW KOI tank and pond use only. Treats up to 2,365 gal. (8,953
HAZMAT AG CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required Liters) for 10 days.
Technical grade KMnO4 (97% minimum potassium • Stimulates the immune system
permanganate) is a strong oxidizer that works by • Completely safe to use
oxidizing organic and inorganic materials that are
major consumers of oxygen (does not add oxygen to • Non-toxic to animals and plants
the water). Sold in 5-lb (2.2 kg) bucket. Ships Hazmat. • Fully biodegradable
Not FDA Approved. • Does not discolor water

PTP5 5 LB $ 48.99 770013 32 OZ $49.99
Microbe-Lift® and Sabbactisun™ are trademarks and/or registered
trademarks of Ecologicial Laboratories, Inc.
PROLINE DEFOAMER METHYLENE BLUE FW SW CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
Instantly eliminates foam Aids in general disease prevention with tropical fish, fry
and eggs. Also used for detoxification of fish suffering
Our defoamer is a high-quality, 5% food grade,
from nitrite or cyanide poisoning. One teaspoon treats
silicone-based product that will instantly
10 gallons (3 ppm concentration). Toxic to plants and
eliminate surface foam in tanks, ponds, hauling
bacterial beds; recommended for use in quarantine
tanks, etc. Use sparingly, as one teaspoon treats
tanks. Not FDA-approved.
100 gallons or more. This is a great price on a
high-quality defoamer. MODEL EACH 4+
37344 4 OZ $4.09 $3.89
MODEL EACH 4+
DFA 1 PINT 1 LB $9.89 —

DFB 1 GALLON 11 LBS 34.59 32.86
DFA
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS 279
Parasite Control
TRICIDE-NEO® ANTIBIOTICS MICROBE-LIFT® LICE & ANCHOR

FW KOI TECH FAV CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
WORM TREATMENT FW SW KOI
Tricide-Neo® is a dip to aid in the treatment of superficial bacterial infections Treats pond fish affected by common external parasites such as
such as ulcer disease. It breaks the bacteria’s resistant outer layer to allow the lice and anchor worms. Safe for use on all ornamental pond fish,
antibiotic to stop the bacteria. The product is shipped dry and mixed with reptiles, amphibians and mollusks. Will not harm pond biological
distilled water. Fish can be dipped every other day for one week. Healed ulcers filtration. Recommended dosage: 1 ts per 20 gallons. 16 oz bottle
can typically be seen within 15 days. Also used as a prophylactic dip prior to treats up to 1,920 gallons of pond water. For ornamental fish only.
introducing new fish. Ineffective against Mycobacterium spp. For external use
on nonfood fish only! TN22 (22 grams) makes one gallon, TN110 (110 grams) MODEL EACH
makes 5 gallons. Not FDA-approved. FLAW16 $13.09
MODEL EACH Microbe-Lift® is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
TN22 22 GRAMS $32.29 KOIZYME® WATER CONDITIONER
TN110 110 GRAMS 71.99 FW KOI
Tricide-Neo is a registered trademark of Molecular Therapeutics.

® This blend of nonpathogenic bacteria, enzymes and
micronutrients works on the established principle
of competitive exclusion. When used as directed,
KoiZyme will reduce the bacterial count of
TN22 Aeromonas, Pseudomonas and other pathogenic
bacteria to such low levels that they will not have
an effect on koi. KoiZyme will not harm biofilters
and has a 4–6 month shelf life (18 months if kept
refrigerated). Use weekly at 4 teaspoons per
1,000 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL EACH 4+
KZ32 32 OZ 50.39 47.87

Koi with ulcer infected with multiantibiotic resistant bacteria before and 15 KoiZyme® is a registered trademark of Koi Care Kennel, Inc.
days after 5 to 10 min dips in Tricide-Neo on days 0, 2 and 4.
MICROBE-LIFT® PARAZORYNE
POND RID-ICH®+ MEDICATION All Natural Herbal Water Conditioner for Parasitic Diseases
FW KOI CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
MICROBE-LIFT®/Parazoryne™ is a natural parasite expellant proven to work
This is a combination of two medications effective in against skin and gill flukes, white spot, Oodinium, Costia, Chilodonella and
the control of many diseases caused by freshwater Trichodina, just to name a few. Parasitic infections are characterized by
external protozoan parasites, including ich, Costia, symptoms such as: milky skin, white spots, flashing, heavy breathing and
Trichodina and Chilodonella. Can also treat fungal general lethargy. Made from plant extracts and environmentally friendly, it
infections in fish. Contains formalin and malachite supports the fish’s immune system, driving off the excess parasites, and is
green; 16 oz (473 mL) treat 960 gallons (3.6 cubic harmless to all nitrifying bacteria and aquatic plants. This product has a shelf
meters). Pond Rid-Ich®+ is not FDA-approved for life of 2 years, provided it is kept at room temperature and stored in its original
use on food fish. Cannot ship when temperature is bottle. Do not allow to freeze. This product is intended for use with all
below 40ºF. ornamental fish and may not be used with fish intended for human
consumption. For quarantine tank and pond use only. Treats up to 2,365 gal.
MODEL EACH (8,953 Liters) for 10 days.
PR16 16 OZ $9.39 MICROBE-LIFT®/Sabbactisun™ and MICROBE-LIFT®/

Parazoryne™ can be used 12 hours apart
PR64 GALLON 46.19
PR16 • 100% natural plant and herbal product
Rid-Ich is a registered trademark of Kordon, LLC.
®
• Fully biodegradable
• Non-toxic to animals and plants
PROFORM-C MEDICATION FW KOI CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required • Does not adversely affect either nitrifying filter
bacteria or beneficial bacterial additives
ProForm-C is a broad spectrum treatment that is safe
and effective for the control of diseases caused by • Does not discolor water
Ichthyophthirius (ich), Costia, Trichodina, Chilodonella,
Oodinium and fungal infections. It is a malachite green
and formalin combination that is considerably less toxic
to koi and goldfish than other similar products in the
market. Required treatment time is generally three days
and bypassing the biofilter is not required. One quart treats MODEL EACH
a 3,200-gallon system three times and one gallon treats 770014 MICROBE-LIFT PARAZORYNE 32 OZ $49.99
a 12,800-gallon system three times. Not for food fish.
Cannot ship when temperature is below 40ºF. Parazoryne™ is a trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
MODEL EACH
P1002 1 QUART $24.09 P1002
P1003 1 GALLON 66.09

RECIRCULATING 280
AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS)

TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOPS
AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPONENT OPTIONS FOR USE IN THE MANAGEMENT OF RECIRCULATING
RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS RECIRCULATING PRODUCTION SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
• Defining recirculating systems • Solids removal
• Monitoring and control
• RAS compared to other production options • Nutrient removal
• Daily operations
• Reasons to use recirculating technology • Dissolved gas addition and removal
• Emergency systems and procedures
• Disease control
CRITICAL CONSIDERATIONS BEFORE DEVELOPING AN APPROPRIATE DESIGN
FOR YOUR AQUACULTURE APPLICATION • UV Light and Disinfection
DESIGNING RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
• Impact of feed on growth, metabolism and • Examples from around the USA and Europe
water quality
WASTE MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Biofilter Economics
• Waste Generation
• Critical water quality parameters • Considerations in RAS Design
• Waste Treatment Options
• Tank hydraulics
ANALYSIS AND MODELLING • Waste Disposal
• Solids waste generation
• Dissolved nutrient generation • Mass Balance Analysis and RAS
• Aeration and Oxygenation Technologies • Dynamic Modelling and RAS
For more information about educational

courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
SECTION 281
281
STOCK CONTROL
AND MANAGEMENT
PRODUCTS
282 Vaki Biomass Daily
284 Counters
290 Vaki Smart Flow
292 Fish & Shrimp Pumps
294 Fish Graders

282 STOCK CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT
VAKI Biomass Daily
VAKITM BIOMASS DAILY TM NEW!

Accurate information to ensure optimal decisions
With a VAKI Biomass Daily frame placed in each cage, fish are continually
measured with pinpoint accuracy. For every site and every cage, the daily
overview of average weight, size distribution, condition-factor and growth
is available 24/7. All measurements are available in a web-based reporting
application, which can automatically send daily detailed reports to selected
recipients. With VAKI Biomass Daily, the fish farmer has more time to attend
other tasks and fish are not exposed to unnecessary stress.
Biomass Daily provides you with:

• Overview of all cages and live data
• Larger samples, more accuracy
• Daily information on average weight and size distribution
• Average condition factor and distribution
• Simple but powerful analysis of data
• No stress to the fish and no disturbance to the feeding
Accurate information ensures optimal decisions

• Real time comparisons between cages and sites
• Changes in growth patterns detected as soon as they occur
• Select optimum cages and dates for harvest
• Optimize grading and splitting
• Lower Conversion Factor with better utilization of feed
Three frame sizes available:

• Three sizes of frames depending on cage size, fish density and size
• The FR800 frame is optimal for those cages that have low density or may
have difficulties with low fish numbers in the measured sample
• The FR550 frame is widely used in smaller cages or where the density is high
• The FR300 frame is used in landbased tanks measuring smolts down to 50 gr
• The software is the same for all frame versions
Biomass Daily measures 24/7 regardless of visibility or time of day, ensures that the
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING. measured fish are a good mix from the whole population in the pen.
All measurements are available in a web-based reporting application, which can automatically send daily detailed reports to selected recipients.

STOCK CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT 283
VAKI Biomass Daily Software
VAKITM BIOMASS DAILY TM SOFTWARE

Provides powerful analytics:
• Reporting accurate weight and size distribution
to harvest
• Lower overall FCR with focus on periodic FCR
• Monitoring growth, comparing to
environmental factors
• C ontrolling production with regard to
Maximum Biomass Allowance
• Correcting growth models with data on
real growth
• Decisions on grading or splitting
• Correct insurance value and for internal reporting
The Growth Trend

Daily measurements based on thousands of fish
over a long period of time.
With Biomass Daily fish is measured continuously
and the data is collected over a long period.
Thus, it is possible to follow the growth curve and
therefore focus on the feed conversion and growth,
whether it is in line with temperature, feeding and
other factors affecting fish growth.
Through utilization of Biomass Daily,

highly-accurate feed conversion data can
be measured and interpreted.

VAKI Wellboat and Channel Counters
VAKITM CHANNEL COUNTERS NEW!

When Transporting, grading, and general stock control
The Channel Counter is ideal for the accurate counting and size estimation of
large numbers of live fish from 500g upwards. Designed to accurately count at
the high capacities achieved by modern fish pumps and fish transport systems
when splitting, grading and harvesting.
B-Type Channel Counter

Refers to the box design and is used when it is not required to lead the fish into
a pipe after counting. This version is commonly used on barges when fish are
being pumped directly from one cage to another.
Y-Type Channel Counter

B-Type Channel Counters
Used on large grading machines when the fish are transported from the grader
into a pipe after counting. The pipe diameter can be up to 20".
VAKI B-TYPE CHANNEL COUNTER

B2000 B1400
Dimensions (L x W x H) 0.63 m x 2.1 m x 0.68 m 0.6 m x 1.5 m x 0.67 m
Counting width 1.4 m & 2.0 m 1.4 m & 2.0 m
VAKI Y-TYPE CHANNEL COUNTER

Y1900 Y1300
Dimensions (L x W x H) 2.14 m x 3.04 m x 0.68 m 1.64 m x 2.38 m x 0.67 m
Counting width 1.4 m & 1.9 m 1.4 m & 1.9 m
Y-Type Channel Counter
VAKI WELLBOAT SMOLT COUNTER

Specially designed for use with big vacuum pumps or pressurized flow on
wellboats. The well proven technology on hatcheries all over the world,
has been adapted to use on wellboats, and it gives accurate count that can
be verified with images of every fish.
VAKI WELLBOAT SMOLT COUNTER

Dimensions (L x W x H) 4.2 m x 1.64 m x 2.4 m
Counting width 1.4 m & 2.1 m

VAKI Counters
VAKITM MACRO EXEL COUNTER NEW! VAKI MACRO COUNTER NEW!

The newest and biggest fish counter in the VAKI Macro Range. It has a Especially effective when delivering large amount of fish for transport. The VAKI
120cm wide counting area and has 25% higher capacity, wireless Internet, Macro has a 100 cm wide counting area and has a capacity of 200,000 smolts
logging system and a faster camera connection. The VAKI Macro Exel can or 1 million 1g fry per hour. With a range from 0.2g–400g the VAKI Macro is
be delivered in either single-channel or four-channel configuration. ideal for accurate and fast delivery of fry and smolts. The VAKI Macro can be
delivered in either single-channel or four-channel configuration.
VAKI MICRO COUNTER NEW! VAKI NANO COUNTER NEW!

Ideal for the internal handling of smaller fish or delivery of fry. The VAKI Designed for counting small batches and smaller fish. TThe VAKI Nano is
Micro is exceptionally good for hatcheries counting small fish between best-suited for applications where fish are hand-netted or brought to the
0.2g and 200g. The counting area is 50 cm wide with a capacity of 500,000 counter via bucket. The VAKI Nano can count fish down to 0.05g.
1 g fish per hour. The VAKI Micro can be delivered in either single-channel
or three-channel configuration
MAIN ADVANTAGES OF VAKI COUNTERS:

• Accurate counting ounting report
•C • Overload alarm
• High capacity •F
ish in water at all times • Removable counter head for servicing and storing
• Images are saved for verification •U
sb port for accessories • Remote monitoring and servicing

VAKI Lumpfish and Shrimp Counter
VAKITM LUMPFISH COUNTER NEW!

The fish are accurately counted as they slide through the scanner. The VAKI
Lumpfish Counter is available in three different configurations, each using
infrared light technology to achieve reliable counting results.
Features
• Single channel display unit, powered by 12VDC. External 110/240V power
supply available. IP66 waterproof
• 4 channel display unit, mains powered. IP66 waterproof
• P C-based, 4 channel control unit with additional reporting and
interfacing capabilities. IP65 waterproof
SINGLE CH. DISPLAY UNIT 4 CH. DISPLAY UNIT PC-BASED

Easy to install/set up ü ü ü
Accurate counting ü ü ü
High capacity ü ü ü
Robust ü ü ü
Gentle on fish—fish are in the water ü ü ü
at all times
Images are saved for verification ü ü ü
Remote monitoring and servicing — — ü
Remote monitoring and servicing — — ü
Counting report — — ü
VAKI SHRIMP COUNTER NEW!

The VAKI Shrimp Counter is a video-based flow-through system built
specifically for the aquaculture industry. The counter is configurable to
meet your needs. It does not require nets, water-chilling or statistical
guesswork. Shrimp remain in the water at all times and are unharmed by
the counting process. Audit function allows reply of previous files to allow
users to validate accuracy of the count
Features
• Audit function allows reply of previous files to allow users to validate
accuracy of the count
• Every image used for sizing is stored and can be retrieved from the
report page
• Pictures show size estimate calculations
• Made for 1"and 2" pipes
• Shrimp size: 0.1g–3g
MAXIMUM SPEED
1" COUNTER 2" COUNTER
0.1 gr shrimp 20,000 shrimp per hour 80,000 shrimp per hour
0.3 gr shrimp 10,000 shrimp per hour 40,000 shrimp per hour
1 gr shrimp N/A 10,000 shrimp per hour
Water flow 2,000 liters per hour 7,500 liters per hour

VAKI Counting Software
VAKI™ COUNTING SOFTWARE NEW!

The advanced software is used to count the fish as they pass the counting
area. All fish images are stored and can be used for verifying the count.
Automatically-generated reports provide users with valuable and detailed
information for each counting session. The average weight and size
distribution of the counted fish are shown on a graph along with information
on the total biomass of the fish.
Macro App
Among other features the Macro app provides the user the option to run
the counter, view the results and email the count report from a smart
phone or tablet.
Counter Software
The touch pad screen on the counter head is used to operate the counter.
The main screen of the program displays numbers, average weight and
through put. A graph shows the rate of fish going through the counter and the
maximum capacity. Should the counter be overloaded a warning signal is given.
After each count an image file and a report file are saved. Files can be Macro App Counter Software
displayed on screen and transferred to a flash drive or internal network.
Recording of Images
The images of the fish are automatically recorded and can be used to validate
and check the accuracy of the count. The image file can be given to a customer
and/or stored as a permanent record.
The red chart indicates the numbers of fish counted during the entire count
and is used to select a time frame for further analyses. The screen displays
images of fish passing the camera for each one second interval. Accuracy can
be verified by a manual check of the number of fish images to the count shown
on the screen.
Counting Report
The counting report is produced after each count with the total number of fish
counted, number in each group, total counting time, average fish/min and any
counter overload time. The counting throughput graph is shown on the report
and the name of site, tank, company logo, comments, and other information
can be included. Recording of Images Counting Report
With the optional size measurement function the average weight and size
distribution is also included. A hard copy of the report can be printed or stored.
Size Measurements
An optional feature to the counting program, the size measurement module,
presents accurate average weight and size distribution of the counted fish. CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
In one simple operation complete data on number and size of fish is obtained
without handling or stress.
VAKI ONLINE SERVICE CONTRACT NEW!

Online Service Contracts provides you with inclusive service checks carried Online Service Contract Includes:
out online by our skilled service team, so there are no logistical issues or
• Counter registered into Online service history database
transport costs to worry about. This also gives us the opportunity to advise
and make recommendations on the use of the counter, identify any potential • Three routine Online service checks per year with email report
issues that may be affecting the accuracy or any repairs/replacements that • All settings and systems check
should be considered. All VAKI Fish Pumps, Graders and Counters can be
• Visibility check for light strength, head/camera alignment,
connected to Smart Flow.
edge positions and bulkheads
• Calibration check
• Random selection of 2 files from the last service in hard drive
checked for quality of images
• Hard drive clean up
• Report that contains recommendations regarding changes to alignment,
cleaning and other issues highlighted during the Online checks
• Priority service customer for additional Online support
• 1x count quality report, per year
• All applicable software fix upgrades free
• 25% of additional function change software packages

VAKI Counter and Bioscanner
VAKI™ PIPELINE (PLC) NEW!

The VAKI Pipeline Counter is installed in a pipe leading from a grading machine,
or onto the end of a pipe where it empties into a tank. The fish are counted when
sliding through the pipeline, using infrared light beams, a technology that VAKI
has been using for over 25 years in its other products. The Pipeline Counter is
a proven, robust technology suitable for use in harsh applications.
Features
• Easy to install / set up
• Accurate counting
• Gentle on fish—fish are in water at all times
• Can be mounted directly on the grader or on the end of the pipe into the tank
• Four scanners can be connected to the control unit
• Fish size: 10g - 10kg
• Capacity: 45000 fish/hour (50gr)
• Adaptors: for 110, 160 and 200mm pipes
• Power supply: 110–240V
VAKI BIOSCANNER NEW!

VAKI Bioscanner for counting both small and large fish. Fish of all species
are counted stress free and remain in water at all times. The VAKI Bioscanner
is accurate, fast and reliable.
The Scanner Unit "sees" the fish as they pass through the V-channel, counts
them and relays data to the Control Unit. Regulates the flow of fish and water
and separates the fish, making it possible to count them.
The V-channel 1: For counting small and medium sized fish, 3 g–750 g.
The V-channel 3: For counting medium sized to big fish, 500 g–6 kg.
Features & Benefits

• Accuracy: 99-100 %
• High capacity - up to 60,000 fish per hour
• Easy to use
• Accurate information on the number of fish in sea cages, ponds,
tanks and raceways
• E xact deliveries of smolt and when harvesting
• Lower manpower costs and increased efficiency
• The number of fish in each size group (when used in conjunction with graders)
• Accurate feeding quantities and proper medical dosages
• Accurate data for insurance assessment
Control Unit
• Gathers and displays data from up to four scanners
• Single Channel Display Unit
• Multi Display Unit with 4 inputs

VAKI Riverwatcher Fish Counter
VAKITM RIVERWATCHER FISH COUNTERTM NEW!

For reliable river stock management. Riverwatcher Fish Counter Daily
The VAKI Riverwatcher Fish Counter is installed in fish ladders, pools, traps, or • Customers can view real-time information and see what is going on in
similar places where all the fish in the river have to pass. When a fish swims the river at any time
through the scanner, the resulting silhouette image is used to count and • Counts and charts available without having to download data and start
estimate the size of each fish. a specific software
• Automatic report
Main Advantages
• Easy to share information and easy to compare rivers
• Accurate and reliable assessment of fish numbers
• E xamine temperature records for a particular period
• Comparison of the movement pattern of the fish from one year to another
• Analyze the silhouette images of each fish and sort the fish in different
• Comparison of catch figures and Riverwatcher fish counts to calculate groups and to verify the counting
catch rates
• Users can easily edit data if needed
• Evaluation of the results of rearing and smolt releases
• All data securely stored and accessible on your private web account
• A ssessment of the influence of environmental factors
• A ssessment of the efficiency of fish ladders CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
• Valuable data for better fisheries management
Main Features
• Counts fish with more than 98% accuracy
• Measures the size of each fish with more than 95% accuracy
• Stores silhouette images of every fish that passes through the scanner
• Detailed identification of species, sex, etc. of individual fish from the high
quality digital images
• The data and time of day that each fish passes the scanner is recorded
• The water temperature is recorded and measured at 3 hour intervals
Easy to access statistics, silhouettes and videos of all fish in the river. Users can view real-time
information from anywhere and see what is going on in the river at any time.
When a fish swims through the scanner, the resulting silhouette image is used Users can view real-time information. Counts and charts available at all times.
to count and estimate the size of each fish. Easy to share information and easy to compare rivers.

VAKI Smart Flow
VAKI™ SMART FLOW NEW!

Control and Monitoring System
The VAKI Smart Flow System gathers and stores information about all
measured fish for easy analysis of size and number. This facilitates the
optimization of every operation as the various devices can be controlled
and fine-tuned electronically in order to result in the desired output.
Integrates to all main VAKI products

• Easy control during the process, resulting in more precise and desired output
• All counting data are automatically saved
• Provides instant access for others within the company to view the data at
any time
How it works
All devices can be controlled and fine-tuned electronically "on the fly",
resulting in more precise output.
Pump speed adjustment

The counter measures the speed of flow and sends the information to the
pump in order to regulate the pumping speed.
All devices can be controlled and fine-tuned electronically, resulting in more precise and desired output.
Automatic feedback control
The feedback loop between the counter and grader can relieve the user
from having to monitor the grading process manually.
Online database/local server

Stores all data from the measurements.
Regulating density control

The counter sends the density control information on the measured fish.
Counting report
The automatic counting report can be supplied to the receiver of fish along
with the counting file containing the images of all the fish.
Controlled "on the fly"

By integrating a feedback loop between the grader and the counter, both opening
and rotation settings of the grader can be adjusted to reach the optimal quantity
of fish in each category.
Easy access and sharing of valuable information.
As an example, if an equal biomass distribution is preferred between
all categories, the counter will adjust the grader so that the category
with e.g. small fish receives the largest number of fish to adjust for
the relative weight difference of each individual fish.
The devices can interact, for maximum results.

Biomass Control
Biomass Control is considered a serious challenge in fish farming

Now, why is it a challenge? Everybody can agree that poor biomass control can lead to unnecessary
negative environmental impact. But also important is the challenge of getting the most out of production.
How to achieve maximum yield with minimum cost?

In order to achieve maximum yield at minimum cost, higher industrialisation of the farming process is
required. Tight monitoring and control of factors, that can be controlled, is also important. We need to
collect as much data as possible and go into as much detail as possible monitoring exact weights and
numbers all the way from hatching to harvest.
Smolt delivery
One of the most critical points in production from a Biomass Control perspective is the smolt delivery.
The number and weight of smolts introduced into each cage is absolutely critical because it represents
the starting point in an ongoing production.
Accuracy needed
The ongoing part of the production is also very challenging for biomass control.
Taking a manual sample of 100 fish from a cage is both physically challenging for the fish and the fish
farmer and it is just not accurate nor reliable enough. When the information about the Biomass in
individual cages is not available or inaccurate, growth cannot be monitored and feeding cannot be
controlled, which hinders the effort to obtain the lowest feed conversion rate (FCR) possible. Low FCR is
of course one of the most important indicators of low production cost.
Therefore, monitoring the FCR based on real growth is essential if one wants to control the feeding.
Monitoring the periodic FCR based on real growth is also essential if you want to analyse high FCR
periods and takes some actions or implement improvements before the next production period.
Biomass control helps industralize salmon farming further

The only way to monitor and improve FCR is to measure real growth continuously and accurately.
Biomass Daily can be used to monitor the biomass from hatching to harvest. Biomass control is one of
the biggest challenges in salmon farming. Biomass control is also one of the biggest opportunities in
salmon farming as a part of increased “industrialization” of the fish farming process which needs to take
place in order to meet future challenges.
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE

Fish and Shrimp Pumps
PR AQUA HEATHRO™ SERIES LIVE FISH & SHRIMP PUMPS

Now available in two sizes, the Heathro 6 and the Heathro 8. The Heathro
Series provides options in capacity, motor type and pump type to deliver the
best solution possible. To protect your investment during handling operations,
you need a safe, gentle, fast way to transfer fish. Aquaculturists around the
world use the Heathro Pump to move salmon, trout, char, tilapia, hybrid
striped bass, mackerel, anchovy, yellowtail, shrimp, and other species. The
Heathro Pump makes it easier to move fish and shrimp efficiently and safely.
The continuous pumping action keeps fish in the water at all times minimizing
damage and increasing output. One operator can move up to 10 tons per hour,
reducing labor costs and eliminating the need to lift heavy nets and buckets.
Cast aluminum, polished and

balances single vane impeller
Quick connect camlock inlet
and outlet fittings
Fish friendly and corrosion

resistance fiberglass
impeller chamber
Electric and gasoline

power options
Unique cart design and pneumatic

tires for easy movement by on
person over rough surfaces
Avaliable with optional

remote control

Fish and Shrimp Pumps
Product Highlights
• Developed with advanced finite element analysis processes to increase
efficiency and ensure optimized, long-lasting, trouble-free service
• Industrial self-priming pump
• Fish can be transferred over long, horizontal distances
• Cast aluminum, hand-polished, single vane impeller is balanced to
ensure precision
Models and Configurations
• Cart-mounted pumps: Both electric and gasoline powered models
are available
• Submersible pump: This model can be used in raceways, drain sumps and
ponds (only available with the Heathro 6)
• Pumps are easily reduced to multiple inlet and outlet configurations:
• Heathro 6 - 150 mm (6 in), 100 mm (4 in) and 50 mm (2 in)
• Heathro 8 - 203 mm (8 in) and 254 mm (10 in) Submersible model
Heathro Pump with 6-inch to 4-inch camlock reducers Easy-to-change fittings
HEATHRO 6 FISH PUMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS HEATHRO 8 FISH PUMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WEIGHT 200 kg (440 lbs) WEIGHT 730 kg (1,600 lbs)
DIMENSIONS (LXWXH) 170 x 81 x 119 cm (67 x 32 x 47 in) DIMENSIONS (LxWxH) 203 X 132 X 152 cm (80 X 52 X 60 in)
INLET SIZE 150 mm (6 in) reduce to 100 mm (4 in) or 50 mm (2 in) INLET SIZE 203 mm (8 in) or 254 mm (10 in)
OUTLET SIZE 150 mm (6 in) reduce to 100 mm (4 in) or 50 mm (2 in) OUTLET SIZE 203 mm (8 in) or 254 mm (10 in)
MIN. FISH SIZE 0.05 g MIN. FISH SIZE 0.05 g
MAX. FISH & SHRIMP SIZE 400 g (0.88 lbs) (based on Salmonid), Greater than U-10 size MAX. FISH & SHRIMP SIZE 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) (based on Salmonid) Greater than U-10 size
MAX. PUMP OUTPUT 2,400 lpm (635 gpm) MAX. PUMP OUTPUT 1,892 lpm (500 gpm)—at max. elev.
5,678 lpm (1,500 gpm)—8 in
PUMP SPEED 200 to 800 rpm 7,570 lpm (2,000 gpm)—10 in
MAX. PUMP HEAD 5 m (17 ft) PUMP SPEED 200 to 500 rpm
MAX. PUMP SUCTION 3 m (10 ft) MAX. PUMP HEAD 9 m (30 ft)
HORIZONTAL TRANSFER 500 m (1,500 ft) MAX. PUMP SUCTION 3 m (10 ft)
POWER OPTIONS 50 or 60 Hz HORIZONTAL TRANSFER 2,000 m (6,562 ft)
1 or 3 phase electric motor
9-horsepower gasoline motor POWER OPTIONS 20 hp, 50 or 60 Hz, 3 Phase
22 hp Gasoline Motor

VAKI Fish Grader
VAKI™ FISH GRADER NEW!

The VAKI Fish Grader has been designed and developed for high speed
grading of small fish. The size range is 0.2g up to 200g and the capacity is
up to 6,000kg per hour. The grader is circular and requires less floor space
than other grading machines. The grader is very simple to operate and is
currently available in 2 size options (96cm and 140cm). Both graders are
constructed from stainless steel, have height adjustable legs and are fully
portable on rubber wheels.
Features
• Accurate grading of fish from 0.2g
• High capacity
• 4 grades
• Compact
• Easily adjustable
• Gentle on fish
• Can be connected to VAKI Smart Flow
VAKI FISH GRADER

96 CM FISH GRADER 140 CM FISH GRADER
Box length (cm) 40 50
Fish size 0.2–100 g 5–200 g
Capacity Up to 1,000 kg/hour Up to 6,000 kg/hour
Weight (kg) 150 200
The inlet can be angled to increase or slow down the fish flow into the grader. The grading gaps can be set from fully closed up to 50mm wide.
The grader is circular and requires less floor space than other grading machines. There is a 360˚ adjustment in the direction of the outlets from the grader.

Fish Graders
PROFIBREED GRADER AND GRIDS

The FIAP profibreed grader is made from 1442
water-resistant, impregnated wood and is
ideally suitable for fry grading. Two affixed
plastic handles and the unit's floatability
enable extremely convenient manual grading
of your fish. Measures 497 x 285 x 110 mm.
FIAP profibreed grading grids are made from
salt water-resistant aluminum and have gap
widths ranging from 2.0 to 10.0 mm. Accurate
gap sizes ensure consistent grading results.
All grids measure 497 x 285 x 18 mm.
MODEL EACH
1430 FIAP PROFIBREED GRADER $230.39
FIAP PROFIBREED GRADING GRIDS

MODEL GAP WIDTH (MM) EACH 1430
1431 2.0 $160.29

1432 2.5 160.29
1433 3.0 160.29
1434 3.5 160.29
1435 4.0 150.59
1436 4.5 150.59
1437 5.0 150.59
1438 6.0 150.59
1439 7.0 150.59
1440 8.0 150.59
1441 9.0 150.59
1431 1442
1442 10.0 150.59
FLOATING ADJUSTABLE FISH GRADERS

These manual adjustable fish graders save time and effort. Sturdy aluminum
construction will stand up to rough handling and tough fish. No more need to
change baskets for different size fish. These graders float at the right depth
and the large diameter grader bars pass undersized fish damage-free. No
need to hold the grader and a net full of fish at the same time. Grader bars are
11/16” dia. Model G1B ships Oversize.
• Size adjustments are quick and accurate – select from 30 or 50 gradations
in seconds
• Reduce gill damage
G1
STD. GRADING NO. OF
MODEL RANGE GRADATIONS L W D (LBS) EACH
G1 SMALL GRADER 1/4” TO 1 1/8” 30 17” 15” 11 1/2” 17 $699.89
G1B LARGE GRADER 5/32” TO 1 3/8” 50 28” 21” 16” 35 1,038.00
TECH TALK 69
Grading Fish
Commercial aquaculture requires periodic size grading of most species to prevent cannibalism, Graders can be species specific. Selecting the wrong grader type for your species and fish size can
reduce growth rate variation and improve yield. When fish are not graded it is common to have a make the grading process inefficient and/or damage the fish, so ask others for their experience
harvest with 25% of the fish being undersized. This is due to the larger fish dominating the others before you buy.
and consuming more food.
Efficient management requires knowledge of growth rates, stocking densities, feed requirements
and general health—all of which can be learned through grading and counting.

296 SECTION
HATCHERY SUPPLIES
PRODUCTS
297 Hatching Jar/Rotifer Sieve
298 Spawning Material & Supplies
299 Live Fish Shipping Supplies

297 HATCHERY SUPPLIES 297
Hatching Jars/Rotifer Sieve
HATCHING JAR
J6 This McDonald-type hatching jar has become the industry standard.
One-piece molded design allows a smooth interior—no lips or gaps for
eggs to get caught on or bacteria to grow. It is a high-impact, all-plastic
egg hatching system. Simply direct about 1 gpm of water (depending on
the weight of the eggs) into the center. The eggs will be uniformly rotated.
The fish hatching jar comes with a 1,000-micron top screen that prevents
JH the loss of eggs. When the fish hatch, remove the screen to let the fish swim
out. Use it for trout, salmon, hybrid striped bass, catfish, tilapia and many
others. Height 18", diameter 61/4", 6 liter capacity for up to 20,000 eggs,
Jar and hanger dependent on species and egg diameter. Case quantity is 4.
sold separately.
J30 J30 HATCHING JAR, 6 LITER 4 $93.69 $84.32/4+
J6 REPLACEMENT TUBE 1 16.79 15.11/6+
J8 REPLACEMENT SCREEN 10.99 9.89/6+
JAR HANGER
The all-plastic hanger allows above jars to be used without a bench or stand.
Accepts up to 11/2" hanging lip.
MODEL EACH 6+
Top Screen (J8) JH $16.19 $14.57
CONICAL HATCHING JAR TECH FAV DESIGNED HERE

Molded from polycarbonate, this tank can be used for hatching both rotifers and
Artemia. Tank measures 131/2" in diameter, 24" high and includes a clear lid. It
produces up to 300 cc (20 tablespoons) of cysts in 5 gallons (18.9 liters) of water.
The stand measures 131/2" in diameter, 19" high and features a bottom access
port to the drain valve. The hatcher includes clear lid, rigid air tube, 8' aquarium
tubing and drain valve. Air pump sold separately. Ships Oversize.
MODEL EACH
CCH1 HATCHER ONLY $146.29
CCH10 HATCHER W/STAND 237.29
CCH12 HATCHER W/STAND (CASE OF 2) 453.09
CCH2 STAND ONLY 112.39
CCH10
M100AP AIR PUMP 10.89
EASY TO CLEAN—NO 90º CORNERS!
ROTIFER SIEVE
Handheld collecting sieves are great for harvesting rotifers. These sieves
have a 44-micron mesh bottom and are available in two sizes. Weigh 1 lb.

MODEL EACH

RC33 3" DIA. X 3" H $14.89
RC64 4" DIA. X 6" H 38.99

298 HATCHERY SUPPLIES
Brushes/Spawning Mat/Catheter Tubing/Ovaprim
OVAPRIM KOI CATHETER TUBING

This spawning agent is the first legally marketed This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development
FDA-indexed drug for ornamental finfish broodstock. in brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
Designed to promote and facilitate reproduction, than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot (30 cm).
induce maturation within a spawning season and
coordinate and synchronize spawning times. MODEL INSIDE DIA. X OUTSIDE DIA. EACH
MODEL EACH TT86 0.86 MM X 1.14 MM $3.09
OVA10 10 ML $46.19 TT97 0.97 MM X 1.27 MM 3.09
TT119 1.19 MM X 1.49 MM 3.09
TT173 1.73 MM X 2.03 MM 3.29
KOI SPAWNING BRUSHES KOI

Made from a soft nylon that will not harm fish, these brushes are commonly
used in koi ponds to encourage fish to spawn. Simply place the brushes just
below the water level, one on top of the other, at the edge of your pond.
The internal SS wire allows them to be shaped to your needs. As the fish
spawn on the brushes, the eggs will attach to the soft bristles. The brushes
can then be placed in clean filtered water and eggs will hatch in 3–6 days.
Brushes are sold 2 per pack.
MODEL EACH
19002-AQ 5 1/2” ROUND X 59”L $62.69
POND FILTER BRUSHES

Used in the ornamental pond industry for particulate filtration, biofiltration and
even as substrate for egg laying. The plastic bristles are attached to the stainless
steel wire core, creating a 4" diameter brush with a 7/8" diameter wire loop at
one end for hanging. A brush filter media is desirable because it is easy to clean
and the plastic bristles attract solids. The other end is capped with a plastic
knob for safety. Used in filtration systems in fish farms, hatcheries, public
aquaria, domestic fish ponds and research institutes. They last indefinitely
and are the easiest to use, most efficient and most cost-effective pond filter
medium you can buy.
If you are using them as a pre-filter to remove the bulk of the coarse waste,
a system of single interlocked hanging brushes is best. If you want to trap an
SPAWNTEX SPAWNING MAT KOI even greater proportion of the waste, the brushes need to be either vertically
Spawntex is one of the finest reusable spawning mat materials on the market. or horizontally double interlocked.
Made of all-natural coconut fibers with a latex binder (black) on a polyester net • Lightweight and easy to use
backing.Its 11/2" thickness ensures more strength for easy cleaning and
exceptional durability. Pond installation is easy: cut the media to size, attach a • Non-toxic and very easy to clean
wire mesh backing and place in the pond. Another method is to simply stake the • Never wear out
mats along the pond bank. Spawntex is sold by the linear yard or in full rolls. • Best medium for removing suspended particles of waste
SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH WIDTH (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH 4+
SM3 1 LINEAR YD 18” 3 $11.49 AZ16026 4" ROUND X 18" L $7.49 $6.74
SM3R 11 YD ROLL 18” 30* 81.39 AZ16027 4" ROUND X 24" L 8.09 7.28
SM2 1 LINEAR YD 24” 3 14.29 AZ16028 4" ROUND X 30" L 9.49 8.54
SM2R 11 YD ROLL 24” 30* 103.59
*Rolls ship Oversize at 70-lb rate.
SM2

HATCHERY SUPPLIES
SECTION 299
299
Products
Shipping/ Bags/Banding/Trays
Products / Products
LIVE FISH SHIPPING BAGS KOI

We've expanded our line of fish bags to include a variety of sizes to fit every application. The bags are either
3- or 4-mil linear polyethylene and are either single-sealed on the bottom (like standard pet shop bags) or
triple-sealed to form a square bottom (to fit the 90º corners of the shipping box). Due to the strength of
these bags, it is not necessary to "double bag" as with most others. For a quick closure, try our banding
tool. Custom sizes available in case quantities.
THICKNESS PACK CASE
BAG STYLE W x L (MIL) MODEL QTY EACH MODEL QTY EACH
BOTTOM-SEALED 6” X 12” 3 FSB1 20 $7.79 FSB1C 1,000 $104.69
BOTTOM-SEALED 6” X 20” 3 FSB2 20 8.99 FSB2C 1,000 156.59
BOTTOM-SEALED 20” x 30” 3 FSB6 20 18.69 FSB6C 250 187.89
BOTTOM-SEALED 20” x 40” 3 FSB7 20 24.79 FSB7C 250 216.29
SQUARE BOTTOM 6” x 8” x 20” 3 FSB14 20 19.39 FSB14C 250 152.19
SQUARE BOTTOM 4” x 6” x 18” 3 FSB18 20 16.79 FSB18C 250 117.99
SQUARE BOTTOM 15” x 15” x 22” 4 SB81 20 36.59 SB81C 200 285.59
SQUARE BOTTOM 16” x 8” x 22” 4 SB82 20 31.39 SB82C 200 238.09
FISH BAG BANDING TOOL

This handy tool is fast and easy. Using extra heavy-duty rubber bands, this tool
seals oxygen-filled bags in one quick motion.
MODEL EACH
FBT BANDING TOOL $27.09
FBT1 BANDS, 100/PK 4.19
HANDLING TRAY AND BOX

Handling harvested fish is a lot easier when you have the right tools. This
injection-molded, high-density, polyethylene tray and box both stack when full
and nest for storage just by turning them the other way. The box has no holes
and the tray has drain holes.
MODEL EACH
TB3015
TB3015 WHITE BOX $28.294
TB5015 YELLOW TRAY 23.79
TB5015
AIR FILLING KIT

Designed for use with oxygen cylinders, this complete air filling kit includes
everything required to rapidly fill fish shipping bags with oxygen. Great for pet
stores, hatcheries, fish shows, fish wholesalers and anyone who ships fish in
bags. Kit includes a single-stage oxygen regulator, 10’ oxygen delivery hose, a
flexible air nozzle and all connection fittings. Simply thread the regulator onto
an oxygen cylinder (not included) and it's ready to begin filling. Weighs 5 lbs.
MODEL EACH
OXF1 SINGLE AIR NOZZLE KIT $153.29
AIR NOZZLE
This handy air nozzle is perfect for oxygenating fish bags. The nozzle
features a flexible rubber tip that is easily bent to release oxygen.
MODEL EACH
OX11 4”L, 1/4” MNPT $19.19

300 SECTION
LAB EQUIPMENT
PRODUCTS
301 Microscopes & Accessories
305 Dissection
306 Jars/Bottles/Carboys
307 Beakers
308 Cylinders/Flasks
309 Autoclave/Petri Dishes
310 Test Tubes & Accessories
311 Pipettes
313 Burets/Calipers/Counters
314 Cleaning Supplies/Gloves/Apron
317 Scales & Accessories

LAB EQUIPMENT 301
Microscopes
LEICA® EZ4HD STEREOMICROSCOPE WITH DIGITAL CAMERA

The Leica® EZ4HD has the same performance as the EZ4, with the added
bonus of a 3-megapixel digital camera! Store photos on its 128 MB secure
digital card, or export them to your Windows® or Macintosh® computer via USB
2.0. Connect directly to an HD display for detailed viewing. Use the included
software or any third-party imaging program. The camera is preconfigured and
its incident and transmitted light settings are predefined, minimizing setup.
Content-sensitive help file ensures quick and easy troubleshooting.
Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
5-YEAR WARRANTY EZ4HD STEREOMICROSCOPE $2,015.00

Leica is a registered trademark of Leica Microsystems IR gmbH Corp. Macintosh®
®
is a registered trademark of Apple, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
DELUXE LABORATORY MICROSCOPE

This binocular microscope features an interpupillary distance adjustment
through 10X wide-field eye pieces; 4X, 10X, 40X and 100X (oil-immersion)
fully coated achromatic optics; low position, coaxial drive stage slideways;
and coarse and fine adjustment knobs. 20-W variable quartz halogen
illuminator with 1.25 NA (numerical aperture) Abbe type condenser, tension
adjustment ring and an autostop prefocusing system. 20X optional eyepiece
available. 9" L x 7.5" W x 15" H. Ship weight 21 lbs. Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
M14 LAB MICROSCOPE $1,033.00
M12B REPL. BULB, 20W 11.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
This binocular microscope offers high performance and durability at an
excellent price. Features 10X wide field eyepieces on a 360º rotating head, 4X,
10X, 40X and 100X (oil-immersion) achromatic DIN objectives. Large 110 mm x
115 mm mechanical stage with iris diaphragm, NA 1.25 Abbe condenser
and coarse and fine focusing with a slip clutch mechanism. Built-in 20-W
incandescent lamp (115V). Makes a great educational laboratory microscope
from middle school to the university level. 8" L x 6" W x 14" H, ship weight 19 lbs.
Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
M12 BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE $783.29
M12B REPL. BULB, 20 W 11.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY

302 LAB EQUIPMENT
Microscopes/Accessories
MONOCULAR SCOPE
The VITAL SINE® microscope uses an internal LED light that is bright and
battery-powered (rechargeable NiMH batteries included), eliminating the
hassles of a power cord! It features a triple objective turret with achromatic
objectives with glass lenses, giving an excellent, clear image at a low price. It
has a 10X wide-field eyepiece and 4X, 10X and 40X objectives. Both coarse and
fine adjustment controls make focusing easy. Abbe condenser is .65 NA with
iris diaphragm and blue filter. Microscope includes a transformer and cord for
recharging.
MODEL EACH
M76 MONOCULAR SCOPE $203.59
STEREO DISSECTING MICROSCOPE

Dual magnification (1X and 3X) stereo microscope with 10X wide field eye pieces
suitable for low magnification diagnostic needs. Features 360º rotatable head,
large field of view and long working distance. Rack and pinion large adjustment
knob with slip clutch protection, adjustable diopter correction on one eyepiece,
interpupillary distance adjustment, locked-on eye-pieces and dual LED lighting
for both transmitted and incident light. Very useful scope at a very reasonable
price. Includes dust cover. 115V, 9" L x 7" W x 13.5" H. Ship weight 12 lbs.
MODEL EACH
M18SL STEREO MICROSCOPE $594.39 5-YEAR WARRANTY
VIDEO EYEPIECE
Ideal for teaching, this simple-to-use eyepiece is a portable video system that
can be used on a microscope. It will fit any standard 23-mm or 30.5-mm eye
tube and plugs into a TV or VCR for viewing. The kit includes a composite video
output with NTSC system, 620 x 580 picture, auto gain control and 1/3" CCD
sensor. Ship weight 5 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
Microscope M28V VIDEO EYEPIECE $414.79

not included
MICROSCOPE CLEANING KIT

This kit will keep optics clear and microscope parts clean. The kit contains 10
presaturated optic and lens cleaning pads, two individually wrapped packs of
antistatic surface wipes, two premoistened germicide swabs and instructions.
Additional presaturated optical pads are available (10/pk).
MODEL EACH
MC8 MICROSCOPE CLEANING KIT $79.99
MC9 OPTICAL PADS, 10/PK 16.99 MC9
MC8

LAB EQUIPMENT 303
Microscope Supplies
SLIDES, GLASS MICROSCOPE

Clear glass slides with ground edges. Slides are 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.2 mm
thick. 144 slides per box.
MODEL EACH 4+
M32 $8.39/BOX $7.55
SLIDES, DEPRESSION
One- or two-well glass slides with depressions .5–.8 mm deep x 12–14 mm
in diameter. Made of selected noncorroding glass, with ground and polished
edges and spherical cavities. Slide size is 26 mm x 76 mm. Price shown is for
packages of 12 slides.
MODEL EACH
M30 1-WELL $5.49/PKG
M30
M31 2-WELL 7.59/PKG
PLASTIC MULTIWELL SLIDE PLATES

These plastic slide plates are ideal for counting zooplankton, examining
fish eggs and studying larval development under dissecting microscopes.
Constructed of clear polystyrene, slides include cover which has a frosted
area for marking. Raised rims reduce cross contamination. Slides measure
86 mm x 128 mm x 18 mm deep.
MODEL EACH
MW6 MW24 MW6 6-WELL $4.49
MW12 12-WELL 5.09
MW24 24-WELL 5.99
COVER SLIPS
Plain glass surface is free from irregularities. 100 per box.
MODEL SIZE (MM) THICKNESS (MM) EACH 4+ M26
M26 40 X 24 .13-.17 $4.69/BOX $4.22
M27 22 X 22 .13-.17 3.09/BOX 2.78
COUNTING WHEEL, ZOOPLANKTON

Especially suited for low-powered microscopes, this counting wheel will hold
5- to 10-mL samples in the trough. Sample trough has a divider to mark start
and finish. Count zooplankton while turning the wheel—easy and accurate.
Precision-made from acrylic and includes a 4" (10 cm) base.
MODEL EACH
181080 $105.99

304 LAB EQUIPMENT
Microscope Supplies
COUNTING CELL, SEDGEWICK RAFTER

These cells are commonly used for counting zooplankton. Each cell consists of a rectangular frame
mounted on a slide and includes one cover slip. Cell size is 50 mm x 20 mm x 1 mm and volume is 1.0 mL.
Cells are available in glass or plastic and contain a grid subdivided into microliters, allowing the user to
count more accurately. Also available is a glass counting cell without a grid that includes two cover slips.
MODEL EACH 3+
M414 M414 GLASS COUNTING CELL W/GRID $259.39 $233.45
M415 PLASTIC COUNTING CELL W/GRID 57.79 52.01
M416 DELUXE GLASS COVER SLIPS 19.79 17.81
M38 COUNTING CELL 52.79 47.51
M39 COVER GLASSES (12) 38.09 34.28
M415 M38
COUNTING CELL, PALMER

Similar in appearance to Sedgewick Rafter cell but designed for counting
phytoplankton and smaller zooplankton. Cell is a circular stainless steel frame
with two charging channels mounted on a 76 mm x 25 mm glass slide. Cell
size is 17.5 mm dia. x .4 mm deep; volume is .1 ml. Kit includes two cover
glasses and a clear snap-lock case.
MODEL EACH
PCC $100.59
HEMACYTOMETER
Count algae cells, blood cells and other small stuff with these pocket-size
counting chambers and a microscope. Consists of molded glass compartment
with H-shaped moat, forming two counting areas. Each counting area has
double Neubauer rulings with 400 small squares in a central 1-mm square.
The rulings appear as white lines on dark background when viewed through
the microscope. The cover slips cover the moat region .1 mm above the ruled
surface, which aids in precise loading and even cell distribution. V-shaped
slashes help in loading by reducing overflow into the moat.
MODEL EACH 3+
M36 HEMACYTOMETER $351.59 $316.43
M36

LAB EQUIPMENT 305
Dissection
DISSECTING KIT
An excellent choice for teachers and students. Includes angular teasing needle
with metal chuck, straight teasing needle with metal chuck, 4½” iris scissors,
4½”medium point forceps with guide pin, cartilage knife with 2” blade, 1 x 2
tissue forceps, 5½” scissors (one point sharp & other point blunt), #3 scalpel
handle, No. 10 blade, and chrome mall probe. Comes in a vinyl zippered case
with linen.
MODEL EACH
10GS 10-PC DELUXE KIT $21.99
10GS
DISSECTING TRAYS
These polyethylene dissecting trays include a long-lasting
vinyl pad. Great for use in labs and with juvenile fish.
DT9003
MODEL EACH
DT9003 11" X 7" X 11/2" $20.99
DT9005 13" X 9" X 11/2" 27.59
DISSECTING EQUIPMENT
All of these instruments are high-quality steel. Most are stainless.
MODEL EACH
LSH1 SCALPEL HANDLE $43.49
LS1S SCISSORS, STRAIGHT END, 1-FINE 12.99
& 1-BLUNT POINT
LFC4 FORCEPS, 4” CURVED END, SUPER FINE POINTS 5.59
BS81 IG48 SS8 LS1S
BS81 BONE SHEARS, 8" 23.69
IG48 FINE POINT CUTTERS 14.89
ANG ANGLE PROBE 2.09
N31 TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK 2.29
N32 BENT TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK 2.29
SS8 LARGE SCISSORS, 8" 6.79
9M MICRODISSECTION SCISSORS 9.19
LSH1 LFC4 ANG N32 9M

306
306 SECTION
LAB EQUIPMENT
Jars/Bottles/Carboys
WIDE MOUTH JARS, POLYETHYLENE

These polyethylene jars are precleaned and QA analyzed. Sold by the case.
CAPACITY OVERALL LENGTH QTY PER

MODEL (ML/OZ) (CM) CASE EACH
157250 250 /8 12 24 $56.39
151500-AQ 500 /16 15 24 75.19
15001 1,000 /32 19 12 47.69
15001 157250
SAMPLE BOTTLES
These HDPE (high-density polyethylene), wide-mouth square bottles are ideal
for shipping and storing liquids and solids. Bottles are leakproof, and their
square shape saves space. They have a hole in the cap edge for attachment
of a tag.
CAPACITY OVERALL LENGTH

MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH 12+
LSB250 250 11 $2.69 $2.56
LSB500 500 14 3.79 3.60
LSB250 LSB1 1,000 18 5.39 5.12
DISPENSING BOTTLE, ADJUSTABLE VOLUME

Low-density polyethylene storage bottle will hold 500 mL of liquid. Often
used to dispense nutrients, chlorine and other common solutions used
in aquaculture.
MODEL EACH
511654 DISPENSES 5ML TO 25 ML $26.29
511654
WASH BOTTLES
Made of flexible LDPE, with polypropylene screw closure and fine bore
dispensing tube. The tube is narrow at the end to allow a drop at a time.
Cutting the end of the tube back will increase the flow.
CAPACITY
MODEL (OZ/ML) EACH
WB8 8/237 $4.09
WB16 16/474 4.99
WB32 32/948 6.69
WB8 WB16 WB32
CARBOYS
Nalgene ® 2318 series carboy includes a spigot sealed by two PTFE
O-rings and a delivery spout 5/8" (16 mm) O.D. The 2.5-gallon and 5-gallon
carboys have two molded handles. These heavy-duty carboys are excellent
for storing and dispensing liquids both in the lab and on the farm.
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL/LTR) (LBS) EACH
CB4 1/4 2 $106.29
CB10 2.5/10 3 143.29
CB20 5/20 5 189.19
CB4 CB10
Nalgene® is a registered trademark of Nalgene Nunc Int’l.Corp.

LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 307
307
Beakers
GRADUATED GLASS BEAKERS

These graduated beakers are made from sturdy borosilicate glass and feature heavy wall
construction to resist breakage. Easy-to-read scales indicate volumes accurately to ±5%.
CAPACITY GRADUATIONS OVREALL LENGTH ACTUAL WT

MODEL (ML) (ML) (CM) (OZ) EACH
GLB50 50 10 6 2 $3.29
GLB100 100 10 7 2 3.19
GLB150 150 10 8 3 3.89
GLB250 250 25 10 5 3.59
GLB400 400 100 12 5 4.49
GLB600 600 50 13 8 5.29
GLB400 GLB1000 1,000 50 15 11 11.69
GLB2000 2,000 100 19 16 24.79
GRADUATED POLY BEAKERS

These autoclavable polypropylene beakers will withstand temperatures
up to 120ºC. Graduated in both mL and ounces, with no-drip pouring spouts.

MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH
LGB050 50 6 $1.89
LGB100 100 7 2.19
LGB250 250 10 2.69
LGB500 500 12 5.29
LGB1 1,000 15 7.99
LGB250
GRADUATED POLY BEAKERS

These graduated polypropylene beakers have a triangular flange that has
three pouring spouts. They are autoclavable and nest for storage. Price is
for pack of 10 beakers.

PLB25 250 9 $8.99/ PACK
PLB40 400 11 9.49/ PACK
PLB80 800 14 12.69/ PACK
PLB25 PLB100 1,000 15 13.19/ PACK
GRADUATED POLY BEAKERS W/HANDLE

Made of autoclavable, semitransparent polypropylene. These are made in
a larger diameter than most beakers for stability. Graduated in milliliters
and liters.

LBH1 1,000 15 $7.29
LBH2 2,000 17 8.19
LBH3 3,000 18 12.69
LBH1

308 LAB EQUIPMENT
Cylinders/Flasks
GRADUATED GLASS CYLINDERS

These all-glass cylinders have metric scales and sliding, hexagonal bumper guards to resist roll and breakage.
CAPACITY GRADUATIONS OVERALL LENGTH ACTUAL WT

MODEL (ML) (ML) (CM) (OZ) EACH
GC10 10 .1 18 1.57 $7.09
GC25 25 .2 21 1.65 10.09
GC50 50 .5 22 4.83 10.99
GC100 100 1.0 24 8.76 11.89
GC250 250 2.0 30 15 16.89
GC500 500 5.0 36 30 30.89 GC100
GRADUATED POLY CYLINDERS

Molded of heavy-duty and chemically resistant translucent
polypropylene, with permanently molded graduations that won't fade
after repeated autoclaving.
LGC1000 MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH
LGC500 LGC100 100 24 $7.99
LGC250
LGC250 250 31 9.19
LGC100 LGC500 500 37 13.19
LGC1000 1,000 45 16.19
ERLENMEYER FLASKS
Made from high-quality borosilicate glass, these flasks have thick wall
construction with metric scales. Ideal for culturing microalgae.
CAPACITY GRADUATIONS OVERALL LENGTH ACTUAL WT

MODEL (ML) (ML) (CM) OZ) EACH 6+
GE125 125 25 11 3 $4.59 $4.36
GE250 250 25 14 3.2 5.69 5.41
GE500 500 50 17 8 7.99 7.59
GE1000 1,000 50 22 8.5 14.79 14.05
GE2000* 2,000 50 28 16 36.69 34.86 GE125
*Thomas Scientific
FERNBACH FLASK
A high surface area to volume ratio makes this glass flask ideal for culturing
algae (do not use on a heat source smaller than the base of the flask).
EACH EACH 6+
FBF28 2.8 LTR $89.19 84.73

309 LAB EQUIPMENT 309
SECTION 309
Microbiology/Autoclave/Petri Dishes
IMHOFF CONE INOCULATING LOOP

A fully-graduated cone made of styrene-acrylonitrile that features a This loop is made with twisted Nichrome ® wire, with a 1/8" (4 mm)
low-density bottom plug, which makes it easy to withdraw sediment. diameter loop on a 21/2" (6 cm) stem and an 8" aluminum handle.
Markings are incremented as follows: 0–1 mL by .1 mL, 1–10 mL by
0.5 mL, 10–40 mL by 1.0 mL, 40–100 mL by 2 mL and markings at 250, MODEL EACH
500 and 1,000 mL. The stainless steel rack holds 3 cones. Close-up
7010 $5.69 of Loop
OVERALL LENGTH
MODEL (CM) EACH
LIC1 IMHOFF CONE 45 CM $54.69
LICR STEEL RACK 45 CM 68.59
LICB IMHOFF BRUSH 77 CM 29.39
LICB
LIC1
MICROBIOLOGICAL MEDIA
This dehydrated culture media is ideal for preparing
fresh media for bacteriological culture. Tryptone
soy agar (TSA) is commonly used for culturing
organisms from freshwater fish. TCBS agar is ideal
for culturing and isolation of enteropathogenic
Vibrio. Marine agar is routinely used for isolation,
cultivation and enumeration of heterotrophic
marine bacteria. Ships dry.
LICR MODEL EACH
DF158 TSA, 100 G $50.29
DF176 TSA, 500 G 87.09
DF174 TCBS AGAR, 500 G 162.59
DF174
PORTABLE AUTOCLAVE AND INDICATOR TAPE DF178 MARINE AGAR, 500 G 232.99
This ALL-AMERICAN Non-Electric Sterilizer is a complete, self-contained
unit that ensures complete, efficient sterilization. It only requires a small
amount of water for proper sterilization. At a temperature of 250ºF (121° C),
and a pressure of 15 PSI, the dry steam can sterilize in 30 minutes. Ideal for
most small lab applications. One year warranty.
This self-adhesive tape is used to seal autoclave bags and pouches and
changes color from white to dark brown when the contents have passed
through a sterilization cycle.
DISPOSABLE PETRI DISHES
Sterile petri dishes made of polystyrene are conveniently disposable.
• Use over any heat source
Price is for a box of 25.
• 25 qt/24 liter capacity
• UL approved MODEL EACH
• Unit includes inner container with rack LPD15 15MMX100MM $9.69
INSIDE SHIP WT
MODEL HEIGHT DIA. CAPACITY VOLUME (LBS) EACH
LA830 16¾” 12⅝” 25 QT/24 L 1,016 IN³ 24 $520.29
MODEL EACH
AT12 TAPE - 1/2” X 60 YD. ROLL $7.59
AT12

310 LAB EQUIPMENT
Stoppers/Tubes/Racks
GLASS CULTURE TEST TUBES THREE-HOLE STOPPERS

These borosilicate glass test tubes have a rubber-lined screw cap, Autoclavable, natural rubber stoppers can be used as a solid one-, two- or
combination marking and reference spot for orientation. Caps are three-hole stopper by removing the twist-off seals.
resistant to autoclaving and most chemicals. Perfect for microalgal
and bacterial cultures. Sold in packs of 12. MODEL MAX DIA. (MM) EACH 10+
MODEL DIA. (MM) LENGTH (MM) PACK QTY EACH HST5 27 $0.99 $0.89
LTT17 16 150 12 $12.49 HST6 32 1.29 1.16
LTT21 20 150 12 11.09 HST7 37 2.39 2.15

HST9 45 2.59 2.33
HST10 50 2.99 2.69
HST5
LTT17
WIRE TEST TUBE RACK PLASTIC TEST TUBE RACK

These tough wire racks are coated with epoxy and are unaffected by organic Autoclavable plastic that folds flat for storage and shipping make
solvents, salts, weak acids or weak bases. Epoxy coating will withstand a these easy-to-assemble racks a practical choice. They don't float
temperature range of -223 to 121ºC and can be autoclaved. Racks are in water baths.
three-tiered. Dimensions are 93/8" L x 41/2" W x 3" H.
MODE EACH
MODEL EACH
LTTR HOLDS FORTY 20MM TUBES $14.59
LTTW HOLDS FORTY 20MM TUBES $36.39
PARAFILM® FLAT WRAPPER

Used for covering the mouth of Erlenmeyer flasks, culture tubes and petri
dishes. Waterproof film is .005" thick and conveniently provides transfer
resistance to air, gases, alcohol and common acids. Packaged in dispenser
carton. Weighs 1 lb.
MODEL EACH
P35 4"X 125FT ROLL $28.09
Parafilm® is a registered trademark of Bemis Co., Inc.

LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 311
311
Pipettes
WIDE TIP VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES, CLASS B, REUSABLE GLASS

These SIBATA® Wide Tip Volumetric Pipets meet ASTM E-969 Class B Specifications for tolerance. The
wide-tip opening facilitates rapid fill and drain of viscous liquids, slurries and suspensions. Commonly
used in water treatment facilities, these pipets have sharp permanent graduation lines and are calibrated
to deliver. Sizes 1, 2 & 5mL do not have drawn tips, while sizes 10mL through 100mL feature standard
drawn tips.
APPROX.
CAPACITY LENGTH TOLERANCE I.D. TIP PACK
MODEL (ML) (MM) (±ML) (MM) QTY PACK
VWTP1 1.0 320 0.01 1.9 12 $38.79
VWTP2 2.0 330 0.01 2.4 12 40.49
VWTP5 5.0 346 0.02 3.0 12 51.29
VWTP10 10.0 440 0.02 3.0 12 86.09
VWTP20 20.0 478 0.03 3.0 6 44.69
VWTP25 25.0 475 0.03 3.0 6 50.59 VWTP25
VWTP50 50.0 538 0.05 3.0 6 58.89
VWTP100 100.0 605 0.10 3.0 6 110.19
Sibata® is a registered trademark of Sibata Scientific Technology Ltd
VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES, CLASS A, REUSABLE GLASS

These SIBATA Volumetric Pipets meet ASTM E-969 Class A Specifications and USP Standards for
Volumetric Glassware. These pipets have sharp and permanent graduation lines and are calibrated to
deliver. Feature permanent amber markings and color-codings which are enameled onto the glass.
CAPACITY LENGTH TOLERANCE CODE PACK

MODEL (ML) (MM) (±ML) COLOR QTY PACK
VTP1 1.0 345 0.006 BLUE 12 $32.89
VTP2 2.0 355 0.006 ORANGE 12 35.39
VTP3 3.0 360 0.01 BLACK 12 41.49
VTP4 4.0 365 0.01 2-RED 12 41.49
VTP25
VTP5 5.0 375 0.01 WHITE 12 45.19
VTP10 10.0 440 0.02 RED 12 80.79
VTP25 25.0 480 0.03 BLUE 6 45.09
VTP50 50.0 540 0.05 RED 6 56.79
RUBBER BULBS
These large rubber bulbs are made to use with
LPB15 pipettes.
CAPACITY DIAMETER
Pipettes not MODEL SIZE (MM) (ML) (MM) EACH
included. LPB15 38 X 60 15 4 $12.19
LPB35 45 X 66 35 6 11.79
PIPETTE RACK
Designed for drying and storing glass and plastic pipettes in a vertical
5” x 10” space. Top and middle racks have 5/8” (16 mm) diameter holes,
bottom deck holes are tapered from 16 mm to 6 mm. Autoclavable.
PR4 MODEL EACH

PR4 $38.39
Sibata® is a registered trademark of Sibata Scientifica Technology LTD,

312
312 LAB
SECTION
EQUIPMENT
Pipettes
PASTEUR PIPETTES
Disposable glass pipettes are ideal for transferring algal cultures, etc.,
avoiding the risk of contamination. Ungraduated with capillary tips of
approximately 1-mm inside diameter. LDP5 is 6" (15 cm) long overall and
narrow portion is 5 cm; LDP9 is 9" (23 cm) long overall and narrow portion is
approximately 12 cm. Weight 1 lb.
OVERALL LENGTH
MODEL (CM) PACK QTY EACH PACK
LDP5
LDP5 15 250 $16.39
LDP9 23 250 18.89
LDP9
SEROLOGICAL PIPETTES
These polystyrene serological pipettes are both accurate and economical. The
one-piece design eliminates mouthpiece and tip breakage. Pipettes feature
highly legible graduations and contamination-free cotton plugs.
CAPACITY OVERALL LENGTH PACK PLP1

MODEL (ML) (CM) QTY EACH PACK
PLP1 1 27 25 $10.99
PLP2 2 27 25 14.89
PLP5 5 30 25 13.49
PLP10 10 30 25 24.39 PLP5
TRANSFER PIPETTES, DISPOSABLE GRADUATED

One-piece plastic pipette with clearly marked graduations in 0.25 mL
increments (model LP5) and 1 mL increments (model LP3). The stem narrows
down to a fine tip. Sold in packs of 500.
LP3 GRADUATED OVERALL OVERALL

MODEL CAPACITY CAPACITY LENGTH EACH
LP5 1 ML 5.8 ML 6⅛” $56.29
LP3 3 ML 7.0 ML 6¼” 29.39
MEASURING PIPETTES
Made of translucent polypropylene. Easy to read and highly chemical-
resistant. Delivers to tip, last drop must be blown out.
MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH LPM1
LPM1 1 31 $11.49
LPM2
LPM2 2 36 12.59
LPM5 5 33 13.79 LPM5
LPM10 10 30 5.69
LPM10
PIPETTE PUMP
Easy-to-use, easy-to-clean and very accurate. The rotating wheel can be
moved forward or backward for precise filling or emptying. For rapid
emptying, depress the plunger on top. Each size (16 cm is about 6") is a different
color. All pumps will accept pipette diameters from 4 to 8 mm. Pumps should
be selected to match the volumetric capacity of the pipette to be used.
LPP10 MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH
LPP2 2 16 $22.69
LPP10 10 16 22.89
LPP25 25 19 27.59

LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 313
313
Burets/Caliper/Stopwatch/Counter
BURETS WITH PTFE STOPCOCKS, CLASS A

These VEE GEE Burets meet ASTM E287 Class A specifications. Made from precision, uniform Schott
DURAN true-bore tubing ensures the stipulated capacity tolerances. These burets feature durable,
permanent markings, fine sharp lines and easy-to-read numbers. They are supplied with PTFE stopcocks
to eliminate freezing and lubricant contamination and to provide a precision fit within the barrel. All sizes
supplied with a 2mm stopcock bore plug.
GRADUATION APPROX.
CAPACITY INTERVAL TOLERANCE O.D. X HEIGHT
MODEL (ML) (ML) (±ML) (MM) EACH
VGB50
VGB10 10 0.05 0.02 9 X 510 $33.49
VGB25 25 0.10 0.03 12 X 500 33.49
VGB50 50 0.10 0.05 13 X758 36.99
VGB100 100 0.20 0.10 17 X775 42.69
DIAL CALIPER
Made of fiberglass-reinforced nylon for use in corrosive environments. Measure
outside, inside, depth and step. 6" (15 cm) dial caliper measure inches on dial to
.01" and in 1/64" plus mm on venier to 1.0 mm.
MODEL EACH
CD6 $46.49
STOPWATCH, WATER-RESISTANT
Counts up to 24 hours in 1/100 second resolution for the first 30 minutes and
a one second resolution thereafter. Also has a 12/24-hour alarm clock,
calendar and an hourly chime option. Includes neck strap and battery.
Dimensions: 21/2" x 2" x 1/2".
MODEL EACH
8112 $11.59
HAND COUNTER
Easily fits in your hand to be thumb operated. The register advances by one
digit, up to 9,999, each time the button is pressed. A turn of the side knob
resets the register back to zero. It's a great tool for counting algae cells,
zooplankton, fry, people, etc.
MODEL EACH 4+
M42 $13.29 $12.63

314
314 LAB
SECTION
EQUIPMENT
Racks/Wipes/Brushes
BENCHTOP DRAINING RACK

This polystyrene/metal lab rack provides drying and storage of laboratory
glassware of most any type or size. The bottom drainage tray can
hold pipettes, glass rods and test tubes, and the rack also has 26 pegs.
MODEL H D W EACH
LD2 19” 6 1/2” 16 3/4” $110.69
KIMWIPES® EX-L WIPES

Single-ply wipes are soft, nonabrasive and safe for most delicate surfaces.
Wipes clean, providing extra low lint and high extractable performance.
Packaged in pop-up dispenser.

KW48 15" X 17", 140/BOX 2 $18.09
Kimwipes® is a registered trademark of Kimberly-Clark Worldwind, Inc.
FOAM BRUSHES
A variety of sizes and shapes makes these foam brushes ideal for delicate
labware. Acid-resistant foam bristles will gently scrub glassware without BR55
scratching. Use with acrylic or any other delicate material.
OVERALL
MODEL DIA. LENGTH EACH
BR60
BR55 GLASSWARE BRUSH 7/8" 16" $6.79
BR60 SHORT GLASSWARE BRUSH 23/4" 10" 5.39
BR130 LONG LAB BRUSH 3" 19" 6.49
BR130
FLASK, BOD BOTTLE, AND CARBOY BRUSHES

These brushes allow access to entire inside surfaces of flasks, BOD bottles and
carboys. Models CBR12 and CBR16 are made of black hog bristles on a flat
steel shank attached to a pivoting shaft. Model CBR8 is made of black nylon
CBR12 monofilament bristles on galvanized wire with hinged joint and wooden handle.
It can be used in flasks with long necks, 1¾” diameter or short neck balloon
flasks with 1½” ID.
CBR16 OVERALL
MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH
CBR12 FLASK/BOD BOTTLE BRUSH 1½” 4¼” 12⅛” $9.99
CBR16 FLASK/BOD BOTTLE BRUSH 1⅝” 4¼” 16” 10.99
CBR8 FLASK BRUSH 1¾” 8” 23⅝” 16.99
CBR8

LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 315
315
Brushes
ASSORTED BRUSHES
BR25 These brushes can be used for any cleaning application, including glassware. A
wide variety of shapes and sizes provides a brush for every need. The snake
brush is great for cleaning pipes and the smaller brushes are useful for
hard-to-reach fittings.
OVERALL
BR33 MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH
BR25 DELUXE BOTTLE BRUSH 11/2" 5" 14" $3.79
BR33 SPOUT BRUSH 3/8" 3" 13" 3.79
BR80 BRUSH W/10” SNAKE 5/8” 1/2” 15” 4.89
BR68 BRUSH W/10' SNAKE 4" 2" 120" 10.99
BR87 LONG HANDLE BRUSH 2" 6" 22" 4.99
BR68
BR129 2-IN-1 BRUSH 11/2" 4" 14" 3.99
BR225 TEST TUBE BRUSH 5/8" 6" 8" 3.99
BR122 3-PIECE BRUSH KIT* 7.69
*Contains one brush 5” x 11/2”, 14” OAL; one brush 1” x 11/4”, 8” OAL; and one brush 5/16” x 1”, 8” OAL.
BR87
BR129
BR122
BR225
PIPETTE BRUSH BOTTLE BRUSH

This tapered brush features a ¾” diameter and wire handle. Ideal for Bristles mounted on galvanized wire handle for use with cylinders, large tubes
cleaning pipettes. and bottles.
OVERALL OVERALL
MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH
B17 1/4”-3/4” 71/2” 17” $5.19 B16 2” 5” 16” $5.39
TUBING BRUSH TEST TUBE BRUSHES

Galvanized wire handle with white bristles for cleaning burets, pipettes and Radial tufted tip and tapered design for cleaning test tubes and bottles.
long tubing.
OVERALL
OVERALL MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH
MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH B9 7/16” 3” 9” $2.79
B36 11/2” 51/4” 36” $4.59 B10 3/4” 31/2” 10” 2.79
B9
B10

316 LAB EQUIPMENT
Gloves/Apron/Cleaner
GLOVES, LOW-COST NITRILE AQUALIFE MULTI-DUTY CLEANER

This is a 100% nitrile, nonlatex, utility-grade glove, lightly dusted with Super concentrated—dilute up to 20 times
USP-grade cornstarch. N-DEX® Original gloves are ambidextrous,
91/2" long, 4-mil. Not sterile. Weigh 2 lbs/box. A high-quality cleaner designed for use in fish
hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and fish and food
processing plants. Quickly loosens organic soiling,
allowing easy removal of biofilm, grease, oils,
waste and more. Biodegradable, nonhazardous,
phosphate-free and contains no volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). NSF-certified for use in food
processing facilities.
MODEL EACH
AQU128 1 GALLON $26.29
GL701
LIQUINOX CLEANER
BOX LiquiNox is a special formulation of anionic and
MODEL SIZE BOX QTY EACH cationic detergents and wetting agents. It has high
GL701 MEDIUM 100 $16.59 cleaning power, yet is mild to skin and contains
no phosphates. Used for cleaning glass, metal,
GL702 LARGE 100 16.59 rubber, plastic and hard-surface materials.
GL703 X-LARGE 100 25.59 Has a pH of 8.5 and a biodegradable base.
N-Dex® is a registered trademark of Shawa Glove Co. MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
LN1 1 QUART 3 $22.99
APRON LN4 1 GALLON 11 77.99
This PVC apron is 20 mil thick with extra long
cloth neck and waist ties. PVC grommets are
welded to apron for greater strength and longer
wear. FDA-accepted.
LN1
MODEL EACH
05-157GR 35” x 45” $11.09 ALCONOX® CLEANER
Ideal for general laboratory use, Alconox cleaner is
excellent for glassware, plastic, metal, porcelain
and rubber. Removes grease, blood and tissue and
is odorless and nontoxic. Usual dilution rate is one
tablespoon to one gallon of water.
MODEL EACH
AX4 4 LBS $40.09
Alconox® is a registered trademarks of Alconox, Inc.
VISIT OUR BLOG

• Resource center to learn about aquaculture
• Hub for industry news and press releases
• Customer spotlight features
• Technical talks & expert insight
• Pentair promotions
• New product announcements
PentairAES.com/learn-about-aquaculture
LAB EQUIPMENT 317
Scales
COMPACT DIGITAL HANGING SCALES

These Intercomp CS200™ scales are mounted in heavy plastic cases,
well-suited for aquaculture uses. Shock-resistant and weather-resistant (not
waterproof). Features large, easy-to-read, ½˝ backlit LCD display and push
button controls. Operates up to 50 hours on a single 9-volt alkaline battery
(included). CE compliant. One-year warranty.
• Includes Top Eye Hook and Bottom Hook
• Automatic Backlight, On/Off, Zero, lb/kg
• Perfect for low capacity applications
• Accuracy to ±0.1% of Reading
CAPACITY GRADUATION SHIP WT.

MODEL (LBS) (LBS) (LBS) EACH
CS25 50/25 .02/.01 2 $624.79
CS225 250/100 .1/.05 3 624.79
HEAVY DUTY DIGITAL HANGING SCALES

These Intercomp CS750™ scales are mounted in aluminum cases and are
weather-resistant (not waterproof). Features large, easy-to-read, 1˝ backlit
LCD display and push button controls. Operates up to 800 hours on four D-Cell
batteries (not included). CE compliant. One-year warranty.
• Includes Infrared Remote Control
• Automatic Backlight, On/Off, Zero, lb/kg, TARE & Accum/Total
• Includes Crosby Eye Hook and Bottom Swivel Hook
• Accuracy to ±0.1% of Reading
CAPACITY GRADUATION SHIP WT.

MODEL (LBS) (LBS) (LBS) EACH
CS71 100/50 .05/.02 7 $992.29
CS73 300/150 .1/.05 7 992.29
CS7 500/250 .2/.1 8 992.29
MECHANICAL HANGING SCALES

All models feature a glass covered 7” dial that reads clockwise. These scales
feature a corrosion resistant band, bezel and housing and have a rugged, steel
inner frame. Scale capacities are reached in two pointer revolutions. Scoop
measure 12” x 13” x 6” deep, galvanized steel. One-year warranty.
SHIP WT.
MODEL CAPACITY READABILITY REVOLUTIONS (LBS) EACH
Hanging Scale with Scoop (Legal for Trade) SB7

SB7* 20 LBS 1 OZ. 2 6.0 $260.09
Hanging Scale with “S” Hook

SB8 60 LBS 1 OZ. 3 8.4 358.99
*When weighing products for sale, use a scale labeled “Legal for Trade”.
SB8
Intercomp® is a registered trademark of Intercomp Co. Chatillon® is a registered trademark of Amteck, Inc.
318 LAB EQUIPMENT
Balances/Scales
MECHANICAL TRIPLE BEAM BALANCE

The OHAUS Triple Pro mechanical balance includes weight set and rod & clamp
assembly for below balance weighing necessary for specific gravity
determinations. Metal base and beam, stainless steel plate.
• Two notched and tiered beams to provide ease in reading
• Positive poise positioning ensuring repeatable results
• Spring loaded zero adjust compensator
• Magnetic dampening which minimizes oscillation and speeds up weighing
CAPACITY READABILITY SHIP WT.
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM (LBS) EACH
SB12-2 2610 0.1 5.8”X5.8” 8 $177.49
10-YEAR WARRANTY
PORTABLE TOP LOADING SCALES

The OHAUS CL Compact scales are lightweight, portable scales perfectly
suited for use in industrial, quality control, formulation, and dietary weighing.
Rugged housing with integral platform ring for stacking and storing.
One-year warranty.
• Durable ABS platform and housing
• Simple 2-button keypad
• RF protection for use near cell phones and production areas
SP200 200 0.1 12.75” 1.3 $82.99
SP2000 2000 1.0 12.75” 1.3 82.99 SP200
SP5000 5000 1.0 12.75” 1.3 103.99
PORTABLE TOP LOADING SCALES

The OHAUS CS Compact scales, models SB200, SB2 and SB5 feature full
capacity tare and high-contrast LCD display. Operates on 3 AA batteries or
AC adapter (both included). One-year warranty.
• ABS housing, stainless steel pan
• Low battery indicator, auto shut-off, external push button calibration
• Measures grams, pound:ounce, newton
The OHAUS Navigator, model SB120-AQ, features automatic calibration.
AC adapter (included) or use 8 AA batteries (not included). One-year warranty.
• Two touchless sensors free up your hands for handling samples
• Can withstand loads up to 400% of its rated capacity
SB200
• Measures grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce, newton,
and more
SB200 200 0.1 5.5” DIA. 3 $135.49
SB2 2000 1.0 5.5 3 135.49
SB5 5000 1.0 5.5 3 156.49
SB120-AQ 2100 0.1 7.5” X 6.5” 4 366.49
SB120-AQ SB2A WEIGH PAN, 61/2”X 61/2” X 2” DEEP 1 36.79
Ohaus® is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.

SB2A

LAB EQUIPMENT 319
Scales
DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS ES Series contains large LCD, membrane keypad, autozero tracking and stability indicator.
The 3-way mounting bracket allows the ABS plastic indicator to be mounted to the scale base, above the
ES6R scale platform or on any vertical surface. Powered by a 9V adapter (included) or six A A batteries (not
included). Indicator stand is 4”. Stainless steel platform and painted steel frame. One-year warranty.
•M easures in kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce (except model ES200L)
•L ow-profile platform
•3 -way mounting bracket included (column, wall and platform)
CAPACITY READABILITY PLATFORM SIZE SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN/MM) (LBS) EACH
ES6R 13.2/6 .005/2 12.2X10.8/310X270 10 $613.19
ES30R 66/30 .05/10 12.2X10.8/310X270 10 613.19
ES50R 110/50 .05/20 12.2X10.8/310X270 10 613.19
ES100L
ES100L 220/100 0.1/50 20.5X15.7/520X400 36 656.29
ES200L 440/200 0.2/0.1 KG 20.5X15.7/520X400 36 656.29
COMPACT DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS SD Series Compact Bench Scales are perfect for shipping, receiving, and general bench
applications. Easy two-button operation and a large LCD display help guarantee accurate and
unmistakable results. The three-way mounting bracket allows you to mount the indicator to the scale
base, above the scale platform, or on any vertical surface. AC adaptor (included) or three C batteries
(not included). One-year warranty.
• Measures in kilograms and pounds
• Painted steel platform and frame
• Includes software for weighing, display hold and dynamic weighing
CAPACITY READABILITY PLATFORM SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/KG) DIA. (LBS) EACH
SC77 77/35 0.05/20 12.4”X11” 8.1 $187.99
SC165 165/75 0.1/50 20.5”X15.7” 9.5 345.49
SC440 440/200 0.2/0.1 KG 20.5”X15.7” 36.0 366.49
PORTABLE SCALES
The OHAUS Scout SPX Balances feature easy-to-use two-button operation, a high-contrast LCD display,
multiple weighing units. Application modes include weighing, parts counting, percent weighing, check
weighing, animal/dynamic weighing, totalization, density determination, display hold, mole weighing, and
the option of either RS232, USB, ethernet, bluetooth, USB host. AC Adapter (included) or 4 AA batteries (not
included). One-year warranty.
•M easures in gram, kilogram, carat, newton, ounce, troy ounce, pennyweight, pound, pound:ounce.
• ABS housing, removable stainless steel weighing platform
• Low battery indicator and auto shut-off
SPX41 & SPX42
MODEL (LBS/G) (GRAMS) SIZE LBS) EACH
SPX41 0.49/220 0.01 4.7” DIA 2.8 $345.49
SPX43 & SPX44 SPX42 0.93/420 0.1 4.7” DIA 2.8 187.99
SPX43 1.37/620 0.1 6.7” X 5.5” 2.8 282.49
2-YEAR WARRANTY SPX44 4.85/2200 0.1 6.7” X 5.5” 2.8 355.99
PORTABLE HAND HELD SCALES

The OHAUS HH Series hand held scales with sleek styling and small, convenient size making them ideal to
take anywhere–throw it in a briefcase or drop it in a backpack. Feature energy-saving shut-off and a large
LCD display and backlight. Operates on 2 AAA Batteries (included). One-year warranty.
• ABS housing, ABS protective snap-on cover, ABS weighing platform
• Measures grams, ounces, ounce troy, pennyweight
• Low battery indicator, overload and underload indicators, external push button calibration,
SB563
button activated luminescent display

MODEL (LBS/G) (GRAMS) DIA. (LBS) EACH
SB563 0.26/120 .1 3” 3 $166.99
SB564 0.71/320 .1 3” 3 208.99 SB564

320 LAB EQUIPMENT
Scales
LEGAL FOR TRADE FOOD SCALES, WATER RESISTANT

The OHAUS Valor® 4000 water resistant food scales feature touchless operation,
speed, and durability. Offers large dual red LED front and rear displays, food
safety and legal for trade approvals and puncture resistant keypads, making it
the premiere scale for use in dry or washdown environments. Easy to clean,
less than 0.5s stabilization time, easy-to-transport, power jack auto-closed
design, level bubble, fixed weighing platform, overload and underload
indicators, low battery indicator, ac adapter, rechargeable battery,
touchless sensor for Tare Function. One -year warranty.
• Measures in grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce
• Stainless Steel Platform and Stainless Steel Top Housing
• Food-safe washdown design that’s NSF Certified
• A polycarbonate keypad that can endure contact with knives
or sharp instruments
• Flow-thru, water resistant design channels fluids thru drain holes
keeping the scale clean and operational
• NSF/ANSI 169 Certified and USDA-AMS Accepted

MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN) (LBS) EACH
WS00-1 6/3 0.001/0.5 7.5 X 9.5 8.1 $450.49
WS02-1 15/6 0.002/1.0 7.5 X 9.5 9.5 450.49
WS03-1 30/15 0.005/2.0 7.5 X 9.5 8.0 450.49
FOOD SCALE, WATER RESISTANT

The OHAUS Valor® 2000 water resistant food scales feature large dual red LED
front and rear displays, food safety and puncture resistant keypads, making it
the premiere value scale for use in dry or washdown environments. Easy to
clean, less than 0.5s stabilization time, easy-to-transport, power jack
auto-closed design, level bubble, fixed weighing platform, low battery indicator,
AC adapter, rechargeable lead acid battery, non-slip leveling feet.
One-year warranty.
• Measures in grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce
• Stainless Steel Platform and ABS housing
• With less than half a second stabilization time and front and rear LED displays,
multiple operators can efficiently utilize one scale for the same job
• A polycarbonate keypad that can endure contact with knives
or sharp instruments
• Flow-thru, water resistant design channels fluids thru drain holes
keeping the scale clean and operational
• NSF/ANSI 169 Certified and USDA-AMS Accepted

MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN) (LBS) EACH
30035683 6/3 0.001/0.5 7.5 X 9.5 8.8 $345.49
Valor is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.
®

321 LAB EQUIPMENT LAB EQUIPMENT 321
Scales/Weighing Boats Scales/Weighing Boats
DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS Defender ® 3000 Series is ideal for general weighing and simple counting applications in
production, packaging, warehouse, inventory, shipping and receiving areas. Features a simple,
yet rugged, tubular-frame base design and indicators with tactile keys, 1 inch high LCD weight display
with high-contrast backlight, built-in rechargeable battery operation and flexible mounting capabilities.
Parts counting mode with selectable sample sizes, last sample size and average piece weight data.
T31P indicator features a high-impact durable ABS housing with reversible face for either wall,
column or table-top mounting. One-year warranty.
•M
easures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce
•M
aximum resolution 1:6000-7500d
•3
04 stainless steel pan with painted carbon steel frame and aluminum IP67 load cell
•A
djustable non-slip rubber leveling feet with externally visible level indicator
•B
uilt-in RS232 for printing and data connection
•E
asy to operate with 4-key membrane keypad with raised tactile keys
•A
C adapter and internal rechargeable lead acid battery

MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) SIZE (LBS) EACH
D66 66/30 0.01/5 14”X12” 33.0 $607.99
D132 132/60 0.02/10 14”X12” 33.0 628.99
WASHDOWN DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS Defender ® 5000 Series is ideal for production, packaging and general commercial and
industrial weighing applications where full washdown protection is required. All-stainless steel
washdown base and stainless steel column with IP66/NEMA 4X protection for indicator, with load cells
protected to IP67. Multifunctional indicator with multiple weighing units and software modes to meet the
requirements of industrial and lab applications. Includes comprehensive, yet intuitive software and
multiple connectivity options. Multiple weighing modes including counting, percent weighing, dynamic/
animal weighing, check weighing and display hold. Has internal universal switching power supply with
hardwired line cord and includes RS232 interface with GMP/GLP data output including date and time.
One-year warranty.
•M
easures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce, metric tons,
and user-defined custom units
•1
0,000–12,500d default resolution
•1
:5,000 NTEP-certified/Measurement Canada-approved resolution
•Q
uick display of results using large LCD with high-contrast white backlight
•T
emporary display of 10x readability in weighing mode with quick key press
•E
asy to operate with 4-key membrane keypad with raised tactile keys
CAPACITY READABILITY PLATFORM SIZE SHIP WT.

MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN/MM) (LBS) EACH
WDS25 25/10 0.002/1 12X12/305X305 42.8 $1,322.00
WDS50 50/25 0.005/2 12X12/305X305 42.8 1,364.00
WDS100 100/50 0.01/5 18X18/457X457 77.5 1,889.00
Defender is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.

®
SCALE WEIGHING BOATS

These rubberized weighing boats resist temperatures to 200ºF (93ºC) and
flex readily for easy pouring. Flat bottom and shallow shape resist tipping.
Biologically inert and resistant to weak acids, aqueous solutions, alcohol
and chemicals.
MODEL DIMENSIONS (CM) PACK QTY EACH PACK WP2
WP2 9 X 9 X 2.5 100 $6.79
WP3 14 X 14 X 2.2 100 9.69

322 SECTION
FEED & LIVE ORGANISMS

PRODUCTS
323 Vaki Feeding System
324 Feeding Control/Pipe Feeding Systems
325 Robot Feeding System/Drum Feeder
326 Auger/Demand Feeder
327 Directional Feeder
328 Belt & Koi Feeders
329 Feed Dispensers & Clips
330 Vibratory Feeders
331 Controllers/Timers
332 Planktonic/Flake Feed
333 Aquarium Feed
335 Larval Feed
336 Koi Feed
339 Culture Feed
340 Algae Feed Equipment & Accessories
344 Brine Shrimp
345 Rotifer Production System
346 Bioassay
347 Live Koi

FEEDERS 323
VAKI Feeding System
VAKI™ FEEDING SYSTEM

VAKI Feeding System is an automatic system. The system is installed in Advanced Software
containers and is simple to use. It is specially designed for smaller farms.
The operation of the system is controlled by a PLC. Computer software is
The system utilizes one or more feed storage silos, which is useful when
used to interface and program the feeding system. The system software
different sizes of feed are being used.
controls feeding operation such as feed rates, meal times, feed types, etc.
Feeding operation is based on feed from the storage silo the silo empties The operator can monitor, interface, reprogram or override the automatic
into a feed dosing auger. The auger moves this feed into a funnel which make operation of the system.
sure that the feed goes to airlock and then into the main transport pipe.
An air blower blows air into the distribution valve where it is directed into Maximum Fish Growth
the individual feed pipes and transferred to specific cages.
The VAKI Feeding System controls the quality of the feeding and thereby
The operation of the system is controlled by Programmable Logic Controller helps attain maximum fish growth and health. In other words, the feeding
(PLC). Programmed computer software is used to interface and program the control system ensures that feed usage is optimized toward growth targets,
feeding system. The software controls feeding operations such as feed rates, while a minimum amount of nutrients are lost to waste. A more efficient
meal times, feed types, etc. The operator, can monitor, interface, reprogram or uptake of nutrients in the fish doesn't only benefit the environment, but it
override the automatic operation of the system. also improves farm economy.
The interface, here the operator can monitor, interface, reprogram or override Graph showing the quality of the feeding and thereby helps
the automatic operation of the system. attain maximum fish growth and health.

324 FEEDERS
324 SECTION
ProductsControl
Feeding / Products / ProductsFeeding Systems
Systems/Pipe
ARVO-TEC FEEDING TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL

FEEDING CONTROL SYSTEM
A fully integrated feeding, measurement and alarm system. Feed amounts are
calculated separately for each tank according to automatically updated biomass
data, incoming water temperature and oxygen content. The system is easy to
use with a menu-driven display in the control unit or an optional PC connection.
Feeding data can be exported to management software. Stainless steel cabinet
withstands extreme conditions.
Specifications
• 115 or 230VAC.
• 8, 16, 24 or 32 independent feeder channels per control unit (use up to 30
control units in one system for 960 channels total).
• Cable, radio, TCP/IP and mobile phone communication options.
• 8 measurement inputs per control unit.
• 5 digital sensor inputs (e.g., level switch circuits) and 2 alarm/control outputs
per control unit.
ARVO-TEC PIPE FEEDING SYSTEM

The pipe feeding system is a centralized solution for distributing large
quantities of feed. This system can be used in sea, land and recirculating
aquaculture systems.
The system’s reserve silos can be placed in a central feed storage area, where
they can be refilled easily with large bags. The distribution system is based on
a 75 mm PE pipe and can blow feed into the blower from up to 300 m away.
Arvo-Tec control system controls each tank entirely separately. Feed dosage
requires precision, and the distribution valves uses electrical motor and
revolver technology that is reliable and gentle on feed.
Specifications
• Feed up to 28 tanks, ponds or cages/one system.
• Double, triple, etc., systems for large farms.
• Maximum feeding capacity for each system is 650 kg/hour. FEED SILO
CONTROL AND MONITORING
BLOWER
DOSING UNIT
PE-PIPES
TANK/CAGE VALVE

FEEDERS 325
325
Robot Feeding System/Drum Feeder
ARVO-TEC ROBOT FEEDING SYSTEM

Improves feed efficiency and saves labor time. One feeding
robot serves multiple tanks, eliminating the need for a feeder
at each tank. A high feed turnover rate through the hopper
prevents storage problems such as feed expiration.
Controlled via local programmer or from a PC.
Specifications
• Travel speed 18 m/min.
• 24VDC rechargeable battery.
• Optical “eye” to avoid collision.
• Provides 2 feed types from 50-L silos.
• Each robot feeds up to 240 tanks, with a max rail length of 450 m.
• Rail: 80 mm steel I-Beam, INP80, DIN1025
Options include advanced PC control, automatic refilling and feed spreader.
ARVO-TEC T DRUM 2000 FEEDER

The Arvo-Tec T Drum feeder has a very high accuracy, whilst remaining at a
competitive price. The feeder is multifunctional and is suitable for start feeding
in hatcheries to on-growing on tanks, ponds and cages.
Specifications
• 1, 6 or 10 litres transparent and 50, 150 or 600 white hoppers
• Standard motor 24 VAC, 11,3 W, 2 rpm
• Granule/pellet size 0,3–8 mm
• Minimum dose of 0,3, 1,5, 20, 45 or 100 g
• Strong, 316 stainless steel bracket Height control.
6 Litre Hopper
• Accuracy normally greater than 98%
Strong motor is
sealed for many
years maintenance
free operation.
Threaded joint between the
dosing unit and big hoppers.
Dosing drum can be removed

without tools.
Metal spring automatically

cleans the dosing cups.

326
326 SECTION
FEEDERS
Auger/Demand/Controller
AUGER FEEDERS
FIAP Auger Feeders are designed to achieve reduced feeding expenditures and improved feed
ratios, and can be used both indoors and outdoors . They are used throughout the world in C
commercial aquaculture facilities, providing perfectly controlled feeding in fish ponds and
production plants. They are designed for feed pellets ranging from 1 – 10 mm. It’s blockage-
free auger screw is driven by a 12VDC motor and controlled by the FIAP Proficontrol controller
(sold separately). One-year warranty. B
CAPACITY D
MODEL (LBS/KG) A B C D EACH 4+
FS4222R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 22/10 26” 10” 12” 21” $649.99 $617.49
FS4244R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 44/20 27” 12” 15” 21” 670.99 637.44 A
FS4288R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 88/40 35” 15” 19” 30” 702.49 667.37
FS4232R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 132/60 42” 19” 23” 36” 733.99 697.29
FS4022R2 FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY 22/10 26” 10” 12” 21” 586.99 557.64 AUGER
FS4044R2 FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY 44/20 27” 12” 15” 21” 607.99 577.59
SPREADER
FS4059UPR2 REPLACEMENT AUGER 460.99 —
FS4222R2
Note: Bottom of feeder should be at least 20” (50cm) above the surface of the water
B DEMAND FEEDERS
The unique twist-lock lid is wind and varmint-proof on these high-quality, UV-resistant,
polyethylene hoppers. All four sizes have the same pendulum demand feeding
mechanism for #4 crumble to 1/4” pellets. One-year warranty.
CAPACITY
MODEL (LBS/KG) A B C EACH 4+
C
FH221 DEMAND FEEDER 22/10 23” 12” 14” $261.49 248.42
FH441 DEMAND FEEDER 44/20 23” 15” 18” 282.49 268.37
FH881 DEMAND FEEDER 88/40 23” 19” 26” 345.49 328.22
FH133 DEMAND FEEDER 132/60 23” 23” 33” 418.99 398.04
Note: Bottom of feeder should be at least 20” (50cm) above the surface of the water
FEEDER CONTROLLER
The innovative FIAP Proficontrol Control sets new standards in automatic fish feeding.
Thanks to its unique and smart programmability, it meets all expectations towards best
possible feed dosing. The FIAP Proficontrol allows for operating up to 4 different FIAP
feeders with one control. All settings as well as feeding periods (0–99 seconds), breaks
(0–99 minutes) and motor speeds can be defined individually for the single outputs. Any
settings made will be saved. Testing and manual feeding per output is feasible at any
time. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
1590 115/230V, 50/60HZ CONTROL $1,248.00
1594 5M CABLE 73.19
1594-1 10M CABLE 135.49
1594-2 20M CABLE 208.99
1591 SOCKET 27.29
1592 COUPLER CONNECTOR 17.89 1594
CABLES SOLD
1593 CONNECTOR PLUG 27.29 SEPARATELY

FEEDERS 327
Directional Fish Feeders
DIRECTIONAL FISH FEEDERS

Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeder® utilizes a high-velocity, centrifugal air blower
system. Feed pellets are projected in a wedge-shaped feed pattern approximately
45-feet in length by 20-feet in width, without dropping feed within 5-feet of the
feeder. Includes digital timer and 12V, 7amp rechargeable battery. Galvanized
or powder-coated green finish.
Digital Timer is easy to set and reliable. It controls a dual motor system
that delivers the flow of feed that is introduced into the air blower system.
Includes built-in battery tester, large easy-to-read display and special coating
for extreme temperature and weather protection. Pre-wired for optional solar
charger. Timer has 5-Year Limited Warranty.
2-Watt Optional Solar Charger utilizes the sun’s energy and extends the
battery life and maintains charge. Built-in protection prevents battery power
drainage. Installs on any side of the feeder and connects directly to the timer.
Key Features
• Includes Digital Timer and 12V Rechargeable Battery
• Feeds: 1-9 times/day, Run Time: 1-60 seconds/feeding
Galvanized Finish, Straight Legs, Galvanized Finish, Adjustable Legs,
• Two feed-level sight gauges
Optional Solar Charger Optional Solar Charger
• Low profile design for easy filling
• Removable side panel for quick access to blower system
• Straight legs for piers & docks; Adjustable legs for sloping pond banks
• Galvanized Steel Hopper with Powder-Coated finish for rust resistance.
• Easy Lockable Access Door protects timer and battery from elements.
• Dual motor blower design
Feed pattern. Optional Solar Charger Green Finish, Adjustable Legs, AX70DLG mounted on dock.
Optional Solar Charger
CAPACITY
FLOATING FISH SINKING FISH DIMENSIONS (FEEDER ONLY) SHIP WT GALVANIZED FINISH GREEN FINISH
FEED (LBS) PELLETS (LBS) LEG TYPE L x W x H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
70 90 ADJUSTABLE 20” X 22” X 40” 100 AX70AL $733.99 AX70ALG $733.99
70 90 STRAIGHT 20” X 22” X 40” 91 AX70DL 733.99 AX70DLG 733.99
215 320 ADJUSTABLE 28” X 28” X 51” 154 AX215AL 891.49 AX215ALG 891.49
215 320 STRAIGHT 28” X 28” X 51” 145 AX215DL 891.49 AX215DLG 891.49
OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER 3 AX2W* 82.99 AX2WG** 82.99
*Black mounting bracket. **Green mounting bracket.
Replacement Parts
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
AX12 DIGITAL TIMER 1 $156.49
BT12HARB 12V RECHARGEABLE BATTERY 5.5 23.09
Digital Timer 12V Rechargeable Battery

Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeders® is a registered trademark of SSI Investments I, LTD.
328 FEEDERS
Belt Feeders/Koi Feeders
BELT FEEDERS
These belt feeders slowly dispense almost any dry medication, chemical or
feed over a 12- or 24-hour period. If shorter length or intermittent feeding is
desired, the conveyor belt can be pulled back halfway or feed can be spaced
on the belt. These feeders will reduce labor costs and improve growth rates.
Housed in a weatherproof case and powered by a spring-wound stainless
steel clock mechanism.
Feature corrosion-resistant clocks. All clocks are extremely durable.
Setting the feeders is as easy as lifting the lid, pulling back the belt and
loading the feed. Repair parts are available and repairs can be made
easily on site. One-year warranty.
• No electric power required
• Weather-resistant cover
• Thick belts
• Clear clock cover w/ gasket BFS24
Belt Feeders
DISPENSE DIMENSIONS* SHIP WT.
MODEL AMOUNT (LBS) L X W X H (IN.) (LBS) EACH
BFS12A 12-HR BABY BELT FEEDER 5 217/8 X 111/2 X 6 6 $229.99
BFS24A 24-HR BABY BELT FEEDER 5 217/8 X 111/2 X 6 6 229.99
BFS12 12-HR BELT FEEDER 10 277/8 X 15 X 6 8 271.99
BFS24 24-HR BELT FEEDER 10 277/8 X 15 X 6 8 271.99
Replacement Parts
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS) EACH
BFS12RC 12-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS12A AND BFS12 1 $82.99
BFS24RC 24-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS24A AND BFS24 1 82.99
4420 CLOCK COVER, CLEAR 14.39
4350SS STAINLESS STEEL MAINSPRING 18.29
4430 MAINSPRING COVER, BLACK 14.39
4398 BABY BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS) 50.39
4399 LARGE BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS) 62.99
* Clock and S-ring are included in width.
KOI FEEDERS
The Sweeney Koi Café is the ideal automatic fish feeder for your Koi pond,
backyard water garden, grow-out tanks and outdoor ponds for smaller,
ornamental fish. Special design helps prevent moisture from getting into
the primary food supply and the hopper allows for long refill intervals.
Select from red, green or champagne finishes. Add an optional solar
charger and enjoy years of continuous performance without interruption.
16.5" • Adjustable feed flow lever to determine number of seconds per feeding
• Digital timer can feed up to 8 times per day and up to 59 seconds duration
Champagne Feeder With
Solar Charger • Built-in sight-gage to check on feed level
• Holds 10 lbs. of standard Koi food
• Equipped with 6 Volt rechargeable battery
MODELS
RED GREEN CHAMPAGNE EACH
KOI CAFÉ FEEDER SF36R SF36G SF36C $229.99
12" Red Feeder With OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER SX61-R SX61-G SX61-C 99.99
Solar Charger
REPLACEMENT 6V BATTERY (MODEL BT626) 30.49
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Green Feeder With
Solar Charger
FEEDERS 329
Feeders/Clips
HANDHELD GRANULAR FEED DISPENSER

This hand-held, manually operated, granular feed dispenser is ideal for
feeding fish housed in multi-tank, multi-tier, rack housing systems. Simply
squeeze the spring loaded handle and the food will dispense quickly,
accurately, and efficiently in consistent doses every time with minimal fatigue
to the operator. This feeder is constructed of food grade acetal with stainless
steel hardware to prevent corrosion. Only for use with dry, granular feed.
Clear acrylic food canister holds 165 cubic cm of dry feed and is easy to refill.
Includes two food dispensing discs (small disc dispenses 0.2 cubic cm per pull
and large disc dispenses 0.4 cubic cm per pull). One-year warranty.
• Simple, single-hand operation for ease of use

• Dispenses consistent doses of food rapidly
• Easy to clean or change food dispensing discs
• Dish washer safe
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
The AH20 in use at PAES W.A.T.E.R.
AH20 HANDHELD GRANULAR FEED DISPENSER 1.0 $188.99
POND FEEDER
Once-a-day feeder for small ponds
Flake food or pellets are dispensed slowly over several hours each day
(adjustable quantity and feeding time). This feeder can hold close to
2 cups (approximately 200 grams) of food. Fully weatherproof, it can be
mounted on a pole by the edge of the water or suspended over the water.
One AA battery (included) required for quartz-timed motor. Measures
63/4" x 33/4" x 71/4". Three-year warranty.
MODEL EACH 4+
PF21 $47.99 $45.59
3-YEAR WARRANTY
SEAVEGGIES CLIPS 4-WAY CONE WORM FEEDER

This unique plastic clip is used to securely hold marine algae, spinach or Use with live worms or flake foods
other leafy foods for herbivorous fish. The large suction cup attaches the
The 4-Way Cone Worm Feeder dispenses live or frozen worms or brine shrimp
clip easily and holds firmly to aquarium glass. Unlike other clips, it has
and reduces build-up on bottom of aquarium. It is made up of three separate
no metal parts and floats if it becomes detached from the tank wall.
pieces: A floating ring, a cone worm feeder, and a suction cup. Made of a soft,
MODEL EACH flexible, break-resistant plastic. The floating ring may be used to provide dry
flake food while floating on the surface or, when used in conjunction with the
SVC $2.19 suction cup, it may be attached to the side wall of the aquarium to restrict feeding
to a certain area. In addition, when inserting the cone, it may be used as a
free-floating or confined worm feeder.
MODEL EACH
10526 4-WAY FEEDER 2.09
CLIP SHOWN 10526

HOLDING A PIECE
OF SEAWEED.
330 FEEDERS
Vibratory Feeders
VIBRATORY FEEDERS
Benefit from highly accurate feeding rates and times with these vibratory
feeders from Pentair AES. They easily handle almost all different feed
types (even extremely fine and moist feeds) and they are resistant to
clogging from even the oiliest feeds. Perfect for applications where
multiple accurate feedings per day would otherwise require a lot of
manpower, such as in a hatchery.
For each feeder, use a 12VDC adapter such as the SF50 for 115VAC
operation. You will also need a timer. We suggest either SF44 for 115V,
SF41 for 12V. One timer can be used for up to 13 feeders (all connected
feeders will feed at once). One-year warranty.
MODEL CAPACITY (LITERS) DIA H EACH 4+

AVF6 0.5 51/2" 9” $114.49 $103.04
AVF7 1.75 71/2" 12” 177.49 159.74
AVF8 3.0 9" 123/4” 208.99 188.09
REPL. VIBRATORY MOTOR AND PLATE

AVF6RP FOR AVF6 72.49 65.24 AVF6 AVF7 AVF8
AVF7RP FOR AVF7 82.99 74.69

AVF8RP FOR AVF8 103.99 93.59
TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR VIBRATORY FEEDERS

6/12V Operation AVF8RP
The SF41 timer can operate
up to thirteen feeders without
adding an external relay.
TECH TALK 21
One SF62 must be
used with each feeder.
Hand vs Automatic Feeding
Hand or automatic feeding … which is better?
Automatic feeders save time. All business people know – time is money. Most fish farmers are in
short supply of both. The manual labor involved in feeding your fish every day by hand may seem
small, but over the period of a year, can easily equate to thousands of dollars in man-hours.
For example, an operation with 10 tanks, feeding 3 times a day for 3 minutes per tank, at $12 an
SF41 Timer SF62 Speed Controller hour will cost you $18 per day in manual labor.
x x x =
(# of Tanks) (# Feedings/Day) (Min/Tank) (Cost/Hr) Cost/Day
115V Operation Automatic feeders require only a minimal amount of manual labor, including weekly filling of the
The SF44 controller/ hopper and resetting feeding rates (and recharging batteries if not tied into a central power
timer can operate up source). An estimate for this maintenance is 15 minutes per week/per feeder. That equals $2.80 a
to thirteen feeders day in labor.
without adding an Manual Labor Automatic Feeders Savings
external relay.
$18/day $2.80/day $7.70/day
540/month 84/month 456/month
6,480/year 1,008/year 5,472/year
SF44 Timer You can buy a lot of automatic feeders for $5,472!
with Controller Automatic feeders allow feedings to be tailored to the biological clock of each species. They are
ideal for the multiple feedings required when raising fry. Implementing a schedule of several
feedings spread throughout the day may help to cut down on size variance of the fish, improve feed
An SF50 adapter must be used conversion ratios and level the load on the biofilter, and even out the oxygen demand Remember,
with each feeder. feed is usually the highest cost item in your operating budget, use it wisely!

SECTION 331
FEEDERS 331
Controllers//Timers
FEEDER CONTROLLERS DESIGNED HERE

For single or multiple feeders. Easy to use, preassembled, extremely
economical. These lightweight feeder controllers feature a reliable timer.
The controller is set to handle up to four feeders; however, the optional "Y"
cable expands the capability to eight feeders (four "Y" cables would be required
for eight feeders). The timer features safe 12V operation and is housed in a
moisture-resistant, ABS plastic case. Feeders connect to the feeder time
controller with 12' cables. No soldering or crimping, all components are
interchangeable. Only one power supply is required for powering up to eight
feeders. One-year warranty.
Basic
Features 8 feedings per 24 hours, adjustable from 2 to 59 seconds per feeding.
SF50 H1201 PA15
Deluxe
Up to 24 feedings per 24 hours, adjustable from 1 to 99 seconds per feeding.

H1201 DELUXE FEEDER CONTROLLER 2 $418.99 $398.04
SF50 12VDC ADAPTER FOR 115V 21 35.69 33.91
PA15 POWER SUPPLY, 12V — 39.99 37.99
H1112-AQ CABLE, 12' — 12.19 11.58
H1113-AQ "Y" ADAPTER — 8.59 8.16
DIGITAL TIMER, CONTROLLER, ADAPTER

Features up to 24 feedings per 24 hours with a feeder "on" time of 1–59
seconds. The maximum output current is 10 amps, so each timer can
control up to thirteen vibratory feeders without the need for aexternal
relay.
For 115V Operation - SF44 Controller with Timer
SF41 Combines the 115V controller (SF40) with the 12V timer (SF41) for 115V
SF44 operation. Can operate up to 13 vibratory feeders without adding an external
relay. One 12V adapter (SF50) must be used with each feeder.
For 6/12V Operation - SF41 12V Timer
Can operate up to 13 vibratory feeders without adding an external relay.
One Speed Controller (SF62) must be used with each feeder.
3-YEAR WARRANTY MODEL SHIP WT EACH
SF44 115V CONTROLLER W/12V TIMER 6 $387.69
SF50 SF40 115V CONTROLLER 4 131.29
SF41 12V TIMER 2 183.79
SF62 12V CONTROLLER 4 104.99
SF62
SF50 12VDC ADAPTER FOR 115VAC 2 35.69

332 FEED
Planktonic/Flake
CONCENTRATED PLANKTONIC FEED Arcti Pods® Fish Food

These products ship Next Day Air, FOB CA. Arcti Pods® are large, nutrition-packed planktonic copepods (3,000
microns) harvested fresh from arctic waters. Great for fish and
Phyto Feast® Fish Food invertebrates such as LPS corals, anenomes, zoanthids and brittle stars.
Provides a diversity of phyto-pigments, lipids, omega-3’s, amino acids, Rich in carotenoids, which bring out the color of your animals. Also contain
carbohydrates and cell sizes. Proprietary harvesting and stabilizing processes protein, omega-3 and -6 fatty acids and waxy esters for growth. 32-oz
keep cells intact and ensure nutrients get to your animals. This blend of the bottle, 1–2 teaspoons treat 100 gal.
most important marine microalgae (Pavlova, Isochrysis, Thalassiosira,
Tetraselmis and Nannochloropsis) will help your tank diversity improve, MODEL EACH
encourage your invertebrates to come out to feed and even help difficult-to- PFC32 PHYTO FEAST $32.99
keep animals thrive. 32-oz bottle.
RF32 ROTI FEAST 73.49
Roti Feast® Fish Food
AP32 ARCTI PODS 77.19
Get superior color, vitality and growth rates! Roti Feast® is a highly nutritious
plankton feed perfect for hard corals, larval fish and other reef carnivores ®
Phyto Feast , Roti Feast and Arcti Pods
® ®
that feed on small zooplankton. Rotifers are a critical feed used in marine fish
and invertebrate hatcheries around the world. Contains tens of millions of
are registered trademarks of Reed Mariculture, Inc.
fully intact marine rotifers Brachionus plicatilis with millions of eggs. 32-oz
bottle, 4 oz treat 100 gal.
AP32 PFC32 RF32
FLAKE FOOD
Whether you’re a hatchery manager, breeder or fish hobbyist, what is more
important than high-quality food? Flake food is a highly nutritional food
packaged and priced for the professional. We offer ten varieties in two ALL PENTAIR AES FOODS ARE
package sizes. PACKAGED IN POLYESTER FILM
BAGS WITH O2 ABSORBERS TO
ENSURE FRESHNESS.
COLOR TROPICAL MARINE EGG YOLK EARTHWORM KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
Similar to tropical flake but with Formulated from egg yolk, this food A 42% protein flake with a primary Nutritionally balanced food for
higher levels of color enhancers. Krill is a high protein/high fat flake. It is ingredient of earthworms. Breeders goldfish and koi. Increases
and shrimp meal are also added. 45% great for fattening juvenile/larval have reported an increase in spawning digestibility and minimizes waste.
protein content. fish and thin fish. 45% protein. of 6–10 times. Promotes healthy gill, fin and tissue
development. Also enhances color.
ZCT5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $55.99 F05Y 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $61.49 F05E 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $64.89 ZGF5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $42.99
ZCT25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 195.29 F25Y 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 208.29 F30E 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 229.19 ZGF25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 143.49
PLANKTON/KRILL/SPIRULINA TROPICAL BRINE SHRIMP SPIRULINA

A special formula of plankton, Antarctic Highly palatable and digestible, flakes Consisting primarily of baby brine Excellent source of vitamins and
krill (Euphausia superba), Pacific krill are formulated as a balanced diet. shrimp, this flake formula has a amino acids. This flake delivers a high
(Euphausia pacifica) and Spirulina. Provides high levels of Spirulina and protein content of 50%. Flakes are protein content of 38% and is the
A choice food with 44% protein. trace elements. 45% protein content. fortified with vitamins and minerals. choice food for fish requiring
Fat content at least 13% and low fiber vegetation in their diet.
content of 3%.
F05K 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $58.29 ZTF5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $37.49 ZBF5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $86.89 ZSF5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $50.29
F30K 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 246.79 ZTF25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 154.39 ZBF25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 358.79 ZSF25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 173.09

SECTION
FEED 333
333
Products / Products / Aquarium
Products
FANCY GUPPY® FOOD HIKARI® PLANKTON

Formulated exclusively for raising and breeding species of fancy guppies. Ideal for feeding fish fry, this plankton-based
Vitamins are encapsulated into a small pellet that becomes soft quickly in food hangs suspended in the water column
water, yet does not dissolve. where fry can readily feed. It is processed
with a unique low-heat reduction method
The feed is high in linolenic acid, which promotes growth and improves the
that eliminates nutrient loss. Vacuum-
guppies’ natural breeding habits.
packed for freshness, it will help fry grow
MODEL EACH 12+ strong and healthy. Sold in 4.4-lb bags,
minimum 48% protein. HK170
HK41 22 G $3.59 $3.41
MODEL LARVAL SIZE (MM) MESH EACH
HK170 EARLY .2 80–180 $55.99
HK270 MIDDLE .2–.37 60–80 55.99
HK370 LATE .37–.61 30–60 55.99
CICHLID GOLD® FOOD

Rich in color enhancers, Cichlid Gold® is a specially formulated food for
bringing out the brilliant, natural colors of fish. It is ideal for most species of
carnivorous cichlids and works especially well for bringing out the colors in
oscar, firemouth and red devil species. Highly nutritious, it’s formulated in a
floating pellet form that does not make water cloudy.
MICRO PELLETS® FOOD MODEL EACH

Specially formulated for tetras, barbs and other small tropical fish. Contains a HK25 MINI, 8.8 OZ, 1/8" $7.19 $6.83/12+
high level of protein (min 42%), vitamins and nutrients that are encapsulated
in the pellets. Extremely small pellet size (<1 mm) makes it excellent for small HK27 MEDIUM, 8.8 OZ, 3/16" 7.19 6.83/12+
tetras and larval fish.
HK28 MEDIUM 22 LBS, 3/16" 197.99 188.09/2+
MODEL EACH
HK29 LARGE, 8.8 OZ, 5/16" 7.19 6.83/12+
HK40 1 KG $73.09
HK25
CICHLID STAPLE
This cichlid food is specially designed as an economical daily food for most
species of cichlids. Fortified with vitamins and minerals, it is formulated to
provide complete balanced nutrition. Available in two pellet sizes. Pellets float
and will not make water cloudy.
Grams x .0353 = oz
MODEL EACH
Grams x .0022 = lbs
HK20 MINI, 22 LBS, 1/8" $116.89
HK22 MEDIUM, 22 LBS, 3/16" 116.89
ALGAE WAFERS FOOD

Specially formulated for tetras, barbs and other small tropical fish. Contains a
high level of protein (min 42%), vitamins and nutrients that are encapsulated
in the pellets. Extremely small pellet size (<1 mm) makes it excellent for small
tetras and larval fish.
MODEL EACH HK20
HK35 250 G $13.89

HK36 1 KG 43.39 TECH TALK 17
Fish Food
The cost of fish food can represent 30 to 90% of the total cost of raising fish! In some situations
(like indoor culture), feed must provide 100% of the complex nutritional requirements fish need.
A less-than-complete diet will show up as poor feeding response, slow growth and/or disease
problems. Poor water quality can also be caused by bad feed.
HK35 All feed should be used within the normal 6-month shelf life. Do not overfeed. In general, give
fish a little less than they will eat (stop feeding them before they stop feeding).
Fancy Guppy , Micro Pellets Hikari and Cichlid Gold are
® ® ® ®
registered trademarks and/or trademarks of Kyorin Co., Ltd.

334 FEED
SECTION
Aquarium
O.S.I.® AQUARIUM FOODS MODEL EACH

Ocean Stars International (O.S.I. ) has been supplying food products for the
®
20031-AQ FRESHWATER FLAKES, 2.2 LBS $37.59
aquarium and aquaculture markets for over a decade. Backed by extensive
research and development, O.S.I.’s wide range of flake and pellet foods has 20033-AQ MARINE FLAKES, 2.2 LBS 36.69
been formulated with exceptional nutritional advantages. All of the foods
20075 SPIRULINA FLAKES, 7 OZ 13.09
contain predigested ingredients for high nutrient absorption as well as natural
color enhancers, feeding attractants and vitamins. 20035-AQ SPIRULINA FLAKES, 2.2 LBS 53.99
• Premium tested formulations. 6029 CICHLID FLAKES, 2.2 LBS 34.69
• Promotes rapid growth, high survival rates.
20032-AQ GOLDFISH FLAKES, 2.2 LBS 31.29
• High levels of natural color enhancers.
O.S.I. is a registered trademark of Ocean Star International.
®
20031-AQ 20035-AQ 6029 20032-AQ
TETRAMIN® FLAKES TETRA® JUMBOKRILL

TetraMin can be used to feed almost any Large pacific krill that is vitamin
freshwater fish. It is formulated with over 40 enriched and excellent for feeding
special ingredients and is very nutritious. large fish or mixing with foods.
Rich in astaxanthin, it improves
EACH color and growth.
16106 7.0 OZ 14.59 MODEL EACH
16623 4.5 LBS 65.89 16200 14 OZ $47.99
16623
ZEIGLER® ZEBRAFISH DIET VITA FISH™ VITAMIN COMPLEX

Zeigler Adult Zebrafish Diet is a nutritionally complete diet for Zebrafish Created for marine fish, corals and invertebrates,
reared in the laboratory. It is specially formulated to promote healthy fin Vita Fish™ is a highly concentrated vitamin complex
and tissue development and has demonstrated increased fecundity in containing 10 essential vitamins. It is highly soluble,
laboratory conditions. The diet utilizes highly digestible ingredients which easily absorbed and can be used as a food additive
minimizes excrered waste thereby helping to maintain good water quality. to enhance the nutritional quality of dry or live food.
Dosage rate is 2 drops per gallon.
• Has demonstrated increased embryo production
under laboratory conditions
• Includes Carotenoid Piements to enhance sexual MODEL EACH
dichromatism VF641 1 GALLON $88.49
• Contains Stabilized Vit C and Brewers Yeast to
promote healthy fin and tissue development Vita Fish is a trademark of Marine Enterprises International, LLC.
™
• Formulated for low phosphorous effluent in water

• Irradiated, resealable bag to ensure shelf stability ZEIGLER® XENOPUS DIET
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 guidelines to Provide necessary nutrients and help maintain optimal
ensure consistent, high quality water quality. Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
guidelines to ensure quality and consistency and then
MODEL EACH irradiated inside a 1-lb resealable bag.
AH271 1 LB BAG $30.79 International customers: Check with your customs
agent to determine whether this product can be
shipped to your country.
MODEL EACH
AH241 1 LB BAG $14.69
Zeigler® is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc.

TetraMin®, Tetra® are registered trademarks of Tetra GmbH Corp. Fed Rep Germany
SECTION
FEED 335
335
Products
Larval / Products / Products
Feeds/Freez-Dried/Additive
OTOHIME LARVAL FEEDS BIO-PURE® FREEZE-DRIED FOOD

Compare to BioKyowa Excellent for many species of fish, Hikari® foods benefit from a pharmaceutical
grade freeze-drying technique that preserves the nutrition and palatability
Otohime larval feeds are specially formulated to meet the needs of marine fish.
commonly lost in freeze-dried foods. Enriched with vitamins and free of
They have been used in both ornamental and food fish hatcheries around the
parasites and bacteria.
world. Available in slow-sinking pellet sizes of 200 microns to 2.3 mm. Krill,
fish and squid meal are the main protein sources, making it a nutritious diet. MODEL EACH
These items cannot be sold to customers in Canada.
33201 BLOOD WORMS, 0.42 OZ $6.29
MODEL EACH
BIO-Pure® is a registered trademark of Kyorin Group (China) Ltd.
T2360 B1 DIET, 200–360 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS $56.99 Hikari® is a registered trademark of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
T2620 B2 DIET, 360–620 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS 62.89
T2920 C1 DIET, 620–920 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS 51.49
T2940 C2 DIET, 920–1,410 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS 47.89
T3115 EP1 DIET, 1.5 MM, 22 LBS 106.49
T3315 EP2 DIET, 2.3 MM, 44 LBS 184.19
T2360 T2940 T3315
ZEIGLER® LARVAL AP100 DIET VITA-CHEM® ADDITIVE

Larval diet consists of very fine, granulated microcapsules scientifically A prestabilized, multivitamin additive that is water and tissue soluble,
formulated to feed fish and shrimp during larval and postlarval stages. It has ideal for closed systems. It contains many natural extracts that are lost
been used to successfully raise larvae of penaeid shrimp, trout, koi, catfish, in prepackaged foods. It is a great additive for fin regeneration and
lobster, shiners, many game fish and tropical fish. The formula consists of a preventing lateral line disease in marine fish.
highly digestible mixture of marine and animal proteins, vegetable protein,
yeast, vegetable starches, fish and vegetable oils, vitamin and mineral MODEL EACH
premixes, pigments, antioxidants and biodegradable binders. Minimum 16709 SALTWATER, 16 OZ $29.69
protein content 50%. Sold in 500-gram (1.1 lb) cans with a 12-month
shelf life. Includes Vpak® supplements to enhance disease resistance. 16716 SALTWATER, 1 GALLON 186.89
16710 FRESHWATER, 16 OZ 29.69
MODEL LARVAL STAGE EACH
16715 FRESHWATER, 1 GALLON 186.89
LD50-AQ <50 MICRON ZOEA1 TO ZOEA3 $46.19
LD100 <100 MICRON ZOEA3 TO MYSIS3 41.99
LD150 100–150 MICRON MYSIS1 TO PL2–3 34.89
LD250 150–250 MICRON PL1 TO PL6 29.69
LD400 250–400 MICRON PL3–4 TO PL8 24.69
LD400 16709 16710

LD150
LD50-AQ
Vita-Chem® is a registered trademark of Aquatic Futures LLC.

16716 16715
Zeigler® is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak® is a registered trademark of Dr.’s Wellcare Corp.
336 FEED
SECTION
Koi
KOI FOODS
We believe Hikari® food is one of the best names in the business. Koi have
been eating Hikari food for over 100 years. We buy direct to give you the
freshest food at the best price. Wheat germ is 30% protein.
Staple™ Food: Good for all-around general feeding. Includes all the
premium nutrition your goldfish or koi need to grow strong. 35% protein.
Economy Food: A basic, well-balanced, nutritional diet high in Vitamin C.
32% protein.
Excel™ Food: A specially prepared, floating color enhancer. A mixture of
highly nutritious wheat germ and pure cultured Spirulina. 35% protein.
Hi-Growth™ Food: Promotes fast and healthy koi growth. Floating.
34% protein. HK4 HK5 HK14 HK17
Wheat Germ Food: Great choice for the cooler months. Helps prevent
indigestion and improves resistance to stress and disease. Sinking medium
pellets are high in vitamins C and E and will not cloud water. 32% protein,
4% fat, 4% fiber.
Gold™ Food: A daily diet developed to meet the nutritional needs of koi while
providing outstanding color enhancement. 40% protein.
PELLET
MODEL SIZE EACH
HK11 STAPLE, 4.4 LBS 1/8" $28.89
HK282 STAPLE, 11 LBS 1/8" 62.99
HK289 STAPLE, 22 LBS 1/8" 125.99
HK12 STAPLE, 4.4 LBS 3/16" 28.89
HK1 STAPLE, 22 LBS 3/16" 110.19
HK13 STAPLE, 4.4 LBS 5/16" 30.39 HK10 HK3 HK228
HK14 STAPLE, 11 LBS 5/16" 62.99
HK489 STAPLE, 22 LBS 5/16" 102.89
HK8 WHEAT GERM, 5 LBS 1/8" 35.99
HK16 WHEAT GERM, 4.4 LBS 3/16" 35.99
HK3 EXCEL, 11 LBS 3/16" 152.19
HK4 HI-GROWTH, 4.4 LBS 5/16" 56.69
HK5 ECONOMY, 8.8 LBS 5/16" 35.19
HK224 GOLD, 17.6 OZ 1/8" 13.59
HK228 GOLD, 11 LBS 1/8" 100.79
SAKI-HIKARI™ KOI FOOD

Choose from three kinds of professional koi food specifically designed for
show-grade competition koi. Each contains a unique, beneficial set of bacteria
that protects against infection, improves digestion and reduces waste up to
40%. Color-Enhancing diet has pure-cultured Spirulina and high levels of
zeaxanthin to promote bright red areas on koi without affecting the color of
white areas. Growth diet has a mix of fats and nutrional components to help
koi grow to competition size. Multi-Season diet is made up of easily digested
ingredients, including wheat-germ kernel, for steady growth even when water
temperatures are cooler (below 58°F/15°C). All Saki-Hikari koi food will float.
MODEL EACH
42204-AQ COLOR-ENHANCING, 4.4 LBS $56.89
42208-AQ COLOR-ENHANCING, 33 LBS 298.99
42364 42284 GROWTH, 4.4 LBSW 54.99

42204 42284 42288 GROWTH, 33 LBS 285.69
42364 MULTI-SEASON, 4.4 LBS 64.09
Hikari , Staple , Economy , Excel , Wheat Germ , Gold and Saki-Hikari are registered trademarks and/or
® ™ ™ ™ ™ ™ ™
42368 MULTI-SEASON, 33 LBS 329.99
trademarks of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
FEED 337
Koi
KOI FOOD, SINKING BLACKWATER MAX COLOR KOI FOOD

Now you can feed your koi the way they naturally feed using this sinking koi Now your fish can have the best chance at fast growth and superb color. We've
food, available only from Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems. This koi food contains worked with one of America's top koi farms to offer this custom blend to you.
high-quality ingredients and is great for everyday use. Convenient 5-lb It's loaded with krill, Spirulina, extra vitamins, minerals and other ocean products.
odorless, polyester film, reusable, resealable bags can be kept fresh by Content: 38% protein, 6% fat. 5- and 12.8-lb bags
freezing until needed, so buy in quantity for a discount. are packaged in stay-fresh, resealable bags. Use
Natural Choice koi food contains a minimum of 36% spring through fall. 3-mm floating pellets suitable
protein, minimum of 5% fat and maximum of 4% for fish over 5". Use for other ornamental fish as well.
crude fiber. Bag contains oxygen-absorbing packet
to maximize freshness.
MODEL EACH
BW251 5 LBS $19.19
BW252A 12.8 LBS 38.29
MODEL EACH
BW253 20 LBS 60.59
ZBS5-1 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $32.09
BW254 40 LBS 92.89
ZBS20-1 20 LBS (9 KG) 80.89
BW251
ZBS5-1
BLACKWATER COOL SEASON BLACKWATER MAX GROWTH KOI FOOD

In cooler temperatures a fish's metabolism slows, making digestion more Now you can feed your koi the same diet the professionals do. Food is 38%
difficult. Cool Season is a wheat germ-based formula blended to be easily protein, 6% fat and fishmeal-based. Available in medium (3 mm) and large (7.8
digested when water temperature below 60ºF (16ºC). Use all year long if you mm) floating pellets. 5- and 12.8-lb sizes are packaged in a resealable,
want. Feed in the spring to help prevent "egg-bound" females. 32% protein, stay-fresh foil bag. Use for other ornamental fish as well.
4% fat, 4% fiber. 3-mm floating pellets.
BWCS5 5 LBS $22.19 BW255 5 LBS, 3 MM $18.99
BWCS40 40 LBS 108.29 BW256A 12.8 LBS, 3 MM 37.39
BW257 20 LBS, 3 MM 50.99
BW258 40 LBS, 3 MM 92.89
BW42A 12.8 LBS, 7.8 MM 37.39
BW43 20 LBS, 7.8 MM 50.99
BW44 40 LBS, 7.8 MM 92.89
BWCS5 BWCS40
BW257
BW42A

338 FEED
Koi
MEDICATED KOI/GOLDFISH FOOD CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required BLACKWATER GOLD-N PROFESSIONAL
This food contains all the nutrients needed to help ornamental fish heal KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
quickly. Contains four antibiotics and may help heal ulcers. Must be fed Serious koi collections deserve serious koi food. Blackwater GOLD-N was
continuously for 10 days. For use on ornamental and nonfood fish not intended developed to improve nutrient uptake, therefore increasing growth and luster.
for human consumption. Chemical waiver form required. 3-mm sinking pellet. This diet combines the best ingredients—fishmeal, seaweed and wheat flour
—with many other specialized ingredients, including beneficial bacteria to aid
digestion. 40% protein, 10% fat.
MODEL EACH
6441 1 LB $16.59
MODEL EACH
6445 5 LBS 46.69
BWG88 8.8 LBS $54.99
BWG40 40 LBS 177.29
BWG88
6441
DENSE CULTURE FOOD

Tanks • Raceways • Cages
We offer four styles of dense culture food. Each one contains fishmeal, poultry meal, blood meal and
fish oil. Each can be fed to a wide variety of fish including catfish, tilapia, trout, salmon, hybrid striped bass
and other cold and warmwater species.
F2A is a 50% protein sinking feed, an excellent starter feed for juveniles. F2C is a 41% protein, 3/16"
floating pellet that works well for sub-adult fish in tanks or ponds. F2E is the same formulation as F2C
but is a 9/32" floating pellet. F2G is a 3/16" floating pellet with 36% protein and a better choice for pond fish and
larger tilapia.
All of the dense culture foods are made by the extrusion method. The extrusion method improves
digestibility with less protein degradation. Ascorbic acid (a stabilized form of vitamin C) is added to all.
Keep in mind that pellet sizes can vary by as much as 1/16". If you are unsure of the right size, order
smaller rather than larger. Contains oxygen-absorbing packet to maximize freshness.
MIN PELLET SIZE PELLET SIZE FEED

MODEL PROTEIN % (IN) (MM) TYPE EACH
F2A 5 LBS 50 1/16 1.6 SINKING $16.39 F2G
F2B 50 LBS 50 1/16 1.6 SINKING 89.69
F2C 5 LBS 41 3/16 4.8 FLOATING 15.59
F2D 50 LBS 41 3/16 4.8 FLOATING 60.39
F2E 5 LBS 41 9/32 7.1 FLOATING 15.09
F2F 50 LBS 41 9/32 7.1 FLOATING 58.09
F2G 5 LBS 36 3/16 4.8 FLOATING 14.69
F2H 50 LBS 36 3/16 4.8 FLOATING 50.79

FEED 339
Koi/Culture
ZEIGLER® KOI FOODS

Nutritionally complete diets for koi and goldfish that float. Marine proteins increase palatability, digestibility
and reduce waste. Nutrient-dense pellets contain stable vitamin C and brewer's yeast for healthy gill, fin
and tissue development. Koi Fancier is formulated for color enhancing. Pond Fancier with wheat germ is
nutrient- dense for all pond fish and is the choice for koi during colder weather. Nitrogen flushed to
preserve freshness. All contain Vpak® additives to increase your koi's resistance to disease.
MODEL EACH
K106 KOI FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS 76.59
K108 POND FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS 52.89
K108 Zeigler® is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak® is a registered trademark of Dr.’s Wellcare Corp.
K106
ZEIGLER® AQUA STAB-L FOOD FW SW

A special diet for both freshwater and saltwater fish
It contains high levels of protein (40% minimum), vitamins and minerals together with various preservatives
and stabilizers that protect the feed against microbial degradation after being placed in the water.
Aqua Stab-L is a 3/8" sinking pellet with excellent water stability. After wetting, it has a soft, doughy
consistency which is ideal for incorporating hormones and medications. Typically used for bottom
feeders, as bait in tropical fish and baitfish traps and for attracting fish for harvest and sampling.
Sold in 5- and 44-lb (2.2 and 20 kg) bags. Held in cold storage. Oxygen absorbing
packet keeps food fresh.
MODEL EACH
AM5 5 LBS $16.79
AM50 44 LBS 83.99
ZEIGLER® FINFISH STARTER FOOD AND TREATMENT

Finfish Starter Food is a slow-sinking diet with the higher vitamin levels
required for early development. It has a great emphasis on marine
ingredient sources for increased digestibility and energy utilization.
Carotenoid pigments enhance growth in early stages. Low nitrogen and
phosphorous levels reduce nutrient discharge in effluent. Meets FDA
requirements regarding restrictions on mammalian protein sources (ZM1–ZC4
= 55% min; ZP1–ZP3 = 50% min). Contains Vpak® to improve survivability.
Oxygen-absorbing packet included. Guaranteed analysis:
15% min fat, 2% max fiber, 12% max moisture, 8% max ash.
EZ Bio is a biological aquaculture treatment for hatcheries that combats
ZM2 pathogenic bacteria. This environmentally friendly formula is an easy way to
improve your fish’s health and make them more stress-resistant. 5-gram
ZC2 scoop of quick-dissolving powder treats up to 3 metric tons.
MODEL SIZE (LBS) FEED TYPE DIAMETER (MM) EACH

ZM1 5 MEAL .4–.6 $15.69
ZM2 44 MEAL .4–.6 124.19
ZC1 5 #1 CRUMBLE .6–.85 15.69
ZC2 44 #1 CRUMBLE .6–.85 124.19
ZC3 5 #2 CRUMBLE .85–1.2 15.69
ZC4 44 #2 CRUMBLE .85–1.2 124.19
ZP1 5 PELLET, SLOW SINKING 1.5 14.19
ZP2 44 PELLET, SLOW SINKING 1.5 77.49
ZP3 44 PELLET, SLOW SINKING 2 77.49
EZB400 400 GRAMS EZ BIO AQUACULTURE TREATMENT – 41.69

340 LIVE
SECTION
FEED
Products
Algae Bioreactors
IP-PBR-1000L IP-PBR-100L
ALGAE BIOREACTORS
Industrial Plankton Algae Bioreactors are a turn-key solution for aquaculture AQUACULTURE APPLICATIONS—Model IP-PBR-1000L uses real time
hatcheries, research, and biotech. Through automation, these bioreactors monitoring, user friendly control system, and data logging, letting hatcheries
eliminate the majority of repetitive tasks involved in culturing algae. focus on their livestock, and not their algae. Problems with algae production
The equipment can be automatically cleaned and sterilized before inoculation are often the causes of low or unreliable hatchery yields. This unreliability
by simply pressing a button on the touchscreen. The sealed chamber, and high production costs of microalgae are limiting factors to the success
when seeded with 20 litres of algae, is capable of growing up to 1,000 litres of of many hatcheries. Despite efforts over the past decade to develop cost-
pure culture in 7–10 days, while continuously monitoring algae growth using effective artificial diets to supplement live microalgae, on-site live microalgal
a built in sensor. The machine also self-harvests and replaces the harvested production remains a critical element in the operation of most successful
water with new water and nutrients, which are filtered and sterilized at the marine hatcheries.
point of entry. The equipment greatly simplifies the complex and time
consuming task of algae culture, while also increasing production reliability RESEARCH APPLICATIONS—Model IP-PBR-100L combines cutting edge
and biosecurity. Requires fresh or saltwater inlet line. One-year warranty. technology with meaningful production volume, simplifying production of
live algae in universities, public aquariums, and industrial research.
Researchers can see their culture parameters graphed continuously in real
time, and sterilize the reactor between experiments with the push of a button –
all in a fully automated closed system, featuring closed loop pH control,
integrated heating/chilling, and remote access capabilities. The algae
produced is ideal for feeding zooplankton and larval marine animals.
PBR 1000L Production

BATCH (7-10 DAYS) OPERATING EXPENSES CONTINUOUS OPERATING
(PER BATCH)* EXPENSES
(PER MONTH)*
PRODUCTION MODES—Practically all species of Nutrients + CO2 $13 Nutrients + CO2 $51
freshwater and saltwater algae commonly used in
aquaculture can be grown in the reactors. They can Electricity (at ¢10/KWh) $28 Electricity (at ¢10/KWh) $123
be operated in batch mode, or continuously using Labor (1 hour at $20/hour) $20 Labor (3 hours at $20/hour) $60
an automated top and drop, which harvests then Total $61 Total $234
replaces a portion of the culture each time the
cell density exceeds a user setpoint. SPECIES HARVEST DENSITY SPECIES HARVEST DENSITY
T-Iso 25 M/ml T-Iso 300-500 L/day 15 M/ml
Nannochloropsis 210 M/ml Nannochloropsis 82 M/ml
Tetraselmis 4.5 M/ml Tetraselmis 3 M/ml
1000L/batch Thalassiosira weissflogii 14 M/ml
Skeletonema costatum 16 M/ml
Haematococcus pluvialis 1 M/ml
*A ctual OPEX and production numbers may vary between facilities.
LIVE
SECTION
FEED 341
Products / Products
Algae Bioreactors
/ Products
Features:
• TANK—The star shaped, corrugated tank doubles the surface area exposed • SCALE-UP—To increase biosecurity the culture is scaled up gradually over
to light, so cultures grow denser before cell shading limits growth. The tank the course of days, automatically adding water and nutrients whenever a set
bottom is sloped to facilitate circulation and drainage. culture density is reached.
• LIGHTS—LED and T5 grow lights provide bright, evenly spaced light across • HARVEST—A portion of the culture is harvested multiple times each day,
the tank surface, providing maximum light without photo inhibition. To prevent then automatically replaced with new water and nutrients. Small frequent
photo inhibition during scale up, the bioreactor checks the culture density and harvests increase the overall yield, and make the algae’s nutrient profile
only turns on lights as they are needed, based on user controlled setpoints. more predictable. The whole tank can also be harvested with the push of
The brightness can also be controlled, allowing algae with a variety of light a button.
requirements to be cultured.
• BIOSECURITY—Incoming water is slowly passed through a UV filter after
• CLEANING & STERILIZING—If you want to restart the culture it’s a simple being pre-filtered using a nominal micron filter. Nutrients are then added
process. The tank is drained through the bottom, then pressure washed and to the water and passed through 2 additional stages of absolute micron
sterilized by pushing a button. filtration, down to 0.1um. Air and CO2 entering and leaving the tank are
also passed through 0.1um filters. Harvesting is done automatically using
• INOCULATION—The bioreactor starts by adding water and nutrients,
a biosecure pinch valve.
then adjusts temperature and light levels. Inoculation is simple, just hook
up a carboy or flask to the machine’s inoculation port, then use the onboard
air supply to push the culture from the carboy into the bioreactor.
CULTURE DENSITY CULTURE DENSITY
IP-PBR-1000L IP-PBR-100L
User friendly touchscreen interface
Nannochloropsis 187 million/ml 300 MILLION/ML
Isochrysis 20 million/ml 38 MILLION/ML
Tetraselmis 2 million/ml 4.1 MILLION/ML
A user friendly touchscreen interface lets you control the culture parameters and
fine tune the operation for different species and situations. User controlled setpoints
control parameters such as temperature, CO2 injection, harvesting cell density, light
levels, etc. In addition to automated controls the machine can be controlled
manually, making it easy to harvest, or add water or nutrients at any point.
CONTACT OUR TECH SUPPORT STAFF FOR ASSISTANCE

Culture parameters are logged and graphed in realtime on the touchscreen, making
it easier to maintain a culture in exponential growth for continuous culture, or decide
when a batch is ready for harvest. The controls, including these graphs, can be
accessed remotely from a personal computer.
VOLTS APPROX. TANK CAPACITY SCALE UP ASSEMBLED DIMENSIONS IDEAL WORKING SPACE SHIP WT
MODEL (1 PH) HZ AMPS WATTS (LITERS/GALLONS) TIME L W H L W H (LBS) EACH
115 60 30 7-10 Days
IP-PBR-1000L 1900 1000/265 54” 59.5” 87.5” 66” 70” 96” 400 $33,600.00
230 50 15 (20L inoculum)
115 60 15 6-8 Days

IP-PBR-100L 1150 100/27 54” 28” 72” 60” 36” 84” 150 $30,975.00
230 50 7.5 (2L inoculum)
Note: IP-PBR-1000L requires min. 48.5” x 78.5” doorway; IP-PBR-100L requires min. 24” x 68” doorway. Prices are FOB Victoria, Canada, motor freight. Includes chiller.

342
342 SECTION
LIVE FEED
Products
Mesh Bags/Filters/Algae
Food
POLYESTER MESH BAGS MESH SIZE

Ideal for collecting rotifers, Artemia, fish eggs and other small organisms, MODEL (MICRON) LENGTH EACH 10+
these polyester mesh bags are available in 18" and 31" (46 and 79 cm) lengths PMB1 75 18” $13.99 $11.89
and a variety of mesh sizes. They can also be used for filtering particulate
matter from tank inlets and overflows. Bag is equipped with a stainless PMB1L 75 31" 21.19 18.01
steel ring 7" in diameter and a cotton handle. PMB2 100 18" 10.89 9.26
• Pre-filters water. PMB2L 100 31" 17.39 14.78
• Zooplankton collector.
PMB3 125 18" 10.89 9.26
PMB3L 125 31" 16.99 14.44
PMB4 150 18" 6.59 5.60
PMB4L 150 31" 7.69 6.54
PMB5 200 18" 6.59 5.60
PMB5L 200 31" 7.69 6.54
TECH TALK 20
PMB6 250 18" 6.59 5.60
PMB6L 250 31" 7.69 6.54
Algae Culture
PMB7 300 18" 6.59 5.60
On-site algae culture is a necessity in most marine
hatcheries. Algae is the primary diet for bivalves, larval PMB7L 300 31" 7.69 6.54
shrimp and live larval feeds, such as rotifers and Artemia. PMB8 400 18" 6.59 5.60
Many different species of algae are cultured throughout
PMB8L 400 31" 7.69 6.54
the world and each batch is typically just a single species
selected for its size and nutrient profile. PMB9 800 18" 6.59 5.60
During culture, it is crucial that steps are taken to PMB1L PMB9L 800 31" 7.69 6.54
avoid contamination, either from pathogens or from PMB10 1,500 18" 6.59 5.60
other species of algae or ciliates. Sterilization of all
equipment and culture media is, therefore, necessary. PMB10L 1,500 31" 8.89 7.56
They can be autoclaved, dipped in alcohol, chlorinated,
etc. Contaminants are often waterborne; however, air
can also be a pathway for contamination. Placing the
air compressor intake in the culture room or an
air-conditioned room reduces temperature fluctuations BACTERIA FILTER
and contaminant load. Care should also be taken to Will filter air down to .3 microns. Autoclavable. Use for single
avoid condensation in the air lines, which can lead to species algal culture, bioassay work, experiments, etc.
ciliate infestations. Installing an in-line desiccant Fits 6.35 mm through 9.5 mm tubing.
filter can eliminate condensation. To eliminate a
recurring contamination problem, sterilize the air MODEL EACH 10+
delivery system and use the appropriate inlet air filter.
FL2-AQ FILTER, 1/4–3/8" HOSE BARB $9.99 $8.99
FL2-AQ
PROLINE F/2 ALGAE FOOD

• For intensive algae culture in fresh or marine water.
• V itamin and mineral content ratios equal to Guillard's 1975 F/2 formulation.
• Professional research concentration.
• Complete algae growth media.
Larval fish, penaid shrimp, Artemia species, freshwater prawns, bivalve mollusks and other inverts
require algae. Mass cultivation of algae requires a mixture of various vitamins and minerals for
maximum algae growth. ProLine F/2 Algae Food provides these essentials in a complete, easy-to-use
liquid form. When used as directed, allows fast growth rates and high densities to be achieved. One
gallon each of solutions A and B will produce 7,680 gallons of growth media. For culturing diatomaceous
organisms, sodium metasilicate must be added to the F/2 Formula.

239800 F/2, PART A, 1 GALLON 10 $26.19
239801 F/2, PART B, 1 GALLON 10 26.19
239802 F/2, PART A, 5 GALLONS 52 94.49
239803 F/2, PART B, 5 GALLONS 52 94.49
239804 SODIUM METASILICATE, 1 KG 2.5 13.89
239802
239800
LIVE
SECTION
FEED 343
343
Products / ProductsEnrichments
/ Products
INSTANT ALGAE® MARINE PASTE

Providing a cost-effective alternative to live algae can be the difference between profit and loss in a
hatchery. Produced by Reed Mariculture, Instant Algae is a high quality, super-concentrated, liquid,
marine microalgae feed for larval shrimp, fish and bivalves. It can be used to supplement or replace
live algae in the hatchery. Instant Algae is 95–100% as effective as live algae. Algae concentration is
based on the density of the average live algae culture (i.e., one liter Premium 3600 is equal to 3,600 liters
of an average algae culture). Weighs 3 lbs. Ships Next Day Air.
MODEL VOLUME EACH
PM36N NANNOCHLOROPSIS PREMIUM 3600 1 QUART $73.49
PM18I ISOCHRYSIS PREMIUM 1800 1 QUART 46.19
PM18P PAVLOVA PREMIUM 1800 1 QUART 46.19
PM18T THALASSIOSIRA PREMIUM 1800 1 QUART 30.49
PM183 SHELLFISH DIET 1800* 1 QUART 46.19
PM36N PM18I
*Shellfish diet is a mix of Isochrysis, Pavlova, Tetraselmis and Thalassiosira weissflogii.
KENT F/2 ALGAL FORMULA

This complete algal culture formula is an enhanced Guillard’s F/2 nutrient media and is formulated
for the commercial culture of microalgae and diatoms. Pro-Culture F/2 Algal Formula is properly
preserved and stabilized to ensure potency. This product provides nitrogen and micronutrients for
high growth rates of microalgae when both parts A&B are used. Also contains vitamins essential for
the growth of freshwater and marine flagellated phytoplankton. Concentrated liquid form eliminates
the need for purchasing bulk chemicals. Formula is composed of a two-part solution, preventing
decomposition of vitamins and precipitation of trace elements. The shelf life exceeds two years.
One gallon each of solutions A and B will make 7,680 gallons of culture water. For culturing diatom
organisms, sodium metasilicate must be added at 20 grams per 1,000 gallons of culture water
SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
F2A5 F/2, PART A, 5 GALLONS 54 $100.19
F2B5 F/2, PART B, 5 GALLONS 54 100.19
SELCON CONCENTRATE LIQUID HUFA

Highly unsaturated fatty acids Ideal for brine shrimp
Only Selcon Concentrate contains omega-3 Use Easy Selco® to enrich zooplankton prior
HUFA, Vitamin B12 and pure stabilized to feeding to increase omega-3 fatty acids and
vitamin C. Highly concentrated, it is ideal for essential amino acids. Increasing the nutritional
enriching rotifers and Artemia. Can also be value of rotifers and Artemia can make a huge
soaked into freeze-dried foods. difference in larval survival. Easy Selco® contains
200 mg/g dry weight. Recommended feed rate is
MODEL EACH
0.6 grams Selco® per liter of salt water. Simply
SE60 2 OZ (60 ML) $15.29 emulsify the enrichment for 3 minutes and add to
the zooplankton tank at least 24 hours prior to feed
SE16 16 OZ (473 G) 103.09
out. Do not freeze. Ship weight 3 lbs.
Instant Algae® and RotiGrow® are registered trademarks of MODEL EACH
Reed Mariculture, Inc., Selco® is a registered trademark of Inve
SE536A 1 KG $68.99
Technologies, N.V. Joint Stock Co. SE60 SE16
N-RICH PL PLUS ROTIGROW® PLUS FEED

Provides a host of nutrients typical of Isochrysis, An all-in-one diet that can be used for growout,
Pavlova, Tetraselmis, and Thalassiosira enrichment and gut-loading. This microalgal blend
including carotenoids, enzymes, and sterol s. meets HUFA requirements up to 40 mg/g d.w. and
High protein and car bohydr ate content DHA:EPA ratio of 1.6:1. Produces rotifers rich in
maintains rotifer health throughout the phospholipids DHA, EPA and ARA. Clean, effective
enrichment process. Easy to measure and and allows use of enrichment feeds that are
disperse, and produces minimal waste. nutritionally balanced for healthier rotifers.
NRICH 1 QUART $46.19 RGP 1 QUART $69.79

344 LIVE FEED
Brine Shrimp/Nets
BRINE SHRIMP EGGS SMALL BRINE SHRIMP EGGS

Brine shrimp eggs from the Great Salt Lake (GSL). 90% guaranteed hatch 6 grams of brine shrimp eggs (about a million!).
rate. Sold in 15-oz, vacuum-packed cans.
MODEL EACH 4+
MODEL EACH
SB503 6 GRAMS (0.2 OZ.) $4.09 $3.68
BS90 425 GRAMS (15OZ.) $73.99
Air shipments require dry ingredientsto be moistened with 100 mL of distilled water.
Actual Brine Shrimp
BRINE SHRIMP NET DRY BRINE SHRIMP FEED

Made of a fine, nylon mesh (including stitching) and a vinyl-coated wire handle. This dry brine shrimp feed is excellent for raising Artemia salina from
nauplii to adults. The dry, powdered form is much easier to use than
MODEL FRAME SIZE HANDLE LENGTH MESH SIZE EACH having to produce hundreds of gallons of live algae. Will equal or surpass
any density and growth rate known for live algae diets. Recommended
BSN1 4” X 3” 93/4” 350 MICRON $2.49
feed rate is 1/2 to 1 gram per gallon per day.
MODEL EACH
DS16 454 GRAMS (16 OZ) $31.49
TECH TALK 109
Rotifer Culture, High-Density vs Batch Methods

Rotifers are typically fed live algae and grown either in ponds or tanks when used as a commercial EQUIPMENT COST TO RAISE 100 MILLION ROTIFERS PER DAY
scale larval diet. A farm with the space and water available to use traditional pond rearing methods
BATCH METHOD HIGH-DENSITY METHOD
should keep doing so. A farm using live algae to grow rotifers in tanks should consider an alternative.
Traditional batch culture requires the grower to have both live algae tanks and rotifer rearing tanks. Density of rotifers 500 per ml 2,000 per ml
The table compares the batch method to a new, high-density method that substitutes algae paste for
live algae. Tank size 100 Liters 100 Liters
The batch method requires a much higher investment in equipment and space. The high density Algae requirement per tank 75 liters fresh algae 2.5 liters algae paste
method only requires rotifer tanks and their filtration systems. Water is another cost of growing Total rotifers per tank 50 million 200 million
rotifers. Generally speaking, the batch culture method uses 75 percent exchange per day. The high
density method, using algae paste, requires about 20 percent exchange of water per day. Another cost Tanks needed for 1 week feed 10-14 tanks 1-2 tanks
factor is labor. Batch culture requires two full-time live feed technicians, while the high density Estimated equipment cost $12,000 $3,000
method only requires one part-time technician.
High density rotifer culture systems can clearly reduce costs. However, these systems require a
transition time and there is a learning curve. You will need a technician who is willing to learn the
system and how to predict its production. Since more rotifers are being grown in one tank, it is best
to have a backup system running at a lower production rate as insurance should a system fail.

SECTION
LIVE FEED 345
345
Products
Rotifer/ Production
Products / Products
Systems
ROTIFER PRODUCTION SYSTEMS DESIGNED HERE

High-density systems
Our intensive rotifer production systems are designed for high-volume
production. These systems will save you a lot of money, space and work.
Production densities exceed 5,000 rotifers per milliliter of Brachionus plicatilis.
B. rotundiformis are also suitable for this system. Systems are complete,
including culture tank, filtration system, pure oxygen diffuser and ammonia
neutralizer dosing system. Since these systems use Instant Algae® marine
paste, they eliminate the need for labor-intensive algae production. Only 30
minutes of tank maintenance per day is required to produce 100 million to 2.5
billion rotifers per day. Systems also include an operations manual and
ClorAm-X® water conditioner.
CAPACITY AREA
MODEL (LTRS) (METERS) VOLTAGE HZ EACH
AR150K 150 1 X 1.6 115 60 $3,148.00
AR150K-H 150 1 X 1.6 230 50 3,148.00
AR256K 450 1 X 2.2 115 60 3,967.00
AR256K-H 450 1 X 2.2 230 50 3,967.00
AR1000K 1000 2 X 2.2 115 60 6,036.00
AR1000K-H 1000 2 X 2.2 230 50 6,036.00
930018 REPL. FILTER MATERIAL, PER LINEAR YARD 14.69
AR150K
Rugged, freestanding Protein

fiberglass tanks for Skimmer
years of production.
Biofilter
Culture Tank
Easy-to-turn
ball valves for
flow control.
AR1000K
Unions and valves

for fast set-up. Drain
Harvesting Port
Instant Algae® is a registered trademark of Reed Mariculture Inc. ClorAm-X® is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
346 LIVE ORGANISMS & FISH
Bioassay
LIVE ORGANISMS Saltwater Algae

Pentair AES offers live organism cultures for laboratory biotoxicology MODEL QTY EACH
research, educational studies or live food cultures. Due to availability and LAC1Q NANNOCHLOROPSIS 1 QUART $19.29
shipping requirements, please allow 5 days for shipment.
LAC3Q ISOCHRYSIS 1 QUART 18.69
All organisms ship Next Day Air. Organisms are guaranteed to arrive alive or
we will refund the full purchase price of the lost organisms, excluding shipping.
All organisms are shipped with an acclimation guide. Freshwater Invertebrates
MODEL QTY EACH
285103 DAPHNIA PULEX 100+ GRAVID ADULTS $62.99
285105 MOINA SPP. 1,000+ 93.49
285106 DAPHNIA MAGNA 100 EGGS 21.59
285107 DAPHNIA MAGNA 100+ MIXED AGE 62.99
285108 DAPHNIA MAGNA 100+ GRAVID ADULTS 62.99
Saltwater Invertebrates
MODEL QTY EACH
285121* ARTEMIA, ADULT, 1 LB 1,000 ML $ 60.89
285122* ARTEMIA, ADULT 200 ML 31.49
Daphnia pulex Daphnia magna LRC2 BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS 1 QUART 20.29
LRC3 BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS 1 GALLON 41.99
285123 OCEAN COPEPODS 1 LITER 68.39
285125 PALAEMONETES VULGARIS 200 136.59
Japanese Medaka
MODEL QTY EACH
285135 ORYZIAS LATIPES (EGGS) 20 $26.29
285136 ORYZIAS LATIPES (<90 DAYS) 10 29.39
285137 ORYZIAS LATIPES (>91 DAYS, SEXED) 5 26.29
*Not for shipment to Canada.
Brachionus Plicatilis Oryzia latipes (Medaka)
INSTANT ROTIFERS
Produced by Reed Mariculture, these live marine rotifer cultures of
Brachionus plicatilis are the solution for short-term feeding in marine
aquariums and as a starter culture. One-quart package contains
approximately 600,000 rotifers, shipped in breathable bags and enriched with
algae. Includes 15-oz rotifer diet algae mix of Nannochloropsis and
Tetraselmis. These cultures can be refrigerated for up to 2 weeks or used
immediately. Ship Next Day Air, FOB CA.
MODEL EACH
RC6N $50.39

LIVE ORGANISMSSECTION
& FISH 347
347
Koi
KOI STOCKING PACKS

Guaranteed to arrive alive
We have partnered with Blackwater Creek
Koi Farms to offer several varieties of koi
at reasonable rates. Blackwater Creek is
an isolated group of three farms with high-
quality fish that has maintained disease-free
status for SVC through government testing
and monitoring. All koi originally ‘bred’ from,
champion Japanese koi stocks. We are sure you
will enjoy the koi you receive. All prices include
overnight shipping from Blackwater Creek.
Shipping info
Standard Overnight shipping is included in the
Butterfly Standard Fin price for the continental USA*. All orders placed
by Saturday at 5 PM ship Wednesday of the
upcoming week. No shipping to PO boxes—
customers must be home to accept package. You
must supply an email address with your order to
receive a tracking number. *Koi cannot be shipped
to Maine. Shipping is available to Hawaii and
Alaska for an additional charge. Hawaii requires an
Import Permit.
Goldfish Koi Stocking Packs
BUTTERFLY KOI KOI STOCKING PACK**—MIX OF DECORATIVE, SELECT AND BUTTERFLY

BUFU1 3–6" SMALL/MEDIUM 20 FISH PER BOX $237.29 STCKFF50 2–4" SMALL 200 FISH PER BOX $373.79
**Receive an additional discount when ordering in conjunction with a Mini Fish Farm, models FF50-3, FF50-3W1 or FF50-W2.
STANDARD FIN KOI GOLDFISH—MIX OF SARASSA, SHUBUNKINS, COMETS AND WAKINS

STND1 3–6" SMALL/MEDIUM 20 FISH PER BOX $181.69 GOLDFISH1 3–4" SMALL 50 FISH PER BOX $142.79
NEWS & OFFERS


348 SECTION
PLUMBING
PRODUCTS
349 Valves
356 Mesh Tubes/Strainers
357 Bulkhead Fittings
359 Tank Fitting Kits/Drains
360 Plugs/Couplings/Caps
361 Hose/Clamps/Rubber Seal
362 Flexible PVC/Pipe Hangers/Supports/Saddles
363 Tubing
364 Clear PVC/Tubing
366 Brass Adaptors/Modular Piping
367 Tubing Adapters/Fittings
368 Reducers
369 Tees/Crosses/Insert Adapters
370 Ells/Nipples/Caps
371 Unions/Plug/Sweep
372 Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
373 Quick Disconnect Fittings
374 ANSI Flanges/Bolt Sets
375 Plumbing Supplies
376 Garden Hoses & Accessories

PLUMBING 349
Butterfly Valves
KEYSTONE COMPOSEAL RESILIENT SEATED

BUTTERFLY VALVES WAFER STYLE
Resilient seated butterfly valves with valve body and disc in high
engineered composite material providing excellent internal and external
chemical resistance.
Since the entire valve exists of high engineered composite materials, it is Integrated ISO 5211 top plate.
perfectly suited for a wide range of applications such as; building services,
hot water applications, industrial waste water and industrial water treatment Smooth Composite body surface
like purification, ozone or demineralization. eliminating the need to apply paint.
The light weight valve can be perfectly used in transportation and cargo
containers and in applications using metal, plastic or glass reinforced Integrated flange sealing.
pipe lines.
Features Secondary body split sealing.
• Wafer style body and disc in high engineered composite results in excellent
Primary body split sealing.
internal and external chemical resistance
• Light weight construction results in lower cost and simplified installation
• No extra pipe support needed when installed in plastic or GRP piping
• Disc in high engineered composite material provides excellent
corrosion resistance
• All fasteners in stainless steel 316 as standard
• Bubble tight shut-off in both directions, in accordance with EN 12266-1
leakrate A
• Pressure range up to PN 16 at elevated temperature
• Valve can be used in high line velocity applications up to 40 ft/sec
• Spindle and primary valve seals are not influenced by the flange bolting force Spherical disc edge.
or pipe flange type
• High Cv value
• No need for flange gaskets Thin disc profile resulting in high C v values.
• Primary stem sealing exceeds the pressure rating of the valve and prevents
leakage through the shaft area to atmosphere
Four body locating holes on all sizes.
• A secondary (shaft) sealing provides back-up safety
• Four integrated locating holes ease installation and centering between the
pipe flanges
• Actuator flange acc. ISO 5211
• Sustainable production philosophy as the valve materials are 100% recyclable
• Use of composite material eliminates the need for machining and painting
• Composite hand lever available
• Available water approvals: KIWA, ACS, WRAS, NSF, BELGAQUA
• Certified and approved according Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Gear Operated Lever Operated
Lever Handle
MODEL MM INCH EACH
CSW050442WM1LHE 50 2 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 050 / FIG 419 LEVER $178.49
CSW065442WM1LHE 65 2.5 WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 065 / FIG 419 LEVER 220.49
CSW080442WM1LHE 80 3 WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 080 / FIG 419 LEVER 236.29
CSW100442WM1LHE 100 4 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 100 / FIG 419 LEVER 272.99
CSW125442WM1LHE 125 5 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 125 / FIG 419 LEVER 335.99
CSW150442WM1LHE 150 6 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN150 / FIG 419 LEVER 388.49
Gear Operated - Hand Wheel

MODEL MM INCH EACH
CSW100442WM1GO 100 4 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 100 / GEAR OP. $566.99
CSW125442WM1GO 125 5 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 125 / GEAR OP. 566.99
CSW250442WM1GO 250 10 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN250 / GEAR OP. 1,344.00
CSW300442WM1GO 300 12 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN300 / GEAR OP. 1,691.00

350 PLUMBING
Butterfly Valves/Ball Valves
TYPE 57 BUTTERFLY VALVE

• PVC Body and EPDM Seat PVC Disc
• Our 316 stainless steel shaft has full engagement over the entire length of the disc and is a non-wetted
part, totally isolated from the media
• Only solid and abrasion-resistant plastic disc and elastomeric liner are wetted parts
• ISO bolt circle on top flange—no body or stem modifications required for accessories
MODEL EACH
3722030 3” PVC BODY & DISC EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP TYPE 57 BTRFLY $267.79
3722040 4” PVC BODY & DISC EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP BTRFLY 313.99
3722060 6” PVC BODY & DISC EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP BTRFLY 471.49
MODEL SIZE SHIP WT (LBS) EACH

BUTTERFLY VALVES BV115 11/2” 3 $164.99
Asahi /America® butterfly valves are known for their high BV200 2” 3 172.49
quality, high strength and positive closure. They are made of
PVC, polypropylene and stainless steel and feature a notched BV300 3” 4 204.79
gauge plate which allows more accurate judging of the
BV400 4” 5 269.89
percentage of opening. Fit US standard flanges (see Index
for flanges). BV600 6” 13 348.89
BV800 8” 23 603.89
TYPE-21 BALL VALVE

• Pressure rated up to 230 psi (PVC, CPVC, PVDF)
• Double O-ring seals on stem for added protection
• Full bore, sizes 1/2"–2"
• Full vacuum rated, all sizes
•B locks in two directions, upstream and
downstream, leaving full pressure on the
opposite end of the valve
• Integrally molded ISO mounting pad for both
manual and actuated operations
• Integrally molded base pad to mount valves
securely or panel mounting
•P TFE seats with elastomeric backing cushions MODEL EACH
ensure bubble-tight shut-off and a low fixed 1605005 1/2” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO $27.29
torque, while at the same time compensating
for wear 1605007 3/4” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO 33.59
•T rue Union design for easier installation or 1605010 1” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKMSOCKET/THREADED COMBO 41.99
repairs without expanding the pipe system
•B uilt-in spanner wrench on the handle for valve 1605012 11/4” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO 52.49
disassembly and assembly 1605015 11/2” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO 72.39
•T wo sets of end connectors (socket and threaded)
1605020 2” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO 88.19
included with all PVC and CPVC valves in sizes
1/2"–2" 1613015 11/2” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE CPVC/FKM SOCK X THRD 94.49
•C PVC threaded end connectors on sizes 1/2"–1" 1609020 2” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE CPVC/EPDM SOCK X THRD 135.49
come with stainless steel reinforcing rings
•N ew PTFE Seat design—Facilitates easier field 1607030 3” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM THREADED 198.49
maintenance if required 1607040 4” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM THREADED 355.99
•T apered O-ring groove—Helps to Keep the
end connector O-rings on the valve body 1606030 3” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET 198.49
during installation 1606040 4” TYPE-21 BALL VALVE PVC/FKM SOCKET 355.99
MODEL EACH OMNI BALL VALVE

• Blocks in two directions
1070005 1/2” OMNI BALL VALVE PVC/EPDM SOCKET $17.29
• Rugged structure
1070007 3/4” OMNI BALL VALVE PVC/EPDM SOCKET 22.59
• Unibody construction
1070010 1” OMNI BALL VALVE PVC/EPDM SOCKET 26.79
• Compact, low profile, short
1070012 11/4” OMNI BALL VALVE PVC/EPDM SOCKET 37.29 face-to-face dimensions
1070015 11/2” OMNI BALL VALVE PVC/EPDM SOCKET 46.69 • PTFE seat backed by EPDM for
low stem torque
1070020 2” OMNI BALL VALVE PVC/EPDM SOCKET 94.49
• Rated for full vacuum service
Asahi/America® is a registered trademark of Asahi/America, Inc.
PLUMBING 351
Ball Valves
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES TRUE UNION BALL VALVES TECH FAV
These high-quality ball valves allow disconnection of lines without fear of These high-quality valves are available at low-end prices. They feature PTFE
retainer-ring or ball moving. The retainer-ring is locked with two pins to seats that provide easier turning, better sealing and longer valve life. Schedule
the body. PVC with EPDM O-rings and polyethylene seats. Rated at 150 psi. 80 PVC with EPDM O-rings rated at 150 psi at 72ºF. Slip unions are included for
Available in 11/2” and 2” only. all valves. All except TB3 and TB4 have molded actuator attachments.
MODEL EACH MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH

BV112S 11/2” SLIP X SLIP $16.59 TB12 1/2" 1 $10.19
BV112T 11/2” FNPT X FNPT 20.69 TB34 3/4" 1 12.59
BV2S 2" SLIP X SLIP 22.39 TB1 1" 2 16.99
BV2T 2" FNPT X FNPT 27.69 TB114 11/4" 2 22.89
TB112 11/2" 3 29.89
TB2 2" 4 40.49
TB2
TB3 3" 11 113.69
TB4 4" 30 232.89
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES ECONOMY BALL VALVES

These ball valves are made entirely of glass-filled polypropylene for strength Low-cost yet heavy-duty Schedule 40 ball valves. They have EPDM seats and
and chemical resistance. They feature low-operating torque (as in easy to open seals, rated at 150 psi, with full port flow openings.
and close), PTFE seats and double EPDM O-rings in the stem area and a 150 psi SHIP WT SLIP THREADED
rating. Choose two- or three-way style. SIZE (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
Note: Union may not be removed while under pressure, even if in the “off” position.
1/2” 1 SBW12 $3.39 SBW12T $3.19
3/4” 1 SBW13 3.79 SBW13T 3.59
Two-Way, Single Union Three-Way, Single Union
1” 1 SBW14 4.89 SBW14T 4.69
MODEL FNPT EACH MODEL FNPT EACH
1¼” 1 SBW15 6.89 SBW15T 6.69
PBV132 1/2" $17.39 PBV232 1/2" $31.99
1½” 1 SBW16 10.89 SBW16T 10.49
PBV133 3/4" 17.29 PBV233 3/4" 31.29
2” 2 SBW17 13.59 SBW17T 16.29
PBV134 1" 21.19 PBV234 1" 39.19 3” 6 SBW18 52.49 SBW18T 50.99
PBV135 11/4" 28.49 PBV235 11/4" 45.09 4” 10 SBW19 85.59 SBW19T 85.59
PBV136 11/2" 38.19 PBV236 11/2" 52.49
PBV237 2" 62.79
SBW12
Two-Way Three-Way
BALL VALVES TECH FAV

These high-quality ball valves are offered at an unbelievable price! They feature
PTFE ball seats and EPDM O-rings. The valves are very easy to turn. Maximum
150 psi rating. Certified by NSF for potable water use.
SHIP WT SLIP THREADED
SIZE (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/2” 1 2622005 $6.59 2622005T $6.59
3/4” 1 2622007 7.59 2622007T 7.59
1” 1 2622010 10.29 2622010T 10.29
1¼” 1 2622012 15.09 2622012T 15.09
1½” 1 2622015 20.69 2622015T 20.69
2” 2 2622020 25.19 2622020T 25.19

352 PLUMBING
Motorized Ball Valves/Solenoid Valves
115V BALL VALVES SOLENOID VALVES

Schedule 80 heavy-duty ball valves feature PTFE For automating the flow of air, water, oil, etc.,
seats and seals and 115V 50/60 Hz actuator motors. these valves are UL-listed with 1/2” NPT conduit
Their 5-second opening and 5-second closing connection (12V) or cord nut (115V). The valve body
speeds prevent water hammer. The motor has a is brass with stainless steel internals. Temperature
NEMA 4X protective cover. Locked rotor amp draw range is 14–194ºF (-10–90ºC). 1/8” NPT ports and
is 2.2 (running amps will be about 1.5). internal opening, .3 gpm @ 1 psi, 2.2 gpm @ 85 psi.
One-year warranty. 85 psi max @ 12V, 145 psi max @ 115V, 8 watts.
Rated for continuous duty.
SLIP FNPT
SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
3/4” MV34
$329.09 MV34T
$329.09 81NC 115V, N.C. $87.39 81NC
1” MV1
336.19 MV1T
336.19 811NO 115V, N.O. 153.99
11/4” MV114 345.99 MV114T 345.99 82NC 12V, N.C. 91.49
11/2” MV112 354.49 MV112T 354.49 812NO 12V, N.O. 142.59
2” MV20 367.09 MV20T 367.09 MV34
12V 2-WAY BALL VALVES

Perfect for aquaculture SOLENOID TIMER
This NEMA 4 outdoor-rated timer can be fitted to
The KZValve QX Series 2-way, 12V 1.5A Ball Valves are powered by high-torque, any solenoid on this page (plug standard to DIN 43
valve-actuating motors. Permanently lubricated, machined steel gears open 650). Timer is programmable via DIP switches and
and/or close thepolypropylene ball valve in 1.5 seconds. These valves are potentiometers. Can be programmed for various
heavy-duty, fully weatherproof and compatible with recirculating aquaculture on/off cycle times from 1 second to 100 hours,
water containing fish feces (not mud, sand or debris). Supplied with a 24” including switch-on impulse. LED display,
four-wire lead (you supply the switch). The 12V adapter (992) will operate one maximum power consumption is 1.5 watts. It
valve. The ball valves can be disassembled. One-year warranty. features NEMA 4 protection and working
• NEMA 6P rated waterproof actuator housing temperature from 14–140ºF. 115V/60 Hz.
• 316 stainless steel ball and stem MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
825 $133.19
900 VALVE, 3/4" $297.89
902 VALVE, 1" 302.49
904 VALVE, 11/2", 12V 393 .79
906 VALVE, 2" 484.09 LARGE OPENING SOLENOIDS
908 VALVE, 3" 734.99 For a high volume of air or water, a large opening is
906 needed. These solenoid valves are servo assisted to 817NC
992 ADAPTER, 115VAC TO 12VDC 29.39 open and close openings up to 11/2”. Rated to 140 psi,
they require no differential pressure. Brass body.
Opening sizes same as in/out sizes. 115V/60 Hz,
normally closed only. NEMA 4. Each weighs 2 lbs.
STAINLESS STEEL COMPACT SOLENOID Allow one week for shipment.
This UL-listed solenoid valve has 1/4” NPT in/out MODEL EACH
ports, 0–140 psi range, fluoroelastomer rubber seal
material and 1/2” NPT conduit connection. 115V/60 Hz 817NC 1/2” $209.59
only. 17 VA (hold), 24 VA (inrush). NEMA 4.
818NC 1” 347.29
MODEL EACH
813NC NORMALLY CLOSED $148.99

PLUMBING 353
Gate Valves/Air Purge Valves
PVC GATE VALVES ECONOMICAL PVC GATE VALVES

PVC gate valves operate like their bronze PVC, pressure-rated to 40 psi. Do not freeze. Valves
counterparts but at a fraction of the cost. Gate include “gate keeper” accessory to hold gate open.
valves are best suited to full open or full closed
operation. Do not freeze. NSF-approved, 150 PSI MODEL EACH
maximum working pressure. GV112-2 11/2" SLIP $7.99
GV2-2 2" SLIP 12.39
SLIP FNPT
SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/2” WGV12
$13.59 WGV12T $13.59
3/4” WGV34 16.79 WGV34T 16.79 GV112-2
1” WGV1 20.99 WGV1T 20.99
PVC KNIFE GATE VALVES
11/4” WGV114 27.29 WGV114T 27.29 WGV12 Perfect for waste drains and low-pressure aquaculture
11/2” WGV112 34.59 WGV112T 34.59 Knife gate valves are economical, quick-acting valves for clean and dirty water
2” WGV2 40.89 WGV2T 40.89 low-pressure applications. They have become very popular in the aquaculture
industry for several reasons: they can be easily taken apart, the seals can be
changed and even the valve body can be changed without upsetting the ends
that may be glued to your pipes. Therefore, they can be used in place of unions.
GATE VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS If you have a valve glued in place, but want to take it out, you can simply unbolt it
These replacement seals fit our GV part numbers up to 8”. Made of TPE and and purchase new side pieces.
sold either in kits, which include two seals and the required nuts and bolts, or They offer unrestricted flow and are quick opening, 100% water tested at the
as seals only for 4”, 6” and 8” valves. factory and quite low in cost. These 11/2” to 8” valves are all PVC with stainless
steel shafts, polypropylene knife gates (except for 4”, 6” and 8”, which are
MODEL EACH RSK112 stainless steel), and have TPE seals. The valves are all slip x slip, they are not
for use in freezing weather. One-year warranty.
RSK112 11/2" SEAL KIT $5.19
SHIP WT
RSK2 2" SEAL KIT 5.89 MODEL MAX PSI EACH 6+
(LBS)
RSK3 3" SEAL KIT 7.59
GV11 11/2" 45 1 $13.69 $12.32
RS4 4" SEAL (1) 3.19
GV2 2" 40 1 19.49 17.54
RS68 6" AND 8" SEAL (1) 37.89
GV3 3" 30 2 27.69 24.92
PH112 PLASTIC HANDLE, 11/2–3" 3.79
GV4 4" 20 5 81.09 72.98
MH112 METAL HANDLE, 11/2–4" 5.19
GV6 6" 10 18 354.69 319.22
GV4
GV8 8" 10 20 528.69 475.82
AIR PURGE VALVE, HIGH FLOW

Prevents gas bubble disease GV3
Install at high points in an aquaculture pressurized water system where air
accumulates. Water pressure automatically forces air out, and when water GV2
reaches the valve, the internal float creates a watertight seal. Must be mounted
vertically. Seals from 2 to 100 psi. Under suction, the valve functions as a
vacuum breaker. 1” FNPT threads, measures 51/4” H x 2” in diameter. Air
discharge rates (cfm): 60 @ 12.5 psi,
100 @ 25 psi and 180 @ 50 psi.
MODEL EACH
ST5 $22.29
3-PORT VALVE AIR PURGE VALVE

Allows proportional flow 2 3 This brass valve has an internal float that closes the
valve when filled with water. Use it to automatically
One 3-way valve can take the place of three
purge air from a water tank, pipe system, oxygen
regular valves in some situations. This unit can be
saturator, etc. Mount it vertically wherever air collects.
disassembled for cleaning and fits 11/2” and 2” PVC
Also works as a vacuum breaker. 1/4” MPT. 1/4”poly plug
pipe (11/2” slips into valve sockets, 2” pipe requires
included.
couplings or bell ends). The inlet is always open.
The handle position closes sides 1 or 3. When in MODEL OVERALL LENGTH EACH 4+
position 2, none is closed.
ST4 3” $16.89 $16.05
MODEL EACH 4+
SV300 $45.29 $43.03 Inlet
1

354 PLUMBING
Check Valves/Well Screens
PVC TRUE UNION SWING CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES

For use in fresh or salt water with a minimum of Quick and positive action in any position.
head loss. They’re completely nonmetallic and use Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to
no springs. They’re pressure rated up to 100 PSI and chemicals and temperatures up to 100ºC (212ºF).
mount both horizontally and vertically. They have a Use for any pressure or vacuum system. 228225
full-flow design with a Buna-N seal and hinge (slip x will fit tubing 8–10 mm (1/4”–3/8” I.D.). Overall
slip unions). They feature quick change bodies. Not length 21/2”. 228215 fits tubing 11–15 mm
recommended for use with air. (7/16”–5/8” I.D.). Overall length 23/4”.
MODEL VALVE SIZE EACH MODEL EACH
1720C07 3/4” $21.39 228225 FITS 8- TO 10-MM TUBING $4.09
1720C10 1" 24.39 228215 FITS 11- TO 15-MM TUBING 5.29
1720C15 11/2” 28.89
228225
1720C20 2" 41.39
1720C20 WELL SCREENS & POINTS
1720C30 3" 76.59
Well screens are for dewatering wet areas and use as pump pre-filters in lakes,
ponds and culture systems to prevent debris or animals from being pumped
with the water. Made from Schedule 40 PVC pipe, screens have precision-cut
PLASTIC CHECK VALVES slots that are .01” or .04” and made horizontally to prevent collapsing and for
For use in fresh water, salt water or air. Excellent more open area per foot than vertical slotting. Use the .01” screens with the
for foot valves on pumps. These plastic check “WP” well points to create a shallow well; use the .04” size for less clogging
valves are offered without springs or with 1/2-lb or higher flowrates. Flowrates are per linear foot and are based on 0.1 ft/sec
stainless steel springs for more positive closure. entrance velocity. Order well points separately; see our “PVC Fittings” section
for threaded adapters, tees and caps to complete your installation. All screens
WITHOUT SPRINGS WITH SPRINGS
FNPT MODEL EACH MODEL EACH are 5’ OAL and ship Oversize.
3/4” CV1 $10.59 CV185 $11.49

Well Points Only (Fit Schedule 40 Pipe Also)
1” CV2 10.89 CV285 11.49
MODEL PIPE SIZE SHIP WT (LBS) EACH 6+
11/4” CV3 16.09 CV385 16.99
WP125 11/4" 1 $1.89 $1.80
11/2” CV4 19.19 CV485 20.19
WP150 11/2" 1 2.39 2.27
2” CV5 23.49 CV585 22.29 CV1
WP200 2" 1 3.39 3.22
PVC SWING CHECK VALVES .01” Screens

For use in fresh or salt water with a minimum of head loss. They’re MODEL PIPE SIZE GPM/FT SHIP WT (LBS) EACH 6+
completely nonmetallic and use no springs. They’re pressure rated up
to 100 PSI and mount both horizontally and vertically. They have a WS1251 11/4" .7 4 $15.89 $15.10
full-flow design with a Buna-N seal and hinge (slip x slip). Not
recommended for use with air.
WS1501 11/2" .8 4 17.39 16.52
WS2001 2" 1.3 5 20.29 19.28
.04” Screens
MODEL PIPE SIZE GPM/FT SHIP WT (LBS) EACH 6+
WS1504 11/2" 3 4 $21.39 $20.32
WS2004 2" 4 5 22.19 21.08
WS3004 3" 4.6 8 38.99 37.04
WS4004 4" 6.9 11 48.99 46.54
CV9 CCV12 WP150

VALVE PVC-WHITE PVC-CLEAR
SIZE MODEL EACH 4+ MODEL EACH 4+
3/4” CV9 $15.29 $13.76 — — —
1” CV10 16.59 14.93 — — — WS1504
11/4” CV11 16.99 15.29 — — — WP125

11/2” CV12 17.49 15.74 CCV12 22.09 19.88
2” CV13 27.19 24.47 CCV13 34.69 31.22
3” CV14 51.29 46.16 CCV14 53.99 48.59
WS1251
4” CV15 67.29 60.56 CCV15 77.29 69.56

.01” IS ABOUT 250 MICRONS (THE THICKNESS OF A BUSINESS CARD).
.04” IS ABOUT 1,000 MICRONS (HOUSEHOLD WINDOW SCREEN).
PLUMBING 355
Float Valves
INDUSTRIAL-SIZE FLOAT VALVES FLOAT VALVE, MECHANICAL

These large-orifice PVC and polypropylene valves with EPDM O-rings are salt
FLOW @
water compatible. Maximum operating pressure is 80 psi.
MODEL BODY OAL INLET PIPE SIZE OUTLET 35 PSI EACH
MODEL A B C EACH 1/4" HOSE
RM65 B&P 10" FREE FLOW 1.3 GPM $6.79
BARB
541205-AQ 1/2" FNPT 3" 4.2" 12" $209.99
541207 3/4" FNPT 3.5" 5" 12" 293.99 RM262P S 10" 1/4" MNPT FREE FLOW 1.3 GPM 63.79
541210-AQ 1" FNPT 3.5" 5" 13.5" 362.29
R825 P 8" MGHT FREE FLOW 2.0 GPM 33.89
C
RM214 B 10" 1/2" MNPT 3/8" COMP. 3.0 GPM 18.49
R7002F B 20" 1/2" MNPT 1/2" MNPT 12 GPM 66.69
R610 B 28" 11/2" FNPT FREE FLOW 112 GPM 141.19
B 541205-AQ B=Brass, P=Plastic, S=Stainless.

Note: 100 psi maximum pressure. OAL is overall length with float.
A
31/2" RM214
R825
31/2" 8"
RM262P
R610
ABS FLOAT VALVE FLOAT VALVE

Great for R/O tanks Made of plastic for use with clean water only (do not
use recirculated water). Mount it to a water supply/
This mechanical float valve is made entirely of ABS plastic, compatible with
refill line at the desired water level. When that level
saltwater applications. It measures 81/4” long, has a 1/4” MPT inlet and a free
is reached, the valve shuts off. It will maintain the
flow outlet. Flow @ 30 psi is 1 gpm; maximum 90 psi.
level precisely at ±1/4”! Flow is 4 gpm @ 30 psi.
MODEL EACH Operating range is 10 to 120 psi. 1” FNPT inlet.
5"
RM51 $20.79 MODEL EACH
PL9 $36.99
3.75"

08356 SECTION
PLUMBING
SECTION
Products
Mesh
Products
/Tubes/Strainers/Foot
Products
/ Products
/ Products
/ Products
Valves
MESH TUBES, PLASTIC STRAINERS

Made from high-density polyethylene, these perforated screen tubes are great Made from high-density polyethylene.
for fitting over standpipes, 3/16” (4 mm) openings. Sold in 44” lengths; fit nicely
over Schedule 40 PVC. MODEL FNPT OPENINGS EACH
MODEL FITS OVER EACH TSS20 11/2" 1/4" x 1" $7.99
RT144 1" PVC $10.29 TSS25 2" 1/4" x 1" 7.99
RT244X 2" PVC 20.09 TSS35 3” 1/2" x 11/2" 18.39
RT344X 3" PVC 23.29

TSS20
RT444X 4" PVC 26.99
STRAINERS
Strainers fit check valves CV1 to CV4 and can be used
for many applications. Made of acetal resin. Overall
length includes threads. Strainer slots are
approximately 1/8” wide on all sizes.
OVERALL
MODEL MNPT EACH
LENGTH
CV1S 3/4" 23/4" $1.39
CV2S 1" 3" 1.69
RT144
CV3S 11/4" 31/4" 1.79
CV4S 11/2" 4" 2.19
CV1S
STRAINERS FOOT VALVES

Plastic strainers with slots that are approximately These foot valves are perfect for koi ponds and small aquaculture applications.
1/8” wide in all sizes. Consisting of a check valve and a strainer, they keep water in the line of
non-self-priming pumps. The polymer check valves have no springs, can be
OVERALL used in fresh or salt water and have a very low pressure loss. Strainers are
MODEL MNPT EACH
LENGTH constructed of acetal resin plastic and have 1/8” slots.
270554 1/2" 21/4" $2.09
MODEL NPT EACH
270556 3/4" 27/16" 2.39
FTV34 3/4” $12.59
175251 1" 213/16" 3.19
FTV1 1" 12.59
270557 11/2" 35/8" 5.19
FTV114 11/4" 17.59
270561 2" 37/8" 9.79
270554 FTV112 11/2" 20.19
FTV1
TECH TALK 15
How to Glue PVC Pipe

1. Square pipe ends and remove all burrs, dirt and debris. 5. A pply a liberal coat of PVC cement to pipe. Make certain the entire pipe surface to the socket
2. C heck the dry fit of the pipe and fitting. The pipe should easily fit in one-third of the way. Pipe depth is covered.
should not bottom when dry; it should be a snug fit. 6. Q uickly assemble parts. Cement must be fluid when attaching segments.
If not, reapply cement to both parts.
3. Clean pipe and fitting with PVC cleaner, then prime with Purple Primer. Choose proper PVC 7. P ush pipe FULLY into fitting using a 1/4 turn motion until pipe bottoms.
cement based on desired cure time (regular cement requires 24-hour cure vs "Rain Tight" 8. H old pipe and fitting together for 30 seconds, then wipe off excess glue with a cloth.
1-hour cure for low-pressure applications). Watch that it doesn't creep back.
4. A pply a thin coat of PVC cement to fitting, avoiding puddling inside of pipe. Make certain 9. Keep cement container tightly closed when not in use.
the entire socket surface is covered. 10. Do not pressure test until cement is fully cured, usually 24 hours.

PLUMBING 357
Valves
GATE AND GLOBE VALVES VALVE MANIFOLDS, MEDIUM HOSE VALVE

Preferred where fine adjustments to flow are Our valve manifolds will save you time and Easily turned handle. Rated up to 45 psi at
needed. Acetal resin (plastic) valves may be used aggravation. They are made with quarter-turn 100ºF (38ºC).
for air or water at -20 to 180ºF and up to 100 psi. valves (BV25). The manifold ports are 1/2” FNPT and
The no-kink style has a MNPT on its base and a 1/2” FNPT plug is included. Each valve is 1/4”FNPT. MODEL FOR TUBING EACH
garden hose threads on the outlet. The VP31 is Each valve will pass 1/2 gpm with less than 1 psi 70012 1/2” I.D. $7.09
white PVC (not rated for compressed air) with slip pressure loss. They also make excellent manifolds
sockets and glues onto 3/4” PVC pipe. All others are for air distribution. The 1/2” threaded plug may be
threaded. Washerless. removed for another connection.
MODEL FOR TUBING EACH
MODEL OAL EACH
VC2
PLASTIC 1/2" FNPT GATE VALVE,
$6.29 MV2 2-VALVE 8" $25.99 DRIP EMITTER
STRAIGHT
Can be used in almost any flow application.
PLASTIC 3/4" FNPT GATE VALVE, MV3 3-VALVE 11" 30.19 They have an infinite adjustment up to 2 gph and
VC3 6.29 will screw into a 10-32 thread, 3/16" tubing or into
STRAIGHT MV4 4-VALVE 14" 37.49
the open end of a riser tube.
VP31 PVC 3/4" SLIP VALVE, STRAIGHT 6.09 MV5 5-VALVE 16" 47.59
VK2 PLASTIC 1/2" MNPT VALVE, NO-KINK 5.29 MODEL EACH 25+
MV6 6-VALVE 18" 54.99
42115-AQ $1.69 $1.52
VK3 PLASTIC 3/4" MNPT VALVE, NO-KINK 5.49
Note: OAL = overall length
VC2 VK2 VP31

TUBING VALVES
MV6 RC9 and RC10 are made of polyester (PBT) that
VALVE MANIFOLDS, LARGE offers permanent rigidity and stiffness even
in high-humidity areas. Infinite variable flow.
The PVC globe valves are glued together as
Easy one-hand operation. No metal parts.
BRASS BALL VALVES manifolds to save you time. Each valve will pass
Chemical and temperature resistant. No corrosion.
2 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. These
These top-quality ball valves feature corrosion- Ideal for continuous, long-term use for air or water.
PVC valves have 1/2” FNPT outlets. The manifold
resistant, chrome-plate balls and PTFE seals for Autoclavable to 320ºF (160ºC).
ports are 1/2” FNPT and a threaded plug is included,
years of high-temperature easy, operation. The which may be removed for another connection.
body is LA 377 brass forging. Plated steel handle MODEL FOR TUBING EACH
with vinyl grip. MODEL OAL EACH 1/8" TO
RC9 $7.99
MODEL FOR TUBING EACH PV2 2-VALVE 8" $27.49 7/16" I.D.
VBB2 1/2" FNPT $12.59 PV3 3-VALVE 11" 42.49 1/4" TO

RC10 8.89 RC9
9/16" I.D.
VBB3 3/4" FNPT 18.79 VBB2 PV4 4-VALVE 14" 48.29
VBB4 1" FNPT 30.19 PV5 5-VALVE 17" 58.89
TUBING VALVES
PV6 6-VALVE 20" 66.09
Clamp Type
Note: OAL = overall length Manufactured of tough plastic without sharp edges.
DC9 is an “on/off” valve only. The DC10 and DC11
MINIATURE STOPCOCKS have a 12-position ratchet control. Accurate
and economical.
For low-pressure air and water.
MODEL FOR TUBING EACH DC9
MODEL FOR TUBING EACH 10+
PV5
DC9 UP TO 1/4” I.D. $.25
MSK558 5/16" $2.09 $1.88 USE FOR WATER TO 100 PSI.
DC10 1/8” TO 3/8” I.D. 0.95
MSK610 3/8" 2.19 1.97 DRUM FAUCET
DC11 UP TO 3/4” I.D. 2.79
MSK714 1/2" 2.59 2.33 Here is a very low-cost polyethylene valve that can
be used in low-pressure applications. Two-piece
MSK816 5/8" 2.59 2.33 construction, 3/4” MNPT threads.
PLASTIC NEEDLE VALVE
MSK714 MODEL EACH 25+ These needle valves are small gate valves designed
for applications where accurate flow is required.
DV34 $3.59 $3.23
Valves have a barb inlet/ outlet.
MODEL FOR TUBING EACH

SPIGOT VALVE NV14 1/4" I.D. $12.79
Barb accepts 5/8” I.D. flexible tubing. Polyethylene.
NV38 3/8" I.D. 13.09
MSK816 MODEL EACH NV12 1/2" I.D. 13.09
MSK610
TV1 1/2" MPT $13.19
MSK558
TV2 3/4" MPT 15.39
TV1 NV14

358 PLUMBING
SECTION
Bulkhead
Products /Fittings
Products / Products
PREMIUM PVC BULKHEAD FITTINGS TECH FAV ECONOMICAL PLASTIC BULKHEAD FITTINGS
Our highest quality, BFA Series, PVC tank adapters Made of ABS plastic. One EPDM gasket included.
have left-hand threads and a hex-shaped body that
allows one-person installation. Heavy-duty, BKF10
full-buttress threads help prevent leaks under MODEL GASKET # SIZE F B D L EACH
pressure. Select either slip or female inside pipe
thread. One EPDM gasket included. 35012L BKF121 Q10G 1/2" SLIP SLIP 11/8 " 3/4" $4.49
MODEL GASKET# SIZE F B D L EACH BKF122 Q10G 1/2" SLIP FIPT 11/8 " 3/4" 4.49
35012L GK1 1/2" FIPT FIPT 13/8" 22/25" $17.29 BKF123 Q10G 1/2" FIPT SLIP 11/8 " 3/4" 4.49
35034L GK2 3/4" FIPT FIPT 15/8" 22/25" 21.79 BKF124 Q10G 1/2" FIPT FIPT 11/8 " 3/4" 4.49
35100L GK3 1" FIPT FIPT 17/8" 22/25" 23.09 BKF341 GK1 3/4" SLIP SLIP 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35114L GK4 11/4" FIPT FIPT 23/4" 2" 31.59 BKF342 GK1 3/4" SLIP FIPT 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35112L GK4 11/2" FIPT FIPT 23/4" 2" 34.39 BKF343 GK1 3/4" FIPT SLIP 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35200L GK5 2" FIPT FIPT 31/4" 2" 44.49 BKF344 GK1 3/4" FIPT FIPT 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35300L GK6 3" FIPT FIPT 41/2" 23/25" 78.89 BKF10 GK2 1" SLIP SLIP 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
35400L GK7 4" FIPT FIPT 53/4" 29/20" 146.29 BKF11 GK2 1" SLIP FIPT 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
36012L GK1 3/4" SLIP FIPT 13/8" 22/25" 15.09 BKF12 GK2 1" FIPT SLIP 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
36034L GK2 3/4" SLIP FIPT 15/8" 22/25" 16.69 BKF13 GK2 1" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
36100L GK3 1" SLIP FIPT 17/8" 22/25" 18.39 BKF1120 GK4 11/2" SLIP SLIP 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36114L GK4 11/4" SLIP FIPT 23/4" 2" 24.49 BKF1121 GK4 11/2" SLIP FIPT 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36112L GK4 11/2" SLIP FIPT 23/4" 2" 24.49 BKF1122 GK4 11/2" FIPT SLIP 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36200L GK5 2" SLIP FIPT 31/4" 2" 36.19 BKF1123 GK4 11/2" FIPT FIPT 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36300L GK6 3" SLIP FIPT 41/2" 23/25" 71.29 BKF20 GK5 2" SLIP SLIP 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
36400L GK7 4" SLIP FIPT 53/4" 29/20" 131.09 BKF21 GK5 2" SLIP FIPT 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
BKF22 GK5 2" FIPT SLIP 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
POLYPROPYLENE BULKHEAD FITTINGS BKF23 GK5 2" FIPT FIPT 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
They are similar to, but softer than, the PVC bulkhead
fittings. These female threaded bulkhead fittings are
great for most bulkhead applications. One EPDM
BULKHEAD FITTINGS
gasket included. These are a lower strength alternative to our
top-quality PVC bulkheads and quite adequate for
TF1 most applications. One EPDM gasket included.
MODEL GASKET # SIZE F B D L EACH
BKF4
TF1 GK2 1/2" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 3/8" $6.09 MODEL GASKET # SIZE F B D L EACH
TF2 GK2 3/4" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 1/2" 6.09 BKF1 Q10G 1/2" FIPT FIPT 11/8" 3/4" $5.99
TF3 GK3 1" FIPT FIPT 2" 1/2" 7.29 BKF2 Q10G 1/2" FIPT SLIP 11/8" 3/4" 6.99
TF4 GK4 11/4" FIPT FIPT 29/16" 1/2" 8.59 BKF3 GK1 3/4" FIPT FIPT 17/16" 1" 6.69
TF5 GK4 11/2" FIPT FIPT 29/16" 1/2" 8.59 BKF4 GK2 1" FIPT SLIP 13/4" 11/2" 8.59
TF6 GK5 2" FIPT FIPT 31/4" 3/4" 10.39 BKF5 GK2 1" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 11/2" 8.29
TF7 GK6 3" FIPT FIPT 41/2" 1" 19.69 BKF6 GK4 11/2" FIPT SLIP 23/8" 13/4" 9.99
TF8 GK7 4" FIPT FIPT 55/16" 23/4" 47.09 BKF7* GK5 2" FIPT SLIP 27/8" 13/4" 12.89
*BKF7 is white
Bulkhead Buying Key Flange Side (E)

Follow this key carefully to get the right bulkhead. Note that “F” is on the flange side
and “L” is length between the gasket and the nut when the nut is at the maximum
distance. The “size” of a bulkhead refers to the plumbing connections, the “F” or “B” Gasket
dimension. The size of the hole needed is the “D” dimension. Do not use these
threads for plumbing connections. All of our bulkheads come with one gasket. For
most applications only one gasket is needed, located on the flange side, whether or
not the flange side is on the water side Nut

PLUMBING
SECTION 359
ProductsTank
/ Products
Fitting Kits/Drains
/ Products
TANK FITTING KITS BOTTOM DRAINS

An inlet strainer and elbow are included with these color-coordinated bulkhead Aquadyne Rhino Bottom Drains are machine manufactured from schedule
kits. The in/out fits standard PVC pipe, so you can make many variations of your 80 PVC materials, with NO injection molding. All Rhino drains can be installed
own. Bulkheads are also available separately. The kit includes bulkhead, 90° with extreme confidence in any application by first time installers or
elbow and inlet screen, which fits both sides of the bulkhead. Black is standard. experienced professionals. Rhino drains are installed in aquatic environments
from ponds, water features, public aquariums, zoos, hatcheries, research
facilities, aquaponics and quarantine systems. A bottom drain is one of the
MODEL GASKET# DIA. L EACH 10+ most important parts of a water installation, in that it’s integrity is paramount
TFK1 Q10G BULKHEAD KIT, 1/2" 11/8" 3/4" $7.29 $6.56 to the success of the entire project. One-year warranty.
• Thicker flanges and liner attachment ring that will not flex, distort or crack
TFO1 Q10G BULKHEAD ONLY, 1/2" 11/8" 3/4" 5.29 4.76
• All attachments are precision machine fitted for extra strength with no need
TFK2 GK1 BULKHEAD KIT, 3/4" 13/8" 11/4" 7.79 7.01 for gap filling
TFO2 GK1 BULKHEAD ONLY, 3/4" 13/8" 11/4" 5.79 5.21 • Thermally welded joints provide extreme durability in the most
demanding environments
TFK3 GK2 BULKHEAD KIT, 1" 13/4" 2" 8.19 7.37 • No injection molded components which would weaken the structure
TFO3 GK2 BULKHEAD ONLY, 1" 13/4" 2" 5.99 5.39 Rhino I - Inline vertical drains with 12” anti-vortexing cover
Rhino Retro - Over the liner, no cut, retrofit drains for environments without
bottom drains, or for those who do not want to install a through the liner drain
Rhino I OFS – Threaded for an over flow standpipe or a side wall return
Rhino II - Heavy duty commercial drain with air diffuser and 4” return
TFK3
BOTTOM DRAIN
This 4” bottom drain is for use in liner ponds and concrete ponds. Its antivortex RHINO I RHINO RETRO
drain cover forces water to enter from the bottom of the pond, and its large
intake helps reduce pump pressure. SAE standard pipe connection, use with
4” PVC. Offset suction port creates a swirl action that helps remove debris.
Includes everything you need for easy liner installation.
MODEL EACH
SBD4 $84.59
RHINO I OFS RHINO II

REPLACEMENT BULKHEAD FITTING GASKETS MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
Made of EPDM material. One gasket is included in all of the bulkhead fittings
on page 358. For most applications, only one gasket is needed which is RHINO I
located on the flange side whether or not the flange side is on the water side. BDRH12 2” BOTTOM DRAIN 5 $82.99
MODEL EACH BDRH13 3” BOTTOM DRAIN 5 82.99
GK1 $1.89 BDRH14 4” BOTTOM DRAIN 5 88.19
GK2 1.19
GK3 1.39
RHINO RETRO
BDRTO2 2” ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN 7 93.49
GK4 1.39
BDRTO3 3” ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN 7 103.99
GK5 1.79
GK6 3.09
GK5 RHINO I OFS
GK7 29.69 BDOFS2 2” OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN 6 93.49
Q10G .75 BDOFS3 3” OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN 6 103.99
Drain Tip BDOFS4 4” OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN 6 135.49
If you reuse your drain water, it's best if you gravity flow it to your filter, as a pump
will puree it and make it much harder to filter out. But don't make your drain piping RHINO II
too large in diameter. If the water travels too slowly, waste will settle in the pipe. BDRH2A 4” BOTTOM DRAIN W/ AIR DIFFUSER 24 376.99
You should always have a dump valve at the end of the drain pipe. When you open it,
BDRH2O 4” BOTTOM DRAIN W/O AIR DIFFUSER 23 324.49
a surge of high velocity water will scour out all settled material and prevent it from
contaminating your recirculated water.
360 PLUMBING
SECTION
Plugs/Couplings/Caps
EXPANSION PLUGS HAND TITE® EXPANSION PLUGS

Expansion plugs are suitable for all low- and medium-pressure water This reusable Hand Tite expansion plug is excellent for many applications
applications. A simple twist of the wingnut will produce a watertight seal. and can be used in any pipe, including plastic, clay and iron. It seals the bell
The 11/2”, 2” and 3” plugs fit the end of pipes only. The 4”, 6” and 8” plugs and spigot ends of pipes as well as jagged holes. Plugs are made of nylon
can also be inserted into the pipe. and rubber and can be used in salt water. No tools required for installation.
MODEL NOMINAL PIPE SIZE PRESSURE EACH MODEL PIPE SIZE EACH
EP1 11/2" END PLUG 40' HEAD $5.39 HT4D 4" $15.09
EP2 2" END PLUG 40' HEAD 6.49 HT6D 6" 17.39
EP3 3" END PLUG 40' HEAD 8.39 HT8D 8" 41.89
EP4 4" PIPE PLUG 40' HEAD 10.69 HT10D 10" 121.79
EP6 6" PIPE PLUG 30' HEAD 23.69 HT12D 12" 140.69
EP8 8" PIPE PLUG 30' HEAD 50.09
HT4D
Hand Tite® is a registered trademark of R. Tim Graham.
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
These couplings are extremely useful for adapting different materials and
sizes, making temporary connections or for permanent connections that must
allow some movement. Not FDA-approved for potable water. Clamps are
included. Use in low-pressure applications only.
EP1 End Plug
EP4
Pipe Plug MODEL PVC PIPE SIZE EACH MODEL PVC PIPE SIZE EACH
FC1 11/4" x 11/4" $5.99 FC8 3" x 3" $11.29
TEE ELIMINATORS
FC2 11/2" x 11/4" 6.89 FC9 4" x 11/2" 12.29
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3” x 3/4” reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for under a buck. Just FC3 11/2" x 11/2" 7.49 FC10 4" x 2" 12.99
drill a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in your pipe. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. They work in all rigid pipe materials with pipe FC4 2" x 11/2" 8.29 FC11 4" x 3" 13.29
walls between 1/8” and 1/4” thick (use holesaws). FC5 2" x 2" 8.99 FC12 4" x 4" 13.99
FC6 3" x 11/2" 9.99 FC13 6" x 4" 26.99
MODEL FPT SIZE MIN. PIPE I.D. HOLE SIZE EACH
FC7 3" x 2" 10.59 FC14 6" x 6" 28.99
FC32 1/2" 1" 1" $.75
FC34 3/4" 11/4" 1-3/16” .90
QUICK CAPS
FC36 1" 11/2" 1 7/16” 1.09 For testing or easy cleanout of low-pressure piping. Clamp included.
PVC PIPE
MODEL SIZE EACH
QC1 11/2" $6.39
QC2 2" 7.19
QC3 3" 8.79
QC4 4" 11.49
QC5 6" 16.19
FC36 QC6 8" 32.49

PLUMBING
SECTION 361
Products / Products
Hose/Clamps
/ Products
DISCHARGE HOSE SUCTION/DISCHARGE HOSE

This is a good quality, polyvinyl-coated discharge hose. It is UV-resistant for This PVC hose is externally ribbed with smooth inside surfaces. It weighs about
extra long life outdoors. It lies flat when not in use, which allows easy storage half that of rubber suction hose. Rated at 28” Hg vacuum at 68ºF. Its small bend
and handling. The maximum roll length is 300’, but we will cut it to any size radius (see below) and high strength will give reliable service for pumping,
for you. siphoning, fish hauling, etc. Full rolls are 100 feet.
A502 ACTUAL MAX MINIMUM MAX* SHIP WT/FOOT

MODEL I.D. PSI BEND RADIUS LENGTH (LBS) EACH
SH4 11/2" 90 6" 100' 0.5 $2.99/FT
ACTUAL SHIP WT/100’
SH5-AQ 2" 70 9" 50' 0.7 4.29/FT
MODEL I.D. (LBS) EACH
A50112 11/2" 16 $.95/FT SH6 3" 60 13" 20' 1.3 7.09/FT
A502 2" 23 1.19/FT SH8 4" 50 18" 8' 2.1 11.19/FT
A503 3" 39 1.79/FT *Maximum per ground carton; 100’ Maximum by truck.
A504 4" 52 1.99/FT
UNISEAL® RUBBER SEAL STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS

Why use an expensive bulkhead when you can use a Uniseal®? Just drill a You can find clamps for less, but then they must be replaced when the
hole in the pipe, tank or bucket, insert a Uniseal®, then put some window screw rusts away. These quality clamps are all stainless steel (#301SS band)
cleaner on the end of the pipe and push it in. Feels like rubber, but they are including the screw (#410SS)! The one-piece housing is locked to the band
made of MPR, rated to 40 psi and warranted for 25 years. without spot welds. The band is 9/16” wide (5/16” on SSAA) and the screw has
They are immune to cold, will not harden and hold pressure and vacuum. both a slotted head and a 5/16” hex. Choose clamps with a larger maximum
The sizes below correspond to standard Schedule 40 PVC pipe. Fit tank wall diameter than the outside diameter (O.D.) of the tubing that it will be holding.
thicknesses up to 1/2”.
MODEL PIPE SIZE PIPE O.D. HOLESAW SIZE EACH

U050 1/2" .84" 11/4" $1.59
U075 3/4" 1.05" 11/4" 1.69
U100 1" 1.31" 13/4" 1.99
U125 11/4" 1.66" 2" 2.39
U150 11/2" 1.90" 21/2" 2.69
U200 2" 2.37" 3" 4.69 DIAMETER
U300 3" 3.50" 4" 5.09 MODEL SIZE MINIMUM MAXIMUM EACH
U400 4" 4.50" 5" 6.29 SSAA 1/4" 0.22" 0.62" $1.09
U600 6" 6.62" 7" 7.79 SSA 1/2" 0.38" 0.88" 1.29
Uniseal is a registered trademark of Uniseal, Inc.

® SSB 3/4" 0.50" 1.06" 1.39
SSC 1" 0.75" 1.75" 1.49
Tank Wall SSD 11/4" 1.00" 2.00" 1.49
Pipe SSE 11/2" 1.25" 2.25" 1.49
SSF 2" 1.50" 2.50" 1.69
SSG 21/2" 2.25" 3.25" 1.79
SSH 31/2" 2.50" 4.50" 1.79
Push Pipe SSI 4" 3.00" 5.00" 2.19
From This Side
SSJ 5" 4.50" 6.50" 3.39

362 PLUMBING
SECTION
Pipe
Products
Hangers/Supports/Clamps/PVC
/ Products / Products Pipe
PIPE HANGERS PLASTIC CLAMPS

Hangers can be mounted on the floor, wall or FOR VINYL TUBING
overhead. After all the hangers are attached,
These quick ratcheting, noncorroding
push pipe into the open jaws, and a sharp “click”
clamps work very well on vinyl tubing.
signals that it is locked in place. They also release
They tighten by hand or with pliers and are
easily. Meets UPC (Uniform Plumbing Code)
releasable/reusable. Not for high-
specifications. Sizes below fit PVC, CPVC, ABS,
pressure applications. Maximum
PE, PP, PB and fiberglass pipe nominal sizes. CP7A diameters shown are with two teeth
Temperature range: -40 to 180°F. Reusable.
engaged. UV-resistant.
MODEL EACH SNP2
CP4 1/2” $.99 MAXIMUM FITS VINYL TUBING
MODEL CLAMP MIN DIAMETER PART NO. EACH
CP6 3/4” 1.49
SNP2 0.35" 0.39" TV40 $.50
CP7A 1” 1.99
CP8 11/4” 2.79
SNP6 0.45" 0.51" TV60 .75
CP9 11/2” 3.59 SNP10 0.57" 0.65" TV70/TVR60 .75

CP10A 2” 4.49 SNP14 0.70" 0.80" TV80/TVR70 .75
CP11A 21/2” 6.69 SNP19 0.86" 1" TVR80 .75
CP12A 3” 9.89 SNP24 1" 1.13" TV90/TVR90 .99
CP13A 4” 17.69
FLEXIBLE PVC PIPE - SCHEDULE 40 ID PSI @ MAX BEND SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER ROLL SHIP WT
This flexible Schedule 40 PVC pipe permits COLOR (IN) 70º F RADIUS MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH LBS EACH
compound curves, greatly reducing the number of
fittings otherwise required. It also reduces friction WHITE ½ 100 2" FPP12F $1.49 FPP12 100' 14 $71.19
loss caused by elbows. Standard Schedule 40 or 80
PVC fittings can be used. A special solvent cement WHITE ¾ 100 2" FPP34F 1.69 FPP34 100' 17 105.89
(235) is required (do not use purple primer—use
acetone as a pipe primer). WHITE 1½ 65 5" FPP112F 2.49 FPP112 50' 23 77.69
BLACK ½ 100 2" BFPP12F 1.09 BFPP12 100' 14 102.69
BLACK ¾ 100 2" BFPP34F 1.29 BFPP34 100' 17 133.19
BLACK 1 100 3" BFPP1F 1.79 BFPP1 50' 13 62.69
BLACK 1¼ 80 4" BFPP114F 1.89 BFPP114 50' 22 81.19
BLACK 1½ 65 5" BFPP112F 2.19 BFPP112 50' 23 87.09
BLACK 2 60 6" BFPP2F 3.19 BFPP2 50' 32 130.69

235 FLEXIBLE PVC PIPE SOLVENT CEMENT (½ PINT CAN) HAZMAT A 0.6 $10.49
PVC PIPE SUPPORTS PVC SADDLE

These inexpensive pipe clamps are ideal for floor and wall mounting but not for Our straight PVC saddle is easy to install. Just drill a
overhead mounting of water pipes. They fit standard PVC pipe. A single screw 3/8” hole into 1/2” PVC pipe and secure the saddle in
(not included) mounts each pipe support. place with PVC glue. 1/8” FNPT threads.
CP14 BLACK, 11/2” $1.39 VS1 STRAIGHT SADDLE $1.39
CP15 WHITE, 2” 1.69
VS1 W/VBR12
CP14 Brass Valve

Not Included

PLUMBING
SECTION 363
Silicone
Products
Tubing/Valve/Vinyl
Tubing
SILICONE TUBING, AQUARIUM

Extremely flexible, kink-resistant, UV- and tear-resistant, nontoxic, tinted light
blue and affordable, this high quality silicone tubing could become your favorite
aquarium tubing. Autoclavable. Temperature range -80 to 500°F.
Its 1/8” I.D. fits aquarium devices and 3/16” barbed fittings.
MODEL LENGTH EACH

TP30S 100’ $56.69
VALVE FOR SILICONE TUBING

Precision ABS, special low-cost roll clamp, for use with silicone tubing,
has flow regulating accuracy compatible to needle valve. Design allows for
precise and uniform flow control of air or liquids and stays where it’s set.
It will only work with our silicone tubing.
MODEL EACH
290 $.25
CLEAR RIGID TUBING

Rigid tubing is ideal for microalgae and zooplankton culture tanks where
aeration is required at the bottom of the tank. This is a thin-walled (only
.020" to .030" thick), rigid, "straw-like" tube. Sold in 36" length. To extend
length, use a piece of vinyl tubing as a coupler.
MODEL LENGTH O.D. FITS TUBING EACH 6+
16005 36" 3/16" TP30 $2.89 $2.31 16045
16010 36" 5/16" TV40 2.99 2.39
16015 36" 3/8" TV60 3.09 2.47 16025
16025 36" 1/2" TP70 3.99 3.19 16015
16005
16035 36" 5/8" TV80 5.59 4.47
16040 36" 3/4" TV90 6.99 5.59
16045 36" 1" TV100 7.49 5.99
BLACK AND WHITE VINYL TUBING

Opaque (non-transparent) tubing blocks sunlight to eliminate algae growth
when used for water delivery. Black hides well in garden ponds, etc. Working
pressures same as clear tubing above.
SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER ROLL
COLOR ID OD MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
BLACK 3/16” 5/16” BTP30HDF $.50 BTP30HD 100’ 4 $25.99
BLACK 1/4” 3/8” BTV40F .55 BTV40 100’ 4 31.49
BLACK 1/2” 5/8” BTV70F .85 BTV70 100’ 8 56.29
WHITE 3/16” 5/16” WTP30HDF .50 WTP30HD 100’ 4 29.39
WHITE 1/4” 3/8” WTV40F .55 WTV40 100’ 4 33.89
WHITE 3/8” 1/2” WTV60F .65 WTV60 100’ 5 48.19
WHITE 1/2” 5/8” WTV70F .70 WTV70 100’ 8 52.69
BTP30HD BTV40 BTV70 WTP30HD WTV40 WTV60 WTV70

364 PLUMBING
SECTION
Clear
Products
PVC/Pipe/Fittings/Tubing
Products / Products
CLEAR PVC PIPE TYGON S3® E-3603 FLEXIBLE TUBING

If you need to see what is going on inside your pipes, this Specifically formulated for lab use, this flexible tubing works with almost any
clearly is what you need (does have slight blue tint). Use inorganic chemical. Flexible and clear, it is noncontaminating, autoclavable
economical short lengths to see the degree of microbial and ideal for liquid and ozone gas transmission.
growth inside the piping or build entire clear systems for
research, prototypes, oxygen saturators, etc.
ID OD SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER 50’ ROLL
This clear PVC pipe is FDA-approved for food contact
(IN) (IN) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
applications. May be cold sterilized in ethylene oxide.
It is fully compatible with regular Schedule 40 PVC pipe 1/8 1/4 TT18F $1.29 TT18 $53.59
fittings. Install with regular PVC cement. Use compression couplings,
3/16 5/16 TT316F 1.89 TT316 75.59
flexible couplings or unions to facilitate cleaning.
Sold by the foot, 6’ length maximum. Lengths 5’ and over ship Oversize. 1/4 3/8 TT14F 2.29 TT14 92.39
3/8 1/2 TT38F 3.79 TT38 155.39
5/8 13/16 TT58F 6.29 TT58 262.49
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE WEIGHT PER FOOT
MODEL MAX PSI ACTUAL O.D. FOOT 3/4 1 TT34F 7.89 TT34 362.29
C100-AQ 1/2" 300 0.8" .1 lb $3.19
C101 3/4" 240 1.1" .1 lb 3.99
C102 1" 220 1.3" .2 lb 4.99
C103 11/4" 180 1.7" .2 lb 7.79
C104 11/2" 170 1.9" .2 lb 8.89
C105 2" 140 2.4" .3 lb 11.19
C106 3" 130 3.5" .4 lb 24.79 TT18
C107 4" 110 4.5" .6 lb 34.79
C108 6" 45 6.6" 1.0 lb 61.29 Tygon S3® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Corp.
373 PVC CEMENT, 1 PINT 9.59

Note: there is a cut fee. First cut is free; each cut thereafter is $1.00
CLEAR PVC FITTINGS ACRYLIC TUBING

Schedule 40 PVC This extruded acrylic tubing has only a 1/8” (3.2 mm) thick wall and is much
Like the clear PVC above, these slip PVC fittings clearer and lighter than our clear PVC pipe. Standard PVC cement can be used to
use regular PVC cement (373). bond acrylic tubing to PVC for most low-pressure applications.
TAGL is light-bodied; allow 24 hours to cure fully. Sold and priced by the foot.
Only TA4 and TA5 are compatible with PVC sockets.
TEES
C401005 1/2" $9.19 MODEL APPROXIMATE SIZE FITS PVC SOCKET FOOT
C401007 3/4" 10.39 TA3 2" O.D. — $5.39
C401010 1" 17.59 TA4 31/2" O.D. 3" 10.19
C401015 11/2" 35.69 TA5 41/2" O.D. 4" 15.19
Tee
C401020 2" 50.89 TAGL ACRYLIC CEMENT — 8.79
Note: there is a cut fee. First cut is free; each cut thereafter is $1.00
90º ELBOWS
C406005 1/2" 8.09
C406007 3/4" 6.79
C406010 1" 14.89
C406015 11/2" 23.89
90° Elbow
C406020 2" 41.79
TAGL
COUPLING
C429005 1/2" 4.59
C429007 3/4" 6.69 TA3
C429010 1" 10.69
Coupling
C429015 11/2" 17.59
C429020 2" 21.99

PLUMBING
SECTION 365
Clear Vinyl
Products
Tubing/Cutters/Lead
Weight
CLEAR VINYL TUBING

FDA-approved clear vinyl tubing. Our aquarium tubing (TP30) is a very high
quality product with a slightly larger I.D. and heavier wall than the typical 1/8”
I.D. aquarium tubing. This tubing is rated at 36 psi @ 72°F (22°C).
Note: Vinyl tubing is not recommended for use with pure oxygen or ozone.
TV100 TV40 TP30HD TP30
MAX WORKING SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER COIL

INSIDE DIAMETER OUTSIDE DIAMETER WALL PRESSURE COIL SHIP WT
INCHES MM INCHES MM THICKNESS @ 90ºF MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH (LBS) EACH
5/32 4.0 1/4 6.4 1/16" 30 PSI TP30F $0.30 TP30 500’ 6 $66.39
3/16 4.8 5/16 7.9 1/8" 40 PSI TP30HDF 0.40 TP30HD 100’ 4 22.59
1/4 6.4 3/8 9.5 1/8" 40 PSI TV40F 0.65 TV40 100’ 4 26.09
3/8 9.5 1/2 12.7 1/8" 30 PSI TV60F 0.55 TV60 100’ 5 30.99
1/2 12.7 5/8 15.9 1/8" 30 PSI TV70F 0.65 TV70 100’ 8 39.29
5/8 15.9 3/4 19.1 1/8" 20 PSI TV80F 0.99 TV80 100’ 8 74.09
3/4 19.1 1 25.4 1/4" 20 PSI TV90F 1.69 TV90 100’ 21 117.09
1 25.4 11/4 31.8 1/4" 15 PSI TV100F 2.09 TV100 100’ 26 155.19
11/4 31.8 11/2 38.1 1/4" 15 PSI TV125F 3.69 TV125 100’ 30 320.89
LEAD WEIGHT SOFT TUBING CUTTERS

Use these 1-oz lead weights with Vinyl Clear Tubing, These handy cutters are great for cutting vinyl tubing, rubber hose,
model TP30, to counteract the buoyancy of air tubing if polyethylene, rope and other soft materials. The KT100 cuts up to 1”
diffusers are more than 30" deep. outside diameter tubing, while the KT200 cuts up to 2” in diameter.
Plastic body with stainless steel blade.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
LEAD 1 OZ. LEAD WEIGHT $0.40
KT100 1” CUTTER $17.49
KT200 2” CUTTER 19.69
LEAD WEIGHT
KT100
REINFORCED CLEAR VINYL TUBING

Synthetic, fiber-reinforced, food-grade tubing
preferred for its kink resistance, high-pressure
rating and flexibility. Tough, flexible, polyvinyl tubing
has excellent clarity, is odorless and nontoxic.
Temperature range -48 to 160°F.
Note: Vinyl tubing is not recommended for use with
pure oxygen or ozone.
TVR200 TVR150 TVR125 TVR100 TVR90
MAX WORKING SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER COIL

INSIDE DIAMETER OUTSIDE DIAMETER WALL PRESSURE COIL SHIP WT
INCHES MM INCHES MM THICKNESS @ 90ºF MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH (LBS) EACH
.250” 6.4 .380” 9.7 .06” 120 PSI TVR40F $0.99 TVR40 50’ 3 $34.69
.375” 9.5 .600” 15.1 .112” 120 PSI TVR60F 1.19 TVR60 50’ 4 49.39
.500” 12.7 .750” 9.1 .125” 100 PSI TVR70F 1.49 TVR70 50’ 6 64.19
.625” 15.9 .875” 22.2 .125” 100 PSI TVR80F 1.99 TVR80 50’ 7 78.79
.750” 19.1 1.025” 26.0 .137” 80 PSI TVR90F 2.39 TVR90 50’ 9 95.29
1.00” 25.4 1.312” 33.3 .156” 80 PSI TVR100F 3.19 TVR100 50’ 8 138.69
1.25” 31.8 1.687” 42.9 .218” 60 PSI TVR125F 4.79 TVR125 50’ 30 194.89
1.50” 38.1 1.88” 47.8 .19” 60 PSI TVR150F 6.69 TVR150 50’ 30 264.29
2.00” 50.8 2.50” 63.5 .25” 40 PSI TVR200F 11.09 TVR200 50’ 51 372.69
All our nonreinforced tubing is marked every 12" for easy measuring. Reinforced tubing has a higher pressure rating.

366 PLUMBING
SECTION
Brass
Products
Adapters/Modular
Piping/Taps/Drill Bits
FLEXIBLE BLACK MODULAR PIPING BRASS ADAPTERS

This modular piping snaps together for use in tanks and aquariums (expect These high-quality, brass, male adapters will work
some joint leakage). Its unique ball-socket joint design makes it extremely at high temperatures to 150 psi. Model 62025B has
flexible and enables the creation of custom flow patterns in tanks. 3/4” nominal female pipe thread. They are made
of CA360, CA345 or CA370 brass for years of
MODEL EACH continuous use. Note: Barb sizes are “nominal”
(1/2” = .62” actual).
JT1 1/2" FLEX. JOINT TUBING, 6" $4.19
JT10 MODEL MALE ADAPTERS EACH
JT2 1/2" ROUND NOZZLE 1.59
62001B* 1/8" NPT X 3/16" BARB $0.99
JT3 1/2" 90° NOZZLE 2.19 62007B 1/8" NPT X 1/4" BARB 1.39
JT4 1/2" MPT CONNECTOR 1.59 JT1/JT12 62009B 1/8" NPT X 3/8" BARB 1.39
JT5 1/2" Y FITTING 3.49 62005B* 1/4" NPT X 3/16" BARB 1.69
62014B 62005B
JT6 1/2" ELBOW FITTING 3.09 62006B 1/4" NPT X 1/4" BARB 1.49
JT7 1/2" MPT VALVE 9.69 62008B 1/4" NPT X 3/8" BARB 1.49
JT15 JT7 62010B 1/4" NPT X 1/2" BARB 1.59
JT8 1/2" FPT VALVE 8.19
JT9 1/2" IN-LINE VALVE 9.39 62014B 1/2" NPT X 1/4" BARB 3.29
62016B 1/2" NPT X 3/8" BARB 3.49
JT10 1/2" MULTINOZZLE, 15 FLOWS 30.69
JT4/ JT3 JT6 62018B 1/2" NPT X 1/2" BARB 3.19
JT11 1/2" X 1.2" FLARED NOZZLE 3.29
JT14 ZBN54** 1/2” NPT X 5/8” BARB 3.49
JT12 3/4" FLEX. JOINT TUBING, 6" 5.19
62021B 3/4" NPT X 3/8" BARB 4.19
JT13 3/4" ROUND NOZZLE 1.69 ZBN54 62022B
62022B 3/4" NPT X 1/2" BARB 4.39
JT14 3/4" MPT CONNECTOR 1.79 62024B 3/4” NPT X 3/4” BARB 6.69
JT9 JT8
JT15 3/4" Y FITTING 7.09
MODEL FEMALE ADAPTERS EACH
JT16 3/4" F X 1/2" M ADAPTER 3.49
62025B 3/4” FNPT X 3/4” BARB 9.99
JT17 3/4" X 3" FLARED NOZZLE 6.39
JT11 JT2/ *Use with TP30HD tubing only. **Reducing style.
ASSEMBLY PLIERS FOR 1/2" JT13 62025B
78002 15.79
TUBING
ASSEMBLY PLIERS FOR 3/4"
78004 26.29
TUBING
THREAD CUTTING TAPS DRILL BITS

These taps will cut pipe threads (FNPT) in PVC, mild steel, etc. Use with bits
shown below to save the cost of tees, saddles and adapters.
BNT1 TAP, 1/8" NPT $7.59 BT1 BIT, 11/32" FOR 1/8" NPT $3.89
BNT2 TAP, 1/4" NPT 7.99 BT2 BIT, 7/16" FOR 1/4" NPT 5.19
BT1
BNT1

PLUMBING 367
Tubing Adapters and Fittings
TUBING ADAPTERS, 1/8”–3/4” POLY TUBING INSERT FITTINGS, 5/8”–2”

These polyethylene, precision-injected, molded fittings are high strength, Use these insert fittings for repairing, adapting or connecting black poly tubing.
chemically inert and noncorroding. Approved by the National Sanitation Connections under stress or pressure will require hose clamps. These insert
Foundation (NSF) for use with liquids for human consumption. Temperature fittings fit the nominal sizes of polyethylene tubing; for instance, a 5/8” fitting fits
range: -65 to 190°F. Working pressure up to 120 psi. Shipping weight is 1 lb tubing with 0.62” I.D. Use letter following part no. to indicate size (A=5/8”, B=3/4”,
per 100. Check with us for special fittings not listed (in 50-piece lots only). C=1”, D=11/4”, E=11/2”, F=2”).
Barb sizes shown fit the following tubing sizes.
FITS FITS
Standard Style
BARB SIZE TUBING MODELS BARB SIZE TUBING MODELS CONNECTOR MALE ADAPTER
(BARB X BARB) EACH (MNPT X INSERT) EACH 101
3/16" TP30, TP30HD 3/8" TV60, TVR60
1/4" TV40, TVR40 1/2" TV70, TVR70 101A $.95 103A $.75
101B 1.09 103B 1.09
MALE ADAPTERS MODEL EACH TEES MODEL EACH 101C 1.09 103C 1.19
1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB 62001 $.40 3/16" BARB 62063 $.75 101D 2.39 103D 1.79
1/4" NPT x 3/16" BARB 62005 .45 1/4" BARB 62064 .80 101E 1.99 103E 1.99 103
1/2" NPT x 3/16" BARB 62013 .70 3/8" BARB 62065 .80 101F 3.89 103F 3.89
1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62007 .40 1/2" BARB 62067 .95
90º ELBOW 90º ELBOW
1/4" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62006 .40 1/8" NPT x 3/16" x 3/16" 62056 1.29
(BARB X BARB) EACH (BARB X MNPT) EACH
1/2" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62014 .60 1/4" NPT x 1/2" x 1/2" 62122 1.29
105A $1.79 113A $2.29
3/4" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62020 1.19 1/2" NPT x 1/2" x 1/2" 62123 1.09
105B 2.19 113B 3.19
105
1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62009 .60 105C 2.49 113C 4.19
1/4" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62008 .40 105D 2.79 113D 5.49
1/2" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62016 .60 105E 3.29 113E 7.29
3/4" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62021 .85 105F 4.49 113F 11.59
1/4" NPT x 1/2" BARB 62010 .65 113
TEE FEMALE
1/2" NPT x 1/2" BARB 62018 .65 (BARB X BARB ADAPTER
X BARB) EACH (FNPT X BARB) EACH
3/4" NPT x 1/2" BARB 62022 .95
107A $1.99 117A $3.99
Male Adapter Tee Tee Adapter 107B 2.19 117B 4.39
NPT x Barb Barb x Barb x Barb NPT x Barb x Barb 107
107C 2.79 117C 4.89
107D 4.39 117D 5.99
CONNECTORS MODEL EACH 90º ELBOWS MODEL EACH 107E 5.49 117E 7.59
3/16" BARB x 3/16" BARB 62068 $.65 1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB 62001L $.80 107F 9.79 117F 9.69
1/4" BARB x 3/16" BARB 62053 .60 1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62007L .80 117
1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62069 .55 1/2" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62085 .99 Male Adapters, Low Cost
1/2" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62055 .85 1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62009L .90
MODEL EACH
3/8" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62054 .55 1/2" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62086 .99
62001-2 1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB $.30
3/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62071 .55 1/2" NPT x 1/2" BARB 62087 .99
62007-2 1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB .30
1/2" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62052 .55 1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62080 .80 62001-2
62009-2 1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB .30
5/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62051 .85 3/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62081 .80
62007-2
1/2" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62072 .60 1/2" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62082 .85
5/8" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62050 1.19 62009-2
Connector Elbow Elbow

Barb x Barb Barb x Barb NPT x Barb

368 PLUMBING
Reducers
REDUCER STYLE
Reducing Male Adapter (Barb x MNPT) Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x Barb)
Note: Last dimension is center.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH 112
111A 3/4" X 1/2" $2.89
112A 3/4” X 3/4” X 5/8” $2.39
111B 1" X 3/4" 2.99
111 112B 1” X 1” X 5/8” 2.89
Reducing Male Adapter (MNPT x Barb) 112C 1” X 1” X 3/4” 2.89
MODEL EACH
90º Elbow (Barb x FNPT)
110A 3/4" X 1/2" $2.59
MODEL EACH
110B 1" X 3/4" 2.69
110 119A 5/8” X 1/2” $2.09
1436075 1/2” X 1” 2.99
119B 3/4” X 1/2” 2.09
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x FNPT) 119C 1” X 1/2” 2.19 119
Note: Last dimension is center.
119E 3/4” X 3/4” 2.19
MODEL EACH
119F 1” X 3/4” 2.59
122A 5/8" X 5/8" X 1/2" $2.19 122 119H 1” x 1” 3.49
122B 3/4" X 3/4" X 1/2" 2.69
122C 1" X 1" X 1/2" 3.49
Plugs
122D 1" X 1" X 3/4" 3.49 MODEL EACH
122E 1" x 1" x 1" 2.69 62024 1/8” MALE NPT $0.30
Reducer Connector (Barb x Barb) 62025 1/4” MALE NPT 0.30
MODEL EACH 62026 3/8” MALE NPT 0.35 62028
109A 3/4" X 5/8" $1.49 62027 1/2” MALE NPT 0.45

109 62028 3/4” MALE NPT 0.75
109B 1" X 3/4" 1.59
109C 11/4" X 1" 2.49
109D 11/2" X 11/4" 2.89 Nipples 62075
MODEL EACH
109E 2" X 11/2" 4.69
62075 1/4” NPT X 1/4” NPT $ 0.55
62083 1/2” NPT X 1/4” NPT 0.70
62083
LIVE CHAT

SECTION 369
PLUMBING
Tees/Crosses/Insert Adapters
TEE (SLIP X SLIP X FNPT) INSERT ADAPTER (INSERT X SLIP)

MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH
402005 1/2" $.45 474005-AQ 1/2" $1.19 474015-AQ 11/2" $2.89
402007 3/4" .70 474007-AQ 3/4" 1.39 474020-AQ 2" 5.29
402010 1" 1.29 474010-AQ 1" 1.49 474030-AQ 3" 14.89
402012 11/4" 1.99 474012-AQ 11/4" 2.19 474040-AQ 4" 16.99
402015 11/2" 2.69

INSERT ADAPTER (INSERT X SPIG)
402020 2" 3.39
MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH
402030 3" 12.99
460005-AQ 1/2” $.95 460015-AQ 11/2” $1.49
402040 4" 19.89
460007-AQ 3/4” 1.29 460020-AQ 2” 2.39
CROSSES (SLIP) 460010-AQ 1” 1.29 460030-AQ 3” 8.09
460012-AQ 11/4” 1.29 460040-AQ 4” 9.29
MODEL SIZE EACH
420005 1/2" $0.99
TEE (SLIP X SLIP X SLIP)
420007 3/4" 1.69
MODEL SIZE EACH
420010 1" 2.09
401005-AQ 1/2" $.35
420012 11/4" 2.79
401007 3/4" .40
420015 11/2" 3.19
401010 1" .75
420020 2" 4.69
401012 11/4" 1.09
420030 3" 12.29
401015 11/2" 1.39
420040 4" 18.19
401020 2" 1.99
REDUCING TEES (SLIP X SLIP X FNPT) 401030 3" 8.69
SIZE 401040 4" 15.69

MODEL A B C EACH
402071 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" $.99 REDUCING TEE (SLIP X SLIP X SLIP)
402101 3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2" .60
SIZE
402130 1" x 1" x 1/2" .90 MODEL A B C EACH
402131 1" x 1" x 3/4" 1.29 401101-AQ 3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2" $1.09
402166 11/4" x 11/4" x 1/2" 2.09 C 401126 1" x 3/4" x 1" 1.29
B 401130 1" x 1" x 1/2" .80
402167 11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4" 2.09
401131 1" x 1" x 3/4" .85
402168 11/4" x 11/4" x 1" 2.09
A 401167 11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4" 1.19
402209 11/2" x 11/2" x 1/2" 2.69
401168 11/4" x 11/4" x 1" 1.19
402210 11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 2.69 C
401209 11/2" x" 11/2" x 1/2" 2.19
402247 2" x 2" x 1/2" 3.29
401210 11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 2.19
402248 2" x 2" x 3/4" 3.29 401211 11/2" x 11/2" x 1" 2.19 A B
402249 2" x 2" x 1" 3.29 401247 2" x 2" x 1/2" 2.09
402251 2" x 2" x 11/2" 3.29 401248 2" x 2" x 3/4" 2.09
402335 3" x 3" x 1" 10.29 401249 2" x 2" x 1" 2.09
402338 3" x 3" x 2" 10.29 401251 2" x 2" x 11/2" 2.09
401335 3" x 3" x 1" 9.39
TEE (FNPT X FNPT X FNPT) 401336 3" x 3" x 11/4" 9.39
MODEL SIZE EACH 401337 3" x 3" x 11/2" 9.39
405005 1/2” $1.19 401338 3" x 3" x 2" 9.39
405007 3/4” 1.89 401419 4" x 4" x 11/2" 15.69
405010 1" 2.69 401420 4" x 4" x 2" 15.69
401422 4" x 4" x 3" 15.69
370 SECTION
PLUMBING
Ells/Nipples/Caps
90º ELL (SLIP X SLIP) 6” NIPPLE, GRAY SCHEDULE 80 PVC

MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH
406005 1/2" $.70 880060 1/4" $2.19
406007 3/4" .80 881060 3/8" 2.39
406010 1" .55 882060 1/2" 1.49
406012 11/4" .99 883060 3/4" 1.89
406015 11/2" .99 884060 1" 2.59
406020 2" 1.59 885060 11/4" 3.09
406030 3" 5.89 886060 11/2" 4.19
406040 4" 10.49 887060 2" 5.99
406060 6" 33.49 888060 21/2" 17.09
889060 3" 22.89
45º ELL (SLIP X SLIP)
890060 4" 29.19
MODEL SIZE EACH
417005 1/2" $.45
417007 3/4" .70
417010 1" .85
CLOSE NIPPLE, GRAY (MNPT)
SCHEDULE 80 PVC
417012 11/4" 1.19
417015 11/2" 1.49 MODEL SIZE EACH
417020 2" 1.89 879005 1/8" $.99
417030 3" 7.69 880005 1/4" .99

417040 4" 13.69 881005 3/8" 1.09
417060 6" 33.89 882005 1/2" .95
882007 3/4" .99
CAP (SLIP)
882010 1" 1.29
MODEL SIZE EACH 882012 11/4" 1.89
447005 1/2" $.25 882015 11/2" 2.09
447007 3/4" .30 882020 2" 2.69
"Close" nipples are those with
447010 1" .45 888005 21/2" 9.39 threads that almost touch
from both sides. They are the
447012 11/4" .65 887030 3" 11.19 shortest possible length.
447015 11/2" .70 890005 4" 18.29
447020 2" .85
447030 3" 2.89
447040 4" 6.59 90º ELL (FNPT X SLIP)
447060 6" 15.79
MODEL SIZE EACH
CAP (FNPT) 407005 1/2" $.35

407007 3/4" .40
MODEL SIZE EACH
407010 1" .75
448005 1/2" $.50
407012 11/4" 1.19
448007 3/4" .60
407015 11/2" 1.29
448010 1" .90
407020 2" 3.49
448012 11/4" 1.09
407030 3" 12.79
448015 11/2" 1.09
407040 4" 19.49
448020 2" 1.99
448030 3" 3.79
448040 4" 6.69

PLUMBING
SECTION 371
Unions/Plug/Long
Products
Sweep/Reducer
Bushing
90º STREET ELL (MNPT X SLIP) LONG SWEEP

To keep friction losses low, it’s best to use sweeps
MODEL SIZE EACH as opposed to elbows in plumbing systems. These
410005-AQ 1/2" $.60 long sweeps are low-pressure rated to 30 psi. PVC
compatible with Schedule 40, 160 and DWV size
410007-AQ 3/4" .70 pipes. Female socket on both ends.
410010-AQ 1" 1.19 SP15

MODEL SIZE EACH
410012-AQ 11/4" 1.59
SP15 11/2" $4.59
410015-AQ 11/2" 1.69
SP20 2" 5.89
410020-AQ 2" 4.19
SP30 3" 11.29
410101 3/4" x 1/2" .85
SP40 4" 19.99
UNION (FNPT X FNPT) SCHEDULE 80,

WITH O-RING
MODEL SIZE EACH
458005 1/2" $2.59 $2.33/10+
REDUCER BUSHING (SPIG X SPIG)
458007 3/4" 2.59 2.33/10+
MODEL SIZE EACH
458010 1" 3.99 3.59/10+
437101 3/4" x 1/2" $ .30
458012 11/4" 5.39 4.85/5+
437130 1" x 1/2" .50
458015 11/2" 6.69 6.02/5+
437131 1" x 3/4" .50
458020 2" 10.69 9.62/5+
437166 11/4" x 1/2" .70
437167 11/4" x 3/4" .70
UNION (SLIP X SLIP) SCHEDULE 80, 437168 11/4" x 1" .70
WITH O-RING 437209 11/2" x 1/2" .75

437210 11/2" x 3/4" .75
MODEL SIZE EACH
437211 11/2" x 1" .75
457005 1/2" $2.09 $1.88/10+
437212 11/2" x 11/4" .75
457007 3/4" 2.59 2.33/10+
437247 2" x 1/2" 1.19
457010 1" 3.99 3.59/10+
437248 2" x 3/4" 1.19
457012 11/4" 5.39 4.85/5+
437249 2" x 1" 1.19
457015 11/2" 6.69 6.02/5+
437250 2" x 11/4" 1.19
457020 2" 10.69 9.62/5+
437251 2" x 11/2" 1.19
437334 3" x 3/4" 2.89
437335 3" x 1" 2.89
PLUG (MNPT)
437336 3" x 11/4" 2.89
MODEL SIZE EACH
437337 3" x 11/2" 2.89
450005 1/2" $.75
437338 3" x 2" 2.89
450007 3/4" .80
437420 4" x 2" 6.39
450010 1" 1.29
437422 4" x 3" 6.39
450012 11/4" 1.29
450015 11/2" 1.49
450020 2" 1.89
450030 3" 3.89
450040 4" 8.89

372 SECTION
PLUMBING
Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
T.T. BUSHING (MNPT X FNPT) REDUCER COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP) MALE ADAPTER (MNPT X SLIP)
MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH
439072 1/2" x 1/4" $1.29 429101 3/4" x 1/2" $.45 436005 1/2 " $.25
439073 1/2" x 3/8" 1.29 429131 1" x 3/4" .80 436007 3/4" .30
439098 3/4" x 1/4" .80 429168 11/4" x 1" 1.29 436010 1" .50
439099 3/4" x 3/8" .80 429212 11/2" x 11/4" 1.39 436012 11/4" .60
439101 3/4" x 1/2" .80 429251 2 x 11/2" 2.19 436015 11/2" .80
439130 1" x 1/2" 1.09 436020 2" .99
439131 1" x 3/4" 1.09 436030 3" 4.49
439168 11/4" x 1" 1.69 436040 4" 5.69
439210 11/2" x 3/4" 1.99

439211 11/2" x 1" 1.99
439212 11/2" x 11/4" 1.99
439251 2" x 11/2" 2.09 REDUCER BRUSHING (SPIG X FNPT)
MALE ADAPTER REDUCING
MODEL SIZE EACH (MNPT X SLIP)
438071 1/2" x 1/8" $.60 MODEL SIZE EACH
438072 1/2" x 1/4" .60 436074 1/2" x 3/4" $.50

438101 3/4" x 1/2" .45 436102 3/4" x 1" .70
438130 1" x 1/2" .75 436132 1" x 11/4" 1.59
438131 1" x 3/4" .75 436169 11/4" x 11/2" 1.79
COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP) 438166 11/4" x 1/2" 1.09 436213 11/2" x 2" 2.19
MODEL SIZE EACH 438167 11/4" x 3/4" 1.09
429005 1/2" $.20 438168 11/4" x 1" 1.09
429007 3/4" .25 438209 11/2" x 1/2" 1.29
429010 1" .45 438210 11/2" x 3/4" 1.29
429012 11/4" .60 438211 11/2" x 1" 1.29 FEMALE ADAPTER (SLIP X FNPT)
429015 11/2" .65 438212 11/2" x 11/4" 1.29 MODEL SIZE EACH
429020 2" .95 438247 2" x 1/2" 1.69 435005 1/2" $.30
429030 3" 3.29 438248 2" x 3/4" 1.69 435007 3/4" .40
429040 4" 4.79 438249 2" x 1" 1.69 435010 1" .45
429060 6" 15.29 438250 2" x 11/4" 1.69 435012 11/4" .70
438251 2" x 11/2" 1.69 435015 11/2" .80
438334 3" x 3/4" 2.89 435020 2" 1.09
438335 3" x 1" 2.89 435030 3" 3.59
438336 3" x 11/4" 2.89 435040 4" 5.99
438337 3" x 11/2" 2.89
438338 3" x 2" 2.89
COUPLING (FNPT X FNPT)
438420 4" x 2" 6.39
MODEL SIZE EACH 438422 4" x 3" 6.39
430005 1/2" x 1/2" $.35 FEMALE ADAPTER REDUCING
430007 3/4" x 3/4" .65 (SLIP X FNPT)
MODEL SIZE EACH
430010 1" x 1" .85
435074 1/2" x 3/4" $.55
435101 3/4" x 1/2" .55
435102 3/4" x 1" .75
435131 1" x 3/4" .75
SECTION 373
PLUMBING
Products
Quick/ Products / Products
Disconnect Fittings
Male With Female Threads QUICK DISCONNECT FITTINGS

SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE Quick disconnect couplings provide fast, positive, leak-proof connections for
air, liquids and dry products. They connect and disconnect in seconds without
3/4" Q75AA $7.59 Q75AP $5.19
tools; simply lift the cam levers. The female fittings use a Buna-N gasket where
1" Q10AA 8.69 Q10AP 5.69 they meet the male fitting for a cushioned, leakproof seal. Choose either the
aluminum or black fiber-reinforced polypropylene for most aquaculture
11/4" Q12AA 10.79 Q12AP 5.49 applications. The polypropylene is rated to 100 psi on 3/4" to 2" size and 50 psi on
11/2" Q15AA 11.29 Q15AP 5.79 the 3" size at 68ºF (20ºC).
2" Q20AA 12.99 Q20AP 6.69

Female Cap
3" Q30AA 19.79 Q30AP 12.29
SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
4" Q40AA 44.59 Q40AP 17.49
1” Q10VA $16.29 Q10VP $10.29
6" Q60AA 88.59 — — 11/4” Q12VA 18.89 Q12VP 10.39
11/2” Q15VA 19.59 Q15VP 12.49
Male With Male Threads 2” Q20VA 20.09 Q20VP 14.29
SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE 3” Q30VA 25.89 Q30VP 22.19
3/4" Q75FA $8.99 Q75FP $5.29 4” Q40VA 34.69 Q40VP 29.59
1" Q10FA 10.59 Q10FP 5.69 6” Q60VA 92.39
— —
11/4" Q12FA 12.39 Q12FP 5.99
11/2" Q15FA 13.69 Q15FP 6.39
Female With Female Threads
2" Q20FA 14.89 Q20FP 8.29 SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
3" Q30FA 26.69 Q30FP 15.59 3/4” Q75DA $15.89 Q75DP $9.39
4" Q40FA 45.79 — — 1" Q10DA 16.19 Q10DP 11.49
6" Q60FA 99.49 — — 11/4" Q12DA 19.69 Q12DP 12.29
11/2" Q15DA 20.99 Q15DP 12.59
Male With Hose Nipple 2" Q20DA 22.59 Q20DP 14.89
SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
3" Q30DA 38.59 Q30DP 25.19
3/4” Q75EA $9.69 Q75EP $5.09
4" Q40DA 49.49 — —
1" Q10EA 9.69 Q10EP 5.49
11/4" Q12EA 11.89 Q12EP 5.99 Female With Male Threads
11/2" Q15EA 12.69 Q15EP 6.49 SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
2" Q20EA 14.49 Q20EP 7.49 3/4” Q75BA $16.49 Q75BP $9.69
3" Q30EA 23.59 Q30EP 13.39 1" Q10BA 17.79 Q10BP 10.89
4" Q40EA 45.19 Q40EP 19.59 11/4" Q12BA 20.79 Q12BP 12.29
11/2" Q15BA 19.79 Q15BP 12.89
Male Plug 2" Q20BA 23.39 Q20BP 14.89
SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE 3" Q30BA 37.19 Q30BP 24.99
1" Q10WA $9.99 Q10WP $4.99 4" Q40BA 57.39
— —
11/4" Q12WA 11.29 Q12WP 5.29
11/2" Q15WA 11.89 Q15WP 5.69
2" Q20WA 12.39 Q20WP 6.89
Female With Hose Nipple
3" Q30WA 16.99 Q30WP 10.89 SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
—
3/4” — Q75WP 3.39 3/4” Q75CA $15.49 Q75CP $9.39
1" Q10C A 15.89 Q10CP 10.59
Replacement Gaskets 11/4" Q12C A 21.09 Q12CP 13.29
MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH 11/2" Q15C A 21.09 Q15CP 12.79
Q75G 3/4" $ .85 Q20G 2” $.80
2" Q20CA 23.29 Q20CP 14.89
Q10G 1" .75 Q30G 3” .95
3" Q30CA 34.19 Q30CP 25.19
Q12G 11/4" .80 Q40G 4” 2.29
4" Q40CA 51.29 Q40CP 28.69
Q15G 11/2" .85 Q60G 6” 2.79
6" Q60CA 119.99
— —

374 PLUMBING
ANSI Flanges/Bolt Sets/Rubber Sheet
ANSI FLANGES, VAN STONE STYLE GASKET & BOLT SETS

These ANSI flanges, Van Stone style, utilize two pieces with center socket loose Manufactured to ANSI specifications, these gasket & bolt sets are sized to fit
from the flange portion until tightened. Maximum 150 PSI. Gaskets and bolts the ANSI Flanges, Van Stone style, listed above. Each set includes one flange
are not included; see selection below for Gasket & Bolt Sets (sold separately). gasket, set of 4, 8 or 12 bolts, and set of 4, 8 or 12 nuts. Bolts are not stainless
steel. These sets are for flange-to-flange connections.
854010 854060
Note: Bolts are not
FLANGE SIZE SHIP WT RECOMMENDED 854010G stainless steel.
MODEL (ANSI DIA.) (LBS) EACH GASKET/BOLT SET
854010 1” 1 $8.99 854010G
854020 2” 2 12.69 854020G BOLT BOLT NO. OF FITS ANSI SHIP WT
854030 3” 3 21.59 854030G MODEL LENGTH DIA. BOLTS/NUTS FLANGE DIA. (LBS) EACH
854040 4” 4 27.29 854040G 854010G 2” ½” 4/4 1” 1 $12.29
854060 6” 5 42.99 854060G 854020G 3” ⅝” 4/4 2” 1 13.89
854080 8” 6 69.99 854080G 854030G 3” ⅝” 4/4 3” 1 22.79
854100 10” 8 90.59 854100G 854040G 3” ⅝” 8/8 4” 2 24.19
854120 12” 10 154.99 854200G 854060G 3½” ¾” 8/8 6” 3 25.69

854080G 3½” ¾” 8/8 8” 3 30.49
854100G 4” ⅞” 12/12 10” 3 36.79
854200G 4” ⅞” 12/12 12” 3 39.89
PLASTIC RUBBER SHEET

Good for most general purpose applications. This plastic rubber holds up well
to oil, water, abrasion and weather. When used for making gaskets, it conforms
to irregular flange joints and seals well under minimum bolt loads. Temp: -20 to
220°F. Tensile strength: 800 psi. Sheet is 36" wide and sold by the foot (buy one
foot and get 3 square feet).
MODEL THICKNESS COLOR EACH FOOT

RRB18 1/8" RED $15.09
CONNECT WITH US

PLUMBING 375
Pipe Cement & Tape/Cutters/Sealants
O-RING LUBRICANT TECH FAV THREAD SEALING TAPE

This nontoxic, PTFE-based, waterproof lubricant is for wet or dry environments. Used for copper, brass, steel, aluminum, galvanized, PVC and other plastic
White, light-bodied, with a temperature range from 0 to 425°F. It prevents rust pipe threads (not recommended for acrylic and plexiglass). Self lubricate joints
and is compatible with most metals, rubbers and plastics. USDA H1-rated to be for easy assembly. Withstands harsh temperatures from -250° to 500°F. PTFE
environmentally safe and corrosion free. Coat O-rings, gaskets and bearings never dries out. Meets Mil Spec T-27730A.
before reassembly. 5-oz tube.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH 4+
371 1/2”X520’ 1.79
AML $8.29 $7.46
Magic Lube® is a registered trademark of Aladdin Equipment Co., Inc.
PIPE CEMENT HAZMAT A SILICONE AQUARIUM SEALANT

Pipe cement takes 24 hours to cure. Contains no mildew/mold inhibitors
Most silicone sealants on the market should not be used in fish tanks. This one
MODEL EACH is fish safe for aquarium manufacture and tank repair (after 48-hour cure).
Adheres to clean glass, fiberglass, metal, painted surfaces, many plastics and
235 FLEX PVC PIPE CEMENT, 1/2 PT $10.49 rubbers and nonoily woods. Service range is -60 to 400°F (-51 to 204°C). Meets
US Fed. Specs TT-S-001543A, 00230C, Type II. Large size fits standard caulking
guns. One-year shelf life.
MODEL EACH
SIL1B BLACK, 2.8 OZ $9.79
SIL2B BLACK, 10.3 OZ 17.99
SIL1C CLEAR, 2.8 OZ 9.99
PVC JOINT WELDS (APPROX. CEMENT USAGE) SIL2C CLEAR, 10.3 OZ 18.59
ALLOW TWO JOINTS FOR EACH COUPLING, THREE JOINTS FOR EACH TEE, ETC.
1/2” 3/4” 1” 11/4” 11/2” 2” 21/2” 3” 4”
Per Pint 130 80 70 50 35 20 17 15 10
PVC PIPE CUTTERS SIL1B

Professional PVC pipe cutters are designed for quick, clean cuts of PVC,
polyethylene pipe and hose. The hooked jaw holds pipe in cutting position.
Blades are made of a special alloy steel. Blades, ratchet and spring have
a rust-resistant finish.
SIL2B
Joint Compounds
KT8A SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH Warning: Many general-use pipe joint compounds contain substances that can cause
KT5A PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 11/4” 2 $25.49 stress cracking in PVC parts. We suggest using PTFE tape (371) on threaded PVC
parts. Do not overtighten threaded PVC parts! One or two turns beyond fingertight is
KT8A PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 2” 12 54.39 generally all that is required to make a sound PVC threaded connection.
KTR5A REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR KT5A 1 10.99 Unnecessary overtightening may cause damage to both pipe and fitting at some
KT5ASP REPLACEMENT SPRING KIT FOR KT5A 1 1.99 future time.
KT8ARK REPAIR KIT FOR KT8A 2 16.59

376 PLUMBING
Water Hose/Nozzles
PREMIUM DUTY WATER HOSE COMFORT GRIP NOZZLE TECH FAV

Gilmour Flexogen® water hose has a robust double • Molded-on vinyl grip is cushioned.
polyester cord reinforcement and highburst-strength • Male hose threaded front for attaching accessories.
construction up to 500 PSI. The Flexogen Advantage
construction provides superior flexibility and • Solid brass valve stem with adjusting nut.
all-weather performance with a protective collar to • Hold-open clip for continuous spraying.
resist kinks at the faucet and crush-resistant • Stainless steel spring.
heavy-duty metal couplings with O-rings for a
durable and tight seal. Lifetime Warranty. • Heavy-duty, full-size, diecast zinc body.
SHIP WT MODEL EACH 4+

MODEL LENGTH DIA. (LBS) EACH
NZ93 $7.89 $7.10
H10050 50’ 5/8” 8 $40.89
H10075 75’ 5/8” 12 59.59
H10100 100’ 5/8” 16 77.29 LIFETIME WARRANTY
Gilmour® and Flexogen® are a registered trademark of Fiskars OYJ ABP Public
Limited Co.
SALTWATER NOZZLE STAINLESS STEEL WATER NOZZLES
This nozzle is specially designed to resist the Heavy-Duty stainless steel nozzle with rear trigger. Stainless steel coupling
corrosion caused by salt water. The durable and tip for the ultimate in corrosion resistance, impact resistance, durability
polymer body includes an internal spring and quality. Slip-resistant and ergonomic design. Adjustable water flow for
mechanism of stainless steel. Leakproof and improved control. Hold open clip for continuous spray. Pattern nozzle has spray
threaded at both ends. patterns that include clean, soft wash, jet, flower, sweep, garden, rinse, and
shrub. Adjustable tip nozzle alters the water stream from jet to wide stream.
MODEL EACH 4+ Lifetime Warranty.
SHIP WT
NZ474 $4.39 $3.95 MODEL NOZZLE TYPE (LBS) EACH
N400GWR SPRAY PATTERN 0.8 $16.79
N400GCR ADJUSTABLE TIP 0.9 15.69
HOT WATER/HIGH PRESSURE

WATER NOZZLE
This industrial spray nozzle is designed to handle
the toughest cleaning jobs. With heavy-duty
construction and insulating soft-grip over-molds, it
is designed for hot water use and/or high
pressure levels. Heavy duty die-cast zinc with
brass spray tip. Handles up to 200 PSI. Ergonomic
curved shape for comfort during use. Adjustable tip N400GWR LIFETIME WARRANTY N400GCR
alters the water stream.
SHIP WT
MODEL NOZZLE TYPE (LBS) EACH
N50500GP ADJUSTABLE TIP 0.6 $8.89
JET SPRAY BRASS NOZZLE POLYPROPYLENE DELIVERY NOZZLE

This solid-stream, brass jet nozzle is ideal for Want an easy way to fill up water tanks? This handy
walkways, sidewalks and driveways. delivery nozzle is excellent for delivering fresh
or salt water to jugs, tanks and other containers
MODEL EACH 4+ in labs, hatcheries and even aquarium stores.
NZ23 $3.69 $3.32 Nozzle body is polypropylene, lever is stainless
steel. 1” FNPT inlet.
MODEL EACH
NZ35 $59.29
ADJUSTABLE BRASS NOZZLE

Made of heavy solid brass, this rugged nozzle
is fully adjustable from fine mist to full stream.
It features a self-rising stem and is designed to
last a lifetime.
MODEL EACH
NZ22 $8.89

PLUMBING 377
Garden Hose Accessories
GARDEN HOSE MENDER AND COUPLINGS GARDEN HOSE ACCESSORIES

Premium nylon construction for maximum strength and durability. MODEL EACH 12+
Impact resistant clamp design. Noncorroding, high-grade, stainless steel
screws will not strip when tightened. Reusable and leakproof. For garden 3110-AQ PLASTIC HOSE SHUT-OFF $2.09 $1.88
hose and vinyl tubing with I.D.
3194 PLASTIC HOSE END CAP, 2/PK .70 .63
3150 PLASTIC "Y" CONNECTOR W/SHUT-OFF 3.59 3.23
TVW 76# WASHERS, 100/PK 6.99 —
HM22
HM46
HM34 3194
3110-AQ
MODEL HOSE I.D. EACH
HM22 HOSE MENDER 5/8", 3/4" $2.89
3150
HM34 FEMALE COUPLING 5/8", 3/4" 1.79
HM35 FEMALE COUPLING 7/16", 1/2", 9/16" 1.79
HM46 MALE COUPLING 5/8", 3/4" 1.59
HM47 MALE COUPLING 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16” 1.59
GARDEN HOSE ADAPTERS

These natural nylon adapters convert garden hose thread (GHT) to standard
national pipe thread (NPT) or to barb fittings. NPT is used with most PVC fittings.
NPT
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT
GHT NPT MODEL EACH 10+ MODEL EACH 10+
MALE MALE GH2A $1.29 $1.16 GH2B $1.29 $1.16 GHT
FEMALE MALE — — — GH3B 1.49 1.34
MALE FEMALE GH4A 1.49 1.34 GH4B 1.49 1.34 GH2A GH3B GH4A GH6
MODEL GHT BARB EACH 10+

GH5 MALE 1/4” $1.19 $1.07
GH6 MALE 3/8” 1.19 1.07


378 SECTION
NETS
PRODUCTS
379 Fish Traps/Bags/Basket
380 Plastic Mesh
381 Wire Mesh
382 Cage Equipment
383 Brine Shrimp/Aquarium
384 Dip/Bucket/Stand
385 Koi
386 Fingerling/Harvesting/Landing
387 Monorail
389 Seines/Net Mending Tools
390 Floats/Cast Nets/Netting

SECTION
NETS 379
379
ProductsFish
/ Products
Traps/Bags/Basket
/ Products
FISH TRAP, PLASTIC

This trap has a longer life than comparable metal traps in alkaline, brackish
and salt water because it is all plastic with no sharp edges. The two halves
hinge together. 7/8" (22 mm) diameter entrance hole.
DIAMETER
MODEL (WIDEST) LENGTH MESH EACH 12+
MT1 FISH TRAP (FOR MINNOW-SIZED FISH) 9” 17” 3/16” $9.69 $8.72
FISH TRAP, GALVANIZED WITH VINYL COATING

Similar to our galvanized MT2-AQ fish traps, the Minnow-Napper features a vinyl
coating. Optional extender extends the total length of the trap to 31".
DIAMETER
MT13E
MODEL (WIDEST) LENGTH MESH EACH
MT13 MINNOW-NAPPER 9” 16” 1/4” $13.59 $12.23/6+
MT13E OPTIONAL EXTENDER 9” 15” 1/4” 13.59 12.23/4+
MT13
FISH TRAPS, GALVANIZED

These fish traps have a 7/8" (22 mm) diameter entrance hole. The MT2-AQ
traps minnow size fish and the MT28 is for smaller fish.
The MT21 has a removable 15" center piece, making it ideal for large
minnows and eels. The crawfish trap (MT22) is similar to our MT2-AQ
minnow traps; however, the entrance hole is enlarged to 21/4" diameter. MT28
The minnow keeper (MT23) is a small cage that is similar in design to the
MT2-AQ; however, it has flat ends to keep aquatic animals in their
environment. Ship weight is 2 lbs each.
DIAMETER
MODEL WIDEST LENGTH MESH EACH MT21
MT28 FISH TRAP (FOR SMALLER-SIZED FISH) 9” 16” 1/8” $34.49 $31.04/6+
MT2-AQ FISH TRAP (FOR MINNOW-SIZED FISH) 9” 16” 1/4” 16.39 14.75/6+
MT21 EEL TRAP (FOR LARGE MINNOWS & EELS) 9” 31” 1/4” 26.99 24.29/4+
MT22 CRAWFISH TRAP 9” 31” 1/4” 27.09 24.38/4+ MT23
MT23 MINNOW KEEPER 9” 31” 1/4” 26.99 24.29/4+
SPAT BAGS
These bags are very commonly used for collecting scallop larvae and as
oyster nursery bags. They have knitted polyethylene mesh with a drawstring.
SCB4 is used in heavy fouling conditions.
MODEL MESH (MM) LENGTH WIDTH EACH 12+

SCB1 0.75 31½” 15¾” $6.79 $6.45
SCB3
SCB2 1.5 31½” 15¾” 4.79 4.55
SCB3 3.0 31½” 15¾” 4.39 4.17
SCB4
SCB4 2 X 7 31½” 15¾” 3.69 3.51
FISH BASKET
This durable basket has multiple aquaculture applications. Its thicker bottom
(with drain holes), tapered form and molded-in handles give it superior strength
and durability. Rated at 40 lbs (18 kg) carrying strength but will physically hold
75–80 lbs when stationary. Nestable. Ships Oversize with up to 10 baskets in
one carton.
DIAMETER SHIP WT
MODEL (TOP) HEIGHT HOLE DIAMETER (LBS) EACH
FBK3 19” 17” 3/4” 3.5 $26.19

380
380 NETS
SECTION
ProductsMesh/C-Ring
Plastic / Products /Pliers
Products
PLASTIC MESH
High-quality, extruded plastic netting is offered in both square and diamond
configurations for a wide variety of aquaculture applications. Made from
a pliable, yet durable semirigid polyethylene that is great for outdoor use.
All screening is nontoxic.
This netting is characterized by a smooth surface and heavy-duty construction.
The surface minimizes algae growth, making cleaning easier and less
frequent. The products are made with more weight than many competitive
netting products, providing for greater durability and longer life. And the
material is produced to high quality standards for consistency, uniformity
and flatness—making fabrication into cages, traps and trays all the easier.
Sold by the roll. N1130 N1670 N1170
MESH WIDTH X MESH MESH WEIGHT

MODEL SIZE LENGTH SHAPE OPENING* PER ROLL EACH
N1130 1/8” 36” X 50’ DIAMOND 5/32” (4.0 MM) 6 LBS $84.79
N1670 1/8" 48" X 50' SQUARE 5/32" (4.0MM) 10.5 LBS 88.69
N1170 1/4" 48" X 50' SQUARE 5/32" (4.0 MM) 20 LBS 145.69
N1020 1/2" 48" X 50' SQUARE 7/32" (14 MM) 22 LBS 186.69
N0350 3/4" 48" X 50' SQUARE 15/16" (24 MM) 19 LBS 157.09
N1133 11/4" 48" X 50' DIAMOND 15/16" (24 MM) 27 LBS 163.59
N1020 N0350
*The mesh opening refers to the widest space across the opening.
"C" RING PLIERS AND FASTENERS

Stainless steel "C" rings are used with the coated wire mesh to make traps
and cages. You may also find many other uses around the farm for this item.
These pliers can be used with both the 3/8" and 1/2" rings.
WWP "C" RING PLIERS 0.6 $23.99
WWP
WWF1 3/8" RING (850 COUNT) 1 12.59
WWF1 WWF2 1/2" RING (750 COUNT) 1 12.59

• Facility Tours

SECTION
NETS 381
381
Products
Wire Mesh/Hog
/ Products Ring
/ Products
Pliers
GALVANIZED WIRE MESH, PLASTIC-COATED

Use this PVC-coated wire so you won't have to build another cage for a long time. For a strong and
long-lasting cage, trap or net material, you won't find a finer product. The smooth, fuse-bonded PVC
coating adheres tightly to the galvanized steel wire, providing durable strength and corrosion
resistance. We offer the most popular size of high-tensile strength wire material. Gauges measured
before plastic coating (other widths and sizes are available, please call). Must be shipped via motor
freight. FOB manufacturer. Sold by the roll.
MODEL MESH SIZE WIDTH X LENGTH GAUGE SHIP WT (LBS) EACH

WW8 1/2" X 1/2" 4’X100’ 16 260 $765.69
WW13
WW13 1/2" X 1" 4’X100’ 16 185 643.59
Note: Be aware that most plastics absorb moisture WW14 1" X 1" 4’X100’ 16 124 448.79
over time, weakening them in submerged applications. WW16 1" HEX 4’X150’ 20 78 273.59
HOG RING PLIERS

Ideal for fastening netting and making fish cages fast. The pliers use a
feeder spring to load each staple one at a time. Rings are 16 gauge stainless
steel, have a closure range of 5/16" to 3/8".
MODEL EACH
BF128 HOG RING PLIERS $75.59
BF129 5/8”STAINLESS STEEL RING PACK (2500 COUNT) 67.19
Closed BF129
BF128
TECH TALK 107
Getting Started in Aquaculture

How Do I Get into the Aquaculture Business?
By coming up with a business plan that can't fail and having a lot of money, skill, patience and
energy. As you know, most new businesses don't make it. Aquaculture businesses are especially
difficult because of the slim margins, burdensome government regulations, lengthy start-up
time, live animal constraints, diseases, power outages, unreliable vendors and fluctuating
market prices.
A beginner in aquaculture must first learn as much as possible about the needs of the species
to be cultured. Use books, videos, publications, extension agents, schools and especially other
people in the same business. Only if you think of a way to make a lot of money should you go to
the next step, which is doing a detailed business plan. After you have included everything you
can think of, have the plan carefully scrutinized by a minimum of three businessmen who are Various species can be grown for profit.
knowledgeable in that type of business. Do not dismiss their objections!
Here are some things to address in your business plan specific to aquaculture:
• L ack of funding is the number one cause of business failure. This applies
to aquaculture.
• T ime and expense to meet government regulations before even beginning.
• S ite selection. Don't try to make a bad location work.
• Include cost for crop insurance, if available.
• C onsider starting small, even at the hobby level, to learn all husbandry aspects, growth rates,
costs, etc., and to get a feel for marketing.
• C onsider niche businesses that do not sell product at commodity prices but rather specialty
or value-added products at higher prices.
If you do come up with a plan that shows the business can be highly profitable, you can only
proceed if you will have enough money to operate the business with zero income until after the
first successful crop has been sold and paid for … and that could be a long time.
This is not a pessimistic view of the aquaculture business but rather a realistic one. Don't become
a statistic; only start a for-profit business if your business plan is rock solid and you really love An example of a small commercial hatchery.
the business. Please see the Index for our complete selection of fish farming products.

382
382 SECTION
NETS
Products
Cage Equipment
FISH CAGES
If you need cages for fish inspection, introducing small fish into a pond with larger fish or to keep
different sizes of fish separated, try these. Made of 1/4" polyester netting with a 3/4" PVC top frame,
floating lid and aluminum bottom frame.
MODEL L X W X H SHIP WT (LBS) EACH

C23 2' X 3' X 2' 10 115.29
C33 3' X 3' X 2' 15 130.59
C43 4' X 3' X 2' 20 146.39
CAGE FITTINGS, PVC

Special, hard-to-find PVC fittings for the
construction of floating cages, framework, etc.
Use inner caps to seal off air-filled sections from
water-filled sections. Available in 1/2", 1", 11/4" and INNER CAP
11/2" sizes. Three-way, 4-way and 5-way cross
compatible with standard Schedule 40 PVC Make your own
and Schedule 160 PVC. Inner caps compatible cage frame!
with Schedule 40 PVC pipe and all fittings. Head
of cap fits inside fittings. Skirt of cap fits inside
Schedule 40 pipe. UV-resistant.
Inner Cap 4-Way "L" 3-WAY

MODEL SIZE EACH 25+ MODEL SIZE EACH 25+
PPF15 1/2" $.90 $.86 PPF17 1/2" $1.39 $1.32
PPF4 1" .85 .81 PPF10 1" 2.39 2.27
PPF5 11/4" .90 .86 PPF11 11/4" 2.59 2.46
PPF6 11/2" 1.09 1.04 PPF12 11/2" 3.49 3.32
4-WAY
3-Way 5-Way Cross
MODEL SIZE EACH 25+ MODEL SIZE EACH 25+
PPF16 1/2" $1.19 $1.13 PPF13A 1" $2.99 $2.84
PPF7 1" 2.29 2.18 PPF14 11/2"* 5.49 5.22
PPF8 11/4" 2.59 2.46 *11/4" cross with 11/2" in center socket.
PPF9 11/2" 3.09 2.94
5-WAY
FISH NET BOXES

These net boxes are perfect for holding fish prior to shipping, during
spawning or any time fish need to be separated. They are made of ace
mesh netting with an open top. Custom sizes are available in 12+ quantity.
PVC pipe and fittings not included.
MESH
MODEL SIZE L X W X H EACH
NB4228 1/8" 4' X 2' X 2' $49.29
NB4428 1/8" 4' X 4' X 2' 67.29
NB4448 1/8" 4' X 4' X 4' 92.59
NB4224 1/4" 4' X 2' X 2' 46.49
NB4444 1/4" 4' X 4' X 4' 83.59
NB4844 1/4" 4' X 8' X 4' 123.69
NB4228
PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS NOT INCLUDED.

SECTION
NETS 383
BrineProducts
Shrimp/Aquarium/Heavy-Duty
BRINE SHRIMP NET

Made of a fine, nylon mesh (including stitching) and a vinyl-coated wire handle.
MODEL FRAME SIZE HANDLE LENGTH MESH SIZE EACH

BSN1 4” X 3” 93/4” 350 MICRON $2.49
AQUARIUM NETS, ECONOMICAL

Here are some low-cost nets that are excellent for handling small fish.
Their handles are plastic-coated wire. Colors vary for net and handle.
FRAME OVERALL MESH BAG

MODEL SIZE LENGTH SIZE DEPTH EACH
AN4 3" X 4" 131/2” 1/16” 45/8" $1.39
AN5 4" X 5" 141/4” 1/16” 51/2" 1.59
AN6 5" X 6" 163/4” 1/16” 6" 1.79
AN8 6" X 8" 17 3/4” 1/16” 71/4" 3.79
AN10 7" X 10" 201/2” 1/16” 91/4" 4.89
AQUARIUM NETS, HEAVY-DUTY

These nets are so strong you can use them to scoop and lift wet gravel,
plants, rocks and coral. The soft, seamless mesh is gentle to fish
and molded into a rugged, 1/4"-thick ABS plastic frame that won't bend or
scratch the tank. 1/8" stainless steel shaft. Nets can be boiled or bleached
for sterilization.
FRAME HANDLE MESH BAG

MODEL SIZE LENGTH SIZE DEPTH EACH
NET10 2” X 41/4” 3” 1/16” 2” $2.79
NET275 33/4” X 41/2” 3” 1/16” 3” 2.79
NET90 71/2” X 61/4” 3” 1/16” 3” 3.29
NETS, COMMERCIAL-DUTY
These durable nets can withstand constant use in commercial applications.
These aquaculture-duty nets are tough and long-lasting. Stainless steel
F8103
frames and handles.
MODEL FRAME SIZE HANDLE LENGTH MESH SIZE EACH

F8102 8” X 10” 12” 1/16” $45.89
F8103 8” X 10” 12” 1/8” 45.89
F46
F10121 10” X 12” 12” 1/16” 48.79
F10122 10” X 12” 12” 1/8” 48.79
F12162 12” X 16” 12” 1/8” 59.79
F12163 12” X 16” 12” 3/16” 64.89
F15212 15” X 21” 12” 1/4” 90.09
F8102
F46 4” X 6” 12” BRINE SHRIMP 36.29
F8101 8” X 10” 12” BRINE SHRIMP 53.29

384
384 SECTION
NETS
Dip/Bucket/Stand
SOLID BOTTOM DIP NET

This deep bag fish net features a vinyl bottom that holds water. It is an
excellent net for moving endangered fish or specialty fish you don't want
the net to touch. A stainless steel frame and handle ensures the net will last
for years. Heavy-duty knotless mesh sides.
FRAME HANDLE BAG SHIP WT
MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH
NT101 10”X10” 12” 1/8” 12” 5 $114.39
BUCKET NET
This high-quality net is designed to be set onto a 5-gallon bucket for
transferring fish. The net is made with a stainless steel frame. Heavy knotless
netting is gentle on fish. Net will last for years.
FRAME BAG SHIP WT
MODEL SIZE MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH
NT102 11” DIA. 1/4” 11” 3 $78.79
BIG FISH NET

This net has exaggerated width and depth to allow secure handling of large
fish. 1-1/4” dia. aluminum handle. Netting is square mesh, heavy nylon,
treated with green Net Guard preservative. A connecting block allows the
handle to slide into the net frame for storage. Ships Ground in 2 boxes, one
Oversize at the 70-lb rate, one with over 60" charge. So four ship for the same
price as one.
FN36 36” X 37” 72” 1½” 52” 2.5 $70.49
NET STAND NET SOAK®

This all-plastic storage stand is better than wood, This net soaking compound will keep net fabric soft,
unaffected by water and easy to clean. It is sturdy, resulting in less stress on the fish. Concentrated:
lightweight and requires minimal floor space. Stand use 2 oz for 10 gallons of water (1.5 mL per liter).
holds up to 24 nets with handles up to 13/8" in
diameter.

SHIP WT MODEL EACH
MODEL L W H (LBS) EACH
NS128 1 GAL $78.39
N0071 18” 18” 18” 7.5 $39.29
Net Soak® is a registered trademark of United Pet Group, Inc.

SECTION
NETS 385
385
Koi
ECONOMICAL KOI NETS WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLES

KO50A These koi nets are good-quality, lightweight nets at an economical price.
The two-piece, aluminum telescoping handle comes with a soft, black mesh
net. The long-reach handles are perfect for herding and catching fish up to 3
feet. These are lighter-duty versions of our KO8 Deluxe Koi Net with
Telescopic Handle.
FRAME NET HANDLE SHIP WT

MODEL SIZE DEPTH MESH LENGTH DIAMETER (LBS) EACH
KO30A 11” DIA. 8” 3/25” 31-62” 1” 1.0 $22.49
KO50A 20” DIA. 16” 3/25” 31-62” 1” 1.2 $25.59
KO30A
SMALL KOI NET KOI DELUXE KOI NET WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLE KOI
This small net is designed for catching small- to medium-size koi and goldfish. This net has polyester mesh coated to resist barb penetration and scaling.
Measures 11.5" across end, 12" from end to handle; has 13" long aluminum Shallow bag depth allows easy access. A net guard surrounds the aluminum
handle with rubberized grip. 6" bag depth, 1/8" soft black mesh. 2" rope loop for frame to prevent fish abrasion. Telescopic aluminum handle (included).
hanging on end of handle. Skimmer net has micron netting with extra deep bag. FRAME HANDLE BAG SHIP WT
FRAME HANDLE BAG SHIP WT MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH
K08 25” DIA. 4-8’ 3/8” 6” 4 $123.89
PT811 12”X12”111/2” 13” 1/8” 6” 0.3 $12.79
KOI SOCK NETS KOI

Sock nets are a "must have" net for koi keepers. We have both the net
and water-holding socks. Each has an aluminum frame and wooden
handle. The KS45 has a very fine mesh that will allow water to pass through.
The KS44 is a much tighter weave, very soft and will not pass water quickly
(not watertight). After netting the fish, pinch the mesh end closed and the
fish are held within a sock of water, which is much easier on them.
FRAME HANDLE SOCK SHIP WT KS44

MODEL SIZE LENGTH LENGTH (LBS) EACH
KS44 12” DIA. 12” 40” 1 $44.99 KS45
KS45 12” DIA. 12” 40” 2.5 44.99
TECH TALK 16
Fish Metabolism
We refer to fish as being “cold blooded”, that doesn’t mean they don’t give off heat. There is
‘heat of metabolism’, or heat that is generated as fish metabolize feed in a system. It works
as follows:
• 1 00 pounds of fish fed @ 5 percent of weight per day.
• 5 pounds of feed x 700 kcal/lb feed = 3,500 kcal/day.
• 3 ,500 kcal/day = heat that would raise a 400-gallon culture tank’s temperature (perfectly
insulated) 2–3°C.
This explains how fish metabolism, together with pumps, lights, etc., is responsible for raising
the temperature.

386386 SECTION
NETSSECTION
Fingerling/Harvesting/Landing
FRY, FINGERLING AND BAIT NETS

These nets are excellent for handling small fish. Each net has an all-wood handle (great for cold
weather) with a heavy-duty, galvanized steel frame. Steel net guards are standard on the front of each
(except the skimming net DN29). All mesh is knotless nylon. Replacement bags are not available.
DN22
HEAVY-DUTY HARVESTING NETS

These nets are heavy nets for heavy loads. They'll carry up to 100 lbs! A hand grip at the frame throat
makes lifting heavy loads easier. DN11 and DN12 are generally preferred for catfish and DN13 for fish
with scales. Painted steel frame with galvanized steel handles. The nets ship Oversize at the 30-lb rate, so
four can ship for the same price as one.
DN28
LANDING NET
Excellent for landing fish at fee fishing operations. 1-1/8” diameter aluminum handle. Shipped in two boxes.
DN29
DN11 DN12 DN13
DN36
SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL FRAME SIZE HANDLE MESH BAG DEPTH (LBS) EACH
FRY, FINGERLING, AND BAIT NET

DN21 16" X 12" 20” WOOD 1/4" 7” 2 $32.59 $29.33/4+
DN22 16" X 12" 20” WOOD 1/8" 7” 2 34.29 30.86/4+
DN23 16" X 12" 20” WOOD 1/4" 12” 2 35.89 32.30/4+
DN24 16" X 12" 20” WOOD 1/8" 12” 2 37.89 34.10/4+
DN25 16" X 12" 35” WOOD 1/8" 7” 2 35.79 32.21/4+
DN26 16" X 12" 35” WOOD 1/4" 7” 2 33.89 30.50/4+
DN27 16" X 12" 35” WOOD 1/8" 12” 2 41.69 37.52/4+
DN28 16" X 12" 35” WOOD 1/4" 12” 2 39.59 35.63/4+
DN29 16" X 12" 35” WOOD 1/8" FLAT 2 32.09 28.88/4+
HEAVY-DUTY HARVESTING NETS

DN11* 22" X 18" 42” STEEL 1" #42 POLY W/KNOTS 24” 8 103.59 93.23/3+
DN12* 19" X 15" 31” STEEL 1/4" DIPPED KNOTLESS 12” 5 86.99 78.29/3+
DN13* 19" X 15" 31” STEEL 1/4" KNOTLESS 12” 5 86.99 78.29/3+
DN11R REPLACEMENT BAGS FITS MODEL DN11 — — — — 25.39 —
LANDING NET
DN36* 22” X 17” 72” ALUMINUM 1/2” 24” 6 60.69 54.62/4+
*Oversize, Exposed: ships @ 30-lb rate when applicable.
Plankton Nets can be found on Pg. 397

SECTION
NETS 387
387
Monorail
MONORAIL NETS WITH ALUMINUM HANDLES

These nets do not need any edge protection because their unique monorail FRAME HANDLE BAG SHIP WT
frame is a natural guard. The frame is made of lightweight, yet strong, MODEL SIZE LENGTH DEPTH MESH (LBS) EACH 4+
extruded aluminum. Bag replacement is simple. These nets have 1"
DN35M 9" X 6" 18" 4" 1/32” 2 $19.59 $17.63
aluminum handles (also see nets w/fiberglass handles). Nets with 36"
handles and larger ship Oversize/Exposed and up to six nets can be DN35A 9" X 6" 18" 4" 1/8” 2 18.89 17.00
packaged together to save shipping costs. DN35 9" X 6" 18" 4" 1/4” 2 15.99 14.39
Note: MH516P and MH54P have the same dimensions as MH516 and MH54
DN36M 9" X 6" 36" 4" 1/32” 2 18.99 17.09
but have pool quick connects to fit pool style handles.
DN36A 9" X 6" 36" 4" 1/8” 2 20.69 18.62
DN36C 9" X 6" 36" 4" 1/4” 2 21.79 19.61
MH516 9" X 6" 18" 6" 1/8” 2 23.09 20.78
MH516P 9" X 6" 36" 6" 1/8” 2 25.69 23.12
MH54 9" X 6" 18" 6" 1/4” 2 23.09 20.78
MH54P 9" X 6" 36" 6" 1/4” 2 25.59 23.03
DN35
Replacement bags DN34 12" X 13" 18” 3" 1/4” 2 23.49 21.14
available, see page 388. DN34B 12" X 13" 18" 3" 1/2” 2 28.19 25.37
DN34ML 12" X 13" 60" 3" 1/32” 3+1* 24.39 21.95
DN34AL 12" X 13" 60" 3" 1/8” 3+1* 26.49 23.84
DN34L 12" X 13" 60" 3" 1/4” 3+1* 25.49 22.94
DN34BL 12" X 13" 60" 3" 1/2” 3+1* 32.19 28.97
DN34A 12" X 13" 18" 3" 1/8” 2 22.99 20.69
DN34M 12" X 13" 18" 3" 1/32” 2 21.19 19.07
DN31M 16" X 16" 18" 6" 1/32” 2+1 23.49 21.14
MH516 DN31A 16" X 16" 18" 6" 1/8” 2+1 27.49 24.74
DN31 16" X 16" 18" 6" 1/4” 2+1 24.19 21.77
DN31D 16" X 16" 18" 12" 1/4” 2+1 26.99 24.29
DN31B 16" X 16" 18" 6" 1/2” 2+1 32.29 29.06
DN32M 16" X 16" 36" 6" 1/32” 2+2 27.09 24.38
DN32A 16" X 16" 36" 6" 1/8” 2+2 28.79 25.91
DN32 16" X 16" 36" 6" 1/4” 2+2 23.49 21.14
DN32B 16" X 16" 36" 6" 1/2” 2+2 34.49 31.04
DN33M 16" X 16" 60" 6" 1/32” 2+3* 28.79 25.91
DN33A 16" X 16" 60" 6" 1/8” 2+3* 30.69 27.62
DN33D 16" X 16" 60" 12" 1/4” 2+3 * 28.69 25.82
DN34
DN33B 16" X 16" 60" 6" 1/2” 2+3* 37.29 33.56
DN32ML 16" X 16" 36" 12" 1/32” 2+2 28.79 25.91
DN32AL 16" X 16" 36" 12" 1/8” 2+2 30.69 27.62
DN32D 16" X 16" 36" 12" 1/4” 2+2 26.49 23.84
DN33AL DN32BL 16" X 16" 36" 12" 1/2” 2+2 36.19 32.57
DN33ML 16" X 16" 60" 12" 1/32” 4* 30.69 27.62
DN33AL 16" X 16" 60" 12" 1/8” 4* 32.59 29.33
DN33 16" X 16" 60" 6" 1/4” 4* 26.89 24.20
DN33BL 16" X 16" 60" 12" 1/2” 4* 36.19 32.57
REPLACEMENT PARTS
AK-2 ONE PIECE HANDLE, 24” 8.39 —
AK-3 ONE PIECE HANDLE, 36” 9.39 —
One Piece Handle BD1HOOP AK-5 ONE PIECE HANDLE, 60” 12.29 —
FH48 TELESCOPING HANDLE, 48”–84” 21.79 —
BD1HOOP HOOP, 16” X 16” 7.79 —
*Additional shipping charge when applicable.

Telescoping Handle

388 NETS
SECTION
Monorail/Replacement Bags
MONORAIL NETS WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLES

These nets feature 1" diameter fiberglass handles. They are popular with
Fish and Game Commissions, hatcheries and universities. Handles are
capped on the net end and have a 5" foam grip on the other. Handles are
easily removed with a pushbutton. Replacement bags available below.
MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH 4+ CB-1
DN32F 16” X 16” 36” 1/4” 6” 2+2 $35.49 $31.94
DN32DF 16” X 16” 36” 1/4” 12” 2+2 36.39 32.75
DN32F
DN33F 16” X 16” 60” 1/4” 6” 2+3* 41.39 37.25
DN33DF 16” X 16” 60” 1/4” 12” 2+3* 42.49 38.24
FK-5 60” HANDLE 26.36 23.75
CB-1 FRAME ADAPTER 8.39 7.55
*Additional $5.00 shipping charge when applicable.
MONORAIL NETS, TANGLE-FREE

These monorail nets are coated to eliminate hang-ups of fish
barbs. The nets are not replaceable, but the coating will increase
net life dramatically.

MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH 4+
NT12
NT12 12” X 13” 18” 3/16” 3” 2 $34.09 $30.68
NT16 16” X 16” 60” 3/16” 4” 4 38.19 34.37
MONORAIL NET
The Handler has Ace nylon mesh with aluminum handle and sponge end.
Well suited for handling most medium-size fish.

MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH 4+
KN164 16”X16” 4’ 1/4” 4” 2 $28.09 $25.28
THE MONORAIL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT BAGS FOR MONORAIL NETS

Features an extruded aluminum net frame which encases the net, guarding MODEL FRAME SIZE MESH BAG DEPTH EACH 6+
it from abrasion. It makes a smooth, strong, attractive net, and replacing
DN35MR 9" X 6" 1/32" 4" $8.29 $7.46
the net bag is simple. All nets are 100% nylon knotless weave, which reduces
abrasion to the fish. DN35AR 9" X 6" 1/8" 4" 8.29 7.46
DN35R 9" X 6" 1/4" 4" 8.59 7.73
Knotless MH54R 9" X 6" 1/4" 6" 12.89 11.60
MH516R 9" X 6" 1/8" 6" 12.89 11.60
Knotted DN34MR 12" X 13" 1/32" 3" 7.79 7.01
DN34AR 12" X 13" 1/8" 3" 7.79 7.01
DN34R 12" X 13" 1/4" 3" 8.19 7.37
DN34BR 12" X 13" 1/2" 3" 10.99 9.89
DN31MR 16" X 16" 1/32" 6" 11.29 10.16
DN31AR 16" X 16" 1/8" 6" 11.29 10.16
DN31R 16" X 16" 1/4" 6" 11.29 10.16
DN31BR 16" X 16" 1/2" 6" 13.99 12.59
DN32MLR 16" X 16" 1/32" 12" 12.49 11.24
DN32ALR 16" X 16" 1/8" 12" 12.49 11.24
DN31RD 16" X 16" 1/4" 12" 12.99 11.69
DN32BLR 16" X 16" 1/2" 12" 15.99 14.39

SECTION
NETS 389
389
Products / Products
Seines/Net / Products
Mending Tools
SEINES, SMALL
These small-mesh, commercial-grade seines are ideal for gathering fish in
tanks and small ponds. They are made of white knotless nylon. Complete with
sponge floats for top and weighted bottom line. Seine handles not included.
SHIP WT
MODEL H X L MESH SIZE MATERIAL (LBS) EACH
ML210 4’ X 10’ 3/16” NYLON 3 $69.99
ML520 6’ X 20’ 3/16” NYLON 6 175.99
SEINES, LIGHT-DUTY
These seines are made of square mesh nylon netting that travels through
the water easily. They are offered in mesh sizes small enough to net even
two-week-old koi fry (1/8"). Seines include floats and lead weighted bottoms.
SHIP WT
LDS1 8’ X 20’ ⅛” NYLON 5 $166.49
LDS2 8’ X 20’ ¼” NYLON 4 126.69
LDS3 8’ X 40’ ⅛” NYLON 12 347.69
LDS4 8’ X 40’ ¼” NYLON 8 240.99
SEINES, HEAVY-DUTY
These seines will stand up to the rigors of daily commercial use. Foam
floats are sewn on 12" centers along the 3/8" braided float line. A braided lead
line with internal leads (.16 lbs/ft), plus 4-oz external leads over the lead
line on 8" centers, holds nicely to the bottom. Knotless nylon mesh.
SHIP WT
HDS1 4’ X 10’ ⅛” NYLON 16 $203.69
HDS5 4’ X 10’ ⅜” NYLON 11.6 211.09
HDS2 7’ X 20’ ⅛” NYLON 25 475.89
HDS6 8’ X 20’ ⅜” NYLON 24 478.39
NET MENDING TOOLS

No. 12 nylon twine has 90-lb strength and No. 21 twine has 192-lb strength.
TW12 MODEL EACH
TW21 NO. 21 WHITE BRAIDED, 740'/LB $18.59/lb
TW12 NO. 12 WHITE BRAIDED, 1,900’/LB 20.69/lb
NT8 NT6 6” STEEL BENT NEEDLE 3.69
NT8 3/8” X 8” NYLON NEEDLE 4.19
NT6

390 SECTION
NETS
Floats/Nets
NET FLOATS
Rigid polyethylene floats are UV-resistant and extremely durable.
They are ideal for use with seines, nets and traps.
HOLE
MODEL L DIA. SIZE COLOR EACH
FT3X5B/W 5” 3” ½” BLUE/WHITE $2.59
FT5X9B/W 9” 5” ¾” BLUE/WHITE 4.69
FT3X5B/W
NET FLOATS
Made of ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), which offers high tensile
strength; durability; resistance to pressure, sunlight and abrasion;
buoyancy; and a much longer life expectancy than PVC net floats.
Each Evafloat has internal nylon grommets and will give years of worry-free
service as your seine float, rope barrier or marker buoy.
HOLE FLOATATION
MODEL L DIA. SIZE COLOR (OZ) EACH
NF4 5” 3½” ⅝” WHITE 17 $2.39
NF5 6” 311/16” ⅝” WHITE 23 2.59
NF6 5” 4⅜” 1” WHITE 32 4.99
NF4 NF6
CAST NETS
Monofilament cast nets are useful for sampling ponds and tanks and
are convenient for partial harvesting of fish as small as 4" long. These
economical nets come with a 20' long polyester rope. Mesh size is 3/8"
(9.6 mm) and stretches to 7/8" (23 mm).
SHIP WT
MODEL DIA (LBS) EACH
CN4 8' 4 $45.49
CN5 10' 5 55.49
CN4 CN7 14' 9 74.79
CN8 16' 10 93.89
NYLON NETTING, KNOTLESS

Ace mesh netting is strong, nonabrasive and will not scale the fish. It is ideal for
minnows, fry and other fish that are easily damaged.
This material is excellent for bait bags, dip nets, bait nets, holding pens or any
other application where a strong, soft, small mesh is required. Will not
rot or mildew, can be stored wet. The netting is 4' wide and sold by the running
yard (1 running yard = 12 sq.ft.).
MODEL MESH WIDTH LENGTH EACH 5+
NA2 1/8" 4’ 1 YD $9.09 $8.18
NA3 3/16" 4’ 1 YD 7.99 7.19 NA2 NA3 NA4
NA4 1/4" 4’ 1 YD 12.79 11.51

SECTION 391
FIELD SUPPLIES
PRODUCTS
392 Plant/Debris Removal
393 Measuring/Catheter Tubing/Fish Tags
394 Water Sampling
396 Water Flow & Depth Measurements
397 Plankton Sampling/Sieve Sets
398 Tracer Dye/Thermometers/Scanner/
Alarms
400 Outdoor Cases
401 Notebooks/Copier Paper/Pen
402 Rain Suits/Waders/Gloves

392 CLEANING
SECTION
FIELD SUPPLIES
Products
Siphon
Plant/Debris
Pump/Scrub
/ Products
RemovalPads
/ Products
WEED RAZORS
The Weed Razer® removes lake/pond weeds in minutes. With minimal
resistance, it will cut or shear almost any type of rooted aquatic vegetation like
milfoil, lily pads, pond weed and cattails. Give it a toss, let it sink, pull it in and
repeat. Made of galvanized steel with stainless steel blades. Two-part handle
for easy storage. Assembles in minutes (Weed Raze Pro comes preassembled).
Weed Razer® Pro is adjustable, providing 7 different length cutting paths.
Includes blade sharpener and weed deflector. Weed Razer ®Original includes
blade sharpener and weed deflector. Weed Razer® Express is light weight, cuts
in narrow places and includes a weed deflector.
• Able to cut in deep or shallow water, cutting at the base of the weeds
AWC62 AWC48
• Weed deflector prevents vegetation from getting stuck where the blades
meet the handle
CUTTING FLOATING HANDLE SHIP WT
MODEL PATH ROPE LENGTH (LBS) EACH
AWC30 WEED RAZER EXPRESS 30” 25’ 6’ 5” 8 $139.99
AWC48 WEED RAZER ORIGINAL 48” 25’ 6’ 5” 9 179.99
AWC62 WEED RAZER PRO 30” - 62” 25’ 6’ 5” 11 124.99
Weed Razer® is a registered trademark of Jenlis, Inc.
WEED RAKERS
The Weed Raker removes cut lake/pond weeds and floating debris such as water
hyacinth, bladderwort, salvinia, water lettuce, etc. It will dig and pull the stems
and roots of your lake and pond weeds thereby slowing or eliminating their
re-growth. The head can be filled with weighted material (ie. gravel) to sink it
quicker or to increase the weight when it’s used to groom the bottom. Four
section, aluminium handle with floating rope. Features 12 pairs of flexible
composite tine (teeth) that won’t get locked in heavy roots. AWR23
• Light weight –toss & pull weeds in from 55’ away
• Tines are designed to slide into the head channel; no nuts & bolts required
The Beach Rake can be used in water and on land. 4-section, aluminium handle,
floating rope and float attach to the rake head. On land, clears beach debris,
grooms sand, spreads landscape rock and wood chips. In water, removes
floating vegetation and algae, decaying organic matter from lake and pond
bottom, and roots up weeds.
HEAD HANDLE TINE FLOATING SHIP WT
MODEL WIDTH LENGTH LENGTH ROPE (LBS) EACH AWR22
AWR22 WEED RAKER 37” 11’ 8” 43’ 12 $124.99
AWR23 BEACH RAKE 36” 11’ 3” 25’ 7 115.49
AWR22T REPLACEMENT TINE (1/PK) FOR AWR22 5.29
AWR22TC REPLACEMENT TINE (12/PK) FOR AWR22 56.69
WEED RAKE
This aquatic weed rake is equipped with a foam float that’s easily removable if
you need to pull in floating weeds or rake the bottom. Comes with a two-piece
handle and floating poly rope.
HEAD HANDLE TINE FLOATING SHIP WT

MODEL WIDTH LENGTH LENGTH ROPE (LBS) EACH
AWR1 36" 5½ - 10' 3" 20' 10 $138.99
PARACHUTE SKIMMER
The Parachute Skimmer™ cleans a 5’ swath of pond/lake surface and
subsurface using a PVC coated mesh screen to capture everything in its path.
As the skimmer is pulled from the water, the net closes catching the debris.
Use large-screen model (1/4” mesh) for trash, algae and larger debris and
micro-screen model for duckweed, watermeal and smaller vegetation.
Includes closed cell foam float and 24’ nylon throw rope. 5’ wide x 2.5’ deep.
Approved for use by the Florida DEP.
MODEL EACH
PS51 LARGE SCREEN $156.49
PS51
PS52 MICRO SCREEN 156.49

FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 393
393
Measuring/Catheter
Products / Products
Tubing/Fish
/ Products
Tags
FISH MEASURING BOARD

This economical board is easy on the fish and easy to use. Made entirely
of ABS plastic with permanent markings in inches with 1/10" divisions and in
centimeters. Overall length is 24" (60 cm). Weighs 4 lbs.
LENGTH SHIP WT
MODEL (IN/CM) (LBS) EACH
FMB2 24/60 4 $70.79
CATHETER TUBING
This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development in
brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot.
MODEL INSIDE DIA. X OUTSIDE DIA. EACH

TT86 0.86 MM X 1.14 MM $3.09
TT97 0.97 MM X 1.27 MM 3.09
TT119 1.19 MM X 1.49 MM 3.09
TT173 1.73 MM X 2.03 MM 3.29
FISH TAGGING GUN AND FISH TAGS

Fish tags are one of the best ways to identify individual fish. They can be
used to distinguish male fish from females and broods from the rest of the
stock. They can mark genetic strains and individual fish for research and
growth studies. We offer the popular T-bar anchor tags in both flag and
number styles. They're easy to insert, cause minimal stress and can remain
in the fish for years. The flag tag is 21/2" long with a 3/16" x 3/8" flag (no labeling TG
possible). The number style is international orange with black numbers.
The tagging gun, which is compatible with both tag styles, uses a needle to
insert the tags to a depth of 5/8".
FFT1
FISH TAGS
PK FISH TAGGING GUN
MODEL STYLE COLOR QTY EACH MODEL EACH
FFT1 FLAG LIGHT BLUE 100 $4.99 TG TAGGING GUN $97.99
FFT2 FLAG DARK BLUE 100 4.99 TGN REPLACEMENT NEEDLE 20.99
FFT3 FLAG YELLOW 100 4.99 TGS NEEDLE SHARPENER 14.59
FFT4 FLAG RED 100 4.99
FFT6 FLAG ORANGE 100 4.99
FFT7 FLAG DARK GREEN 100 4.99
FFT9 FLAG CLEAR 100 4.99
FTN100 NUMBER NO. 1 - 100 100 135.49
TECH TALK 79
Tagging Fish
Fish tags can be useful in fisheries research, as well as broodstock management. When used with 3. O nce the needle is inserted, hold the gun
proper record keeping, tags can keep track of sex, age, genetic line, year class, dispersal patterns firmly against the fish’s body while
or that the fish’s name is “Bob.” compressing the handle firmly.
Making a good tag consistently can take some practice, but the following general procedure can 4. T wist the gun slightly and remove the needle.
be followed for most species of fish. The goal is to set the “hook” of the tag into the dorsal fin DO NOT RELEASE THE COMPRESSED HANDLE
rays that extend into the musculature of the fish. This means you should actually feel the bone UNTIL THE NEEDLE HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN.
when setting the tag. Once withdrawn, release the handle slowly to
make certain the next tag is fed into position
1. Hold the fish firmly in the swimming position when it is tagged to reduce movement. for tagging. Failure to do so may cause feed
Anesthetized fish should be held firmly as well. Squirming fish can bend the needle and mechanism to skip.
cause injury.
5. Tug the tag lightly to set. One final note: disease transmission can be a concern when tagging
2. U sing the needlepoint, lift up a scale on the left side of the fish and insert the needle at the fish. To minimize risk, swab the needle with rubbing alcohol, iodine, etc., after each tag.
anterior (forward) base of the dorsal fin, forcing it forward through the dorsal rays.

394
394 SECTION
FIELD SUPPLIES
Products
Fish Scale/ Sampling/Water
Products / Products
Sampling
ALL-WEATHER FISH SCALE SAMPLING ENVELOPES

Made with Rite in the Rain All-Weather paper. Record data, and store scale
samples regardless of the weather or moisture condition. A great complement
to your research equipment. Pre-printed envelope with side opening.
MODEL SIZE NO. ENVELOPES EACH
RR101 21/4” X 31/2” 100 $21.29
Rite in the Rain is a registered trademark of J.L. Darling LLC.
®
WATER SAMPLER WATER SAMPLER

Recommended for water 5 meters or more in depth Recommended for water 1 - 20 meters in depth
Simplified, one-liter, horizontal-style sampler features a clear acrylic body with Collect samples from depths between one and
a built-in outlet for removal of the water sample. A brass messenger is sent twenty meters. Its inner collection chamber allows
down a 20-meter, calibrated, nylon line to trigger a release mechanism sealing dissolved oxygen samples to be "fixed" prior to
the sample chamber. The seal is made with two heavy plungers. A lead collar removal. Outer chamber (1,200 mL) is clear acrylic.
surrounds sampler to eliminate drift. Messenger and calibrated line are A thermometer clip, zinc weight and two extra
included. Contains lead. inner collection chambers are included. Measures
SHIP WT 81/4" x 3" dia. Weighs 4 lbs.
MODEL (LBS) EACH SHIP WT
LM1077 10
$224.99 MODEL LENGTH DIAMETER (LBS) EACH
LM1060 8 1/4” 3” 4 $115.99
BOTTOM GRAB DREDGE, BOTTOM SAMPLING

This benthic sampler is designed for taking samples on soft muck, mud or fine, Our all stainless steel dredge features a bottom sensing closure that
peaty material. Made of 316 stainless steel, it requires a messenger to release eliminates the need for a messenger weight. This dredge is a convenient
the two-pin jaw. Uses messenger (SBK2 or SBK3—not included) and 3/16" sediment-collecting device for mud, sand, and light gravel. A newly
braided line. designed trigger ensures that the jaws stay open
SHIP WT during descent. Sampling volume is 110 in3.
MODEL (LBS) EACH Sampling area covered by open dredge: 45 in2
(114.3 cm2).
BS195 BOTTOM GRAB 10 $464.09
SBK2 SPLIT MESSENGER 0.7 65.09 SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
SBK3 SOLID MESSENGER 0.7 53.29
LM1097 3 $194.99
BS195
SBK2 SBK3

FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 395
395
Products
Secchi
/ Products
Disk/Sampling
/ Products
Kit
SECCHI DISK AND DECAL

The plastic Secchi disk is a standard for measuring
the relative visibility of water. Lower it into the
MODEL EACH water and when it disappears, record its depth.
SEC 8” DISK $27.99 SEC is a LaMotte® silk-screened plastic disk with
stainless steel eye bolt and lead weight.
SE1 DECAL 6.89 Lowering line not included. 21 oz, SE1 is a black
and white vinyl decal for freshening up any 8"
Secchi disk or for making your own.
SEC
How to Use a Secchi Disk
1. Make sure that the Secchi disk is securely attached to the measured line.
2. L ean over the side of the boat and lower the Secchi disk into the water, keeping your back toward the sun to block glare.
3. L
ower the disk until it disappears from view. Lower it one-third of a meter and then slowly raise the disk until it just reappears. Move the disk up and down
until the exact vanishing point is found.
4. A
ttach a clothespin to the line at the point where the line enters the water. Record the measurement on your data sheet. Repeating the measurement will
provide you with a quality control check.
SAMPLING AND MEASUREMENT KIT, MARINE SCIENCE

This rugged combination outfit is easy to transport, simple to use and a
necessity for any salt water field sampling. Durable, reliable sampling gear
and measurement devices all housed within a rugged field carrying case for
easy transport and storage.
Kit includes: Forel-Ule color comparator kit and Secchi disk (20 cm in
diameter) to determine turbidity and degree of visibility in water columns;
bottom sampling dredge to obtain bottom sediment for surface analysis;
D.O. water sample bottle to collect water samples for analysis at controlled
depths (holds 60 ml of sample); plankton net to collect plankton and
invertebrates for surface studies (153 micron mesh net is 15" in length and
has a 5" diameter mouth and two 50-ml collection tubes at end); armored
thermometer in protective, plastic jacket for accurate temperature readings
(range is 5 to 45º C); sounding lead and calibrated line (includes a 2-lb weight
and a nylon sampler line marked from 0–20 m in one meter increments).
All items are contained in heavy-duty 14" L x 14" W x 7" H foam-lined case.
Ships Ground.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
LM1069 14
$538.99
LaMotte® is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.
CALIBRATED SAMPLER LINE

This heavy-duty nylon line is marked from 0 to 20 m in one-meter
increments. Great for use with Secchi discs, bottom grab samplers
and water samplers. A 2-lb spring clip is attached to one end for easy
attachment. Line is wound on a foam spool to prevent loss if dropped
overboard. LM1064 includes a 2-lb (908 grams) lead weight.
SHIP WT
LM1065 MODEL (LBS) EACH
LM1065 CALIBRATED LINE 1.7 $40.99
LM1064 CALIBRATED LINE W/LEAD WEIGHTS 3.7 54.99
LM1064

396 FIELD SUPPLIES
Water Flow and Water Depth Measurement
WATER FLOW PROBE

Perfect for monitoring spring runoff
This water flow probe is a lightweight, easy-to-
use water velocity meter. It is highly accurate and
comes complete with LCD digital display, internal
ball bearings and a telescoping handle. Shipped
in a padded case for safe carrying. Probe
measures both instantaneous velocity (accuracy
0.5 feet per second (fps) and average velocity
(accuracy 0.1 fps). Reads in fps and meters per
second (m/sec). Range is 0.3–19.9 fps (0.1–6.1 m/
FP6 sec). Datalogger stores 30 sets, including MIN,
MAX and AVG. Unit also displays true digital
running average, updated once per second.
Sensor is a protected Turbo-Prop propeller with
magnetic pickup. Internal lithium battery is
nonreplaceable and has 5-year life. Ship weight
12 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
FP6 FLOW PROBE, 3.7’–6’ HANDLE $886.19
FP7 FLOW PROBE, 5.5’–15’ HANDLE 951.29
FP6 LCD Display FP7 LCD Display
WATER FLOW METERS

Automatically stays horizontal
These compact, mechanical velocity meters are designed for measuring water
flow in lakes, rivers and more. Determine water speed, volume or distance.
The meters incorporate a precision-molded rotor coupled directly to a six-digit
counter that registers each revolution of the rotor and displays it similar to
an odometer (up to 999,999—equal to approximately 14.5 nautical miles).
Properly balanced to maintain a horizontal position when suspended by a
towing line.
After completing each sampling, simply remove the meter and record the
reading and time. Subtract the first reading from the second to calculate
average speed over a given time. Each flow meter measures 83/8" long, 19/16" 203001
in diameter and includes 18" of tow line and a stainless steel connecting
axle pin. The high-speed meter measures from 10 cm/sec to 7.9 m/sec.
The low-speed meter measures from 2 to 100 cm/sec. Ship weight 2 lbs.
One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
203001 HIGH-SPEED METER $502.99
203002 LOW-SPEED METER 523.99
HANDHELD DEPTH FINDER

This versatile, handheld depth finder will give instant readings from 2.5' to
120' (1/10" precision). The digital backlit display will show depth or switch to
display air and water temperature (°F). Waterproof up to 50', It shoots
through fiberglass hulls and ice. Powered by a 9V battery (included).
SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL L W D (LBS) EACH
DPX200 7” 2” 2” 1 $115.19
2-YEAR WARRANTY

FIELD SUPPLIES 397
Plankton Sampling Nets/Sieve Sets
PLANKTON SAMPLING NETS MOUTH DIAMETER NET LENGTH MESH OPENING

MODEL (IN/CM) (IN/CM) (MICRONS) EACH
Designed for biological, limnological and oceanographic studies, these
nets are also used for a variety of aquaculture applications, including PKN1 113/4 /30 351/2 /90 35 $435.79
plankton and larval collecting. Each net includes a stainless steel mouth
PKN2 113/4 /30 351/2 /90 63 400.09
ring/towing bridle, cod end ring, rubber-coated hose clamp and a 1-liter
capacity cod end jar. PKN3 113/4 /30 351/2 /90 80 390.59
PKN4 113/4 /30 351/2 /90 100 371.69
PKN5 113/4 /30 351/2 /90 150 361.19
PKN6 193/4 /50 59/150 80 594.29
PKN7 193/4 /50 59/150 150 523.99
PKN8 193/4 /50 59/150 200 515.59
PKN2 PKN9 193/4 /50 59/150 335 501.89
PLANKTON SAMPLING NET

Large, cone-shaped net mouth is braced by a sturdy brass ring and wire
harness. There is a 50-mL collecting bottle at the end of the net.
MOUTH DIAMETER NET LENGTH MESH OPENING
MODEL (IN/CM) (IN/CM) (MICRON) EACH
LM30023 12/30.5 38/96.5 153 $148.99
PLANKTON MINIATURE SAMPLING NETS

The net mouth has a stainless steel ring with nylon tow lines attached through
grommets. Nets include a 125-mL sampling bottle. The small mouth to net
ratio (3:1) makes them good for shallow water sampling.
MOUTH DIAMETER NET LENGTH MESH OPENING

MODEL (IN/CM) (IN/CM) (MICRON) EACH
MPN80 5/12.7 15/38 80 $59.19
MPN153 5/12.7 15/38 153 51.99
D-SHAPED PLANKTON SAMPLING NET

This sampling net has a heavy cotton/polyester bag and is secured to a
12" wide D-frame. The bag depth is 8"; bottom mesh is approximately
500 microns and is protected from snags and wear by a 4" skirt. Has a 4–8'
telescopic aluminum handle.
MODEL EACH
LM100 $67.99
SIEVE SETS
Used to separate and grade samples, these sets are great for students.
S548 includes six interlocking sieves with plastic frames and graduated,
stainless steel wire screens; a solid container at the bottom and a snap-on
lid (US Bureau of Standards mesh sizes 5, 10, 35, 60, 120 and 230).
Weighs 3.25 lbs. S3076 consists of four high-impact plastic sieves,
with graduated mesh sizes (5, 10, 60 and 230), solid container at the
bottom and lid. Weighs 2.5 lbs. Sieves measure 63/4" x 3".
MODEL EACH
S3076 FOUR-SIEVE SET $77.99
S548 SIX-SIEVE SET 108.19
S3076 S548

398 FIELD SUPPLIES
Tracer Dye/Thermometers
BRIGHT DYES® TRACER DYE

Ecologically safe dyes for use in stream tracing, lake studies, flow mapping, storm and sewer analysis, pollution
studies and leak detection. Two formulations: FWT Red, a specially formulated version of the dye
Rhodamine WT; and FLT Yellow/Green, a formulated version of the dye Fluorescein. The fluorescent colors can
be detected visually in most water conditions or with the use of ultraviolet light or a fluorometer. The dyes
are temporary and will degrade naturally in sunlight (2–3 days for Red and 5–7 days for Yellow/Green) or with the
addition of chlorine. Yellow/Green is resistant to absorption in organic matter and should be used in water
with heavy sediment loads. 1 pint per 10,000 gallons.
• Fluorescent water tracing dyes.
• NSF certified for use in potable water.
MODEL EACH
106023 FWT RED, PINT $22.39
106001 FLT YELLOW/GREEN, PINT 22.39
Bright Dyes is a registered trademark of Kingscote Chemicals, Inc.,
®
106023 106001
.
s. POCKET THERMOMETERS AQUARIUM/ SMALL TANK THERMOMETER
Filled with nontoxic red liquid. Measures both ºC Overall length is 5". Floats in an upright position.
and ºF, range -40 to 70ºC and -40 to 158ºF. Reads both ºF and ºC. Range 30 to 120ºF and 0 to 50ºC.
Contains nontoxic red liquid. A suction cup support is
included.
TH26
MODEL EACH
TH27
TH10A $2.19
MODEL EACH
TH26 WITH ALUMINUM PROTECTIVE CASE $7.79
TH27 WITH PLASTIC PROTECTIVE CASE 5.49
GARDEN POND/FISH TANK THERMOMETER SINKING THERMOMETER

This ABS plastic thermometer reads in both ºF and This sinking thermometer has a tough, clear
ºC (30–110ºF, 0–40ºC), has a shatterproof buterate casing with a 21" tether cord and ring.
magnifying lens and features a snap on/off cap Reads -20 to 120ºF and -30 to 50ºC. Overall length
that allows it to float or sink. Contains a nontoxic is 8". Perfect for fish ponds, minnow tanks,
red liquid. Three-foot cord is included. Measures hot tubs, etc. Contains a nontoxic red liquid.
8"(20 cm) long x 11/4" (3.2 cm) dia.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
TH21 $10.19
TH31 $11.79
LABORATORY THERMOMETER MIN/MAX THERMOMETER

This accurate yet economical thermometer has a A simple way of knowing the high and low
nontoxic red liquid (no mercury) on white background. temperatures in water, a building, cooler, outside,
The range is 0 to 230ºF and -20 to 110ºC. Requires etc. over time. Easily reset with the push of a
minimum immersion depth of 3". Overall length is 12". button. Accuracy of 1%. Length is 8". Dual scales of
-50/50ºC and -40/120ºF. Contains mercury.
MODEL EACH
TH6 $3.99 MODEL EACH
TH25 $18.89

FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 399
399
DigitalProducts
Thermometers/Scanner/Alarm
WIRELESS THERMOMETER WATERPROOF POCKET-SIZED THERMOMETER

Utilizing a radio wave signal, this Pinpoint wireless thermometer measures the This thermometer uses a 2.75" (70 mm) stainless steel stem to measure
temperature at remote sensors, displaying the reading in either ºF or ºC. The temperature. The digital display shows Fahrenheit (-40 to 392º) or Celsius
monitor can accept up to four different remote sensors and receive signals as (-40 to 200º) with ± .2ºF/± 1ºC accuracy and .1º resolution. Capable of
far as 100 feet (30 meters) in optimum conditions. The remote sensors have a max/min recall of high and low temperatures, each has data hold and auto
waterproof probe tip attached to a 36" cable. The monitor and remote sensors shut-off. Includes one LR44 button battery and a protective cover. 6” length.
require two AAA batteries each (not included). Monitor includes one remote MODEL EACH
sensor. The LCD display is 13/4" x 13/4". Two-year warranty.
39240 $21.99
MODEL EACH
39240C 5/PK 94.49
WTP100 MONITOR W/SENSOR $39.69
WTP101 ADDITIONAL SENSOR 20.99 2-YEAR WARRANTY
MINIATURE DIGITAL THERMOMETER

WTP100 Measures temperature at the base unit and at a cable-connected submersible
probe. Reads temperature in ºC or ºF and has a clock function. Cable is 30"
long. Uses 1 AAA battery (not included).
MODEL EACH 4+
DTDS1 $13.49 $12.14
DIGITAL THERMOMETER W/LIGHT
Measures both ºF and ºC. Safe for fresh or salt water; includes miniature
submersible probe with 36" cable. It is also a digital clock. One AA battery
(included). 41/2" long. Display is 11/2"x 1/2" with 5/16" digits. Weighs .3 lb.
Range: -58 to 158ºF (50 to 70ºC). One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH 4+
TH22A $24.09 $21.68
THE MINI TEMPTESTR® IR THERMOMETER

Noncontact, infrared thermometer that is only 11/2"
wide by 21/2" high and measures surface temperatures
of any liquid, solid or semisolid in less than one
second. Minimum and maximum readings are
stored in the internal memory, hold function
freezes reading for 7 seconds. Selectable display
reads ºF or ºC. Range: -30 to 430ºF (-33 to
220ºC), accuracy ±2%.
INFRARED TEMPERATURE SCANNER MODEL EACH
5-YEAR WARRANTY
Read temperature instantly from a distance! It is easy to measure pipes, MT100 $41.59
walls, motors, vents, ceiling insulation, etc., up to 930ºF. Simply point them at
any surface and read the temperature. You will find these extremely useful for
finding insulation leaks and motor temperatures.
Features a built-in laser that guides you right to the point of
measurement. Results are displayed on a large backlit LCD in either ºF
or ºC. Readings are held for 7 seconds after trigger is released. Auto power off.
WATER/AIR TEMPERATURE ALARM
Uses 9V battery (included). Range: -4 to 930ºF (-20 to 500ºC), accuracy ±2%. The large display Temp Alert® sensor features an
Distance to size (D:S) ratio is 8:1; i.e., measures 1" dia. when held 8" away. adjustable audible alarm for high and low
Scanner is 61/8" x 33/8" x 11/4", weighs only 6 oz. Five-year warranty. temperatures and larger digits on a 4" x 4" x 1"
meter. Accuracy of ± .5º. The alarm will activate
MODEL EACH for both water and room temperature settings.
800102 $68.49 Submersible probe with 3' cable, suction cup and
AAA battery included. Weighs 4 oz. One-year
warranty.
5-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL EACH
TH24 MEASURES IN FAHRENHEIRT °F $38.99
TH24C MEASURES IN CELSIUS °C 38.99
Temp Alert® is a registered trademark of Winland Electronics, Inc.

TempTestr® is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instrument Co.
400 FIELD SUPPLIES
Outdoor Cases
OUTDOOR CASES WITH FOAM INSERTS

These polypropylene black and yellow cases are
perfect for tough outdoor use and are tested
under extreme conditions. They are also crack-
proof and virtually indestructible. Cases are
equipped with dual padlock slots and foam
inserts consisting of pre-punched cubic elements
so you can customize your own interior. Optional
black shoulder carrying straps include comfortable TYPE 6700
shoulder pad, and are made from denier nylon.
30-year Limited Warranty.
Features TYPE 4000
• IP67 Waterproof Case
• Corrosion and Chemical Resistant
30-YEAR WARRANTY
• Automatic pressure relief valve
• Fully customizable foam inserts
• Withstands temperatures from -40 to +80 deg. C
• Padlock eyelets
• Space for individual name plate TYPE 1000 WITH OPTIONAL
• Ergonomic two-component comfort grip handle CARRYING STRAP
• Stackable, watertight, dustproof, crack proof and
shock resistant
CAPACITY CAPACITY INTERIOR DIMENSIONS EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS SHIP WT BLACK CASE YELLOW CASE
CASE MODEL SIZE (FT3) (LBS) L W H L W H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
TYPE 500 SMALL 0.08 11 8” 5⅝” 3⅛” 83/4 7 31/2 1.75 BW500B $29.39 BW500Y $29.39
TYPE 1000 SMALL 0.15 22 9¾” 7” 3¾” 103/4 8½ 4 2 BW1000B 36.19 BW1000Y 36.19
TYPE 2000 SMALL 0.23 22 9¾” 6⅞” 6” 103/4 8½ 61/2 2.5 BW2000B 51.69 BW2000Y 51.69
TYPE 3000 MEDIUM 0.41 44 13” 9⅛” 6” 141/4 113/4 63/4 4.75 BW3000B 95.49 BW3000Y 95.49
TYPE 4000 MEDIUM 0.59 44 15⅛” 10⅜” 6½” 161/2 13 7 6 BW4000B 102.49 BW4000Y 102.49
TYPE 5000 MEDIUM 0.78 55 17” 11⅞” 6⅝” 181/2 14½ 71/2 8 BW5000B 134.49 BW5000Y 134.49
TYPE 6000 MEDIUM 1.15 55 18⅝” 13¾” 7¾” 20 16½ 81/2 10.5 BW6000B 183.79 BW6000Y 183.79
TYPE 6700 LARGE 1.32 110 21⅛” 14⅛” 8⅞” 233/4 167/8 101/2 17 BW6700B 228.99 — —
OPTIONAL CARRYING STRAP

BW500CS OPTIONAL SHOULDER STRAP FOR TYPE 500 & 1000 CASES 1 $5.19
BW2000CS OPTIONAL SHOULDER STRAP FOR TYPE 2000 CASES 1 7.29
BW3000CS OPTIONAL SHOULDER STRAP FOR TYPE 3000, 4000, 5000 AND 6000 CASES 1 13.59
WATCH OUR CHANNEL


FIELD SUPPLIES 401
Notebooks/Copier Paper/Pen
ALL-WEATHER NOTEBOOKS
Rite in the Rain® is a patented, environmentally
responsible, all-weather writing paper that sheds
water and enables you to write anywhere, in any
weather. From the torrential downpours in the
Pacific Northwest, to the blistering heat and
humidity of a Florida summer day, Rite in the Rain
is able to provide users with an effective means
with which to write, protect, and keep valuable
information. Using a pencil or all-weather pen,
Rite in the Rain ensures that your notes survive the
rigors of the field, regardless of the conditions.
• Repels water, sweat, and grime
• Recyclable, wood-based paper
• Archival quality
TOP SPIRAL SIDE SPIRAL STAPLED
PAGE PATTERNS
Field Pattern Journal Pattern Universal Pattern
NO. OF SHIP WT
MODEL STYLE SIZE (IN.) PAGE PATTERN LEAVES (OZ.) EACH
All-Weather Paper
RR135 TOP SPIRAL 3” X 5” UNIVERSAL 50 2 $5.19
Rite in the Rain writing paper for wet
RR146 TOP SPIRAL 4” X 6” UNIVERSAL 50 3.2 6.29 places—no more ruined field notes
RR393 SIDE SPIRAL 45/8” X 7” JOURNAL 32 3.2 7.89 Rite in the Rain® is a unique paper that allows
RR353 SIDE SPIRAL 45/8” X 7” FIELD 32 3.2 7.89 field notes to be written in wet or humid
conditions. The coating on the paper sheds
RR393-MX SIDE SPIRAL 81/2” X 11” JOURNAL 42 14.4 16.79 water, making it possible to write clear, readable
RR115 SIDE SPIRAL 81/2” X 11” FIELD 42 14.4 16.79 notes, even in a rainstorm. This paper works
best using just a pencil or all-weather pen. This
RR391FX STAPLED 45/8” X 7” JOURNAL 24 2.4 5.19 may be the best insurance against lost time and
ruined field notes.
RR351FX STAPLED 45/8” X 7” FIELD 24 2.4 5.19
ALL-WEATHER COPIER PAPER

Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets
on Rite in the Rain All Weather Copier Paper. Now you can have the convenience
of using your existing data sheets on a paper that can survive in any weather
condition. Paper is 20# bond weight; white sheets. Completely recyclable
wood-based paper. Not for ink-jet printers. Copy or laser print both sides.
MODEL PAGE PATTERN SIZE NO. SHEETS SHIP WEIGHT (LBS.) EACH
RR851 BLANK 81/2” X 11” 200 1.5 $35.79
ALL WEATHER PEN & REFILL

Pencils will work great on Rite in the Rain but sometimes you just need a pen.
This 51/4” long pen writes on wet paper and upside down in temperatures from
RR37 -30F to 250F. The ink won’t leak, evaporate or blow up in your pocket. Chrome/
Plastic barrel.
MODEL EACH
RR37 BLACK INK PEN $11.89
RR37R BLACK INK REFILL 8.09
RR37R

402
402 FIELD
SECTION
SUPPLIES
Products
Rain Suits/Waders
THREE PIECE RAIN SUIT

ONGUARD Webtex heavy duty ribbed PVC on non-woven polyester for
comfort and protection (.65mm material thickness). Protects from
particles, water-based liquids and rain. Reinforced crotch area to prevent
splitting. Heavy duty adjustable suspender and waist snaps for the perfect
fit. Ankle and cuff take-up snaps for a snug/tapered fit. Jacket has a storm
flap front and two front snap pockets. Underarm vents to keep you cool.
For use in warm or cool climates. Includes bib overall, detachable hood,
and jacket. Weighs 4 lbs.
CHEST
MODEL SIZE SIZE INSEAM EACH
RS4S SMALL 46” 28” $32.39
RS4M MEDIUM 50” 29” 32.39
RS4L LARGE 54” 30” 32.39
RS4XL X-LARGE 58” 31” 32.39
CHEST WADERS ULTRA LIGHTWEIGHT WADERS

Extra tough .55-mm thick chest waders offer Made of tough triple coated 430 denier nylon fabric with built-in latex “socks” to
excellent cold weather flexibility. Durable, keep feet warm and dry. 3-layer polyurethane backing ensures watertight
heavy-duty, PVC upper with polyester backing can integrity. Must wear shoes, divers’ booties or boots on the outside to protect the
be folded or rolled without cracking. Resists oil, latex socks from abrasion. Built-in “gaiter type” ankle guards keep sand out of
grease, gasoline, salt water and ozone. Drop-in your shoes. In warm water, wear light clothing under the waders. In cold water,
replaceable insoles provide comfort and steel wear thermal undergarments under the waders. Waders fold flat and come
shanks provide extra arch support. Waders have with its own storage/travel bag. They weigh 2 lbs.
reinforced belt loops and suspender buttons (belt Chest Waders have an inside velcro pocket, pull cord top, stretch shoulder
and suspenders included). Top drawstring closure strap suspenders and belt loops. Waist High Waders feature a belt tube closure
provides snug fit. All chest waders measure 56.5" system at the waist and stretch shoulder strap suspenders.
in height from heel to top of wader.
MEN’S
SHOE REGULAR-TOE STEEL-TOE
UNDERGARMENT
6 86066-6 $141.69 — —
NOT INCLUDED
7 86066-7 141.69 WC7 $144.59
8 86066-8 141.69 WC8 144.59 CHEST WADER WAIST HIGH WADER
9 86066-9 141.69 WC9 144.59
CHEST WADERS WAIST HIGH WADERS
10 86066-10 141.69 WC10 144.59 SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
11 86066-11 141.69 WC11 144.59 SMALL FCWS $214.39 FWHS 177.99
12 86066-12 141.69 WC12 144.59 MEDIUM FCWM 214.39 FWHM 177.99
13 86066-13 141.69 WC13 144.59 LARGE FCWL 214.39 FWHL 177.99

FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 403
403
Products / Products
Waders/Gloves
/ Products
HIP WADERS
Superior waterproof protection to the hips
Excellent for use in aquaculture, fishing, municipalities, utilities, etc. Completely waterproof, these hip
waders are comfortable and flexible, even in cold weather. They can be folded or rolled without
cracking and resist oil, gasoline, salt water and ozone. The lightweight, durable PVC upper with
anonabsorbent, polyester backing is very comfortable. Full cushion insoles are replaceable. Steel toe
complies with ASTM F2413-11 for impact and compression. Steel midsole meets or exceeds ASTM
F2413-11 and CSA standard Z195-09 Grade 1 for puncture resistance. Model 86049 features steel toe,
cleated outsole to prevent clogging on wet slippery surfaces, and 27” inseam. Model 86856 features
steel toe, steel midsole, ultra-grip outsole for durability and slip resistance, and 32” inseam. 86049
MEN’S STEEL TOE STEEL TOE & MIDSOLE
6 86049-6 $88.79 86856-6 $115.99
7 86049-7 88.79 86856-7 115.99
8 86049-8 88.79 86856-8 115.99
9 86049-9 88.79 86856-9 115.99
10 86049-10 88.79 86856-10 115.99
11 86049-11 88.79 86856-11 115.99
12 86049-12 88.79 86856-12 115.99
86856
13 86049-13 88.79 86856-13 115.99
GLOVES, WATERPROOF GLOVES, FILLET

Black PVC-coated glove has a sand paper type Single ambidextrous glove made of "New Twist"
finish to maintain an excellent grip when wet. yarn that provides the safety of steel mesh and
Jersey lined. Large only. Not recommended for the comfort of man-made fiber. Outstanding cut
handling fish. resistance. Machine washable, large only.
MODEL LENGTH EACH MODEL EACH
GW14A 14” $6.89 G9C $16.99
GLOVES, SHOULDER GLOVES, AQUA

Designed to keep arms and hands completely dry when working inside
LENGTH DISPOSABLE tanks and aquariums. Elastic bands to hold them snugly on the upper arm.
An economical alternative to our aqua gloves, Flexible PVC with fiber-reinforced sleeves.
these clear, shoulder length gloves are made
of polyethylene and will keep your hands and MODEL LENGTH EACH
arms dry. Gloves are 1.25 mil thick. Price is per
box of 100. AG2 28” $20.99
MODEL LENGTH EACH
B61000 34” $13.89

PREDATOR CONTROL
PRODUCTS
405 Netting/Animal Tongs
406 Shade Cloth/Polyclips/Netting

PREDATOR CONTROL
SECTION 405
405
Products /Netting/Animal
Products / Products
Tongs
NETTING FOR GARDEN PONDS

This lightweight netting is designed to protect ponds from leaves,
debris and small animals. 3/8" mesh. Average strand diameter is 0.01".
AVG STRAND
MODEL MESH W x L DIAMETER SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
02307 3/8” 7' X 10' 0.01” 1 $15.59 02307
02314 3/8” 14' X 14' 0.01” 2 24.59
02328 3/8” 28' X 28' 0.01” 3 79.49
PREMIUM PREDATOR NETTING

This 2" x 2" square bird netting is truly top shelf. Its woven nylon material
is easier to work with than solid strand materials. Orders larger than 2,000
ft 2 are custom cut to your exact specifications, so you won't buy what you
don't need. It's rated at approximately 100 lbs of tensile strength and can
last five years or more.
AVG STRAND SHIP WT

MODEL MESH W x L DIAMETER (LBS) EACH
NP1 2”X 2” 14' X 50' 0.05” 9 $177.49
NP2 2”X 2” 2,000 FT2 OR MORE 0.05” — 0.25
No. 12 knotted nylon, dyed black. For custom sizes allow two weeks for delivery.
PLASTIC MESH NETTING

Predator barrier
Predator control can be a significant problem for outdoor fish farmers. After
years of experimenting for long term solutions, the industry has determined
only a physical barrier can guarantee that predators are kept out. That is
why we offer this animal barrier netting.
Lightweight, black plastic netting is easily supported by plastic wire, forming
a low-cost bird and small animal barrier (the larger the mesh, the lower the 1/2” X 1/2” MESH
wind load). UV-resistant to last at least four years in the tropics.
AVG STRAND SHIP WT

MODEL MESH W x L DIAMETER (LBS) EACH
N22 1/2" X 1/2" 14' X 50' .018” 1 $116.99
N22L 1/2" X 1/2" 14' X 100' .018” 2 228.99
N1677 5/8" X 3/4" 14' X 50' .015” 5 57.19 5/8” X 3/4” MESH
N1678 5/8" X 3/4" 17' X 100' .015” 8 101.99
ANIMAL TONGS
Easy to squeeze cast aluminum handle and jaws. Use for feeding,
retrieval and handling.
JAW OPENING SHIP WT

HT40 MODEL LENGTH MIN. MAX. (LBS) EACH
HT25 25” 0” 2¼” 2.5 $62.99
HT40 40” 0” 2¼” 2.5 79.99
HT52 52” 0” 2¼” 3 104.99

406
406 SECTION
PREDATOR CONTROL
Products / Products
Polyclips/Shade Cloth/Netting
/ Products
POLYCLIPS
These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching predator netting and shade
cloth to support rope and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene, they can
be used over and over again. Simply snap over the edge of the material and
attach to 3/8" support wire. Recommended spacing is one polyclip per 2'
(depending on load).
MODEL EACH
PC1 EACH $0.65
PC125 25-PK 14.59
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which will last over 15 years in
the tropical sun. This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae,
prevent sun damage to fish and reduce water temperature. It is also useful
for predator control, visibility screening and, of course, shading plants.
Offered in 3 densities to block 30, 50 or 70% of the sun. Made of UV-resistant
plastic. Sold in 10' L increments or full 300' rolls only.
SHIP WT
MODEL SHADE WIDTH LENGTH (LBS) EACH
SC30 30% 12' 10’ 2.8 $37.79
SC30R 30% 12’ 300’ 83 755.99
SC50 50% 12’ 10’ 2.8 44.09
30% SHADE 50% SHADE 70% SHADE
SC50R 50% 12’ 300’ 83 995.39
SC70 70% 12’ 10’ 4.6 56.69
SC70R 70% 12’ 300’ 138 1,328.00
POLYPROPYLENE NETTING
This black, woven polypropylene netting can be used for many applications, including fish cages and
predator control. The knotless design prevents injury to fish.
The square mesh predator netting is one of the highest quality made. Whether covering a large
pond or small raceway, this netting will provide a good physical barrier. It is highly UV-resistant.
Smaller mesh sizes may be used for predator control but also make ideal material for fish cages. All sizes
can ship Ground.
TENSILE STRENGTH SHIP WT

1/2” MESH 1/6” MESH MODEL (LBS) MESH SIZE WIDTH LENGTH (LBS) EACH
BN1* 30 1/6” 7’8” 150’ 30 $299.29
BN3 30 1” 12’ 100’ 13 135.49
BN4 30 1” 25’ 100’ 26 251.99
BN5 30 1” 50’ 150’ 78 607.99
BX6 60 ⅜” 6’ 100’ 25 307.19
BX7 60 ½” 6’ 100’ 25 267.79
3/8” MESH 1” MESH
BX8 60 ½” 12’ 100’ 50 502.99
BX9 60 1” 25’ 100’ 55 523.99
BX11 60 1” 25’ 150’ 81 670.99
BX12 60 2” 25’ 150’ 41 324.49
BX13 60 2” 50’ 150’ 83 733.99
*Ships Oversize.

PAINT AND REPAIR
PRODUCTS
408 Epoxy Products
409 Pond Coating/Spray Foam/Adhesives

408 PAINT AND REPAIR
Epoxy/Paint Kits/Primer/Thinner/Cleaner
EPOXY PAINT KITS

Epoxy paint is recognized by the EPA as nontoxic (after curing), is extremely durable and has excellent
adhesion to a wide variety of materials. Whether coating fiberglass, wood, steel, concrete or even
galvanized surfaces, you won’t find a better paint for aquaculture.
Simply clean and dry the surface (acid-etch concrete and steel, then use nonsudsing ammonia to
neutralize acid residue and use PT20 concrete primer; prime steel and galvanized surfaces). Then mix
epoxy paint parts A and B, wait 30–60 minutes and spray, brush or roll on. Recoat after about four hours,
if desired. The curing temperature range is 55–125°F. Before adding live organisms, let cure for 7 days.
Excellent for drinking water, ozone contact, fresh and saltwater aquaculture, etc.
Kit will cover 260–288 ft2 of smooth surface with a thickness of 4 mil (0.004 inch). This epoxy is 65 to 72%
solids (depending on color) and has a two-year shelf life (after long exposure to UV, it typically develops a
chalky surface). Sold in 120-oz kits only (a kit is 4 parts paint and 1 part activator) in the following colors:
PT2: White PT3: L. Green PT4: D. Green PT5: L. Blue PT6: D. Blue PT72: D. Red PT8: L. Gray PT9: D. Gray PT10: Black
Note:
Paint color shown is an approximation of the actual color. Do not use the color shown as a guide for purchases
where exact color is a critical factor.
PT1 CLEAR $85.99 PT6 DARK BLUE $85.99
PT2 WHITE 85.99 PT72 DARK RED 85.99
PT3 LIGHT GREEN 85.99 PT8 LIGHT GRAY 85.99
PT4 DARK GREEN 85.99 PT9 DARK GRAY 85.99
PT5 LIGHT BLUE 85.99 PT10 BLACK 85.99
EPOXY GEL KIT HAZMAT AG STEEL PRIMER, THINNER, CLEANER, ACTIVATOR

A great adhesive for crack repair that works on wet To thin epoxy for spraying, use PT18. Use PT16 cleaner for washing out
or dry surfaces. An epoxy gel that is not sensitive to spray equipment after painting. Primer (PT17) should always be used before
moisture (may not be applied underwater, however). painting galvanized and bare steel surfaces (after HCl etching and
This is great stuff for patching, gap filling, joining nonsudsing ammonia rinsing). PT15 activator is included with the epoxy
dissimilar materials and overhead work. It doesn’t paint and primer.
sag, run or drain into cracks. Excellent for use on
concrete, wood, fiberglass and steel. MODEL SHIP WT EACH
When mixed, this two part epoxy (1 to 1) is a PT17 PRIMER, STEEL, 120 OZ 11 LBS $71.19 HAZMAT AG
gray-colored heavy paste. The pot life is only PT18 THINNER, QUART 3 LBS 18.89 HAZMAT A
about 20 minutes, it hardens in six hours,
can be painted over after six hours but before PT16 CLEANER, QUART 3 LBS 16.39 HAZMAT A
48 hours, and reaches its final cure after 72 hours
PT15 ACTIVATOR, 24 OZ 3 LBS 30.89 HAZMAT A
at room temperature.
If not painting over, wash surface thoroughly with
PT18
soap and water (after 72 hours) before adding fish.
Acceptable for aquatic containment under USDA
guidelines. Sold in two gallon kits, Part A and Part
B. Two-year shelf life. Weighs 22 lbs. EPOXY CONCRETE PRIMER HAZMAT AG
A high-performance epoxy primer and coating for concrete (more than 20
MODEL EACH
days old). Deep penetrating properties provide pore filling and strengthening
PT98 2 GAL KIT $158.09 of the concrete top layer, forming a strong adhesive base for surface coating.
This is an excellent sealer for epoxy paint (will not fill large pores of cinder
blocks), but cannot be used over an existing water-based paint coating. It may
also be used on damp (not wet) concrete. For best results, acid etch, rinse
with nonsudsing ammonia and pressure wash before application. The primer
is clear (consistency of water) with a pot life of 8–10 hours after mixing. One
gallon will cover about 200-300 ft2 with a 3- to 3.5-mil layer. One-year shelf life.
Sold in 2-gallon kit only. Weighs 20 lbs.
MODEL EACH
PT20 $140.29

PAINT AND REPAIR 409
Coatings/Repair Tape/Epoxy/Spray Foam
FISH POND COATING, HERCO H-55 HAZMAT AG REPAIR TAPE

New concrete leaches alkali, creating pH and water chemistry problems for Seal leaky hoses, pipes, tubing, lines and fittings with the most versatile and
fish. With Herco H-55 you can seal and leakproof new and old concrete, block easy-to-use emergency repair product available. Rescue Tape is a self-fusing
and brick. silicone repair product that creates a permanent, airtight, watertight seal in
seconds. Leaves no sticky residue and resists fuels, oils, acids, solvents, salt
H-55 can be brushed, rolled or sprayed with an airless gun in two or more coats water and UV rays. Insulates up to 8,000 volts, withstands up to 500ºF and
(one hour apart). One gallon covers approximately 100 sq.ft. After a 72-hour remains flexible to -85ºF. 950-psi tensile strength.
cure period, fill with water and stock with fish. Herco thinner is required for
clean up and/or product thinning. Primer is not necessary but highly MODEL EACH
recommended—we cannot guarantee this product if used without primer. RT1BLK BLACK, 1” X 12’ X .02” $10.49
Ships Hazmat.
RT2BLK BLACK, 2” X 36’ X .03” 47.19
MODEL SHIP WT EACH
RT1CLR CLEAR, 1” X 12’ X .02” 10.49
H55B NEOPRENE COATING, BLACK, GALLON 12 LBS $124.99
RT2CLR CLEAR, 2” X 36’ X .03” 47.19
H55C NEOPRENE COATING, CLEAR, GALLON 12 LBS 139.99
H55P PRIMER, GALLON 12 LBS 69.09
RT2BLK RT2CLR
H55C
WATERWELD® FW SW TECH FAV UNDERWATER EPOXY TECH FAV ROCKIN FOAM® SPRAY FOAM
Makes repairs underwater in minutes. Permanently Easy-to-use, adheres to most surfaces (except Quick-drying black foam specifically for waterfalls
repairs pipes, fish boxes, boats, tanks, buckets, soft plastics like polyethylene and nylon) and and water gardens. Its density is ideal for secure
concrete, wood, fiberglass,PVC—practically may be used underwater. Ideal for cementing rock placement, leaving little waste and giving you
anything (except most plastics like nylon and aquarium rock formations, pond waterfalls and better control during application. Nontoxic and
polyethylene). Sets in 20 minutes and cures hard patching pipes. Sets in 20 minutes and cures fully safe for aquatic plants and animals. Tack-free in 30
as steel in only a few hours. Safe for carrying in 24 hours. Manufacturer claims “fish safe,” minutes; can be trimmed, sanded, caulked or
potable water. but we make no warranty. plastered in 1 hour. 20-oz can.
MODEL EACH
8277 2 OZ. $15.99
UP4 GRAY, 4 OZ $12.59 RCKFM20 20 OZ. $19.79
Waterweld® is a registered trademark of J-B Weld Co., LLC Rockin Foam® is a registered trademark of Tierra Innovations, Inc.

410 SECTION
LIGHTING & ELECTRICAL

PRODUCTS
411 Timer/Submersilbe Cable/Accessories
412 Induction Grow Lights/Light Meters

SECTION 411
LIGHTING & ELECTRICAL
Products
Timer/Cable / Products / Products
Grips/Submersible Cable
REPEAT CYCLE TIMER

Here is a timer that can “do it all,” yet is easy to set. It is a repeat cycle timer
that will turn on and off at preset intervals (not time of day). Extremely useful
for automatic operation of valves, feeding devices, pumps, etc. It allows the
setting of timing ranges from 0.05 second to 100 hours! Set on and off periods
independently with two dials, ±1% accuracy. 13/4” square with 8-wire quick plug.
Its double pole, double throw switch is rated at 5 amps, 230VAC. Input voltage
100–240VAC, 50/60 Hz.
MODEL EACH
T5 $167.99
GROUNDING PROBES, TITANIUM
Made of pure titanium, these specially designed probes remove “stray voltage”
generated by pumps, heaters, lights and other electrical devices. A worthwhile
safety device for live seafood tanks, aquariums, hatcheries, garden ponds, etc.
Noncorroding titanium probes have 10’ wire lead. Simply immerse probe in
water and either plug into wall receptacle or attach to grounding lug.
Instructions included.
MODEL EACH
TG10 PROBE W/PLUG $15.19
GP10 PROVE W/O PLUG 15.69
POWER CABLE, SUBMERSIBLE MAX CABLE LENGTH

This PVC cable is safe for wet-service and submersible applications. 115V 115V 230V 239V
UC3-S
UL- and CSA-listed; STW 600V grounding. Use 3-wire cable for single-phase
and 4-wire cable for three-phase power requirements. GAUGE 6A 10A 6A 10A
14 65’ 39’ 260’ 156’
MODEL AMPS O.D. (INCHES) PER FT 100’+ UC4-S
12 104’ 62’ 416’ 248’
UC1-S 14-GAUGE/3-WIRE 18 .528 $1.69 $1.52
UC3-S 12-GAUGE/3-WIRE 25 .609 1.89 1.70 10 166’ 99’ 664’ 396’
UC4-S 12-GAUGE/4-WIRE 20 .664 2.09 1.88 UC102
UC102 10-GAUGE/3-WIRE 30 .652 2.69 2.42
UC103 10-GAUGE/4-WIRE 25 .713 2.69 2.42
UC1-S
UC103
WEATHERPROOF HOUSING FOR EXTENSION CORDS

This inexpensive, weatherproof housing safely keeps extension cords
protected from mud, surface water and rain. Easy to install, eliminates
WPH14A shock hazard and power interruptions by keeping power cords connected.
Measures 81/2” L x 21/2” diameter. Fits round 3-wire cables listed.
MODEL EACH
WPH14A FOR 3/8” O.D. CORD, 14 GAUGE $8.09
WPH12 FOR 1/2” O.D. CORD, 12 GAUGE 29.59
CABLE, CORD & TUBING GRIPS CABLE GRIPS

These nonmetallic grips provide a liquid-tight, These low-profile, power cable, strain-relief grips have an extremely wide
strain-relief connection for cables, cords and cable diameter range. The unique internal design assures a liquid-tight
tubing. Manufactured from nylon 6/6, they seal as well as superior pull-out resistance. Tightening the nut by hand
are suitable for industrial and agriculture makes the grommet constrict on the cord or cable, locking it firmly in
applications. Corrosion-resistant, lightweight place. Fits cords 3/8” to 3/4” (1 to 2 cm), MNPT connections.
and nonconductive.
MODEL EACH
ACCOMMODATES
MODEL DIA. OF CABLE HOLE SIZE EACH LC12 1/2” $5.39
L6410 1/4" .114–.250" .492 $3.99 LC34 3/4” 5.69
L6420 3/8" .181–.312" .670 4.49
L6430 1/2" .170–.470" .875 4.49 L6410
LC12
L6440 3/4" .450–.709" 1.068 6.79
L6450 1" .590–1.000" 1.375 10.49

412 SECTION
412 LIGHTING & ELECTRICAL
Products /Grow
Induction Products
Lights/ Products
& Light Meters
INDUCTION GROW LIGHTS

Energy saving, full spectrum lighting ideal for aquaponics
Induction lighting is an emerging technology that is replacing metal halide
and high pressure sodium lighting in aquaponics. Induction lighting offers
many benefits to crop production including a broad spectrum, greater canopy
penetration and lower operating temperatures.
• Consumes up to 70% less power than traditional HID lamps
• One lamp from vegetative thru flowering reduces plant stress
• PAR rated spectrums: 90% UV – 95% Carotenoid – 80% R/FR/IR
• 98% specular reflectance for greater canopy penetration
• Low operating temperatures reduce cooling costs
• Longer lamp life (100,000 hour rated)
• 10 year lamp and driver warranty
40W PONTOON ACCESSORY 420W GROW LIGHT

Designed to work as an enhancement accessory to the induction lamps’ broad
spectrum phosphor blend. They are a low wattage addition to our induction
lamps’ spectrums and should be considered when the gardener is seeking
optimized quality, yield and reduced time to harvest.
• Flowering enhancement accessory
• Comes fully assembled No Tools Required for Easy Installation
• 5 Year Warranty
LIGHTING CONVERSION REFERENCE

40W PONTOON
PNR-400-PAR (420W) REPLACES 1,000W METAL HALIDE OR 750W HP SODIUM LIGHTS
Grow Lights
COVERAGE AREA DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS L W L W H (LBS) EACH
PNR-100-PAR 100W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 100 24” 24” 19” 141/2” 63/4” 12 $503.99
PNR-200-PAR 200W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 200 36” 36” 261/2” 141/2” 63/4” 17 640.49
PNR-400-PAR 420W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 420 48” 48” 41” 141/2” 63/4” 24 834.79
PNR-400-PON 40W PONTOON ACCESSORY 120-277 50/60 40 — — 40” 20” 51/2” 14 782.29
PORTABLE LIGHT METER WITH WATERPROOF PROBE LIGHT METER LUX/FC

Quickly and accurately measure light levels at the bottom of your tank using the Monitor visible light levels anywhere with fast, stable and accurate response.
waterproof sensor. Ranges: 0–1,999 lux, 2,000–19,999 lux and 20,000–50,000 Results are easily read on the extra large LCD (1½” high) with bar graph, low
lux. Easy-to-use meter has three buttons for manual range selection; accuracy battery and over range indications. The color and cosine corrected sensor
is ±6% of reading ±1 digit. Sensor is salt water compatible and measures a peak meets C.I.E. photopic spectrum. Will read LED light. Also features RS232
wavelength of 560 nm. Meter has auto shut-off after about 5 minutes of computer output, min/max, auto power off, external zero adjustment, hold
non-use and a 3½’ cord that connects the sensor to the meter. One 9V battery function and a tripod back. The lux / footcandle light meter comes ready to use
(included) gives 150 hours of use. with a 9V battery, instructions, soft padded case with shoulder strap, and a
detachable sensor (with 44” cord) with cover for easier replacement or repair.
Measures 7¾” × 2¾” × 1¼” and weighs 10 oz. CE, RoHS.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
SM700 $88.19
840020-AQ $149.09
2-YEAR WARRANTY
5-YEAR WARRANTY
RANGE
0–400,000 lux, 0–40,000 fc
RESOLUTION
.01 / 1 lux, .001 / 1 fc

SECTION 413
CLEANING
PRODUCTS
414 Disinfectants/Cleaners
415 Siphon Pump/Vacuum/Tongs/Towel
416 Pads/Scrubbers/Scrappers
417 Vacuum Heads/Pond Hose
418 Poles & Brushs

414 CLEANING
Disinfectants/Cleaners
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE FW SW HAZMAT AG CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
Technical grade KMnO 4 (97% minimum potassium permanganate) is a

strong oxidizer that works by oxidizing organic and inorganic materials
that are major consumers of oxygen (does not add oxygen to the water). Sold
in 5-lb (2.2 kg) bucket. Ships Hazmat. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL EACH
PTP5 5 LBS $48.99
AQUATIC DISINFECTANT FW SW TECH FAV

This is a concentrated disinfectant powder that when mixed with water
forms a powerful cleaning and disinfecting solution with efficacy against
fish viruses, bacteria, fungi, and molds. This product is EPA registered
(except in California where registration is pending) for the disinfection of
environmental surfaces associated with aquaculture including vehicles
(boats, trailers, autos, etc.), nets, boots, footbaths, waders, dive suits,
hoses, brushes, hard surfaces and other similar equipment. Fast acting (10
mins. max. contact time), colorless, fragrance free and non-irritating to
skin and eyes, which makes it the ultimate disinfectant for use in aquatic
applications.
Mix at a rate of 1.3 ounces per gallon of water. One gallon of solution treats
135 sq.ft.; 10-lb container makes 123 gallons of solution. Solution remains
*MAT NOT INCLUDED, DISINFECTANT ONLY stable for seven days. The actual solution life can vary and will be reduced
by exposure to organics and UV light.
MODEL EACH 4+
VKS10 10-LB CONTAINER $98.59 $80.54
SANITIZING DOOR MAT

This rubber mat holds 1 gallon of liquid sanitizing solution. Ship weight 11.3 lbs.
MODEL EACH
RM2 18” X 18” (1” DEEP) $81.89
RM3 32” X 39” (2” DEEP) 203.19
OVADINE IODINE FW SW
This product is a buffered, FDA-registered fish egg disinfectant that
works well when applied to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective
against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and bacteria. Sodium thiosulfate (ST1/
ST1A) can be used to neutralize iodine disinfectants.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
ID10 1 GALLON 11 $40.99
Ovadine® is a registered trademark of Syndel Laboratories Ltd.
AQUALIFE MULTIPURPOSE CLEANER

A high-quality cleaner designed for use in fish hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and fish and food
processing plants. Quickly loosens organic soiling, allowing easy removal of biofilm, grease, oils,
waste and more. Biodegradable, nonhazardous, phosphate-free and contains no volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). NSF-certified for use in food processing facilities. Super concentrated—dilute
up to 20 times!
MODEL EACH
AQU128 1 GALLON $26.29

CLEANING 415
Aquarium Siphon Pump/Vacuum/Tongs/Towel
MANUAL SIPHON PUMP FW SW

A great way to safely transfer gasoline, diesel fuel, water, etc. Made of high-impact plastic, this pump
functions as a high-volume siphon or regular lift pump.
Comes equipped with a 6' piece of 7/16" I.D. inlet hose and 3' of outlet. Pump is only 9" long and 11/4" in
diameter. Use it to start a siphon, leave it unattended to empty the vessel, then use it again as a pump to
remove the remainder.
MODEL EACH
SP9 $63.79
GRAVEL VACUUM
The Python Products No Spill Clean 'N Fill system simplifies water changes and tank maintenance. It
connects to most water faucets for use with aquariums, ponds, bioassay tanks and small recirculating
systems. The unique faucet pump enables the siphoning of water efficiently without spills. Unlike
garden hoses, the Python system uses UV-stabilized tubing, which eliminates the possibility of adding
hose-borne toxins to fish tanks. Each Python system is completely assembled, ready to use and
includes hose, 10" gravel tube, hose connectors, switch, faucet pump and faucet adapters.
MODEL EACH ACCESSORIES & REPLACEMENT PARTS

PY25 PYTHON SYSTEM, 25' HOSE $41.99 MODEL EACH
PY50 PYTHON SYSTEM, 50' HOSE 62.99 PY10X EXTENSION HOSE, 10' 11.49
PY75 PYTHON SYSTEM, 75' HOSE 85.89 PY20X EXTENSION HOSE, 20' 19.29
PY100 PYTHON SYSTEM, 100' HOSE 105.69 PY24 GRAVEL TUBE, 24” 12.29
Python Products® is a registered trademark of World Wide Pet Products, Inc. PY13B PUMP 5.79 PY25
PY07F MALE CONNECTOR 3.09

PY06F FEMALE CONNECTOR 3.99
PY13C FLOW SWITCH 4.39
PY13A FAUCET ADAPTER, PLASTIC 3.09
PY69HD FAUCET ADAPTER, BRASS 4.19
AQUA TONGS
These powerful tongs feature a 4.5" squeezable grip for grabbing rocks, corals and other decorations out of
tanks. Built with stainless steel and plastic components, so they will not rust. Keeps hands out of water to
reduce contamination.
AF9502
MODEL OAL EACH
AF9500
AF9502 22" $19.89
AF9500 34" 23.59
AF9501 28” 23.09
MICROFIBER CLEANING TOWEL

The Fish’n Towel is a 16” x 16” microfiber cleaning towel that is 4x more absorbent than cotton and
dries much faster. Not only are these cloths more hygienic, they avoid the need for expensive (and
often harmful) detergents. Microfibers are able to attach themselves to even the smallest, most
microscopic dirt particles—ones that normal cloth fibers crudely brush past.
• Easier to grab and hold onto fish
• Microfibers are effective wet or dry to clean boat, gear, and hands.
• Carabineer clips right to your pants
MODEL EACH
AFTB $5.19

416 CLEANING
Cleaners/Algae Pads/Srubber/Scrapers
FLOATING AQUARIUM CLEANERS

Clean the inside of your aquarium without getting your hands wet
These super-strong magnets are lined with a soft felt for the outside and a
cleaning material that won't scratch the inside. Mag-Float® scrapes away MF41
tough algae stains, stay together around corners and float if knocked apart.
MODEL SIZE USE ON EACH

MF41 4" X 1" GLASS $18.19
MF32 3" X 2" GLASS 35.19
130A 4" X 1" ACRYLIC 18.59
360A 3" X 2" ACRYLIC 36.59
Mag-Float is a registered trademark of Bakker Holding Son B.V. CORP.
®
ALGAE PADS
These handheld algae pads are ideal for removing unsightly algae from
tanks, aquariums, etc. Material is easily washed and long lasting. White
algae pads will not scratch acrylic and plexiglass tanks. Blue algae pads
are very coarse and will scratch acrylic surfaces; however, they are ideal
for glass, polyethylene and hard surfaces.
USE ON GLASS (BLUE) USE ON ACRYLIC (WHITE)

SIZE NO. OF PADS MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
3” X 3” 1 AG3 $2.59 AG3A $2.59
AG4
3” X 3” 24-PK AG3C 56.69 AG3AC 56.69
AG4A
4” X 6” 1 AG4 5.29 AG4A 5.29
4” X 6” 24-PK AG4C 113.39 AG4AC 113.39
ALGAE SCRUBBER
Perfect for cleaning algae from aquarium and tank walls. Handle is
approximately 15" long. For use with acrylic and glass aquariums.
MODEL EACH
AG5B $7.29
ALGAE SCRAPERS
Designed for removing tough algae from aquarium tanks, these algae scrapers
will not scratch glass or acrylic. Include three types of easily changed
replacement blades for all your cleaning needs: fabric-covered, plastic and
stainless steel.
MODEL EACH
PR21 PROSCRAPER, SHORT $10.49
PR241 PROSCRAPER, 24" 15.79
PR35E PROSCRAPER, 24"–36" 26.29
PR21 PR24R3 REPL. PLASTIC BLADES, 3/PK 5.19
PSRS3 REPL. STEEL BLADES, 3/PK 6.09
PSRS3 PR24R3
PR241 PR35E

CLEANING 417
Vacuum Heads/Pond Hose
COMMERCIAL VACUUM HEAD

This commercial-duty, chrome-plated, brass vacuum head is sure to
shorten your cleaning time for raceways, fish tanks and ponds. Overall unit
width is 12" with a suction width of 101/2". It features a "Balanced Design"
and a unique four-wheel suspension system using high-performance acetal
resin wheels on height-adjusting eccentrics. The nonmarking wheels and
the internal brush adjust to control the height and the amount of suction.
Use any suction tubing (pond hose works best) with a 11/2" I.D. and bolt it to
a handle measuring 11/4" O.D.
AV17 MODEL EACH

AV17R
AV17 VACUUM HEAD $237.29
AV17R REPLACEMENT WHEELS (SET OF 4) 19.29
VACUUM HEADS
Constructed of polyethylene with lead weights molded in, these flexible
vacuum heads are ideal for bottom cleaning of koi ponds, tanks and
raceways. The suction chamber converges the suction velocity equally from
both ends. The heads have adjustable wheels to control vacuum velocity.
Each includes a Snap-Adapt handle (metal on VAC14 and VAC22) to fit our
poles and 11/2" vacuum hose swivel connection.
MODEL SHIP WT EACH

VAC12 VACUUM HEAD, 12” 5 LBS $47.29
VAC14 VACUUM HEAD, 14" 7 LBS 80.79
VAC22 VACUUM HEAD, 22" 9 LBS 104.99 VAC12
VACRPWL REPLACEMENT WHEELS 1 LB 10.79
POND HOSE
This pond hose can be used for cleaning fish ponds and siphoning water, etc.,
because it will not collapse. Hose cuffs fit snugly on a 11/2" barbed fitting and
swivel to prevent kinking. 11/2" diameter.
MODEL EACH
HP525 POND HOSE, RESIDENTIAL, 25' $38.19
HP535 POND HOSE, COMMERCIAL, 35' 68.59
HP526 HP524 REPLACEMENT CUFF 4.09
HP525 HP526 REPLACEMENT SWIVEL CUFF 6.29
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE

418 CLEANING
Poles/Brushes/Scrub Pad
EXTENDING POLES BH75

Designed for use with pond and tank vacuums, scrub brushes and other
attachments with plastic locking bi-pins. Snap-Adapt PVC poles are
three-piece, so you can make a 2', 4', 6', 8' or 10' pole.
OUTSIDE
MODEL DIAMETER EACH BH10
BH75 8’ TELESCOPING ALUMINUM POLE 11/4” $15.09
BH10 2 - 10’ SNAP-ADAPT PVC POLE 11/4” 20.49
BRUSH WITH NYLON BRISTLES HEAVY-DUTY SCRUB PAD

These curved, heavy-duty brushes are ideal for cleaning tanks, ponds and This heavy-duty scrub pad is acrylic safe and mounted on a molded ABS back
raceways. Made of ABS plastic, they feature UV-resistant bristles and have for tough cleaning. Swivel-joint handle keeps the pad flat on the surface
Snap-Adapt handles to fit our poles. regardless of the angle—great for hard-to-reach spots. Perfect for
large tanks and public displays. Pad is 10" L x 41/2" W x 1" thick. Work with
SHIP WT Snap-Adapt poles.

MODEL (LBS) EACH SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
BRSH18ABS 18" BRUSH 2 $31.49
SCR-57 MULTIPURPOSE SCRUBBER 2 $19.79
SCR-58 REPLACEMENT SCRUB PAD 2.79
UTILITY BRUSHES CORNER BRUSH

Utility scrub brushes with polypropylene bristles. Crimped filament for better The corner brush is designed to clean corners, crevices, and other hard-
solution holding capabilities. to-reach areas. It has synthetic bristles and the handle has a 45-degree
angle design. For a long reach, the brush has a connection that allows
MODEL EACH 4+ attachment to a male threaded broom handle or telescopic pole.
BU1 81/2”X 3” $6.99 $6.64
MODEL EACH 4+
BU2 20” X 3” 9.99 9.49
CB003 $10.79 $10.25
BU2 BU1
DECK BRUSH HARDWOOD HANDLE, THREADED

Heavy-duty scrub brush with 17/8" plastic fill for wet cleaning of floors and Use it with our 10" deck brush (BD1) and other threaded brushes, squeegees,
tanks. Waxed wood block has one threaded hole. etc. Has wooden threads.
MODEL EACH 4+ MODEL EACH 4+
BD1 10” BRUSH $9.59 $9.11 BH1 $7.89 $7.50

REFERENCE
PRODUCTS
420 Aquaculture/Fish Rearing/Disease
420 REFERENCE
SECTION
Products / Products
Aquaculture/Fish Rearing/Disease
/ Products
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE TECH FAV FUNDAMENTALS OF AQUACULTURE

Developed to be a practical guide to intensive aquaculture for the An excellent step-by-step guide to commercial
practicing aquaculturist, this book is the reference text for the popular aquaculture, general enough for the beginner
Cornell University & Freshwater Institute's Short Course on but comprehensive enough for the experienced
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS). Contents include basic aquaculturist. Covers a wide range of topics,
principles behind biofilter systems, gas from site and species selection to water
conditioning equipment, solids capture, management, harvesting, even marketing.
waste treatment and management, culture Over 280 photos. Contains study questions and
vessel design, pumps and fluid mechanics, a reference section at the end of each chapter.
control and monitoring systems, building James W. Avault, Jr., Ph.D., 1996. Softcover,
standards, ventilation and heating 889 pages.
requirements, biosecurity and engineering
economics. Book lists a website with
programs to perform most necessary
engineering calculations. Michael B. MODEL EACH
Timmons (Cornell University), James
Ebeling (Freshwater Institute, the WQB29 $107.09
Conservation Fund) and Fredrick W.
Wheaton (University of Maryland).
MODEL EACH
WQB109 ENGLISH EDITION $142.49
WQB109S SPANISH EDITION 142.49
FISH DISEASE: DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT AQUACULTURE SCIENCE

Regarded as one of the most comprehensive Provides information on all aspects of
reference books available regarding fish aquaculture in an easy-to-read format.
diagnostics. Chapters include "Methods for Subjects include fish, aquatic plants, water
Diagnosing Fish Disease," "Equipping a Fish Disease quality, marketing, economics, nutrition,
Diagnostic Lab," "Postmortem Techniques," career opportunities and much, much more.
"Clinical Decision Making," "Treatment Guidelines," Each chapter ends with a comprehensive
"Pharmacopoeia." Edward J. Noga, 2010 (second review. Suitable for grades 8 and up. Rick
edition). Hardcover, 536 full-color pages. Parker, 2002. 621 pages.
WQB90 $143.79 BE1 $147.39
FISH HATCHERY MANAGEMENT TECH FAV SMALL SCALE AQUACULTURE

This is a must-have book, covering a wide variety Updated and expanded from the
of subjects, from setting up a hatchery through earlier, best-selling Home
feeding, hatchery operation, fish health, water Aquaculture, this is an excellent
quality and transportation. Many useful charts. source for the hobbyist, now
US Fish & Wildlife Service, 1992. Softcover, including detailed information on
515 pages. recirculating tank, cage culture,
aquaponic and small-scale
MODEL EACH
flow-through applications. Steven D.
WQB28 $73.49 Van Gorder, revised 2000. Softcover,
210 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB25 $26.29

SECTION 421
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
422 Conversion Factors
426 Abbreviations/Units
427 Ordering & Shipping Information
429 Terms & Conditions of Sale
432 Index
441 Tech Talk Index
442 Tech Profiles

422 INFORMATION RESOURCES
Conversion Factors
VOLUME CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
acre-feet 43,560 cu. feet cubic meters 1,057 quarts (US liq.)
acre-feet 325,900 gallons cubic yards 46,656 cubic inches
bushels 35.24 liters cubic yards 0.7646 cubic meters
bushels 4 pecks cubic yards 202 gallons (US liq.)
bushels 32 quarts (dry) cubic yards 764.6 liters
cubic centimeters 3.53E-05 cu. feet cups 236.588 cubic cm
cubic centimeters 0.06102374 cu. inches gallons 3,785.412 cubic cm
cubic centimeters 2.64E-04 gallon (US liq.) gallons 0.1337 cubic feet
cubic centimeters 0.002113 pint (US liq.) gallons 231 cu. inches
cubic centimeters 0.001057 quart (US liq.) gallons 0.004951 cu. yards
cubic feet 28,320 cu. cm gallons 3.785 liters
cubic feet 1,728 cu. inches gallons (liq. British imp.) 1.20095 gallons (US liq.)
cubic feet 0.02832 cu. meters gallons (US) 0.83267 gallons (imp.)
cubic feet 0.03703704 cu. yards liters 0.03531 cu. feet
cubic feet 7.48052 gallons (US liq.) liters 61.02 cu. inches
cubic feet 28.32 liters liters 0.2642 gallons (US liq.)
cubic feet 59.84 pints (US liq.) liters 2.113 pints (US liq.)
cubic feet 29.92 quarts (US liq) liters 1.057 quarts (US liq.)
cubic inches 16.39 cu. cm ounces (fluid) 1.805 cu. inches
cubic inches 0.0005787 cu. feet ounces (fluid) 0.02957 liters
cubic inches 1.64E-05 cu. meters pecks (US) 0.25 bushels
cubic inches 2.14E-05 cubic yards pints (US dry) 0.5506105 liters
cubic inches 0.004329 gallons pints (US liquid) 0.4731765 liters
cubic inches 0.03463 pints (US liq.) quarts (dry) 67.2 cu. inches
cubic inches 0.01732 quarts (US liq.) quarts (liquid) 0.03342 cu. feet
cubic meters 35.31 cubic feet quarts (liquid) 57.75 cu. inches
cubic meters 61,023 cubic inches quarts (liquid) 0.9463 liters
cubic meters 1.307951 cubic yards tablespoons (US) 14.79 milliliters
cubic meters 264.2 gallons (US liq.) teaspoons (US) 4.93 milliliters
cubic meters 2,113 pints (US liq.)
PROPERTIES OF WATER COMPOSITION OF DRY AIR AT SEA LEVEL

DENSITY OF FRESH WATER DENSITY OF SEA WATER DENSITY OF ICE COMPONENT % BY VOLUME % BY WEIGHT
Nitrogen 78.084 75.5
TEMPERATURE LBS PER TEMPERATURE LBS PER TEMPERATURE LBS PER
(ºF) CUBIC FOOT (ºF) CUBIC FOOT (ºF) CUBIC FOOT Oxygen 20.946 23.2
32 62.410 30 64.250 -50 57.670 Argon .934 1.33
40 62.418 40 64.200 -40 57.625 Carbon Dioxide .035 .049
50 62.401 50 64.170 -30 57.600
Molecular weight: 28.975 lbs/mol
60 62.358 60 64.100 -20 57.582 Specific volume at 70ºF and 1 atm: 13.346 ft3/lb (.8333m3/kg)
70 62.293 70 64.020 -10 57.541 Specific gravity (gas): 1.000
80 62.208 80 63.950 0 57.105 Density at 70ºF and 1 atm: .07492 lb/ft3
90 62.105 90 63.800 10 57.490
100 61.986 100 63.700 20 57.455

INFORMATION RESOURCES 423
Conversion Factors
LENGTH CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
angstroms 3.94E-06 inches inches 0.00001578 miles miles (statute) 1.609 kilometers
centimeters 0.03281 feet inches 25.4 millimeters miles (statute) 1,609 meters
centimeters 0.3937 inches inches 1,000 mils miles (statute) 0.8684 miles (nautical)
centimeters 393.7 mils inches 0.02777778 yards miles (statute) 1,760 yards
centimeters 0.01094 yards kilometers 3280.84 feet millimeters 3.28E-03 feet
fathoms 1.828804 meter kilometers 3.94E+04 inches millimeters 0.03937 inches
fathoms 6 feet kilometers 0.6214 miles millimeters 39.37 mils
feet 30.48 centimeters kilometers 1.00E+06 millimeters mils 2.54E-03 centimeters
feet 0.0003048 kilometers kilometers 1,094 yards mils 0.001 inches
feet 0.3048 meters leagues 3 miles (approx.) rods 5.029 meters
feet 0.0001645 miles (naut.) meters 3.281 feet rods 16.5 feet
feet 0.0001894 miles (stat.) meters 39.37 inches spans 9 inches
feet 304.8 millimeters meters 5.40E-04 miles (nautical) yards 91.44 centimeters
feet 12,000 mils meters 6.21E-04 miles (statute) yards 9.14E-04 kilometers
furlongs 0.125 miles (US) meters 1.094 yards yards 0.9144 meters
furlongs 660 feet miles (nautical) 6080.27 feet yards 4.93E-04 miles (nautical)
inches 2.54 centimeters miles (nautical) 1.853 kilometers yards 5.68E-04 miles (statute)
inches 0.08333333 feet miles (statute) 5280 feet yards 914.4 millimeters
inches 0.0254 meters miles (statute) 6.34E+04 inches
VELOCITY CONVERSION FACTORS

centimeters/sec 1.969 feet/min kilometers/hr 54.68 feet/min meters/sec 3.281 feet/sec
centimeters/sec 0.03281 feet/sec kilometers/hr 0.9113 feet/sec meters/sec 3.6 kilometers/hr
centimeters/sec 0.036 kilometers/hr kilometers/hr 0.5396 knots meters/sec 0.06 kilometers/min
centimeters/sec 0.01943 knots kilometers/hr 16.67 meters/min meters/sec 2.237 miles/hr
centimeters/sec 0.6 meters/min kilometers/hr 0.6214 miles/hr meters/sec 0.03728 miles/min
centimeters/sec 0.02237 miles/hr knots 6,080 feet/hr miles/hr 44.7 cm/sec
centimeters/sec 0.0003728 miles/min knots 1.8532 kilometers/hr miles/hr 88 feet/min
feet/min 0.508 cm/sec knots 1 nautical miles/hr miles/hr 1.467 feet/sec
feet/min 0.01667 feet/sec knots 1.151 statute miles/hr miles/hr 1.609 km/hr
feet/min 0.3048 meters/min knots 2,027 yards/hr miles/hr 0.02682 km/min
feet/min 0.01136 miles/hr knots 1.689 feet/sec miles/hr 0.8684 knots
feet/sec 30.48 cm/sec meters/min 1.667 cm/sec miles/hr 26.82 meters/min
feet/sec 1.097 km/hr meters/min 3.281 feet/min miles/hr 0.01667 miles/min
feet/sec 0.5921 knots meters/min 0.05468 feet/sec miles/min 2682 cm/sec
feet/sec 18.29 meters/min meters/min 0.06 km/hr miles/min 88 feet/sec
feet/sec 0.6818 miles/hr meters/min 0.03238 knots miles/min 1.609 km/min
feet/sec 0.01136 miles/min meters/min 0.03728 miles/hr miles/min 60 miles/hr
kilometers/hr 27.78 cm/sec meters/sec 196.8 feet/min

Conversion Factors
PRESSURE CONVERSION FACTORS

atmospheres 0.007348 tons/sq.inch feet of water 0.0295 amospheres inches of water 0.03613 lbs/sq.in.
atmospheres 76 cm of mercury feet of water 0.8826 in. of mercury kilograms/sq. cm 0.9678 atmospheres
atmospheres 33.9 ft of water feet of water 0.03048 kg/sq. cm kilograms/sq. cm 32.81 feet of water
atmospheres 29.92 in. of mercury feet of water 304.8 kg/sq.meter kilograms/sq. cm 28.96 inches of mercury
atmospheres 1.0333 kg/sq.cm feet of water 62.43 lbs/sq.ft. kilograms/sq. cm 2,048 lbs/sq.ft.
atmospheres 10,332 kg/sq.meter feet of water 0.4335 lbs/sq.in kilograms/sq. cm 14.22 lbs/sq.in.
atmospheres 14.7 lbs/sq. inch grams/sq. cm 2.0481 lbs/sq. ft. kilograms/sq. meter 9.68E-05 atmospheres
atmospheres 1.058 tons/sq.ft. inches of mercury 0.03342 atmospheres kilograms/sq. meter 9.81E-05 bars
bars 0.9869 atmospheres inches of mercury 1.133 feet of water lbs/sq. ft. 4.73E-04 atmospheres
bars 1,000,000 dynes/sq.cm inches of mercury 0.03453 kg/sq.cm lbs/sq. ft. 0.01602 feet of water
bars 10,200 kg/sq. meter inches of mercury 345.3 kg/sq.meter lbs/sq. ft. 0.01414 inches of mercury
bars 2,089 lbs/sq.ft. inches of mercury 70.73 lbs/sq.ft. lbs/sq. ft. 4.882 kg/sq meter
bars 14.5 lbs/sq.inch inches of mercury 0.4912 lbs/sq.in. lbs/sq. ft. 6.94E-03 lbs/sq.in.
centimeters of mercury 0.01316 atmospheres inches of water 0.002458 atmospheres lbs/sq. in. 0.06804 atmospheres
centimeters of mercury 0.4461 feet of water inches of water 0.07355 inches of mercury lbs/sq. in. 2.307 feet of water
centimeters of mercury 136 kg/sq. meter inches of water 0.00254 kg/sq.cm lbs/sq. in. 2.036 inches of mercury
centimeters of mercury 27.85 lbs/sq.ft. inches of water 0.5781 ounces/sq.in. lbs/sq. in. 703.1 kg/sq.meter
centimeters of mercury 0.1934 lbs/sq.inch inches of water 5.204 lbs/sq.ft. tons (short)/sq.ft. 9765 kg/sq.meter
AREA CONVERSION FACTORS

acres 0.4047 hectares square kilometers 247.1 acres
acres 43,560 sq. ft. square kilometers 1.08E+07 sq. ft.
acres 4,047 sq. meters square kilometers 1.00E+06 sq. meters
acres 0.001562 sq. miles square kilometers 0.3861 sq. miles
hectares 2.471 acres square meters 10.76 sq. ft.
hectares 107,639 sq. ft. square meters 1,550 sq. in.
square centimeters 1.08E-03 sq. ft. square meters 3.86E-07 sq. miles
square centimeters 0.155 sq. in. square meters 1.196 sq. yards
square centimeters 0.0001 sq. in. square miles 640 acres
square feet 929 sq. cm square miles 2.79E+07 sq. ft.
square feet 0.0929 sq. meters square miles 2.59 sq. km
square feet 0.1111 sq. yards square millimeters 1.55E-03 sq. in.
square inches 6.452 sq. cm square yards 8,361 sq. cm
square inches 645.2 sq. millimeters square yards 0.8361 sq. meters
PROPERTIES OF PURE OXYGEN

Molecular weight: 31.999 lbs/mol Gas Phase
One gallon liquid oxygen = 115 ft3 gas Specific volume at 70ºF and 1 atm: 12.08 ft3/lb (.7513 m3/kg)
One liter liquid oxygen = .86 m3 gas Density at 70ºF and 1 atm: .0828 lb/ft3
1 lb liquid oxygen = 12.1 ft3 (gas) Specific gravity: 1.1
1 lb liquid oxygen = 342 liters (gas)
1 cu. ft = 28.3 liters Liquid Phase
Specific volume: .105 gal/lb (.877 l/kg)
Density: 9.52 lbs/gal (1.141 kg/l)

INFORMATION RESOURCES 425
Conversion Factors
FLOWRATE CONVERSION FACTORS MASS CONVERSION FACTORS

cubic feet/min 472 ml/sec grams 5 carat
cubic feet/min 0.125 gallons/sec grams 15.43 grains
cubic feet/min 28.31 liters/min grams 0.03527396 ounces (avoirdupois)
cubic feet/min 1.699 m 3/hr grams 0.03215075 ounces (troy)
cubic feet/min 0.1247 gallons/sec grams 0.00220462 pounds
cubic feet/min 0.472 liters/sec kilograms 2.205 pounds
cubic feet/min 62.43 lbs of water/min kilograms 9.84E-04 tons (long)
cubic feet/min 4.72E-04 m 3/s kilograms 1.10E-03 tons (short)
cubic feet/sec 0.646317 million gallons/day milligrams 0.01543236 grains
cubic feet/sec 448.831 gallons/min ounces 437.5 grains
cubic feet/sec 0.0283168 m 3/s ounces 28.349523 grams
cubic meter/min 0.0166667 m 3/s ounces 0.0625 pounds
cubic meters/day 264.172 gallons/day ounces 0.9115 ounces (troy)
cubic meters/day 0.0002642 million gallons/day ounces 2.79E-05 tons (long)
cubic meters/sec 35.3147 cu.ft./sec ounces 2.84E-05 tons (metric)
cubic meters/sec 22.8245 million gallons/day pounds 7,000 grains
cubic meters/sec 15,850.3 gallons/min pounds 453.5924 grams
gallons/day 4.38E-08 m 3/s pounds 0.4536 kilograms
gallons/hr 63.1 ml/min pounds 16 ounces
gallons/hr 0.134 cu.ft./hr pounds 14.5833 ounces (troy)
gallons/min 0.002228 cu.ft./sec pounds 32.17 poundals
gallons/min 0.06308 liters/sec pounds 1.21528 pounds (troy)
gallons/min 8.0208 cu.ft./hr pounds 0.0005 tons (short)
gallons/min 0.227 m 3/hr pounds (troy) 373.24177 grams
gallons/min 3.785 liters/min tons (long) 1,016 kilograms
gallons/min 6.31E-05 m 3/s tons (long) 2,240 pounds
liters/hour 2.78E-07 m 3/s tons (long) 1.12 tons (short)
liters/min 1.67E-05 m 3/s tons (metric) 2,205 pounds
liters/min 5.89E-04 cu.ft./sec tons (short) 907.1848 kilograms
liters/min 4.40E-03 gallons/sec tons (short) 32,000 ounces
liters/sec 22,824.5 gallons/day tons (short) 2,000 pounds
liters/sec 0.0228 million gallons/day tons (short) 0.89287 tons (long)
million gallons/day 1.54723 cu.ft./sec tons (short) 0.90718 tons (metric)
million gallons/day 694.4 gallons/min
oz/min 29.57 ml/min
SATURATED VAPOR PRESSURE OF FRESH WATER DENSITY OF AIR (1 ATM)

TEMPERATURE LBS PER TEMPERATURE LBS PER TEMPERATURE LBS PER TEMPERATURE LBS PER
(ºF) SQUARE INCH (ºF) SQUARE INCH (ºF) CUBIC FOOT (ºF) CUBIC FOOT
32 .089 70 .363 -10 .088 50 .078
40 .122 80 .507 0 .086 60 .076
50 .178 90 .698 10 .085 70 .075
60 .256 100 .950 20 .083 80 .074
30 .081 90 .072
40 .079 100 .071

Abbreviations/Units
A..................................................................................ampere(s) G.L.A.......................................................gamma-linolenic acid oz....................................................................................ounce(s)

ABS....................acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer GLP....................................................good laboratory practice oz t.........................................................................troy ounce(s)
Abs...........................................................................absorbance gn....................................................................................grain(s) PAES..................................Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
AES................................. [Pentair] Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. gpd...................................................................gallon(s) per day PB........................................................................... polybutylene
....................................................Aeration Efficiency Standard gpm............................................................gallon(s) per minute pc(s)................................................................................piece(s)
AES/B................... absolute efficiency standard for biofilters H........................................................................... height or high PC.......................................................................power compact
amp(s)........................................................................ampere(s) HCFC.................................................hydrochlorofluorocarbon PE........................................................................... polyethylene
ANSI...........................American National Standards Institute HCl................................................................. hydrochloric acid pH.................................................potenz (power) H (hydrogen)
ARA..................................................................arachidonic acid HDPE...............................................high-density polyethylene pk(s).................................................................................pack(s)
ASD....................................................average strand diameter HID...................................................... high intensity discharge pkg(s)........................................................................package(s)
ATC..............................automatic temperature compensation hp............................................................................ horsepower PL stage.........................................................post-larval stage
atm...................................................................... atmosphere(s) HO.............................................................................high output P/No....................................................................... part number
AWG........................................................ American wire gauge H2O..................................................................................... water PP.........................................................................polypropylene
BNC.................................................. bayonet Neill-Concelman HPS........................................................high-pressure sodium ppb................................................................. part(s) per billion
BOD........................................... biochemical oxygen demand HQI....................................................... mercury-quartz-iodide ppm............................................................... part(s) per million
BOD5.............................five-day biochemical oxygen demand hr(s).................................................................................hour(s) ppt.............................................................part(s) per thousand
BP............................................................. barometric pressure H2S.................................................................. hydrogen sulfide psi..................................................... pound(s) per square inch
BTU............................................................ British thermal unit HUFA......................................... highly unsaturated fatty acids pt....................................................................................... pint(s)
CaCO3........................................................... calcium carbonate Hz..................................................... hertz = cycles per second PVC................................................................polyvinyl chloride
cc..................................................................... cubic centimeter I/C......................................................... industrial/commercial PVDF..................................................... polyvinylidene fluoride
CCD.......................................................charge-coupled device I.D..................................................................... inside diameter qt.....................................................................................quart(s)
CD................................................................... corona discharge in.....................................................................................inch(es) R&D................................................ research and development
CE....................................... meets European safety standards in2.......................................................................square inch(es) RBC............................................. rotating biological contactor
cfh......................................................cubic foot (feet) per hour in3..........................................................................cubic inch(es) Repl....................................................................... replacement
cfm.................................................cubic foot (feet) per minute I/O...........................................................................input/output RH................................................................... relative humidity
cm......................................................................... centimeter(s) ISE......................................................... ion selective electrode R/O...................................................................reverse osmosis
CNS...............................................Chinese national standards K..........................................................................degrees Kelvin rpm.....................................................revolution(s) per minute
CO2......................................................................carbon dioxide kcal........................................................................kilocalorie(s) SAE......................................... standard aeration efficiency or
COD...................................................chemical oxygen demand KCI..............................................................potassium chloride ............................................. Society of Automotive Engineers
conc..................................................................... concentration kg............................................................................. kilogram(s) SAN.......................................styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer
CPVC......................................... chlorinated polyvinyl chloride KH............................................................. carbonate hardness scfh................................... standard cubic foot (feet) per hour
Cs.....................................................................................case(s) kPa......................................................................... kilopascal(s) scfm.............................. standard cubic foot (feet) per minute
CSA...................................... Canadian Standards Association kW.............................................................................. kilowatt(s) sec...............................................................................second(s)
ct.....................................................................................carat(s) kWh.................................................................. kilowatt-hour(s) sq.ft................................................................square foot (feet)
cu.ft...................................................................cubic foot (feet) L....................................................................... liter(s) or length sq.in...................................................................square inch(es)
cu.in......................................................................cubic inch(es) L.A........................................................................ linolenic acid SG.......................................................specific gravity = density
cu.yd...................................................................... cubic yard(s) lb(s).............................................................................. pound(s) SOD.................................................. sediment oxygen demand
D....................................................................................diameter LCD.......................................................... liquid crystal display SPDT.................................................single pole, double throw
dB.................................................................................decibel(s) LDPE................................................. low-density polyethylene Spig....................................................................................spigot
DHA...........................................................docosahexanoic acid LED............................................................ light-emitting diode SS........................................................................ stainless steel
Dia.................................................................................diameter Lpm............................................................... liter(s) per minute STP............................................. standard temp and pressure
DI....................................................... deionized or deionization LSB......................................................... low-space bioreactor TAB......................................................... total aerobic bacteria
DIN...............................................Deutsche Industrie Normen lux.................................................. lumen(s) per square meter TAN.....................................................total ammonia-nitrogen
DIY....................................................................... do-it-yourself m....................................................................................meter(s) TCBS....................................... thiosulfate citrate bile sucrose
dKH...................................... degree(s) of carbonate hardness m2......................................................................square meter(s) TDH..............................................................total dynamic head
DLS..............................................................double layer spiral m3h......................................................cubic meter(s) per hour TDS..........................................................total dissolved solids
D.O..................................................................dissolved oxygen mA.......................................................................milliampere(s) TEFC............................................ totally enclosed, fan-cooled
DOT.......................................... Department of Transportation Max.............................................................................maximum Temp...................................................................... temperature
dP............................ differential total dissolved gas pressure MDM............................................ membrane diffusion method TGP..............................................total dissolved gas pressure
D:S ratio...................................................distance to size ratio meq................................................................ milliequivalent(s) TSA................................................................ tryptone soy agar
dwt......................................................................... pennyweight mg...........................................................................milligram(s) tsp................................................................................ teaspoon
DWV............................................................... drain-waste-vent MGHT................................................male garden hose thread TSV..........................................................Taura syndrome virus
EC...........................................................electrical conductivity MH...........................................................................metal halide TXV............................................thermostatic expansion valve
EDTA.....................................ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid milliamp(s)........................................................milliampere(s) UL.......................................... Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
EGB............................................... expanded granular biofilter min.........................................................minute(s) or minimum USB............................................................ universal serial bus
EMC...........................................electromagnetic compatibility mL............................................................................. milliliter(s) UV............................................................................... ultraviolet
EPA..................................................... eicosapentanoic acid or mm.........................................................................millimeter(s) V.........................................................................................volt(s)
........................................... Environmental Protection Agency mmHg................................................millimeter(s) of mercury VA..............................................................................volt-amp(s)
EPDM.............................. ethylene propylene diene monomer MNPT............................................... male national pipe thread VAC..................................................volt(s), alternating current
EVA.................................... ethylene-vinyl-acetate copolymer mol.................................................................................. mole(s) VCO..............................................voltage controlled oscillator
fc............................................................................ foot-candles mps............................................................meter(s) per second VDC..........................................................volt(s), direct current
FDA.......................................... Food and Drug Administration MPT................................................................... male pipe taper VHO.................................................................. very high output
FGHT..............................................female garden hose thread N.................................................................................. newton(s) VOC.................................................volatile organic compound
FIPT..................................................female inside pipe thread NA.............................................................. numerical aperture W....................................................................... width or watt(s)
FLA..............................................................full load amperage N.C................................................................... normally closed WP............................................................wound polypropylene
fl.oz.......................................................................fluid ounce(s) NEMA...........National Electrical Manufacturers Association WSSV..............................................white spot syndrome virus
FNPT.............................................female national pipe thread NFT.......................................................nutrient film technique Wt......................................................................................weight
FOB.......................................... free on board (shipping origin) NiCad................................................................nickel cadmium yd(s)................................................................................. yard(s)
FOV..........................................................................field of view nm......................................................................... nanometer(s) YHV................................................................ yellow head virus
fps............................................................foot (feet) per second No....................................................................................number °C.................................................degrees Celsius/Centigrade
FPT................................................................female pipe taper N.O...................................................................... normally open °F............................................................... degrees Fahrenheit
FRP............................................. fiberglass reinforced plastic NPSH................................................ net positive suction head “.......................................................................................inch(es)
ft...................................................................................foot (feet) NPT............................................................national pipe thread µ...................................................................................micron(s)
ft2....................................................................square foot (feet) NSF.............................................National Science Foundation µS.................................................................... microsiemens(s)
ft3.......................................................................cubic foot (feet) NST................................................... national standard thread µWs.......................................................... microwatt-second(s)
g......................................................................................gram(s) NTU..........................................nephelometric turbidity unit(s) Ω...................................................................................... ohm(s)
gal................................................................................. gallon(s) OAL...................................................................... overall length ø.....................................................................................phase(s)
GFCI.............................. ground fault circuit interrupter = GFI O.D.................................................................. outside diameter π................................................................................................ pi
GH..................................................................general hardness ODP.....................................................................open dripproof
g/hr................................................................. gram(s) per hour ORP............................................ oxidation/reduction potential

USEFUL INFORMATION 427
SOLUTIONS SHIPPING INFORMATION

We know that our success is dependent upon yours. Anytime you have a product Free Shipping Policy: Subject to the terms, conditions, and exclusions set forth
question, please call us at 877-347-4788. We expend a lot of resources below, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. and Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
maintaining a staff of 20+ aquatic specialists to assist you. Our goal is to provide (Canada), Inc. (collectively, “PAES”) offers free Standard Ground Delivery* on
you with the right product the first time. Where else can you get help from a orders of goods placed through PAES’ website or sold through the official
team of specialists for free? If you need an in-depth system design or extensive catalog. This Free Shipping Policy only includes final delivery to the Continental
consulting, our technicians will be happy to provide you with a rate quote. United States, Canada, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands.
EXCLUSIONS: The Free Shipping Policy does not apply to the following types of
orders and/or goods:
FIVE WAYS TO ORDER
• Orders the total dollar value of which is under $50.00 (US). A flat rate of $7.99
1) Place Your Order by Calling Toll Free: 877-347-4788 (US) will apply to all such orders shipped Standard Ground Delivery.
Se Habla Español • Orders or delivery of goods in connection with repair services, warranty
To help us expedite your order, please have customer number and part items and/or returns.
number(s) ready. We suggest that you organize your order on our order • Goods manufactured by (i) Faivre, (ii) Arvo-Tec, (iii) PCI, and (iv) AirSep
form before calling. Corporation.
Office Hours • International drop shipments of goods into the above referenced territories,
including for goods from international suppliers which are not in the normal
Monday–Thursday: 8 AM–7 PM ET / Friday: 8 AM–5 PM course of business held in inventory by PAES.
If you are unable to order during our office hours, our answering machine will • The following branded product lines and/or product categories: (i) fiberglass
take your order. Just call either our regular office number, 407-886-3939 or tanks; (ii) drum screen filters; (iii) radial flow settler; (iv) cyclonic bioreactor;
877-347-4788 (toll free). In-stock orders placed on Saturday will be shipped (v) gas control column; (vi) low head oxygenators; (vii) vacuum degassers;
the next business day. (viii) Oxy Tower goods; (ix) fish pumps; (x) pressure packed columns; (xi)
2) Order online: PentairAES.com commercial carbon filters; and (xii) propeller driven bead filters.
3) Fax the Order Form: 407-886-6787 • Shipments to remote locations where customary Standard Ground Delivery
Rates are not available through the carrier.
Fill out an order form or use your own purchase order form and fax it to us.
• Rush Delivery (as described below).
Our shopping cart and checkout system make online ordering easy.
• Goods procured through a formal quote from PAES in connection with a
4) Mail us: Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. project bid proposal, tender or other related solicitation.
2395 Apopka Blvd. **The PAES Free Shipping Policy DOES NOT cover and PAES shall not be
Apopka, Florida 32703-7730 responsible for obtaining customs clearance for the goods, broker fees,
5) Email us: PAES.General@Pentair.com customs duties, taxes (including but not limited to sales, use, VAT and HST
taxes) and fees.
Ask for a free Pentair AES catalog to be included with your order.
Orders not qualifying for Free Shipping: For price quotes on shipping charges
for all other orders for goods which do not qualify for free shipping, including
PAYMENT OPTIONS international shiipments, please contact a Contact Center team representative
at Call 877-347-4788. Shipping charges may include process and handling fees.
Customs Clearance, Taxes, Duties and Fees: When ordering goods from
PAES, whether such order falls under PAES’ Free shipping Policy or otherwise,
the customer is responsible for assuring the goods can be lawfully imported to
• Visa, MasterCard and American Express accepted, including credit gift cards. the destination country. The recipient of the goods will be the importer of record
and must comply with all laws, rules and regulations of the destination country.
• Sales tax will be charged for shipments into the following states: AL, CA, CT, Orders shipped outside of the United States may be subject to import taxes,
FL, GA, IL, IN, MD, MA, MI, MO, NJ, NY, NC, OH, OK, PA, RI, SC, TN, TX, UT, VA, sales, use and value added taxes, and customs duties and fees levied by the
WA, WI. destination country. The recipient of an international shipment may be subject
• Orders may be paid for in advance by any method. Shipments from our to such import taxes, customs duties and fees, which are levied once a
warehouse will immediately follow clearance of your payment. shipment reaches the recipient’s country. Additional charges for customs
• If you would like to open an account, send in a credit application and allow at clearance, including obtaining a customs broker, must be fulfilled by the
least three weeks for processing (this applies to domestic orders only). customer. Customs policies vary widely from country to country; you should
contact your local customs office for more information. When customs
• Purchase orders from schools, government agencies and institutions will clearance procedures are required, it can cause delays beyond our original
be accepted on Net 30-day terms. delivery estimates.
• Factory Direct shipments over $200 and paid for by credit card will be Delivery Information: For phone orders, in-stock conditions will be indicated
charged at the time the order is placed. Freight will be billed later. for each product. Estimated standard delivery times are shown on the next page.
Rush Delivery: For an additional charges and fees, 3-Day Service, 2-Day
PRIVACY POLICY Service, Next Day Service, and USPS Express are available. See terms of
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., takes your privacy very seriously. Any Shipping Method on the next page. Please contact a Contact Center team
information you may provide us with in connection with your order or other representative at Call 877-347-4788 for additional information and rates.
related correspondence will be utilized in accordance with, and subject to, our Physical Address: Only the US Postal Service (USPS) can deliver to Post Office
Privacy Policy located at http://pentair.com/site-navigation/global-footer/ Box addresses.
privacy-policy. Factory Direct Shipping: PAES currently does not provide online tracking for
Upon ordering, your contact information will be stored in our database so that drop-shipped packages, but we can provide an estimated delivery date upon
we may send you future catalogs. To be removed from our mailing list, please request.
call 877-347-4788 or email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
DISCLAIMER
Chemical Purchases
PRICES, FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO CUSTOMER.
Please fill out the Chemical Purchase Form (PentairAES.com/chemical-
ALL PRICES ARE IN U.S. CURRENCY. PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS, INC. (“PAES”) USES ITS BEST EFFORTS
waiver-form) prior to placing an order for FDA-controlled chemicals and fax it
to us at 407-886-6787.
TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION SHOWN IN ITS CATALOG; HOWEVER, ERRORS DO OCCUR.
CUSTOMER SHOULD CHECK WITH A PAES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PLACING AN ORDER TO ENSURE
We will keep the form on file to expedite your shipment. These products are CUSTOMER IS OBTAINING THE MOST ACCURATE AND UP TO DATE INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCT.
designated by this symbol: CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
*See next page for description of Standard Ground Delivery Method.
428 SHIPPING INFORMATION
General representation of shipping zones: DELIVERY OPTIONS AND ESTIMATED TIMES

With regards to shipments within the continental US, we offer many shipping
choices to fit your needs, including United Parcel Service (UPS), Federal
Express (FedEx) and the United States Postal Service (USPS). For shipments
that exceed the maximum weight and size dimensions of these carriers, we
utilize several motor freight companies.
The estimated delivery times for orders received by 4:00 PM EST (*Estimated
delivery times are based upon in-stock items for customers who have
obtained prior credit approval from PAES’ Credit Department) are shown in
the table below. Our customer service staff will assist you in choosing the
right delivery option.
SHIPPING METHOD WHEN IN-STOCK ITEMS WILL ARRIVE

Zone 2
Zone 3
Standard Ground Delivery 1 to 7 business days (Monday through Friday—do not count
Zone 4
weekends). Not a guaranteed delivery service. Tracking available.
Zone 5
Maximum weight 150 lbs/carton.
Zone 6
3-Day Service Guaranteed delivery within 3 business days. Tracking available.
Zone 7 Maximum weight 150 lbs/carton.
Zone 8
2-Day Service Guaranteed delivery within 2 business days. Tracking available.
Maximum weight 150 lbs/carton.
Next Day Service Available to most destinations. Guaranteed delivery by the end
Standard (Ground) shipping days can be estimated using the map shown below: of the following business day. Tracking available. Maximum
weight 150 lbs/carton.
USPS Express Guaranteed delivery by the end of the following business day by
the US Postal Service (can be delivered to Post Office Boxes).
Tracking available.
USPS and Parcel Post (No COD) Priority postal service. No guaranteed delivery date, no tracking
information. Used for Hawaii, Alaska, Puerto Rico and Guam
orders. Maximum weight 70 lbs/carton.
Motor Freight For most items, continental US delivery is within 7 to 10
business days (Monday through Friday, daytime hours—do not
count weekends). The carrier will call and schedule the delivery.
Free Shipping PAES offers free shipping in accordance with the terms,
conditions and exclusions of our Free Shipping Policy contained
on page 427 of the catalog.
1 Day 2 Days 3 Days 4 Days 5 Days 6 Days 7+ Days
FREE SHIPPING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems offers ALL items free ground shipping for orders over $50.00
(FEDEX, LTLs, and TLs). This includes oversized and HAZMAT, Continental United States,
Canada, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands. A flat rate of $7.99 will be applied
to any purchase under $50.00. This offer does not include Mexico, international or priority
(2 day, overnight) shipping. ALL international drop shipments and orders for customer
service/repair do not receive free shipping. Domestic drop shipments are free. For phone
orders & Tech Advice please call our specialists at +1 407-886-3939 or toll free (877) 347-4788.
*Restrictions apply. Exceptions: orders for Faivre or Arvotech that have to be drop shipped are excluded.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE 429
CUSTOMER ORDER ACCEPTANCE This Warranty does not extend to any products that have been subjected to:
All orders are subject to acceptance by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. or Pentair 1. Damage caused by careless handling, improper repackaging, or shipping.
Aquatic Eco-Systems (Canada) Inc., as the case may be (each, “PAES” or “Seller”) and
are not accepted by or binding upon PAES unless a signed notice of such acceptance is 2. Damage due to misapplication, misuse, abuse or failure to properly operate the
forwarded to the Buyer in writing or upon fulfillment of the order by PAES. The terms product.
and conditions of sale are only those stated herein, which with the information 3. Damage caused by improper installation or storage.
contained in the face of the quote or acknowledgment shall constitute the complete 4. Damage due to unauthorized product modifications or repairs.
agreement between the parties and may not be altered or modified except in writing
duly executed by each party. The parties agree there are no agreements, 5. Damage caused by negligence, or failure to properly maintain products.
representations or warranties between the parties, oral or written, with respect to the 6. Accidental damage, fire, acts of God, or other circumstances outside the control of
products sold hereunder (including any made or implied from past dealings) except as PAES.
expressed herein. No terms and conditions stated in or attached to Buyer’s
NON-WARRANTY REPAIRS
communications to PAES, including but not limited to Buyer’s purchase orders the
In the event Buyer desires to have Seller perform a non-warranty repair of equipment
terms of which are hereby rejected, are applicable to these terms and conditions in
sold by Seller, Buyer shall contact Seller’s customer service representative at 877
any way and in no event shall such Buyer’s or any other terms and conditions be
347 4783. If Seller is capable of performing such non-warranty repair of the
considered valid exceptions to the provisions of these terms and conditions. Trade
equipment and Buyer decides to move forward with having Seller perform such
custom, trade usage and past performance are superseded by these terms and
repair, Seller will generate a return number which Buyer shall reference in its
conditions and shall not be used to interpret these terms and conditions.
shipment to Seller of the equipment for evaluation by Seller. Buyer is solely
GOVERNING LAW; SOLE JURISDICTION AND VENUE responsible for any and all costs and expenses, customs fees, duties and taxes
These terms and conditions and any quote, order or agreement subject to these terms associated with shipping the equipment for evaluation. Buyer will be charged an up-
and conditions shall be interpreted in accordance with the commonly understood front evaluation fee in order for Seller to assess the extent and ability of Seller to
meaning of the words and phrases hereof in the United States of America. These perform the necessary repairs. The evaluation fee must be paid in advance and will
terms and conditions and any quote, order or other agreement subject to these terms be credited toward the repair fee if Buyer elects to have Seller perform the repair. If
and conditions and the performance of the parties hereto, shall be construed and Seller is capable of performing the repairs, then Seller shall provide Buyer with a
governed according to the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to conflicts of quote for the cost of the repairs. Upon Buyer’s consent to move forward based upon
laws principles. The parties hereby irrevocably consent to jurisdiction in, and to the the quote, Seller shall make the repairs outlined in the quote and return the
service of process, pleadings and notices in accordance with, the laws of the State of equipment to Buyer in accordance with Seller’s Shipping Policy. If Seller does not
Florida and the federal laws of the United States of America in connection with any and wish to move forward with the repairs or Seller cannot otherwise perform the
all actions and processes initiated in courts situated in Orange County, State of repairs, Buyer shall arrange for the pick-up of the equipment at Seller’s facility at
Florida, U.S.A. It is the express intent and agreement of the parties that the United Buyer’s sole cost and expense. Any equipment sent in for a repair evaluation and
Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this agreement which is left for more than ninety (90) days after notice is given that either (i) Buyer
or to purchase orders submitted hereunder. Each party hereby irrevocably waives any does not wish to move forward with the repairs or (ii) Seller is unable to perform the
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action repairs, shall be considered abandoned. Certain equipment may be subject to
or proceeding relating to these terms and conditions and any quote, order or other additional documentation or evaluation criteria at Seller’s sole discretion.
agreement subject to these terms and conditions in the state or federal courts situated
SEVERABILITY
in Orange County, State of Florida in the United States of America, and further
In the event a provision of these Terms and Conditions is held to be invalid, illegal or
irrevocably waives any claim that Orange County, State of Florida in the United States
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
of America is not a convenient forum for any such suit, action or proceeding.
shall not be affected.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
SHIPPING
PAES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
Shipping dates are estimates only and are not guaranteed. Seller will use every effort
CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
to make shipments as scheduled and may make partial shipments. Seller shall not be
DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, GOODWILL, USE, DATA OR OTHER INTANGIBLE
liable for any loss or damage ensuing from late delivery. - Prices quoted, unless
LOSSES (EVEN IF PAES HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
otherwise agreed to by PAES, are Incoterms 2010 EXW-Seller’s Factory for United
DAMAGES), WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATTER
States domestic transactions and FCA-Seller’s Factory for international transactions.
RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.
In the event of shipping damage, PAES must be notified, in writing, within three (3)
IN NO EVENT SHALL PAES’ MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY EXCEED THE TOTAL business days of shipment receipt. Buyer must hold all products and packing
FEES PAID BY BUYER TO PAES WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC QUOTE, ORDER OR materials intact, until further disposition is provided by PAES in writing.
AGREEMENT TO WHICH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY. THE EXISTENCE
OF MORE THAN ONE CLAIM SHALL NOT ENLARGE OR EXTEND THE LIMIT. TITLE AND RISK
On domestic sales, transfer of both title and risk of loss shall occur upon pickup from
SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN WARRANTIES Seller’s site. On international sales, transfer of both title and risk of loss shall occur
OR THE LIMITATION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR upon entry into international waters, international airspace, or the crossing of an
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, SOME international border with the sole exception of banked transactions (L/C, DM, DAP), in
OF THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO BUYER. which case the transfer of title occurs upon exchange of documents at the bank
LIMITED WARRANTY window, and the transfer of risk of loss occurs upon entry into international water,
PAES warrants that upon completion of the services or at the time of delivery, as the international airspace, or the crossing of an international border.
case may be, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter: (i) professional services, INSPECTION
if any, will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with Within three (3) business days after receipt of shipment of the product, Buyer shall
generally acceptable industry standards, and (ii) products specifically manufactured inspect the shipment for obvious damage to or violation of the shipping container.
by PAES, except for filters, chemicals and consumables (which shall not be warranted) Buyer shall also confirm that the type and quantity of the products received are
shall be free from all material defects in materials and workmanship. With respect to consistent with the type and quantity specified on the related shipping documents
the professional services warranty, Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for PAES’ and order. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller of any discrepancies in accordance with
breach of the warranty shall be for PAES to re-perform the services at PAES’ sole cost the terms hereof. If a notice of discrepancies is not received by PAES within three (3)
and expense. With respect to the PAES manufactured product warranty, if the PAES days after receipt of the shipment by Buyer, the shipment shall be deemed to have
manufactured product shall prove to be defective in material or workmanship under been completely and correctly fulfilled, and all claims by Buyer shall be deemed
normal intended usage and maintenance during the warranty period, upon waived and released, except for any Product defect that a visual inspection would not
examination by PAES or its authorized representative, then PAES shall repair or disclose.
replace, at its sole option, such defective products at its own expense; provided,
however, that the Purchaser shall be required to ship each such defective product,
freight prepaid, to PAES’ designated facility. The warranty on products and/or
components not manufactured by PAES is limited to the warranty, if any, provided by
the original manufacturer of said product or component which can be passed onto
Buyer. PAES DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULIAR PURPOSE.

430 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
CANCELLATION; PENALTY Agreement, and Buyer hereby waives any and all claims against the Seller for any loss,
No products may be returned without prior written approval of Seller. Orders placed cost or expense, including, but not limited to, claims of third parties, any loss of profit,
with and accepted by Seller may not be cancelled except upon Seller’s written consent loss of business, loss of or damage to goodwill and/or similar losses, loss of anticipated
prior to shipment and Buyer’s acceptance of Seller’s cancellation charges which shall savings, or increased costs or for any indirect, special or consequential losses, or pure
protect Seller against all costs and losses, but not higher than the price quoted. Seller economic loss, costs, damages, charges or expenses howsoever arising, that Buyer
reserves the right to cancel any sale hereunder without liability to Buyer (except for may incur by virtue of such refusal or cancellation of any order or termination of this
refund of monies already paid) if the manufacture or sale of the products is or becomes Agreement.
technically or economically impractical. A cancellation fee equal to thirty percent
FORCE MAJEURE
(30%) of the stipulated price for non-stocked or custom products which have already
Except for the obligation to make payments, a party is not liable to fulfill its obligations
been manufactured will be charged for any cancellations of non-stocked or custom
under the agreement if performance is materially prevented as a consequence of
products that have not been shipped to the Buyer. “Non-stocked or custom products”
natural catastrophes, terrorism, civil unrest, war, explosions, fire, breakdowns or
are defined as goods that are made to order.
damages to installations, constructions or machines, disruption to public transport,
PAYMENT; OVERDUE INVOICES labour market conflicts (such as strikes and lock-outs) or other similar circumstances
All payment terms are subject to PAES’ Credit Department’s approval. Unless otherwise or acts of God. In the event of force majeure a party is not obligated to fulfill its
agreed to by the parties, payment terms are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice. obligations as long as, and to the extent, the force majeure continues. The party
PAES RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD, AND PURCHASER AGREES TO PAY, INTEREST invoking force majeure shall inform the other party immediately in writing. If a force
AT THE RATE OF 18% PER ANNUM OR THE HIGHEST RATE PERMITTED BY majeure continues for more than six months the other party may terminate the
APPLICABLE LAW, WHICHEVER IS LESS, FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT, ON AMOUNTS agreement with immediate effect by sending a written notice to the other party.
INVOICED AND UNPAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PAYMENT TERMS.
CONFIDENTIAL
COLLECTION AND ATTORNEY’S FEES Buyer acknowledges that it may gain access to or otherwise learn Confidential
In the event of any alleged dispute, breach or default of this Agreement necessitating Information (as hereinafter defined). Buyer agrees that it will use the Confidential
PAES to retain an attorney to represent it, the Purchaser agrees to pay the PAES’ costs Information only for purposes of performing its obligations under these Terms and
and expenses including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in connection with, Conditions (the “Permitted Purpose”) and shall not transfer or otherwise disclose the
related to or arising out of enforcement of any term or provision of this Agreement, Confidential Information to any third party except as expressly permitted by these
whether or not in connection with any legal or administrative proceedings, plus pre- Terms and Conditions. Buyer shall: (a) give access to Confidential Information solely to
and post-judgment interest and costs incurred, through appeal, and such shall be in those of its employees and approved subcontractors with a need to know such
addition to any other remedies or damages to which the PAES may be entitled. Failure information for the Permitted Purpose; and (b) take the same security precautions to
to pay these fees automatically voids any Warranty Provisions to which the Purchaser protect against disclosure or unauthorized use of Confidential Information that Buyer
would otherwise be entitled. takes with its own confidential information, but in no event shall Buyer apply less than
a reasonable standard of care to prevent such disclosure or unauthorized use.
TAXES
Confidential Information means any and all information relating to PAES or its
Prices quoted, unless otherwise expressly stated in writing do not include sales, use,
affiliates that may be accessed by or disclosed to Buyer including but not limited to
excise, value added or similar taxes or duties. Buyer shall pay these taxes directly if
quotations, price sheets, engineering and product designs, manuals, equipment and
the law permits or will reimburse Seller if it is required to pay them. Buyer will provide
business specifications, trade secrets, reports, or other proprietary data.
tax exemption certificates or evidence of tax payment on request. The price quoted is
based on the cost of raw materials, wage rates, shipping charges, freight, insurance INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
premiums, landing charges and duties, railage and cartage applicable on the date on All patents, copyrights, designs, drawings and other technical or commercial
which a contract, acceptance, confirmation, tender or quotation is issued. Accordingly, information relating to the products, including any software provided by Seller
any increase in such costs after such date and prior to the fulfillment of the contract pursuant to any proposal, tender or the contract, and the intellectual property rights
may result in a price adaptation in good faith and in proportion to the changed therein made or acquired by Seller prior to or during the preparation of the proposal
circumstances, and shall thus be for the account of Buyer. or tender or in the course of work on the contract shall be and remain the exclusive
property of Seller.
EXPORTATION
If the products ordered are to be exported from the country of Seller, the quoted If a product furnished to Buyer becomes or, in Seller’s opinion, may become the subject
shipping dates are subject to receipt of all export documents and authorizations. of any claim, suit or proceeding for infringement of any intellectual property rights,
Regardless of ultimate destination, the prices quoted are based on packing for Seller may at its option and expense (i) obtain for Buyer the right to use, lease or sell
domestic shipment unless otherwise stated in writing. Buyer agrees to provide Seller the product, (ii) replace the product, (iii) modify the product, or (iv) remove the product
in writing with the ultimate destination and identity of the end-user prior to shipment and refund the purchase price paid by Buyer less a reasonable amount for use,
if the products are to be exported. Notwithstanding any other provision of this damage or obsolescence. Seller will not be liable for any infringement arising from
Agreement to the contrary, Buyer agrees that it will not sell, reexport or transfer any the combination of products or from the use of a product in practicing a process.
products or technical information or Services supplied under this Agreement to IRAN, Seller’s total liability to Buyer will not, under any circumstances exceed the purchase
NORTH KOREA, SYRIA, CUBA and SUDAN, including any entities or persons in those price paid for the allegedly infringing product. Buyer agrees, at its expense, to protect
countries, either directly or indirectly (“Seller’s Position”). Buyer agrees that it will not and defend Seller against any claim of intellectual property right infringement arising
sell, reexport or transfer any products or technical information or Services supplied from compliance with Buyer’s designs, specifications or instructions and to hold
under this agreement to any other countries except in full compliance with all Seller harmless from damages, costs and expenses attributable to any such claim.
applicable governmental requirements, including but not limited to applicable INDEMNITY
economic sanctions and constraints administered by the U.S. Treasury Department Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the Seller (and its agents, representatives,
and applicable export control measures administered by the U.S. Department of employees, officers, related companies, successors and assigns, and customers)
Commerce and U.S. Department of State, any other U.S. government agencies, and harmless from all claims, demands, actions, damages and liabilities (including legal
measures administered by the Foreign Affairs, Trade and Development Canada, fees and consequential and incidental damages) arising out of any injury (including
European Union or the government agencies of any other countries. Any violation by death) to any person or damage to any property in any way connected with any act or
Buyer of the applicable laws or regulations of the U.S., Canada or any other omission of Buyer, its agents, employees, or subcontractors.
government, or where Buyer breaches Seller’s Position notwithstanding whether or
not this is contrary to any aforementioned applicable laws or regulations, shall be WAIVER
deemed a material breach of this agreement and sufficient basis for the Seller to No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of Seller any right, power
reject any or all orders or to terminate this agreement. Compliance with applicable or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial
legal requirements and Seller’s Position is a prerequisite for Buyer to perform its exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude further exercise of the
obligations under this Agreement, and if the Buyer fails to comply with such legal same right, power or privilege.
requirements, it is incapable of meeting its obligations under this Agreement. The VALIDITY OF PROVISIONS
Seller reserves the right to refuse to enter into or perform any order, and to cancel any In the event any provision or any part or portion of any provision of these Terms and
order, placed under this Agreement if the Seller in its sole discretion determines that Conditions shall be held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, such holding
the entry into such order or the performance of the transaction to which such order shall not affect the remaining part or portions of that provision, or any other provision
relates could violate any applicable law or regulation of the United States, Canada or hereof.
any other governments and/or Seller’s Position. Buyer agrees that any such refusal or
cancellation of any order, or termination of the Agreement by the Seller, as described
above, will not constitute a breach of any of the Seller’s obligations under this

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE 431
SUSPENSION commission, compensation, reimbursement, or other payment until such time as the
If Buyer fails to make any payment when due or to perform on time any of its other Seller has received confirmation to its reasonable satisfaction that no breach has
obligations under this contract Seller shall be entitled to suspend performance of the occurred or will occur. The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer for any claim, losses,
contract until the failure is remedied. or damages whatsoever related to the Seller’s decision to withhold any commission,
compensation, reimbursement, or other payment under this provision. (9) Audit
ASSIGNMENT Rights. If the Seller at any time believes, in good faith, that the Buyer has breached the
Buyer shall not be entitled to cede, transfer and/or assign any of its rights or delegate warranties, representations or agreements in this Section, then the Seller will have
any of its obligations under this contract, without the prior written consent of Seller. the right to audit the Buyer‘s books and records related to this Agreement in order to
Seller may cede, transfer and/or assign its rights or delegate any of its obligations verify the Buyer’s compliance with the provisions of this Section. The audit will be
under this contract without the prior approval of the Buyer. performed by individuals selected by the Seller. However, upon request by the Buyer,
the Seller will select in its sole discretion an independent third party to conduct an
TERMINATION audit in order to certify to the Seller that no breach has occurred or will occur. The
Seller shall be entitled to terminate the quote, purchase order or other agreement to Buyer will fully cooperate in any audit conducted by or on behalf of the Seller. (10)
which these Terms and Conditions form a part in the event Buyer is in breach of any of Termination Rights. Any breach of the warranties, representations or agreements in
its obligations hereunder and fails to remedy the breach within fifteen (15) days after this Section will constitute grounds for immediate termination of this Agreement for
receiving written notification thereof from Seller or if Buyer goes into liquidation, cause by the Seller and no commission, compensation, reimbursement or other
receivership, administration or makes any voluntary arrangement with any of its payment will be due to the Buyer. The Buyer will indemnify and hold the Seller
creditors. Any party may terminate the agreement with immediate effect if the other harmless against any actions, legal claims, demands, proceedings, losses, damages,
party is in material breach of the agreement. Any termination of the contract in costs, expenses and other liabilities of whatever nature resulting from the Buyer’s
accordance with the terms hereof shall become effective upon service of a written breach of the representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Section.
notice of termination on the other party. Upon termination, howsoever arising, Seller (11) Data Privacy Consent. The Buyer consents to the collection, processing and
shall be entitled forthwith to suspend any further deliveries under the contract without international transfer of data and information related to the business relationship
any liability to Buyer. Within 14 days of such a notice of termination, howsoever arising, between it and the Seller, including the transfer of personally identifiable data (for
Buyer shall pay to Seller: example names, email addresses, telephone numbers) to and between the Seller and
-the outstanding balance of the contract price for products which have been its affiliates wherever they may be located, for the purposes of allowing the Seller and
delivered and for those products which are then capable of being delivered, and its affiliates to evaluate the Buyer’s experience and qualifications and implement any
business. The Buyer has the right to: (a) request access to this data; (b) rectify or
-the costs incurred or committed by Seller up to the date of notice of termination
cancel any inaccurate or expired data; and (c) object to any processing that does not
in performing work on products which are not then in a deliverable state plus a
conform to these purposes. The Buyer may exercise its rights by writing to the Seller
reasonable margin to be agreed between the parties which shall not be less than
at ethics@pentair.com or to such other location as the Seller may designate.
15%, and
-the costs reasonably incurred by Seller as a result of the termination.
COMPLIANCE
(1) No Improper Means of Obtaining Business. The Seller and the Buyer intend that
no payments or transfers of value shall be made which have the purpose or effect of
public or commercial bribery, acceptance of or acquiescence in extortion or kickbacks,
or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business. (2) No Bribes. The Buyer
will not, directly or indirectly, pay, offer, authorize or promise any monies or anything
of value (such as gifts, contributions, travel, or entertainment) to any person or
organization (including any employee or official of any governmental authority,
government owned or controlled entity, public international organization or political
party; any candidate for political office; or any employees of any of the Buyer’s or the
Seller’s customers) for the purpose of improperly influencing their acts or decisions in
violation of any antibribery or anti-corruption laws, including the United States
International Corrupt Practices Act, laws under the OECD Anti-Bribery Convention
and local anti-corruption laws (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”). The Buyer will
take appropriate actions to ensure that any person representing or acting under its
instruction or control (“Buyer’s Agents”) will also comply with this Section. (3) No
Kickbacks. No part of the payment of any amounts payable under this Agreement will
be distributed to the Seller, its affiliates or customers, or any of its employees or their
family members. (4) No Conflicts. Except as disclosed in writing to the Seller (in a
questionnaire response or otherwise), the Buyer represents that it does not have any
reason to believe that there are any potential conflicts of interest regarding its
relationship with the Seller, such as family members who could potentially benefit
from the commercial relationship established by this Agreement; and neither the
Buyer, nor any of the Buyer’s Agents, have any family members who are government
officials or political party candidates in a position to influence the Buyer’s commercial
relationship with the Seller. (5) Accurate Books and Records. The Buyer will maintain
complete and accurate books and records regarding its transactions with Seller. (6)
Notification. The Buyer will notify the Seller promptly if (a) the Buyer or any of the
Buyer’s Agents have reason to believe that a breach of this Section has occurred or is
likely to occur; or (b) if any conflicts of interest arise after the signing of this Agreement,
including if any of the Buyer’s Agents or their family members become a government
official or political party candidate in a position to influence the Buyer’s commercial
relationship with the Seller. The Buyer will send all such notices to ethics@pentair.
com or to such other location as the Seller may designate in writing. (7) Compliance
Certification. The Buyer will, when and as may be requested by the Seller from time
to time, provide to the Seller a written certification in form and substance satisfactory
to the Seller that the Buyer is in compliance with this Section. (8) No Payments for
Improper Activities. The Seller will not be required under any circumstances to take
any action or make any payments that the Seller believes, in good faith, would cause it
or its affiliated companies to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws. If the Seller
at any time believes, in good faith, that a breach of any of the representations and
warranties in this Section has occurred or may occur, the Seller may withhold any

432 INDEX
SECTION
Products /Carbon,
Activated Products
Proline–Arias
/ Products Sand Filters
A Aerators
Aire-02................................................................. 43
Apron.......................................................................316
Aqua Control, Fountains........................................ 87
Activated Carbon, Proline........................... 101, 275 Bait Bucket......................................................... 40 Aqua Logic
Paddle Wheels................................................... 42 Air Cooled Heat Pump......................................251
Adapters
Vertical Pump..................................................... 40 Air-Cooled Coil Water Chillers...................... 257
Brass................................................................. 366
AeroBoost, Airlift Pump..................................44–45 Air-Cooled Trimline Water Chillers.............. 258
Digital Timer..................................................... 331
Agitators...................................................................41 Air-Cooled Water Chillers......................255–258
Female, Reducing............................................ 372
Air Compressors, Sweetwater............................. 78
Garden Hose..................................................... 377 Chiller Barrel Packages................................. 260
Insert................................................................. 369 Air Diffusers Heat / Cool Pumps........................................... 254
Male, Reducing................................................. 372 Aluminum Oxide......................................................54 Heat Exchangers............................................. 252
Tubing.................................................................367 Ceramic....................................................................54 In-Line Air Cooled Water Chillers................. 256
Aeration Rubber......................................................................54 In-Line Heaters.................................................249
AeroBoost CT Airlift Pump.........................44–45 Sweetwater.......................................................48–50 Temperature Controllers............................... 248
Agitators...............................................................41 Air Filling Kits............................................................ 299 Water-Cooled Water Chillers......................... 259
Air Pumps.....................................................36–39 Air Filters.......................................................................30 Aqua-Coat, Proline...............................................274
AIRSEP Oxygen Generators.......................64–65 Air Nozzle................................................................... 299 Aquaculture, Books............................................. 420
Aluminum Oxide Air Diffusers......................... 54 Air Pumps Aquaculture Laboratories,
Aqua Control Fountains.................................... 87 12V........................................................................ 36 Aquaculture Analysis........................................... 226
Aspirators............................................................41 Linear............................................................38–39 Aquaculture Management System
Ceramic Diffusers............................................. 54 Outdoor.................................................................37 Oxyguard Commander.................................... 239
Check Valves........................................................69 Repair Kits.......................................................... 38 Oxyguard Pacific.............................................. 240
Coarse Bubble Diffuser.................................... 56 Replacement Parts........................................... 38 Aquadyne, Bottom Drains................................... 359
Compressor Accessories................................. 80 Silent.....................................................................37 AquaFX, Reverse Osmosis...........................120–121
Compressors............................................... 78–79 Air Tubing..................................................................81 Aqualife, Multi-Purpose Cleaner........................414
De-Icing.........................................................83–84
Diffuser Bumpers...............................................49
Air-Cooled Aqualife Duty Cleaner...........................................316
Water Chillers.................................................. 256 Aquaponics
Diffuser Hose..................................................... 55
Coil Water Chillers........................................... 257 Books................................................................. 420
Diffuser Mount................................................... 50
Trimline Water Chillers................................... 258
Diffuser Tubing....................................................57 Calcium Carbonate............................................ 23
Aire-02, Aerators.................................................... 43
Diffusers....................................................... 51–56 Cocogro............................................................... 20
AIRSEP, Oxygen Generators...........................64–65
Disc Diffuser....................................................... 56 Cocotek............................................................... 20
Alarm Systems, Auto Dialers............................. 243
EDI FlexAir Diffuser.......................................... 56 Gold Label Hydrocorn....................................... 20
Flow Meters........................................................ 66 Alarms Grow Lights.........................................................24
Fountains......................................................85–87 High and Low Water.........................................178 Grow Trays.......................................................... 22
Great Lakes Diffusers....................................... 82 Auto Dialers...................................................... 243 Horticubes...........................................................21
Kasco Surface Aerators................................... 46 Algae Netting................................................................. 22
Manifolds...................................................... 66, 69 Pads ...................................................................416 Perlite.................................................................. 20
Mixing Eductors................................................. 58 Scrappers..........................................................416 PH Control.......................................................... 23
Oxygen Concentration Systems...................... 63 Scrubbers..........................................................416 Propagation Cubes.............................................21
Oxygen Saturators..............................................62
Wafers............................................................... 333 Rockwool.............................................................21
Pressure Switch................................................ 33
Algae Bioreactors, Rootcubes............................................................21
Regenerative Blowers......................27-29, 31–33
Industrial Plankton......................................340–341 Salt Concentrate................................................ 23
Rubber Air Diffusers......................................... 54
Algae Food, Proline.............................................. 342 Shade Cloth........................................................ 22
Snap-Cap Diffuser............................................. 56
Sweetwater .......................................27-29, 31, 33 Algaecide Tanks....................................................................18
Sweetwater Diffusers.................................48–50 Cutrine-Plus Algaecide and Herbicide......... 263 Transplant Trays................................................ 22
Tee Eliminators.................................................. 54 Granular............................................................ 263 Propagation Blocks............................................21
Trac-Lock............................................................ 53 Greenclean....................................................... 263 Aquaponics Kits
Tubing...................................................................81 Liquid Copper................................................... 262 Stand-Alone Kits...........................................11, 17
Tubing Fittings.....................................................57 Ponds................................................................. 264 Floating Kits..................................................11, 17
Venturi Fittings................................................... 58 Water Quality Enhancer.................................. 262 Aquaponics System 800.................................. 12, 16
Venturi Injectors................................................. 58 All Weather Accessories..................................... 401 Aquaponics Test Kit...................................... 23, 224
Wedge-Lock....................................................... 53 American Marine Aquarium
Zinc Anodes........................................................ 86
Conductivity Meter........................................... 206 Chillers..............................................................258
Aeration Systems PH Meter........................................................... 204 Cleaners............................................................ 416
Accessories........................................................ 72 Pinpoint Dissolved Oxygen Meter.................. 200 Cooling Fans.....................................................258
Great Lakes...................................................71–76 Ammonia Remover, Proline ............................... 275 Food..........................................................333–334
Pond..................................................................... 77 Ammonium Chloride, Proline............................. 270 Aquatic Disinfectant.............................................278
Sea Pen System................................................. 90 Anchor Worm Treatment..................................... 279 Aragamax, Sand...................................................272
Small Tank.......................................................... 40 Anesthetic.............................................................. 278 Arias Sand Filters..........................................113–115
Solar.................................................................... 77
Antibiotic, Tricide-Neo......................................... 279

SECTION
INDEX 433
Products
Arvo-Tec–Cyclonic
/ Products /Bioreactor
Products
Arvo-Tec Brushes Clips

Pipe Feeding System.......................................324 Assorted............................................................ 315 Poly ...................................................................406
Professional Feeding Control System..........324 Carboy............................................................... 314 Seaveggies .......................................................329
Robot Feeding System....................................325 Corner............................................................... 418 Cloud Monitoring , Point Four.................... 236–237
T Drum 2000 Feeder.......................................325 Deck................................................................... 418 Colorants,
Auger Feeders......................................................326 Foam.................................................................. 314 Concentrated Water Colorants..........................266
Auto Dialer Alarm Systems................................243 Koi Spawning....................................................298 Colorimeter, Smart3............................................ 219
Nylon................................................................. 418 Complete Aquaculture Laboratory,
B Pond Filter........................................................298
Scrub Pad......................................................... 418
CEL Complete Aquaculture Laboratory............226
Complete Systems
Bacteria Utility................................................................. 418 Aquaponics Kits............................................11, 17
Bacteria in a Bag..............................................271 Bulkhead Fittings........................................358–359 Automated Fish Farm.........................................9
Nitrafix for Aquaculture..................................268 Burets, VEE GEE...................................................313 Filtration............................................................ 112
Pondzilla Black................................................269 Butterfly Valves............................................ 349–350 Fish Farm II......................................................... 10
Proline...............................................................270 Great Lakes Aeration Systems.................. 71–76
Saltwater Bacteria in a Bag...........................271
Bacteria Filter.......................................................342 C Holding System.................................................. 10
Mini Fish Farm..............................................11, 17
C-Ring, Pliers and Fasteners.............................380
Bag Filters Oxygen Concentration Systems.......................63
Cable Ties................................................................81
System............................................................... 118 Point Four Pressurized Column......................59
Cage, Fittings........................................................382
Vessels.............................................................. 119 Pond Aeration Systems.....................................77
Cage Equipment, Fish Cages..............................382
Bag Filters.....................................................100–101 Quarantine and Holding Systems.................... 13
Calcium Chloride, Proline...................................276
Balance, Mechanical Triple Beam..................... 318 Solar Aeration Systems....................................77
Calcium Reactor...................................................101
Ball Valves.................................................... 350–352 System 800................................................... 12, 16
Calibration Solutions.................................. 222–223 Compressor............................................................36
Barley Straw Pellets............................................268
Caps........................................................................370
Basket, Fish...........................................................379 Compressors
Bead Filter......................................................110–111 Carbon Accessories........................................................80
Beads for Sand Filter.............................................95 Activated ...................................................101, 275 Cabinets..............................................................78
Beakers, Graduated, Cylinders..........................307 Dioxide Stripper...............................................129 Rotary Vane.........................................................79
Filter Material.....................................................96
Berkeley Sweetwater.........................................................78
Filtration System............................................. 116
Self-Priming Pumps.......................................166
Cartridge Filter, Accessories............................. 117 Conductivity Meter
Vertical Multi-Stage........................................ 167 American Marine.............................................206
Cartridge Filters................................................... 117
Bio Barrels.............................................................. 94 Extech................................................................207
Cases, Outdoor Cases.........................................400
Bio-Balls.................................................................. 94 YSI............................................. 206–207, 210, 212
Catheter Tubing....................................................298
Bio-Fill..................................................................... 94 Conical Bottom Tanks..........................................192
Cement, Tubing.....................................................364
Biofilter StartupProline.......................................270 Constant Flow Technology..........152–154, 160–161
Biological MediaSweetwater................................93 Centrifugal Pumps Container, Insulated.............................................189
Biomass Daily, Vaki..................................... 282–283 Energy Efficient................................................158
Sparus............................................... 152-154, 157 Control Systems
Biomass Control...................................................291 Oxyguard Commander....................................239
Bioreactor......................................................122–123 Sweetwater...............................................164–165
Taurus........................................................156–159 Oxyguard Pacific..............................................240
Bioscanner, Vaki...................................................288
Blackwater Koi Food................................... 337–338 Verus..........................................................159–163 Controllers
Blocksom Filter Material......................................97 Channel Counters, Vaki.......................................284 Feeders.............................................................331
Blood Worms........................................................335 Chatillon, Hanging Scales................................... 317 Milwaukee PH/CO2..........................................242
Check Valve, Ozone-Safe............................... 67, 150 PH/ORP ............................................................242
Blowers Point Four Customized Controllers..............234
High-Pressure...................................................32 Check Valves
Nonmetallic........................................................ 69 Point Four LC3.................................................235
Regenerative....................................27–29, 31–33
Polyethylene....................................................... 69 Cooling Element...................................................257
Blue Vail, Water Colorant....................................266
Check Valves.........................................................354 Cooling FansAquarium .......................................258
Bolts, Sets.............................................................374 Counters, Vaki.............................................. 285–286
Books Chillers Counting Software...............................................287
Aquaculture......................................................420 Air-Cooled............................................... 255–258 Couplings...................................................... 360, 372
Fish Disease.....................................................420 Aquarium..........................................................258 Covers, Tanks........................................................188
Fish Hatchery Management...........................420 Chiller Barrel Packages.................................260 Crosses..................................................................369
Coolworks Ice Probe Cooling Element.........257
Bottles CSK Filtration Systems....................................... 112
Water-Cooled Water Chillers.........................259
Dispensing Bottle............................................306 Culture Tanks................................................180–181
Dispensing Bottles..........................................306 Clamps Custom Tanks.......................................................182
Sample Bottles................................................306 Hoses................................................................. 361 Cyclonic Bioreactor..............................................123
Wash..................................................................306 Plastic................................................................362
Bottom Drains......................................................359 Screw................................................................... 67
Brine Shrimp Eggs...............................................344 Tubing Valve........................................................68
Brine Shrimp Food...............................................344 Clarifiers................................................................267
Brine Shrimp Net.................................................344 Cleaner.................................................................. 316

434 INDEX
SECTION
Danner–Fittings,Tubing
D E
EASYPLUG,
Screen Filter..........................................................105
Profibreed Grading Grids.................................... 295
Danner Resistance Immersion Heaters.............................. 246
Fiberglass Tanks......................................... 18, 186–187
Magnetic Drive Pumps.................................... 171 Fiberglass Troughs..............................................18, 186
Ebara, Submersible Pumps.....................................170 Filter Bags...................................................................169
Replacement parts.......................................... 171 Eclipse Ozone System...............................................149 Filter Pads.....................................................................97
De-Icing Eco-Trap......................................................................104 Filter Sumps................................................................191
Floating.....................................................................83 Electric , In-Line Heaters......................................... 250 Filtering Granules......................................................276
Great Lakes Systems..............................................83 Electrode Cleaning................................................... 223
Kasco.........................................................................84 Ells.......................................................................370–371
Filters
Dechlorinator..............................................................274 Air..............................................................................30
Enkamat Filter Material..............................................96
Defoamer.....................................................................278 Bacteria................................................................. 342
Degassing Column.....................................................130
Enrichments Bags........................................................100–101, 169
Instant Algae Marine Paste................................ 343
Del Ozone.....................................................................149 Bead................................................................ 110–111
Liquid Hufa............................................................ 343
Desiccant.....................................................................150 Brush.........................................................................97
N-Rich PL Plus..................................................... 343
Diaphragm-Metering Pump.....................................176 Carbon.................................................................... 116
Rotigrow Plus Feed.............................................. 343
Cartridge................................................................ 117
Diffusers Selcon Concentrate............................................. 343
Cartridge Accessories.......................................... 117
Air Diffusers.............................................................55
Epoxy Chemical Basket................................................... 116
Aluminum Oxide......................................................54
Gel........................................................................... 408 Drum...............................................................102–103
Bumper.....................................................................49 Paint....................................................................... 408 Foam/Sponge..........................................................98
Ceramic....................................................................54 Primer.................................................................... 408 Housing 20”............................................................ 116
Coarse Bubble.........................................................56 Underwater........................................................... 409 Material.....................................................................96
Disc............................................................................56 Expansion Plugs........................................................ 360 Media.........................................................................96
EDI FlexAir...............................................................56 Extech, Exstik II......................................................... 207 Screen.....................................................................105
Great Lakes..............................................................82 Extension Cords, Waterproof Housing................... 411 Screening/Support.................................................99
Hose..........................................................................55 Systems.................................................................. 112
Manifold..................................................................185
Mount........................................................................50 F
Faucet, Drum..............................................................357
Vessels.................................................................... 119
Filtration
Oxygen Diffusers...............................................51–53
Filter Bags..............................................................100
Rubber......................................................................54 Feed Radial Flow Settler....................................... 106–107
Snap-Cap..................................................................56 Algae Wafers......................................................... 333
Synthetic.................................................................276
Sweetwater, Air.................................................48–50 Aquarium.......................................................333–334
Fish, Koi Stocking Packs...........................................347
Trac-Lock.................................................................53 Blood Worms ....................................................... 335
Fish Bag Banding Tool.............................................. 299
Tubing........................................................................57 Cichlid Gold Food................................................. 333
Fish Basket.................................................................379
Tubing Fittings.........................................................57 Cichlid Staple........................................................ 333
Fish Counters....................................................285–286
Wedge-Lock.............................................................53 Concentrated Planktonic Feed.......................... 333
Digital Timer...............................................................311 Dense Culture Food............................................. 338 Fish Farm
Fancy Guppy Food................................................ 333 Automated..................................................................9
Disinfectants Flake Food............................................................. 332 Ultimate Fish Farm.................................................10
Aquatic....................................................................414 Hikari Koi Foods................................................... 336 Mini Fish Farm................................................... 11, 17
Methylene Blue......................................................278
Ovadine Iodine.......................................................414
Hikari Plankton..................................................... 333 Fish Graders
Koi...................................................................336–338 Floating Adjustable Fish Graders...................... 295
Disinfection, UV Systems................................. 134–143 Larval Feeds......................................................... 335 Profibreed Grader and Grids.............................. 295
Dispensing Bottles.................................................... 306 Micro Pellets Food............................................... 333 Fish Graders...............................................................294
Dissecting Equipment.............................................. 305 O.S.I. Aquarium foods.......................................... 334 Fish Hauling, Treatments........................................ 277
Dissolved Gas Pressure Meter, Saki-Hikari Koi Food............................................ 336 Fish Measuring Board.............................................. 393
Point Four................................................................... 202
Vita Fish Vitamin Complex.................................. 334 Fish Pond Coating..................................................... 409
Dissolved Gas Pressure Transmitter,
Point Four................................................................... 203 Feeders Fish Tagging Gun....................................................... 393
Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeder ...............................327 Fish Tags..................................................................... 393
Dissolved Oxygen Meter Fish Tranquilizers..................................................... 277
American Marine.................................................. 200 Arvo-Tec.........................................................324–325
Kit............................................................................ 200 Auger.......................................................................326 Fish Traps
Belt Feeders.......................................................... 328 Galvanized..............................................................379
Dissolved Oxygen Meters Controllers.............................................................326 Plastic.....................................................................379
OxyGuard....................................................... 198–200 Demand..................................................................326 Vinyl Coating..........................................................379
YSI................................................................... 194–200 Directional Fish Feeders......................................327 FishHaul-C, Brightwell............................................ 277
Door Mat, Sanitizing...................................................414 Granular................................................................ 329
Dosing Pump...............................................................176
Fittings
Handheld............................................................... 329 Bulkhead............................................................... 358
Drains, Bottom...........................................................359 Koi Feeders........................................................... 328 Cage....................................................................... 382
Drill Bits...................................................................... 366 Vibratory................................................................ 330 Clear PVC.............................................................. 364
Drip Emitter..........................................................67, 357 4-Way Cone Worm................................................ 329 Hose....................................................................... 356
Drum Filter..........................................................102–103 Pond....................................................................... 329 Quick Disconnect.................................................. 373
Dyes, Tracer Dye....................................................... 398 Seaveggies Clips.................................................. 329 Tank Kits.................................................................359
Feeding System, Vaki................................................ 323 Tee Eliminators........................................................54
FIAP Tubing......................................................................367

SECTION
INDEX 435
Products
Fittings, /Venturi–Light
Products / Products
Meters
Venturi.......................................................................58
WD.............................................................................57
H Inlet Muffler Assemblies.............................................30
Instant Algae Marine Paste..................................... 343
Hach Insulated Container...................................................189
Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter..........................................109
Test Kits................................................................. 225 Insulated Tanks..........................................................184
Flake Food ................................................................. 332
Test Strips.............................................................. 227 Intellizone Ozone Generator.....................................146
Flanges, Van Stone....................................................374
Handles........................................................................418 Intercomp, Hanging Scales......................................317
Flasks Iodine............................................................................278
Handling Tray, Handling Tray and Box................... 299
Erlenmeyer Flasks............................................... 308
J
Hanging Scales...........................................................317
Fernback Flask..................................................... 308
Harvesting Nets........................................................ 386
Float Switches............................................................178
Hatchers, Conical Hatching Jar.............................. 297
Floats, Net Floats...................................................... 390 Jars
Hatching Jar............................................................... 297
Flow Meters Hauling Tanks.............................................................189 Hatching Jar.......................................................... 297
Manifolds..................................................................66 Heat Exchangers, Water to Water............................252 Wide Mouth, Polyethylene................................... 306
Oxygen......................................................................66 Heat Pumps, Air Cooled............................................251
Flow Meters................................................................177
Fountains
Heaters
Electric In-Line Heaters...................................... 250
K
Aqua Control............................................................87 Kasco
Heat / Cool Pumps.......................................253–254
De-Icing....................................................................84
Kasco..................................................................85–86 Heat Exchangers...................................................252
Zinc Anodes..............................................................86 Fountains...........................................................85–86
Heat Pumps............................................................251
Freeze-Dried Food.................................................... 335 Surface Aerators.....................................................46
In-Line Heaters............................................ 249–250
Freshwater Invertebrates........................................ 346 Keystone, Butterfly Valves........................................349
PTC Immersion..................................................... 245
Koi
G
Replacement Element..........................................247
Resistance Immersion........................................ 246 Butterfly Koi...........................................................347
Submersible.......................................................... 248 Cool Season Koi ................................................... 337
Galvanized Steel Tanks..............................................182 Feeders.................................................................. 328
Temperature Controllers............................ 247–248
Gas Control Column/Tower..............................124–127 Food................................................................336–338
Thermal Protectors .............................................247
Gas Injection Systems, Point Four.............................59 Goldfish—Mix of Sarassa,
Heathro Series Fish
Gas Treatment............................................................128 Shubunkins, Comets and Wakins.......................347
and Shimp Pumps.............................................292–293
Gaskets, Sets..............................................................374 Koi Stocking Packs................................................347
Herbicide
Gate Valves Aquathol K Herbicide........................................... 264
Nets........................................................................ 385
Knife....................................................................... 353 Show Bowls............................................................188
Cutrine-Plus Algaecide Spawning Brushes............................................... 298
Plastic.....................................................................357 and Herbicide........................................................ 263
PVC......................................................................... 353 Spawntex Spawning Mat..................................... 298
Diquat......................................................................262
Replacement Parts.............................................. 353 Standard Fin...........................................................347
Weed Control........................................................ 264
Gauges, Pressure........................................................30 Treatment...............................................................279
High Output UV Sterilizers........................................141
Genesis Ozone Generator.........................................146
L
Hikari, Plankton......................................................... 333
Gilmour Holding Formula
Garden Accessories..............................................376 Better-Bait............................................................ 277
Menders and Couplings.......................................377
Lab Equipment
Finer-Shiner.......................................................... 277 Autoclave............................................................... 309
Gloves Holding Systems....................................................10, 13 Calipers...................................................................313
Aqua........................................................................ 403 Hoses Carboys.................................................................. 306
Disposable............................................................. 403 Clamps....................................................................361 Flat Wrapper..........................................................310
Fillet....................................................................... 403 Diffuser.....................................................................55 Imhoff Cone........................................................... 309
Nitrile......................................................................316 Discharge...............................................................361 Inoculating Loop................................................... 309
Shoulder Length .................................................. 403 Garden Hose Accessories....................................377 Microbiological Media......................................... 309
Waterproof............................................................ 403 Garden Hose Adapters.........................................377 Petri Dishes........................................................... 309
Goldfish Treatment....................................................279 Gilmour...................................................................376 Three-Hole Stoppers............................................310
Grader , Fish Grader................................................. 295 Nozzles...................................................................376
Graduated Tanks........................................................190
LaMotte
Oxygen......................................................................67 Colorimeter............................................................219
Granular, Algaecide.................................................. 263 Pond Hose.............................................................. 417 Measuring Kit.........................................................395
Grating...........................................................................99 Suction....................................................................361 Reagent Refills..................................................... 224
Gravel Vacuum............................................................415 Valves............................................................... 68, 357 Secchi Disk and Decal..........................................395
Great Lakes Fittings................................................................... 356 Test Kits................................................ 224, 228–229
Aeration Systems..............................................71–76 HOSS Series UV..........................................................140 Test Strips.............................................................. 227
Airlift Diffusers........................................................82
I
Turbidity Meters, Portable...................................221
De-Icing Systems....................................................83 Larval Feed................................................................ 335
Grips, Cable, Cord, Tubing........................................ 411 Larval Tanks...............................................................187
Ice Probe , Cooling Element.....................................257
Grounding Probes......................................................178 Leica, Microscopes....................................................301
Immersion Heaters, PTC Heaters.......................... 245
Grow Lights, Induction........................................24, 412 Lice Treatment............................................................279
In-Line Heaters, Aqua Logic.....................................249
Grow Lights...................................................................24 Lifegard Cartridge Filter........................................... 117
Induction Grow Lights.........................................24, 412
Grow Pots Industrial Plankton, Lights
Bucket lid..................................................................21 Algae Bioreactors.............................................340–341 Grow Lights......................................................24, 412
Net Pots....................................................................21 Injectors.......................................................................150 Meters.....................................................................412

436 INDEX
SECTION
Products / Products
Liners-Oxygen System/ Products
Liners Perlite........................................................................20 Muffler Assemblies.....................................................30

Polyethylene...........................................................183 Propagation Blocks.................................................21 Multicyclone Pre-Filter.............................................108
Pond........................................................................183 Propagation Cubes.................................................21 Multiparameter, YSI...................................214, 216–217
Repair Tape.............................................................183 Rockwool..................................................................21
Tanks.......................................................................182
Live Feed
Rootcubes.................................................................21
Sand Filter................................................................98 N
Sweetwater Bio-Media...........................................93 Nano Counter, Vaki.................................................... 285
Algae Bioreactors........................................340–341
Polyester Mesh Bags........................................... 342 Medication Nets
Pond Rid-Ich..........................................................279 Aquarium............................................................... 383
Live Fish Proform-C..............................................................279 Big Fish Net........................................................... 384
Koi Stocking Packs................................................347 Mesh, Galvanized Wire Mesh, Brine Shrimp Net.........................................344, 383
Pumps............................................................292–293 Plastic Coated.............................................................381 Bucket Net............................................................. 384
Shipping Bags....................................................... 299 Mesh Bags.................................................................. 342 Cast Nets............................................................... 390
Live Organisms Mesh Screening, Plastic.......................................... 380 Commercial-Duty................................................. 383
Fathead Minnows................................................. 346 Meters Dip Net................................................................... 384
Freshwater Invertebrates................................... 346 Cable Kit, YSI..........................................................214 Fish Net Boxes...................................................... 382
Freshwater Vertebrates, Zebrafish................... 346 CO2 Meter............................................................... 203 Fish Trap, Plastic...................................................379
Japanese Medaka................................................ 346 Flow Meters...........................................................177 Fish Trap, Vinyl Coating........................................379
Koi Stocking Packs................................................347 Oxygen Flow Meter Manifolds...............................66 Fish Traps, Galvanized..........................................379
Saltwater Algae.................................................... 346 Oxyguard Oxygen Meter.......................................241 Fry, Fingerling and Bait Nets............................. 386
Saltwater Invertebrates...................................... 346 PH Meter................................................................ 204 Heavy-Duty Harvesting Nets.............................. 386
Saltwater Vertebrates......................................... 346 Portable Light........................................................412 Koi........................................................................... 385
Long Sweep.................................................................371 Salinity................................................................... 209 Monorail Nets...............................................387–388
Low Head Oxygenators.............................................129 Turbidity Meters, Portable...................................221 Net Floats.............................................................. 390
Low Space Bioreactor...............................................122 UVT Field Meter............................................ 144, 220 Net Mending Tools............................................... 389
Lubricant, O-Ring.......................................................375 Water Flow Meter..................................................396 Net Stand............................................................... 384
Lumpfish Counter, Vaki............................................ 286 Meters................................................................. 194–208 Nets with Telescopic Handles............................ 385
Methylene Blue...........................................................278
M
Nylon Netting, Knotless...................................... 390
Micro Bubbler, Point Four...........................................53 Plankton Nets........................................................397
Micro Counter, Vaki................................................... 285 Replacement Bags for Monorail Nets............... 388
Macro Exel Counter, Vaki......................................... 285
Microbe-Lift......................................................... 23, 262 Seines..................................................................... 389
Macro Counter, Vaki.................................................. 285
Microbe-Lift Lice and Solid Bottom Dip Net........................................... 384
Magnetic Drive Pumps Anchor Worm Treatment..........................................279 The Monorail System........................................... 388
Danner....................................................................171 Microfiber Cleaning Towel........................................415
Netting
Replacement parts...............................................171 Microscope Accessories Garden Ponds....................................................... 405
Magnetic Drive Pumps...................... 171–172, 174–175 Counting Cells...................................................... 304 Polyclips....................................................................22
Manifolds Counting Wheel.................................................... 303 Polypropylene....................................................... 406
Diffuser...................................................................185 Cover Slips............................................................. 303 Predator................................................................. 405
Flow Meters.............................................................66 Depression Slides................................................ 303 Square Mesh......................................................... 405
Oxygen......................................................................67 Glass Slides........................................................... 303 Nipples.........................................................................370
Round................................................................. 68–69 Hemacytometer.................................................... 304 Notebooks, All Weather............................................401
Microscope Cleaning Kit..................................... 302
Valves............................................................... 68, 357
Plastic Multiwell Slide Plates............................. 303
Nozzles
Mechanical Filtration Video Eyepiece...................................................... 302
Air Nozzle.............................................................. 299
Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter.....................................109 for Garden Hoses..................................................376
Radial Flow Settler....................................... 106–107 Microscopes Mixing Eductors.......................................................58
Binocular Microscope..........................................301 Spray.......................................................................130
Media Dissecting Microscope........................................ 302 Nylon Netting............................................................. 390
Bags..........................................................................94 Laboratory Microscope........................................301 Nylon Screening...........................................................99
Beads........................................................................95 Monocular Scope................................................. 302
O
Bio Barrels...............................................................94 Stereomicroscopes...............................................301
Bio-Balls...................................................................94
Bio-Fill......................................................................94 Milwaukee
Calibration Solutions........................................... 222 Ohaus, Balance/Scales.................................... 318–321
Biofilter Media Bags................................................94 On-Board Handling Tanks........................................189
Biological..................................................................93 ORP Controller......................................................242
PH/CO2 Controller.................................................242 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Meter, YSI.......................195
Calcium Reactor....................................................101 ORP Meter...................................................................201
Cocogro.....................................................................20 Portable Light Meter.............................................412
Mini Fish Farm........................................................ 11, 17 Ovadine Iodine............................................................278
Cocotek.....................................................................20 Oxidizing, Potassium Permanganate......................414
Desiccant................................................................150 Mixing Eductors............................................................58
Filter..........................................................................96 Monitors Oxygen
Filter Media..............................................................97 Accessories..............................................................67
Cloud..............................................................236–237
Filtration ..................................................................95 Concentration Systems..........................................63
Remote Water....................................................... 232
Gold Label Hydrocorn.............................................20 Flow Meters.............................................................66
Water Monitor....................................................... 235
Horticubes................................................................21 Hose..........................................................................67
Oxyguard Commander........................................ 239
Microbiological Media......................................... 309 Manifolds..................................................................67
Oxyguard Pacific................................................... 240
MM1...........................................................................98 Regulator..................................................................67
Transport System................................................. 238

SECTION
INDEX 437
Oxygen
Products
Saturators–Pumps,
Taurus
Saturators................................................................62 Pipettes Pre-Filter ....................................................................108

Oxyguard Oxygen Meter.......................................241 Graduated disposable...........................................312 Pressure Gauges.........................................................30
Contact Cones.........................................................60 Pasteur Disposable...............................................312 Pressure Switch...........................................................33
Oxygen Diffusers, Point Four.....................................53 Serological.............................................................312 Pressurized Column, Point Four...............................59
Oxygen Generators, AIRSEP............................... 64–65 Storage Rack..........................................................311 Primer
Oxygenation, Sea Pen System....................................91 Transfer .................................................................312 Concrete................................................................ 408
Oxygenators................................................................129 Volumetric Glass...................................................311 Paint....................................................................... 408
Oxyguard Wide Tip..................................................................311
Measuring..............................................................312
Probes
Atlantic Oxygen Meter..........................................241 Grounding...............................................................178
Commander.......................................................... 239 Plankton Sampling Nets ..........................................397
Water Flow.............................................................396
Oxyguard Pacific................................................... 240 Planktonic Feed......................................................... 333
Profibreed Grader and Grids................................... 295
Polaris 1..................................................................198 Plastic Rubber Sheet.................................................374
Polaris 2..................................................................199 PLC Integration, Point Four......................................154 Proline
Pliers, Hog Ring Pliers..............................................381 Activated Carbon...................................................101
Portable CO2 Meter.............................................. 203
Activated Carbon.................................................. 275
Water Monitors ............................................239–240 Plugs
Algae Food............................................................. 342
OxyTower.....................................................................128 Expansion.............................................................. 360
Ammonia Remover.............................................. 275
Ozone, Contact Cones.................................................60 Hand Tite................................................................ 360
Ammonium Chloride............................................270
Ozone Generator........................................................146 MNPT......................................................................371
Aquatic Disinfectant..............................................414
Ozone Safe Check Valve............................................150 Point Four Bacteria..................................................................270
Ozone System............................................ 145, 147–148 Cloud..............................................................236–237 Bacteria..................................................................270
Ozone Tubing...............................................................149 C-Series................................................................. 234 Bacteria in a Bag...................................................271
P
Dissolved Gas Pressure Meter.......................... 202 Biofilter Startup.....................................................270
Dissolved Gas Pressure Transmitter................ 203 Calcium Chloride...................................................276
LC3......................................................................... 235 Defoamer................................................................278
Pacer Self-Priming Pumps......................................166
Micro Bubbler..........................................................53 Dry Ammonia Remover....................................... 275
Pacific Ozone, Ozone Generators....................147–148
PLC......................................................................... 234 Sodium Bicarbonate.............................................276
Packages, Chiller Barrel..........................................260
PLC Integration......................................................154 Super Salt Concentrate..........................................23
Paddle Wheels Pressurized Column...............................................59 Super Salt Concentrate........................................272
Aerators....................................................................42 RIU3........................................................................ 232 Zeolite Ammonia Remover................................. 275
Replacement Parts.................................................42 Trac-Lock Diffuser..................................................53 Protein Skimmer........................................................131
Paint Trac-Lock.................................................................53 PTFE Tubing................................................................149
Epoxy...................................................................... 408 Water Monitor Controllers..........................232–239 Pump Trap...................................................................165
Primer.................................................................... 408 Water Monitor Transport System...................... 238 Pumps
Thinner................................................................... 408 Wedge-Lock.............................................................53 12V.............................................................................36
Parabolic Screen Filter.............................................105 Poles Aerator......................................................................40
Parachute Skimmer................................................. 392 Extendable..............................................................418 AeroBoost..........................................................44–45
Parasite Treatment....................................................279 Hardwood...............................................................418 Air Cooled Heat......................................................251
Pellet Food................................................................. 333 Polyclips............................................................... 22, 406 Air Pumps.................................................................37
Pendulum Demand Feeder......................................326
Peristaltic Pumps......................................................176
Pond Berkeley..........................................................166–167
Medication..............................................................279 Centrifugal Pumps........................156–159, 162–165
pH, Microbe-Lift...........................................................23
Water Treatment....................................................267 Compressor.............................................................36
pH Calibration Solution............................................ 223
Water Conditioner................................................ 275 Constant Flow
pH Controller, Dosing Pump.....................................176
Pond Dyes....................................................................266 Technology.....................................152–154, 160–161
pH Meter Pond Filter Brushes.............................................97, 298 Diaphragm-Metering............................................176
American Marine.................................................. 204 Pond Hose .................................................................. 417 Dosing.....................................................................176
YSI........................................................................... 204 Pond Liner...................................................................183 Filter Bags..............................................................169
pH Tester.................................................................... 205 Pond Salt.....................................................................272 Flow Meters...........................................................177
Phosphate Remover..................................................276 Pondmaster, Submersible Pumps..........................170 H3-Plus...................................................................158
Phosphate Sponge.....................................................276 Pondzilla, Bacteria.....................................................269 Heat / Cool.....................................................253–254
Photometer, YSI..........................................................218 Potassium Permanganate................................278, 414 L3-Plus...................................................................158
Pinpoint ORP Meter....................................................201 Linear................................................................. 38–39
Pots
Pipe Bucket Lid.................................................................21 Live Fish and Shrimp...................................292–293
Clear PVC.............................................................. 364 Net.............................................................................21 Magnetic Drive............................... 171–172, 174–175
Flexible PVC...........................................................362 Power Cable................................................................ 411 Manual Siphon.......................................................415
Heat Dissipating......................................................31 Peristaltic...............................................................176
Modular Piping..................................................... 366
PR Aqua
Carbon Dioxide Stripper.......................................129 PR Aqua Heathro Series.............................292–293
Pipe Cutters................................................................375 Repair Kits................................................................38
Low Head Oxygenators.........................................129
Pipe Hangers..............................................................362 Replacement Parts.........................................38, 171
OxyTower................................................................128
Pipe Supports.............................................................362 Self-Priming...........................................................166
Pipeline (PLC), Vaki................................................... 288 Rotofilter Drum Filter...................................102–103
Vacuum Degasser.................................................128 Sparus.............................................................154–157
Pipette Accessories PR Aqua Heathro Series, Submersible.......................................... 168–170, 173
Pump.......................................................................312 Live Fish and Shrimp Pumps..........................292–293 Sweetwater....................................................164–165
Rack.........................................................................311 Taurus.....................................................................156
Rubber Bulbs.........................................................311
438 INDEX
SECTION
Products
Pump Traps–Tanks,
/ ProductsCulture
/ Products
Traps........................................................................165 YSI............................................................................212 Smart3, Colorimeter.................................................219

Vertical Multi-Stage..............................................167 Salinity Pen, Extech.................................................. 207 SmartOne, PTC Heaters.......................................... 245
Verus...............................................................159–163 Salinity Refractometer............................................. 208 Smolt Counter............................................................ 284
Purigen Synthetic Filtration.....................................276 Salinity Tester............................................................ 209 Sodium Bicarbonate, Proline...................................276
PVC Saddle..................................................................362 Salt Sodium Thiosulfate....................................................274
Software, Fish Counting.......................................... 287
Q
Crystal Sea............................................................ 273
Instant Ocean........................................................ 273 Solenoid Timer...........................................................352
Pond........................................................................272 Sparus, Pumps...................................................154–157
Quarantine System......................................................13 Spat Bags....................................................................379
Reef Crystals ....................................................... 273
R
Saltwater Algae......................................................... 346 Spawning
Saltwater Conditioner, Shrimp-Keeper................. 277 Koi Spawning Brushes........................................ 298
Saltwater Invertebrates........................................... 346 Ovaprim ................................................................ 298
Racks Sampler Accessories, Spawntex Spawning Mat..................................... 298
Benchtop Draining Rack......................................314 Calibrated Sampler Line...........................................395 Spawning Agent......................................................... 298
Wire Rack...............................................................310 Samplers.....................................................................394 Spawning Mat...............................................................97
Test Tube Racks.....................................................310 Sand.............................................................................272 Spray Foam................................................................ 409
Radial Flow Settler............................................ 106–107 Sand Filter Media.................................................. 95, 98 Spray Nozzles.............................................................130
Rain Suits................................................................... 402 Sand Filters, Arias............................................. 113–115 Starter Cultures, Instant Rotifers........................... 346
Reagents Sanitizing Door Mat....................................................414 Stopcocks............................................................. 68, 357
Smart3 Reagent Systems....................................219 Scale Weighing Boat..................................................321 Storage Tanks.............................................................190
YSI Photometer......................................................218 Scales Strainers..................................................................... 356
RealTech, Field Meter....................................... 144, 220 Compact Digital Hanging Scales........................317 Submersible Heaters............................................... 248
Reducer Coupling.......................................................372 Digital Bench..................................................319, 321 Submersible Pumps
Reducers.................................................................... 368 Food Scales........................................................... 320 Ebara.......................................................................170
Reducing Bushing............................................. 371–372 Heavy Duty Digital Hanging Scales....................317 Filter bags...............................................................169
Reef Carbon............................................................... 275 Mechanical Hanging Scales................................317 Pondmaster............................................................170
Reef Crystals, Salt.................................................... 273 Portable......................................................... 318–321 ShinMaywa.............................................................170
Refractometer, Salinity............................................ 208 Portable Hand Held..............................................319 Shurflo....................................................................172
Regulator.......................................................................67 Screen, Filter ............................................................105 Tsurumi...................................................................169
Remote Water Monitor Screens Submersible Pumps................................. 168–170, 173
Point Four......................................................236–237 Nylon.........................................................................99 SUP Series UV............................................................136
Point Four RIU3.................................................... 232 Stainless Steel.........................................................99 Super Salt Concentrate.............................................272
Repair Kits, Tank Liner..............................................183 Screw Clamps...............................................................67 Supplements
Repair Tape................................................................ 409 Sea Pen................................................................... 89–91 Calcium Carbonate.................................................23
Reverse Osmosis System.........................................120 PH Control................................................................23
Sealants
Rite in the Rain Cement....................................................................375 Salt Concentrate......................................................23
All Weather Copier Paper....................................401 Crack Filler............................................................ 409 Surface Aerators, Kasco.............................................46
All Weather Fish Scale Envelopes......................394 Fish Pond Coating................................................ 409 Surface Skimmer.......................................................108
All Weather Grid Pads..........................................401 PTFE Sealant and Tape........................................375 Surfactant.................................................................. 264
All Weather Notebooks.........................................401 Silicone...................................................................375 SUS Series UV............................................................137
All weather Pen and Refill....................................401 Waterweld............................................................. 409 SVP Series UV.............................................................138
Riverwatcher, Vaki.................................................... 289 Sealed Tanks...............................................................191 Sweetwater
Rockin Foam.............................................................. 409 Sedna Filter................................................................. 117 Bead Filter...................................................... 110–111
Rotary Drum Filter.............................................102–103 Self-Priming Pumps..................................................166 Bio-Media.................................................................93
Rotary Vane Semi-Square Tanks...................................................184 Low Space Bioreactor..........................................122
Compressor.............................................................79 Shade Cloth.......................................................... 22, 406 Pumps.............................................................164–165
Compressor Accessories......................................80 ShinMaywa, Submersible Pumps............................170 SWX Bio-Media........................................................93
Rotifer Production Systems..................................... 345 Shipping Bags Blowers...................................................27–29, 31, 33
Rotifer Sieve............................................................... 297 Fish Bag Banding Tool......................................... 299 Diffusers............................................................48–50
Rotifers....................................................................... 346 Live Fish................................................................. 299 Piston Air Compressors.........................................78
Rotofilter..............................................................102–103 Shrimp Counter, Vaki................................................ 286
Switches
Round Tanks................................................................184 Shurflo, Submersible Pumps...................................172
Float........................................................................178
Rubber Seal, Uniseal.................................................361 SIBATA, Pipettes.........................................................311
Flow.........................................................................178
Sieve
S
Water Level.............................................................178
Rotifer .................................................................... 297 Synthetic Filtration.....................................................276
Rotifer .................................................................... 297 Systems, Aeration Systems........................................40
Sabbactisun................................................................278
Sets..........................................................................397
T
Safeguard UV Systems..................................... 134–143
Siphon, Pump, Manual..............................................415
Safety Cap......................................................................67
Skimmer............................................................. 108, 392
Salinity Meter SLP Series UV.............................................................134 Tanks
American Marine.................................................. 209 SLS Series UV.............................................................135 Conical....................................................................192
Smart Flow System................................................... 290 Covers ....................................................................188
Smart UV Replacement Parts..................................143 Culture Tanks.................................................180–181
SMART UV Systems.......................................... 134–143
SECTION
INDEX 439
Tanks,
Products
Custom–Water
Monitors
Custom....................................................................182 Handling Tray and Box......................................... 299 Butterfly.........................................................349–350

Fiberglass............................................... 18, 186–187 Transplant Trays......................................................22 Check........................................................................67
Galvanized..............................................................182 Troughs.....................................................................18 Check........................................................................69
Graduated...............................................................190 Troughs, Fiberglass.............................................18, 186 Check.......................................................68, 150, 354
Hauling....................................................................189 Tsurumi Float....................................................................... 355
Insulated.................................................................184 Submersible Pumps.............................................169 Foot......................................................................... 356
Koi............................................................................188 Titanium Pumps....................................................169 for Silicone Tubing................................................ 363
Larval......................................................................187 TT Bushing..................................................................372 Gate and Globe...................................................... 353
Liner Repair Kit......................................................183 Hose................................................................. 68, 357
Liners......................................................................182
Tubing Keystone.................................................................349
Acrylic.................................................................... 363 Manifolds......................................................... 68, 357
On-Board Handling...............................................189
Acrylic.................................................................... 364 Ozone-Safe.......................................................67, 150
Polyethylene.............................................................18
Adapters.................................................................367 Plastic...............................................................67, 357
Polyethylene.....................................................18, 185
Air, Heavyset............................................................81 Replacement Parts, Gate.................................... 353
Quarantine and Holding Systems.........................13
Catheter Tubing............................................298, 393 Solenoid..................................................................352
Rectangular .................................... 18, 185–186, 188
Cement................................................................... 364 Spigot......................................................................357
Round......................................................................184
Clear ..................................................................... 365 Tubing......................................................................357
Semi-Square..........................................................184
Clear PVC.............................................................. 363 Tubing Clamp...........................................................68
Storage....................................................................190
Cutters................................................................... 365
Translucent............................................................192
Diffuser.....................................................................57 VanGuard
Troughs.....................................................................18 Microscopes...........................................................301
Diffuser, Weighted...................................................57
Window Kits....................................................... 11, 17 Video Eyepiece...................................................... 302
Fittings....................................................................367
with Windows.........................................................187
Flexible................................................................... 364 VEE GEE
Tape, Repair............................................................... 409
Grips........................................................................ 411 Burets.....................................................................313
Taurus, Centrifugal Pumps......................................156
Lead Weight........................................................... 365 Fernback Flask..................................................... 308
Teco Mesh, Plastic........................................................ 356 Graduated Beakers.............................................. 307
E-Chill.................................................................... 258 Ozone.......................................................................149 Graduated Cylinders............................................ 308
SEACHILL.............................................................. 258 Polyethylene.............................................................81 Venturi
Tee Eliminators.................................................... 54, 360 PTFE ......................................................................149 Fittings......................................................................58
Tees..............................................................................369 Rigid Clear............................................................. 363 Injectors........................................................... 58, 150
Temperature Alarm.................................................. 399 Silicone.................................................................. 363 Vertical Multi-Stage Pumps, Berkeley...................167
Temperature Controllers, Heaters................. 247–248 Tee Eliminators........................................................54
Verus Pumps.......................................................159–163
Temperature Meter, YSI............................ 206, 210–211 Tygon...................................................................... 363
Vibratory Feeders..................................................... 330
Temperature Pen, YSI...............................201, 205, 207 Valves............................................................. 357, 363
Vitamin Additive, Vita-Chem.................................... 335
Temperature Scanner.............................................. 399 Vinyl................................................................363, 365
Vitamin Complex, Vita Fish...................................... 334
Turbidity Meters.........................................................221
Test Kits Vortex Chambers........................................................108
U
Aquaponics...................................................... 23, 224
Water Quality................................................. 224–225
Test Strips................................................................... 227 Unions..........................................................................371
W
Tetra Jumbokrill........................................................ 334 Uniseal, Rubber Seal.................................................361 Waders
Tetramin Flakes........................................................ 334 UV Replacement Parts..............................................143 Chest...................................................................... 402
Thermometers Hip........................................................................... 403
UV Systems Ultra Lightweight ................................................ 402
Digital..................................................................... 399 Controllers.............................................................139
Laboratory............................................................. 398 Waste Solid Removal System...................................104
Sterilizers.......................................................141–142
Min/Max................................................................. 398
UV Systems........................................................ 134–143
Water Chillers
Mini Temptestr...................................................... 399 Air-Cooled.....................................................255–258
UVT Field Meter..........................................................144
Pocket.................................................................... 398 Water-Cooled.........................................................259
V
Pocket Sized.......................................................... 399 Water Colorants, Concentrated...............................266
Pond/Tank............................................................. 398 Water Column Clarifier.............................................269
Sinking................................................................... 398
Waterproof............................................................ 399
Vacuum Water Conditioners
Commercial Head................................................. 417 Ammonia Neutralizers.........................................274
Wireless................................................................. 399
Gravel......................................................................415 Chlorine Neutralizers...........................................274
Thread Cutting Taps.................................................. 366
Vacuum Degasser......................................................128 Koizyme..................................................................279
Timers Vaki......................................................282–291, 294, 323 Shrimp-Keeper..................................................... 277
Hand Counter.........................................................313 Vaki Service Contracts............................................. 287 Vidalife................................................................... 277
Repeat Cycle.......................................................... 411 Water Conditioners................................................... 275
Water Resistant Stopwatch..................................313 Valve Assemblies
Titanium Pumps, Tsurumi........................................169 Bleed.........................................................................30 Water Flow
Check........................................................................30 Handheld Depth Finder........................................396
Tongs....................................................................405, 415
Pressure...................................................................30 Meters.....................................................................396
Trac-Lock, Point Four..................................................53
Probes.....................................................................396
Tranquil, Fish Tranquilizers..................................... 277 Valves Water Level Switches................................................178
Translucent Tanks......................................................192 3-Port..................................................................... 353
Transport System, Point Four TS............................ 238 Air Purge................................................................ 353 Water Monitor
Oxyguard Commander........................................ 239
Trays Ball.................................................................350 –352
Oxyguard Pacific................................................... 240
Grow Trays................................................................22 Brass.................................................................67, 357

440 INDEX
SECTION
Products
Point Four–Zinc
/ Products
Anodes
/ Products
Point Four......................................................236–237 ProDSS...........................................................216–217

Point Four LC3...................................................... 235 PROODO.................................................................195
Point Four RIU3.................................................... 232
Transport System................................................. 238
Water Quality
Z
Calibration Solutions...................................222–223 Zeigler
Photometer, YSI.....................................................218 Finfish Starter Food and Treatment.................. 339
Smart3 Colorimeter, LaMotte.............................219 Koi Foods............................................................... 339
Larval Diet............................................................. 335
Test Kits........................................ 224–226, 228–229
Zeolite Ammonia Remover, Proline....................... 275
Test Strips.............................................................. 227
Zinc Anodes...................................................................86
Turbidity Meters, Portable...................................221
UVT Field Meter.................................................... 220
Water Samplers..........................................................394
Water Treatment
Dechlorinator, Sodium Thiosulfate.....................274
MD Pellets for Aquaculture.................................269
Microbe Lift............................................................267
Pond........................................................................267
Sea Klear................................................................265
Shore-Klear.......................................................... 264
Vitastim Fishery Blend.........................................269
Water Column Clarifier
for Aquaculture......................................................269
Water-Cooled, Water Chillers..................................259
Waterweld.................................................................. 409
Wave Vortex Chambers.............................................108
Wedge-Lock, Point Four.............................................53
Weed Control
Herbicide............................................................... 264
Water Colorant.......................................................266
Weeds
Rakes...................................................................... 392
Razors.................................................................... 392
Skimmers.............................................................. 392
Weighted Diffuser Tubing............................................57
Well Screens and Points.......................................... 354
Wellboat Smolt Counter, Vaki.................................. 284
Wipes, Kimwipes........................................................314
Wire Mesh, Galvanized, Plastic Coated..................381
X
XLHP, High Performance Heat Pumps.................. 253
Y
YSI
Cable Kit.................................................................214
Conductivity Calibration Solutions.................... 223
Dissolved Oxygen Meters............................ 194–200
EC300A.................................................................. 206
EC30A..................................................................... 207
EcoSense DO200...................................................196
EcoSense DO200A.................................................196
ORP15A...................................................................201
PH100A.................................................................. 204
PH10A..................................................................... 205
Photometer............................................................218
Photometer Reagents...........................................218
Pro Plus..................................................................214
PRO1020.................................................................211
PRO20.....................................................................194
PRO2030.................................................................212
PRO30.....................................................................210

SECTION
INDEX 441
Products / Products /Tech
Products
Talks
TECH TALK INDEX

TECH TALK SUBJECT TECH TALK # PAGE TECH TALK SUBJECT TECH TALK # PAGE
208V vs 230V Motors .............................................................39....................... 34 How Barley Straw Works .....................................................37..................... 316
Aeration Devices....................................................................35....................... 34 How Does UV Sterilize the Organisms in my water?.......135.................... 169
Aeration Requirements for Bait Tanks ..............................50....................... 41 How to Extend Heater Service Life......................................55..................... 294
AES Numbers ........................................................................84....................... 34 Hydroponics vs Aquaponics ................................................130...................... 29
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison ..................................64....................... 37 Inlet Strainers ....................................................................... 110.................... 199
Algae Culture .........................................................................20.....................342 Iron Removal ..........................................................................46..................... 122
Ammonia Testing .................................................................132....................226 Lake Aeration..........................................................................36....................... 86
Aspirators vs Agitators .......................................................... 8........................ 41 Lake Aeration Diffusers ....................................................... 94....................... 88
Backup Blower Setup ............................................................ 3.......................... 3 Lake Destratification System Evaluation ......................... 101...................... 70
Bacteria Notes .......................................................................25..................... 271 Measuring Salinity.................................................................28.....................209
Bait Counts Per Pound .........................................................85....................... 40 Mechanical Filtration and Biofiltration ..............................99......................118
Biofilter Sizing ........................................................................95..................... 109 Mixed Media...........................................................................136...................... 98
Biological Filtration Basics ................................................ 125...................... 93 Motor Too Hot? ....................................................................... 11....................... 27
Blowers, Air Pumps or Compressors ................................82....................... 35 Ozone Sizing: Know Your Goal..............................................72..................... 145
Carbon Vane Replacement ................................................... 6........................ 80 Pest Management ................................................................134...................... 25
Chiller Installation and Sizing .............................................59..................... 259 pH Probe Care and Storage .................................................30.....................205
Choosing an Aerator............................................................... 4........................ 52 Pipe Sizing, Air......................................................................... 2........................ 69
Cleaning Diffusers.................................................................53....................... 49 Protein Skimmers/Foam Fractionators.............................78..................... 131
Compost Tea ......................................................................... 124...................... 19 Removing Carbon Dioxide ....................................................34..................... 124
De-Icing Lakes........................................................................56..................... 102 Rotifer Culture ......................................................................109....................344
Diffuser Comparison Chart .................................................62....................... 47 Sand Filter Media ..................................................................43......................114
Diffuser Maintenance .......................................................... 121...................... 74 Supersaturation ..................................................................... 9......................202
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture ........................................ 1........................ 35 Tagging Fish ...........................................................................79.....................393
Dissolved Oxygen Meters and Probes ...............................26..................... 197 Venturis ...................................................................................63....................... 58
Fish Food ................................................................................ 17.....................333 Water Flow & Turnover Rates in Aeration Systems.........122...................... 88
Fish Metabolism .................................................................... 16.....................385 Water Pollution ...................................................................... 67..................... 201
Flow Meters ........................................................................... 13....................... 66 Water Pump Efficiency and Redundancy............................75..................... 164
Fluidized Sand Biofilters ..................................................... 112.................... 122 Water Quality Guide .............................................................. 47..................... 213
Getting Started in Aquaculture...........................................107....................381 Why Watts? .............................................................................. 5...................... 142
Grading Fish ........................................................................... 69.....................295
Hand vs Automatic Feeding.................................................. 21.....................330
Heater Sizing........................................................................... 74..................... 251
Heating Garden Ponds ........................................................123....................255

442 INDEX
Tech Profiles
PENTAIR AES CAN HELP YOU...ASK US!

With one of the largest teams of aquaculture biologists and technicians means we are equipped to answer your questions from pond to
RAS systems. Pentair’s team boasts a diverse background in aquaculture and biological and technological engineering that is grounded
in decades of research and commercial industry application experience. We provide superior in-house expertise for complete turn-key
projects, simple equipment upgrades to major integrated recirculating system design.
MEET SOME OF THE TEAM

KRISTINE ALBRECHTSEN RICARDO ARIAS
Kristine has an Export Engineering background,
bridging technical and commercial/legal Ricardo graduated from the University of Tampa
aspects. She has 15 years of global operational with a Bachelor of S. in biology and minor in
and management exp. with project oriented chemistry. He completed aquaculture training in
service, consultancy and technology to the Pusan, South Korea, and then worked in shrimp
pharmaceutical, food and aquaculture industry. culture, tilapia culture and tropical fish breeding.
In the past, as Global Account Manager, Ricardo was also in charge of developing the
Commercial Director and General Manager, Aquaculture Experimental Station at the
been involved in aquaculture project Universidad Central del Este, Dominican Republic.
development and execution globally.
CONSTANCE BEAULATON
Constance received a bachelor’s degree in CAROLINE CAPOBIANCO
biological sciences & aquaculture from Caroline received her B.S. in Marine Biology
Florida Institute of Technology. She has from Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne,
worked in commercial aquaculture FL and her M.Sc. in Marine Biology from
on recirculating systems, water chemistry and Northeastern University in Boston, MA. She
farm management. Constance has extensive has a diverse background in coral, fish, aquatic
knowledge in sturgeon, larval rearing, plants, and algae. She is currently focusing on
husbandry duties, gender differentiation with water quality testing and live feeds production.
ultrasound, fish purging and harvesting.

INDEX 443
Tech Profiles
HERNAN CASASBUENAS BRIAN CATANZARO

Brian holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Technical
Hernan received his Bachelor of Science in Studies from Ohio University and an Associate’s
biology from the University of Nevada and his Degree in Fish and Wildlife Management from
Fisheries Scientist Certification from the Hocking College. He has been involved with the
American Fisheries Society. Hernan’s design aquaculture and lake management industries
and management experience includes for over 20 years. His experience includes fish
hatcheries, floating cage cultures and fish hatchery management, recirculating aquaculture
culture farms, with concentration on rainbow system design, water quality monitoring & control,
trout and tilapia. and developing lake management plans.
AARON CRAGUN JASON DANAHER

Aaron received his B.S. in Ecology, with a minor
Jason received his Ph.D. in fisheries and
in Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences from Purdue
aquaculture from Auburn University. He has
University. He has experience in culturing coho
worked with warm water aquaponic systems
salmon, rainbow trout, tilapia, and yellow
for the past 8 years and other methods to
perch, both in smaller research settings, as
integrate aquaculture with horticulture. He
well as large-scale commercial settings.
also has experience with tilapia and
Aaron also has experience in recirculating
freshwater prawn production systems.
aquaculture systems design and maintenance.
CULLEN DANNER MATTHEW DAWSON

Cullen received his B.A. in environmental and Matt graduated from the University of Miami
aquatic sciences from the University of with a B.S. in Marine Science and Biology and
Central Florida. He worked as a consultant to later received his M.S. in Marine Science from
the energy industry for environmental the University of North Carolina Wilmington.
compliance and mitigation issues concerning His experience includes managing small and
marine mammals in the Gulf of Mexico. Cullen large-scale recirculating systems in both the
also has experience with pest and weed aquaculture and aquarium industries. Matt has
control and environmental restoration. also completed work in finfish nutrition and
production of live feeds.
DENNIS DELONG
Dennis received his Bachelor’s degree in biology
from West Virginia University, and his Master of CLARKE DEWITT
Science degree in management from NC State Clarke graduated from Brunswick
University.Beginning in aquaculture in 1978, he Community College in Supply, NC, with an
has extensive experience in pond aquaculture of A.S. degree in aquaculture technology. His
freshwater prawns and in the design, construction technical experience includes hatchery
and operation of recirculating aquaculture systems. management, aquatic weed control and
He previously managed the North Carolina Fish aquarium supplies.
Barn project and provided aquaculture extension
assistance at NC State University.
TOM DRURY
Tom graduated with a Bachelor of Science MIKEL FERRI
degree in biology from Hampden-Sydney Mikel received both his Bachelor’s in electrical
College in Virginia. He also received a master’s engineering and Master’s in Business
degree in aquaculture from the University of Administration from Olivet Nazarene University.
Miami (FL). His graduate work focused on His past experience includes water reclamation
marine finfish culture in RAS and offshore for power plants and mining applications. He has
cages, and shrimp production in biofloc systems. experience in instrumentation, controls and
He has extensive knowledge regarding shrimp product development.
and tilapia production in biofloc RAS systems.

444 INDEX
Tech Profiles
MARCELA HINCAPIE REYMOND JANSSEN

Marcela has a B.S. degree in marine biology Reymond graduated from North Island College
from UJTL in Colombia and an M.S. degree from in Campbell River B.C., receiving a diploma in
the University of Maine. She has worked in the industrial automation and an Electronics
marine and freshwater aquaculture field raising Technician Certificate. Prior to attending school
different species of shrimp and fish in flow- his work experience was installing, maintaining
through and recirculation systems in warm and and repairing pools and spas. He is currently
coldwater environments. Her specialties include working to become a Journeyman Industrial
hatchery and growout phase. Instrumentation Technician.
RICHARD D. JONES
Rick received his M.S. in biological and
RYAN KARCHER
agricultural engineering from North Carolina Ryan received his A.S. degree in aquaculture
State University. His graduate work included from Hillsborough Community College. His
extensive research on filtration and water technical experience includes ornamental
recirculation. He has also participated in the hatchery management, hormone-induced
design, construction and maintenance of spawning and aeration and recirculating
commercial-scale aquaculture facilities and system design. He also has experience in
public aquariums. Rick is a certified Engineer- home aquarium design and maintenance.
in-Training (EIT).
RYAN KILMARTIN GMERICE LAFAYETTE

Gmerice received her B.S. in biology and
Ryan graduated from the University of Rhode environmental health science from the
Island with a B.S. in aquaculture and fishery University of Georgia and earned a master’s
technology. He worked for the university, degree in environmental health. She has
maintaining a number of small fresh and experience in aquatic toxicity, coral growth and
saltwater recirculation and flow-through nutrient uptake, aquatic plant mineral uptake,
systems of larval and adult finfish. He also water quality testing and water quality adjustment
works with zoo and aquarium facilities. with various types of chemical filtration media.
KURT LANG DR. THOMAS M. LOSORDO

Kurt Lang has been in the commercial Principal Scientist and Engineer
aquaculture industry for over 15 years. He has a Dr. Losordo received his M.S. in agricultural
mechanical engineering degree from Höhere engineering from the University of Hawaii and
Technische Lehranstalt in Vienna, Austria. Over his Ph.D. in agricultural engineering from the
the past 10 years, Kurt has been providing University of California, Davis. As a professor
installation support, commissioning & start-up and extension aquaculture specialist at North
services, preventive maintenance and trouble- Carolina State University, he provided state-wide
shooting support, ranging from small pumps to technical assistance to the agribusiness
large scale Recirculating Aquaculture Systems. community in the area of aquaculture and
aquacultural engineering. This included traveling
to over 490 farms and providing solutions to
LUCA MICCICHE problems in aquaculture associated with these
Dr. Luca Micciche comes to us from the WorldFish, and other aquaculture sites. He has provided
as an Aquaculture Consultant and Field Operations consulting services on aquaculture projects
Manager. Luca has worked with an array of around the world for over 20 years, and is a past
species including bivalve shellfish, shrimp, finfish president of both the World Aquaculture Society
and microalgae. Luca’s project experience includes and the Aquacultural Engineering Society.
economic feasibility studies and development of
sustainable business models for aquaculture
enterprises in Asia, in addition to developing
production methods for new aquaculture species.
INDEX 445
Tech Profiles
KEVIN QUINN KRISTIN RIDDLE

Kristin has a B.S. degrees in Marine Biology
Kevin received both his Bachelor of Science
and Environmental Science, and a minor in
and master’s degrees in zoology from
Forensic Science from the University of North
Eastern Illinois University. He has
Carolina at Wilmington. Her undergraduate
experience in mushroom cultivation and as
honors research focused on oyster recruitment
an aquaculture technician. His specialties
rates in the Eastern Oyster. Her interests are in
include aeration, diffusers and the control of
environmental marine research and wildlife
zebra mussels.
rehabilitation.
MELYNA SILVA
Melyna Silva received her M.Sc. in Environmental GREG TRUSSO
Sciences from the University of the South
Greg received a B.S. in marine biology from
Pacific, Fiji Islands, and a B.S. in Biology from
the University of North Carolina at Wilmington.
the National University of the Peruvian
He has worked with recirculating aquaculture
Amazon. She also has experience with
systems and in retail aquarium sales, and he
reproductive biology, induced fish spawning
has performed research on fish nutrition.
and pond-management of native Amazon
basin fish species.
ABBY WALKER VANESSA WELDON

Abby received her Master of Science from the Vanessa received her Ph.D. from Louisiana
University of NH in Zoology with research State University, Master’s from Auburn
focused on nutrition, larviculture, and grow-out University, and Bachelors from Florida
of coldwater finfish in recirculating systems. She Institute of Technology, Her research was in
has experience in aquatics facilities in aquarium marine aquaculture with a focus on shellfish
trade, research and grow-out aquaculture operations, and larviculture. She has extensive
and biomedical research facilities. Abby has served experience in algae culture, larval rearing,
our zebrafish and Xenopus research clients with probiotics, open water aquaculture, and
on-site service, technical support, and training. permitting and regulations.
GENNY WEST
Genny has 20 years of experience in the
aquaculture industry in both system design and
technical sales. She received her Mechanical
Engineering Technology diploma in Victoria BC
Canada. Some of the work that Genny does is with
large flow and small flow finfish and shellfish
facilities including RAS, influent and effluent
treatment, water disinfection, WQ monitoring,
oxygenation, degassing and ocean cage sites.

PAESWATER.COM LIVE EVENTS
446 SECTION
CHECK OUT PAES W.A.T.E.R. LIVE EVENTS AT PAESWATER.COM

An additional highlight of PAESWATER.com includes the
ability to access live streaming cameras with views of fish in
the multiple systems. The video connectivity component will
also be host to future live events and educational
demonstrations. With research and education as the focus of
this facility, the website will also provide visitors real-time
information from the monitoring systems, including Dissolved
Oxygen, ORP, Conductivity, pH and Temperature statistics.
In the past year we experienced the first fish harvest at PAES
W.A.T.E.R. and streamed it live on our website! A team of
Pentair employees worked diligently to ensure complete
success on this project. In total, 10,564 lbs. of tilapia were
transferred from Pentair’s indoor Recirculating Aquaculture
System (RAS) to tanks on the live fish hauling truck. When the
truck arrived, the first hour was spent loading clean water
into the hauling tanks to ensure the fish had a healthy
environment while being transported.
Fish were harvested from the tanks with seafood baskets and
transferred to the truck in tanks of water, important in
maintaining product quality, keeping them calm to reduce
damage and loss of scales on themselves or other fish being
transferred. This cohort of fish, the first grow-out from the
PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility, was grown for 242 days from
fingerlings of 0.73 grams to approximately 682 grams (1.5
pounds) each. They were then held on a maintenance diet – a
technique where fish are fed an amount which keeps them
healthy but does not encourage growth. The survival rate of
this cohort was much higher than anticipated. Initial planning,
purchasing, and stocking numbers anticipated a ten percent
mortality rate during the overall growout period; our mortality
rate, however, was just over one percent.
This sort of activity is exactly what we want people to
experience on PAESWATER.com or in person at one of our
many training courses held throughout the year. Training and
education are important focal points for Pentair AES at PAES
W.A.T.E.R. In the past year we have held multiple workshops,
both English and Spanish-language, at the facility. It is perfect
for live demonstration of equipment and techniques, as well
as providing hands-on experience in RAS operations and
systems management in extended sessions.
For more information, visit PAESWATER.com

SECTION 447
Online Orders: PentairAES.com IYouTube®

Phone Orders and Tech Advice:
is a registered 877.347.4788
trademark of Google, Inc.
IMMERSE YOURSELF
AT PENTAIRAES.COM
FEATURES
• Shop Complete Product Offering • New Product Announcements
• Advanced Prodcut Search • Moblie Friendly Design
• Learn More About Aquaculture Blog • Customer Spotlights
• Aquaculture Calculators • Tech Talks
• Live Chat With A Representative • Search By Part Number
• Online Account Management
NEWS & OFFERS CONNECT WITH US
10% OFF
YOUR FIRST WEB ORDER
To recieve our e-mails please visit
PENTAIR AES 5 PILLARS
TRUST IN A TEAM THAT’S HERE
TO HELP YOU — ASK US!
• Design & Engineering Services
• Field Service & Support
• Commercial Aquaculture
• Aquaponics
• Equipment
Volume 39 © 2017 Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

SHOP ONLINE:
PentairAES.com
ORDERS AND ADVICE:

877 347 4788
DESIGN • SERVICE • EQUIPMENT
+1 407 886 3939
THIRTY-NINTH EDITION MASTER CATALOG

SAME DAY SHIPMENT ON MOST ORDERS ENTERED BY: 4PM EST MONDAY-FRIDAY
Phone lines are open 8AM-7PM EST Monday-Thursday • 8AM-5PM EST Friday
39
EDITION
th
Shop Online: PentairAES.com
Shop Online: • Orders
PentairAES.com and Advice:
• Orders 877.347.4788
and Advice: 877.347.4788

PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

TRUST IN A TEAM THAT’S HERE

TO HELP YOU — ASK US!

Volume 39 © 2017 Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

ORDERS AND ADVICE:

THIRTY-NINTH EDITION MASTER CATALOG

8 Complete Systems PentairAES.com PAES.General@Pentair.com Pentair Aquatic

ENJOY FREE SHIPPING!

179 Tanks Free shipping for orders over $50

230 Controllers/Monitors FIND US ON

DESIGNED HERE Designed Here

TECH FAV Tech Favorite

322 Feeds/Feeders/Live Feed/Live Organisms NEW New

348 Plumbing FW SW Fresh Water or Salt Water

Chemical Waiver Form

421 Information Resources/Index/Disclaimer R Restricted

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

Corporate offices in Cary, NC

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

New for the 39th Edition

PUMPS FOR A VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS

VERUS™ MAX HIGH-EFFICIENCY P2-PLUS™ 2” SELF-PRIMING POLY TRANSFER PUMPS

FLEXIBLE & ROBUST SEA PEN OXYGENATION SYSTEM

SEA PEN OXYGENATION

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

A FULL COMPLEMENT OF STOCK CONTROL &

VAKI™ BIOMASS™ DAILY VAKI Macro EXEL Counter

VAKI SMART FLOW VAKI FISH GRADER

UPDATES TO SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS & SMART UV STERILIZERS

SafeGUARD UV SYSTEMS® SMART UV® STERILIZERS ADVANCED PLC UV CONTROLLER

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

For more information, visit UrbanOrganics.com.

FISH FARM™, AUTOMATED

Filter Waste Flush Line Pulse BioClarifier

Manual Controls (Standard) FF50ACP Automation Option FF50AUV FF50AF

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

HOLDING SYSTEM, 1,500-GALLON

Biofilter (4–9 lbs of

Filter Return Line

Mechanical Filtration with

THE MINI FISH FARM™ DESIGNED HERE SHIP WT

OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT DESIGNED HERE

REPLACEMENT TANK WINDOW KITS

Stand-Alone SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!

Mini Fish Farm with The Mini Fish Farm™

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800 DESIGNED HERE NEW!

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

QUARANTINE AND HOLDING SYSTEMS

IN Overhead view of top filter chamber. OUT

Top View Side View

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

ENGINEERING AQUAPONICS SYSTEMS • Importance of pest identification

For more information about educational

AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800 DESIGNED HERE NEW!

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

THE MINI FISH FARM™ DESIGNED HERE

OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT DESIGNED HERE CK50

REPLACEMENT TANK WINDOW KITS Optional Floating Aquaponics Kit

Stand-Alone SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!

Mini Fish Farm with The Mini Fish Farm™

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788